As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 7, 2001
Registration No. 333-[___________]

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933

LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Articles)

6712
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

             DELAWARE                                    APPLIED FOR
(State or Other Jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 Incorporation or Organization)


800 POYNTZ AVENUE, MANHATTAN, KANSAS 66502, (785) 565-2000
(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

LARRY SCHUGART, CHAIRMAN
LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY
800 POYNTZ AVENUE
MANHATTAN, KANSAS 66502
(785) 565-2000

(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)

WITH COPIES TO:

             DENNIS R. WENDTE, ESQ.                              SAMUEL J. MALIZIA, ESQ.
           ROBERT M. FLEETWOOD, ESQ.                               RICHARD FISCH, ESQ.
BARACK FERRAZZANO KIRSCHBAUM PERLMAN & NAGELBERG                MALIZIA SPIDI & FISCH, PC
       333 WEST WACKER DRIVE, SUITE 2700               1100 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., SUITE 340 WEST
            CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606                              WASHINGTON, D.C. 20005
                 (312) 984-3100                                      (202) 434-4660

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF SECURITIES TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box. / /

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / /

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / /

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

================================= =================== ============================= ======================= ===================
                                                            PROPOSED MAXIMUM           PROPOSED MAXIMUM
     TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF          AMOUNT TO BE            OFFERING PRICE           AGGREGATE OFFERING        AMOUNT OF
  SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED       REGISTERED(1)             PER SHARE(2)                 PRICE(2)          REGISTRATION FEE
--------------------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- ----------------------- -------------------
Common stock, $0.01 par value       2,155,004 shares      $17.92 value per share        $38,607,347.50              $9,652
================================= =================== ============================= ======================= ===================

(1) Represents the estimated maximum number of shares to be issued pursuant to the merger agreement dated as of April 19, 2001, among Landmark Bancshares, Inc., a Kansas corporation, MNB Bancshares, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Registrant.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f)(1) and (2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based upon $9.35 per share, the average of the high and low sales price as quoted on June 4, 2001, for each of the 1,638,137 shares of MNB Bancshares common stock, the maximum number of shares outstanding at the effective time of the merger, and $17.94 per share, the average of the high and low sales price as quoted on June 4, 2001, for each of the 1,298,259 shares of Landmark Bancshares common stock, the maximum number of shares outstanding at the effective time of the merger, to be exchanged for the common stock of the registrant pursuant to the merger agreement.

DELAYING AMENDMENT: The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


PROXY STATEMENT FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING  PROXY STATEMENT FOR THE SPECIAL MEETING
          OF STOCKHOLDERS OF                        OF STOCKHOLDERS OF
         MNB BANCSHARES, INC.                    LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.

PROSPECTUS OF LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY

IN CONNECTION WITH AN OFFERING OF UP
TO 2,155,004 SHARES OF ITS COMMON STOCK

The boards of directors of MNB Bancshares, Inc. and Landmark Bancshares, Inc. have approved a merger agreement that would result in our tax-free merger into a new company known as Landmark Merger Company. As a result of the merger, MNB stockholders will receive 0.523 Landmark Merger Company common shares for each MNB common share they own and Landmark Bancshares stockholders will receive one Landmark Merger Company common share for each Landmark Bancshares common share they own. At the time of the completion of the merger, we will also merge our subsidiary banks into a single financial institution to be known as Landmark National Bank.

To complete this merger, we must obtain the necessary government approvals and the approvals of the stockholders of both our companies. Each of us will hold a special meeting of our stockholders to vote on this merger proposal. YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT. Whether or not you plan to attend your stockholder meeting, please take the time to vote by completing and mailing the enclosed proxy card to us. If you sign, date and mail your proxy card without indicating how you want to vote, your proxy will be counted as a vote FOR the merger. If you do not return your card, or if you do not instruct your broker how to vote any shares held for you in your broker's name, the effect will be a vote against this merger. The dates, times and places of the meetings are as follows:

----------------------------------------------------------    --------------------------------------------------------

            FOR MNB BANCSHARES STOCKHOLDERS:                           FOR LANDMARK BANCSHARES STOCKHOLDERS:
                    [_________], 2001                                            [_________], 2001
               [____] [__].m., local time                                   [____] [__].m., local time
                [-----------------------]                                    [-----------------------]
                    Manhattan, Kansas                                           Dodge City, Kansas

          MNB's board of directors unanimously                   Landmark Bancshares' board of directors unanimously
       recommends that MNB stockholders vote FOR                    recommends that Landmark Bancshares stockholders
          adoption of the merger agreement.                            vote FOR adoption of the merger agreement.
----------------------------------------------------------    --------------------------------------------------------

This joint proxy statement-prospectus gives you detailed information about the merger we are proposing, and it includes our merger agreement as an appendix. You can also obtain information about our companies from publicly available documents we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We encourage you to read this entire document carefully.

Patrick L. Alexander                                     Larry Schugart
      President                                            President
MNB Bancshares, Inc.                               Landmark Bancshares, Inc.


NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED UNDER THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS OR DETERMINED IF THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR ADEQUATE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. THE SECURITIES WE ARE OFFERING THROUGH THIS DOCUMENT ARE NOT SAVINGS OR DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF ANY BANK OR NON-BANK SUBSIDIARY OF EITHER OF OUR COMPANIES, AND THEY ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE BANK INSURANCE FUND OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

JOINT PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS DATED [_________], 2001


MNB BANCSHARES, INC.
800 POYNTZ AVENUE
MANHATTAN, KANSAS 66502

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
TO BE HELD ON [________], 2001

A special meeting of stockholders of MNB Bancshares, Inc., a Delaware corporation, will be held at [_______________________________], on
[_________], 2001, [____] [__].m., local time, for the following purposes:

1. To consider and vote upon a proposal to adopt the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of April 19, 2001, among MNB Bancshares, Landmark Bancshares, Inc., a Kansas corporation, and Landmark Merger Company, a Delaware corporation formed by MNB and Landmark Bancshares, pursuant to which, among other things, MNB and Landmark Bancshares will merge with and into Landmark Merger Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the merger agreement.

2. To transact such other business as may properly be brought before the special meeting, including any motion to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies, or any adjournments or postponements of the special meeting.

The close of business on [__________], 2001, has been fixed as the record date for determining those stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and any adjournments or postponements of the special meeting. Accordingly, only stockholders of record on such date are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the special meeting and any adjournments or postponements of the special meeting.

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Mark A. Herpich

[__________], 2001 SECRETARY

YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT

Whether or not you plan to attend the special meeting in person, please take the time to vote by completing and mailing the enclosed proxy card in the enclosed postage-paid envelope. If you attend the special meeting, you may vote in person if you wish, even if you have previously returned your proxy card.

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT.


LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
CENTRAL AND SPRUCE STREETS
DODGE CITY, KANSAS 62523

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
TO BE HELD ON [________], 2001

A special meeting of stockholders of Landmark Bancshares, Inc., a Kansas corporation, will be held at [_______________________________], on
[_________], 2001, [____] [__].m., local time, for the following purposes:

1. To consider and vote upon a proposal to adopt the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of April 19, 2001, among Landmark Bancshares, MNB Bancshares, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Landmark Merger Company, a Delaware corporation formed by Landmark Bancshares and MNB, pursuant to which, among other things, Landmark Bancshares and MNB will merge with and into Landmark Merger Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the merger agreement.

2. To transact such other business as may properly be brought before the special meeting, including any motion to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies, or any adjournments or postponements of the special meeting.

The close of business on [__________], 2001, has been fixed as the record date for determining those stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and any adjournments or postponements of the special meeting. Accordingly, only stockholders of record on such date are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the special meeting and any adjournments or postponements of the special meeting.

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

[__________], 2001 Gary L. Watkins
SECRETARY

YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT

Whether or not you plan to attend the special meeting in person, please take the time to vote by completing and mailing the enclosed proxy card in the enclosed postage-paid envelope. If you attend the special meeting, you may vote in person if you wish, even if you have previously returned your proxy card.

YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR ADOPTION OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

HOW TO OBTAIN ADDITIONAL INFORMATION......................
A WARNING ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS................
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE MERGER....................
SUMMARY...................................................
   The Companies..........................................
   The Merger.............................................
   What You Will Receive in the Merger....................
   Effect of the Merger on Options........................
   Ownership of Landmark After the Merger.................
   Dissenters' Appraisal Rights...........................
   Material Federal Income Tax Consequences...............
   Comparative Market Prices of Common Stock..............
   Our Reasons for the Merger.............................
   Fairness Opinions......................................
   Special Meetings of Stockholders.......................
   Record Date; Vote Required.............................
   Our Recommendations to Stockholders....................
   Share Ownership of Management and Significant
     Stockholders.........................................
   Effective Time of the Merger...........................
   Exchange of Stock Certificates.........................
   Conditions to Completion of the Merger.................
   Regulatory Approvals...................................
   Waiver, Amendment and Termination......................
   Management and Operations After the Merger.............
   Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger that Differ
     from Your Interests..................................
   Accounting Treatment...................................
   Expenses and Termination Fees..........................
   Material Differences in the Rights of
     Stockholders.........................................
   Unaudited Comparative Per Share Data...................
   Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements..
   Selected Financial Data................................
RISK FACTORS..............................................
INTRODUCTION..............................................
MNB SPECIAL MEETING.......................................
   Date, Place, Time and Purpose..........................
   Record Date, Voting Rights, Required Vote and
     Revocability of Proxies..............................
   Solicitation of Proxies................................
   Recommendation of MNB Board............................
LBI SPECIAL MEETING.......................................
   Date, Place, Time and Purpose..........................
   Record Date, Voting Rights, Required Vote and
     Revocability of Proxies..............................
   Solicitation of Proxies................................
   Recommendation of LBI Board............................
DESCRIPTION OF TRANSACTION................................
   General................................................
   Effect of the Merger on Options........................
   Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the
     Merger...............................................
   Background of the Merger...............................
   Recommendation of the MNB
   Board and MNB's Reasons for the Merger.................
   Recommendation of the LBI Board and
   LBI's Reasons for the Merger...........................
   Opinion of MNB's Financial Advisor.....................
   Opinion of LBI's Financial Advisor.....................
   Effective Time of the Merger...........................
   Dissenters' Rights.....................................
   Distribution of Landmark Stock Certificates............
   Conditions to Completion of the Merger.................
   Regulatory Approvals...................................
   Waiver, Amendment and Termination......................
   Conduct of Business Pending the Merger.................
   Management and Operations After the Merger.............
   Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger.............
   Accounting Treatment...................................
   Expenses and Termination Fees..........................
   Resales of Landmark Common Stock.......................
EFFECT OF THE MERGER ON RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS............
   Anti-Takeover Provisions Generally.....................
   Authorized Capital Stock...............................
   Amendment of Certificate and Bylaws....................
   Director Removal.......................................
   Limitations on Director Liability......................
   Indemnification........................................
   Special Meetings of Stockholders.......................
   Stockholder Nominations and Proposals..................
   Business Combinations..................................
   Business Combinations with Interested Parties..........
   Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal........................
   Dividends..............................................
COMPARATIVE MARKET PRICES AND DIVIDENDS...................
BUSINESS OF MNB...........................................
BUSINESS OF LBI...........................................
REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS.................................
   General................................................
   Recent Regulatory Developments.........................
   Payment of Dividends...................................
   Capital Adequacy.......................................
   Support of Subsidiary Institutions.....................
   Prompt Corrective Action...............................
   Deposit Insurance......................................
   Financing Corporation Assessments......................
   Insider Transactions...................................

                                      i

DESCRIPTION OF LANDMARK CAPITAL STOCK.....................
OTHER MATTERS.............................................
STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS.....................................
EXPERTS...................................................
CERTAIN OPINIONS..........................................
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION.......................
   APPENDIX A - AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
   APPENDIX B - FORM OF OPINION OF MCCONNELL,
     BUDD & DOWNES, INC.
   APPENDIX C - OPINION OF KEEFE BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.
   APPENDIX D - SECTION 262 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL
     CORPORATION LAW (APPRAISAL RIGHTS)

ii

PLEASE NOTE

We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than the information included in this document and the documents to which we refer you. If someone provides you with other information, please do not rely on it as being authorized by us.

This joint proxy statement-prospectus has been prepared as of
[__________], 2001. There may be changes in the affairs of MNB, Landmark Bancshares or Landmark Merger Company since that date which are not reflected in this document.

As used in this joint proxy statement-prospectus , the term "MNB" refers to MNB Bancshares, Inc., and, where the context requires, to MNB and its subsidiary; the term "LBI" refers to Landmark Bancshares, Inc., and, where the context requires, to LBI and its subsidiary; and the term "Landmark" refers to Landmark Merger Company, and, where the context requires, to Landmark and its subsidiary after the completion of both the merger of MNB and LBI and the merger of their bank subsidiaries. Unless the context clearly suggests otherwise, general references to "us," "we," and "our" include MNB and LBI. However, when we discuss a specific organization such as MNB or LBI, "us," "we," and "our" refers only to the specific organization being discussed.

HOW TO OBTAIN ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS INCORPORATES IMPORTANT BUSINESS
AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT US THAT IS NOT INCLUDED IN OR DELIVERED WITH
THIS DOCUMENT. THIS INFORMATION IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 81 UNDER "WHERE YOU CAN
FIND MORE INFORMATION." YOU CAN OBTAIN FREE COPIES OF THIS INFORMATION BY
WRITING OR CALLING:

FOR MNB DOCUMENTS:                                   FOR LBI DOCUMENTS:
Mark A. Herpich                                      Gary L. Watkins
Secretary                                            Secretary
MNB Bancshares, Inc.                                 Landmark Bancshares, Inc.
800 Poyntz Avenue                                    Central and Spruce Streets
Manhattan, Kansas 66502                              Dodge City, Kansas 62523
(Telephone (785) 565-2000)                           (Telephone (620) 227-8111)

TO OBTAIN TIMELY DELIVERY OF THE DOCUMENTS, YOU MUST REQUEST THE

INFORMATION BY [__________], 2001.

A WARNING ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We have each made forward-looking statements in this document (and in documents to which we refer you in this document) that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our operations or the performance of Landmark after the merger is completed. When we use any of the words "believes," "expects," "anticipates," "estimates" or similar expressions, we are making forward-looking statements. Many possible events or factors could affect the future financial results and performance of each of our companies and the new company after the merger and could cause those results or performance to differ materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. These possible events or factors include the following:

o our actual cost savings resulting from the merger are less than we expect, we are unable to realize those cost savings as soon as we expected or we incur additional or unexpected costs;

o our revenues after the merger are less than we expect as a result of the loss of customers;

o competition among financial services companies increases;


o we have more trouble integrating our businesses than we expected;

o changes in the interest rate environment reduce our interest margins;

o general economic conditions change or are worse than we expected;

o legislative or regulatory changes adversely affect our business;

o changes occur in business conditions and inflation;

o personal or commercial customers' bankruptcies increase;

o changes occur in the securities markets; and

o technology-related changes are harder to make or more expensive than we expected.

The forward-looking earnings estimates included in the joint proxy statement-prospectus have not been examined or compiled by our independent public accountants, nor have our independent accountants applied any procedures to our estimates. Accordingly, our accountants do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on them. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date of this prospectus. We do not intend, and undertake no obligation, to update these forward-looking statements. Further information concerning us and our business, including additional factors that could materially affect our financial results, is included in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

2

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE MERGER

Q: WHY DO MNB BANCSHARES AND LANDMARK BANCSHARES WANT TO MERGE?

A: Our companies are proposing a "merger of equals" because we believe that by combining we can create a stronger and more diversified company that will provide significant long-term benefits to our stockholders and customers alike.

THE BOARDS OF DIRECTORS OF MNB BANCSHARES AND LANDMARK BANCSHARES UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMEND VOTING "FOR" THE PROPOSED MERGER.

Q: WHAT WILL I RECEIVE FOR MY SHARES OF MNB BANCSHARES?

A: You will receive 0.523 shares of the common stock of Landmark Merger Company for each share of MNB Bancshares common stock that you own at the effective time of the merger. Landmark Merger Company will not issue any fractional shares. Instead, MNB Bancshares stockholders will receive cash in lieu of any fractional shares owed to them in an amount based on the average closing price of Landmark Merger Company common stock for the five trading days immediately after the completion of the merger.

Q: WHAT WILL I RECEIVE FOR MY SHARES OF LANDMARK BANCSHARES?

A: You will receive one share of the common stock of Landmark Merger Company for each share of Landmark Bancshares common stock that you own at the effective time of the merger

Q: WHEN DO YOU EXPECT THE MERGER TO BE COMPLETED?

A: We hope to complete the merger in the third quarter, 2001, or as soon as possible after the special stockholders' meetings, assuming the required stockholder approval is obtained. The merger is also subject to the approval of federal banking regulatory authorities and the satisfaction of other closing conditions.

Q: WHEN AND WHERE WILL THE SPECIAL MEETINGS TAKE PLACE?

A: The MNB Bancshares special meeting will be held on [_________], 2001, at
[______] [_]m., local time, at [____________________], Manhattan, Kansas.

The Landmark Bancshares special meeting will be held on [_________], 2001, at
[______] [_]m., local time, at [____________________], Dodge City, Kansas.

Q: WHO MUST APPROVE THE PROPOSALS AT THE SPECIAL MEETINGS?

A: Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of MNB Bancshares common stock as of the close of business on [__________], 2001 must approve the merger agreement.

Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Landmark Bancshares common stock as of the close of business on [__________], 2001 must approve the merger agreement.

Q: WHAT DO I NEED TO DO NOW?

A: After reviewing this document, submit your proxy by executing and returning the enclosed proxy card. By submitting your proxy, you authorize the individuals named in the proxy to represent you and vote your shares at your special meeting in accordance with your instructions. These individuals also may vote your shares to adjourn your special meeting from time to time and will be authorized to vote your shares at any adjournments of your special meeting. YOUR PROXY VOTE IS IMPORTANT. WHETHER OR NOT YOU PLAN TO ATTEND YOUR SPECIAL MEETING, PLEASE SUBMIT YOUR PROXY PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.

Q: IF MY SHARES ARE HELD IN "STREET NAME" BY MY BROKER, WILL MY BROKER VOTE MY SHARES FOR ME?

A: Your broker will vote your shares ONLY if you instruct your broker on how to vote. Your broker will send you directions on how you can instruct your broker to vote. Your broker cannot vote your shares without instructions from you.

Q: HOW WILL MY SHARES BE VOTED IF I RETURN A BLANK PROXY CARD?

A: If you sign, date and send in your proxy card and do not indicate how you want to vote, your proxies will be counted as a vote for the proposals

3

identified in this document and in the discretion of the persons named as proxies in any other matters presented for a vote at your special meeting.

Q: WHAT WILL BE THE EFFECT IF I DO NOT VOTE?

A: If you abstain or do not return your proxy card or otherwise do not vote at your special meeting, your failure to vote will have the same effect as if you voted against approval of the merger agreement. Therefore, your board of directors encourages you to vote as soon as possible in favor of the proposed merger agreement.

Q: CAN I VOTE MY SHARES IN PERSON?

A: Yes, if you own your shares registered in your own name. You may attend your special meeting and vote your shares in person rather than signing and mailing your proxy card. However, in order to ensure that your vote is counted at your special meeting, we recommend that you sign, date and promptly mail the enclosed proxy card.

Q: CAN I CHANGE MY MIND AND REVOKE MY PROXY?

A: Yes, you may revoke your proxy and change your vote at any time before the polls close at your special meeting by:

o signing another proxy with a later date,

o giving written notices of the revocation of your proxy to the Secretary of MNB Bancshares or Landmark Bancshares (whichever is applicable) prior to your special meeting, or

o voting in person at your special meeting

Your latest dated proxy or vote will be counted.

Q: SHOULD I SEND IN MY STOCK CERTIFICATE NOW?

A: No. Once the merger is completed we will send you written instructions for exchanging your stock certificates.

Q: WHO CAN ANSWER MY QUESTIONS ABOUT THE MERGER?

A: If you are a stockholder of MNB Bancshares, you can contact Patrick L. Alexander at (785) 565-2000 or (800) 318-8997 to answer your questions about the merger.

If you are a stockholder of Landmark Bancshares, you can contact Larry Schugart at (620) 227-8111 to answer your questions about the merger.

4

SUMMARY

THIS BRIEF SUMMARY HIGHLIGHTS SELECTED INFORMATION FROM THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS AND MAY NOT CONTAIN ALL OF THE INFORMATION THAT IS IMPORTANT TO YOU. WE URGE YOU TO CAREFULLY READ THIS ENTIRE DOCUMENT AND THE OTHER DOCUMENTS WE REFER TO IN THIS DOCUMENT. THESE WILL GIVE YOU A MORE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSACTION WE ARE PROPOSING. FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT OUR TWO COMPANIES, SEE "WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION." WE HAVE INCLUDED PAGE REFERENCES IN THIS SUMMARY TO DIRECT YOU TO OTHER PLACES IN THIS JOINT PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS WHERE YOU CAN FIND A MORE COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE TOPICS WE HAVE SUMMARIZED.

THE COMPANIES (PAGES [___] AND [___])

MNB BANCSHARES, INC.
800 Poyntz Avenue
Manhattan, Kansas 66502
(785) 565-2000

MNB is a bank holding company organized under the laws of Delaware in 1992 and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act. Through Security National Bank, our wholly owned subsidiary bank, we conduct a range of commercial and personal banking activities and offer trust and investment services in Kansas. In addition to our main office in Manhattan, our subsidiary bank operates five branches in Kansas. At March 31, 2001, our assets were $155.5 million, our deposits were $132.1 million and our stockholders' equity was $15.4 million.

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
Central and Spruce Streets
P.O. Box 1437
Dodge City, Kansas 67801
(620) 227-8111

LBI is a savings and loan holding company organized under the laws of Kansas in 1993 and registered under the Home Owners' Loan Act. Through Landmark Federal Savings Bank, our wholly owned subsidiary bank, we conduct a range of commercial and personal banking activities in Kansas. In addition to our main office in Dodge City, our bank operates five branches in Kansas. At March 31, 2001, our assets were $223.2 million, our deposits were $151.8 million and our stockholders' equity was $24.7 million.

LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY
800 Poyntz Avenue
Manhattan, Kansas 66502
(785) 565-2000

Landmark Merger Company is a company recently organized under the laws of Delaware that has filed an application for approval to become a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act. We incorporated Landmark on April 19, 2001, solely for the purpose of accomplishing the merger. Landmark issued 500 shares to each of us for total consideration of $1,000. Landmark does not currently engage in any business activity.

THE MERGER (PAGE [__])

WE HAVE ATTACHED THE MERGER AGREEMENT TO THIS DOCUMENT AS APPENDIX A. PLEASE

READ THE MERGER AGREEMENT. IT IS THE LEGAL DOCUMENT THAT GOVERNS THE MERGER.

We propose a combination in which our companies will merge with and into Landmark to form a new financial services company that will serve eight Kansas counties with twelve offices. After the completion of the merger, the name of the newly combined company will be "Landmark Bancshares, Inc." Landmark will have a new certificate of incorporation and bylaws at the time of the merger. Landmark's main office will be located in Manhattan, Kansas. We expect to complete the merger in the third quarter of 2001, although delays could occur.

At the same time as the merger, we also intend to merge our subsidiary banks, Security National Bank and Landmark Federal Savings Bank, into a single financial institution to be known as Landmark National Bank.

WHAT YOU WILL RECEIVE IN THE MERGER (PAGE [__])

MNB STOCKHOLDERS. Each of your shares of MNB common stock will automatically become the right to receive 0.523 shares of Landmark common stock. The total number of shares you will have the right to receive will therefore be equal to the number of shares of MNB common stock you own multiplied by 0.523. For example, if you hold 100 shares of MNB stock, you will receive 52 shares (100 x 0.523) of Landmark stock.

Landmark will not issue any fractions of a share of common stock. Rather, Landmark will pay cash (without interest) for any fractional share interest

5

any MNB stockholder would otherwise receive in the merger. The cash payment will be in an amount equal to the fraction of the share multiplied by the average of the closing sale prices of Landmark common stock for the five business days immediately after the completion of the merger.

You will need to surrender your MNB common stock certificates to receive new certificates representing common stock of the newly combined company. However, this will not be necessary until you receive written instructions on or around the time of the merger.

LBI STOCKHOLDERS. Each of your shares of LBI common stock will automatically become the right to receive one share of Landmark common stock. The total number of shares you will have the right to receive will therefore be equal to the number of shares of LBI common stock you own multiplied by one. For example, if you hold 100 shares of LBI stock, you will receive 100 shares (100 x 1) of Landmark stock.

You will have to surrender your LBI common stock certificates to receive new certificates representing common stock of the newly combined company. This will not be necessary until you receive written instructions on or around the time of the merger.

EFFECT OF THE MERGER ON OPTIONS (PAGE [__])

In the merger, each stock option to buy MNB and LBI common stock that is outstanding immediately before completing the merger will become an option to buy Landmark common stock and will continue to be governed by the terms of the original plans under which they were issued. The number of shares of Landmark common stock subject to each of these converted stock options, as well as the exercise price of these stock options, will be adjusted to reflect the exchange ratios applicable in the merger.

OWNERSHIP OF LANDMARK AFTER THE MERGER

Based on the MNB and LBI exchange ratios contained in the merger agreement, upon completion of the merger, Landmark will issue 817,922 shares of its common stock to former MNB stockholders and 1,092,438 shares of its common stock to former LBI stockholders. Based on these numbers, after the merger and on a fully diluted basis, former MNB stockholders would own approximately 40%, and former LBI stockholders would own approximately 60%, of the outstanding shares of Landmark common stock.

DISSENTERS' APPRAISAL RIGHTS (PAGE [__])

Under Delaware law, MNB stockholders have the right to dissent from the merger and have the appraised fair value of their shares of MNB common stock paid to them in cash.

To dissent and receive the appraised fair value of their shares, MNB stockholders must:

o make a proper demand for appraisal in accordance with the Delaware law as more fully described on pages [_____];

o hold your shares of MNB common stock until the merger is completed;

o not vote in favor of the merger (including by appointing a proxy to vote your shares); and

o otherwise comply with Delaware law.

Kansas law governs the rights of LBI stockholders which does not provide them any right to dissent from the merger and receive cash for the value of their shares.

MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES (PAGE [__])

For United States federal income tax purposes, your exchange of shares of MNB and LBI common stock for shares of Landmark common stock should not cause you to recognize any gain or loss. Holders of MNB common stock, however, will recognize income, gain or loss in connection with any cash received from any fractional share interest.

THESE TAX CONSEQUENCES MAY NOT APPLY TO EVERY ONE OF OUR STOCKHOLDERS. DETERMINING THE ACTUAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER TO YOU MAY BE COMPLICATED. THEY WILL DEPEND ON YOUR SPECIFIC SITUATION AND ON VARIABLES NOT WITHIN OUR CONTROL. YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR FOR A FULL UNDERSTANDING OF THE MERGER'S TAX CONSEQUENCES.

COMPARATIVE MARKET PRICES OF COMMON STOCK

Shares of MNB common stock are traded on the Nasdaq Small Cap Market and shares of LBI common stock are traded on the Nasdaq National Market System. On April 18, 2001, the last trading day before we announced the merger, MNB common stock closed at $9.95 per share and LBI common stock closed at $17.30 per share. On

6

June [__], 2001, MNB common stock closed at $[_____] per share and LBI common stock closed at $[_____] per share. Of course, the common stock of Landmark has not started trading and there is no prediction or guarantee at what price it will trade after the completion of the merger.

OUR REASONS FOR THE MERGER (PAGES [__] AND [__])

Our companies are proposing to merge because we believe that by combining them we can create a stronger and more diversified company that will provide significant benefits to our stockholders and customers alike. For instance, we estimate that the combination of our businesses should help us to reduce duplicate costs and enhance revenues by about $1 million annually, before taxes, within two years. However, due to the contingent nature and timing of these potential revenue enhancements and efficiency improvements, we have not taken them into account in arriving at our estimates of the merger's impact on future earnings per share.

We expect the merger to strengthen our position as a competitor in the financial services business, which is rapidly changing and growing more competitive.

We also expect to incur merger related costs of $1.8 million, after tax, as a result of combining our companies.

The discussion of our reasons for the merger includes forward-looking statements about possible or assumed future results of our operations and the performance of the combined company after the merger. For a discussion of factors that could affect these future results, see "A Warning About Forward-Looking Statements" on page [___].

FAIRNESS OPINIONS (PAGES [__] AND [__])

MNB STOCKHOLDERS. McConnell, Budd & Downes, Inc. has delivered a written opinion to MNB's board of directors that, as of the date of this document, the MNB exchange ratio is fair to the holders of MNB common stock, from a financial point of view. We have attached this opinion to this document as Appendix B. You should read this opinion completely to understand the procedures followed, matters considered and limitations on the reviews undertaken by McConnell, Budd & Downes in providing its opinion.

LBI STOCKHOLDERS. Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has delivered a written opinion to LBI's board of directors that, as of the date of this document, the LBI exchange ratio is fair to the holders of LBI common stock, from a financial point of view. We have attached this opinion to this document as Appendix C. You should read this opinion completely to understand the procedures followed, matters considered and limitations on the reviews undertaken by Keefe Bruyette in providing its opinion.

SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS (PAGES [__] AND [___])

MNB STOCKHOLDERS. The MNB meeting will be held on [_________], 2001, at [______]
[_]m., local time, at [____________________], Manhattan, Kansas. At MNB's meeting, you will be asked:

o to adopt a merger agreement that provides for the merger of MNB and LBI with and into Landmark; and

o to act on other matters that may be submitted to a vote at the meeting.

LBI STOCKHOLDERS. The LBI meeting will be held on [_________], 2001, at [______]
[_]m., local time, at [____________________], Dodge City, Kansas. At LBI's meeting, you will be asked:

o to adopt a merger agreement that provides for the merger of LBI and MNB with and into Landmark; and

o to act on other matters that may be submitted to a vote at the meeting.

RECORD DATE; VOTE REQUIRED (PAGES [__] AND [__])

MNB STOCKHOLDERS. You can vote at the meeting of MNB's stockholders if you owned MNB common stock at the close of business on [_________], 2001. You can cast one vote for each share of MNB common stock that you owned at that time. To adopt the merger agreement, the holders of a majority of shares of MNB common stock allowed to vote at the meeting must vote in favor of doing so.

You may vote your shares in person by attending the meeting or by mailing us your proxy if you are unable to or do not wish to attend. You can revoke your proxy at any time before we take a vote at the meeting by sending a written notice revoking the proxy or a later-dated proxy to the secretary of MNB, or by attending the meeting and voting in person.

7

LBI STOCKHOLDERS. You can vote at the meeting of LBI's stockholders if you owned LBI common stock at the close of business on [__________], 2001. You can cast one vote for each share of LBI common stock that you owned at that time. To adopt the merger agreement, the holders of a majority of shares of LBI common stock allowed to vote at the meeting must vote in favor of doing so.

You may vote your shares in person by attending the meeting or by mailing us your proxy if you are unable to or do not wish to attend. You can revoke your proxy at any time before we take a vote at the meeting by sending a written notice revoking the proxy or a later-dated proxy to the secretary of LBI, or by attending the meeting and voting in person.

OUR RECOMMENDATIONS TO STOCKHOLDERS (PAGES [__] AND [__])

MNB STOCKHOLDERS. MNB's board of directors believes that the merger is fair to you and in your best interests, and unanimously recommends that you vote "FOR" the proposal to adopt the merger agreement.

LBI STOCKHOLDERS. LBI's board of directors believes that the merger is fair to you and in your best interests, and unanimously recommends that you vote "FOR" the proposal to adopt the merger agreement.

SHARE OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND SIGNIFICANT STOCKHOLDERS (PAGES [__] AND [__])

MNB. On MNB's record date, its directors and executive officers, their immediate family members and entities they control owned 382,677 shares, or approximately 23.9% of the outstanding shares of MNB common stock, including shares they may acquire through exercising stock options. On this record date, MNB's Employee Stock Ownership Plan held 112,703 shares, or approximately 7.2% of the outstanding shares of MNB common stock. On the record date, LBI's directors and executive officers, including their immediate family members, owned 554 shares of MNB common stock or less than 0.1% of MNB's outstanding shares.

LBI. On LBI's record date, its directors and executive officers, their immediate family members and entities they control owned 238,669 shares, or approximately 21.9% of the outstanding shares of LBI common stock, including shares they may acquire through exercising stock options. On this record date, LBI's Employee Stock Ownership Plan held 120,120 shares, or approximately 11.0% of the outstanding shares of LBI common stock.

EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER (PAGE [__])

The merger will become final when a certificate of merger is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and articles of merger are filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Kansas. If our stockholders approve the merger at their special meetings, and if Landmark obtains all required regulatory approvals, we anticipate that the merger will be completed in the third quarter of 2001, although delays could occur.

We cannot assure you that we can obtain the necessary stockholder and regulatory approvals or that the other conditions to completion of the merger can or will be satisfied.

EXCHANGE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES (PAGE [__])

On or around the time of the merger, you will receive a letter and instructions on how to surrender your stock certificates representing MNB and LBI common stock in exchange for Landmark stock certificates. You must carefully review and complete these materials and return them as instructed along with your stock certificates for MNB and LBI common stock. PLEASE DO NOT SEND MNB OR LBI ANY STOCK CERTIFICATES UNTIL YOU RECEIVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS.

CONDITIONS TO COMPLETION OF THE MERGER (PAGE [__])

The completion of the merger depends on a number of conditions being met. These include:

o approval of the merger agreement by our stockholders;

o approval of the merger by certain federal regulatory authorities;

o receipt by each of us of an opinion that, for United States federal income tax purposes, our respective stockholders who exchange their shares for shares of Landmark common stock should not recognize any gain or loss as a result of the merger, except in connection with the payment of cash instead of fractional shares or the payment of cash resulting from the exercise of appraisal rights (this opinion

8

will be subject to various limitations and we recommend that you read the fuller description of tax consequences provided in this document beginning on page [__]); and

o the absence of any injunction or legal restraint blocking the merger, or of any proceedings by a government body trying to block the merger.

A party to the merger agreement could choose to complete the merger even though a condition has not been satisfied, as long as the law allows it to do so. We cannot be certain when or if the conditions to the merger will be satisfied or waived, or that the merger will be completed.

REGULATORY APPROVALS (PAGE [__])

We cannot complete the merger unless it is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Once the Federal Reserve approves the merger, we have to wait anywhere from 15 to 30 days before we can complete the merger, during which time the Department of Justice can challenge the merger on antitrust grounds. In addition, the merger is subject to the approval of, or notice to, other federal regulatory authorities.

We must also file an application with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency for approval of the merger of our bank subsidiaries.

We have filed all of the required applications or notices with the Federal Reserve and these other regulatory authorities.

As of the date of this document, we have not received all of the required approvals. While we do not know of any reason that we would not be able to obtain the necessary approvals in a timely manner, we cannot be certain when or if we will obtain them.

WAIVER, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION (PAGE [__])

We may jointly amend the merger agreement and each of us may waive our right to require the other party to adhere to any term or condition of the merger agreement. However, we may not do so after our stockholders approve the merger, if the amendment or waiver reduces or changes the consideration that will be received by our stockholders, unless they approve the amendment or waiver.

We can mutually agree at any time to terminate the merger agreement without completing the merger. Also, either of us can decide, without the consent of the other, to terminate the merger agreement if:

o any government agency denies an approval we need to complete the merger and that denial has become final and nonappealable;

o the merger has not been completed by March 1, 2002, unless the failure to complete the merger by that time is due to a violation of the merger agreement by the party that wants to terminate the merger agreement; or

o the other company breaches the merger agreement in any way that would entitle the party seeking to terminate the merger agreement to not consummate the merger, and the breaching party does not correct the breach promptly, as long as the party seeking to terminate has not itself materially breached the merger agreement.

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS AFTER THE MERGER (PAGE [__])

The present management of both our companies will share the responsibility of managing Landmark, the newly combined company, after the completion of the merger. The board of directors of Landmark will initially be comprised of ten members, five of whom have been chosen from among MNB's current directors, and LBI's five current directors.

These Landmark directors include, among others, Larry Schugart, President and Chief Executive Officer, of LBI, and Patrick L. Alexander, President and Chief Executive Officer, of MNB.

Following the merger, Mr. Schugart will be Chairman, Mr. Alexander will be President and Chief Executive Officer and Mark Herpich of MNB will be Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Landmark.

INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER THAT DIFFER FROM YOUR INTERESTS (PAGE
[__])

Some of our directors and officers have interests in the merger that differ from, or are in addition to, their interests as stockholders in our companies. These interests exist because of employment agreements that certain officers of our companies have and rights that the directors and officers have under some of our benefit plans. These employment

9

agreements and plans will provide the officers with severance benefits as a result of the merger, although one of these officers has waived the right to receive severance benefits to which he is entitled.

Additional interests of some of our directors and executive officers are described under "Management and Operations After the Merger."

The members of our boards of directors knew about these additional interests and considered them when they approved the merger agreement and the merger.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT (PAGE [__])

The merger will be accounted for as a "purchase transaction." This means that, for accounting and financial reporting purposes, we will treat the fair market value of the consideration received by MNB's stockholders that is in excess of the fair market value of MNB as goodwill, if any, on the new company's financial statements. This goodwill will need to be amortized in the future and that would reduce the new company's profitability.

EXPENSES AND TERMINATION FEES (PAGE [__])

If we mutually agree to terminate the merger agreement, or if either of us terminates the merger agreement because the merger has not been completed by March 1, 2002, then we will each pay our own fees and expenses, except that we will divide the costs and expenses that we have incurred in printing and mailing this document and the fees that we have paid to the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the merger.

If either of us terminates the merger agreement because its financial advisor has withdrawn its fairness opinion or the other's stockholders fail to approve the merger agreement, then the company with the fairness opinion that was withdrawn or the stockholders that failed to approve the merger must pay the other's fees and expenses in connection with the merger up to a maximum of $350,000. Each of us has the same obligation to pay the other's fees and expenses plus the obligation to pay the other an additional termination fee of $500,000 if the merger agreement is terminated because one of us breached any of our respective covenants contained in the merger agreement. In addition, if within one year after the termination of the merger agreement, the breaching company or the company with the fairness opinion that was withdrawn or the stockholders that failed to approve the merger enters into another agreement to be acquired by an outside third party or group, then the breaching company or the company with the fairness opinion that was withdrawn or the stockholders that failed to approve the merger must pay an additional special termination fee to the other of $1,000,000.

Either of us may also terminate the merger agreement because we have received an offer from an unrelated third party that our respective board of directors has concluded is more favorable to our stockholders. In this case, the company terminating the agreement must pay to the other company a one-time special termination fee of $1,000,000 if it agrees within one year after the termination of the merger agreement to be acquired by some other person or group.

We have agreed to pay these special termination fees to each other to increase the likelihood that we would complete the merger. These fees could discourage other companies from attempting to combine with either of us before we complete the merger.

MATERIAL DIFFERENCES IN THE RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS (PAGE [__])

The rights of MNB stockholders are governed by Delaware law and MNB's certificate of incorporation and bylaws. The rights of LBI stockholders are governed by Kansas law and LBI's articles of incorporation and bylaws. Upon our completion of the merger, you will become stockholders of Landmark and your rights will be governed by Delaware law and by Landmark's certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

10

UNAUDITED COMPARATIVE PER SHARE DATA

The following table shows information about our earnings per common and diluted share, dividends per share and book value per share, and similar information reflecting the merger (which we refer to as "pro forma" information). In presenting the comparative pro forma information for certain time periods, we assumed that we had been merged through those periods.

The information listed as "equivalent pro forma" was obtained by multiplying the pro forma amounts by the exchange ratio of 0.523. We present this information to reflect the fact that MNB stockholders will receive 0.523 shares of Landmark common stock for each share of MNB common stock exchanged in the merger. LBI stockholders will receive one share of Landmark common stock for each share of LBI common stock exchanged in the merger. We expect that we will incur merger and integration charges as a result of combining our companies. We also anticipate that the merger will provide the new company with financial benefits that include reduced operating expenses and the opportunity to earn more revenue. The pro forma information, while helpful in illustrating the financial characteristics of Landmark under one set of assumptions, does not reflect these expenses or benefits and, accordingly, does not attempt to predict or suggest future results. It also does not necessarily reflect what the historical results of the combined company would have been had our companies been combined.

The information in the following table is based on, and should be read together with, the historical financial information that we have presented in our prior Securities and Exchange Commission filings. We have incorporated this material into this document by reference. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

11

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.

                                                              As of and for the       As of and for the
                                                              six months ended          year ended
                                                                   March 31             September 30,
                                                          -------------------------    --------------
                                                               2001         2000            2000
                                                          ------------ ------------    --------------
Historical:
     Net earnings  before  cumulative  effect of a change
        in accounting principle - basic                   $     1.16   $    1.01         $   2.19
     Net earnings  before  cumulative  effect of a change
        in accounting principle - diluted                       1.08        0.94             2.04
     Cash dividends declared                                    0.30        0.30             0.60
     Book value                                                22.65       20.25            21.37
Pro forma combined(1):
     Net earnings  before  cumulative  effect of a change
        in accounting principle - basic                   $     0.98     $  0.83         $   1.84
     Net earnings  before  cumulative  effect of a change
        in accounting principle - diluted                       0.93        0.78             1.75
     Cash dividends declared                                    0.30        0.30             0.60
     Book value                                                20.70         --               --

MNB BANCSHARES, INC.

                                                              As of and for the     As of and for the
                                                              six months ended          year ended
                                                                   March 31            December 31,
                                                          ------------------------- ---------------
                                                               2001         2000            2000
                                                          ------------ ------------    ---------
Historical:
     Net earnings  before  cumulative  effect of a change
        in accounting principle - basic                   $     0.38   $    0.30         $   0.71
     Net earnings  before  cumulative  effect of a change
        in accounting principle - diluted                       0.38        0.30             0.70
     Cash dividends declared                                    0.13        0.12             0.25
     Book value                                                 9.85        9.18             9.68
Equivalent pro forma combined(1):
     Net earnings  before  cumulative  effect of a change
        in accounting principle - basic                     $   0.51     $  0.43         $   0.96
     Net earnings  before  cumulative  effect of a change
        in accounting principle - diluted                       0.49        0.41             0.91
     Cash dividends declared                                    0.16        0.16             0.31
     Book value                                                10.83         --               --


(1) Pro forma and equivalent pro forma information is computed utilizing the historical consolidated statement of earnings of MNB Bancshares, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2000.

12

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information and footnotes thereto are presented to show the impact on the historical financial position and results of operations of Landmark pursuant to the merger. As a result of the merger, MNB and LBI stockholders will receive shares of Landmark pursuant to the established exchange ratio. The exchange ratio is fixed at 0.523 for MNB and one for LBI.

The unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet reflects the historical position of MNB and LBI at March 31, 2001 with pro forma adjustments based on the assumption that the merger was consummated on March 31, 2001. The unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet does not include the capitalization of Landmark, which issued 500 shares to each of LBI and MNB for total consideration of $1,000, based on the assumption that these shares will be redeemed in full upon the completion of the merger. The pro forma adjustments are based on the purchase method of accounting. The unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Earnings assumes that the merger was consummated on October 1 of the earliest indicated period. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements reflect estimated nonrecurring charges consisting of management's estimates of legal, accounting and investment banking fees that will be incurred in connection with the merger. The adjustments are based on information available and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable.

The unaudited pro forma earnings amounts do not reflect any potential earnings enhancements or cost reductions that are expected to result from the consolidation of MNB's and LBI's operations and are not necessarily indicative of the results expected of the future combined operations. No assurances can be given with respect to the ultimate level of earnings enhancements or cost reductions to be realized.

The following information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes of MNB and LBI included or incorporated by reference herein. Results of MNB and LBI for the interim periods ended March 31, 2001 are not necessarily indicative of results of operations or the combined financial position that would have resulted had the merger been consummated at the beginning of the periods indicated.

The unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information is intended for information purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the future financial position or future operating results of the combined company or of the financial position or operating results of the combined company that would have actually occurred had the merger been in effect as of the date or for the period presented.

13

Landmark Merger Company
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
March 31, 2001
(in thousands)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              As reported
                                                     -------------------------------          Pro
                                                          LBI             MNB                Forma             Pro Forma
                                                        Historical      Historical         Adjustments        Consolidated
                                                     -------------  ---------------       --------------     --------------
Assets
Cash and due from banks                              $       6,860  $         5,541       $     (600)  b     $     10,601
Investments securities:
     Available-for-sale, at fair value                      51,542           43,135                                94,677
     Held-to-maturity, at cost                                  --              907                                   907
Loans, net                                                 159,457           97,098                               256,555
Premises and equipment                                       1,529            2,238                                 3,767
Other assets                                                 3,827            6,561                                11,588
                                                      ------------   --------------        ----------         -----------
         Total assets                                $     223,215  $       155,480       $     (600)        $    378,095
                                                      ============   ==============        ==========         ===========


Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Liabilities:
     Deposits                                        $     151,823  $       132,101        $                 $    283,924
     Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other
         borrowings                                         42,000            5,881                                47,881
     Other liabilities                                       4,650            2,099                                 6,749
                                                     -------------  ---------------        ----------        ------------
         Total liabilities                                 198,473          140,081                -             338,554
                                                     -------------  ---------------        -----------       -----------

Stockholders' Equity:
     Preferred stock                                            --               --                                    --
     Common stock                                              228               16               (16) a               19
                                                                                                 (209) a
     Paid in capital                                        22,388            9,737                16  a           14,706
                                                                                                  209  a
                                                                                                  649  a
                                                                                                5,112  a
                                                                                                 (600) b
                                                                                              (22,805) a
     Retained earnings                                      24,725            5,112            (5,112) a           24,725
     Accumulated other comprehensive income                    625              649              (649) a              625
     Unearned employee benefits                               (419)            (115)                                 (534)
                                                      ------------- ----------------       ------------      ------------
                                                            47,547           15,339           (23,405)             39,541
     Treasury stock                                        (22,805)              --            22,805  a               --
                                                      -------------  --------------         ----------         ----------
         Total stockholders' equity                         24,742           15,339              (600)             39,541
                                                      ------------   --------------         ----------------- -----------
         Total liabilities and stockholders' equity  $     223,215  $       155,480        $     (600)       $    378,095
                                                      ============   ==============         ================= ===========

14

Landmark Merger Company
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Earnings
(in thousands, except per share and weighted average share data)

                                                                                               For the year
                                                                For the six months                ended
                                                                 ended March 31,             September 30,(1)
                                                          -------------------------------    ----------------
                                                              2001             2000               2000
                                                          --------------   --------------    ----------------
Interest income
     Loans and fees on loans                              $      11,698    $     10,928      $        22,980
     Investment securities                                        2,689           3,024                6,081
     Other                                                           30              36                   54
                                                          --------------   --------------    ----------------
         Total interest income                                   14,417          13,988               29,155
                                                          --------------   --------------    ----------------

Interest expense
     Deposits                                                     7,055           5,860               12,604
     Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings         1,626           2,140                4,660
                                                          --------------   --------------    ----------------
         Total interest expense                                   8,681           8,000               17,264
                                                          --------------   --------------    ----------------
         Net interest income                                      5,736           5,988               11,851

Provision for loan losses                                           135             260                  352
                                                          --------------   --------------    ----------------
         Net interest income after provision for loan
             losses                                               5,601           5,728               11,499
                                                          --------------   --------------    ----------------

Non-interest income
     Fees and service charges                                       795             640                1,555
     Security transactions, net                                     214              43                   21
     Gain on sales of loans, net                                    456             127                  275
     Other                                                           88             123                  338
                                                          --------------   --------------   ----------------
         Total non-interest income                                1,553             933                2,189
                                                          --------------   --------------    ----------------

Non-interest expense
     Compensation and benefits                                    2,370           2,202                4,530
     Occupancy and equipment                                        498             442                  945
     Amortization                                                   205             149                  327
     Data processing                                                146             167                  300
     Other                                                        1,149           1,197                2,375
                                                          --------------   --------------    ----------------
         Total non-interest expense                               4,368           4,157                8,477
                                                          --------------   --------------    ----------------
         Earnings before income taxes and cumulative
             effect of a change in accounting principle           2,786           2,504                5,211

Income taxes                                                        967             952                1,748
                                                          --------------   --------------    ----------------
         Net earnings before cumulative effect of a
             change in accounting principle               $       1,819    $      1,552      $         3,463
                                                          ==============   ==============    ================

Per share data:
     Basic  earnings per share before  cumulative  effect
         of a change in accounting principle(2)           $         0.98   $      0.83       $           1.84
     Weighted average shares of common stock
         outstanding(2)                                        1,860,169     1,872,121              1,880,345
     Diluted earnings per share before  cumulative effect
         of a change in accounting principle(2)           $         0.93   $       0.78      $           1.75
     Weighted   average   shares  of  common   stock  and
         dilutive potential common shares outstanding(2)       1,955,519     1,979,834              1,980,465


(1) The historical consolidated statement of earnings of MNB Bancshares, Inc. presented is for the year ended December 31, 2000.

(2) Per share data for MNB Bancshares, Inc. has been restated to reflect annual 5% stock dividends.

15

Landmark Merger Company
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Earnings For the six months ended March 31, 2001
(in thousands, except per share and weighted average share data)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       As Reported
                                                              -------------------------------
                                                                  LBI               MNB          Pro Forma       Pro Forma
                                                               Historical       Historical      Adjustments     Consolidated
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   ------------
Interest income
     Loans and fees on loans                                  $      7,385     $        4,313   $               $    11,698
     Investments securities                                          1,368              1,321                         2,689
     Other                                                               -                 30                            30
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   ------------
         Total interest income                                       8,753              5,664                        14,417
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   ------------

Interest expense
     Deposits                                                        4,117              2,938                         7,055
     Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings            1,404                222                         1,626
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   ------------
         Total interest expense                                      5,521              3,160                         8,681
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   ------------
         Net interest income                                         3,232              2,504                         5,736

Provision for loan losses                                               90                 45                           135
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   ------------
     Net interest income after provision for loan losses             3,142              2,459                         5,601

Non-interest income
     Fees and service charges                                          233                562                           795
     Security transactions, net                                        214                                              214
     Gain on sales of loans, net                                       379                 77                           456
     Other                                                              67                 21                            88
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   ------------
         Total non-interest income                                     893                660                         1,553
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   ------------

Non-interest expense
     Compensation and benefits                                       1,265              1,105                         2,370
     Occupancy and equipment                                           133                365                           498
     Amortization                                                       71                134                           205
     Data processing                                                    76                 70                           146
     Other                                                             524                625                         1,149
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   ------------
         Total non-interest expense                                  2,069              2,299                         4,368
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   ------------
         Earnings before income taxes and cumulative effect
              of a change in accounting principle                    1,966                820                         2,786

Income taxes                                                           733                234                           967
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   ------------
         Net earnings before cumulative effect of a change
              in accounting principle                         $      1,233     $         586    $               $     1,819
                                                              =============    ==============   =============   ============

Per share data:
     Basic earnings per share before cumulative effect of a
         change in accounting principle(1)                    $       1.16     $          0.38                   $     0.98
     Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding(1)      1,057,363          1,535,003       (732,196)a    1,860,170
     Diluted earnings per share before cumulative effect of
         a change in accounting principle(1)                  $       1.08     $          0.38                   $     0.93
     Weighted average shares of common stock and dilutive
         potential common shares outstanding(1)                  1,139,044          1,561,138       (744,663)a    1,955,519


(1) Per share data for MNB Bancshares, Inc. has been restated to reflect annual 5% stock dividends.

16

Landmark Merger Company
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Earnings For the six months ended March 31, 2000
(in thousands, except per share and weighted average share data)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       As Reported
                                                              -------------------------------
                                                                  LBI              MNB           Pro Forma       Pro Forma
                                                               Historical       Historical      Adjustments     Consolidated
                                                              -------------   ---------------   -------------   -------------
Interest income
     Loans and fees on loans                                  $      7,177    $        3,751    $               $    10,928
     Investments securities                                          1,759             1,265                          3,024
     Other                                                               -                36                             36
                                                              -------------   ---------------   -------------   -------------
         Total interest income                                       8,936             5,052                         13,988
                                                              -------------   ---------------   -------------   -------------

Interest expense
     Deposits                                                        3,651             2,209                          5,860
     Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings            1,661               479                          2,140
                                                              -------------   ---------------   -------------   -------------
         Total interest expense                                      5,312             2,688                          8,000
                                                              -------------   ---------------   -------------   -------------
         Net interest income                                         3,624             2,364                          5,988

Provision for loan losses                                              230                30                            260
                                                              -------------   ---------------   -------------   -------------
     Net interest income after provision for loan losses             3,394             2,334                          5,728
                                                              -------------   ---------------   -------------   -------------

Non-interest income
     Fees and service charges                                          218               422                            640
     Security transactions, net                                         43                 -                             43
     Gain on sales of loans, net                                        92                35                            127
     Other                                                              97                26                            123
                                                              -------------   ---------------   -------------   -------------
         Total non-interest income                                     450               483                            933
                                                              -------------   ---------------   -------------   -------------

Non-interest expense
     Compensation and benefits                                       1,140             1,062                          2,202
     Occupancy and equipment                                           125               317                            442
     Amortization                                                       39               110                            149
     Data processing                                                   100                67                            167
     Other                                                             623               574                          1,197
                                                              -------------   ---------------   -------------   -------------
         Total non-interest expense                                  2,027             2,130                          4,157
                                                              -------------   ---------------   -------------   -------------
         Earnings before income taxes and cumulative effect
              of a change in accounting principle                    1,817               687                          2,504

Income taxes                                                           726               226                            952
                                                              -------------   ---------------   -------------   -------------
         Net earnings before cumulative effect of a change
              in accounting principle                         $       1,091   $          461    $               $     1,552
                                                              =============   ==============    =============   =============

Per share data:
     Basic earnings per share before cumulative effect of a
         change in accounting principle(1)                    $        1.01   $         0.30                    $      0.83
     Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding(1)       1,076,576        1,521,119        (725,574) a   1,872,121

     Diluted earnings per share before cumulative effect of
         a change in accounting principle(1)                  $        0.94   $         0.30                    $      0.78
     Weighted average shares of common stock and dilutive
         potential common shares outstanding(1)                   1,165,326        1,557,377        (742,869) a   1,979,834


(1) Per share information for MNB Bancshares, Inc. has been restated to reflect annual 5% stock dividends.

17

Landmark Merger Company
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Earnings For the year ended September 30, 2000
(in thousands, except per share and weighted average share data)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       As Reported
                                                              -------------------------------
                                                                  LBI               MNB          Pro Forma       Pro Forma
                                                               Historical      Historical(1)    Adjustments     Consolidated
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   -------------
Interest income
     Loans and fees on loans                                  $     14,782     $       8,198    $               $    22,980
     Investments securities                                          3,448             2,633                          6,081
     Other                                                                                54                             54
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   -------------
         Total interest income                                      18,230            10,885                         29,115
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   -------------

Interest expense
     Deposits                                                        7,340             5,264                         12,604
     Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings            3,889               771                          4,660
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   -------------
         Total interest expense                                     11,229             6,035                         17,264
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   -------------
         Net interest income                                         7,001             4,850                         11,851

Provision for loan losses                                              267                85                            352
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   -------------
     Net interest income after provision for loan losses             6,734             4,765                         11,499
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   -------------

Non-interest income
     Fees and service charges                                          455             1,100                          1,555
     Security transactions, net                                         51               (30)                            21
     Gain on sales of loans, net                                       181                94                            275
     Other                                                             290                48                            338
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   -------------
         Total non-interest income                                     977             1,212                          2,189
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   -------------

Non-interest expense
     Compensation and benefits                                       2,339             2,191                          4,530
     Occupancy and equipment                                           259               686                            945
     Amortization                                                       89               238                            327
     Data processing                                                   164               136                            300
     Other                                                           1,205             1,170                          2,375
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   -------------
         Total non-interest expense                                  4,056             4,421                          8,477
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   -------------
         Earnings before income taxes and cumulative effect
              of a change in accounting principle                    3,655             1,556                          5,211

Income taxes                                                         1,272               476                          1,748
                                                              -------------    --------------   -------------   -------------
         Net earnings before cumulative effect of a change
              in accounting principle                         $      2,383     $       1,080    $               $     3,463
                                                              =============    ==============   =============   =============

Per share data:
     Basic earnings per share before cumulative effect of a
         change in accounting principle(2)                    $       2.19    $         0.71                    $      1.84
     Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding(2)      1,086,528         1,517,815        (723,998) a   1,880,345
     Diluted earnings per share before cumulative effect of
         a change in accounting principle(2)                  $       2.04    $         0.70                    $      1.75
     Weighted average shares of common stock and dilutive
         potential common shares outstanding(2)                  1,167,846         1,553,765        (741,146) a   1,980,465


(1) The historical consolidated statement of earnings for MNB Bancshares, Inc. is presented for the year ended December 31, 2000.

(2) Per share data for MNB Bancshares, Inc. has been restated to reflect annual 5% stock dividends.

18

(a) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY. In conjunction with the transaction, Landmark, a new holding company was established. Each outstanding share of LBI stock will be converted into one share of Landmark stock and each share of MNB will be converted into 0.523 shares of Landmark. Each share of Landmark stock will have a par value of $0.01 per share. LBI and MNB had 1,092,438 and 1,563,905 million shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2001, respectively. The pro forma average common share amounts used to calculate pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share were derived from the actual average share amounts for MNB adjusted by the exchange ratio of 0.523 and the actual average share amounts for LBI. The common stock in the Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet has been adjusted to reflect the reclassification of LBI's additional paid in capital and elimination of treasury stock. Unaudited pro forma additional paid in capital reflects the recognition of MNB's accumulated other comprehensive income, the reclassification of MNB's retained earnings, the elimination of treasury stock and the estimated market value of the Landmark shares to be issued to MNB stockholders, including the estimated adjustment for anticipated merger costs as described below.

(b) MERGER RELATED COSTS. In connection with the transaction, LBI and MNB expect to incur merger costs of approximately $600,000 including legal, accounting and investment banking fees. Change in control payments, severance pay and related costs for LBI employees are currently estimated at approximately $1.3 million, net of tax. These employee related costs will be accrued by LBI upon the completion of the merger, and accordingly are not included in the Landmark unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Additional exit costs related to contract terminations or other costs may be incurred in the future but have not been identified or estimated at this time.

19

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present our respective selected consolidated financial data for the three month periods for MNB, and the six month periods for LBI, ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, and for the five year period ended December 31, 2000 for MNB, and September 30, 2000 for LBI. The information for MNB is based on the historical financial information that is contained in reports MNB has previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Historical financial statements of MNB can be found in its March 31, 2001 Form 10-Q and its 2000 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The information for LBI is based on the historical financial information that is contained in reports LBI has previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Historical financial statements of LBI can be found in its March 31, 2001 Form 10-Q and its 2000 Annual Report on Form 10-K. All of these documents are incorporated by reference in this joint proxy statement-prospectus. See "Where You Can Find More Information" on page [____].

You should read the following tables in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements described above and with the notes to them.

Historical results do not necessarily indicate the results that you can expect for any future period. We believe that we have included all adjustments (which include only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to arrive at a fair statement of our interim results of operations. Results for the interim periods ended March 31, 2001, do not necessarily indicate the results that you can expect for the year as a whole.

20

Selected Historical Financial and Other Data

MNB Bancshares, Inc.
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                               Three months ended
                                                    March 31,                       Years ended December 31,
                                              --------------------  --------------------------------------------------------
                                                 2001       2000       2000       1999        1998       1997        1996
                                              ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------   ---------  ---------  ----------
INCOME STATEMENT DATA
Net interest income                           $   1,253  $   1,175  $    4,849  $   4,563   $   4,696  $   3,891  $    3,621
Provision for loan losses                            25         15          85         15          90         60          15
Gains on sales of loans                              48         14          95        141         384         99          75
Investment securities gains (losses)                 --         --         (30)         7          11        (21)        (15)
Other noninterest income                            278        231       1,148        854         817        612         623
Noninterest expense                               1,167      1,080       4,421      4,183       4,358      2,977       3,233
Earnings before income taxes                        387        325       1,556      1,367       1,460      1,544       1,056
Income taxes                                        111        104         476        463         478        471         339
Net earnings                                        276        221       1,080        904         982      1,073         717

PER SHARE DATA(1)
Basic net earnings per share                  $    0.18  $    0.15  $     0.71  $    0.60   $    0.66  $    0.72  $     0.48
Diluted net earnings per share                     0.18       0.14        0.70       0.58        0.63       0.70        0.47
Cash dividends                                     0.06       0.06        0.25       0.24        0.23       0.22        0.12
Book value                                         9.85       9.68        9.56       8.73        8.78       8.28        7.71

BALANCE SHEET DATA AT PERIOD END
Total assets                                  $ 155,480  $ 143,252  $  152,897  $ 143,262   $ 135,830  $ 144,752  $ 103,420
Loans, net of unearned discount                  98,385     89,804      95,334     88,969      76,345     95,059     63,369
Allowance for loan losses                        (1,287)    (1,264)     (1,277)    (1,249)     (1,292)    (1,335)      (820)
Investment securities                            44,042     45,599      47,649     45,005      50,651     42,079     33,239
Deposits                                        132,101    113,781     130,186    112,336     115,062    122,209     86,710
Borrowings                                        5,881     14,819       6,498     16,699       6,530      9,099      3,619
Total stockholders' equity                       15,398     13,309      14,676     13,290      13,242     12,276     11,334

PROFITABILITY RATIOS
Return on average total assets                    0.73% (2)  0.62% (2)   0.73%      0.65%       0.69%     1.03%       0.70%
Return on average stockholders' equity            7.56  (2)  6.67  (2)   7.95       6.82        7.73      9.18        6.54
Net interest income/average interest earning
  assets                                          3.56  (2)  3.49  (2)   3.47       3.49        3.52      3.89        3.67
Loans/deposits                                   74.61      79.00       72.25      78.09       65.23     72.60       72.14
Equity/assets (period end)                        9.90       9.29        9.60       9.28        9.75      8.48       10.96
Average  stockholders'  equity/average total      9.67       9.30        9.20       9.59        8.96     11.20       10.67
assets

CREDIT QUALITY RATIOS
Allowance/period end loans                        1.31%      1.41%       1.34%      1.40%       1.69%     1.40%       1.29%
Nonperforming loans/total loans                   0.49       0.69        0.46       0.53        0.19      0.19        0.22
Allowance/nonperforming assets                  136.19     204.86      152.00     237.50      897.20    448.90      490.90
Nonperforming assets/total assets                 0.61       0.43        0.55       0.37        0.11      0.21        0.16
Provision/average loans                           0.03       0.02        0.09       0.02        0.11      0.09        0.02
Net charge offs/average loans                     0.02         -         0.06       0.07        0.16      0.01        0.03


(1) Per share data for MNB Bancshares, Inc. has been restated to reflect annual 5% stock dividends.

(2) Ratios have been annualized and are not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire year.

21

Selected Historical Financial and Other Data

Landmark Bancshares, Inc.
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Six months ended
                                                     March 31,                       Years ended September 30,
                                              ---------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                  2001        2000      2000          1999       1998       1997       1996
                                              ----------  ---------  ----------    ---------   ---------  ---------  ---------
INCOME STATEMENT DATA
Net interest income                            $   3,232   $  3,624   $   7,001    $   7,030   $   6,991  $   6,927  $   5,897
Provision for loan losses                             90        230         267          785         265        308        135
Gains on sales of loans                              379         92         181          463         472        237         82
Investment securities gains (losses)                 214         43          51          500         202         --        135
Other noninterest income                             300        315         977        1,636       1,226      1,026        745
Noninterest expense                                2,069      2,027       4,056        4,191       4,134      3,581      4,323
Earnings before income taxes and cumulative
     effect of a change in accounting
     principle                                     1,966      1,817       3,655        3,690       3,818      4,064      2,184
Income taxes                                         733        726       1,272        1,334       1,454      1,550        780
Earnings before cumulative effect of a
     change in accounting principle                1,233      1,091       2,383        2,356       2,364      2,514      1,404
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting
     principle                                      (214)        --          --           --          --         --         --
Net earnings                                       1,019      1,091       2,383        2,356       2,364      2,514      1,404

PER SHARE DATA
Basic earnings per share
     Earnings before cumulative effect of a
         change in accounting principle        $    1.16   $   1.01   $    2.19    $    2.06   $    1.56  $    1.52  $    0.78
     Cumulative effect of a change in
         accounting principle                       0.20       --          --           --          --         --         --
     Net earnings                                   0.96       1.01        2.19         2.06        1.56       1.52       0.78
Diluted earnings per share
     Earnings before cumulative effect of a
         change in accounting principle             1.08       0.94        2.04         1.87        1.42       1.42       0.74
     Cumulative effect of a change in
         accounting principle                       0.18       --          --           --          --         --         --
     Net earnings                                   0.90       0.94        2.04         1.87        1.42       1.42       0.74
Cash dividends                                      0.30       0.30        0.60         0.70        0.60       0.40       0.40
Book value                                         22.65      20.01       21.37        19.80       18.84      19.10      17.48

BALANCE SHEET DATA AT PERIOD END
Total assets                                   $ 223,215   $244,661   $ 250,676    $ 244,116   $ 225,368  $ 227,850  $ 213,734
Loans, net of unearned discount                  159,341    185,051     192,891      179,158     175,870    159,132    130,643
Allowance for loan losses                         (1,410)    (1,424)     (1,377)      (1,318)     (1,137)      (969)      (740)
Investments in debt and equity securities         51,542     49,022      48,367       54,361      42,520     62,651     79,414
Deposits                                         151,823    157,606     165,325      158,936     154,793    144,735    143,815
Borrowings                                        42,000     60,500      57,000       58,000      41,700     46,200     33,467
Total stockholders' equity                        24,742     22,959      23,662       22,404      25,024     32,245     32,389

PROFITABILITY RATIOS
Return on average total assets                     0.86% (1)  0.89% (1)   0.97%        1.01%       1.03%      1.12%      0.70%
Return on average stockholders' equity             8.42  (1)  9.62  (1)  10.23        10.09        7.52       7.79       4.14
Net interest income/average interest
   earning assets                                  2.81  (1)  3.06  (1)   2.93         3.10        3.12       3.16       3.01
Loans/deposits                                   104.95     117.41      116.67       112.72      113.62     109.95       0.91
Equity/assets (period end)                        11.08       9.38        9.44         9.18       11.10      14.15      15.15
Average stockholders' equity/average total        10.21       9.28        9.48        10.02       13.71      14.44      17.00
assets

CREDIT QUALITY RATIOS
Allowance/period end loans                         0.88%      0.78%       0.72%       0.74%        0.65%      0.61%      0.57%
Nonperforming loans/total loans                    0.25       0.17        0.59        0.28         0.39       0.27       0.24
Allowance/nonperforming loans                    358.78     452.06      122.40      267.34       165.26     229.62     233.44
Nonperforming assets/total assets                  0.35       0.31        0.52        0.26         0.34       0.30       0.15
Provision/average loans                            0.13       0.05        0.14        0.45         0.16       0.21       0.12
Net charge offs/average loans                      0.03       0.07        0.11        0.34         0.06       0.06       0.04


(1) Ratios have been annualized and are not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire year.

22

RISK FACTORS

In addition to the information contained elsewhere in this proxy statement/prospectus or incorporated in this proxy statement/prospectus by reference, as a stockholder of MNB or LBI, you should carefully consider the following factors in making your decision as to how to vote on the merger. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

RISKS RELATING TO THE MERGER

THE EXCHANGE RATIO IS FIXED AND WILL NOT BE ADJUSTED TO REFLECT ANY CHANGES IN THE MARKET VALUE OF MNB OR LBI COMMON STOCK PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER.

The precise value of the merger consideration to be paid to you will not be known at the time of the special meetings. The merger agreement provides that 0.523 shares of Landmark common stock will be issued in the merger in exchange for each share of MNB common stock, and that one share of Landmark common stock will be issued in the merger in exchange for each share of LBI common stock. These exchange ratios are fixed and will not be adjusted to reflect any changes in the value of either MNB or LBI common stock between the date of the merger agreement and the effective time of the merger. Moreover, shares of Landmark common stock will not be traded before the effective time of the merger and we cannot predict with any certainty what the value of Landmark common stock will be after the completion of the merger. There are no "walk away" or termination rights in the merger agreement that would permit MNB or LBI to terminate the merger if the value of the other's common stock falls.

YOUR INTERESTS WILL BE DILUTED BY THE MERGER.

After the merger, MNB's stockholders will own less than a majority of the outstanding voting stock of Landmark and could therefore be outvoted by former LBI stockholders if they all voted together as a group on any issue that is presented to Landmark's stockholders. LBI's stockholders will own approximately 60% of Landmark's outstanding voting stock, but the majority of the senior management positions of Landmark and half of Landmark's initial board of directors will be comprised of individuals who formerly served as officers or directors of MNB. There is no single individual stockholder of MNB or LBI who controls in excess of 11% of either company's common stock. Neither group of stockholders will have the same control over Landmark as they currently have over their respective companies.

SOME DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF MNB AND LBI WILL RECEIVE BENEFITS IN THE MERGER IN ADDITION TO THE MERGER CONSIDERATION RECEIVED BY ALL OTHER STOCKHOLDERS OF MNB AND LBI.

Some officers of MNB and LBI will receive employment agreements in connection with the merger. In addition, some officers of LBI will receive severance pay, deferred compensation and change of control payments in connection with the merger. In addition, all of the members of LBI's current board of directors and five of the members of MNB's board of directors will together serve as the entire board of directors of Landmark after the completion of the merger. They will also serve on the board of Landmark's combined bank subsidiary and receive payments for their service. Accordingly, our directors and some of our executive officers may have interests in the merger that are different from, or in addition to, yours. See "Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger."

THE VALUE OF MNB AND LBI COMMON STOCK MAY VARY IN THE FUTURE.

The value of MNB and LBI common stock could increase or decrease in the future. Such value could be either higher or lower than the merger consideration being offered in the merger. The market value for the MNB and LBI common stock could fluctuate depending on any number of reasons, including those specific to MNB and LBI and those that influence trading prices of equity securities generally.

23

POST MERGER RISKS

DIFFICULTIES IN COMBINING THE OPERATIONS OF MNB AND LBI MAY PREVENT LANDMARK FROM ACHIEVING THE EXPECTED BENEFITS FROM ITS ACQUISITIONS.

Landmark may not be able to achieve fully the strategic objectives and operating efficiencies it hopes to achieve in the merger. The success of the merger will depend on a number of factors, including (but not limited to), Landmark's ability to:

o integrate the operations of MNB and LBI;

o maintain existing relationships with depositors in MNB and LBI to minimize withdrawals of deposits after the merger;

o maintain and enhance existing relationships with borrowers to limit unanticipated losses from loans of MNB and LBI;

o control the incremental non-interest expense from MNB and LBI to maintain overall operating efficiencies;

o retain and attract qualified personnel; and

o compete effectively in the communities served by MNB and LBI and in nearby communities.

These factors could contribute to Landmark not achieving the expected benefits from the merger within the desired time frames, if at all.

LANDMARK'S STOCK PRICE MAY BE VOLATILE.

The trading price of Landmark's common stock may be volatile. The market for Landmark's common stock may experience significant price and volume fluctuations in response to a number of factors including actual or anticipated quarterly variations in operating results, changes in expectations of future financial performance, changes in estimates of securities analysts, governmental regulatory action, banking industry reform measures, client relationship developments and other factors, many of which are beyond Landmark's control.

Furthermore, the stock market in general, and the market for banks and bank holding companies in particular, has experienced extreme volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of the combined company's common stock, regardless of actual operating performance.

FUTURE SALES OF SHARES OF LANDMARK COMMON STOCK COULD NEGATIVELY AFFECT ITS MARKET PRICE.

Upon completion of the merger, the combined company will have approximately 2,155,000 outstanding shares of common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of Landmark's common stock (including shares issued upon the exercise of stock options) by MNB's or LBI's current stockholders, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of Landmark's common stock. We make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sale, will have on market price of Landmark's common stock.

24

WE CANNOT PREDICT HOW CHANGES IN TECHNOLOGY WILL IMPACT LANDMARK'S BUSINESS.

The financial services industry, including the banking sector, is increasingly affected by advances in technology, including developments in:

o telecommunications;

o data processing;

o automation;

o Internet banking;

o telebanking; and

o debit cards and so-called "smart cards."

Landmark's ability to compete successfully in the future will depend on whether it can anticipate and respond to technological changes. To develop these and other new technologies, Landmark will likely make additional capital investments. Although both MNB and LBI continually invest in new technology and Landmark's management will continue to do so for the combined company, we cannot assure you that Landmark will have sufficient resources or access to the necessary technology to remain competitive in the future.

LANDMARK MAY BE UNABLE TO MANAGE INTEREST RATE RISKS THAT COULD REDUCE ITS NET INTEREST INCOME.

Landmark's ability to make a profit after the merger will largely depend on its net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on loans and investments and interest expense paid on deposits and other borrowings. If more interest-earning assets than interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature during a time when interest rates are declining, then Landmark's net interest income may be reduced. If more interest-bearing liabilities than interest-earning assets reprice or mature during a time when interest rates are rising, then Landmark's net interest income may be reduced.

In addition, certain assets and liabilities may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. For example, interest rates on some types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate prior to changes in broader market interest rates, while rates on other types may lag behind. Further, some of MNB's and LBI's assets, such as adjustable rate mortgages, have features, including rate caps, which restrict changes in such assets' interest rates.

Neither MNB nor LBI can, nor will Landmark be able to, predict or control changes in interest rates. Regional and local economic conditions and the policies of regulatory authorities, including monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board System, affect interest income and interest expense. While MNB and LBI both continually take measures intended to manage the risks from changes in market interest rates, and management will continue to do so for the combined company, changes in interest rates can still have a material adverse effect on Landmark's profitability.

Fluctuations in interest rates are not predictable or controllable. MNB and LBI both pursue an asset-liability management strategy designed to mitigate the impact of changes in market interest rates on their net interest income and Landmark's management will continue to do so for the combined company. However, there can be no assurance that Landmark will be able to manage interest rate risk so as to avoid significant adverse effects in its net interest income. Factors such as inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, international disorders, instability in domestic and foreign financial markets and other factors beyond Landmark's control may affect interest rates. Changes in market interest rates also will affect the level of voluntary prepayments on Landmark's loans and the receipt of payments on its mortgage-backed securities resulting in the receipt of proceeds that may be reinvested at a lower rate than the loan or mortgage-backed security being prepaid.

25

LANDMARK'S ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES MAY NOT BE ADEQUATE TO COVER ACTUAL LOAN LOSSES.

After the merger, Landmark's loan customers may not repay their loans according to their terms and the customers' collateral securing the payment of their loans may be insufficient to assure repayment. Credit losses are inherent in the lending business and could have a material adverse effect on Landmark's operating results. Landmark's credit risk with respect to its real estate and construction loan portfolio relates principally to the general creditworthiness of individuals and the value of real estate serving as security for the repayment of loans. Landmark's credit risk with respect to its commercial and consumer installment loan portfolio relates principally to the general creditworthiness of businesses and individuals within the local market.

While management of MNB and LBI each believes its respective allowance is sufficient, MNB and LBI make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of their loan portfolios and provide allowances for potential losses based on a number of factors, and Landmark's management will continue to do so for the combined company. If its assumptions are wrong, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover Landmark's future loan losses. Landmark may have to increase the allowance in the future. Additions to Landmark's allowance for loan losses would decrease its net earnings.

FUTURE GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION AND LEGISLATION COULD LIMIT LANDMARK'S FUTURE GROWTH.

Landmark and its bank subsidiary will be subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision and legislation that will govern almost all aspects of the operations of Landmark and its bank subsidiary. These laws may change from time to time and are primarily intended for the protection of consumers, depositors and the deposit insurance funds. The impact of any changes to these laws may negatively impact Landmark's ability to expand its services and to increase the value of its business. While we cannot predict what effect any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on Landmark, these changes could be materially adverse to Landmark's stockholders.

26

INTRODUCTION

MNB is furnishing this joint proxy statement-prospectus to holders of MNB common stock, $0.01 par value per share, in connection with the proxy solicitation by MNB's board of directors. MNB's board of directors will use the proxies at the special meeting of stockholders of MNB to be held on
[____________], 2001, and at any adjournments or postponements of the meeting.

LBI is furnishing this joint proxy statement-prospectus to holders of LBI common stock, $0.10 par value per share, in connection with the proxy solicitation by LBI's board of directors. LBI's board of directors will use the proxies at the special meeting of stockholders of LBI to be held on
[__________], 2001, and at any adjournments or postponements of the meeting.

Our stockholders will be asked at their respective special meetings to vote to adopt the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 19, 2001, among MNB, LBI and Landmark Merger Company, a Delaware corporation formed by us to facilitate the merger. Pursuant to the merger agreement, we will each merge into Landmark, and each of the outstanding shares of MNB common stock will be converted into 0.523 shares of Landmark common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and each of the outstanding shares of LBI common stock will be converted into one share of Landmark common stock. MNB stockholders will receive cash for any fractional shares.

MNB SPECIAL MEETING

DATE, PLACE, TIME AND PURPOSE

The special meeting of MNB's stockholders will be held at
[___________________________________], at [_______] [_].m. local time, on
[__________], 2001. At the special meeting, holders of MNB common stock will be asked to vote upon a proposal to adopt the merger agreement.

RECORD DATE, VOTING RIGHTS, REQUIRED VOTE AND REVOCABILITY OF PROXIES

The MNB board fixed the close of business on [_____________], 2001, as the record date for determining those MNB stockholders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting. Only holders of MNB common stock of record on the books of MNB at the close of business on the record date have the right to receive notice of and to vote at the special meeting. On the record date, there were 1,563,905 shares of MNB common stock issued and outstanding held by approximately 450 holders of record.

At the special meeting, MNB stockholders will have one vote for each share of MNB common stock owned on the record date. The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of MNB common stock entitled to vote at the special meeting must be present in order for a quorum to exist at the special meeting.

To determine if a quorum is present, MNB intends to count the following:

o shares of MNB common stock present at the special meeting either in person or by proxy; and

o shares of MNB common stock for which it has received proxies, but with respect to which holders of shares have abstained on any matter.

Adoption of the merger agreement requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of MNB common stock.

Brokers who hold shares in street name for customers who are the beneficial owners of such shares may not give a proxy to vote those shares without specific instructions from their customers. Any abstention, non-voting share or "broker non-vote" will have the same effect as a vote against the adoption of the merger agreement.

27

Properly executed proxies that MNB receives before the vote at the special meeting that are not revoked will be voted in accordance with the instructions indicated on the proxies. If no instructions are indicated, such proxies will be voted FOR the proposal to adopt the merger agreement, and the proxy holder may vote the proxy in its discretion as to any other matter which may come properly before the special meeting. The proxy holders may vote in favor of a proposal to adjourn the special meeting in order to permit further solicitation of proxies if there are not sufficient votes to approve the proposal at the time of the special meeting. However, no proxy holder will vote any proxies voted against adoption of the merger agreement in favor of a proposal to adjourn the special meeting.

An MNB stockholder who has given a proxy solicited by the MNB board may revoke it at any time prior to its exercise at the special meeting by (1) giving written notice of revocation to the Secretary of MNB, (2) properly submitting to MNB a duly executed proxy bearing a later date or (3) attending the special meeting and voting in person. All written notices of revocation and other communications with respect to revocation of proxies should be sent to: MNB Bancshares, Inc., 800 Poyntz Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas 66502, Attention: Mark A. Herpich, Secretary.

On the record date, MNB's directors and executive officers, including their immediate family members and affiliated entities, owned 382,677 shares or approximately 23.9% of the outstanding shares of MNB common stock, including shares subject to options to purchase MNB common stock. On the record date, MNB's Employee Stock Ownership Plan held 112,703 shares of MNB common stock or approximately 7.2% of the outstanding shares of MNB common stock. On the record date, LBI's directors and executive officers, including their immediate family members and affiliated entities, owned 554 shares of MNB common stock or less than 0.1% of MNB's outstanding shares.

Additional information with respect to beneficial ownership of MNB common stock by persons and entities owning more than 5% of such stock and more detailed information with respect to beneficial ownership of MNB common stock by directors and executive officers of MNB is incorporated by reference to MNB's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

SOLICITATION OF PROXIES

Directors, officers and employees of MNB may solicit proxies by mail, in person or by telephone or telegraph. They will receive no additional compensation for such services. MNB may make arrangements with brokerage firms and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries, if any, for the forwarding of solicitation materials to the beneficial owners of MNB common stock held of record by such persons. MNB will reimburse any such brokers, custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them for such services. MNB and LBI will share all expenses related to the printing and mailing of this joint proxy statement-prospectus , as provided in the merger agreement. See "Description of Transaction -- Expenses and Termination Fees."

RECOMMENDATION OF MNB BOARD

THE MNB BOARD HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND THE MERGER AND BELIEVES THAT THE PROPOSAL TO APPROVE THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND MERGER IS IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF MNB AND ITS STOCKHOLDERS. THE MNB BOARD UNANIMOUSLY

RECOMMENDS THAT THE MNB STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR ADOPTION OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT. SEE "DESCRIPTION OF TRANSACTION -- RECOMMENDATION OF THE MNB BOARD AND MNB'S REASONS FOR THE MERGER."

LBI SPECIAL MEETING

DATE, PLACE, TIME AND PURPOSE

The special meeting of LBI's stockholders will be held at
[___________________________________], at [_______] [_].m. local time, on
[__________], 2001. At the special meeting, holders of LBI common stock will be asked to vote upon a proposal to adopt the merger agreement.

28

RECORD DATE, VOTING RIGHTS, REQUIRED VOTE AND REVOCABILITY OF PROXIES

The LBI board fixed the close of business on [_______________], 2001, as the record date for determining those LBI stockholders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting. Only holders of LBI common stock of record on the books of LBI at the close of business on the record date have the right to receive notice of and to vote at the special meeting. On the record date, there were 1,092,438 shares of LBI common stock issued and outstanding held by approximately 300 holders of record.

At the special meeting, LBI stockholders will have one vote for each share of LBI common stock owned on the record date. The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of LBI common stock entitled to vote at the special meeting must be present in order for a quorum to exist at the special meeting.

To determine if a quorum is present, LBI intends to count the following:

o shares of LBI common stock present at the special meeting either in person or by proxy; and

o shares of LBI common stock for which it has received proxies, but with respect to which holders of shares have abstained on any matter.

Adoption of the merger agreement requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of LBI common stock.

Brokers who hold shares in street name for customers who are the beneficial owners of such shares may not give a proxy to vote those shares without specific instructions from their customers. Any abstention, non-voting share or "broker non-vote" will have the same effect as a vote against the adoption of the merger agreement.

Properly executed proxies that LBI receives before the vote at the special meeting that are not revoked will be voted in accordance with the instructions indicated on the proxies. If no instructions are indicated, such proxies will be voted FOR the proposal to adopt the merger agreement, and the proxy holder may vote the proxy in its discretion as to any other matter which may come properly before the special meeting. The proxy holders may vote in favor of a proposal to adjourn the special meeting in order to permit further solicitation of proxies if there are not sufficient votes to approve the proposal at the time of the special meeting. However, no proxy holder will vote any proxies voted against adoption of the merger agreement in favor of a proposal to adjourn the special meeting.

An LBI stockholder who has given a proxy solicited by the LBI board may revoke it at any time prior to its exercise at the special meeting by (1) giving written notice of revocation to the Secretary of LBI, (2) properly submitting to LBI a duly executed proxy bearing a later date or (3) attending the special meeting and voting in person. All written notices of revocation and other communications with respect to revocation of proxies should be sent to: Landmark Bancshares, Inc., Central and Spruce Streets, P.O. Box 1437, Dodge City, Kansas 67801, Attention: Gary L. Watkins, Secretary.

On the record date, LBI's directors and executive officers, including their immediate family members and affiliated entities, owned 238,669 shares or approximately 21.9% of the outstanding shares of LBI common stock, including shares subject to options to purchase LBI common stock. On the record date, MNB owned no shares of LBI common stock. On the record date, LBI's Employee Stock Ownership Plan held 120,120 shares of LBI common stock or approximately 11.0% of the outstanding shares of LBI common stock.

Additional information with respect to beneficial ownership of LBI common stock by persons and entities owning more than 5% of such stock and more detailed information with respect to beneficial ownership of LBI common stock by directors and executive officers of LBI is incorporated by reference to LBI's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2000. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

29

SOLICITATION OF PROXIES

Directors, officers and employees of LBI may solicit proxies by mail, in person or by telephone or telegraph. They will receive no additional compensation for such services. LBI may make arrangements with brokerage firms and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries, if any, for the forwarding of solicitation materials to the beneficial owners of LBI common stock held of record by such persons. LBI will reimburse any such brokers, custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them for such services. MNB and LBI will share all expenses associated with the printing and mailing of this joint proxy statement-prospectus , as provided in the merger agreement. See "Description of Transaction -- Expenses and Termination Fees."

RECOMMENDATION OF LBI BOARD

THE LBI BOARD HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND THE MERGER AND BELIEVES THAT THE PROPOSAL TO APPROVE THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND MERGER IS IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF LBI AND ITS STOCKHOLDERS. THE LBI BOARD UNANIMOUSLY

RECOMMENDS THAT THE LBI STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR ADOPTION OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT. SEE "DESCRIPTION OF TRANSACTION -- RECOMMENDATION OF THE LBI BOARD AND LBI'S REASONS FOR THE MERGER."

30

DESCRIPTION OF TRANSACTION

The following information describes material aspects of the merger. This description does not provide a complete description of all the terms and conditions of the merger agreement. It is qualified in its entirety by the Appendices to this document, including the text of the merger agreement, which is attached as Appendix A to this joint proxy statement-prospectus. The merger agreement is incorporated into this joint proxy statement-prospectus by reference. You are urged to read the Appendices in their entirety.

GENERAL

The merger agreement provides for the combination of MNB and LBI pursuant to the merger of MNB and LBI with and into Landmark. Landmark is a new Delaware company that was formed by MNB and LBI solely for the purposes of this transaction. At the time the merger becomes effective, each share of MNB common stock then issued and outstanding will be converted into and exchanged for the right to receive 0.523 shares of Landmark common stock (the "MNB exchange ratio"), and each share of LBI common stock then issued and outstanding will be converted into and exchanged for the right to receive one share of Landmark common stock (the "LBI exchange ratio").

No fractional shares of Landmark common stock will be issued to MNB's stockholders. Rather, Landmark will pay cash (without interest) in an amount equal to the average of the closing sale prices of Landmark common stock for the five trading days immediately following the completion of the merger.

On their respective record dates, MNB had 1,563,905 shares of common stock issued and outstanding and LBI had 1,092,438 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. Based on the MNB and the LBI exchange ratios contained in the merger agreement, upon completion of the merger, Landmark will issue approximately 817,922 shares of its common stock to former MNB stockholders and 1,092,438 shares of its common stock to former LBI stockholders. Based on these numbers, after the merger and on a fully diluted basis, former MNB stockholders would own approximately 40%, and former LBI stockholders would own approximately 60%, of the outstanding shares of Landmark common stock.

EFFECT OF THE MERGER ON OPTIONS

Pursuant to the merger agreement, any options to purchase shares of MNB common stock and LBI common stock that are outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the merger will be converted into options to purchase shares of Landmark common stock. Each share of MNB common stock covered by an outstanding option will be converted into an option to purchase 0.523 shares of Landmark common stock and each share of LBI common stock covered by an outstanding option will converted into an option to purchase one share of Landmark common stock. The exercise price of the outstanding options will also be adjusted pursuant to those conversion formulas.

MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER

We have not requested nor do we intend to request a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") as to the federal income tax consequences of the merger. Instead, we have obtained the opinion of KPMG LLP as to the expected material federal income tax consequences of the merger, which is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement.

The tax opinion does not address, among other matters:

o state, local, foreign or other federal tax consequences of the merger not specifically addressed in the opinion;

o federal income tax consequences to MNB or LBI stockholders who are subject to special rules under the Internal Revenue Code, such as foreign persons, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies,

31

financial institutions, dealers in stocks and securities and other persons who do not own the stock as a capital asset;

o federal income tax consequences affecting shares of MNB common stock or LBI common stock acquired upon the exercise of stock options, stock purchase plan rights or otherwise as compensation;

o the tax consequences to holders of warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of the stock;

o the tax consequences of MNB and LBI of any income and deferred gain recognized pursuant to Treasury Regulations issued under Section 1502 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Subject to the conditions, qualifications, representations and assumptions contained in this document and in the tax opinion, KPMG LLP's opinion provides the following conclusions:

o The acquisition by Landmark of substantially all of the assets of MNB and of LBI in exchange for shares of Landmark common stock and the assumption of liabilities of MNB and of LBI pursuant to the merger should constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.

o LBI, MNB and Landmark should each be "a party to a reorganization" within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.

o No gain or loss should be recognized by either MNB or LBI as a result of the merger.

o No gain or loss should be recognized by Landmark as a result of the merger.

o No gain or loss should be recognized by the stockholders of MNB or LBI as a result of the exchange of MNB common stock and LBI common stock for Landmark common stock pursuant to the merger, except that a gain or loss should be recognized by MNB stockholders on the receipt of any cash in lieu of a fractional share. Assuming that the MNB common stock is a capital asset in the hands of the respective MNB stockholders, any gain or loss recognized as a result of the receipt of cash in lieu of a fractional share should be a capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and that portion of the holder's tax basis in the LBI common stock allocable to the fractional share.

o The tax basis of Landmark common stock to be received by the stockholders of MNB and LBI should be the same as the tax basis of the MNB or LBI common stock surrendered in exchange therefor (reduced by any amount allocable to a fractional share interest for which cash is received).

o The holding period of the Landmark common stock to be received by stockholders of MNB or LBI should include the holding period of the MNB common stock or LBI common stock surrendered in exchange for the Landmark common stock therefor, provided the MNB shares or LBI shares were held as a capital asset by the stockholders of MNB or LBI, respectively, on the date of the exchange.

The tax opinion is based on the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations issued under the Internal Revenue Code by the IRS, judicial decisions and administrative pronouncements of the IRS, all existing and in effect on the date of this joint proxy statement-prospectus and all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly retroactively. Any such change could have a material impact on the conclusions reached in the tax opinion. The tax opinion represents only the tax advisor's best judgment as to the expected federal income tax consequences of the merger and is not binding on the IRS or the courts. The IRS may challenge the conclusions stated in the tax opinion or positions taken by stockholders on their income tax returns. Stockholders of MNB or LBI may incur the cost and expense of defending positions taken by them with respect to the merger. A successful challenge by the IRS could have material adverse consequences to the parties to the merger, including stockholders of LBI and MNB.

32

In rendering the tax opinion, KPMG LLP has relied, as to factual matters, solely on the continuing accuracy of the following:

o the description of the facts relating to the merger contained in the merger agreement and this joint proxy statement-prospectus ;

o the factual representations and warranties contained in the merger agreement and this joint proxy statement-prospectus and related documents and agreements;

o factual matters addressed by representations made by executive officers of LBI and MNB, as further described in the tax opinion; and

o representations of legal counsel Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum Perlman & Nagelberg as to the characterization of the proposed transaction as a merger or consolidation under applicable state law.

Events occurring after the date of the tax opinion could alter the facts upon which the opinion is based. In such case, the conclusions reached in the tax opinion and in this summary could be materially impacted.

ACCORDINGLY, FOR ALL OF THE ABOVE REASONS, STOCKHOLDERS OF MNB AND LBI ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE MERGER, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND OTHER TAX LAWS.

Our obligation to complete the merger is conditioned on, among other things, receipt by us of an updated opinion of KPMG LLP substantially to the foregoing effect. The conditions relating to the receipt of the tax opinion may be waived by both of us. Neither of us currently intends to waive the conditions relating to the receipt of an updated tax opinion. If the conditions relating to the receipt of the tax opinion were waived and the material federal income tax consequences of the merger were substantially different from those described in this joint proxy statement-prospectus , we would each resolicit the approval of our respective stockholders prior to completing the merger.

BACKGROUND OF THE MERGER

Each of our boards of directors has regularly reviewed its respective business strategies in light of general conditions in the banking industry, local competitive and economic conditions, the results of operations and future prospects, legislative changes and other developments affecting the banking industry generally and each of our respective companies specifically.

MNB's board of directors has also considered from time to time the possible benefits of strategic business combinations with other financial institutions, including other large bank holding companies, as part of its evaluation of available methods to increase stockholder value and strengthen its franchise. To this end, the senior management of MNB has from time to time had informal discussions with the senior management of other financial institutions regarding potential business combination transactions.

LBI was formed in connection with LFSB's conversion in March 1994 from a federally chartered mutual savings and loan association to a federally chartered stock savings bank. After the conversion, and consistent with its business plan, LBI's management continued to focus on improving LBI's core business of obtaining deposits from the public and originating one-to-four-family mortgage loans. LBI also continued its efforts to control operating expenses and improve both overall profitability and stockholder value through various capital enhancement techniques including stock repurchases and dividends.

In August 1999, LBI's board of directors met with representatives from Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc. ("KBW") to discuss recent trends in the banking industry and the prospects for LBI. The board of directors discussed the dramatic change that was occurring in the market for publicly traded thrifts in recent quarters and the strategic issues facing smaller thrift institutions. At this meeting, KBW also reviewed the then current merger

33

market, the various pricing methods and a range of value for LBI based on these pricing methods. At LBI's November 1999 board meeting, LBI decided to pursue the possibility of an affiliation with another company through merger or acquisition that would be in the best interests of LBI's constituents, including stockholders, customers, employees and the communities its served. Pursuant to board authorization, President Schugart entered into an agreement on December 1, 1999, with KBW to explore strategic alternatives and for KBW to conduct a confidential inquiry regarding the interest of other companies affiliating with Landmark.

Based on discussions with and recommendations of KBW and Mr. Schugart, a number of thrift and bank holding companies were contacted that might have a strategic and/or financial interest in the potential acquisition of or merger with LBI. No definitive interest was expressed in pursuing a transaction with LBI. The primary reasons given for this lack of interest were: involvement in another transaction, greater interest in an institution with a more "bank-like" balance sheet and interest in a more urban location.

Senior executive officers of MNB have known the management of LBI since the early 1990's when both companies were still organized as mutual thrifts. They remained in contact through the intervening years as each company converted from a mutual to stock form of ownership. They had periodic conversations about the progress each was making on the implementation of their respective business plans and business philosophies.

On November 30, 1999, the chief executive officers of both LBI and MNB met in Dodge City, Kansas, and casually discussed business philosophy. At the conclusion of the meeting, they decided to remain open to future discussions. On April 20, 2000, senior management of MNB and McConnell, Budd & Downes, Inc. ("MB&D"), MNB's financial advisor, participated in a telephone conference with LBI's financial advisor regarding the feasibility of a merger of equals between the two organizations. No immediate discussions followed this telephone conference.

In May 2000, LBI entered into an engagement with KBW to conduct a stockholder enhancement program. During the spring and summer, a general education on and review of possible merger-of-equals partners occurred. At the October 2000 board meeting, KBW provided a review of MNB as a potential merger partner. LBI's board of directors authorized KBW to meet with the management of MNB and to investigate the possibility of a strategic alliance. Subsequent to a November 9, 2000 meeting with MNB's senior management and financial advisor, KBW reported to LBI's board of directors its belief that further discussions were warranted. MNB's and LBI's senior management and their respective financial advisors met on December 14 and 15, 2000, to discuss each organization's respective financial performance, personnel and business plans. Additional discussions focused upon how the two organizations might combine in a merger of equals and how the transaction and resulting company might be structured.

Shortly after the December meeting, MNB and LBI requested MB&D and KBW, respectively, to assist them in arriving at an appropriate exchange ratio for such a transaction. A proposed range for the exchange ratio was ultimately developed by MB&D and KBW and was shared with representatives from the boards of directors of each of MNB and LBI at a joint meeting held on January 12, 2001. It was noted at this meeting that a proposed merger between MNB and LBI:

o created a franchise with total assets of $400 million and deposits of $293 million;

o could be accretive to both companies' fully-diluted earnings per share;

o improved the market capitalization to approximately $39 million, and that institutions of the combined company's size traded at improved price and earnings multiples compared to companies of the size, capital strength and earnings performance of LBI and MNB;

o positioned the franchise for continued expansion throughout Kansas to a greater extent than either could do individually; and

o enabled both companies to receive the benefit of cost efficiencies and revenue enhancements.

34

Subsequent to this meeting, LBI's board of directors authorized an in-depth review of MNB, and KBW was engaged on February 5, 2001, to advise LBI on this specific transaction. MNB's board of directors also authorized further investigation of LBI and the impact of a potential merger of equals with the organization and how that merger would be structured.

LBI and MNB continued to have discussions that dealt with the proposed exchange ratio and other key issues such as transaction structure, management, execution risk, systems compatibility and other potential integration and transition issues. These discussions between the senior officers and financial advisors of MNB and LBI continued through March 20, 2001. Throughout this time period, the boards of directors of LBI and MNB were kept advised of the progress made and the issues under discussion.

On March 20, 2001, MNB's board of directors held a meeting that included the participation of representatives of MB&D. At this meeting, the MNB board reviewed the strategic-alliance process to date; a summary of the joint merger-of-equals transaction proposal; and financial analyses of LBI, MNB and the proposed transaction. On March 28, 2001, LBI's board of directors held a meeting, which included the participation of representatives of KBW and LBI's board of directors reviewed the same types of proposals and analyses as did MNB's board of directors. At the conclusion of these board meetings, the companies' boards of directors authorized their respective executive officers, financial advisors and attorneys to negotiate a definitive merger agreement between MNB and LBI.

After these board meetings, LBI management, assisted by KBW and Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC, counsel to LBI, and MNB management, assisted by MB&D and Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum Perlman & Nagelberg, counsel to MNB, negotiated the terms of the merger agreement.

On April 18, 2001, the LBI board of directors extended its regular meeting to consider the negotiated terms of the definitive merger agreement. The meeting included a detailed discussion by KBW of the proposed transaction and by LBI's counsel, Malizia Spidi & Fisch, of the terms of the merger agreement. KBW reviewed the process leading to the proposed transaction, provided a financial analysis of the proposed transaction and orally expressed an opinion that the LBI exchange ratio was fair to LBI's stockholders from a financial point of view. KBW confirmed this oral opinion in writing by letter dated April 19, 2001. At the conclusion of this portion of the meeting, the LBI board determined that the proposed merger-of-equals transaction with MNB was in the best interests of its stockholders and unanimously approved the merger agreement and related transactions.

On April 18, 2001, the MNB board of directors held its regular board meeting at which attorneys from Barack Ferrazzano reviewed the proposed merger agreement. The meeting included a detailed discussion of the proposed transaction, a draft of the merger agreement and updated explanatory materials similar to those previously reviewed by the MNB board at the March 20, 2001, meeting. Barack Ferrazzano also reviewed with the board its fiduciary obligations and the legal standards applicable to a decision by the MNB board to approve the merger agreement and the related transactions. MB&D reviewed the process leading to the proposed transaction, provided a financial analysis of the proposed transaction and orally expressed an opinion that the MNB exchange ratio was fair to MNB's stockholders from a financial point of view. MB&D confirmed this oral opinion in writing by letter dated [___________], 2001. At the conclusion of this portion of the meeting, the MNB board determined that the proposed merger-of-equals transaction with LBI was in the best interests of its stockholders and unanimously approved the merger agreement and related transactions.

The merger agreement was signed by both MNB and LBI after the closing of the stock markets on April 19, 2001, and was publicly announced on April 19, 2001.

Several weeks after the public announcement of the merger, MNB received a letter from a larger financial institution inquiring as to MNB's interest in affiliating with it instead of completing the merger with LBI. At the advice of its legal and financial advisors, MNB's board of directors met on two separate occasions to discuss this inquiry. At each of these meetings, MNB's board heard presentations from Barack Ferrazzano regarding its fiduciary responsibilities to MNB's stockholders and its obligations under the merger agreement. MNB's board also heard presentations from MB&D regarding the financial analysis and implications of the transaction generally

35

described by the other financial institution. After substantial discussion and review, MNB's board of directors found that the merger with LBI was in the best interest of MNB's stockholders and directed its management and advisors to proceed with all actions necessary to complete the merger.

RECOMMENDATION OF THE MNB BOARD AND MNB'S REASONS FOR THE MERGER

THE MNB BOARD BELIEVES THAT THE MERGER IS FAIR TO, AND IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF, MNB AND THE MNB STOCKHOLDERS. ACCORDINGLY, THE MNB BOARD HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE MNB STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE ADOPTION OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT.

The MNB board believes that the consummation of the merger presents a unique opportunity to combine two of Kansas' publically traded franchises to create one of the largest publically traded bank holding companies in the state of Kansas. The board believes the combined organization will have the capability to offer a full range of financial products and services through an extensive distribution network over a significant portion of the state of Kansas.

In reaching its decision to approve the merger agreement, the MNB board consulted with MNB's management, as well as with its financial and legal advisors, and considered a variety of factors, including the following:

o information concerning the businesses, earnings, operations, financial condition, prospects, capital levels and asset quality of MNB and LBI, both individually and as combined; in particular, the MNB board focused on the strategic fit of the business lines and the operating philosophies of the two institutions;

o the consistency of the merger with MNB's long-term business strategy to leverage the management personnel and commercial banking systems infrastructure that it has developed;

o the advantages of a combination with an institution, such as LBI, that already has a significant market share in the Dodge City and Great Bend, Kansas markets and the opportunities for increased efficiencies and significant cost savings from a combination with MNB's current organization, resulting in increased profitability of the combined entity over time as opposed to a possible combination with an institution without a similar market presence;

o the current and prospective economic and competitive environments facing MNB and other financial institutions characterized by intensifying competition from both banks and nonbank financial services organizations, the increasing necessity for strong fee-based income producing components within a bank holding company and the growing costs associated with regulatory compliance in the banking industry;

o the high costs of technology and new facilities required to grow deposits in light of the fact that deposit growth for MNB and the banking industry in general has been difficult and such funding limitations would hamper MNB's long-term asset growth;

o the belief that, following the merger, the combined company would be well positioned to continue to grow through possible future acquisitions or expansions while at the same time increasing its attractiveness as a possible acquisition candidate;

o the belief that the merger would result in stockholders of MNB receiving stock in a high quality combined company that should benefit stockholders through enhanced operating efficiencies and better penetration of commercial and consumer banking markets in Kansas;

o the business, operations, financial condition, earnings and prospects of LBI;

o the scale, scope, strength and diversity of operations, product lines and delivery systems that could be achieved by combining MNB and LBI;

36

o the complementary nature of the businesses of MNB and LBI and the anticipated improved stability of the combined company's business and earnings in varying economic and market climates relative to MNB on a stand-alone basis made possible by the merger, as a result of greater geographic, asset and line-of-business diversification;

o the belief of MNB's senior management and the MNB board that MNB and LBI share a common vision with respect to delivering financial performance and stockholder value and that their executive officers and employees possess complementary skills and expertise;

o the MNB board's belief that, while no assurances could be given, the business and financial advantages contemplated in connection with the merger were likely to be achieved within a reasonable time frame;

o the opinion of MB&D that, as of April 18, 2001, the MNB exchange ratio was fair from a financial point of view to MNB stockholders (see "-- Opinion of MNB's Financial Advisor"); and

o the likelihood that the merger will be approved by the appropriate regulatory authorities (see "-- Regulatory Approvals").

The foregoing discussion of the information and factors considered by the MNB board is not intended to be exhaustive, but includes all material factors considered by the MNB board. In reaching its determination to approve and recommend the merger, the MNB board did not assign any relative or specific weights to the foregoing factors, and individual directors may have given differing weights to different factors. The MNB board is unanimous in its recommendation that MNB stockholders vote for approval and adoption of the merger agreement.

RECOMMENDATION OF THE LBI BOARD AND LBI'S REASONS FOR THE MERGER

THE LBI BOARD BELIEVES THAT THE MERGER IS FAIR TO, AND IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF, LBI AND THE LBI STOCKHOLDERS. ACCORDINGLY, THE LBI BOARD HAS UNANIMOUSLY APPROVED THE MERGER AGREEMENT AND UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE LBI STOCKHOLDERS VOTE FOR THE ADOPTION OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT.

The LBI board believes that the consummation of the merger presents a unique opportunity to combine two of Kansas' publically traded franchises to create one of the largest publically traded bank holding companies in the state of Kansas. The board believes the combined organization will have the capability to offer a full range of financial products and services through an extensive distribution network over a significant portion of the state of Kansas. In the course of reaching its determination to approve the merger agreement, LBI's board consulted with its financial and legal advisors, and considered all factors it deemed material. These included:

o the factors discussed at the several meetings noted above and specifically the January 12, 2001 meeting;

o the board's consideration of the written opinion of KBW that the relative consideration to be received by LBI's stockholders pursuant to the merger agreement was fair from a financial point of view to LBI's stockholders;

o the detailed financial analysis, pro forma and other information with respect to LBI and MNB prepared by KBW;

o the types of business that MNB conducts in the region, the desire to expand into more urban communities and to leverage the more bank-like MNB products and services in the communities LBI serves;

o the belief of LBI's board that LBI and MNB have similar business philosophies and an ability to grow as a strong, independent community institution;

37

o the abilities of Mr. Alexander to lead the combined company as chief executive officer; and

o the likelihood of receiving the required approvals in a timely manner.

The foregoing discussion of the information and factors considered by the LBI board is not intended to be exhaustive, but includes all material factors considered by the LBI board. In reaching its determination to approve and recommend the merger, the LBI board did not assign any relative or specific weights to the foregoing factors, and individual directors may have given differing weights to different factors. The LBI board is unanimous in its recommendation that LBI stockholders vote for approval and adoption of the merger agreement.

OPINION OF MNB'S FINANCIAL ADVISOR

THE OPINION OF MCCONNELL, BUDD & DOWNES IS DIRECTED TO MNB'S BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND ADDRESSES ONLY THE EXCHANGE RATIOS. IT DOES NOT ADDRESS THE UNDERLYING BUSINESS DECISION TO PROCEED WITH THE MERGER AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A RECOMMENDATION TO ANY STOCKHOLDER AS TO HOW SUCH STOCKHOLDER SHOULD VOTE WITH RESPECT TO THE MERGER OR ANY OTHER MATTER RELATED THERETO.

On April 18, 2001, MB&D delivered its oral opinion to MNB's board of directors, that as of that date, the exchange ratio agreed to with LBI was fair, from a financial point of view to MNB's stockholders. The basis for MB&D's opinion, which is unchanged, has been updated for the purposes of this proxy statement-prospectus and is attached as Appendix B. The exchange ratio of 0.523 shares of Landmark common stock in exchange for each share of MNB common stock, was negotiated based on the consideration of a number of factors including, but not limited to, the following:

o an analysis of the historical and projected future contributions of recurring earnings by the parties;

o an analysis of the possible future earnings per share results for the parties on both a combined and a stand-alone basis;

o an analysis of the potential to realize reductions of recurring operating expenses and revenue enhancements by the parties to the merger;

o consideration of the anticipated dilutive or accretive effects of the merger to the earnings per share of Landmark and by extension, through the exchange ratio, to earnings per share equivalent of MNB;

o consideration of the probable impact on dividends per share to be received by MNB's stockholders as a result of the merger;

o consideration of the relative earning contributions of the parties;

o analysis of the historical trading range, trading pattern and relative liquidity of the common shares of each of the parties;

o consideration of the capitalization, the tangible equity capitalization and the market capitalization of each of the parties; and

o contemplation of other factors, including certain intangible factors.

MB&D has acted as general financial advisor to MNB on a contractual basis since January, 1998, and was retained specifically on March 16, 2001, regarding a transaction with LBI. With respect to the pending transaction involving LBI, MB&D advised MNB during the evaluation and negotiation process leading up to the

38

execution of the merger agreement and provided MNB with a number of analyses as to a range of financially feasible exchange ratios that might be achieved in a hypothetical transaction. The determination of the final exchange ratio was arrived at in an arms-length negotiation between LBI and MNB in a process in which MB&D advised MNB and participated directly in the negotiations.

MB&D was retained based on its qualifications and experience in the financial analysis of banking and thrift institutions generally and its knowledge of the Kansas banking markets in particular as well as its experience with merger and acquisition transactions involving banking institutions. As a part of its investment banking business, which is focused exclusively on financial services industry participants, MB&D is continually engaged in the valuation of financial institutions and their securities in connection with its equity brokerage business generally and mergers and acquisitions in particular. Members of the Corporate Finance Advisory Group of MB&D have extensive experience in advising financial institution clients on mergers and acquisitions. In the ordinary course of its business as an NASD broker-dealer, MB&D may, from time to time purchase securities from or sell securities to MNB or LBI and as a market maker in securities, MB&D may from time to time have a long or short position in, and buy or sell debt or equity securities of MNB or LBI for its own account or for the accounts of its customers. In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the employees of MB&D may have direct or indirect investments in the debt or equity securities of either or both of MNB or LBI.

The full text of the opinion of MB&D, which sets forth assumptions made, matters considered and limits on the review undertaken is attached as Appendix B. MB&D urges all of MNB's stockholders to read the opinion and this proxy statement-prospectus in their entirety. MB&D's opinion is directed only to the exchange ratio at which shares of MNB common stock will be exchanged for shares of Landmark common stock. MB&D's opinion does not constitute a recommendation to any holder of MNB common stock as to how such holder should vote at MNB's special stockholders' meeting. The summary of MB&D's opinion and the matters considered in its analysis that is included in this proxy statement-prospectus are qualified in their entirety by reference to the text of the opinion itself. MB&D's opinion is necessarily based upon conditions as of the date of the opinion and upon information made available to MB&D through its date. No limitations were imposed by the MNB's board of directors upon MB&D with respect to the investigations made, matters considered or procedures followed in the course of rendering its opinion.

MATERIALS REVIEWED AND ANALYSES PERFORMED. In connection with the rendering and updating of its opinion, MB&D reviewed the following documents and considered the following subjects:

o the merger agreement detailing the pending transaction;

o the proxy statement-prospectus in substantially the form to be mailed to MNB's stockholders;

o MNB Annual Reports to stockholders for 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000;

o MNB Annual Reports on Form 10-K for 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000;

o MNB Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and related unaudited financial information for the first quarter of 2001;

o MNB's press release concerning unaudited results for the first quarter of 2001.

o LBI Annual Reports to Stockholders for 1998, 1999 and 2000;

o LBI Annual Reports on Form 10-K and related financial information for the three calendar years ended September 30, 2000;

o LBI Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and related unaudited financial information for the first and second quarters of fiscal 2001;

39

o LBI 's press release concerning unaudited results for the first and second quarters of fiscal 2001.

o internal financial information and financial forecasts, relating to the business, earnings, cash flows, assets and prospects of the respective companies furnished to MB&D by MNB;

o the results of discussions with members of the senior management and board of directors of MNB concerning the past and current results of operations of MNB, its current financial condition and management's opinion of its future prospects;

o the results of discussions with members of the senior management of LBI concerning the past and current results of operations of LBI, its current financial condition and management's opinion of its future prospects;

o a review of the historical record of reported prices, trading volume and dividend payments for both MNB and LBI common stock;

o the results of the application of specific merger analysis models developed by MB&D to evaluate potential business combinations of financial institutions using both historical reported information and projected information for both MNB and LBI;

o a review of the reported financial terms of selected recent business combinations of financial institutions for purposes of comparison to the merger; and

o the performance of such other studies and analyses as MB&D considered appropriate under the circumstances associated with the merger.

MB&D's opinion takes into account its assessment of general economic, market and financial conditions and its experience in other transactions involving participants in the financial services industry, as well as its experience in securities valuation and its knowledge of the banking industry generally. For purposes of reaching its opinion, MB&D assumed and relied upon the accuracy and completeness of the information provided to it or made available by MNB and LBI and does not assume any responsibility for the independent verification of this information. With respect to financial forecasts made available to MB&D it is assumed by MB&D that they were prepared on a reasonable basis and reflect the best currently available estimates and good faith judgments of the management of MNB and LBI, as to the future performance of MNB and LBI, respectively. MB&D has also relied upon assurances of the management of MNB and LBI that they were not aware of any facts or of the omission of any facts that would make the information or financial forecasts provided to MB&D incomplete or misleading. In the course of rendering its opinion, MB&D has not completed any independent valuation or appraisal of any of the assets or liabilities of either MNB or LBI and has not been provided with such valuations or appraisals from any other source.

The following is a summary of the material analyses employed by MB&D in connection with rendering its written opinion. Given that it is a summary, it does not purport to be a complete and comprehensive description of all the analyses performed, or an enumeration of every matter considered by MB&D in arriving at its opinion. The preparation of a fairness opinion is a complicated process, involving a determination as to the most appropriate and relevant methods of financial analysis and the application of those methods to the particular circumstances. In arriving at its opinion, MB&D did not attribute any particular weight to any one specific analysis or factor considered by it and made qualitative as well as quantitative judgments as to the significance of each analysis and factor. Therefore, MB&D believes that its analyses must be considered as a whole and feels that attributing undue weight to any single analysis or factor considered could create a misleading or incomplete view of the process leading to the formation of its opinion. In its analyses, MB&D has made certain assumptions with respect to banking industry performance, general business and economic conditions and other factors, many of which are beyond the control of management of either MNB or LBI. Estimates, which are referred to in MB&D's analyses are not necessarily indicative of actual values or predictive of future results or values, which may vary significantly from those set forth. In addition, analyses relating to the values of businesses do not purport to be

40

appraisals or to reflect the prices at which businesses might actually be sold. Accordingly, these analyses and estimates are inherently subject to uncertainty and MB&D does not assume responsibility for the accuracy of these analyses or estimates.

ANALYSIS OF THE ANTICIPATED TRANSACTION AND THE APPLICABLE EXCHANGE RATIO IN RELATION TO MNB. Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement, the anticipated consideration to be exchanged in the transaction for each outstanding share of MNB common stock is a fixed exchange of 0.523 shares of Landmark common stock. It is anticipated that the transaction should be tax free to those stockholders of MNB who hold their shares as a capital asset and that the merger will be accounted for as a purchase.

PROJECTED TRANSACTION VALUE. Based upon the exchange ratio of 0.523 Landmark shares for each share of MNB common stock and the last trade value of $17.80 per share for LBI common stock as reported on April 16, 2001, by The Nasdaq National Market System, the theoretical market value of the anticipated transaction was approximately $15.2 million as of that date, based on an estimated 854,000 shares of Landmark common stock to be issued to MNB's stockholders (reflecting the conversion of in the money options). On a per share basis, this is equivalent to approximately $9.31 per share, ($17.80 times 0.523). The merger was announced after the close of trading on April 19, 2001. Given that the applicable exchange ratio in this case is fixed, the market value of the exchange will fluctuate as the market value of LBI common stock fluctuates. Based on the last trade value for LBI common stock reported by Nasdaq as of [_________], 2001 which was $[___], the theoretical market value of the anticipated transaction was approximately $[________] million as of such date, based on an updated estimate of approximately [_________] million shares of Landmark common stock to be issued to MNB stockholders. This value will continue to fluctuate as the value of a share of LBI common stock fluctuates in the market.

MULTIPLE OF HISTORICAL AND PROJECTED EARNINGS FOR MNB COMMON STOCK. The cited per share theoretical value of $9.31 as of April 16, 2001, represents a multiple of 12.8 times reported earnings per share for the twelve months ended March 31, 2001, which was $0.73. The cited per share theoretical value of $9.31 represents a multiple of 10.5 times management's internal estimate of stand alone earnings per share for 2001 which is $0.88. Based on the closing market value for LBI common stock as of [_________], 2001 which was $[____] and a revised transaction value per share of $[___________], the multiples of earnings were [_____] and [______] times for the twelve months ended March 31, 2001, earnings per share and management's internal estimate for 2001 stand alone earnings per share, respectively.

MULTIPLE OF STATED BOOK VALUE OF MNB COMMON STOCK. The cited theoretical value of $9.31 represents a multiple of 0.96 times MNB's $9.74 fully diluted book value per share as of March 31, 2001. The updated value per share of $[____] represents [_____] times MNB's unaudited, fully diluted book value per share as of [_______], 2001.

MULTIPLE OF TANGIBLE BOOK VALUE OF MNB COMMON STOCK. The cited theoretical value of $9.31 represents a multiple of 1.16 times MNB's $8.00 fully diluted tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2001. The updated value per share of $[____] represents [_____] times MNB's unaudited, fully diluted tangible book value per share as of [_______], 2001.

PERCENTAGE OF MARKET VALUE OF MNB COMMON STOCK. Based upon the cited theoretical values of $9.31 and $[____] for the two cited valuation dates, the theoretical values represent 93.1% and [___]% of the last reported bid prices for MNB common stock which were $10.00 on April 16, 2001 and $[____] [_______], 2001.

CONTRIBUTION ANALYSIS. Based on adjusted fully converted shares and share equivalents outstanding for the two companies as of March 31, 2001 and the exchange ratio of 0.523 Landmark shares for each MNB share, current MNB stockholders would have owned 39.9% of the pro forma shares outstanding of Landmark. The following is a summary of the contribution of various balance sheet and income statement components for MNB and LBI on a combined basis as of March 31, 2001 or for the periods noted:

41

                                                            MNB                   LBI
                                                        -------------        --------------
Total assets                                                 41.1%               58.9%
Loans, net                                                   38.1%               61.9%
Deposits                                                     46.5%               53.5%
Equity                                                       38.4%               61.6%
Tangible equity                                              33.8%               66.2%
Market capitalization (at April 16, 2001)                    41.6%               58.4%
Net interest income - calendar year 2000                     41.9%               58.1%
Noninterest income- calendar year 2000                       50.6%               49.4%
Noninterest expense - calendar year 2000                     52.5%               47.5%
Net income - budget for fiscal year 2001                     40.0%               60.0%
Cash earnings - budget for fiscal year 2001                  43.7%               56.3%
Net income - six months ended March 31, 2001                 36.5%               63.5%
Net income - calendar year 2000                              32.3%               67.7%

SPECIFIC ACQUISITION ANALYSIS. MB&D employs a proprietary analytical model to examine hypothetical transactions involving banking companies. The model uses forecast earnings data, selected current period balance sheet and income statement data, current market and trading information and a number of assumptions as to interest rates for borrowed funds, the opportunity costs of funds, discount rates, dividend streams, effective tax rates, transaction structures (the alternative or combined uses of common equity, cash, debt or other securities, to fund a transaction) and the projected impact (if any) of any required deposit divestitures that might be necessary to complete a given transaction in conjunction with obtaining all necessary regulatory approvals. The model distinguishes between purchase and pooling accounting treatments and inquires into the likely economic feasibility of a given hypothetical transaction at a given price level or specified exchange rate while employing a specified transaction structure. The model also permits evaluation of various levels of potential non-interest expense savings that might be achieved along with various potential implementation timetables for such savings, as well as the possibility of revenue enhancement opportunities that may arise in a given hypothetical transaction.

Based on the exchange ratio of 0.523 Landmark shares for one MNB share, the transaction would result in an increase of cash dividend payments to MNB from $0.25 to $0.31 per share based on cash dividends paid by LBI for 2000. Pro forma fully diluted book value for MNB stockholders would increase by 5.2% to $10.25 at March 31, 2001 and fully diluted tangible book value would increase by 16.1% to $9.29 at the same date.

EARNINGS PASS-THROUGH ANALYSIS. Earnings pass-through analysis is based on a comparison of anticipated pro forma values to stand-alone values as of a given point in time. Based on an MNB management internal forecast of $0.88 in stand-alone earnings per share for 2001, MB&D's calculations suggest that with approximately $1.0 million in pre-tax cost savings or revenue enhancements and factoring out non-recurring and transaction expenses, the earnings associated with 0.523 shares of Landmark common stock would represent a 17.0% increase over the earnings associated with one share of MNB or approximately $1.03 per share. "Cash Earnings" per share (adjusted for the amortization of intangible assets) at the exchange ratio would increase from $1.03 to $1.11 on a pro forma basis for 2001, an increase of 7.8%. Similar comparisons were made by MB&D for calendar 2000 earnings that reflected increased earnings per share and cash earnings per share of 45.6% and 28.9%, respectively. The primary conclusion of this analysis is that, based on the referenced earnings and cost savings/revenue enhancements, an MNB stockholder who exchanges his or her shares for Landmark common shares at the fixed exchange ratio of 0.523 shares for one will then hold a security that, MB&D believes, will generate more earnings per share per future period than the single share of MNB common stock that is exchanged.

42

DISCOUNTED CASH FLOW ANALYSIS. MB&D reviewed a discounted cash flow model that it prepared based on projections provided by MNB's management. The model employed a projection of estimated earnings and cash dividends for MNB on an independent stand-alone basis for calendar year 2001. MB&D assumed a growth rate in earnings per share and cash dividends in 2002 through 2005 of 10%. Similar exercises were completed for the hypothetical combination of MNB and LBI for the same periods employing, in the case of LBI, projections for LBI starting with its budgeted earnings per share for fiscal 2001 of $1.79 and grew that by 10% annually through 2005, and the 10% growth rate scenario for MNB. As part of each exercise, MB&D used a 10% annual growth in hypothetical cash dividends to project dividend streams that would be available to stockholders. MB&D employed a range of possible future market price/earnings ratios ranging from a minimum of 13 times earnings to a maximum of 16 times earnings to project possible future values for a share of MNB common stock on both an independent basis and on a pro forma basis at the Landmark exchange rate. Given the model time horizon and a discount rate range of 10% to 14%, these assumptions resulted in the range of present discounted values for a share of MNB common stock of $7.75 to $14.01 and include consideration of the present discounted value of the projected stream of cash dividends that might be received by a stockholder during the cited period. The same exercise completed for the pro forma Landmark generated a range of present discounted values (also using a 10% to 14% range of discount rates) of $8.95 to $16.10. In the event that there is no difference between the discounted cash flow analyses represented by the two alternatives, one could be said to be financially indifferent between alternatives. In each case reviewed, the full range of present discounted values for the hypothetical combinations of MNB and LBI exceeded the full range of present discounted values for MNB on a stand-alone basis.

The point of such a discounted cash flow exercise is not to make a precise estimate of where MNB on a stand-alone basis will be trading at a precise point in the future. It is equally not an effort to predict, on a precise basis, where the pro forma Landmark will be trading at an exact point in the future. MB&D readily acknowledges that with the large number of variables involved, including many that are beyond the control of management, that such predictions with any degree of precision are well beyond the capability of MB&D, MNB or LBI. Rather, the point of the exercise is to employ reasonable future point earnings estimates to complete an analysis designed to test a hypothesis that the result of one given course of action is likely to be better over time than another.

It is important to note that the discount factors employed embody both the concept of a time value of money and risk factors that reflect the uncertainty of the forecasted cash flows and terminal price/earnings multiples. Use of higher discount rates would result in lower discounted present values. Conversely, use of lower discount rates would result in higher discounted present values. MB&D advised MNB's board of directors that although discounted cash flow analysis is a frequently used valuation methodology, it relies on numerous assumptions, including discount rates, terminal values, future earnings performance and asset growth rates, as well as dividend payout ratios. The accurate specification of such assumptions for time periods more than one year in the future is a very difficult process and contains the possibility of inaccuracy despite MB&D's attempts to be both accurate and conservative in its analysis. Consequently, any or all of these assumptions may vary from actual future performance and results. Any errors made in the selection of assumptions for such an exercise can interact with one another and can lead to conclusions that may demonstrate little resemblance to actual events.

ANALYSIS OF OTHER COMPARABLE TRANSACTIONS. MB&D is reluctant to place emphasis on the analysis of comparable transactions, as a valuation methodology due to what it considers to be inherent limitations of the application of the results to specific cases. This is particularly true of non-premium "mergers of equals."

With these reservations in mind, MB&D nonetheless examined statistics associated with eleven mergers of equals transactions involving financial institutions that have been announced since January 1, 2000. The median price/stated book value, price/stated tangible book value and price/trailing 12 months earnings were 133.1%, 130.6% and 12.8x, respectively. The comparable price/stated book value, price/stated tangible book value and price/trailing 12 months earnings for MNB based on LBI's closing stock price on April 16, 2001 were 96.0%, 116.0% and 12.8x, respectively.

COMPENSATION OF MB&D. Pursuant to a letter agreement with MNB dated March 16, 2001, MB&D will receive a fee of $150,000 for its services in connection with the merger. MB&D was paid $30,000 upon execution of

43

the merger agreement and will be paid $30,000 upon issuance of its opinion to be included as an exhibit to this proxy statement-prospectus. Payment of the balance of the fee will be conditioned upon the completion of the merger.

The fee that MB&D will receive represents compensation for services rendered in connection with the analysis of the hypothetical transaction, support of the negotiations, its participation in the drafting of documentation and for the issuance of its opinion. In addition, MNB has agreed to reimburse MB&D for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the transaction. MNB also has agreed to indemnify MB&D and its directors, officers and employees against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities relating to or arising out of our engagement, including liabilities under the federal securities laws.

OPINION OF LBI'S FINANCIAL ADVISOR

THE OPINION OF KEEFE BRUYETTE & WOODS IS DIRECTED TO LBI'S BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND ADDRESSES ONLY THE EXCHANGE RATIOS. IT DOES NOT ADDRESS THE UNDERLYING

BUSINESS DECISION TO PROCEED WITH THE MERGER AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A RECOMMENDATION TO ANY STOCKHOLDER AS TO HOW SUCH STOCKHOLDER SHOULD VOTE WITH RESPECT TO THE MERGER OR ANY OTHER MATTER RELATED THERETO.

In February 2001, KBW was retained by LBI to evaluate a potential strategic combination between LBI and MNB. KBW, as part of its investment banking business, is regularly engaged in the evaluation of business and securities in connection with mergers and acquisitions, negotiated underwritings, and distributions of listed and unlisted securities. KBW is familiar with the market for common stocks of publicly traded banks, thrifts and bank and thrift holding companies. LBI's board of directors selected KBW on the basis of the firm's reputation and its experience and expertise in transactions similar to the merger and its prior work for and relationship with LBI that commenced in 1999.

Pursuant to its engagement, KBW was asked to render an opinion as to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the merger consideration to stockholders of LBI. KBW delivered its opinion to LBI's board of directors that, as of April 19, 2001, the merger consideration is fair, from a financial point of view, to the stockholders of LBI. No limitations were imposed by LBI's board upon KBW with respect to the investigations made or procedures followed by it in rendering its opinion. KBW has consented to the inclusion herein of the summary of its opinion to the LBI Board and to the reference to the entire opinion attached hereto as Appendix C.

THE FULL TEXT OF THE OPINION OF KBW, WHICH IS ATTACHED AS APPENDIX C TO THIS PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS, SETS FORTH CERTAIN ASSUMPTIONS MADE, MATTERS CONSIDERED AND LIMITATIONS ON THE REVIEW UNDERTAKEN BY KBW, AND SHOULD BE READ IN ITS ENTIRETY. THE SUMMARY OF THE OPINION OF KBW SET FORTH IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE OPINION.

In rendering its opinion, KBW: (i) reviewed the merger agreement;
(ii) reviewed LBI's annual reports, proxy statements and reports on Form 10-K for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1999, and 2000, and the unaudited report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2000, and MNB's annual reports, proxy statements and reports on Form 10-K for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1998, and 2000, and certain other information considered relevant; (iii) discussed with senior management and the boards of directors of LBI and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Landmark Federal Savings Bank, the current position and prospective outlook for LBI to enhance future stockholder value; (iv) discussed with senior management of MNB and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Security National Bank, their operations, financial performance and future plans and prospects; (v) considered historical quotations, levels of activity and prices of recorded transactions in LBI's and MNB's common stock; (vi) reviewed financial and stock market data of other thrifts and banks in a comparable asset range to LBI and MNB, respectively; (vii) reviewed certain recent business combinations of strategic alliance transactions that KBW deemed comparable in whole or in part; and (viii) performed other analyses that KBW considered appropriate.

In rendering its opinion, KBW assumed and relied upon the accuracy and completeness of the financial information provided to it by LBI and MNB. In its review, with the consent of the LBI Board, KBW did not

44

undertake any independent verification of the information provided to it, nor did it make any independent appraisal or evaluation of the assets or liabilities, and potential or contingent liabilities of LBI or MNB.

PRO FORMA ANALYSIS OF AFFILIATION. KBW analyzed certain pro forma effects resulting from the strategic alliance. This analysis, based upon fiscal 2001 budgeted and estimates for the next five years for LBI and MNB based upon business plan assumptions provided by management of each institution, projected fully-diluted earnings per share accretion of 13.2% and fully-diluted cash earnings per share accretion for LBI of 21.2% by 2002. This assumes cost savings and revenue enhancements of approximately $1.0 million (pre tax). The analysis also reflected a dilution to fully-diluted book value and fully-diluted tangible book value of 6.0% and 14.5%, respectively. The purpose of this analysis is to project the financial effects of the merger on the balance sheet and income statement of LBI, and the per share impact on the stock of LBI. The outcome of this analysis, both independently as well as in conjunction with other analyses, partially formulates the basis for KBW's opinion.

CONTRIBUTION ANALYSIS. KBW reviewed the relative contributions of various components of the financial position and results of operations to be made by LBI and MNB to the combined company based on data for the period ended March 31, 2001 and earnings for fiscal 2001. This analysis placed primary focus on five relative contributions and indicated that LBI would contribute 53.5% of the total deposits, 66.2% of tangible equity, 60.0% of fiscal 2001 budgeted net income, 56.3% of fiscal 2001 budgeted cash earnings and 61.2% of earnings for the six months ended March 31, 2001 normalized. No particular weight was placed on any one of these contributions and they were not all inclusive of the components reviewed. Based upon the exchange ratio of 0.523 Landmark shares for each MNB share outstanding and "in the money" option, holders of LBI common stock would own 60.1% of pro forma shares outstanding of the combined company.

ANALYSIS OF SELECTED MERGER OF EQUALS TRANSACTIONS. KBW reviewed the general characteristics of 11 merger of equals transactions that occurred since 1992between thrift institutions. The average asset size of the larger company in the transactions was 56% greater than the smaller company. LBI's assets as of March 31, 2001, were 44% larger than MNB's assets. The average deal value of the acquired company was 9% greater than book value. The deal value paid for MNB was approximately 5% less than book value and 16% greater than tangible book value.

No company or transaction used in any of the above analyses as a comparison is identical to LBI, MNB or the contemplated transaction. Accordingly, an analysis of the results of the foregoing is not rigid; rather, it involves complex considerations and judgments concerning differences in financial, market and operating characteristics of the companies and other factors that could affect the public trading value of the companies to which they are being compared.

Based on the above information KBW concluded that the merger consideration was fair from a financial point of view relative to comparable transactions. Further, the fairness analysis considered: (i) the relative market performance of the thrift and bank stocks in general, especially small cap stocks, over the past year; (ii) the relative historical returns on equity of LBI and MNB; and (iii) the expected performance of each company given additional considerations such as the business plan, asset mix, net interest margin, net interest spread, asset quality and location. The summary does not purport to be a complete description of the analysis performed by KBW and should not be construed independently of the other information considered by KBW in rendering its opinion. Selecting portions of KBW's analysis or isolating certain aspects of the comparable transactions without considering all analysis and factors, could create an incomplete or potentially misleading view of the evaluation process.

In preparing its analysis, KBW made numerous assumptions with respect to industry performance, business and economic conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond the control of KBW and LBI. The analyses performed by KBW are not necessarily indicative of actual values or future results, that may be significantly more or less favorable than suggested by such analyses and do not purport to be appraisals or reflect the prices at which a business may be sold.

COMPENSATION OF KBW. KBW will receive a fee equal to $120,000 for services rendered in connection with advising and issuing a fairness opinion regarding the merger. As of the date of this proxy

45

statement-prospectus, KBW has received $55,000 of such fee. The remainder of the fee is due upon the completion of the merger.

EFFECTIVE TIME OF THE MERGER

Subject to the conditions to our respective obligations to complete the merger, the merger will become effective when a certificate of merger reflecting the merger become effective with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the Secretary of State of the State of Kansas, respectively. Unless we agree otherwise, we will each use reasonable efforts to cause the merger to become effective 21 business days after the end of the calendar month in which all of the following conditions are satisfied:

o the effective date of the last consent of any regulatory authority having authority over and approving or exempting the merger (taking into account any required waiting period); and

o the satisfaction or waiver in writing of all of the conditions provided for in the merger agreement.

We anticipate that the merger will become effective during the third quarter of 2001, however, delays could occur.

We cannot assure that the necessary stockholder and regulatory approvals of the merger will be obtained or that other conditions precedent to the merger can or will be satisfied. Either of our boards of directors may terminate the merger agreement if the merger is not completed by March 1, 2002, unless it is not completed because of the willful breach of the merger agreement by the party seeking termination. See "-- Conditions to Completion of the Merger" and "-- Waiver, Amendment and Termination."

DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

All of MNB's stockholders have the right under Delaware law to dissent from the merger and to demand and obtain cash payment of the appraised fair value of their shares of MNB common stock under the circumstances described below. LBI's stockholders, whose rights are governed by Kansas law, do not have the right to dissent from the merger and receive cash for the value of their shares.

The appraised value that MNB's stockholders obtain for their shares by dissenting may be less than, equal to or greater than the value of the Landmark common stock you will receive under the merger agreement. If MNB's stockholders fail to comply with the procedural requirements of Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, they will lose their right to dissent and seek payment of the appraised value of their shares.

The following is a summary of Section 262, which specifies the procedures applicable to dissenting stockholders. This summary is not a complete statement of the law regarding the right of MNB's stockholders to dissent under Delaware law, and if you are considering dissenting, we urge you to review the provisions of Section 262 carefully. The text of Section 262 is attached to this joint proxy statement-prospectus as Appendix D, and we incorporate that text into this joint proxy statement-prospectus by reference. Among other matters, MNB's stockholders should be aware of the following:

o to be entitled to dissent and seek appraisal, you must hold shares of MNB common stock on the date you make the demand required under Delaware law, you must continually hold those shares until the merger has been completed, you must not vote in favor of the merger and you must otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 262;

o before the special meeting of MNB's stockholders at which you will be asked to vote on the merger, you must deliver a written notice that states your identity and your intent to demand appraisal;

46

o MNB stockholders must send this written notice to Mark A. Herpich, Secretary, MNB Bancshares, Inc., 800 Poyntz Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas 66502 (you should be aware that simply voting against the merger is not a demand for appraisal rights);

o within ten days after the effective time of the merger, Landmark will notify all of the dissenting MNB stockholders who have complied with
Section 262 and who have not voted in favor of the merger;

o within 120 days after the effective time of the merger, Landmark or any stockholder who has complied with the requirements of Section 262 may file a petition in the Delaware Court of Chancery demanding a determination of the value of the stock of the dissenting stockholders;

o the Court of Chancery will determine which dissenting stockholders complied with the requirements of Section 262 and are entitled to appraisal rights;

o the Court of Chancery will then appraise the shares, determining their fair value exclusive of any value arising from the expectation of the merger, together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid on the appraised fair value; the Court of Chancery will consider all relevant factors in determining the fair value and the fair interest rate (if any);

o the Court of Chancery will then direct Landmark to pay the fair value of the dissenting shares, together with any interest, to the stockholders entitled to payment; payment will be made when the stockholder surrenders the certificates to Landmark;

o the costs of the proceeding for appraising the fair value may be determined by the court and the court may require the parties to bear the costs in any manner the court believes to be equitable;

o if you dissent from the merger, you will not be entitled to vote your shares of MNB common stock for any purpose or to receive dividends or other distributions (other than dividends or other distributions payable to stockholders of record at a date prior to the effective time of the merger); and

o you may withdraw your demand for appraisal and accept the shares of Landmark common stock provided for in the merger agreement at any time within 60 days after the effective time of the merger.

DISTRIBUTION OF LANDMARK STOCK CERTIFICATES

At or around the time of the merger, you will be mailed a letter of transmittal and instructions for the exchange of the certificates representing your shares of MNB or LBI common stock for certificates representing shares of Landmark common stock. [____________] will serve as the exchange agent.

YOU SHOULD NOT SEND IN YOUR CERTIFICATES UNTIL YOU RECEIVE A LETTER OF

TRANSMITTAL AND INSTRUCTIONS.

After you surrender to the exchange agent your certificates for shares of MNB or LBI common stock with a properly completed letter of transmittal, the exchange agent will mail you a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Landmark common stock to which you are entitled and a check for the amount to be paid in lieu of any fractional share (without interest), if any, together with all undelivered dividends or distributions in respect of the shares of Landmark common stock (without interest thereon), if any. Landmark will not be obligated to deliver the consideration to you as a former MNB or LBI stockholder until you have surrendered your MNB or LBI common stock certificates.

Whenever a dividend or other distribution is declared by Landmark on Landmark common stock with a record date after the date on which the merger became effective, the declaration will include dividends or other distributions on all shares of Landmark common stock that may be issued in the merger. However, Landmark will not pay any dividend or other distribution that is payable after the effective date of the merger to any former MNB or LBI stockholder who has not surrendered his or her MNB or LBI common stock certificate until the holder

47

surrenders the certificate. If any MNB or LBI stockholder's common stock certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, the exchange agent will issue the shares of Landmark common stock and any cash in lieu of fractional shares upon the stockholder's submission of an affidavit claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed by the stockholder of record and the posting of a bond in such amount as Landmark may reasonably direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against Landmark with respect to the certificate.

At the time the merger becomes effective, the stock transfer books of MNB and LBI will be closed to their respective stockholders and no transfer of shares of MNB or LBI common stock by any stockholder will thereafter be made or recognized. If certificates for shares of MNB or LBI common stock are presented for transfer after the merger becomes effective, they will be canceled and exchanged for shares of Landmark common stock, a check for the amount due in lieu of fractional shares, if any, and any undelivered dividends on the Landmark common stock.

CONDITIONS TO COMPLETION OF THE MERGER

We are required to complete the merger only after the satisfaction of various conditions. These conditions include:

o the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each of MNB and LBI common stock must adopt the merger agreement;

o we must receive all required regulatory approvals;

o we must receive a written opinion as to the tax-free nature of the merger;

o each of us must receive a written opinion of the other company's counsel regarding enforceability of the merger agreement, proper authorization of the merger and other corporate and related matters;

o the Securities and Exchange Commission must declare the registration statement registering the shares of Landmark common stock to be issued to our stockholders in the merger effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

o each party shall have accrued and fully paid all of their respective costs associated with the merger, including all benefits and contributions under any of their employee benefit plans;

o our representations and warranties in the merger agreement must be accurate as of the date of the merger agreement and as of the date the merger becomes effective;

o we must perform all agreements and comply with all covenants contained in the merger agreement;

o we must receive all other consents that may be required to complete the merger or to prevent any default under any contract or permit that would be reasonably likely to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on either of us;

o the absence of any law or order or any action taken by any court, governmental or regulatory authority of competent jurisdiction prohibiting or restricting the merger or making it illegal or that would otherwise be expected to have a material adverse effect on either of us;

o the absence of any other event since the date of the merger agreement that would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on either of us;

o we must each receive an opinion from our own financial advisor to the effect that the merger is fair to our stockholders from a financial point of view; and

48

o other conditions must be satisfied, including the receipt of various certificates from our officers.

Neither of us can assure our stockholders as to when or if all of the conditions to the merger can or will be satisfied or waived by the party permitted to do so. If the merger is not completed by March 1, 2002, either of our boards of directors may terminate the merger agreement and abandon the merger. See "-- Waiver, Amendment and Termination."

REGULATORY APPROVALS

We must receive certain regulatory approvals before the merger can be completed. There is no assurance that these regulatory approvals will be obtained or when they will be obtained.

It is a condition to the completion of the merger that we receive all necessary regulatory approvals to the merger, without the imposition by any regulator of any condition that, in the reasonable judgment of either us, would be materially adverse to the success of Landmark. There can be no assurance that the regulatory approvals of the merger will not contain terms, conditions or requirements that would have such an impact.

We are not aware of any material governmental approvals or actions that are required to complete the merger, except as described below. If any other approval or action is required, we have agreed that we will also seek this approval or action.

The merger is subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve, pursuant to Section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act. Factors considered by the Federal Reserve in evaluating the merger are discussed under the heading "Regulatory Considerations-General." The merger may not be completed until 30 days following the date of the Federal Reserve approval, although the Federal Reserve may reduce that period to 15 days. During this period, the United States Department of Justice is given the opportunity to challenge the transaction on antitrust grounds. The commencement of any antitrust action would stay the effectiveness of the approval of the agencies, unless a court of competent jurisdiction specifically ordered otherwise.

The merger of our two subsidiary banks is subject to the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, pursuant to Section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. The Comptroller's Office is directed to take into consideration the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of our existing banks and our proposed combined institution and the convenience and needs of the communities we will serve.

WAIVER, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

To the extent permitted by law, our boards of directors may agree in writing to amend the merger agreement, whether before or after their respective stockholders have approved the merger agreement. In addition, before or at the time the merger becomes effective, either of us, or both, may waive any default in the performance of any term of the merger agreement by the other or may waive or extend the time for the compliance or fulfillment by the other of any of its obligations under the merger agreement. Either of us may also waive any of the conditions precedent to our obligations under the merger agreement, unless a violation of any law or governmental regulation would result. To be effective, a waiver must be in writing and signed by one of our duly authorized officers.

At any time before the merger becomes effective, our boards of directors may mutually agree to terminate the merger agreement. In addition, either of us may terminate the merger agreement in the following circumstances:

o if any representation or warranty of a party contained in the merger agreement is inaccurate, the inaccuracy would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Landmark after the completion of the merger and if the inaccuracy is such that, in the reasonable opinion of the party who did not make such representation or warranty, cannot be cured before March 1, 2002;

49

o if a material breach by the other party of any covenant or agreement contained in the merger agreement cannot be or has not been cured within 30 days after the giving of written notice to the breaching party of such breach (provided that the breach was not as a result of the failure by the terminating party to perform or comply with any of its material obligations under the merger agreement);

o if there has occurred since the date of the merger agreement, any change in any law, rule or regulation, or there has been any decision or action by any court or governmental agency, that could reasonably be expected to prevent or delay completion of the merger beyond March 1, 2002;

o if any consent of any regulatory authority required to complete the merger or other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement has been denied by final nonappealable action, or if any application or other filing has been withdrawn at the request of any regulatory authority and a petition for rehearing shall not have been granted or an amended application has not been accepted for filing within 60 days after this withdrawal;

o if the merger is not completed by 11:59 p.m. on March 1, 2002 (provided that a party shall not have the right to terminate for this reason if the failure to complete the merger by this time resulted from this party's failure to perform or comply with any of its obligations, exclusive of representations and warranties, under the merger agreement);

o if the other party violates the covenant against dealing with any third party with respect to an alternative transaction with this third party instead of the merger;

o if the other party breaches its agreement to call a stockholders' meeting to vote on the adoption of the merger agreement, fails to recommend that its stockholders vote to adopt the merger agreement or the other party's stockholders fail to approve the merger agreement;

o subject to certain prior notice requirements and the obligation to pay a special termination fee that are contained in the merger agreement, if the party gives notice that it has received an offer from a third party with respect to an alternative transaction that the party's board of directors has determined in good faith is more favorable to its stockholders than the merger; and

o subject to the obligation to pay a special termination fee, if the fairness opinion provided to the party by its financial advisor is withdrawn prior to the completion of the merger.

If the merger is terminated, the merger agreement will become void and have no effect, except that certain provisions of the merger agreement, including those relating to the obligation to share some expenses and maintain the confidentiality of certain information obtained, will survive. Any termination may trigger the obligation of a party to pay certain expenses and termination fees to the other party. See "-- Expenses and Termination Fees."

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE MERGER

The merger agreement obligates each of us to conduct our business diligently before the merger becomes effective only in the usual, regular and ordinary course. It also imposes limitations on the operations, expenditures and other actions of each of us and our respective bank subsidiaries. These items are listed in Articles 6 and 7 of the merger agreement which is attached as Appendix A to this joint proxy statement-prospectus. The merger agreement authorizes each of us to declare and pay regular quarterly cash dividends on our respective common stock in accordance with our past practices in an amount not to exceed $0.0625 per share per quarter in the case of MNB and in an amount not to exceed $0.15 per share per quarter in the case of LBI. The merger agreement contemplates that the merger will be timed to occur at such a time that each of our stockholders will not fail to receive a dividend during a quarterly period, nor will they receive a dividend on both their MNB or LBI common stock and the Landmark common stock they receive in the merger during the same quarterly period.

50

Each of us has also agreed that neither of us nor any of our respective representatives will directly or indirectly solicit, negotiate or enter into an alternative transaction with an outside third party, or furnish any non-public information concerning ourselves that we are not legally obligated to furnish, except in each case to the extent necessary to comply with the fiduciary duties of our respective board of directors and as advised by our counsel.

We have also agreed not to take any action that would materially and adversely affect our ability to obtain any consents required for the merger or prevent the merger from qualifying as a tax-free reorganization under the Internal Revenue Code (see "-- Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Merger") or materially and adversely affect our ability to perform our respective obligations under the merger agreement.

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS AFTER THE MERGER

We specifically negotiated and named in the merger agreement those individuals who will serve as Landmark's directors and executive officers following the merger. For initial formation purposes only, Larry Schugart and Patrick L. Alexander were named as Landmark's initial directors, and the current officers appointed by the initial directors were Larry Schugart, Chairman; Patrick L. Alexander, President; and Mark A. Herpich, Secretary. These initial directors and officers will be replaced prior to the completion of the merger with the following directors and executive officers:

LANDMARK DIRECTORS AND CLASSES

(MNB DESIGNEES) (LBI DESIGNEES)

Patrick L. Alexander (III)                            Larry Schugart* (III)

Susan E. Roepke (II)                                  Richard Ball (II)

Brent A. Bowman (I)                                   Jim W. Lewis (III)

Jerry R. Pettle (III)                                 C. Duane Ross (II)

Joseph L. Downey (I)                                  David H. Snapp (I)

* Also serves as Chairman of the Board

LANDMARK EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Larry Schugart                             Chairman of the Board

Patrick L. Alexander                President and Chief Executive Officer

Mark A. Herpich                     Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer
                                            and Chief Financial Officer

After the merger of our banks, the combined institution's board of directors will have the same members as Landmark's board of directors, and Landmark's executive officers will serve in the same positions with our combined bank subsidiary. In addition to these individuals, Michael E. Scheopner and Dean R. Thibault will also serve as Executive Vice Presidents of the bank after the merger. Information concerning the management of MNB and LBI is included in the documents incorporated by reference in this joint proxy statement-prospectus. See "Where You Can Find More Information." For additional information regarding the interests of certain persons in the merger, see "-- Interests of Certain Persons in the Merger."

51

INTERESTS OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN THE MERGER

GENERAL. Certain members of our respective management and boards of directors may be deemed to have certain interests in the merger that are in addition to their interests as stockholders of MNB or LBI generally. Each of our boards of directors was aware of these interests and considered them, among other matters, in approving the merger agreement on behalf of our respective company. See "--Management and Operations After the Merger."

MNB EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS. MNB is a party to an employment agreement with Mr. Alexander, who serves as the President and Chief Executive Officer of both MNB and its bank subsidiary. MNB currently has no other employment or other agreements with any of its officers or employees.

Mr. Alexander's current employment agreement provides that he will receive a severance payment if he is terminated after a "change of control" of MNB. Our pending merger would constitute a change of control triggering the payment of this severance amount. However, Mr. Alexander has agreed that he will waive his right to receive this payment provided that the merger is completed prior to March 1, 2002, and we and Mr. Alexander enter into an employment agreement in the form attached as an exhibit to the merger agreement.

This employment agreement initially provides for a base salary of $200,000, which may be increased but not decreased, and an initial term of three years, with automatic one year extensions on each anniversary of the effective date of the agreement unless either party gives the other notice of its desire to terminate this automatic extension. Upon any such termination, the agreement would expire at the end of the then current three year term.

The employment agreement will terminate upon the death or disability of Mr. Alexander, in the event of certain regulatory actions or upon notice by either us or Mr. Alexander, with or without cause. The employment agreement will be suspended in the event of a regulatory suspension of Mr. Alexander's employment. If Mr. Alexander's employment is terminated without cause (which is defined in the employment agreement), we will be obligated to pay or to provide to him, as applicable, a cash payment equal to three times the sum of his then annual salary, plus an amount equal to the average of the annual performance bonuses paid to him and the contributions made for his benefit under all employee retirement plans during the most recently ended three years. We must also provide Mr. Alexander and his immediate family continued insurance coverage for the three years after this termination of employment. We will have no continuing obligation to Mr. Alexander if he voluntarily terminates his employment or we terminate him for cause, except that we will be obligated to pay him his accrued salary and benefits through the effective date of his termination of employment.

If Mr. Alexander voluntarily terminates his employment, or his employment is involuntarily terminated, within six months after a change in control of us or our bank subsidiary, then our successor will be obligated to pay or to provide to Mr. Alexander the same cash payment and benefits he would have received if he had been terminated by us without cause. For purposes of the employment agreement, Mr. Alexander's employment will be considered terminated if he is not re-elected or is removed from his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer or if we otherwise commit a breach of our obligations under the employment agreement.

The employment agreement includes a covenant which will limit the ability of Mr. Alexander to compete with us or our bank subsidiary in an area encompassing a fifty mile radius from any of our banking offices for a period of one year following the termination of his employment. The geographic area covered by this provision constitutes a portion of our primary market area.

In addition to the employment agreement with Mr. Alexander, the merger agreement also provides that we will enter into employment agreements with Mr. Herpich, who will serve as our Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, and Messrs. Scheopner and Thibault, who will each serve as Executive Vice Presidents of our bank subsidiary. Except as described below, these employment agreements contain substantially the same provisions as those included in Mr. Alexander's employment agreement.

52

The base salaries for Messrs. Herpich, Scheopner and Thibault will be $105,000, $105,000 and $85,000, respectively. The term of these three agreements will be for one year and they will automatically extend for one additional year on each anniversary of the effective date of the agreement. If any of these officers is terminated without cause during the term of his respective agreement, he will be entitled to receive an amount equal to the sum of his then annual salary, plus an amount equal to the average of the annual performance bonuses paid to him and the contributions made for his benefit under all employee retirement plans during the most recently ended three years. The payment to be made to each of these three officers upon his voluntary termination of employment within six months after a change of control or his involuntary termination without cause within one year of a change of control will be equal to two times the sum of his then annual salary, plus an amount equal to the average of the annual performance bonuses paid to him and the contributions made for his benefit under all employee retirement plans during the most recently ended three years. Each of these employees will be subject to the same non-competition covenant as Mr. Alexander following his termination of employment.

LBI EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS. LBI is a party to a number of employment and other agreements with executive officers of both LBI and its bank subsidiary. These agreements provide for various payments to be made to these officers after a "change of control" of LBI or its bank subsidiary. Our merger, and the merger of our two banks, will constitute a "change of control" under these agreements.

LBI's bank subsidiary is a party to employment agreements with Mr. Schugart, as its President and Chief Executive Officer, and with Gary L. Watkins and Stephen H. Sundberg, each of whom is a Senior Vice President. In connection with the merger and pursuant to these agreements, LBI's bank subsidiary will pay Messrs. Schugart, Watkins and Sundberg $729,180, $204,778 and $129,870, respectively, to cancel their agreements. Messrs. Watkins and Sundberg will not remain as our employees after the completion of the merger.

Mr. Schugart has agreed to enter into a new employment agreement with us to take effect after the completion of the merger. Under the terms of this agreement, Mr. Schugart will serve as Chairman of the Board of the combined companies and our combined bank subsidiary. The agreement will have a fixed term of three years and provides for an annual salary of $35,000. We have also agreed to provide Mr. Schugart with health insurance coverage and to continue his deferred compensation agreement described below during the term of this employment agreement.

LBI OFFICER DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENTS. In addition to the employment agreements described above, LBI's bank subsidiary is also a party to deferred compensation agreements with Messrs. Schugart and Watkins and three other employees. If any of these employees terminates his or her employment at any time after the completion of the merger, we will be obligated under these agreements to make cash payments to each of these employees in the approximate amounts as follows: Mr. Schugart--$532,000; Mr. Watkins--$303,000; and other employees in an aggregate amount of $336,000. We currently expect that LBI will accrue the approximately $935,000 not already charged against LBI operations upon completion of the merger. The timing of when we will need to make these additional payments will depend upon how long these employees choose to remain employed by us after the completion of the merger. We do not expect to pay Mr. Schugart the payment due to him until his normal retirement age, three years after the closing of the merger, which will be at the end of the term of his employment agreement that he will enter into with us.

LBI DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENTS AND SEVERANCE PLAN. LBI's bank subsidiary has entered into deferred compensation agreements with all of its directors, except for Mr. Lewis. The total cost of these payments has previously been funded by LBI's directors through the deferral of their directors' fees. We have agreed to assume all of the obligations of LBI's bank subsidiary under these agreements. Of this total payment, we estimate that Mr. Schugart will receive approximately $51,000 upon his retirement.

LBI's bank subsidiary has also adopted a director change in control severance pay plan. This plan requires the bank to pay to any director whose service is terminated within one year of a change in control of the bank an amount of cash equal to one year of directors' fees. Although the merger of the bank subsidiaries of LBI and MNB will constitute a change in control of LBI's bank subsidiary, all of the directors of LBI's bank subsidiary

53

will continue to serve as directors of the combined bank and we do not expect to have any additional liability under this plan to the directors of LBI's bank subsidiary.

LBI GENERAL EMPLOYEE SEVERANCE PLANS. LBI and its subsidiary bank have adopted general employee plans that provide for payments to be made to all employees as a result of the contemplated mergers. As of the business day immediately prior to the closing of the merger, LBI's bank subsidiary is obligated to make payments equal to two weeks' salary to each of its employees who is not covered by an employment agreement. We expect the total cost of these payments, which will be accrued by LBI upon completion of the merger, to be approximately $54,000.

LBI's change in control severance plan provides for the payment to any employee who is terminated within 18 months of the closing of the merger of an amount equal to two weeks' salary for every year or partial year of employment, with a minimum of four weeks and a maximum of 26 weeks. We have not yet made any final decisions with respect to our employee needs after the completion of the merger so we do not know how much we might need to pay under this change of control severance plan.

MNB AND LBI GENERAL RETIREMENT PLANS. We have agreed in the merger agreement to honor all the general employee retirement plans of MNB, LBI and its bank subsidiaries. We have further agreed that in all of the employee benefit plans we implement after the merger we will consider prior service with MNB or LBI equally for all purposes, including eligibility, vesting and benefits accruals.

STOCK OPTIONS. Each of us has granted stock options to our directors, executive officers and other employees under stock option plans. As a result of the merger, which will constitute a "change of control" under these stock option plans, all outstanding, non-vested stock options of both MNB and LBI will accelerate and will become exercisable immediately following completion of the merger. All outstanding options that are not exercised prior to the merger will be converted into options to purchase shares of Landmark common stock, as described on page [___].

INDEMNIFICATION FOR DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. We have agreed to indemnify the present and former directors, officers, employees and agents of our respective companies and their subsidiaries for a period of six years after the completion of the merger against certain liabilities arising out of actions or omissions occurring at or prior to the time the merger. We may provide this coverage through an insurance policy or through a separate agreement by us to indemnify them.

We have also agreed to cooperate to obtain after the completion of the merger directors' and officers' liability insurance coverage for the officers and directors of Landmark, to the extent this is economically practicable. We will try to obtain coverage at the same level as the most protective coverage that either MNB or LBI currently provides to its officers and directors.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

The merger will be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting under generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States. Under this method of accounting, we will record the assets and liabilities of MNB at their fair market values. Any difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill, which will be amortized for financial accounting purposes.

EXPENSES AND TERMINATION FEES

Subject to the special circumstances described below, we will each pay our own expenses in connection with the merger, including filing, registration and application fees, printing fees and fees and expenses of our own financial or other consultants, investment bankers, accountants and counsel, except that each of us will bear and pay one-half of the printing costs incurred in connection with the registration statement and this joint proxy statement-prospectus. The same agreement with respect to the payment of expenses will be in effect if we

54

mutually agree to terminate the merger agreement or if either of us terminates the merger agreement because the merger has not been completed by March 1, 2002.

If, however, the merger agreement is terminated under the special circumstances described below, either of us will be obligated to pay all or part of the other's fees and expenses in connection with the merger and also perhaps a special termination fee depending upon the reason for the termination of the merger agreement and subsequent occurrences.

Each of us is obligated to pay the other's fees and expenses in connection with the merger up to a maximum of $350,000 if our financial advisor withdraws its fairness opinion prior to the completion of the merger or our respective stockholders fail to approve the merger. Each of us has the same obligation to pay the other's fees and expenses, and the obligation to pay the other an additional termination fee of $500,000 if the merger agreement is terminated because one of us breached any of our respective covenants contained in the merger agreement. In addition, if within one year after the termination of the merger agreement, the breaching company or the company with the fairness opinion that was withdrawn or the stockholders that failed to approve the merger enters into another agreement to be acquired by an outside third party or group, then the breaching company or the company with the fairness opinion that was withdrawn or the stockholders that failed to approve the merger must pay an additional one-time special termination fee to the other of $1,000,000.

Subject to prior notice to the other party, either of us may terminate the merger agreement because we have received an offer from an unrelated third party that our board of directors has concluded is more favorable to our stockholders. In this case, if within one year after the termination of the merger agreement the company who received the more favorable offer signs an agreement to be acquired by someone other than its current merger partner, then the terminating company will not be required to pay any of the fees listed above, but instead must pay the other party a one-time special termination fee of $1,000,000.

RESALES OF LANDMARK COMMON STOCK

Landmark common stock to be issued to our stockholders in the merger will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. All shares of Landmark common stock received by our stockholders in the merger will be freely transferable after the merger by our stockholders who are not considered to be "affiliates" of either of us. "Affiliates" generally are defined as persons or entities who control, are controlled by or are under common control with either of us at the time of our respective special meetings (generally, executive officers, directors and 10% or greater stockholders).

Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act restricts the sale of Landmark common stock received in the merger by affiliates of MNB or LBI and certain of their family members and related entities. Under the rule, during the first calendar year after the merger becomes effective, affiliates of LBI or MNB may publicly resell the Landmark common stock they receive in the merger but only within certain limitations as to the amount of Landmark common stock they can sell in any three-month period and as to the manner of sale. After the one-year period, affiliates of MNB or LBI who are not affiliates of Landmark may resell their shares without restriction. Landmark must continue to satisfy its reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in order for affiliates to resell, under Rule 145, shares of Landmark common stock received in the merger. Affiliates would also be permitted to resell Landmark common stock received in the merger pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or an available exemption from the registration requirements. This joint proxy statement-prospectus does not cover any resales of Landmark common stock received by persons who may be deemed to be affiliates of MNB or LBI.

Subject to the terms of the merger agreement, LBI and MNB have agreed not to solicit, negotiate, discuss, accept or approve any offers or proposals from or enter into any agreement with, any third party concerning a tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange or other business combination involving MNB or LBI or concerning the offer, sale or disposition of any material assets of MNB or LBI.

55

EFFECT OF THE MERGER ON RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS

In the merger, our stockholders will exchange their shares of MNB and LBI stock for shares of Landmark. MNB is a Delaware corporation governed by Delaware law and its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, while LBI is a Kansas corporation governed by Kansas law and its articles of incorporation and bylaws. Landmark is a Delaware corporation governed by Delaware law and Landmark's certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Immediately prior to the completion of the merger, Landmark's current certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated in the form attached as an exhibit to the merger agreement. The discussion below of the provisions of Landmark's certificate of incorporation refers in each case, except as expressly noted, to Landmark's amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

There are significant differences between the rights of the stockholders of MNB and LBI, and the rights of Landmark stockholders. The following is a summary of the principal differences between the current rights of MNB's and LBI's stockholders and those of Landmark's stockholders.

The following summary is not intended to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Delaware General Corporation Law and the General Corporation Code of Kansas as well as the respective certificates or articles of incorporation and bylaws of MNB, LBI and Landmark.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS GENERALLY

Landmark's certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain certain provisions designed to assist the Landmark board of directors in playing a role if any group or person attempts to acquire control of Landmark so that the Landmark board of directors can further protect the interests of Landmark and its stockholders under the circumstances. These provisions may help the Landmark board of directors determine that a sale of control is in the best interests of Landmark's stockholders or enhance the Landmark board of directors' ability to maximize the value to be received by the stockholders upon a sale of control of Landmark.

Although Landmark's management believes that these provisions are beneficial to Landmark's stockholders, they may also tend to discourage some takeover bids. As a result, Landmark's stockholders may be deprived of opportunities to sell some or all of their shares at prices that represent a premium over prevailing market prices. On the other hand, defeating undesirable acquisition offers can be a very expensive and time-consuming process. To the extent that these provisions discourage undesirable proposals, Landmark may be able to avoid those expenditures of time and money.

These provisions may also discourage open market purchases by a company that may desire to acquire Landmark. Those purchases may increase the market price of Landmark common stock temporarily, and enable stockholders to sell their shares at a price higher than they might otherwise obtain. In addition, these provisions may decrease the market price of Landmark common stock by making the stock less attractive to persons who invest in securities in anticipation of price increases from potential acquisition attempts. The provisions may also make it more difficult and time consuming for a potential acquiror to obtain control of Landmark through replacing the board of directors and management. Furthermore, the provisions may make it more difficult for Landmark's stockholders to replace the board of directors or management, even if a majority of the stockholders believe that replacing the board of directors or management is in the best interests of Landmark. Because of these factors, these provisions may tend to perpetuate the incumbent board of directors and management.

Landmark's certificate of incorporation and bylaws also contain certain anti-takeover provisions that are described below. These provisions may discourage or prevent tender or exchange offers by a corporation or group that intends to use the acquisition of a substantial number of shares of Landmark to initiate a takeover culminating in a merger or other business combination. These provisions may also have the effect of making the removal of current management more difficult.

56

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

LANDMARK. Landmark is currently authorized to issue 3,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of which 1,000 shares were issued and outstanding as of the date of this document. Pursuant to the merger agreement, Landmark will amend and restate its certificate of incorporation prior to the closing of the merger. Landmark will increase the number of shares of its authorized common stock to 3 million shares, and authorize 200,000 shares of a class of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. The Landmark board of directors may authorize the issuance of additional shares of common stock without further action by its stockholders, unless applicable laws or regulations or a stock exchange on which Landmark's capital stock is listed requires stockholder action.

After the filing of its amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Landmark will be able to issue, without a stockholder vote, shares of its preferred stock, in one or more classes or series, with voting, conversion, dividend and liquidation rights as it specifies in its articles. The Landmark board of directors may determine, among other things, the distinctive designation and number of shares comprising a series of preferred stock, the dividend rate or rates on the shares of such series and the relation of such dividends to the dividends payable on other classes of stock, whether the shares of such series will be convertible into or exchangeable for shares of any other class or series of Landmark capital stock, the voting powers if any of such series, and any other preferences, privileges and powers of such series.

In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding up of Landmark, holders of preferred stock will have priority over holders of common stock.

The authority to issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock provides Landmark with the flexibility necessary to meet its future needs without the delay resulting from seeking stockholder approval. The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock may be issued from time to time for any corporate purpose, including, stock splits, stock dividends, employee benefit and compensation plans, acquisitions and public or private sales for cash as a means of raising capital. The shares could be used to dilute the stock ownership of persons seeking to obtain control of Landmark. The sale of a substantial number of shares of voting stock to persons who have an understanding with Landmark concerning the voting of such shares or the distribution or declaration of a dividend of shares of voting stock (or the right to receive voting stock) to its stockholders, may have the effect of discouraging or increasing the cost of unsolicited attempts to acquire control of Landmark.

Landmark will adopt prior to the completion of the merger a stockholder rights plan in the same form as that described below for MNB.

MNB. MNB is authorized to issue up to 3,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of which 1,563,905 shares were issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2001, and 200,000 shares of preferred stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of which no shares were issued or outstanding as of March 31, 2001.

MNB's board of directors has substantially the same powers with respect to the issuance of common stock and preferred stock as does Landmark's board of directors described above.

MNB has a stockholder rights plan ("Rights Plan") and under this Rights Plan distributed a dividend of one preferred share purchase right for each outstanding share of common stock. Each right entitles the holder to purchase from MNB one one-thousandth of a share of MNB's Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, at a price of $30.00 per one one-thousandth of a share of preferred stock, subject to adjustment ("Preferred Share Right"). Under the Rights Plan, one Preferred Share Right was automatically distributed for each share of MNB common stock. The Preferred Share Rights may deter coercive takeover tactics and encourage persons interested in potentially acquiring control of MNB to treat each stockholder on a fair and equal basis. Each Preferred Share Right trades on the same basis with the share of MNB common stock to which it relates until the occurrence of certain events. Upon a potential change in control of MNB, the Preferred Share

57

Rights would separate from MNB common stock and each holder of a Preferred Share Right (other than the potential acquiror) would be entitled to purchase equity securities of Landmark at prices below their market value. MNB has authorized 3,000 shares of Series A preferred stock for issuance under the Preferred Share Rights Plan. No shares have been issued as of the date of this joint proxy statement-prospectus. Until a Preferred Share Right is exercised, the holder has no rights as a stockholder of MNB. MNB has amended the Rights Plan to provide that the merger agreement and the merger with LBI and Landmark will not make the Preferred Share Rights exercisable. MNB will also terminate the Rights Plan concurrently with the completion of the merger. LBI does not have any share purchase rights plan.

LBI. LBI is authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.10 par value per share, of which 1,092,438 shares were outstanding as of March 31, 2001, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value per share, of which no shares were issued or outstanding as of March 31, 2001.

LBI's board of directors has substantially the same powers with respect to the issuance of common stock and preferred stock as does Landmark's board of directors described above.

AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE AND BYLAWS

LANDMARK. Landmark may amend its certificate in any manner permitted by Delaware law. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation's certificate may be amended by a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of a corporation's voting stock, unless the certificate establishes a higher voting requirement. Landmark's certificate provides that any repeal or amendment of provisions dealing with:

o the procedure for amending the bylaws and the certificate of incorporation;

o indemnification of directors and officers;

o the limitation of the liability of directors under some circumstances;

o the number, classification, term, election, replacement and removal of directors;

o additional voting requirements that are applicable to certain corporate actions;

o procedure for informal stockholder action;

o how special stockholders' meetings are called;

o restricting certain business transactions, including transactions between Landmark and an "interested party" (in general, the holder of 15% or more of Landmark's voting stock); and

o stockholders nominations of directors and other proposals;

must be approved by holders of not less than two-thirds of Landmark's outstanding voting stock. Any other amendment to the certificate must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock, unless the proposed amendment has been approved by at least two-thirds of the then authorized number of Landmark's directors, in which case the amendment will be subject only to approval of holders of a majority of Landmark's outstanding voting stock.

Landmark's board of directors may adopt, amend or repeal Landmark's bylaws by a majority vote of the entire board of directors. The bylaws may also be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of Landmark's outstanding voting stock.

MNB. MNB's certificate of incorporation may be amended by a majority vote of its stockholders, except that the certificate provides that any repeal or amendment of provisions dealing with:

58

o the number, classification, term, election, replacement, removal and nomination of directors;

o restricting certain business transactions, including transactions between MNB and an "interested party" (in general, the holder of 15% or more of MNB's voting stock);

o how special stockholders' meetings are called;

o the procedure for amending the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws

o stockholder nominations of directors and other stockholder proposals;

o procedure for informal stockholder action; and

o the limitation of the liability of directors under some circumstances;

must be approved by holders of not less than two-thirds of MNB's outstanding voting stock.

MNB's board of directors may adopt, amend or repeal MNB's bylaws by a majority vote of the entire board of directors. The bylaws may also be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of MNB's outstanding voting stock.

LBI. LBI may amend its articles of incorporation in any manner permitted by Kansas law. The General Corporation Code of Kansas provides that amendments to a corporation's articles must be approved by holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of a corporation's voting stock. LBI's articles of incorporation may not be amended unless such resolution is first approved by a majority of the directors and then approved by a majority vote of its stockholders, except that the articles provide that any repeal or amendment of provisions dealing with:

o the number, classification, term, election, replacement, removal and nomination of directors;

o the pre-emptive right to subscribe for any new equity securities issued by LBI;

o the limitation of the liability of directors under some circumstances;

o indemnification rights of directors and officers;

o the calling and conduct of annual and special stockholders' meetings;

o procedure for informal stockholder action and dealing with stockholder proposals;

o limiting the voting rights of holders of more than 10% of LBI's outstanding voting stock; and

o restricting certain business transactions between LBI and a "principal stockholder" (in general, the holder of 10% or more of LBI's voting stock); and

o the procedure for amending the articles of incorporation and the bylaws,

must be approved by holders of not less than 80% of LBI's outstanding voting stock.

LBI's board of directors may adopt, amend or repeal LBI's bylaws by a majority vote of the entire board of directors. The bylaws may also be amended or repealed by action of LBI's stockholders, except that the articles provide that any repeal or amendment of provisions dealing with:

59

o organization and conduct of stockholder meetings;

o the number, classification, replacement and removal of directors;

o the declaration and payment of dividends;

o the limitation of the liability of directors under some circumstances;

o restricting certain business transactions between LBI and a principal stockholder; and

o amendments of the bylaws,

must be approved by holders of not less than 80% of LBI's outstanding voting stock.

DIRECTOR REMOVAL

LANDMARK. Landmark's certificate provides that a director may be removed by a majority vote of the stockholders only for "cause" and only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called for that purpose. Cause is defined in the certificate as the conviction of a director by a court of a felony, or a court judgment that a director is liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his or her duty to the corporation, provided that this judgment is no longer appealable. The purpose of this provision is to prevent a majority stockholder from circumventing the classified board system by removing directors and filling the vacancies with new individuals selected by that stockholder.

This provision may have the effect of impeding efforts to gain control of the board of directors by anyone who obtains a controlling interest in Landmark's common stock.

MNB. MNB's certificate contains substantially the same provisions as Landmark's certificate with respect to the removal of directors.

LBI. LBI's articles contains substantially the same removal provisions as Landmark's certificate, except that cause for removal is also defined to include a determination by a court that a director is of unsound mind and also the conviction of any offense (whether or not a felony) that is punishable by a prison term of more than one year.

LIMITATIONS ON DIRECTOR LIABILITY

LANDMARK. Landmark's certificate provides that a director will not be personally liable to Landmark or its stockholders for monetary damages resulting from the director's breach of his or her duty of care to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to limit a director's personal liability to this extent, except:

o for any breach of a director's duty of loyalty to Landmark or its stockholders;

o for actions, or the failure to take actions, not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

o for liability of directors for the unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases; or

o for any transactions from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

MNB AND LBI. Each of our certificate or articles of incorporation provide substantially the same limitation on the personal liability of its directors as does Landmark's certificate.

60

INDEMNIFICATION

LANDMARK. Under Delaware law, directors, officers, employees and agents of a corporation may be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement under certain circumstances. In certain types of actions, suits or proceedings, whether they are civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by, or in the right of the corporation, I.E., a "derivative action"), such individuals may be indemnified against individual liability if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. A similar standard applies in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including attorneys' fees) resulting from the defense or settlement of such actions. In the case of derivative actions, Delaware law requires court approval before there can be any indemnification when the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. To the extent that a person otherwise eligible to be indemnified is successful on the merits or otherwise of any claim or defense, indemnification is required for expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred.

Expenses incurred by a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation in defending a proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay the amount of any advance if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by Delaware law.

Landmark's certificate and bylaws provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers, and of any person serving at the request of Landmark as a director, officer or partner of another enterprise, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling Landmark under the provisions described above, Landmark has been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore unenforceable.

MNB AND LBI. We are subject to the provisions of Delaware and Kansas law, respectively, with respect to indemnification. Delaware and Kansas law are substantially the same in this area, and our respective certificates contain substantially the same provisions governing indemnification as does Landmark's certificate.

SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

LANDMARK. Special meetings of Landmark's stockholders may be called at any time for any purpose or purposes permitted by law and Landmark's certificate by a majority of the board of directors.

MNB. MNB's certificate contains substantially the same provisions as Landmark's certificate with respect to the calling of special meetings of stockholders.

LBI. A special meeting of LBI's stockholders may only be called by LBI's Chairman of the Board or President or by a majority of the entire LBI board of directors.

STOCKHOLDER NOMINATIONS AND PROPOSALS

LANDMARK. Landmark's certificate provides that notice of any stockholder proposal and nominations that are to be presented at any annual meeting of stockholders must be sent so it is received by Landmark not less than 30 days in advance of the anniversary date of the previous year's annual meeting or such other period as established in the bylaws. The bylaws provide that any stockholder nomination of a director must be sent so that it is received by Landmark not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days in advance of the first anniversary date of the previous year's annual meeting.

61

MNB. MNB's certificate contains substantially the same provisions as Landmark's certificate with respect to stockholder nominations and proposals.

LBI. LBI's articles contain provisions with respect to stockholder nominations and proposals that are not materially different than those of Landmark and MNB, except that LBI's articles require that notice of any stockholder proposal must be sent so it is received by LBI not less than 60 days in advance of the anniversary date of the previous year's annual meeting.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

LANDMARK. Subject to contrary provisions in a corporation's certificate, the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may engage in any merger, consolidation or a sale or lease of all or substantially all of its assets if such transaction is approved by the corporation's board of directors and ratified by the vote of holders of a majority of the corporation's issued and outstanding shares of voting stock. Subject to different approvals for certain transactions described below, Landmark's certificate provides that these transactions must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of its outstanding voting stock unless the transaction has been approved by at least two-thirds of the then authorized number of Landmark's directors, in which case the transaction must be approved only by holders of a majority of Landmark's outstanding voting stock.

MNB. Subject to different approvals for certain transactions described below, MNB's certificate provides that provides that any merger, consolidation or a sale or lease of all or substantially all of its assets must be approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of its outstanding voting stock unless the transaction has been approved by at least two-thirds of MNB's directors, in which case the transaction must be approved only by holders of a majority of MNB's outstanding voting stock.

LBI. Except for transactions with any of its principal stockholders (described below), LBI's articles of incorporation do not place any special requirements on the approval of the type of corporate transactions described above for Landmark and MNB. These transactions must be approved by a majority vote of LBI's directors and by its stockholders.

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH INTERESTED PARTIES

The certificate of incorporation of Landmark and MNB, and LBI's articles of incorporation, contain similar provisions that require special approvals for certain extraordinary transactions with an "interested party." Landmark and MNB define an interested party as a person or company, combined with its respective affiliates, that beneficially owns 15% or more of the outstanding shares of the company's voting stock. LBI generally uses the same definition except that 10% is the ownership threshold.

With exceptions, Landmark and MNB require that these types of transactions be approved by holders (not including the interested party) of not less than two-thirds of its outstanding voting stock. LBI requires approval by the affirmative vote of not less than 80% of all of its outstanding voting stock, including the stock held by the interested party. In general, this special voting requirement applies to any merger or consolidation of the company with any interested party, any transaction which has the effect of increasing the proportionate interest of any interested party in the company's equity securities or any liquidation or dissolution of the company proposed by or on behalf of an interested party.

Landmark's special voting requirements described above will not apply to any business transaction if the transaction has been approved by Landmark's board of directors prior to the interested party's acquisition of beneficial ownership of 15% or more of Landmark's common stock. These special voting requirements will not apply to any business transaction involving Landmark, MNB or LBI if after a person becomes an interested party the transaction is approved by 66 2/3% of those members of the company's board of directors who have no interest in the business transaction; or certain fair price and procedural requirements are met.

62

The provisions in Landmark's certificate dealing with interested parties may not be amended without the approval of holders of not less than 80% of Landmark's voting stock, unless it has been first approved by 75% of Landmark's directors, in which case they may be amended by a majority vote of Landmark's stockholders. These provisions in the certificate or articles of MNB and LBI can only be amended by the affirmative vote of holders of not less than two-thirds and 80%, respectively, of the company's outstanding voting stock.

DISSENTERS' RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL

LANDMARK. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a stockholder is generally entitled to dissent from a corporate action and obtain payment of the fair value of his or her shares in certain events. These events generally include:

o mergers, share exchanges and sales or leases of substantially all of the corporation's assets if the stockholder is entitled to vote on the transaction; and

o certain types of amendments of the corporation's certificate that materially and adversely affect a stockholder's rights.

In the future, however, our stockholders may not have the right to dissent in connection with some of these transactions because Delaware law limits these rights in cases where the shares of stock held by prospective dissenters are quoted on the Nasdaq National Market System. We expect that our shares of common stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market System and that our stockholders' future rights to dissent will not be available in all cases.

MNB. The stockholders of MNB generally have the right to dissent described above as any other stockholder of a Delaware corporation. Because MNB common stock is not designated as a Nasdaq National Market System security, the rights of MNB's stockholders to dissent are not limited in the same manner as they are expected to be for Landmark stockholders after the completion of the merger.

LBI. The stockholders of LBI generally have the same rights to dissent, and under the same circumstances, as the stockholders of Landmark. LBI stockholders' right to dissent is limited in many cases because shares of LBI common stock are designated as a Nasdaq National Market System security.

DIVIDENDS

LANDMARK. Our future ability to pay dividends on our common stock is governed by Delaware corporate law. Under Delaware corporate law, unless there are restrictions in the corporation's certificate of incorporation, dividends may be declared from the corporation's surplus, or, if there is no surplus, from its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and the preceding years. Dividends may not be declared, however, if the corporation's capital is less than the amount of all capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

There are various statutory limitations that will limit the ability of Landmark's bank subsidiaries to pay dividends to Landmark. See "Certain Regulatory Considerations -- Payment of Dividends."

MNB AND LBI. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is governed by Delaware and Kansas corporate law, respectively. MNB's ability to pay dividends is subject to the same limitations as those that apply to LBI. Under Kansas corporate law, LBI may declare and pay dividends either out of its surplus, or if there is no surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared or the preceding fiscal year.

Substantially all of the funds available for the payment by MNB or LBI of dividends come from the operations of their respective bank subsidiaries. There are various statutory limitations on the ability of these bank subsidiaries to pay dividends to MNB and LBI. See "Certain Regulatory Considerations -- Payment of Dividends."

63

COMPARATIVE MARKET PRICES AND DIVIDENDS

MNB common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq Small Cap Market under the symbol "MNB." LBI common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market System under the symbol "LARK."

The following table sets forth, for the indicated periods, the high and low closing sale prices for the MNB common stock and LBI common stock as quoted on the Nasdaq Small Cap Market and the Nasdaq National Market System, respectively, and the cash dividends declared per share on MNB common stock and LBI common stock for the indicated periods. The stock prices and dividend amounts have been restated to give effect to stock splits and stock dividends. The stock prices do not include retail mark-ups, mark-downs or commissions.

                                                 MNB                                          LBI
                               -----------------------------------------    -----------------------------------------
                                                               Cash                                         Cash
                                       Price Range          Dividends               Price Range          Dividends
                               --------------------------  ------------     --------------------------   ----------
                                                             Declared                                      Declared
                                   High          Low        Per Share           High          Low         Per Share
                               -----------    -----------  ------------     ------------   -----------    ---------
1999 (for quarter ended)

   March 31                    $      12.50   $     11.00  $     0.0567     $       24.00  $     20.13    $     0.15

   June 30                            12.38          8.75        0.0567             21.00        17.75          0.15

   September 30                       10.50          9.06        0.0595             19.00        15.00          0.15

   December 31                         9.50          8.25        0.0595             21.50        15.25          0.15
                                                           ------------                                   ----------

         Total                                             $     0.2324                                   $     0.60
                                                           ============                                   ==========

2000 (for quarter ended)

   March 31                    $       8.63   $      7.75  $     0.0595     $       20.00  $     13.25    $     0.15

   June 30                             8.25          7.63        0.0595             18.00        14.00          0.15

   September 30                        9.00          7.56        0.0625             19.50        15.25          0.15

   December 31                         9.75          7.88        0.0625             19.25        17.50          0.15
                                                           ------------                                   ----------

         Total                                             $     0.2440                                   $     0.60
                                                           ============                                   ==========
2001 (for quarter ended)

   March 31                    $      10.50   $      9.25  $     0.0625     $       18.50  $     15.88         $0.15

   Through May 31                     10.20          8.70        0.0625             18.10        16.56          0.15
                                                           ------------                                   ----------

         Total                                             $     0.1250                                   $     0.30
                                                           ============                                   ==========

On [_________], 2001, the last sales prices of MNB and LBI common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Small Cap Market and the Nasdaq National Market System, respectively, were $[___] and $[____], respectively. The last sales prices of MNB and LBI common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Small Cap Market and the Nasdaq National Market System, respectively, prior to the public announcement of the merger were $9.95 and $17.30, respectively.

The holders of Landmark common stock will be entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. Although Landmark currently intends to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends on its common stock, there can be no assurance what Landmark's dividend policy will be after completion of the merger. The declaration and payment of dividends by Landmark will depend upon

64

business conditions, operating results, capital and reserve requirements and the Landmark board of directors' consideration of other relevant factors.

Upon completion of the merger, Landmark will be a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries and its revenues will depend in significant part on the payment of dividends and management fees from its subsidiary bank. Landmark's bank subsidiary will be subject to certain legal restrictions on the amount of dividends they are permitted to pay. See "Certain Regulatory Considerations -- Payment of Dividends."

BUSINESS OF MNB

MNB is a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and is engaged in the banking business through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Security National Bank. The home office for the bank is Manhattan, Kansas, with additional branch locations in Auburn, Manhattan, Osage City, Topeka and Wamego, Kansas. On January 6, 2000, we opened an in-store supermarket branch in Manhattan. We also completed the purchase of the Wamego and Osage City branches of Commercial Federal Bank on July 21, 2000, that had total deposits of $14.5 million and total loans of $1 million.

As of March 31, 2001, MNB had total consolidated assets of approximately $155.5 million, total consolidated loans of approximately $97.1 million, total consolidated deposits of approximately $132.1 million and total consolidated stockholders' equity of approximately $15.4 million.

The principal executive offices of MNB are located at 800 Poyntz Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas 66502, and its telephone number at such address is
(785) 565-2000. Additional information with respect to MNB and its subsidiary is included elsewhere in this joint proxy statement-prospectus and in documents incorporated by reference in this joint proxy statement-prospectus. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

Certain information relating to executive compensation, various benefit plans (including stock option plans), voting securities and the principal holders thereof, certain relationships and related transactions and other related matters as to MNB is incorporated by reference or set forth in MNB's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, incorporated herein by reference. Stockholders who wish to receive copies of such documents may contact MNB at its address or telephone number indicated under "Where You Can Find More Information."

BUSINESS OF LBI

LBI is a savings and loan holding company incorporated under the laws of the State of Kansas and is engaged in the banking business through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Landmark Federal Savings Bank. The home office for the bank is Dodge City, Kansas, with additional branch locations in Dodge City, Garden City, Great Bend, Hoisington, and La Crosse, Kansas, and a loan production office in Overland Park, Kansas.

As of March 31, 2001, LBI had total consolidated assets of approximately $223.2 million, total consolidated loans of approximately $159.5 million, total consolidated deposits of approximately $151.8 million and total consolidated stockholders' equity of approximately $24.7 million.

The principal executive offices of LBI are located at Central and Spruce Streets, P.O. Box 1437, Dodge City, Kansas, and its telephone number at such address is (620) 227-8111. Additional information with respect to LBI and its subsidiary is included elsewhere in this joint proxy statement-prospectus and in documents incorporated by reference in this joint proxy statement-prospectus. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

Certain information relating to executive compensation, various benefit plans (including stock option plans), voting securities and the principal holders thereof, certain relationships and related transactions and other related matters as to LBI is incorporated by reference or set forth in LBI's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2000, incorporated herein by reference. Stockholders who wish to receive copies of

65

such documents may contact LBI at its address or telephone number indicated under "Where You Can Find More Information."

REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS

GENERAL

MNB is a bank holding company registered with the Federal Reserve, and LBI is a savings and loan holding company registered with the Office of Thrift Supervision. As such, MNB and LBI are subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the Bank Holding Company Act and the Home Owners' Loan Act, respectively and the regulations of the Federal Reserve and the Office of Thrift Supervision, respectively. Landmark has filed an application with the Federal Reserve for approval to become a bank holding company as a result of the merger. The following discussion summarizes the regulatory framework applicable to banks and thrifts and bank and thrift holding companies and provides certain specific information related to us and Landmark. All of the general information related to the regulation of bank holding companies that is applicable to MNB will be applicable to Landmark after the completion of the merger. A more complete discussion of this regulatory framework is included in each of our 2000 Form 10-Ks. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

Bank holding companies are required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before they may:

o acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank;

o acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank; or

o merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company.

The Federal Reserve generally may not approve any transaction that would result in a monopoly or that would further a combination or conspiracy to monopolize banking in the United States. Nor can the Federal Reserve approve a transaction that could substantially lessen competition in any section of the country, that would tend to create a monopoly in any section of the country or that would be in restraint of trade. But the Federal Reserve may approve any such transaction if it determines that the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community served clearly outweighs the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned, as well as the convenience and needs of the community to be served. Consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, which is discussed below. Consideration of convenience and needs includes the parties' performance under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977.

Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the "Interstate Banking Act"), Landmark (after completion of the merger) and any other bank holding company may now acquire a bank located in any state, subject to certain deposit-percentage limitations, aging requirements and other restrictions. The Interstate Banking Act also generally permits a bank to branch interstate through acquisitions of banks in other states. By adopting legislation prior to June 1, 1997, a state had the ability either to "opt in" and accelerate the date after which interstate branching is permissible or "opt out" and prohibit interstate branching altogether. Kansas did not opt out of this legislation.

The Bank Holding Company Act will prohibit Landmark after the completion of the merger from:

o engaging in activities other than banking, managing or controlling banks or other permissible subsidiaries; and

66

o acquiring or retaining direct or indirect control of any company engaged in any activities other than those activities determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.

In determining whether a particular activity is permissible, the Federal Reserve must consider whether the performance of such an activity reasonably can be expected to produce benefits to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects. Possible benefits the Federal Reserve considers include greater convenience, increased competition or gains in efficiency. Possible adverse effects include undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest or unsound banking practices. The Federal Reserve has determined the following, among others, to be permissible activities of bank holding companies:

o factoring accounts receivable;

o acquiring or servicing loans;

o leasing personal property;

o conducting discount securities brokerage activities;

o performing certain data processing services;

o acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and certain other types of insurance in connection with credit transactions; and

o performing certain insurance underwriting activities.

There are no territorial limitations on permissible non-banking activities of bank holding companies. Despite prior approval, the Federal Reserve has the power to order a holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when it has reasonable cause to believe that a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that bank holding company may result from such activity.

The banks now owned by us, and the combined bank that will be owned by Landmark after the completion of the merger, are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Their deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the extent provided by law. Each bank is also subject to numerous state and federal statutes and regulations that affect its business, activities and operations, and each is supervised and examined by one or more state or federal bank regulatory agencies.

The Office of Thrift Supervision in the case of federal savings banks, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency in the case of national banks, supervise our bank subsidiaries. The regulatory agencies regularly examine the operations of such institutions and such examinations will continue after the completion of the merger of MNB and LBI and of their bank subsidiaries. These regulatory agencies have authority to approve or disapprove mergers, consolidations, the establishment of branches and similar corporate actions. Federal banking regulators also have the power to prevent the continuance or development of unsafe or unsound banking practices or other violations of law.

RECENT REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS

On November 12, 1999, President Clinton signed legislation that allows bank holding companies to engage in a wider range of nonbanking activities, including greater authority to engage in securities and insurance activities. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, a bank holding company that elects to become a financial holding company may engage in any activity that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines by regulation or order is (i) financial in nature, (ii) incidental to any such financial activity or (iii) complementary to any such financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of

67

depository institutions or the financial system generally. The act specifies certain activities that are deemed to be financial in nature, including lending, exchanging, transferring, investing for others or safeguarding money or securities; underwriting and selling insurance; providing financial, investment or economic advisory services; underwriting, dealing in or making a market in, securities; and any activity currently permitted for bank holding companies by the Federal Reserve under section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act. A bank holding company may elect to be treated as a financial holding company only if all depository institution subsidiaries of the holding company are well-capitalized, well-managed and have at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act.

National banks are also authorized by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act to engage, through "financial subsidiaries," in any activity that is permissible for a financial holding company (as described above) and any activity that the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Federal Reserve, determines is financial in nature or incidental to any such financial activity, except (i) insurance or annuity underwriting, (ii) real estate development or real estate investment activities (unless otherwise permitted by law), (iii) insurance company portfolio investments and (iv) merchant banking. The authority of a national bank to invest in a financial subsidiary is subject to a number of conditions, including, among other things, requirements that the bank must be well-managed and well-capitalized (after deducting from capital the bank's outstanding investments in financial subsidiaries).

At this time, we are unable to predict the impact the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act may have on Landmark and its combined bank subsidiary.

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

Landmark is, and will continue to be after completion of the merger, a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking subsidiary. Our principal sources of cash flow, and after completion of the merger, those of Landmark, including cash flow to pay dividends to our respective stockholders, is and will continue to be dividends from our subsidiary banks. There are statutory and regulatory provisions that currently limit the payment of dividends by our subsidiary banks to us, as well as by us to our respective stockholders. Many of these provisions will continue in the same manner to limit the payment of dividends to and by Landmark.

As to the payment of dividends, MNB's bank subsidiary is (and Landmark's bank subsidiary will be after the completion of the proposed merger of our bank subsidiaries) subject to the regulations of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. LBI's bank subsidiary is subject to the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

If the federal banking regulator determines that a bank under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice, the regulator may require, after notice and hearing, that the bank cease and desist from such practice. Depending on the financial condition of the bank, an unsafe or unsound practice could include the payment of dividends. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a bank's capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, a bank may not pay any dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. See "--Prompt Corrective Action." The federal agencies have also issued policy statements that provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings.

The payment of dividends by us and our bank subsidiaries currently, and the payment by Landmark and its bank subsidiary after completion of the merger, may also be affected or limited by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital above regulatory guidelines and the bank subsidiaries' level of retained earnings.

68

CAPITAL ADEQUACY

MNB and each of Security National Bank and Landmark Federal Savings Bank are required to comply, and after completion of the merger, Landmark and its bank subsidiary will be required to comply, with the capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve in the case of MNB and Landmark, and the appropriate federal banking regulator in the case of each subsidiary bank. LBI, as a savings and loan holding company, is not subject to regulatory capital requirements. There are two basic measures of capital adequacy for bank holding companies and the banks that they own: a risk-based measure and a leverage measure. All applicable capital standards must be satisfied for a bank holding company to be considered in compliance.

The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profile among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance-sheet exposure and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance-sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance-sheet items.

The minimum required ratio ("Total Capital Ratio") of total capital ("Total Capital") to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance-sheet items, such as standby letters of credit) is 8.0%. At least half of Total Capital must be composed of common equity, undivided profits, minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiary, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and a limited amount of cumulative perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets ("Tier 1 Capital"). The remainder may consist of subordinated debt, other preferred stock and a limited amount of loan loss reserves ("Tier 2 Capital"). At March 31, 2001, MNB's consolidated Total Capital Ratio and its Tier 1 Capital Ratio (I.E., the ratio of Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets) were 13.1% and 11.9%, respectively; and Landmark's consolidated Total Capital Ratio and its Tier 1 Capital Ratio on a pro forma basis were 19.6% and 18.4%, respectively.

In addition, the Federal Reserve has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies. These guidelines provide for a minimum required ratio (the "Leverage Ratio") of Tier 1 Capital to average assets, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets, of 3.0% for bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating. All other bank holding companies generally are required to maintain a Leverage Ratio of at least 4.0%. The Leverage Ratios of MNB at March 31, 2001, was 7.8%, and Landmark's Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis at March 31, 2001, was 10.6%. The guidelines also provide that bank holding companies that experience internal growth or make acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets. The Federal Reserve will consider a "tangible Tier 1 Capital Leverage Ratio" (deducting all intangibles) and other indicia of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

Each of our bank subsidiaries is currently, and after completion of their proposed merger, the combined bank will continue to be, subject to risk-based and leverage capital requirements adopted by its federal banking regulator. Those requirements are substantially the same as those adopted by the Federal Reserve for bank holding companies. In addition, the capital requirements applicable to these bank subsidiaries contemplate that the bank regulators may establish higher capital requirements for a particular institution based upon the institution's risk profile including exposure to interest rate risk. Each of our bank subsidiaries was in compliance with those minimum capital requirements as of March 31, 2001. No federal banking agency has advised either of us or any of our bank subsidiaries of any specific minimum capital ratio requirement applicable to it.

A bank that fails to meet its capital guidelines may be subject to a variety of enforcement remedies and certain other restrictions on its business. Remedies could include the issuance of a capital directive, the termination of deposit insurance by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and a prohibition on the taking of brokered deposits. As described below, substantial additional restrictions can be imposed upon Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured depository institutions that fail to meet their capital requirements. See "- Prompt Corrective Action."

69

The capital requirements described above are minimum requirements, and higher capital levels will be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profile of individual institutions. For example, the regulations of the Federal Reserve, the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency include provisions which require banks to calculate their exposure to increases and decreases in market interest rates and require banks with excessive interest rate risk exposure to hold additional amounts of capital against such exposures.

SUPPORT OF SUBSIDIARY INSTITUTIONS

Under Federal Reserve policy, MNB is expected to act as a source of financial strength for and commit its resources to support its subsidiary bank. This Federal Reserve policy will apply to Landmark and its combined subsidiary bank after completion of the merger. This support may be required at times when we or Landmark may not be inclined to provide it. In addition, any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its bank subsidiaries are subordinate to the payment of deposits and to certain other indebtedness. In the event of a bank holding company's bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a bank subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

A depository institution insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation can be held liable for any loss incurred by, or reasonably expected to be incurred by, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in connection with the default of a commonly controlled Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured depository institution or any assistance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to any commonly controlled Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured depository institution "in danger of default." "Default" is defined generally as the appointment of a conservator or receiver, and "in danger of default" is defined generally as the existence of certain conditions indicating that a default is likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation's claim for damages is superior to claims of stockholders of the insured depository institution or its holding company, but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institution. Our bank subsidiaries are, and after completion of the merger, the bank subsidiary of Landmark will be, subject to these cross-guarantee provisions. As a result, any loss suffered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in respect of any of these banks would likely result in assertion of the cross-guarantee provisions, the assessment of estimated losses against their respective banking affiliates and a potential loss of their respective parent holding company's investments in its other banks.

PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 establishes a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. Under this system, which became effective in December 1992, the federal banking regulators are required to establish five capital categories (well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized). With respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories, the regulators must take certain supervisory actions, and are authorized to take other discretionary actions. The severity of the actions will depend upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 requires the banking regulator to appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. The federal banking agencies have specified the relevant capital level for each category.

An institution is deemed to be WELL CAPITALIZED if it:

o has a Total Capital Ratio of 10.0% or greater;

o has a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 6.0% or greater;

o has a Leverage Ratio of 5.0% or greater; and

70

o is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive issued by its federal banking agency.

An institution is considered to be ADEQUATELY CAPITALIZED if it has:

o a Total Capital Ratio of 8.0% or greater;

o a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 4.0% or greater; and

o a Leverage Ratio of 4.0% or greater (or, if the institution received a composite 1 rating under the regulator's CAMEL rating system, a Leverage Ratio of less than 3.0%).

A depository institution is considered to be UNDERCAPITALIZED if it has:

o a Total Capital Ratio of less than 8.0%;

o a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of less than 4.0%; or

o a Leverage Ratio of less than 4.0% (or, if the institution received a composite 1 rating under the regulator's CAMEL rating system, a Leverage Ratio of 3.0% or greater).

A depository institution is considered to be SIGNIFICANTLY UNDERCAPITALIZED if it has:

o a Total Capital Ratio of less than 6.0%;

o a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of less than 3.0%; or

o a Leverage Ratio of less than 3.0%.

An institution that has a tangible equity capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2.0% is deemed to be critically undercapitalized. "Tangible equity" includes core capital elements counted as Tier 1 Capital for purposes of the risk-based capital standards, plus the amount of outstanding cumulative perpetual preferred stock (including related surplus), minus all intangible assets, with certain exceptions. A depository institution may be deemed to be in a capitalization category that is lower than is indicated by its actual capital position if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating.

An institution that is categorized as undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking agency. In addition, a bank holding company must guarantee that a subsidiary bank will meet its capital restoration plan. This obligation to fund a capital restoration plan is limited to the lesser of 5.0% of an undercapitalized subsidiary's assets or the amount required to meet regulatory capital requirements. Except in accordance with an accepted capital restoration plan or with the approval of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, an undercapitalized institution is also generally prohibited from increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches or engaging in any new line of business. In addition, its primary federal banking regulator is given authority with respect to any undercapitalized institution to take any of the actions it is required to or may take with respect to a significantly undercapitalized institution if it determines "that those actions are necessary to carry out the purpose" of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act of 1991.

For any institution that is significantly undercapitalized or undercapitalized and either fails to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement an approved capital restoration plan, its primary federal banking regulator must require the institution to take one or more of the following actions, as the regulator determines will best address the institution's capital problems:

71

o sell enough shares, including voting shares, to become adequately capitalized;

o merge with (or be sold to) another institution (or holding company), but only if grounds exist for appointing a conservator or receiver;

o restrict certain transactions with its bank affiliates;

o restrict transactions with bank or non-bank affiliates;

o restrict interest rates that the institution pays on deposits to "prevailing rates" in the institution's "region";

o restrict asset growth or reduce total assets;

o alter, reduce or terminate activities;

o hold a new election of directors;

o dismiss any director or senior executive officer who held office for more than 180 days immediately before the institution became undercapitalized, provided that in requiring dismissal of a director or senior officer, the agency must comply with certain procedural requirements, including the opportunity for an appeal in which the director or officer will have the burden of proving his or her value to the institution;

o employ "qualified" senior executive officers;

o cease accepting deposits from correspondent depository institutions;

o divest certain nondepository affiliates that pose a danger to the institution; or

o be divested by a parent holding company.

In addition, without the prior approval of its federal banking agency, a significantly undercapitalized institution may not pay any bonus to any senior executive officer or increase the rate of compensation for such an officer.

DEPOSIT INSURANCE

As Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured institutions, our bank subsidiaries are required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has adopted a risk-based assessment system under which all insured depository institutions are placed into one of nine categories and assessed insurance premiums based upon their respective levels of capital and results of supervisory evaluations. Institutions classified as well-capitalized (as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation) and considered healthy pay the lowest premium while institutions that are less than adequately capitalized (as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation) and considered of substantial supervisory concern pay the highest premium. Risk classification of all insured institutions is made by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for each semi-annual assessment period. Annual insurance assessments for members of the Bank Insurance Fund, like Security National Bank, and of the Savings Association Insurance Fund, like Landmark Federal Savings Bank,currently range from 0% of deposits to 0.27% of deposits.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if it determines, after a hearing, that the institution (i) has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, (ii) is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or (iii) has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or any condition imposed in writing by, or written agreement with, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may also suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the

72

hearing process for a permanent termination of insurance if the institution has no tangible capital. We are not aware of any activity or condition that could result in termination of the deposit insurance of any of our bank subsidiaries.

FINANCING CORPORATION ASSESSMENTS

Since 1987, a portion of the deposit insurance assessments paid by members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation's Savings Association Insurance Fund has been used to cover interest payments due on the outstanding obligations of the Financing Corporation. The Financing Corporation was created in 1987 to finance the recapitalization of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation, the Savings Association Insurance Fund's predecessor insurance fund. As a result of federal legislation enacted in 1996, beginning as of January 1, 1997, both Savings Association Insurance Fund members and Bank Insurance Fund members became subject to assessments to cover the interest payments on outstanding Financing Corporation obligations. These Financing Corporation assessments are in addition to amounts assessed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for deposit insurance. Between January 1, 2000, and the final maturity of the outstanding Financing Corporation obligations in 2019, Bank Insurance Fund members and Savings Association Insurance Fund members will share the cost of the interest on the Financing Corporation bonds on a PRO RATA basis. For 2001, the Financing Corporation assessment rate for Bank Insurance Fund members and Savings Association Insurance Fund is approximately [_____]% of deposits.

INSIDER TRANSACTIONS

Our respective bank subsidiaries are subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on extensions of credit to us and any of our other subsidiaries, on investments in the stock or other securities we or our other subsidiaries issue and the acceptance of the stock or other securities issued by us or our other subsidiaries as collateral for loans. Certain limitations and reporting requirements are also placed on extensions of credit by our bank subsidiaries to their respective directors and officers, to our directors and officers and the directors and officers of our other subsidiaries, to our principal stockholders and to "related interests" of such directors, officers and principal stockholders. In addition, federal law and regulations may affect the terms upon which our directors, officers and principal stockholders and the directors and officers of our other subsidiaries may obtain credit from banks with which our respective bank subsidiaries maintain correspondent relationships.

DESCRIPTION OF LANDMARK CAPITAL STOCK

Landmark's certificate currently authorizes the issuance of 3,000 shares of Landmark common stock and no shares of Landmark Preferred Stock. On the date of this joint proxy statement-prospectus, 1,000 shares of Landmark common stock were outstanding (500 held by each of us) and no shares of preferred stock, were outstanding. Landmark expects to issue approximately 1,910,360 shares of Landmark common stock in connection with the merger, and to reserve approximately 244,644 shares of Landmark common stock for the exercise of converted stock options.

THE CAPITAL STOCK OF LANDMARK DOES NOT REPRESENT OR CONSTITUTE A DEPOSIT ACCOUNT AND IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE BANK INSURANCE FUND, THE SAVINGS ASSOCIATION INSURANCE FUND OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

GENERAL

Shares of Landmark common stock may be issued at such time or times and for such consideration (not less than the par value thereof) as the Landmark board of directors may deem advisable, subject to such limitations as may be set forth in the laws of the State of Delaware or Landmark's certificate or bylaws. [______________________], will be the Registrar, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent for shares of Landmark common stock. Its address is [____________________________________________].

73

DIVIDENDS

Subject to the preferential rights of any outstanding shares of Landmark preferred stock, the holders of Landmark common stock are entitled to receive, to the extent permitted by law, only such dividends as may be declared from time to time by Landmark's board of directors.

Landmark has the right to, and may from time to time, enter into borrowing arrangements or issue other debt instruments, the provisions of which may contain restrictions on payment of dividends and other distributions on Landmark common stock and Landmark preferred stock. Landmark has no such arrangements in effect at the date hereof.

LIQUIDATION RIGHTS

In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up of Landmark, after distribution in full of the preferential amounts required to be distributed to holders of any Landmark preferred stock, holders of Landmark common stock will be entitled to receive all of the remaining assets of Landmark, of whatever kind, available for distribution to stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Landmark common stock held. The Landmark board of directors may distribute in kind to the holders of Landmark common stock such remaining assets of Landmark or may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of such remaining assets to any other person or entity and receive payment therefor in cash, stock or obligations of such other person or entity, and may sell all or any part of the consideration so received and distribute any balance thereof in kind to holders of Landmark common stock.

Because Landmark is a holding company, its right and the rights of its creditors and stockholders, including the holders of Landmark preferred stock, if any, and Landmark common stock, to participate in the distribution of assets of a subsidiary on its liquidation or recapitalization may be subject to prior claims of such subsidiary's creditors except to the extent that Landmark itself may be a creditor having recognized claims against such subsidiary.

For a further description of Landmark common stock, see "Effect of the Merger on Rights of Stockholders."

OTHER MATTERS

As of the date of this joint proxy statement-prospectus , each of our boards of directors knows of no matters that will be presented for consideration at the special meeting of our respective stockholders other than as described in this joint proxy statement-prospectus. However, if any other matters properly come before the MNB or LBI special meeting or any adjournment or postponement of the special meeting and are voted upon, the enclosed proxy will be deemed to confer discretionary authority to the individuals named as proxies to vote the shares represented by such proxy as to any such matters; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no vote that is voted against the proposal to approve the merger agreement will be voted in favor of any adjournment or postponement of the respective meeting.

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

Landmark expects to hold its next annual meeting of stockholders in May, 2002, after the merger. Under Securities and Exchange Commission rules, proposals of Landmark stockholders intended to be presented at that meeting and included in Landmark's Proxy statement must be received by Landmark at its principal executive offices at 800 Poyntz Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas 66502, no later than March 7, 2002. Otherwise, any stockholder proposal to take action at the annual meeting must be received by Landmark at its principal executive office by ______, __, 2002. It is not currently anticipated that either MNB or LBI will hold its respective annual meeting in 2002, unless the merger has not been completed or the Agreement has been terminated.

74

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of MNB and subsidiary incorporated in this joint proxy statement-prospectus by reference to MNB's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report, which is incorporated herein by reference and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of LBI and subsidiary incorporated in this joint proxy statement-prospectus by reference to LBI's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2000, have been audited by Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P., independent auditors, as stated in their report, which is incorporated herein by reference and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

CERTAIN OPINIONS

The legality of the Landmark common stock to be issued as a result of the merger will be passed upon for Landmark by Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum Perlman & Nagelberg, 333 West Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606. Certain legal matters in connection with the merger will be passed upon for LBI by Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC, 1100 New York Avenue, N.W., Suite 340 West, Washington, D.C. 20005, and for MNB by Barack Ferrazzano.

KPMG LLP has delivered an opinion to us concerning material federal income tax consequences of the Merger. See "Description of Transaction --Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Merger."

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We each file annual, quarterly and current reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Section at the Securities and Exchange Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information about issuers that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of that site is http://www.sec.gov. In addition, you can read and copy this information at the regional offices of the Securities and Exchange Commission at 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661.

Landmark filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the Landmark common stock offered to our stockholders. The registration statement contains additional information about Landmark and the Landmark common stock. The Securities and Exchange Commission allows Landmark to omit certain information included in the registration statement from this joint proxy statement-prospectus. The registration statement may be inspected and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission's public reference facilities described above. The registration statement is also available on the Securities and Exchange Commission's internet site.

This joint proxy statement-prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this joint proxy statement-prospectus. The following documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by MNB are incorporated by reference in this joint proxy statement-prospectus (Securities and Exchange Commission File No. 0-21878):

(1) MNB's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000;

(2) MNB's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended March 31, 2001;

75

(3) MNB's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 20, 2001;

(4) MNB's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 25, 2001; and

(5) MNB's Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated May 24, 2001.

The following documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by LBI are incorporated by reference in this Proxy Statement (Securities and Exchange Commission File No. 0-23164):

(1) LBI's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2000;

(2) LBI's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended December 31, 2000;

(3) LBI's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the six months ended March 31, 2001; and

(4) LBI's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 20, 2001.

We also incorporate by reference additional documents filed by us pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this joint proxy statement-prospectus and prior to final adjournment of our respective special meetings. Any statement contained in this joint proxy statement-prospectus or in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this joint proxy statement-prospectus shall be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any subsequently filed document which also is, or is deemed to be, incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement.

You may obtain copies of the information incorporated by reference in this joint proxy statement-prospectus upon written or oral request. The inside front cover of this joint proxy statement-prospectus contains information about how such requests should be made.

All information contained in this joint proxy statement-prospectus or incorporated herein by reference with respect to MNB was supplied by MNB, and all information contained in this joint proxy statement-prospectus or incorporated herein by reference with respect to LBI was supplied by LBI.

76

APPENDIX A

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

BY AND AMONG

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.,

MNB BANCSHARES, INC.

AND

LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY

APRIL 19, 2001


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this "AGREEMENT") is entered into as of this 19th day of April, 2001, among LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC., a Kansas corporation ("LBI"), MNB BANCSHARES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("MNB"), and LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY, a Delaware corporation ("NEWCO").

RECITALS

A. LBI and MNB each desire to merge with and into Newco (the "MERGER") with Newco as the resulting corporation (the "RESULTING CORPORATION").

B. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each outstanding share of the common stock of LBI, $0.10 par value per share ("LBI COMMON STOCK"), and each outstanding share of the common stock of MNB, $0.01 par value per share ("MNB COMMON STOCK"), shall be converted at the time of the consummation of the Merger (the "CLOSING") into the right to receive the number of shares of the common stock of Newco, $0.01 par value per share ("NEWCO COMMON STOCK"), as set forth below.

C. The parties desire to make certain representations, warranties and agreements in connection with the Merger and also agree to certain prescribed conditions of the Merger.

AGREEMENTS

In consideration of the mutual covenants, representations and warranties contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 DEFINITIONS. In addition to those terms defined throughout this Agreement, the following terms, when used herein, shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

(a) "AFFILIATE" means with respect to:

(i) a particular individual: (A) each other member of such individual's Family; (B) any Person that is directly or indirectly controlled by such individual or one or more members of such individual's Family; (C) any Person in which such individual or members of such individual's Family hold (individually or in the aggregate) a Material Interest; and (D) any Person with respect to which such individual or one or more members of such individual's Family serves as a director, officer, partner, executor or trustee (or in a similar capacity); and


(ii) a specified Person other than an individual: (A) any Person that directly or indirectly controls, is directly or indirectly controlled by, or is directly or indirectly under common control with such specified Person; (B) any Person that holds a Material Interest in such specified Person; (C) each Person that serves as a director, officer, partner, executor or trustee of such specified Person (or in a similar capacity); (D) any Person in which such specified Person holds a Material Interest; (E) any Person with respect to which such specified Person serves as a general partner or a trustee (or in a similar capacity); and (F) any Affiliate of any individual described in clause (B) or (C) of this subsection (ii).

(b) "APPLICABLE CONTRACT" means any Contract: (i) under which either MNB or LBI, or any of its respective Subsidiaries, has or may acquire any rights; (ii) under which either MNB or LBI, or any of its respective Subsidiaries is or may be subject to any obligation or liability; or (iii) by which either MNB or LBI, or any of its respective Subsidiaries or any of the assets owned or used by any of them is or may be bound.

(c) "BEST EFFORTS" means the efforts that a prudent Person desirous of achieving a result would use in similar circumstances to ensure that such result is achieved as expeditiously as possible, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that an obligation to use Best Efforts under this Agreement does not require the Person subject to that obligation to take actions that would result in a materially adverse change in the benefits to such Person of this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions.

(d) "BREACH" means with respect to a representation, warranty, covenant, obligation or other provision of this Agreement or any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement, any inaccuracy in or breach of, or any failure to perform or comply with, in a material respect, such representation, warranty, covenant, obligation or other provision.

(e) "BUSINESS DAY" means any day means any day on which the trading of stocks occurs on the New York Stock Exchange.

(f) "CALL REPORT" means the quarterly report of income and condition required to be filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation by any depository institution (as defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended).

(g) "CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS" means all of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including: (i) the Merger; (ii) the performance by MNB, LBI, Newco, SNB and LFSB of their respective covenants and obligations under this Agreement; and (iii) Newco's acquisition of control of MNB and LBI and their respective Subsidiaries; and (iv) the merger of LFSB with and into SNB.

(h) "CONTRACT" means any agreement, contract, obligation, promise or understanding (whether written or oral and whether express or implied) that is legally binding.

(i) "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

2

(j) "FAMILY" means with respect to an individual: (i) the individual; (ii) the individual's spouse; and (iii) any other natural person who is related to the individual or the individual's spouse within the second degree who resides with the individual.

(k) "KNOWLEDGE" means with respect to:

(i) an individual, that the individual is actually aware of the fact or other matter in question; and

(ii) a Person (other than an individual), that an individual who is serving, as a director, officer, managing partner, executor or trustee of such Person (or in any similar capacity) has, or at any time had, Knowledge of the fact or other matter in question, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the case of MNB, Knowledge means the Knowledge of any director or executive officer of SNB, and in the case of LBI, Knowledge means the Knowledge of any director or executive officer of LFSB.

(l) "LBI SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of LBI.

(m) "LBI TRANSACTIONAL EXPENSES" means all transaction costs of LBI necessary to consummate the Contemplated Transactions, including its share of organizational expenses of Newco fees, the aggregate expenses of attorneys, accountants, consultants, financial advisors and other professional advisors incurred by LBI in connection with this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions, LBI's costs of preparing, printing and mailing the Proxy Statement-Prospectus and all other non-payroll related costs and expenses in each case incurred or to be incurred by LBI through the Effective Time in connection with this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions, EXCLUDING, HOWEVER, all payments and expenses associated with the acceleration of payment of compensation (including severance benefits, allocation and vesting under any employee stock ownership plan, stock option plans, retention plans, deferred compensation agreements or any other LBI Employee Benefit Plan, as defined below).

(n) "LFSB" means Landmark Federal Savings Bank, a federally chartered savings bank with its main office located in Dodge City, Kansas, and a Subsidiary of LBI.

(o) "LEGAL REQUIREMENT" means any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, international, multinational, or other administrative order, constitution, law, ordinance, regulation, policy statement, directive, statute or treaty.

(p) "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means with respect to a Person (other than an individual), a material adverse effect (whether or not required to be accrued or disclosed under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5): (i) on the condition (financial or otherwise), properties, assets, liabilities, businesses or results of operations of such Person (but does not include any such effect resulting from or attributable to any action or omission by MNB or LBI or any Subsidiary of either of them taken by any of the foregoing with the prior written consent of the other parties hereto in contemplation of the Contemplated Transactions); or (ii) on the ability of such Person to perform its obligations under this Agreement on a timely basis,

3

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that it does not include the effect of any change of law, rule or regulation or general economic event or change in interest rates affecting financial institutions generally.

(q) "MATERIAL INTEREST" means the direct or indirect beneficial ownership (as currently defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of: (i) voting securities or other voting interests representing at least 10% of the outstanding voting power of a Person; or (ii) equity securities or other equity interests representing at least 10% of the outstanding equity securities or equity interests in a Person.

(r) "MNB SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of MNB.

(s) "MNB TRANSACTIONAL EXPENSES" means all transaction costs of MNB necessary to consummate the Contemplated Transactions, including its share of organizational expenses of Newco fees, the aggregate expenses of attorneys, accountants, consultants, financial advisors and other professional advisors incurred by MNB in connection with this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions, MNB's costs of preparing, printing and mailing the Proxy Statement-Prospectus and all other non-payroll related costs and expenses in each case incurred or to be incurred by MNB through the Effective Time in connection with this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions, EXCLUDING, HOWEVER, all payments and expenses associated with acceleration of payment of compensation (including severance benefits, allocation and vesting under any employee stock ownership plan, stock option plans, retention plans, deferred compensation agreements or any other MNB Employee Benefit Plan, as defined below).

(t) "ORDER" means any award, decision, injunction, judgment, order, ruling, extraordinary supervisory letter, memorandum of understanding, resolution, agreement, directive, subpoena or verdict entered, issued, made, rendered or required by any court, administrative or other governmental agency, including any Regulatory Authority, or by any arbitrator.

(u) "ORDINARY COURSE OF BUSINESS" shall include any action taken by a Person only if such action:

(i) is consistent with the past practices of such Person and is taken in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of such Person;

(ii) is not required to be authorized by the board of directors of such Person (or by any Person or group of Persons exercising similar authority), other than loan approvals for customers of a financial institution; and

(iii) is similar in nature and magnitude to actions customarily taken, without any authorization by the board of directors (or by any Person or group of Persons exercising similar authority), other than loan approvals for customers of a financial institution, in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of other Persons that are in the same line of business as such Person.

4

(v) "PERSON" means any individual, corporation (including any non-profit corporation), general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, organization, labor union or other entity or Regulatory Authority.

(w) "PROCEEDING" means any action, arbitration, audit, hearing, investigation, litigation or suit (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or informal) commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any judicial or governmental authority, including a Regulatory Authority, or arbitrator.

(x) "REGULATORY AUTHORITIES" means any federal, state or local governmental body, agency or authority that under applicable statutes and regulations: (i) has supervisory, judicial, administrative, police, taxing or other power or authority over MNB or LBI or any of its respective Subsidiaries; (ii) is required to approve, or give its consent to the Contemplated Transactions; or (iii) with which a filing must be made in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, including in any case, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Office of Thrift Supervision.

(y) "REPRESENTATIVE" means with respect to a particular Person, any director, officer, manager, employee, agent, consultant, advisor or other representative of such Person, including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors.

(z) "SNB" means Security National Bank, a national bank with its main office located in Manhattan, Kansas, and a Subsidiary of MNB.

(aa) "SUBSIDIARY" means with respect to any Person (the "OWNER"), any corporation or other Person whose securities or other interests having the power to elect a majority of that corporation's or other Person's board of directors or similar governing body, or otherwise having the power to direct the business and policies of that corporation or other Person (other than securities or other interests having such power only upon the future occurrence of a contingency), are held by the Owner or one or more of its Subsidiaries.

(bb) "TFR" means the quarterly Thrift Financial Report of Condition required to be filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision by any federally chartered savings bank.

(cc) "TAX" means any tax (including any income tax, capital gains tax, value-added tax, sales tax, property tax, franchise tax, gift tax or estate tax), levy, assessment, tariff, duty (including any customs duty), deficiency or other fee, and any related charge or amount (including any fine, penalty, interest or addition to tax), imposed, assessed or collected by or under the authority of any Regulatory Authority or payable pursuant to any tax-sharing agreement or any other Contract relating to the sharing or payment of any such tax, levy, assessment, tariff, duty, deficiency or fee.

(dd) "TAX RETURN" means any return (including any information return), report, statement, schedule, notice, form or other document or information filed with or submitted to, or required to be filed with or submitted to, any Regulatory Authority in connection with the determination, assessment, collection or payment of any Tax or in connection with the

5

administration, implementation, or enforcement of or compliance with any Legal Requirement relating to any Tax.

(ee) "THREATENED" means having received (orally or in writing) any demand, statement or notice regarding a claim, Proceeding, dispute, action or other matter, or the occurrence of any other event or the existence of any other circumstances, that would lead a prudent Person to conclude that such a claim, Proceeding, dispute, action or other matter is likely to be asserted, commenced, taken or otherwise pursued in the future.

(ff) "TERMINATION DATE" means March 1, 2002, or such later date as shall have been agreed to in writing by the parties to this Agreement.

SECTION 1.2 PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION.

(a) In this Agreement, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, the following uses apply: (i) actions permitted under this Agreement may be taken at any time and from time to time in the actor's sole discretion; (ii) references to a statute refer to the statute as in effect on the date of this Agreement and to any successor statute, and to all regulations promulgated under or implementing the statute or successor, as in effect at the relevant time; (iii) in computing periods from a specified date to a later specified date, the words "from" and "commencing on" (and the like) mean "from and including," and the words "to," "until" and "ending on" (and the like) mean "to, but excluding"; (iv) references to a governmental or quasi-governmental agency, authority or instrumentality shall also refer to a regulatory body that succeeds to the functions of the agency, authority or instrumentality; (v) indications of time of day mean Dodge City, Kansas time; (vi) "including" means "including, but not limited to"; (vii) all references to sections, schedules and exhibits are to sections, schedules and exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; (viii) all words used in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require; and (ix) the captions and headings of articles, sections, schedules and exhibits appearing in or attached to this Agreement have been inserted solely for convenience of reference and shall not be considered a part of this Agreement nor shall any of them affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any of its provisions.

(b) The Book of Schedules of each of LBI and MNB referred to in this Agreement consist of the agreements and other documentation described and referred to in this Agreement with respect to such party, which Schedules were delivered by each of LBI and MNB to the other not less than one (1) Business Day before the date of this Agreement. The disclosures in the Schedules, and those in any supplement thereto, shall relate only to the representations and warranties in the section of this Agreement to which they expressly relate and not to any other representation or warranty in this Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the statements in the body of this Agreement and those in the Schedules (other than an exception expressly set forth as such in the Schedules with respect to a specifically identified representation or warranty), the statements in the body of this Agreement will control.

(c) All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States consistent with

6

those used in the preparation of the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of LBI or MNB, as the case may be ("GAAP").

(d) With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement and any and all agreements and instruments subject to the terms hereof, the parties to this Agreement understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the parties hereto desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject hereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which party to this Agreement actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument subject hereto.

ARTICLE 2

THE MERGER

SECTION 2.1 MANNER OF MERGER. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time (as defined below), LBI and MNB shall be merged with and into Newco pursuant to the provisions of, and with the effect provided in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the "DELAWARE CODE"), and Newco shall be the Resulting Corporation. After the Merger, Newco will change its name to "Landmark Bancshares, Inc." As a result of the Merger, each share of LBI Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, other than any Dissenting Shares held by LBI stockholders or as otherwise provided herein, and each share of MNB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, other than Dissenting Shares held by MNB stockholders or as otherwise provided herein, will be converted into the right to receive the number of shares of Newco Common Stock in accordance with the LBI Exchange Ratio and the MNB Exchange Ratio, respectively, as set forth in SECTION 3.1(a).

SECTION 2.2 CLOSING; EFFECTIVE TIME.

(a) Provided that this Agreement shall not have been terminated in accordance with its terms, the Closing shall occur through the mail, or at a place that is mutually acceptable to MNB and LBI, or if they fail to agree, at the main office of LFSB located at Central and Spruce Streets, Dodge City, Kansas, at 10:00 a.m. on the date that is twenty-one
(21) Business Days after the end of the last month in which all required approvals or consents of the Regulatory Authorities for the Contemplated Transactions have been received and all statutory waiting periods relating to such approvals have expired (the "CLOSING DATE").

(b) The parties to this Agreement agree to file on the Closing Date the appropriate certificate of merger, as contemplated by
Section 17-6702 of the General Corporation Code of Kansas (the "KANSAS CODE"), with the Secretary of State of the State of Kansas, and an appropriate certificate of merger, as contemplated by Section 252(c) of the Delaware Code, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Merger shall be effective at the time and on the date agreed to by the parties to this Agreement, and in the event the parties fail to so agree, at

7

12:01 a.m. of the day following the date on which the certificate of merger is accepted for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the "EFFECTIVE TIME").

SECTION 2.3 EFFECT OF MERGER. At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in Section 259 of the Delaware Code. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, at the Effective Time, all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of MNB and LBI shall be vested in the Resulting Corporation, and all debts, liabilities and duties of MNB and LBI shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Resulting Corporation.

SECTION 2.4 AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION. MNB and LBI agree to cause to be filed at the Effective Time with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware an amendment and restatement of the certificate of incorporation of Newco substantially in the form attached as EXHIBIT A, and such amended and restated certificate of incorporation shall thereafter represent the certificate of incorporation of the Resulting Corporation until amended as provided by law.

SECTION 2.5 BYLAWS. The bylaws of Newco, in the form attached as EXHIBIT B, shall be the bylaws of the Resulting Corporation until amended as provided by law.

SECTION 2.6 DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. From and after the Effective Time, the directors and executive officers of the Resulting Corporation shall be as set forth in EXHIBIT C, with three (3) members in each of Class I and Class II, and four (4) members of Class III, of the Resulting Corporation's board of directors. Such directors and executive officers shall serve until their successors shall have been elected or appointed and shall have qualified in accordance with the Delaware Code and the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Resulting Corporation.

SECTION 2.7 LBI'S DELIVERIES AT CLOSING. At the Closing, LBI shall deliver, or cause to be delivered to MNB the following items:

(a) copies of resolutions of the board of directors and the stockholders of LBI approving this Agreement and the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions; certified as of the Closing Date by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of LBI;

(b) a good standing certificate for LBI issued by the Secretary of State of the State of Kansas and dated not more than fifteen
(15) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

(c) a good standing certificate for LFSB issued by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS") and dated not more than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

(d) a copy of the articles of incorporation of LBI certified not more than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the Closing Date by the Secretary of State of the State of Kansas;

8

(e) a copy of the charter of LFSB certified not more that fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the Closing Date by the OTS;

(f) a certificate of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of LBI dated the Closing Date and certifying a copy of LBI's bylaws;

(g) a certificate of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of LFSB dated the Closing Date and certifying a copy of LFSB's bylaws;

(h) a certificate executed by the President or Vice President and Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of LBI, dated the Closing Date, stating that: (i) there have been no further amendments to the articles of incorporation and charter delivered pursuant to this Section; (ii) all of the representations and warranties of LBI set forth in this Agreement, as the same may have been updated pursuant to SECTION 7.6, are true and correct in all material respects with the same force and effect as if all of such representations and warranties were made at the Closing Date, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, such representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date, and PROVIDED FURTHER, that to the extent that representations and warranties are made in this Agreement subject to a standard of materiality or Knowledge, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects; and
(iii) LBI has performed or complied in all material respects with all of the covenants and obligations to be performed or complied with by it under the terms of this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to the extent performance and compliance with such covenants and obligations are subject in this Agreement to a standard of materiality, LBI shall have performed and complied in all respects with such covenants and obligations;

(i) a list of LBI's stockholders as of the Closing Date certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of LBI;

(j) a certificate of each of LBI's legal counsel, accountants and financial advisor or investment banker, if any, representing that all fees and expenses incurred by LBI prior to and including the Effective Time have been paid in full, or certificates from these professionals that all fees and expenses incurred by LBI prior to and including the Effective Time have been invoiced to LBI and a certificate from LBI that all invoiced amounts have been paid or accrued;

(k) a legal opinion of LBI's counsel, Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC, dated the Closing Date to the effect set forth in EXHIBIT D; and

(l) such other documents as MNB or its counsel shall reasonably request.

9

SECTION 2.8 MNB'S DELIVERIES AT CLOSING. At the Closing, MNB shall deliver, or cause to be delivered to LBI the following items:

(a) copies of resolutions of the board of directors and the stockholders of MNB approving this Agreement and the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions; certified as of the Closing Date by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of MNB;

(b) a good standing certificate for MNB issued by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, dated not more than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

(c) a good standing certificate for SNB issued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC") and dated not more than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

(d) a copy of the certificate of incorporation of MNB certified not more than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the Closing Date by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

(e) a copy of the articles of association of SNB certified not more that fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the Closing Date by the OCC;

(f) a certificate of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of MNB dated the Closing Date and certifying a copy of MNB's bylaws;

(g) a certificate of the Cashier or any Assistant Cashier of SNB dated the Closing Date and certifying a copy of SNB's bylaws;

(h) a certificate executed by the President or Vice President and Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of MNB, dated the Closing Date, stating that: (i) there have been no further amendments to the certificate of incorporation and articles of association delivered pursuant to this Section; (ii) all of the representations and warranties of MNB set forth in this Agreement, as the same may have been updated pursuant to
SECTION 6.6, are true and correct in all material respects with the same force and effect as if all of such representations and warranties were made at the Closing Date, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, such representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date, and PROVIDED FURTHER, that to the extent that representations and warranties are made in this Agreement subject to a standard of materiality or Knowledge, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects; and (iii) MNB has performed or complied in all material respects with all of the covenants and obligations to be performed or complied with by it under the terms of this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to the extent performance and compliance with such covenants and obligations are subject in this Agreement to a standard of materiality, MNB shall have performed and complied in all respects with such covenants and obligations;

(i) a list of MNB's stockholders as of the Closing Date certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of MNB;

10

(j) a certificate of each of MNB's legal counsel, accountants and financial advisor or investment banker, if any, representing that all fees and expenses incurred by MNB prior to and including the Effective Time have been paid in full, or certificates from these professionals that all fees and expenses incurred by MNB prior to and including the Effective Time have been invoiced to MNB and a certificate from MNB that all invoiced amounts have been paid or accrued;

(k) a legal opinion of MNB's counsel, Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum Perlman & Nagelberg, dated the Closing Date to the effect set forth in EXHIBIT E; and

(l) such other documents as LBI or its counsel shall reasonably request.

SECTION 2.9 NEWCO'S DELIVERIES AT CLOSING. At the Closing, Newco shall deliver, or cause to be delivered to MNB and LBI the following items:

(a) copies of resolutions of the board of directors and the stockholders of Newco approving this Agreement and the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions; certified as of the Closing Date by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Newco;

(b) a good standing certificate for Newco issued by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, dated not more than fifteen
(15) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;

(c) a copy of the certificate of incorporation of Newco certified not more than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the Closing Date by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

(d) a certificate of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Newco dated the Closing Date and certifying a copy of Newco's bylaws;

(e) a certificate executed by the President or Vice President and Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Newco, dated the Closing Date, stating that: (i) there have been no further amendments to the certificate of incorporation delivered pursuant to this Section; and (ii) Newco has performed or complied in all material respects with all of the covenants and obligations to be performed or complied with by it under the terms of this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to the extent performance and compliance with such covenants and obligations are subject in this Agreement to a standard of materiality, Newco shall have performed and complied in all respects with such covenants and obligations;

(f) a list of Newco's stockholders as of the Closing Date certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of Newco; and

(g) such other documents as MNB, LBI or the counsel of either shall reasonably request.

SECTION 2.10 BANK MERGER. Concurrently with the Merger and immediately after the Effective Time, MNB and LBI intend to merge LFSB with and into, and under the charter of, SNB,

11

with the resulting bank to be known as Landmark National Bank (the "BANK MERGER"). The Bank Merger will be effected pursuant to a merger agreement in the form required by the National Bank Act, as amended (the "NATIONAL BANK ACT"), and by other applicable Legal Requirements, containing terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Agreement as mutually determined by MNB and LBI (the "BANK MERGER AGREEMENT"). The Bank Merger shall occur only if the Merger is consummated, and it shall become effective immediately after the Effective Time or such later time as may be determined by MNB and LBI. To obtain the necessary regulatory approvals for the Bank Merger to occur immediately after the Effective Time, MNB and LBI agree to cause each of SNB and LFSB, respectively, to approve, adopt, execute and deliver the Bank Merger Agreement and to take such other steps as are reasonably necessary prior to the Effective Time to effect the Bank Merger. MNB and LBI agree to share equally the costs incurred to effect the Bank Merger.

SECTION 2.11 ABSENCE OF CONTROL. Subject to any specific provisions of this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that neither MNB nor LBI by reason of this Agreement shall be deemed (until consummation of the Contemplated Transactions) to control, directly or indirectly, the other party and shall not exercise, or be deemed to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or policies of such other party.

ARTICLE 3

CONVERSION OF SECURITIES IN THE MERGER

SECTION 3.1 MANNER OF MERGER.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Article, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of MNB, LBI or Newco, or the holder of any MNB Common Stock, LBI Common Stock or Newco Common Stock:

(i) each share of Newco Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall at the Effective Time be canceled without consideration and without any action required on the part of LBI or MNB, as the holders thereof;

(ii) each share of LBI Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall become and automatically be converted into one (1) share of Newco Common Stock (the "LBI EXCHANGE RATIO"), and shall thereafter represent the right to receive and be exchangeable for such number of shares, rounded to the nearest thousandth of a share of Newco Common Stock (the "LBI EXCHANGE SHARES"), PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that all shares of LBI Common Stock held by LBI as treasury stock shall not be converted into shares of Newco Common Stock, but instead shall be canceled as a result of the Merger; and

(iii) each share of MNB Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall become and automatically be converted into five hundred twenty three thousandths (0.523) shares of Newco Common Stock (the "MNB EXCHANGE RATIO"), and shall thereafter represent the right to receive and be exchangeable for such number of shares, rounded to the nearest thousandth of a share of Newco Common Stock

12

(the "MNB EXCHANGE SHARES"), PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that all shares of MNB Common Stock held by MNB as treasury stock shall not be converted into shares of Newco Common Stock, but instead shall be canceled as a result of the Merger, and PROVIDED FURTHER, that no Dissenting Shares (as defined below) held by stockholders of MNB shall be converted into shares of Newco Common Stock, but instead shall be treated as described in SECTION 3.4.

(b) After the Effective Time, no holder of LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock which is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will have any rights in respect of such LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock, respectively, except: (i) to receive shares of Newco Common Stock for the shares of LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock, respectively, converted as provided in this Section, plus an amount in cash, as provided below, for any fractional share of Newco Common Stock which such holder would have been entitled to receive; or (ii) to receive payment for such shares of LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock, respectively, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 262 of the Delaware Code.

(c) If prior to the Effective Date either LBI or MNB changes (or establishes a record date for changing) the number of shares of MNB Common Stock or LBI Common Stock issued and outstanding as a result of a stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar transaction with respect to the outstanding LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock and the record date therefor shall be prior to the Effective Date, the number of shares of Newco Common Stock to be received by the stockholder of the party making such change shall be proportionately adjusted to reflect such change in that party's issued and outstanding shares.

SECTION 3.2 STEPS OF TRANSACTION.

(a) The parties shall mutually select a Person to serve as exchange agent (the "EXCHANGE AGENT") for the parties to effect the surrender of certificates representing outstanding shares of either LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock (the "CERTIFICATES") in exchange for Newco Common Stock and/or cash in redemption of fractional shares. The Exchange Agent shall serve under the terms of an exchange agent agreement substantially in the form attached as EXHIBIT F. On the date agreed to by the parties to this Agreement, and in the event the parties fail to so agree, the date which is ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing, the Exchange Agent shall mail or cause to be mailed to each then current holder of record of a Certificate or Certificates a form of transmittal letter (the "LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL") providing instructions for the transmittal of the Certificates and shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Certificates shall pass, only upon delivery of the Certificates (or a lost certificate affidavit and a bond in a form reasonably acceptable to Newco). LBI and MNB agree to cause the Exchange Agent to use all reasonable efforts to mail or cause to be mailed the Letter of Transmittal to all Persons who become holders of LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock, respectively, subsequent to the date the Letter of Transmittal was first mailed to LBI and MNB stockholders, respectively, and by 5:00 p.m. on the date which is five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

13

(b) As promptly as practicable after the Effective Time, Newco shall cause the Exchange Agent to deliver to each holder of LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock who previously submitted an effective Letter of Transmittal accompanied by the Certificates covered by such Letter of Transmittal: (i) certificates representing the number of whole shares of Newco Common Stock into which the shares of LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock previously represented by the Certificates so surrendered were converted; plus (ii) an amount in cash, as provided below, for any fractional share of Newco Common Stock which such holder would have been entitled to receive.

(c) Within twenty (20) days after the Effective Time, Newco shall cause the Exchange Agent to send to each holder of record of LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time who has not previously submitted his or her Certificates, additional transmittal materials for use in surrendering Certificates to the Exchange Agent and instructions for use in effecting such surrender in exchange for shares of Newco Common Stock and cash for any fractional shares.

(d) No dividends or other distributions declared after the Effective Time with respect to Newco Common Stock and payable to any former stockholders of record of LBI or MNB shall be paid to a former stockholder of LBI or MNB who holds any unsurrendered Certificate with respect to LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock, respectively, until the stockholder shall surrender the Certificate. Until so surrendered and exchanged, each outstanding Certificate shall for all purposes, other than the payment of dividends or other distributions, if any, to former holders of record of shares of LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock represent the shares of Newco Common Stock into and for which such shares have been so converted; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that upon surrender of a Certificate, there shall be paid to the record holder or holders of the Certificate, the amount, without interest thereon, of such dividends and other distributions, if any, which previously have become payable with respect to the number of whole shares of Newco Common Stock represented by such Certificate.

(e) No fractional shares of Newco Common Stock shall be issued upon the surrender for exchange of Certificates; no dividend or distribution of Newco shall relate to any fractional share interest; and such fractional share interests will not entitle the owner thereof to vote or to any rights of a stockholder of Newco. Instead, each holder of shares of LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock having a fractional interest in shares of Newco Common Stock arising upon the conversion of such shares of LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock shall, at the time of surrender of the Certificates, be paid by Newco an amount in cash, without interest, determined by multiplying such fractional share of Newco Common Stock by the average of the closing sale prices of Newco Common Stock for the five (5) trading days immediately following the Closing Date.

(f) All shares of Newco Common Stock, and any required cash payments for fractional shares, into and for which shares of LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock shall have been converted and exchanged pursuant to this Agreement, shall be deemed to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such converted and exchanged shares of LBI Common Stock and MNB Common Stock.

14

(g) At the Effective Time, LBI and MNB shall each deliver to the Exchange Agent a certified copy of a list of its respective stockholders, after which there shall be no further registration or transfers on the stock transfer books of LBI of the shares of LBI Common Stock or on the stock transfer books of MNB of the shares of MNB Common Stock, all of which were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If after the Effective Time Certificates representing shares of LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock are presented to the Exchange Agent or Newco, they shall be canceled and exchanged for Newco Common Stock as provided in this Agreement.

(h) If a certificate representing shares of Newco Common Stock is to be issued in a name other than that in which the Certificate surrendered in exchange therefor is registered, it shall be a condition of the issuance thereof that the Certificate so surrendered shall be properly endorsed, accompanied by all documents required to evidence and effect such transfer and otherwise in proper form for transfer and that the Person requesting such exchange shall pay to Newco any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the issuance of a certificate representing shares of Newco Common Stock in any name other than that of the registered holder of the Certificate surrendered, or otherwise required, or shall establish to the satisfaction of Newco that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

SECTION 3.3 TAX FREE REORGANIZATION. The parties to this Agreement intend for the Merger to qualify as a nontaxable reorganization within the meaning of Section 368 and related sections of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"), and agree to cooperate and to take such actions as may be reasonably necessary to ensure such result.

SECTION 3.4 DISSENTING SHARES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent appraisal rights are available to stockholders of LBI or MNB pursuant to the provisions of any applicable Legal Requirements, any shares of LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock held by a Person who objects to the Merger, whose shares either were not entitled to vote or were not voted in favor of the Merger and who complies with all of the provisions of the applicable Legal Requirements concerning the rights of such Person to dissent from the Merger and to require appraisal of such Person's shares and who has not withdrawn such objection or waived such rights prior to the Effective Time (collectively with respect to all such LBI or MNB stockholders, the "DISSENTING SHARES"), shall not be converted pursuant to SECTION 3.1, but shall become the right to receive such consideration as may be determined to be due to the holder of such Dissenting Shares pursuant to the applicable Legal Requirements, including, if applicable, any costs determined to be payable by either LBI or MNB to its respective holders of Dissenting Shares pursuant to an order of any court pursuant to any applicable Legal Requirements; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that each Dissenting Share held by a Person at the Effective Time who shall, after the Effective Time, withdraw the demand for appraisal or lose the right of appraisal, in either case pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements shall be deemed to be converted, as of the Effective Time, into the number of shares of Newco Common Stock as is determined in accordance with SECTION 3.1.

15

SECTION 3.5 OPTIONS.

(a) At and after the Effective Time, each option granted by LBI and MNB to purchase shares of LBI Common Stock and MNB Common Stock, respectively, which is outstanding and unexercised immediately prior thereto shall cease to represent a right to acquire shares of either LBI Common Stock or MNB Common Stock and shall be converted automatically into an option to purchase shares of Newco Common Stock (the "LBI CONVERTED STOCK OPTIONS" and the "MNB CONVERTED STOCK OPTIONS," respectively) in an amount and at an exercise price determined as provided below and otherwise subject to the terms of the agreements evidencing the grants of such options:

(i) the number of shares of Newco Common Stock to be subject to each LBI Converted Stock Option shall be equal to the product of the number of shares of LBI Common Stock subject to the original option and the LBI Exchange Ratio, PROVIDED that any fractional shares of Newco Common Stock shall be rounded up to the next highest whole share;

(ii) the exercise price per share of Newco Common Stock under the LBI Converted Stock Option shall be equal to the exercise price per share of LBI Common Stock under the original option divided by the LBI Exchange Ratio, PROVIDED that such exercise price shall be rounded to the nearest whole cent;

(iii) the number of shares of Newco Common Stock to be subject to each MNB Converted Stock Option shall be equal to the product of the number of shares of MNB Common Stock subject to the original option and the MNB Exchange Ratio, PROVIDED that any fractional shares of Newco Common Stock shall be rounded up to the next highest whole share; and

(iv) the exercise price per share of Newco Common Stock under the MNB Converted Stock Option shall be equal to the exercise price per share of MNB Common Stock under the original option divided by the MNB Exchange Ratio, PROVIDED that such exercise price shall be rounded to the nearest whole cent.

(b) The adjustment provided in this Section with respect to any options which are "incentive stock options" (as defined in
Section 422 of the Code), shall be and is intended to be effected in a manner which is consistent with Section 424(a) of the Code. The duration and other terms of the LBI Converted Stock Options and MNB Converted Stock Options shall be the same as the original option except that all references to LBI or MNB, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be references to Newco.

16

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY MNB

MNB hereby represents and warrants to LBI that the following are true and correct as of the date hereof, and will be true and correct as of the Effective Time:

SECTION 4.1 MNB ORGANIZATION. MNB: (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is also in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or the properties or assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary; (b) is registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "FEDERAL RESERVE") as a bank holding company under the federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHCA"); and (c) has full power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to operate as a bank holding company and to own, operate and lease its properties as presently owned, operated and leased, and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. Copies of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of MNB and all amendments thereto set forth in SCHEDULE 4.1 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES are complete and correct. MNB owns no voting stock or equity securities of any corporation, association, partnership or other entity, other than all of the voting stock of SNB and as set forth on SCHEDULE 4.1 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES.

SECTION 4.2 MNB SUBSIDIARY ORGANIZATION. SNB is a national banking association duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America. SNB has full power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to own, operate and lease its properties as presently owned, operated and leased, and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or the properties or assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary. Copies of the articles of association and bylaws of SNB and all amendments thereto set forth in SCHEDULE 4.2 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES are complete and correct. SNB owns no voting stock or equity securities of any corporation, association, partnership or other entity, other than as shown on SCHEDULE 4.2 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES.

SECTION 4.3 AUTHORIZATION. MNB has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by MNB and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated thereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, subject to stockholder approval. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of MNB enforceable in accordance with its terms except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws and subject to general principles of equity.

SECTION 4.4 NO CONFLICT. Neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time): (a) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any provision of the certificate of incorporation, the articles of association, the

17

bylaws or any resolution adopted by the board of directors or stockholders of, MNB or any MNB Subsidiary; (b) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any Legal Requirement or any Order to which MNB or any MNB Subsidiary, or any of the assets that are owned or used by them, may be subject, other than any of the foregoing that would be satisfied by compliance with the provisions of the BHCA, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT"), the National Bank Act and the Delaware Code; and (c) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any provision of, or give any Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, or to cancel, terminate or modify any material Applicable Contract to which MNB or any MNB Subsidiary is a party or by which any of their respective assets is bound; or (d) result in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon, or with respect to, any of the assets owned or used by MNB or any MNB Subsidiary. Except for the requisite approval of its stockholders, neither MNB nor any MNB Subsidiary is or will be required to give any notice to, or obtain any consent from, any Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions.

SECTION 4.5 MNB CAPITALIZATION. The authorized capital stock of MNB consists, and at March 31, 2001, consisted of: (a) 3,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which 1,563,905 shares were issued, and none of which shares were held in the treasury of MNB as of that date; and
(b) 200,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, none of which shares were issued and outstanding. The maximum number of shares of MNB Common Stock (assuming for this purpose that share equivalents constitute MNB Common Stock) that would be outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (including treasury shares) if all options, warrants, conversion rights and other rights with respect thereto were exercised and the restrictions on any restricted stock were no longer applicable is 1,638,137 shares. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of MNB have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. To the Knowledge of MNB and except as disclosed in this Agreement or on the Schedules, none of the shares of authorized capital stock of MNB are, nor on the Closing Date will they be, subject to any claim of right except pursuant to this Agreement. Except as contemplated in this Agreement or as set forth in SCHEDULE 4.5 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES, there are, as of the date of this Agreement, no outstanding subscriptions, contracts, conversion privileges, options, warrants, calls or other rights obligating MNB or any MNB Subsidiary to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of, or to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any shares of capital stock of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary. There are no outstanding securities of MNB that are convertible into, or exchangeable for, any shares of MNB's capital stock, and except as provided in this
Section or otherwise disclosed in this Agreement, LBI is not a party to any Contract relating to the issuance, sale or transfer of any equity securities or other securities of MNB. None of the shares of MNB Common Stock were issued in violation of any federal or state securities laws or any other Legal Requirement. MNB does not own or have any Contract to acquire any equity securities or other securities of any Person or any direct or indirect equity or ownership interest in any other business except for the capital stock of SNB and as set forth in SCHEDULE 4.5 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES. Except as disclosed in or permitted by this Agreement or as provided on SCHEDULE 4.5 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES, no shares of MNB capital stock have been purchased, redeemed or

18

otherwise acquired, directly or indirectly, by MNB or any MNB Subsidiary and no dividends or other distributions payable in any equity securities of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary have been declared, set aside, made or paid to the stockholders of MNB.

SECTION 4.6 MNB SUBSIDIARY CAPITALIZATION. The authorized capital stock of SNB consists, and at the Effective Time will consist, exclusively of 2,000,000 shares of common stock, $1.00 par value per share, all of which shares are, and immediately prior to the Closing will be, duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable except as provided in Section 55 of the National Bank Act (the "SNB BANK SHARES"). MNB is, and will be on the Closing Date, the record and beneficial owner of one hundred percent (100%) of SNB Shares, free and clear of any lien or encumbrance whatsoever, except as set forth in SCHEDULE 4.6 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES. The SNB Bank Shares are, and will be on the Closing Date, freely transferable and are, and will be on the Closing Date, subject to no claim of right except pursuant to this Agreement and as set forth in SCHEDULE
4.6 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES. There are no options, warrants, rights, calls or commitments of any character relating to any additional shares of the capital stock of SNB. No capital stock or other security issued by SNB has been issued in violation of, or without compliance with, any preemptive rights of stockholders. There are no outstanding securities of SNB that are convertible into, or exchangeable for, any shares of SNB's capital stock, and SNB is not a party to any Contract relating to the issuance, sale or transfer of any equity securities or other securities of SNB. SNB does not own, or have any Contract to acquire, any equity securities or other securities of any Person or any direct or indirect equity or ownership interest in any other business, except as set forth in SCHEDULE 4.6 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES.

SECTION 4.7 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND REPORTS. True, correct and complete copies of the following financial statements of MNB are included in SCHEDULE 4.7 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES:

(a) Consolidated Balance Sheets and the related Statements of Income, Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity and Statements of Cash Flows of MNB for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000;

(b) Consolidated Balance Sheet and the related Statement of Income of MNB for the three months ended March 31, 2001; and

(c) Call Reports for SNB at the close of business on December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000.

The financial statements described in this Section (the "MNB FINANCIAL STATEMENTS") are complete and correct in all material respects and fairly and accurately present the respective financial position, assets, liabilities and results of operations of MNB and the MNB Subsidiaries at the respective dates of, and for the periods referred to in, the MNB Financial Statements. The financial statements described in clause (a) above are audited statements and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP. The financial statements described in clauses (b) and (c) above have been prepared on a basis consistent with past accounting practices and as required by applicable rules or regulations and fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results of operations at the

19

dates and for the periods presented, subject to year-end audit adjustments (which changes in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on MNB on a consolidated basis). The MNB Financial Statements do not include any material assets or omit to state any material liabilities, absolute or contingent, or other facts, which inclusion or omission would render the MNB Financial Statements misleading in any material respect.

SECTION 4.8 BOOKS AND RECORDS. The books of account, minute books, stock record books and other records of MNB and each MNB Subsidiary are complete and correct in all material respects and have been maintained in accordance with sound business practices and all applicable Legal Requirements, including the maintenance of any adequate system of internal controls. The minute books of MNB and each MNB Subsidiary contain accurate and complete records in all material respects of all meetings held of, and corporate action taken by, its respective stockholders, board of directors and committees of the board of directors. At the Closing, all of those books and records will be in the possession of MNB and the MNB Subsidiaries.

SECTION 4.9 TITLE TO PROPERTIES. MNB and each MNB Subsidiary has good and marketable title to all assets and properties, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, that it purports to own, subject to no valid liens, mortgages, security interests, encumbrances or charges of any kind except: (a) as noted in the most recent MNB Financial Statement or in SCHEDULE 4.9 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES; (b) statutory liens for Taxes not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate Proceedings and for which appropriate reserves have been established and reflected on the MNB Financial Statements; (c) pledges or liens required to be granted in connection with the acceptance of government deposits, granted in connection with repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements or otherwise incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business; and (d) minor defects and irregularities in title and encumbrances that do not materially impair the use thereof for the purposes for which they are held. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 4.9 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES, MNB and each MNB Subsidiary as lessee has the right under valid and existing leases to occupy, use, possess and control any and all of the respective property leased by it. Except where any failure would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on MNB on a consolidated basis, all buildings and structures owned by MNB and each MNB Subsidiary lie wholly within the boundaries of the real property owned or validly leased by it, do not encroach upon the property of, or otherwise conflict with the property rights of, any other Person

SECTION 4.10 CONDITION AND SUFFICIENCY OF ASSETS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 4.10 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES, the buildings, structures and equipment of MNB and each MNB Subsidiary are in good operating condition and repair, and are adequate for the uses to which they are being put, and none of such buildings, structures or equipment is in need of maintenance or repairs except for ordinary, routine maintenance and repairs that are not material in the aggregate in nature or in cost. Except where any failure would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on MNB on a consolidated basis, the real property, buildings, structures and equipment owned or leased by MNB and each MNB Subsidiary are in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and all other building and development codes and other restrictions,

20

including subdivision regulations, building and construction regulations, drainage codes, health, fire and safety laws and regulations, utility tariffs and regulations, conservation laws and zoning laws and ordinances. The assets and properties, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, that MNB or any MNB Subsidiary purport to own are sufficient for the continued conduct of the business of MNB and such MNB Subsidiary after the Closing in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the Closing.

SECTION 4.11 LOAN LOSS RESERVE. All loans and loan commitments extended by SNB and any extensions, renewals or continuations of such loans and loan commitments (the "MNB LOANS") were made in accordance with customary lending standards of the MNB Subsidiary in the Ordinary Course of Business. The MNB Loans are evidenced by appropriate and sufficient documentation and constitute valid and binding obligations to SNB enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally by the exercise of judicial discretion. All such MNB Loans are, and at the Closing will be, free and clear of any encumbrance or other charge, except for permitted liens, and SNB has materially complied, and at the Closing will have materially complied with, all Legal Requirements relating to the MNB Loans. The reserve for probable loan and lease losses of SNB is, and will be on the Closing Date, adequate in all material respects to provide for probable or specific losses, net of recoveries relating to loans previously charged off. None of the MNB Loans is subject to any material offset or claim of offset, and the aggregate loan balances in excess of MNB's consolidated reserve for loan and lease losses are to MNB's Knowledge, based on past loan loss experience, collectible in accordance with their terms (except as limited above) and all uncollectible loans have been charged off.

SECTION 4.12 UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES; ADVERSE CHANGES. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 4.12 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES, neither MNB nor any MNB Subsidiary has any material liabilities or obligations of any nature (whether known or unknown and whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise), except for liabilities or obligations reflected or reserved against in the MNB Financial Statements, liabilities and obligations arising under contracts and arrangements which are either set forth in SCHEDULE 4.18 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES, or are of a type described in SECTION 4.18, but not included in SCHEDULE 4.18 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES because the amounts involved do not meet the amounts specified for inclusion in SCHEDULE 4.18 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES, current liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business since the respective dates thereof and other liabilities or obligations that in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on MNB on a consolidated basis. Since the date of the latest MNB Financial Statement, there has not been any change in the business, operations, properties, prospects, assets or condition of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary, and no event has occurred or circumstance exists, that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on MNB on a consolidated basis.

SECTION 4.13 TAXES. MNB and each MNB Subsidiary has duly filed or will duly file all material Tax Returns required to be filed by it for all periods prior to the Closing, and each such Tax Return is or will be complete and accurate in all material respects. Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 4.13 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES, neither MNB nor any MNB Subsidiary is:

21

(a) delinquent in the payment of any Taxes shown on such Tax Returns or on any assessments received by it for such Taxes; (b) a party to or is the subject of any pending Order, Proceeding, audit, examination or investigation by any Regulatory Authority that is related to assessment or collection of Taxes paid or payable by MNB or any MNB Subsidiary for any year, nor does MNB have any Knowledge of any of the foregoing that are Threatened; or (c) subject to any agreement extending the period for assessment or collection of any Tax. None of the Tax liabilities of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary has ever been audited by any Regulatory Authority since January 1, 1993. The reserve for Taxes in the audited financial statements of MNB for the year ended December 31, 2000, is adequate to cover all of the Tax liabilities of MNB and each MNB Subsidiary that may become payable in future years in respect to any transactions consummated prior to December 31, 2000. Neither MNB nor any MNB Subsidiary has and, to the MNB's Knowledge, will not have any liability for Taxes of any nature for or in respect of the operation of its respective businesses or ownership of its respective assets from December 31, 2000, up to and including the Effective Time, except to the extent reflected on the audited MNB Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2000, or on the Subsequent MNB Financial Statements or otherwise reflected in the books and records of MNB and the MNB Subsidiaries for the period following its then most recent of the Subsequent MNB Financial Statements. MNB has delivered to LBI true, correct and complete copies of all income Tax Returns previously filed with respect to the last three fiscal years of MNB and the MNB Subsidiaries and any tax examination reports and statements of deficiencies assessed or agreed to for any of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary for any such time period.

SECTION 4.14 COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE
4.14 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES, all employee benefit plans (as defined in
Section 3(3) of ERISA) established or maintained by MNB or any MNB Subsidiary or to which MNB or any MNB Subsidiary contributes, are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable requirements of ERISA, and are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable requirements (including qualification and non-discrimination requirements in effect as of the Effective Time) of the Code for obtaining the tax benefits the Code thereupon permits with respect to such employee benefit plans. For purposes of this Section, non-compliance with the Code and ERISA is material if such non-compliance would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on MNB. No such employee benefit plan has, or as of the Closing will have, any amount of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) for which MNB or any MNB Subsidiary would be liable to any Person under Title IV of ERISA if any such employee benefit plan were terminated as of the Closing, which amounts would be material to MNB and the MNB Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Each employee benefit plan as defined in
Section 4001(c)(3) of the Code satisfies the minimum funding standards of
Section 412 of the Code (if applicable). There would be no obligations of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary under Title IV of ERISA relating to any employee benefit plan that is a multi-employer plan if any such plan were terminated or if MNB or any MNB Subsidiary withdrew from any such plan as of the Closing. No payments will be made as a result of the Merger that will be subject to nondeductibility under Section 280G of the Code or subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

22

SECTION 4.15 COMPLIANCE WITH LEGAL REQUIREMENTS. MNB and each MNB Subsidiary holds all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and rights from all appropriate Regulatory Authorities necessary for the conduct of its respective business and where failure to do so would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on MNB. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE
4.15 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES, MNB and each MNB Subsidiary is, and at all times since January 1, 1998, has been, in compliance with each Legal Requirement that is or was applicable to it or to the conduct or operation of its respective businesses or the ownership or use of any of its respective assets, except in each case where any non-compliance did not have, or would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on MNB on a consolidated basis. No event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time): (a) may constitute or result in a violation by MNB or any MNB Subsidiary of, or a failure on the part of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary to comply with, any Legal Requirement; or (b) may give rise to any obligation on the part of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature in connection with a failure to comply with any Legal Requirement, except for any of the foregoing that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on MNB on a consolidated basis. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 4.15 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES, neither MNB nor any MNB Subsidiary has received, at any time since January 1, 1998, any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) from any Regulatory Authority or any other Person, nor does MNB have any Knowledge, regarding any actual, alleged, possible or potential: (x) violation of, or failure to comply with, any material Legal Requirement to which MNB or any MNB Subsidiary, or any of the assets owned or used by any of them, is or has been subject, or investigation with respect to any of the foregoing conducted by any Regulatory Authority; or (y) obligation on the part of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature in connection with a failure to comply with any material Legal Requirement.

SECTION 4.16 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS; ORDERS. SCHEDULE 4.16 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES is a true and correct list of all Proceedings and Orders pending, entered into or, to the Knowledge of MNB, Threatened against, affecting or involving MNB or any MNB Subsidiary or any of their respective assets or businesses, or the Contemplated Transactions, since January 1, 1998, that had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on MNB on a consolidated basis or that would impair MNB's ability to consummate any of the Contemplated Transactions, and there is no fact to MNB's Knowledge that would provide a basis for any other Proceeding or Order involving MNB or any MNB Subsidiary, or any of its respective officers or directors in their capacities as such, or its assets, business or goodwill that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on MNB or that would impair MNB's ability to consummate any of the Contemplated Transactions. To the Knowledge of MNB, no officer, director, agent or employee of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary is subject to any Order that prohibits such officer, director, agent or employee from engaging in or continuing any conduct, activity or practice relating to the businesses of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary.

SECTION 4.17 ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES AND EVENTS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 4.17 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES, since December 31, 2000, MNB and each MNB

23

Subsidiary has conducted its respective business only in the Ordinary Course of Business and with respect to each there has not been any:

(a) change in its authorized or issued capital stock; grant of any stock option or right to purchase shares of its capital stock; issuance of any security convertible into such capital stock or evidences of indebtedness (except in connection with customer deposits); grant of any registration rights; purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition by it of any shares of any such capital stock; or declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution or payment in respect of shares of its capital stock (except for payment of dividends and distributions from any wholly-owned MNB Subsidiary to MNB and pursuant to SECTION 6.4);

(b) amendment to its certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association or bylaws or any resolutions adopted by its board of directors or stockholders with respect to the same;

(c) payment or increase of any bonuses, salaries or other compensation to any of its stockholders, directors, officers or employees, except for normal increases in the Ordinary Course of Business or in accordance with any then existing MNB Employee Benefit Plan, or entry by it into any employment, consulting, non-competition, change in control, severance or similar Contract with any stockholder, director, officer or employee;

(d) adoption, amendment (except for any amendment necessary to comply with any Legal Requirement) or termination of, or increase in the payments to or benefits under, any MNB Employee Benefit Plan (as defined below);

(e) material damage to or destruction or loss of any of its assets or property, whether or not covered by insurance;

(f) entry into, termination or extension of, or receipt of notice of termination of, any joint venture or similar agreement pursuant to any Contract or any similar transaction;

(g) except for this Agreement, entry into any Contract or incurrence of any obligation or liability (fixed or contingent) other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(h) material change in any existing lease of real or personal property to which it is a party;

(i) sale (other than any sale in the Ordinary Course of Business), lease or other disposition of any of its assets or properties or mortgage, pledge or imposition of any lien or other encumbrance upon any of its material assets or properties, except for tax and other liens that arise by operation of law and with respect to which payment is not past due and except for pledges or liens: (i) required to be granted in connection with the acceptance by any MNB Subsidiary of government deposits; (ii) granted in connection with repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements; or
(iii) otherwise incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business;

24

(j) incurrence by it of any obligation or liability (fixed or contingent) other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(k) other than in the Ordinary Course of Business, cancellation or waiver by it of any debts, claims or rights with a value in excess of $15,000;

(l) any investment by it of a capital nature exceeding $50,000 or aggregate investments of a capital nature exceeding $100,000;

(m) except for the Contemplated Transactions, merger or consolidation with or into any other Person, or acquisition of any stock, equity interest or business of any other Person;

(n) transaction for the borrowing or loaning of monies, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(o) suffered any change or changes having a Material Adverse Effect on it, or in the operation or conduct of its respective business;

(p) conducted its respective business in any manner other than substantially as it was being conducted prior to such time;

(q) purchased any investment security that is callable prior to its stated maturity, that has a stated maturity of thirty (30) months or more or has a purchase price of greater than $250,000;

(r) obtained any variable rate advances with maturities of greater than one (1) year from the Federal Home Loan Bank;

(s) agreement material change in its accounting methods used; or

(t) agreement, whether oral or written, by it to do any of the foregoing.

SECTION 4.18 PROPERTIES, CONTRACTS, EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND OTHER AGREEMENTS. Except for loan agreements evidencing loans or loan commitments made by SNB in the Ordinary Course of Business, SCHEDULE 4.18 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES lists or describes the following with respect to MNB and each MNB Subsidiary:

(a) all real property owned by MNB and each MNB Subsidiary and the principal buildings and structures located thereon, together with a legal description of such real estate, and each lease of real property to which MNB and each MNB Subsidiary is a party, identifying the parties thereto, the annual rental payable, the expiration date thereof and a brief description of the property covered, and in each case of either owned or leased real property, the proper identification, if applicable, of each such property as a branch or main office or other office of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary;

(b) All loan and credit agreements, conditional sales contracts or other title retention agreements or security agreements relating to money borrowed by MNB or any MNB

25

Subsidiary, exclusive of deposit agreements with customers of SNB entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business, agreements for the purchase of federal funds and repurchase agreements;

(c) each Applicable Contract that involves performance of services or delivery of goods or materials by MNB or any MNB Subsidiary of an amount or value in excess of $25,000;

(d) each Applicable Contract that was not entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business and that involves expenditures or receipts of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary in excess of $25,000;

(e) each Applicable Contract not referred to elsewhere in this Section which:

(i) relates to the future purchase of goods or services in excess of the requirements of its respective business at current levels or for normal operating purposes;

(ii) materially affect the business or financial condition of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary;

(f) each lease, rental, license, installment and conditional sale agreement and other Applicable Contract affecting the ownership of, leasing of, title to or use of any personal property having a value per item or requiring payments in excess of $25,000, or with terms of more than one year;

(g) each licensing agreement or other Applicable Contract with respect to patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property (collectively, "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY ASSETS"), including agreements with current or former employees, consultants or contractors regarding the appropriation or the non-disclosure of any of the Intellectual Property Assets of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary;

(h) each collective bargaining agreement and other Applicable Contract to or with any labor union or other employee representative of a group of employees;

(i) each joint venture, partnership and other Applicable Contract (however named) involving a sharing of profits, losses, costs or liabilities by MNB or any MNB Subsidiary with any other Person;

(j) each Applicable Contract containing covenants that in any way purport to restrict the business activity of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, or limit the ability of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing to engage in any line of business or to compete with any Person;

(k) each Applicable Contract providing for payments to or by any Person based on sales, purchases or profits, other than direct payments for goods;

(l) the name and annual salary of each director and officer of MNB and each MNB Subsidiary, and the profit sharing, bonus or other form of compensation (other than salary)

26

paid or payable by MNB, each MNB Subsidiary or a combination of any of them to or for the benefit of each such person in question for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000, and for the current fiscal year of MNB, and any employment agreement, consulting agreement, non-competition, severance or change in control agreement or other similar arrangement or plan with respect to each such person;

(m) each profit sharing, group insurance, hospitalization, stock option, pension, retirement, bonus, employment, severance, change in control, deferred compensation, stock bonus, stock purchase or other employee welfare or benefit agreements, plans or arrangements established, maintained, sponsored or undertaken by MNB or any MNB Subsidiary for the benefit of the officers, directors or employees of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary, including each trust or other agreement with any custodian or any trustee for funds held under any such agreement, plan or arrangement, and all other Contracts or arrangements under which pensions, deferred compensation or other retirement benefits are being paid or may become payable by MNB or any MNB Subsidiary for the benefit of the employees of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary (collectively, the "MNB EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS"), and, in respect to any of them, the latest three (3) reports or forms, if any, filed with the Department of Labor and Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation under the ERISA, the latest three (3) financial or actuarial reports and any currently effective Internal Revenue Service private rulings or determination letters obtained by or for the benefit of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary;

(n) each Applicable Contract entered into other than in the Ordinary Course of Business that contains or provides for an express undertaking by MNB or any MNB Subsidiary to be responsible for consequential damages;

(o) each Applicable Contract for capital expenditures in excess of $50,000, or all Applicable Contracts for all capital expenditures which in the aggregate require payments in excess of $100,000; and

(p) the name of each Person who is or would be entitled pursuant to any Contract or MNB Employee Benefit Plan to receive any payment from MNB or any MNB Subsidiary as a result of the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions (including any payment that is or would be due as a result of any actual or constructive termination of a Person's employment or position following such consummation) and the maximum amount of such payment;

(q) each amendment, supplement and modification (whether oral or written) in respect of any of the foregoing.

Copies of each document, plan or Contract listed and described in SCHEDULE 4.18 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES are appended to such Schedule.

SECTION 4.19 NO DEFAULTS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 4.19 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES, each Contract identified or required to be identified in SCHEDULE 4.18 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES is in full force and effect in all material respects and is valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by any bankruptcy, insolvency,

27

moratorium or by the exercise of judicial discretion. MNB and each MNB Subsidiary is, and at all times since January 1, 1998, has been, in full compliance with all applicable terms and requirements of each Contract under which MNB or any MNB Subsidiary has or had any obligation or liability or by which MNB or any MNB Subsidiary or any of their respective assets owned or used by them is or was bound, except where any such failure to be in full compliance did not have or would reasonably be expected not to have a Material Adverse Effect on MNB on a consolidated basis. Each other Person that has or had any obligation or liability under any such Contract under which MNB or any MNB Subsidiary has or had any rights is, and at all times since January 1, 1998, has been, to the Knowledge of MNB, in compliance with applicable terms and requirements of such Contract in all material respects. No event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time) may contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or give MNB, any MNB Subsidiary or other Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, or to cancel, terminate or modify, any material Applicable Contract. Except in the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to loans made by SNB, neither MNB nor any MNB Subsidiary has given to or received from any other Person, at any time since January 1, 1998, any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) regarding any actual, alleged, possible or potential material violation or breach of, or default under, any Contract. Other than in the Ordinary Course of Business in connection with workouts and restructured loans, there are no renegotiations of, attempts to renegotiate or outstanding rights to renegotiate any material amounts paid or payable to MNB or any MNB Subsidiary under current or completed Contracts with any Person, and no such Person has made written demand for such renegotiation.

SECTION 4.20 INSURANCE. SCHEDULE 4.20 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES lists the policies of insurance (including bankers blanket bond and insurance providing benefits for employees) owned or held by MNB or any MNB Subsidiary on the date hereof. Each policy is in full force and effect (except for any expiring policy that is replaced by coverage at least as extensive) until the Closing. All premiums due on such policies have been paid in full.

SECTION 4.21 COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 4.21 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES and except for any of the following that did not have or would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on MNB and the MNB Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, there are no actions, suits, investigations, liabilities, inquiries, Proceedings or Orders involving MNB or any MNB Subsidiary or any of their respective assets that are pending or, to the Knowledge of MNB, Threatened, nor to the Knowledge of MNB is there any factual basis for any of the foregoing, as a result of any asserted failure of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary, or any predecessor thereof, to comply with any federal, state, county and municipal law, including any statute, regulation, rule, ordinance, Order, restriction and requirement, relating to underground storage tanks, petroleum products, air pollutants, water pollutants or process waste water or otherwise relating to the environment or toxic or hazardous substances or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, recycling, generation, treatment, handling, storage, disposal or transport of any hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum products (including polychlorinated biphenyls, whether contained or uncontained, and asbestos-containing materials, whether friable or not), including, the Federal Solid Waste Disposal Act, the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments, the Federal Clean Air

28

Act, the Federal Clean Water Act, the Occupational Health and Safety Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 and the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, all as amended, and regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency, the Nuclear Regulatory Agency and any state department of natural resources or state environmental protection agency now or at any time hereafter in effect (collectively, the "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS"). No environmental clearances or other governmental approvals are required for the conduct of the business of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary or the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions. To the Knowledge of MNB, neither MNB nor any MNB Subsidiary is the owner of any interest in real estate on which any substances have been used, stored, deposited, treated, recycled or disposed of, which substances if known to be present on, at or under such property, would require clean-up, removal or some other remedial action under any Environmental Law.

SECTION 4.22 REGULATORY FILINGS. MNB and each MNB Subsidiary has filed in a timely manner all required filings with all proper Regulatory Authorities, including: (a) the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"); (b) the Federal Reserve; (c) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"); and (d) the OCC. To the Knowledge of MNB, all filings with such federal and state regulatory agencies were accurate and complete in all material respects as of the dates of the filings, and no such filing has made any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Accurate and complete copies of each document filed by MNB with the SEC since January 1, 2001, are attached as SCHEDULE 4.22 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES.

SECTION 4.23 AGENCY AND CUSTODIAL ACCOUNTS. Each MNB Subsidiary has properly administered all accounts for which it acts as fiduciary, agent, custodian or investment advisor, in accordance with the terms of the governing documents and applicable Legal Requirements and common law. No MNB Subsidiary or any of its respective directors, officers or employees has committed any breach of trust with respect to any such account, and the accountings for each such account are true and correct in all material respects and accurately reflect the assets of such account.

SECTION 4.24 DISCLOSURE. No representation or warranty made in this Agreement by MNB contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein under the circumstances under which they were made not misleading. Except as and to the extent reflected or reserved against in MNB's audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2000, or the Subsequent MNB Financial Statements (as such term is defined below), neither MNB nor any MNB Subsidiary has, and with respect to the Subsequent MNB Financial Statements will not have, any liabilities or obligations, of any nature, secured or unsecured, (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) including, any Tax liabilities due or to become due, which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on MNB.

SECTION 4.25 BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE
4.25 OF THE MNB BOOK OF SCHEDULES, none of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary or any of their respective

29

Representatives has incurred any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or other similar payment in connection with this Agreement.

SECTION 4.26 DELAYS. To the Knowledge of MNB, there is no reason why the granting of any of the regulatory approvals referred to in SECTION 8.2 would be denied, unduly delayed or otherwise unavailable.

ARTICLE 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY LBI

LBI hereby represents and warrants to MNB that the following are true and correct as of the date hereof, and will be true and correct as of the Effective Time:

SECTION 5.1 LBI ORGANIZATION. LBI: (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Kansas and is also in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or the properties or assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary; (b) is registered with the OTS as a unitary savings and loan holding company pursuant to the Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended (the "HOLA"); and (c) has full power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to operate as a bank holding company and to own, operate and lease its properties as presently owned, operated and leased, and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted. Copies of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of LBI and all amendments thereto set forth in SCHEDULE 5.1 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES are complete and correct. LBI owns no voting stock or equity securities of any corporation, association, partnership or other entity, other than all of the voting stock of LFSB and as set forth on SCHEDULE 5.1 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES.

SECTION 5.2 LBI SUBSIDIARY ORGANIZATION. LFSB is a federal savings bank duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America. LFSB has full power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to own, operate and lease its properties as presently owned, operated and leased, and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or the properties or assets owned or leased by it makes such qualification necessary. Copies of the charter and bylaws of LFSB and all amendments thereto set forth in SCHEDULE 5.2 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES are complete and correct. LFSB owns no voting stock or equity securities of any corporation, association, partnership or other entity, other than as shown on SCHEDULE 5.2 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES.

SECTION 5.3 AUTHORIZATION. LBI has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by LBI and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated thereby, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, subject to stockholder approval. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of LBI enforceable in accordance with its terms except as such enforcement may be limited by

30

bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws and subject to general principles of equity.

SECTION 5.4 NO CONFLICT. Neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions will, directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time): (a) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any provision of the articles of incorporation, the charter, the bylaws or any resolution adopted by the board of directors or stockholders of, LBI or any LBI Subsidiary; (b) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation of any Legal Requirement or any Order to which LBI or any LBI Subsidiary, or any of the assets that are owned or used by them, may be subject, other than any of the foregoing that would be satisfied by compliance with the provisions of the HOLA, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the Kansas Code; and (c) contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any provision of, or give any Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, or to cancel, terminate or modify any material Applicable Contract to which LBI or any LBI Subsidiary is a party or by which any of their respective assets is bound; or
(d) result in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon, or with respect to, any of the assets owned or used by LBI or any LBI Subsidiary. Except for the requisite approval of its stockholders, neither LBI nor any LBI Subsidiary is or will be required to give any notice to, or obtain any consent from, any Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions.

SECTION 5.5 LBI CAPITALIZATION. The authorized capital stock of LBI consists, and at March 31, 2001, consisted of: (a) 10,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.10 par value per share, of which 2,281,312 shares were issued, and of which 1,188,874 shares were held in the treasury of LBI as of that date; and (b) 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value per share, none of which shares were issued and outstanding. The maximum number of shares of LBI Common Stock (assuming for this purpose that share equivalents constitute LBI Common Stock) that would be outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (including treasury shares) if all options, warrants, conversion rights and other rights with respect thereto were exercised and the restrictions on any restricted stock were no longer applicable is 1,298,259 shares. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of LBI have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. To the Knowledge of LBI and except as disclosed in this Agreement or on the Schedules, none of the shares of authorized capital stock of LBI are, nor on the Closing Date will they be, subject to any claim of right except pursuant to this Agreement. Except as contemplated in this Agreement or as set forth in SCHEDULE 5.5 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES, there are, as of the date of this Agreement, no outstanding subscriptions, contracts, conversion privileges, options, warrants, calls or other rights obligating LBI or any LBI Subsidiary to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of, or to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any shares of capital stock of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary. There are no outstanding securities of LBI that are convertible into, or exchangeable for, any shares of LBI's capital stock, and except as provided in this Section or otherwise disclosed in this Agreement, LBI is not a party to any Contract relating to the issuance, sale or transfer of any equity securities or other securities of LBI. None of the shares of LBI Common Stock were issued in violation of any federal or state securities laws or any other Legal Requirement. LBI

31

does not own or have any Contract to acquire any equity securities or other securities of any Person or any direct or indirect equity or ownership interest in any other business except for the capital stock of LFSB and as set forth in SCHEDULE 5.5 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES. Except as disclosed in or permitted by this Agreement or as provided on SCHEDULE 5.5 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES, no shares of LBI capital stock have been purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired, directly or indirectly, by LBI or any LBI Subsidiary and no dividends or other distributions payable in any equity securities of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary have been declared, set aside, made or paid to the stockholders of LBI.

SECTION 5.6 LBI SUBSIDIARY CAPITALIZATION. The authorized capital stock of LFSB consists, and at the Effective Time will consist, exclusively of 130,975 shares of common stock, $25.00 par value per share, all of which shares are, and immediately prior to the Closing will be, duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable (the "LFSB BANK SHARES"). LBI is, and will be on the Closing Date, the record and beneficial owner of one hundred percent (100%) of LFSB Shares, free and clear of any lien or encumbrance whatsoever, except as set forth in SCHEDULE 5.6 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES. The LFSB Bank Shares are, and will be on the Closing Date, freely transferable and are, and will be on the Closing Date, subject to no claim of right except pursuant to this Agreement and as set forth in SCHEDULE 5.6 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES. There are no options, warrants, rights, calls or commitments of any character relating to any additional shares of the capital stock of LFSB. No capital stock or other security issued by LFSB has been issued in violation of, or without compliance with, any preemptive rights of stockholders. There are no outstanding securities of LFSB that are convertible into, or exchangeable for, any shares of LFSB's capital stock, and LFSB is not a party to any Contract relating to the issuance, sale or transfer of any equity securities or other securities of LFSB. The Bank does not own, or have any Contract to acquire, any equity securities or other securities of any Person or any direct or indirect equity or ownership interest in any other business, except as set forth in SCHEDULE
5.6 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES.

SECTION 5.7 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND REPORTS. True, correct and complete copies of the following financial statements of LBI are included in SCHEDULE 5.7 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES:

(a) Consolidated Balance Sheets and the related Statements of Income, Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity and Statements of Cash Flows of LBI for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1999 and 2000;

(b) Consolidated Balance Sheet and the related Statement of Income of LBI for the six months ended March 31, 2001; and

(c) TFRs for LFSB at the close of business on December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000.

The financial statements described in this Section (the "LBI FINANCIAL STATEMENTS") are complete and correct in all material respects and fairly and accurately present the respective financial position, assets, liabilities and results of operations of LBI and the LBI Subsidiaries at

32

the respective dates of, and for the periods referred to in, the LBI Financial Statements. The financial statements described in clause (a) above are audited statements and have been prepared in conformity with GAAP. The financial statements described in clauses (b) and (c) above have been prepared on a basis consistent with past accounting practices and as required by applicable rules or regulations and fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results of operations at the dates and for the periods presented, subject to year-end audit adjustments (which changes in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on LBI on a consolidated basis). The LBI Financial Statements do not include any material assets or omit to state any material liabilities, absolute or contingent, or other facts, which inclusion or omission would render the LBI Financial Statements misleading in any material respect.

SECTION 5.8 BOOKS AND RECORDS. The books of account, minute books, stock record books and other records of LBI and each LBI Subsidiary are complete and correct in all material respects and have been maintained in accordance with sound business practices and all applicable Legal Requirements, including the maintenance of any adequate system of internal controls. The minute books of LBI and each LBI Subsidiary contain accurate and complete records in all material respects of all meetings held of, and corporate action taken by, its respective stockholders, board of directors and committees of the board of directors. At the Closing, all of those books and records will be in the possession of LBI and the LBI Subsidiaries.

SECTION 5.9 TITLE TO PROPERTIES. LBI and each LBI Subsidiary has good and marketable title to all assets and properties, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, that it purports to own, subject to no valid liens, mortgages, security interests, encumbrances or charges of any kind except: (a) as noted in the most recent LBI Financial Statement or in SCHEDULE 5.9 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES; (b) statutory liens for Taxes not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate Proceedings and for which appropriate reserves have been established and reflected on the LBI Financial Statements; (c) pledges or liens required to be granted in connection with the acceptance of government deposits, granted in connection with repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements or otherwise incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business; and (d) minor defects and irregularities in title and encumbrances that do not materially impair the use thereof for the purposes for which they are held. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 5.9 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES, LBI and each LBI Subsidiary as lessee has the right under valid and existing leases to occupy, use, possess and control any and all of the respective property leased by it. Except where any failure would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on LBI on a consolidated basis, all buildings and structures owned by LBI and each LBI Subsidiary lie wholly within the boundaries of the real property owned or validly leased by it, do not encroach upon the property of, or otherwise conflict with the property rights of, any other Person

SECTION 5.10 CONDITION AND SUFFICIENCY OF ASSETS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 5.10 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES, the buildings, structures and equipment of LBI and each LBI Subsidiary are in good operating condition and repair, and are adequate for the uses to which they are being put, and none of such buildings, structures or equipment is in need of maintenance or repairs except for ordinary, routine maintenance and repairs that are not material in the aggregate in nature or in cost. Except where any failure would not reasonably be expected

33

to have a Material Adverse Effect on LBI on a consolidated basis, the real property, buildings, structures and equipment owned or leased by LBI and each LBI Subsidiary are in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and all other building and development codes and other restrictions, including subdivision regulations, building and construction regulations, drainage codes, health, fire and safety laws and regulations, utility tariffs and regulations, conservation laws and zoning laws and ordinances. The assets and properties, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, that LBI or any LBI Subsidiary purport to own are sufficient for the continued conduct of the business of LBI and such LBI Subsidiary after the Closing in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the Closing.

SECTION 5.11 LOAN LOSS RESERVE. All loans and loan commitments extended by LFSB and any extensions, renewals or continuations of such loans and loan commitments (the "LBI LOANS") were made in accordance with customary lending standards of the LFSB in the Ordinary Course of Business. The LBI Loans are evidenced by appropriate and sufficient documentation and constitute valid and binding obligations to LFSB enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally by the exercise of judicial discretion. All such LBI Loans are, and at the Closing will be, free and clear of any encumbrance or other charge, except for permitted liens, and LFSB has materially complied, and at the Closing will have materially complied with, all Legal Requirements relating to the LBI Loans. The reserve for probable loan and lease losses of LFSB is, and will be on the Closing Date, adequate in all material respects to provide for probable or specific losses, net of recoveries relating to loans previously charged off. None of the LBI Loans is subject to any material offset or claim of offset, and the aggregate loan balances in excess of LBI's consolidated reserve for loan and lease losses are to LBI's Knowledge, based on past loan loss experience, collectible in accordance with their terms (except as limited above) and all uncollectible loans have been charged off.

SECTION 5.12 UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES; ADVERSE CHANGES. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 5.12 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES, neither LBI nor any LBI Subsidiary has any material liabilities or obligations of any nature (whether known or unknown and whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise), except for liabilities or obligations reflected or reserved against in the LBI Financial Statements, liabilities and obligations arising under contracts and arrangements which are either set forth in SCHEDULE 5.18 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES, or are of a type described in SECTION 5.18, but not included in SCHEDULE 5.18 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES because the amounts involved do not meet the amounts specified for inclusion in SCHEDULE 5.18 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES, current liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business since the respective dates thereof and other liabilities or obligations that in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on LBI on a consolidated basis. Since the date of the latest LBI Financial Statement, there has not been any change in the business, operations, properties, prospects, assets or condition of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary, and no event has occurred or circumstance exists, that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on LBI on a consolidated basis.

34

SECTION 5.13 TAXES. LBI and each LBI Subsidiary has duly filed or will duly file all material Tax Returns required to be filed by it for all periods prior to the Closing, and each such Tax Return is or will be complete and accurate in all material respects. Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 5.13 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES, neither LBI nor any LBI Subsidiary is: (a) delinquent in the payment of any Taxes shown on such Tax Returns or on any assessments received by it for such Taxes; (b) a party to or is the subject of any pending Order, Proceeding, audit, examination or investigation by any Regulatory Authority that is related to assessment or collection of Taxes paid or payable by LBI or any LBI Subsidiary for any year, nor does LBI have any Knowledge of any of the foregoing that are Threatened; or (c) subject to any agreement extending the period for assessment or collection of any Tax. None of the Tax liabilities of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary has ever been audited by any Regulatory Authority since January 1, 1994. The reserve for Taxes in the audited financial statements of LBI for the year ended September 30, 2000, is adequate to cover all of the Tax liabilities of LBI and each LBI Subsidiary that may become payable in future years in respect to any transactions consummated prior to September 30, 2000. Neither LBI nor any LBI Subsidiary has and, to the LBI's Knowledge, will not have any liability for Taxes of any nature for or in respect of the operation of its respective businesses or ownership of its respective assets from September 30, 2000, up to and including the Effective Time, except to the extent reflected on the audited LBI Financial Statements for the year ended September 30, 2000, or on the Subsequent LBI Financial Statements or otherwise reflected in the books and records of LBI and the LBI Subsidiaries for the period following its then most recent of the Subsequent LBI Financial Statements. LBI has delivered to MNB true, correct and complete copies of all income Tax Returns previously filed with respect to the last three fiscal years of LBI and the LBI Subsidiaries and any tax examination reports and statements of deficiencies assessed or agreed to for any of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary for any such time period.

SECTION 5.14 COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE
5.14 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES, all employee benefit plans (as defined in
Section 3(3) of ERISA) established or maintained by LBI or any LBI Subsidiary or to which LBI or any LBI Subsidiary contributes, are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable requirements of ERISA, and are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable requirements (including qualification and non-discrimination requirements in effect as of the Effective Time) of the Code for obtaining the tax benefits the Code thereupon permits with respect to such employee benefit plans. For purposes of this Section, non-compliance with the Code and ERISA is material if such non-compliance would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on LBI. No such employee benefit plan has, or as of the Closing will have, any amount of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) for which LBI or any LBI Subsidiary would be liable to any Person under Title IV of ERISA if any such employee benefit plan were terminated as of the Closing, which amounts would be material to LBI and the LBI Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Each employee benefit plan as defined in Section 4001(c)(3) of the Code satisfies the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Code (if applicable). There would be no obligations of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary under Title IV of ERISA relating to any employee benefit plan that is a multi-employer plan if any such plan were terminated or if LBI or any LBI Subsidiary withdrew from any such plan as of the Closing. No payments will be

35

made as a result of the Merger that will be subject to nondeductibility under
Section 280G of the Code or subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code.

SECTION 5.15 COMPLIANCE WITH LEGAL REQUIREMENTS. LBI and each LBI Subsidiary holds all licenses, certificates, permits, franchises and rights from all appropriate Regulatory Authorities necessary for the conduct of its respective business and where failure to do so would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on LBI. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 5.15 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES, LBI and each LBI Subsidiary is, and at all times since January 1, 1998, has been, in compliance with each Legal Requirement that is or was applicable to it or to the conduct or operation of its respective businesses or the ownership or use of any of its respective assets, except in each case where any non-compliance did not have, or would not reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on LBI on a consolidated basis. No event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time): (a) may constitute or result in a violation by LBI or any LBI Subsidiary of, or a failure on the part of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary to comply with, any Legal Requirement; or (b) may give rise to any obligation on the part of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature in connection with a failure to comply with any Legal Requirement, except for any of the foregoing that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on LBI on a consolidated basis. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 5.15 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES, neither LBI nor any LBI Subsidiary has received, at any time since January 1, 1998, any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) from any Regulatory Authority or any other Person, nor does LBI have any Knowledge, regarding any actual, alleged, possible or potential: (x) violation of, or failure to comply with, any material Legal Requirement to which LBI or any LBI Subsidiary, or any of the assets owned or used by any of them, is or has been subject, or investigation with respect to any of the foregoing conducted by any Regulatory Authority; or (y) obligation on the part of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature in connection with a failure to comply with any material Legal Requirement.

SECTION 5.16 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS; ORDERS. SCHEDULE 5.16 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES is a true and correct list of all Proceedings and Orders pending, entered into or, to the Knowledge of LBI, Threatened against, affecting or involving LBI or any LBI Subsidiary or any of their respective assets or businesses, or the Contemplated Transactions, since January 1, 1998, that had, or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on LBI on a consolidated basis or that would impair LBI's ability to consummate any of the Contemplated Transactions, and there is no fact to LBI's Knowledge that would provide a basis for any other Proceeding or Order involving LBI or any LBI Subsidiary, or any of its respective officers or directors in their capacities as such, or its assets, business or goodwill that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on LBI or that would impair LBI's ability to consummate any of the Contemplated Transactions. To the Knowledge of LBI, no officer, director, agent or employee of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary is subject to any Order that prohibits such officer, director, agent or employee from engaging in or continuing any conduct, activity or practice relating to the businesses of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary.

36

SECTION 5.17 ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES AND EVENTS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 5.17 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES, since September 30, 2000, LBI and each LBI Subsidiary has conducted its respective business only in the Ordinary Course of Business and with respect to each there has not been any:

(a) change in its authorized or issued capital stock; grant of any stock option or right to purchase shares of its capital stock; issuance of any security convertible into such capital stock or evidences of indebtedness (except in connection with customer deposits); grant of any registration rights; purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition by it of any shares of any such capital stock; or declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution or payment in respect of shares of its capital stock (except for payment of dividends and distributions from any wholly-owned LBI Subsidiary to LBI and pursuant to SECTION 7.4);

(b) amendment to its articles of incorporation, charter or bylaws or any resolutions adopted by its board of directors or stockholders with respect to the same;

(c) payment or increase of any bonuses, salaries or other compensation to any of its stockholders, directors, officers or employees, except for normal increases in the Ordinary Course of Business or in accordance with any then existing LBI Employee Benefit Plan, or entry by it into any employment, consulting, non-competition, change in control, severance or similar Contract with any stockholder, director, officer or employee;

(d) adoption, amendment (except for any amendment necessary to comply with any Legal Requirement) or termination of, or increase in the payments to or benefits under, any LBI Employee Benefit Plan (as defined below);

(e) material damage to or destruction or loss of any of its assets or property, whether or not covered by insurance;

(f) entry into, termination or extension of, or receipt of notice of termination of, any joint venture or similar agreement pursuant to any Contract or any similar transaction;

(g) except for this Agreement, entry into any Contract or incurrence of any obligation or liability (fixed or contingent) other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(h) material change in any existing lease of real or personal property to which it is a party;

(i) sale (other than any sale in the Ordinary Course of Business), lease or other disposition of any of its assets or properties or mortgage, pledge or imposition of any lien or other encumbrance upon any of its material assets or properties, except for tax and other liens that arise by operation of law and with respect to which payment is not past due and except for pledges or liens: (i) required to be granted in connection with the acceptance by LFSB of government deposits; (ii) granted in connection with repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements; or (iii) otherwise incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business;

37

(j) incurrence by it of any obligation or liability (fixed or contingent) other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(k) other than in the Ordinary Course of Business, cancellation or waiver by it of any debts, claims or rights with a value in excess of $15,000;

(l) any investment by it of a capital nature exceeding $50,000 or aggregate investments of a capital nature exceeding $100,000;

(m) except for the Contemplated Transactions, merger or consolidation with or into any other Person, or acquisition of any stock, equity interest or business of any other Person;

(n) transaction for the borrowing or loaning of monies, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(o) suffered any change or changes having a Material Adverse Effect on it, or in the operation or conduct of its respective business;

(p) conducted its respective business in any manner other than substantially as it was being conducted prior to such time;

(q) purchased any investment security that is callable prior to its stated maturity, that has a stated maturity of thirty (30) months or more or has a purchase price of greater than $250,000;

(r) obtained any variable rate advances with maturities of greater than one (1) year from the Federal Home Loan Bank;

(s) agreement material change in its accounting methods used; or

(t) agreement, whether oral or written, by it to do any of the foregoing.

SECTION 5.18 PROPERTIES, CONTRACTS, EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND OTHER AGREEMENTS. Except for loan agreements evidencing loans or loan commitments made by LFSB in the Ordinary Course of Business, SCHEDULE 5.18 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES lists or describes the following with respect to LBI and each LBI Subsidiary:

(a) all real property owned by LBI and each LBI Subsidiary and the principal buildings and structures located thereon, together with a legal description of such real estate, and each lease of real property to which LBI and each LBI Subsidiary is a party, identifying the parties thereto, the annual rental payable, the expiration date thereof and a brief description of the property covered, and in each case of either owned or leased real property, the proper identification, if applicable, of each such property as a branch or main office or other office of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary;

(b) All loan and credit agreements, conditional sales contracts or other title retention agreements or security agreements relating to money borrowed by LBI or any LBI

38

Subsidiary, exclusive of deposit agreements with customers of LFSB entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business, agreements for the purchase of federal funds and repurchase agreements;

(c) each Applicable Contract that involves performance of services or delivery of goods or materials by LBI or any LBI Subsidiary of an amount or value in excess of $25,000;

(d) each Applicable Contract that was not entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business and that involves expenditures or receipts of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary in excess of $25,000;

(e) each Applicable Contract not referred to elsewhere in this Section which:

(i) relates to the future purchase of goods or services in excess of the requirements of its respective business at current levels or for normal operating purposes;

(ii) materially affect the business or financial condition of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary;

(f) each lease, rental, license, installment and conditional sale agreement and other Applicable Contract affecting the ownership of, leasing of, title to or use of any personal property having a value per item or requiring payments in excess of $25,000, or with terms of more than one year;

(g) each licensing agreement or other Applicable Contract with respect to Intellectual Property Assets, including agreements with current or former employees, consultants or contractors regarding the appropriation or the non-disclosure of any of the Intellectual Property Assets of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary;

(h) each collective bargaining agreement and other Applicable Contract to or with any labor union or other employee representative of a group of employees;

(i) each joint venture, partnership and other Applicable Contract (however named) involving a sharing of profits, losses, costs or liabilities by LBI or any LBI Subsidiary with any other Person;

(j) each Applicable Contract containing covenants that in any way purport to restrict the business activity of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, or limit the ability of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing to engage in any line of business or to compete with any Person;

(k) each Applicable Contract providing for payments to or by any Person based on sales, purchases or profits, other than direct payments for goods;

(l) the name and annual salary of each director and officer of LBI and each LBI Subsidiary, and the profit sharing, bonus or other form of compensation (other than salary) paid or payable by LBI, each LBI Subsidiary or a combination of any of them to or for the benefit of each such person in question for the years ended September 30, 1999 and 2000, and for

39

the current fiscal year of LBI, and any employment agreement, consulting agreement, non-competition, severance or change in control agreement or other similar arrangement or plan with respect to each such person;

(m) each profit sharing, group insurance, hospitalization, stock option, pension, retirement, bonus, employment, severance, change in control, deferred compensation, stock bonus, stock purchase or other employee welfare or benefit agreements, plans or arrangements established, maintained, sponsored or undertaken by LBI or any LBI Subsidiary for the benefit of the officers, directors or employees of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary, including each trust or other agreement with any custodian or any trustee for funds held under any such agreement, plan or arrangement, and all other Contracts or arrangements under which pensions, deferred compensation or other retirement benefits are being paid or may become payable by LBI or any LBI Subsidiary for the benefit of the employees of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary (collectively, the "LBI EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS"), and, in respect to any of them, the latest three (3) reports or forms, if any, filed with the Department of Labor and Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation under the ERISA, the latest three (3) financial or actuarial reports and any currently effective Internal Revenue Service private rulings or determination letters obtained by or for the benefit of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary;

(n) each Applicable Contract entered into other than in the Ordinary Course of Business that contains or provides for an express undertaking by LBI or any LBI Subsidiary to be responsible for consequential damages;

(o) each Applicable Contract for capital expenditures in excess of $50,000, or all Applicable Contracts for all capital expenditures which in the aggregate require payments in excess of $100,000; and

(p) the name of each Person who is or would be entitled pursuant to any Contract or LBI Employee Benefit Plan to receive any payment from LBI or any LBI Subsidiary as a result of the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions (including any payment that is or would be due as a result of any actual or constructive termination of a Person's employment or position following such consummation) and the maximum amount of such payment;

(q) each amendment, supplement and modification (whether oral or written) in respect of any of the foregoing.

Copies of each document, plan or Contract listed and described in SCHEDULE 5.18 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES are appended to such Schedule.

SECTION 5.19 NO DEFAULTS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 5.19 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES, each Contract identified or required to be identified in SCHEDULE 5.18 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES is in full force and effect in all material respects and is valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or by the exercise of judicial discretion. LBI and each LBI Subsidiary is, and at all times since January 1, 1998, has been, in full compliance with all applicable terms and requirements of each Contract under which LBI or any LBI Subsidiary has or had any obligation

40

or liability or by which LBI or any LBI Subsidiary or any of their respective assets owned or used by them is or was bound, except where any such failure to be in full compliance did not have or would reasonably be expected not to have a Material Adverse Effect on LBI on a consolidated basis. Each other Person that has or had any obligation or liability under any such Contract under which LBI or any LBI Subsidiary has or had any rights is, and at all times since January 1, 1998, has been, to the Knowledge of LBI, in compliance with applicable terms and requirements of such Contract in all material respects. No event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time) may contravene, conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or give LBI, any LBI Subsidiary or other Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy under, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, or to cancel, terminate or modify, any material Applicable Contract. Except in the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to loans made by LFSB, neither LBI nor any LBI Subsidiary has given to or received from any other Person, at any time since January 1, 1998, any notice or other communication (whether oral or written) regarding any actual, alleged, possible or potential material violation or breach of, or default under, any Contract. Other than in the Ordinary Course of Business in connection with workouts and restructured loans, there are no renegotiations of, attempts to renegotiate or outstanding rights to renegotiate any material amounts paid or payable to LBI or any LBI Subsidiary under current or completed Contracts with any Person, and no such Person has made written demand for such renegotiation.

SECTION 5.20 INSURANCE. SCHEDULE 5.20 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES lists the policies of insurance (including bankers blanket bond and insurance providing benefits for employees) owned or held by LBI or any LBI Subsidiary on the date hereof. Each policy is in full force and effect (except for any expiring policy that is replaced by coverage at least as extensive) until the Closing. All premiums due on such policies have been paid in full.

SECTION 5.21 COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 5.21 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES and except for any of the following that did not have or would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on LBI and the LBI Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, there are no actions, suits, investigations, liabilities, inquiries, Proceedings or Orders involving LBI or any LBI Subsidiary or any of their respective assets that are pending or, to the Knowledge of LBI, Threatened, nor to the Knowledge of LBI is there any factual basis for any of the foregoing, as a result of any asserted failure of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary, or any predecessor thereof, to comply with any Environmental Laws. No environmental clearances or other governmental approvals are required for the conduct of the business of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary or the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions. To the Knowledge of LBI, neither LBI nor any LBI Subsidiary is the owner of any interest in real estate on which any substances have been used, stored, deposited, treated, recycled or disposed of, which substances if known to be present on, at or under such property, would require clean-up, removal or some other remedial action under any Environmental Law.

SECTION 5.22 REGULATORY FILINGS. LBI and each LBI Subsidiary has filed in a timely manner all required filings with all proper Regulatory Authorities, including: (a) the SEC; (b) the OTS; and (c) the FDIC. To the Knowledge of LBI, all filings with such federal and state regulatory agencies were accurate and complete in all material respects as of the dates of the

41

filings, and no such filing has made any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Accurate and complete copies of each document filed by LBI with the SEC since October 1, 2000, are attached as SCHEDULE 5.22 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES.

SECTION 5.23 AGENCY AND CUSTODIAL ACCOUNTS. Each LBI Subsidiary has properly administered all accounts for which it acts as fiduciary, agent, custodian or investment advisor, in accordance with the terms of the governing documents and applicable Legal Requirements and common law. No LBI Subsidiary or any of its respective directors, officers or employees has committed any breach of trust with respect to any such account, and the accountings for each such account are true and correct in all material respects and accurately reflect the assets of such account.

SECTION 5.24 DISCLOSURE. No representation or warranty made in this Agreement by LBI contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein under the circumstances under which they were made not misleading. Except as and to the extent reflected or reserved against in LBI's audited financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2000, or the Subsequent LBI Financial Statements (as such term is defined below), neither LBI nor any LBI Subsidiary has, and with respect to the Subsequent LBI Financial Statements will not have, any liabilities or obligations, of any nature, secured or unsecured, (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) including, any Tax liabilities due or to become due, which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on LBI.

SECTION 5.25 BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS. Except as set forth in SCHEDULE
5.25 OF THE LBI BOOK OF SCHEDULES, none of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary or any of their respective Representatives has incurred any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or other similar payment in connection with this Agreement.

SECTION 5.26 DELAYS. To the Knowledge of LBI, there is no reason why the granting of any of the regulatory approvals referred to in SECTION 8.2 would be denied, unduly delayed or otherwise unavailable.

ARTICLE 6

COVENANTS OF MNB

From and after the date hereof and until the Effective Time, MNB hereby covenants and agrees with LBI as follows:

SECTION 6.1 INFORMATION, ACCESS AND CONFIDENTIALITY.

(a) Upon providing reasonable notice, LBI and its Representatives shall, at all times during normal business hours prior to the Closing Date, have full and continuing access to the facilities, operations, records and properties of MNB and each MNB Subsidiary. LBI and its Representatives may, prior to the Closing Date, make or cause to be made such reasonable

42

investigation of the operations, records and properties of MNB and each MNB Subsidiary, including observation of any audit of, and examination of any audit work papers with respect to, MNB or any MNB Subsidiary, and of its and their financial and legal condition as LBI shall deem necessary or advisable to familiarize itself with such records, properties and other matters; provided, that such access or investigation shall not interfere unnecessarily with the normal operations of MNB or any of the MNB Subsidiary. Upon request, MNB and each MNB Subsidiary will furnish LBI or its Representatives its attorneys' responses to auditors' requests for information and such financial and operating data and other information reasonably requested by LBI developed by MNB or any MNB Subsidiary, its auditors, accountants or attorneys (PROVIDED with respect to attorneys, such disclosure shall be limited to information that would not result in the waiver by MNB or any MNB Subsidiary of any claim of attorney-client privilege), and will permit LBI or its Representatives to discuss such information directly with any individual or firm performing auditing or accounting functions for MNB or any MNB Subsidiary, and such auditors and accountants shall be directed to furnish copies of any reports or financial information as developed to LBI or its Representatives. No investigation by LBI shall affect the representations and warranties made by MNB. This Section shall not require the disclosure of any information the disclosure of which to LBI would be prohibited by law.

(b) Any confidential information or trade secrets received by MNB, its employees or agents in the course of the examination described in
SECTION 7.1 shall be treated confidentially, and any correspondence, memoranda, records, copies, documents and electronic or other media of any kind containing either such confidential information, or trade secrets or both shall be destroyed by MNB or, at LBI's request, returned to LBI in the event this Agreement is terminated as provided in SECTION 11.1. Such information shall not be used by MNB or its agents to the detriment of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary.

SECTION 6.2 CARRY ON IN REGULAR COURSE. MNB and each MNB Subsidiary shall carry on its business diligently and substantially in the same manner as is presently being conducted and shall not make or institute any unusual or material change in its methods of doing business without the prior written consent of LBI, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. MNB shall, and shall also cause each MNB Subsidiary to, unless otherwise consented to in writing in advance by LBI:

(a) conduct its business only in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(b) use its Best Efforts to preserve intact its current business organization, keep available the services of its current officers, employees and agents, and maintain the relations and goodwill with its suppliers, customers, landlords, creditors, employees, agents and others having business relationships with it;

(c) confer and consult with LBI concerning operational matters of a material nature, any sales of investment securities or loans that were not originated with the intent to sell, and any changes or revisions to the asset-liability management of SNB;

(d) enter into loan transactions only in accordance with sound credit practices and only on terms and conditions which are not materially more favorable than those available to

43

the borrower from competitive sources in transactions in the ordinary course of business and consistent with prudent banking practices and policies and regulations of applicable regulatory authorities, and in that connection, MNB will consult and discuss with LBI all new credits or new lending relationships, or extensions or renewals of any existing credit relationships, approved in excess of $1,000,000 to any Person or Persons and his, her or their Affiliates from the date hereof to the Effective Time;

(e) consistent with past practice, maintain a reserve for probable loan and lease losses that is adequate in all material respects to provide for probable losses, net of recoveries relating to loans previously charged off, on loans outstanding (including accrued interest receivable);

(f) maintain all of its assets necessary for the conduct of its business in good operating condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or unavoidable casualty excepted, and maintain policies of insurance upon its assets and with respect to the conduct of its business in amounts and kinds comparable to that in effect on the date hereof and pay all premiums on such policies when due;

(g) file in a timely manner all required filings with all Regulatory Authorities and cause such filings to be true and correct in all material respects; and

(h) maintain its books, accounts and records in the usual, regular and ordinary manner, on a basis consistent with prior years and comply with all Legal Requirements.

With respect to any written request by MNB for LBI's consent to any non-permitted action of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary described in this Section, MNB shall be entitled to conclusively presume LBI has consented to any such action unless MNB shall have received LBI's written objection to such action within three (3) Business Days of the date of LBI's receipt of such written request.

SECTION 6.3 NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Except as otherwise provided by this Agreement, between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, MNB will not, and will cause each MNB Subsidiary not to, without the prior written consent of LBI, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, take any affirmative action, or fail to take any reasonable action within its control, as a result of which any of the changes or events listed in SECTION 4.17 is likely to occur. With respect to any written request by MNB for LBI's consent to any non-permitted action of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary described in this Section, MNB shall be entitled to conclusively presume LBI has consented to any such action unless MNB shall have received LBI's written objection to such action within three (3) Business Days of the date of LBI's receipt of such written request.

SECTION 6.4 DIVIDENDS. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time, MNB may continue to declare and pay to its stockholders, on dates consistent with its past practices, its normal quarterly cash dividend not to exceed $0.0625 per share of MNB Common Stock, and shall declare, pay or make no other dividend or other distribution or payment in respect of, or redemption of, shares of

44

MNB Common Stock, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that MNB shall not declare the record date for any dividend, or pay or make any such dividend or other distribution or payment, in the quarter in which the Effective Time shall occur. It is the intent of this Section to provide that the holders of MNB Common Stock will receive either payment of dividends on their shares of MNB Common Stock as permitted under this Section or the payment of cash dividends as the holders of the MNB Exchange Shares for the calendar quarter during which the Effective Time shall occur, but will not receive and will not become entitled to receive for the same calendar quarter both the payment of a permitted dividend as stockholders of MNB and the payment of a cash dividend as the holders of the MNB Exchange Shares. If MNB does not declare and pay permitted dividends on its MNB Common Stock in a particular calendar quarter because of MNB's reasonable expectation that the Effective Time would occur in such quarter wherein the holders of MNB Common Stock would have become entitled to receive cash dividends for such calendar quarter on the MNB Exchange Shares, and the Effective Time does not in fact occur in said calendar quarter, then, as a result thereof, MNB shall be entitled to declare and pay a permitted dividend on said shares of MNB Common Stock for said calendar quarter as soon as reasonably practicable.

SECTION 6.5 SUBSEQUENT MNB FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. As soon as available after the date hereof, MNB will furnish LBI copies of: (a) each filing made subsequent to April 1, 2001, by MNB with the SEC; (b) the monthly unaudited balance sheets and profit and loss statements of MNB on a consolidated basis, and SNB on a stand-alone basis, prepared in each case for MNB's internal use,
(c) the Call Report of SNB for each quarterly period completed after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Effective Time; and (d) all other financial reports or statements submitted by MNB or any MNB Subsidiary to Regulatory Authorities after the date hereof, to the extent permitted by law (collectively, the "SUBSEQUENT MNB FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"). The Subsequent MNB Financial Statements shall be prepared on a basis consistent with past accounting practices and shall fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations for the dates and periods presented, subject in the case of unaudited financial statements to year-end audit adjustments (which changes in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to be materially adverse). The Subsequent MNB Financial Statements will not include any material assets or omit to state any material liabilities, absolute or contingent, or other facts, which inclusion or omission would render such financial statements misleading in any material respect.

SECTION 6.6 ADVICE OF CHANGES. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, MNB will promptly notify LBI in writing if MNB or any MNB Subsidiary becomes aware of any fact or condition that causes or constitutes a Breach of any of MNB's representations and warranties as of the date of this Agreement, or if MNB or any MNB Subsidiary becomes aware of the occurrence after the date of this Agreement of any fact or condition that would (except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement) cause or constitute a Breach of any such representation or warranty had such representation or warranty been made as of the time of occurrence or discovery of such fact or condition. If any such fact or condition would require any change in the Schedules if such Schedules were dated the date of the occurrence or discovery of any such fact or condition, MNB will promptly deliver to LBI a supplement to the Schedules specifying such change, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that receipt of notice of such facts after the date of

45

this Agreement shall have no effect on the truth and accuracy of the representations and warranties made in this Agreement and the delivery of any such updated Schedule shall not in itself be sufficient to cure any prior Breach. During the same period, MNB will promptly notify LBI of the occurrence of any Breach of any covenant of MNB in this Article or of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be expected to make the satisfaction of the conditions in ARTICLE 10 impossible or unlikely. MNB shall also provide to LBI copies of each written communication sent to its stockholders between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date.

SECTION 6.7 STOCKHOLDERS' MEETING. MNB shall cause a meeting of its stockholders for the purpose of acting upon this Agreement to be held at the earliest practicable date after the Registration Statement (as defined below) has been declared effective by the SEC. MNB shall send to its stockholders at least thirty (30) days prior to such meeting, notice of such meeting together with the Proxy Statement-Prospectus (as defined below) which shall include a copy of this Agreement and a copy of Section 262 of the Delaware Code governing the rights of dissenting stockholders. Subject to its fiduciary duties, MNB and its board of directors shall recommend to stockholders the approval of this Agreement and shall solicit proxies voting only in favor thereof from the stockholders of MNB.

SECTION 6.8 INFORMATION PROVIDED TO LBI. MNB agrees that none of the information concerning MNB or any MNB Subsidiary that is provided or to be provided by MNB to LBI for inclusion or that is included in the Registration Statement or Proxy Statement-Prospectus and any other documents to be filed with any Regulatory Authority in connection with the Contemplated Transactions will, at the respective times such documents are filed and, in the case of the Registration Statement, when it becomes effective and, with respect to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus, when mailed, be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading or, in the case of the Proxy Statement-Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, at the time of the meeting of MNB's stockholders referred to above, be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary to correct any statement in any earlier communication with respect to the solicitation of any proxy for the meeting in connection with which the Proxy Statement-Prospectus shall be mailed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, MNB shall have no responsibility for the truth or accuracy of any information with respect to LBI or any LBI Subsidiary or any of their Affiliates contained in the Registration Statement or the Proxy Statement-Prospectus or in any document submitted to, or other communication with, any Regulatory Authority.

SECTION 6.9 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. LBI may in its discretion, prior to the Closing, retain at its own expense an independent professional consultant to perform an environmental site assessment and render to LBI a report (an "ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT") to determine if any real property in which MNB holds any interest contains or gives evidence that any violations of Environmental Laws have occurred on any such property. Neither LBI nor its independent professional consultant shall enter upon any such real property in which MNB or any MNB Subsidiary holds only a mortgagee's interest without the prior permission of MNB and the Person in possession thereof. MNB shall not withhold such permission unreasonably, and shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain such permission for LBI from the Person in possession of any

46

such mortgaged real property for which LBI desires its independent professional consultant to conduct a site assessment. LBI shall have no duty to act upon any information produced by such reviews or investigations with or for the benefit of MNB, any MNB Subsidiary or any other Person, but shall provide such information to MNB as soon as practicable after such information becomes available to LBI.

SECTION 6.10 EXCLUSIVITY. Subject to its fiduciary duties and except as otherwise set forth herein, none of MNB, any MNB Subsidiary or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, professional and financial advisors, representatives, agents and Affiliates shall, directly or indirectly, make, encourage, facilitate, solicit, initiate or assist any inquiries, proposals, offers or expressions of interest from, or provide any nonpublic information or access to MNB's or any MNB Subsidiary's premises to, or participate in any discussions or negotiations with, any Person (other than LBI and Newco and their directors, officers, employees, professional and financial advisors, representatives, agents and Affiliates) concerning or relating to: (a) any merger, sale of assets not in the Ordinary Course of Business, acquisition, business combination, change of control or other similar transaction involving MNB or any MNB Subsidiary, or (b) any purchase or other acquisition by any Person of five percent (5%) or more of the capital stock of MNB or of any capital stock of any MNB Subsidiary, or (c) any issuance by any MNB Subsidiary of any shares of its capital stock (collectively, a "COMPETING MNB PROPOSAL"). MNB will promptly advise LBI of, and communicate to LBI the terms and conditions of, and the identity of the Person making, any Competing MNB Proposal, and will promptly furnish LBI with copies of any non-privileged documents provided to and received from such Person, and summaries of any other communications with respect to such Competing MNB Proposal. Upon the date of this Agreement, MNB will terminate all discussions and negotiations that it has heretofore engaged in or conducted with any other Person with respect to any of the above, and will advise its directors, officers, employees, professional and financial advisors, representatives, agents and Affiliates to also terminate the same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, MNB may engage in discussions or negotiations with, furnish nonpublic information concerning MNB and any MNB Subsidiary and their respective properties, assets and business, and grant access to the facilities of MNB and any MNB Subsidiary, to any Person that hereafter makes a Competing MNB Proposal that was not directly or indirectly, after the date hereof, made, encouraged, facilitated, solicited, initiated or assisted by MNB, any MNB Subsidiary or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, professional or financial advisors, representatives, agents or Affiliates (an "UNSOLICITED MNB PROPOSAL"), but only to the extent that: (i) the board of directors of MNB receives a written opinion from its independent financial advisor that such proposal may be superior to the Contemplated Transactions from a financial point of view to MNB's stockholders; (ii) MNB's outside legal counsel advises MNB that the maker of the Unsolicited MNB Proposal may legally acquire MNB and SNB; (iii) MNB's board of directors, after consultation with its outside legal counsel, determines in good faith that such action is necessary for MNB's board of directors to comply with its fiduciary duties to its stockholders under all applicable Legal Requirements; and (iv) prior to furnishing such information to, or entering into discussions or negotiations with, such Person, MNB provides reasonable notice to LBI to the effect that it is furnishing information to, or entering into discussions or negotiations with, such Person.

47

SECTION 6.11 BEST EFFORTS; COOPERATION. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, MNB agrees to exercise good faith and use its Best Efforts to satisfy the various covenants and conditions to Closing in this ARTICLE 6 and ARTICLE 10, respectively, and to consummate the Contemplated Transactions as promptly as possible. MNB will not intentionally take or intentionally permit to be taken any action that would be a Breach of the terms or provisions of this Agreement. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, MNB will, and will cause each MNB Subsidiary and all of the Affiliates and Representatives of MNB and each MNB Subsidiary to, cooperate with LBI with respect to all filings that LBI is required by Legal Requirements to make in connection with the Contemplated Transactions. In case at any time after the Effective Time any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement or to vest Newco with full title to all properties, assets, rights, approvals, immunities and franchises of MNB, the proper officers and directors of MNB shall take all such necessary action to vest Newco with such rights.

SECTION 6.12 AMENDMENT OF MNB RIGHTS AGREEMENT. Prior to the Effective Time, MNB shall take all actions that may be necessary to amend the Rights Agreement dated as of March 20, 2001, between MNB and SNB, to provide that LBI is not an "Acquiring Person" as defined by the Rights Agreement.

SECTION 6.13 ACCRUAL OF COSTS. On or prior to the Closing Date, MNB shall fully pay or accrue as may be required by GAAP: (a) the cost of any benefits or contributions supplied or made or to be supplied or made through the Effective Time under any of the MNB Employee Benefit Plans; (b) the costs of any corrective action to bring any such plans into compliance with applicable law;
(c) the aggregate cost of complying with any representation, warranty or covenant of MNB set forth in this Agreement; and (d) all MNB Transactional Expenses.

ARTICLE 7

COVENANTS OF LBI

From and after the date hereof and until the Effective Time, LBI hereby covenants and agrees with MNB as follows:

SECTION 7.1 INFORMATION, ACCESS AND CONFIDENTIALITY.

(a) Upon providing reasonable notice, MNB and its Representatives shall, at all times during normal business hours prior to the Closing Date, have full and continuing access to the facilities, operations, records and properties of LBI and each LBI Subsidiary. MNB and its Representatives may, prior to the Closing Date, make or cause to be made such reasonable investigation of the operations, records and properties of LBI and each LBI Subsidiary, including observation of any audit of, and examination of any audit work papers with respect to, LBI or any LBI Subsidiary, and of its and their financial and legal condition as MNB shall deem necessary or advisable to familiarize itself with such records, properties and other matters; provided, that such access or investigation shall not interfere unnecessarily with the normal operations of LBI or any of the LBI Subsidiary. Upon request, LBI and each LBI Subsidiary will

48

furnish MNB or its Representatives its attorneys' responses to auditors' requests for information and such financial and operating data and other information reasonably requested by MNB developed by LBI or any LBI Subsidiary, its auditors, accountants or attorneys (PROVIDED with respect to attorneys, such disclosure shall be limited to information that would not result in the waiver by LBI or any LBI Subsidiary of any claim of attorney-client privilege), and will permit MNB or its Representatives to discuss such information directly with any individual or firm performing auditing or accounting functions for LBI or any LBI Subsidiary, and such auditors and accountants shall be directed to furnish copies of any reports or financial information as developed to MNB or its Representatives. No investigation by MNB shall affect the representations and warranties made by LBI. This Section shall not require the disclosure of any information the disclosure of which to MNB would be prohibited by law.

(b) Any confidential information or trade secrets received by LBI, its employees or agents in the course of the examination described in
SECTION 6.1 shall be treated confidentially, and any correspondence, memoranda, records, copies, documents and electronic or other media of any kind containing either such confidential information, or trade secrets or both shall be destroyed by LBI or, at MNB's request, returned to MNB in the event this Agreement is terminated as provided in SECTION 11.1. Such information shall not be used by LBI or its agents to the detriment of MNB or any MNB Subsidiary.

SECTION 7.2 CARRY ON IN REGULAR COURSE. LBI and each LBI Subsidiary shall carry on its business diligently and substantially in the same manner as is presently being conducted and shall not make or institute any unusual or material change in its methods of doing business without the prior written consent of MNB, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. LBI shall, and shall also cause each LBI Subsidiary to, unless otherwise consented to in writing in advance by MNB:

(a) conduct its business only in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(b) use its Best Efforts to preserve intact its current business organization, keep available the services of its current officers, employees and agents, and maintain the relations and goodwill with its suppliers, customers, landlords, creditors, employees, agents and others having business relationships with it;

(c) confer and consult with MNB concerning operational matters of a material nature, any sales of investment securities or loans that were not originated with the intent to sell, and any changes or revisions to the asset-liability management of LFSB;

(d) enter into loan transactions only in accordance with sound credit practices and only on terms and conditions which are not materially more favorable than those available to the borrower from competitive sources in transactions in the ordinary course of business and consistent with prudent banking practices and policies and regulations of applicable regulatory authorities, and in that connection, LBI will consult and discuss with MNB all new credits or new lending relationships, or extensions or renewals of any existing credit relationships, approved in excess of $1,000,000 to any Person or Persons and his, her or their Affiliates from the date hereof to the Effective Time;

49

(e) consistent with past practice, maintain a reserve for probable loan and lease losses that is adequate in all material respects to provide for probable losses, net of recoveries relating to loans previously charged off, on loans outstanding (including accrued interest receivable);

(f) maintain all of its assets necessary for the conduct of its business in good operating condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or unavoidable casualty excepted, and maintain policies of insurance upon its assets and with respect to the conduct of its business in amounts and kinds comparable to that in effect on the date hereof and pay all premiums on such policies when due;

(g) file in a timely manner all required filings with all Regulatory Authorities and cause such filings to be true and correct in all material respects; and

(h) maintain its books, accounts and records in the usual, regular and ordinary manner, on a basis consistent with prior years and comply with all Legal Requirements.

With respect to any written request by LBI for MNB's consent to any non-permitted action of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary described in this Section, LBI shall be entitled to conclusively presume MNB has consented to any such action unless LBI shall have received MNB's written objection to such action within three (3) Business Days of the date of MNB's receipt of such written request.

SECTION 7.3 NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Except as otherwise provided by this Agreement, between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, LBI will not, and will cause each LBI Subsidiary not to, without the prior written consent of MNB, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, take any affirmative action, or fail to take any reasonable action within its control, as a result of which any of the changes or events listed in SECTION 5.17 is likely to occur. With respect to any written request by LBI for MNB's consent to any non-permitted action of LBI or any LBI Subsidiary described in this Section, LBI shall be entitled to conclusively presume MNB has consented to any such action unless LBI shall have received MNB's written objection to such action within three (3) Business Days of the date of MNB's receipt of such written request.

SECTION 7.4 DIVIDENDS. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time, LBI may continue to declare and pay to its stockholders, on dates consistent with its past practices, its normal quarterly cash dividend not to exceed $0.15 per share of LBI Common Stock, and shall declare, pay or make no other dividend or other distribution or payment in respect of, or redemption of, shares of LBI Common Stock, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that LBI shall not declare the record date for any dividend, or pay or make any such dividend or other distribution or payment, in the quarter in which the Effective Time shall occur. It is the intent of this
Section to provide that the holders of LBI Common Stock will receive either payment of dividends on their shares of LBI Common Stock as permitted under this
Section or the payment of cash dividends as the holders of the LBI Exchange Shares for the calendar quarter during which the Effective Time shall occur, but will not receive and will not become entitled to receive for the same calendar quarter both the

50

payment of a permitted dividend as stockholders of LBI and the payment of a cash dividend as the holders of the LBI Exchange Shares. If LBI does not declare and pay permitted dividends on its LBI Common Stock in a particular calendar quarter because of LBI's reasonable expectation that the Effective Time would occur in such quarter wherein the holders of LBI Common Stock would have become entitled to receive cash dividends for such calendar quarter on the LBI Exchange Shares, and the Effective Time does not in fact occur in said calendar quarter, then, as a result thereof, LBI shall be entitled to declare and pay a permitted dividend on said shares of LBI Common Stock for said calendar quarter as soon as reasonably practicable.

SECTION 7.5 SUBSEQUENT LBI FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. As soon as available after the date hereof, LBI will furnish MNB copies of: (a) each filing made subsequent to April 1, 2001, by LBI with the SEC; (b) the monthly unaudited balance sheets and profit and loss statements of LBI on a consolidated basis, and LFSB on a stand-alone basis, prepared in each case for LBI's internal use,
(c) the TFR of LFSB for each quarterly period completed after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Effective Time; and (d) all other financial reports or statements submitted by LBI or any LBI Subsidiary to Regulatory Authorities after the date hereof, to the extent permitted by law (collectively, the "SUBSEQUENT LBI FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"). The Subsequent LBI Financial Statements shall be prepared on a basis consistent with past accounting practices and shall fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations for the dates and periods presented, subject in the case of unaudited financial statements to year-end audit adjustments (which changes in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to be materially adverse). The Subsequent LBI Financial Statements will not include any material assets or omit to state any material liabilities, absolute or contingent, or other facts, which inclusion or omission would render such financial statements misleading in any material respect.

SECTION 7.6 ADVICE OF CHANGES. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, LBI will promptly notify MNB in writing if LBI or any LBI Subsidiary becomes aware of any fact or condition that causes or constitutes a Breach of any of LBI's representations and warranties as of the date of this Agreement, or if LBI or any LBI Subsidiary becomes aware of the occurrence after the date of this Agreement of any fact or condition that would (except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement) cause or constitute a Breach of any such representation or warranty had such representation or warranty been made as of the time of occurrence or discovery of such fact or condition. If any such fact or condition would require any change in the Schedules if such Schedules were dated the date of the occurrence or discovery of any such fact or condition, LBI will promptly deliver to MNB a supplement to the Schedules specifying such change, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that receipt of notice of such facts after the date of this Agreement shall have no effect on the truth and accuracy of the representations and warranties made in this Agreement and the delivery of any such updated Schedule shall not in itself be sufficient to cure any prior Breach. During the same period, LBI will promptly notify MNB of the occurrence of any Breach of any covenant of LBI in this Article or of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be expected to make the satisfaction of the conditions in ARTICLE 9 impossible or unlikely. LBI shall also provide to MNB copies of each written communication sent to its stockholders between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date.

51

SECTION 7.7 STOCKHOLDERS' MEETING. LBI shall cause a meeting of its stockholders for the purpose of acting upon this Agreement to be held at the earliest practicable date after the Registration Statement (as defined below) has been declared effective by the SEC. LBI shall send to its stockholders at least thirty (30) days prior to such meeting, notice of such meeting together with the Proxy Statement-Prospectus (as defined below). Subject to its fiduciary duties, LBI and its board of directors shall recommend to stockholders the approval of this Agreement and shall solicit proxies voting only in favor thereof from the stockholders of LBI.

SECTION 7.8 INFORMATION PROVIDED TO MNB. LBI agrees that none of the information concerning LBI or any LBI Subsidiary that is provided or to be provided by LBI to MNB for inclusion or that is included in the Registration Statement or Proxy Statement-Prospectus and any other documents to be filed with any Regulatory Authority in connection with the Contemplated Transactions will, at the respective times such documents are filed and, in the case of the Registration Statement, when it becomes effective and, with respect to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus, when mailed, be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading or, in the case of the Proxy Statement-Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, at the time of the meeting of LBI's stockholders referred to above, be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary to correct any statement in any earlier communication with respect to the solicitation of any proxy for the meeting in connection with which the Proxy Statement-Prospectus shall be mailed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, LBI shall have no responsibility for the truth or accuracy of any information with respect to MNB or any MNB Subsidiary or any of their Affiliates contained in the Registration Statement or the Proxy Statement-Prospectus or in any document submitted to, or other communication with, any Regulatory Authority.

SECTION 7.9 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. MNB may in its discretion, prior to the Closing, retain at its own expense an independent professional consultant to perform an environmental site assessment and render to MNB an Environmental Report to determine if any real property in which LBI holds any interest contains or gives evidence that any violations of Environmental Laws have occurred on any such property. Neither MNB nor its independent professional consultant shall enter upon any such real property in which LBI or any LBI Subsidiary holds only a mortgagee's interest without the prior permission of LBI and the Person in possession thereof. LBI shall not withhold such permission unreasonably, and shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain such permission for MNB from the Person in possession of any such mortgaged real property for which MNB desires its independent professional consultant to conduct a site assessment. MNB shall have no duty to act upon any information produced by such reviews or investigations with or for the benefit of LBI, any LBI Subsidiary or any other Person, but shall provide such information to LBI as soon as practicable after such information becomes available to MNB.

SECTION 7.10 EXCLUSIVITY. Subject to its fiduciary duties and except as otherwise set forth herein, none of LBI, any LBI Subsidiary or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, professional and financial advisors, representatives, agents and Affiliates shall, directly or indirectly, make, encourage, facilitate, solicit, initiate or assist any inquiries,

52

proposals, offers or expressions of interest from, or provide any nonpublic information or access to LBI's or any LBI Subsidiary's premises to, or participate in any discussions or negotiations with, any Person (other than MNB and Newco and their directors, officers, employees, professional and financial advisors, representatives, agents and Affiliates) concerning or relating to: (a) any merger, sale of assets not in the Ordinary Course of Business, acquisition, business combination, change of control or other similar transaction involving LBI or any LBI Subsidiary, or (b) any purchase or other acquisition by any Person of five percent (5%) or more of the capital stock of LBI or of any capital stock of any LBI Subsidiary, or (c) any issuance by any LBI Subsidiary of any shares of its capital stock (collectively, a "COMPETING LBI PROPOSAL"). LBI will promptly advise MNB of, and communicate to MNB the terms and conditions of, and the identity of the Person making, any Competing LBI Proposal, and will promptly furnish MNB with copies of any non-privileged documents provided to and received from such Person, and summaries of any other communications with respect to such Competing LBI Proposal. Upon the date of this Agreement, LBI will terminate all discussions and negotiations that it has heretofore engaged in or conducted with any other Person with respect to any of the above, and will advise its directors, officers, employees, professional and financial advisors, representatives, agents and Affiliates to also terminate the same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, LBI may engage in discussions or negotiations with, furnish nonpublic information concerning LBI and any LBI Subsidiary and their respective properties, assets and business, and grant access to the facilities of LBI and any LBI Subsidiary, to any Person that hereafter makes a Competing LBI Proposal that was not directly or indirectly, after the date hereof, made, encouraged, facilitated, solicited, initiated or assisted by LBI, any LBI Subsidiary or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, professional or financial advisors, representatives, agents or Affiliates (an "UNSOLICITED LBI PROPOSAL"), but only to the extent that: (i) the board of directors of LBI receives a written opinion from its independent financial advisor that such proposal may be superior to the Contemplated Transactions from a financial point of view to LBI's stockholders; (ii) LBI's outside legal counsel advises LBI that the maker of the Unsolicited LBI Proposal may legally acquire LBI and LFSB; (iii) LBI's board of directors, after consultation with its outside legal counsel, determines in good faith that such action is necessary for LBI's board of directors to comply with its fiduciary duties to its stockholders under all applicable Legal Requirements; and (iv) prior to furnishing such information to, or entering into discussions or negotiations with, such Person, LBI provides reasonable notice to MNB to the effect that it is furnishing information to, or entering into discussions or negotiations with, such Person.

SECTION 7.11 BEST EFFORTS; COOPERATION. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, LBI agrees to exercise good faith and use its Best Efforts to satisfy the various covenants and conditions to Closing in this ARTICLE 7 and ARTICLE 9, respectively, and to consummate the Contemplated Transactions as promptly as possible. LBI will not intentionally take or intentionally permit to be taken any action that would be a Breach of the terms or provisions of this Agreement. Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, LBI will, and will cause each LBI Subsidiary and all of the Affiliates and Representatives of LBI and each LBI Subsidiary to, cooperate with MNB with respect to all filings that MNB is required by Legal Requirements to make in connection with the Contemplated Transactions. In case at any time after the Effective Time any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement or to vest Newco with full title to all properties, assets, rights,

53

approvals, immunities and franchises of LBI, the proper officers and directors of LBI shall take all such necessary action to vest Newco with such rights.

SECTION 7.12 DATA PROCESSING AGREEMENT. LBI agrees to consult with MNB prior to the entry by it or any LBI subsidiary into any new, or any extension of any existing, data processing agreement. LBI agrees to coordinate with MNB the negotiation of any new or extension of any existing data processing agreement with the purpose of achieving the best possible economic and business result in light of the Bank Merger.

SECTION 7.13 ACCRUAL OF COSTS. On or prior to the Closing Date, LBI shall fully pay or accrue as may be required by GAAP: (a) the cost of any benefits or contributions supplied or made or to be supplied or made through the Effective Time under any of the LBI Employee Benefit Plans; (b) the costs of any corrective action to bring any such plans into compliance with applicable law;
(c) the aggregate cost of complying with any representation, warranty or covenant of LBI set forth in this Agreement; and (d) all LBI Transactional Expenses.

ARTICLE 8

COVENANTS OF ALL PARTIES

SECTION 8.1 NECESSARY APPROVALS. LBI and MNB agree that MNB's counsel will have primary responsibility for preparation of the Registration Statement and MNB will have primary responsibility for the preparation of the necessary applications for regulatory approval of the Contemplated Transactions. Each of LBI and MNB and their respective Subsidiaries and Newco agree fully and promptly to cooperate with each other and their respective counsels and accountants in connection with any steps to be taken as part of their obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION 8.2 REGULATORY APPROVALS. By no later than forty-five (45) days after the date of this Agreement, Newco shall make all appropriate filings with Regulatory Authorities for approval of the Contemplated Transactions, including the preparation of an application or any amendment thereto or any other required statements or documents filed or to be filed by any party with: (a) the Federal Reserve pursuant to the BHCA; (b) the OTS pursuant to the HOLA; (c) the OCC pursuant to the National Bank Act; and (d) any other Person or Regulatory Authority pursuant to any applicable Legal Requirement, for authority to consummate the Contemplated Transactions. LBI and MNB shall pursue in good faith the regulatory approvals necessary to consummate the Contemplated Transactions. In advance of any filing made under this Section, LBI and MNB and their respective counsel shall be provided with the opportunity to comment thereon, and LBI, MNB and Newco each agree promptly to advise each other and each other's counsel of any material communication received by it or its counsel from any Regulatory Authorities with respect to such filings.

SECTION 8.3 SEC REGISTRATION. By no later than sixty (60) days after the date of this Agreement, Newco shall file with the SEC a Registration Statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act covering the shares of Newco Common Stock to be issued pursuant to

54

this Agreement and shall use all reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective and thereafter, until the Effective Time or lawful termination of this Agreement, to keep the same effective and, if necessary, amend and supplement the same (the Registration Statement, and any amendments and supplements thereto, is referred to as the "REGISTRATION STATEMENT"). The Registration Statement shall include a Proxy Statement-Prospectus prepared by Newco that is reasonably acceptable to MNB and LBI (the "PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS"), for use in connection with the meetings of the stockholders of MNB and LBI referred to in SECTION 6.7 and SECTION 7.7, respectively, of this Agreement, all in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. Newco shall, as soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement, make all filings required to obtain all permits, authorizations, consents or approvals required under any applicable Legal Requirements (including all state securities laws) for the issuance of the shares of Newco Common Stock to stockholders of LBI and MNB. In advance of any filing made under this Section, LBI and MNB and their respective counsel shall be provided with the opportunity to comment thereon, and LBI, MNB and Newco each agree promptly to advise each other and each other's counsel of any material communication received by it or its counsel from the SEC or any other Regulatory Authorities with respect to such filings.

SECTION 8.4 CUSTOMER AND EMPLOYEE RELATIONSHIPS. Each of LBI and MNB agrees that its respective representatives may jointly:

(a) participate in meetings or discussions with officers and employees of MNB and LBI and their Subsidiaries in connection with employment opportunities with Newco after the Effective Time; and

(b) contact Persons having dealings with MNB or LBI or any of its respective Subsidiaries for the purpose of informing such Persons of the services to be offered by Newco after the Effective Time.

SECTION 8.5 NEWCO EXPENSES. Except as otherwise provided herein, all costs and expenses incurred by a party to this Agreement shall be borne by such party, including the fees of their respective accountants and attorneys. All organizational expenses of Newco and other reasonable expenses incurred by Newco in the performance of its duties under this Agreement shall be shared equally between MNB and LBI.

SECTION 8.6 PUBLICITY. Prior to the Effective Time, the parties to this Agreement will consult with each other before issuing any press releases or otherwise making any public statements with respect to this Agreement or the Contemplated Transactions and shall not issue any such press release or make any such public statement without the prior consent of the other parties, except as may be required by law.

SECTION 8.7 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN PAYMENTS; NEWCO EMPLOYEE BENEFITS. LBI and MNB agree to take or cause to be taken the actions described in SCHEDULE 8.7 with respect to the payment of amounts due under the LBI Employee Benefits Plans and MNB Employee Benefits Plans, and to the organization of Newco. LBI and MNB further agree to cooperate to determine prior to the Closing the types of benefits to be offered after the Effective Time by Newco to former employees of MNB and LBI who become employees of Newco.

55

SECTION 8.8 DIRECTOR AND OFFICER LIABILITY COVERAGE. LBI and MNB agree to cooperate to attempt to obtain after the Effective Time directors' and officers' liability insurance coverage for the officers and directors of Newco, to the extent the same is economically practicable. Any such coverage shall be on substantially the same terms and conditions and provide the same coverage against personal liability for actions taken after the Effective Time as the most protective coverage which is currently provided to officers and directors of either MNB or LBI. Such coverage may be provided through an insurance policy or through an agreement by Newco to indemnify such officers and directors. LBI and MNB also agree to cooperate to attempt to obtain as of the Effective Time and to maintain in effect for a period of not less than three (3) years after the Effective Time directors' and officers' liability insurance coverage for the officers and directors of each of LBI and MNB with respect to actions taken by them prior to the Effective Time to the extent that such coverage is available and mutually determined by the parties to be economically practicable ("TAIL COVERAGE"). Notwithstanding any such Tail Coverage, the parties further agree that after the Effective Time Newco will indemnify for a period of six (6) years the current and past officers and directors of LBI and MNB for all actions taken by them prior to the Effective Time in their respective capacities as officers and directors of LBI and MNB to the same extent as the indemnification provided by LBI or MNB to its respective officers and directors as of the time immediately prior to the Effective Time. The directors and officers of LBI and MNB shall be third party beneficiaries to this Section and this Section shall survive the Effective Time.

SECTION 8.9 ACTIONS BY NEWCO. Prior to the date hereof, LBI and MNB have incorporated Newco under the Delaware Code, and Newco has issued one half of Newco's capital stock to each of MNB and LBI. MNB and LBI agree that from and after the date hereof they shall each cause Newco to take all other corporate and other actions that are necessary for Newco to comply with its respective obligations under this Agreement and to effectuate the Contemplated Transactions.

SECTION 8.10 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, Newco shall honor the terms of all employment, change in control and severance agreements in effect as of the date of this Agreement and to which any of LBI, MNB or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party. LBI and MNB shall cause Newco to enter into employment agreements in the form of EXHIBIT G with the individuals listed on such Exhibit to become effective at the Effective Time.

SECTION 8.11 TRADEMARKS. Prior to the Closing Date, LBI and MNB shall cause Newco to purchase any Intellectual Property Assets (including logos) and associated goodwill owned by LBI, MNB or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

ARTICLE 9

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF MNB

MNB's obligation to consummate the Contemplated Transactions and to take the other actions required to be taken by MNB at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the

56

Closing, of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived by MNB, in whole or in part):

SECTION 9.1 ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. All of the representations and warranties of LBI set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same force and effect as if all of such representations and warranties were made at the Closing Date, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, such representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date, and PROVIDED FURTHER, that to the extent that such representations and warranties are made in this Agreement subject to a standard of materiality or Knowledge, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects.

SECTION 9.2 LBI'S PERFORMANCE. LBI shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all of the covenants and obligations to be performed or complied with by it under the terms of this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to the extent performance and compliance with such covenants and obligations are subject in this Agreement to a standard of materiality, LBI shall have performed and complied in all respects with such covenants and obligations.

SECTION 9.3 PROCEEDINGS AND DOCUMENTS SATISFACTORY. All proceedings, corporate or other, to be taken by LBI in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, and all documents incident thereto, shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to counsel for MNB.

SECTION 9.4 STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS. This Agreement shall have been duly and validly authorized by the stockholders of LBI. Such stockholder approval shall have been obtained in conformity with all applicable laws at a meeting of stockholders for which proxies are solicited in compliance with applicable laws and requirements.

SECTION 9.5 NO PROCEEDINGS. Neither LBI nor any LBI Subsidiary shall be made a party to, or to the Knowledge of LBI, Threatened by any Proceedings which, in the reasonable opinion of MNB, have or are likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on LBI, and no Proceeding shall have been instituted, made or threatened by any Person relating to the Merger or the validity or propriety of the Contemplated Transactions that MNB reasonably believes will result in material damages or an Order enjoining the Merger or a determination that LBI failed to comply with legal requirements of a material nature in connection with any of the Contemplated Transactions.

SECTION 9.6 ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES OR EVENTS. From the date hereof to the Effective Time, there shall be and have been no Material Adverse Effect on LBI, or any event or occurrence reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect on LBI, excluding costs associated with the Contemplated Transactions and any payments that become due and payable under any LBI Employee Benefits Plans as a result of the occurrence of the Contemplated Transactions.

SECTION 9.7 REGULATORY APPROVALS. All of the approvals from Regulatory Authorities referred to in SECTION 8.2, or otherwise reasonably necessary in the opinion of MNB to

57

consummate the Contemplated Transactions, shall have been obtained and shall be reasonably satisfactory to MNB.

SECTION 9.8 REGISTRATION STATEMENT. The Registration Statement shall have become effective and no stop order suspending such effectiveness shall have been issued or threatened by the SEC that suspends the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and no Proceeding shall have been commenced or be pending or Threatened for such purpose.

SECTION 9.9 FAIRNESS OPINION. As of the date of this Agreement and prior to distribution of the Proxy Statement-Prospectus to the stockholders of MNB, MNB shall have received an opinion from McConnell, Budd & Downes, Inc. to the effect that the consideration to be received by MNB's stockholders in connection with the Merger, from a financial point of view, is fair to MNB's stockholders, and the same shall not have been withdrawn prior to the Closing.

SECTION 9.10 ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS. MNB shall have been granted acceptable access to any real property in which LBI or any LBI Subsidiary has an interest and for which MNB desired its independent professional consultant to prepare an Environmental Report, and the results of any Environmental Report rendered to MNB with respect to such real property shall have not disclosed any violation of Environmental Laws which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on LBI.

SECTION 9.11 TAX OPINION. MNB shall have received an opinion of KPMG LLP, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, dated as of the date of the Registration Statement and updated through the Closing Date, substantially to the effect that the Merger will constitute a tax free reorganization under Section 368 of the Code.

SECTION 9.12 OTHER CONSENTS AND APPROVALS. Any consents or approvals other than those described in Section 9.7 that are required to be secured by LBI to consummate the Contemplated Transactions shall have been obtained and shall be reasonably satisfactory to MNB.

ARTICLE 10

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF LBI

LBI's obligation to consummate the Contemplated Transactions and to take the other actions required to be taken by LBI at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions (any of which may be waived by LBI, in whole or in part):

SECTION 10.1 ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. All of the representations and warranties of MNB set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same force and effect as if all of such representations and warranties were made at the Closing Date, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, such representations shall be true and correct in all

58

material respects on and as of such earlier date, and PROVIDED FURTHER, that to the extent that such representations and warranties are made in this Agreement subject to a standard of materiality or Knowledge, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects.

SECTION 10.2 MNB'S PERFORMANCE. MNB shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all of the covenants and obligations to be performed or complied with by it under the terms of this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to the extent performance and compliance with such covenants and obligations are subject in this Agreement to a standard of materiality, MNB shall have performed and complied in all respects with such covenants and obligations.

SECTION 10.3 PROCEEDINGS AND DOCUMENTS SATISFACTORY. All proceedings, corporate or other, to be taken by MNB in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, and all documents incident thereto, shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to counsel for LBI.

SECTION 10.4 STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS. This Agreement shall have been duly and validly authorized by the stockholders of MNB. Such stockholder approval shall have been obtained in conformity with all applicable laws at a meeting of stockholders for which proxies are solicited in compliance with applicable laws and requirements.

SECTION 10.5 NO PROCEEDINGS. Neither MNB nor any MNB Subsidiary shall be made a party to, or to the Knowledge of MNB, Threatened by any Proceedings which, in the reasonable opinion of LBI, have or are likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on MNB, and no Proceeding shall have been instituted, made or threatened by any Person relating to the Merger or the validity or propriety of the Contemplated Transactions that LBI reasonably believes will result in material damages or an Order enjoining the Merger or a determination that MNB failed to comply with legal requirements of a material nature in connection with any of the Contemplated Transactions.

SECTION 10.6 ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES OR EVENTS. From the date hereof to the Effective Time, there shall be and have been no Material Adverse Effect on MNB, or any event or occurrence reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect on MNB, excluding costs associated with the Contemplated Transactions and any payments that become due and payable under any MNB Employee Benefits Plans as a result of the occurrence of the Contemplated Transactions.

SECTION 10.7 REGULATORY APPROVALS. All of the approvals from Regulatory Authorities referred to in SECTION 8.2, or otherwise reasonably necessary in the opinion of LBI to consummate the Contemplated Transactions, shall have been obtained and shall be reasonably satisfactory to LBI.

SECTION 10.8 REGISTRATION STATEMENT. The Registration Statement shall have become effective and no stop order suspending such effectiveness shall have been issued or threatened by the SEC that suspends the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and no Proceeding shall have been commenced or be pending or Threatened for such purpose.

59

SECTION 10.9 ACCRUAL OF COSTS. On or prior to the Closing Date, the sum of: (a) the cost of any benefits or contributions supplied or made or to be supplied or made through the Effective Time under any of the MNB Employee Benefit Plans; (b) the costs of any corrective action to bring any such plans into compliance with applicable law; (c) the aggregate cost of complying with any representation, warranty or covenant of MNB set forth in this Agreement; and (d) all MNB Transactional Expenses shall be fully paid or accrued for in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 10.10 FAIRNESS OPINION. As of the date of this Agreement and prior to distribution of the Proxy Statement-Prospectus to the stockholders of LBI, LBI shall have received an opinion from Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc. to the effect that the consideration to be received by LBI's stockholders in connection with the Merger, from a financial point of view, is fair to LBI's stockholders, and the same shall not have been withdrawn prior to the Closing.

SECTION 10.11 ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS. LBI shall have been granted acceptable access to any real property in which MNB or any MNB Subsidiary has an interest and for which LBI desired its independent professional consultant to prepare an Environmental Report, and the results of any Environmental Report rendered to LBI with respect to such real property shall have not disclosed any violation of Environmental Laws which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on MNB.

SECTION 10.12 TAX OPINION. LBI shall have received an opinion of KPMG LLP, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, dated as of the date of the Registration Statement and updated through the Closing Date, substantially to the effect that the Merger will constitute a tax free reorganization under Section 368 of the Code.

SECTION 10.13 OTHER CONSENTS AND APPROVALS. Any consents or approvals other than those described in SECTION 10.7 that are required to be secured by MNB to consummate the Contemplated Transactions shall have been obtained and shall be reasonably satisfactory to LBI.

ARTICLE 11

TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT

SECTION 11.1 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement may be terminated only as set forth below:

(a) by mutual consent of the Boards of Directors of MNB and LBI, each evidenced by appropriate written resolutions;

(b) by MNB if: (i) any of the conditions in ARTICLE 9 has not been satisfied as of the Closing Date or if satisfaction of such a condition is or becomes impossible (other than through the failure of MNB to comply with its obligations under this Agreement); (ii) the failure to satisfy such condition would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect upon Newco or its stockholders if the Closing were to occur; and (iii) MNB has not waived such condition on or before the Closing Date, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the condition set forth in clause

60

(ii) of this paragraph need not be satisfied to terminate this Agreement if the failure to satisfy any condition was the result of any intentional or grossly negligent: (A) action, (B) failure to act or (C) misrepresentation, of or by LBI;

(c) by LBI if: (i) any of the conditions in ARTICLE 10 has not been satisfied as of the Closing Date or if satisfaction of such a condition is or becomes impossible (other than through the failure of LBI to comply with its obligations under this Agreement); (ii) the failure to satisfy such condition would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect upon Newco or its stockholders if the Closing were to occur; and (iii) LBI has not waived such condition on or before the Closing Date, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the condition set forth in clause (ii) of this paragraph need not be satisfied to terminate this Agreement if the failure to satisfy any condition was the result of any intentional or grossly negligent:
(A) action, (B) failure to act or (C) misrepresentation, of or by MNB;

(d) by MNB by giving written notice of such termination to LBI if: (i) there has been (A) a material breach of any covenant herein (except for breaches of SECTION 7.7 or SECTION 7.10, which are separately addressed in SECTION 11.1(g)) on the part of LBI which has not been cured or adequate assurance of cure given, in either case within thirty
(30) Business Days following notice of such breach from MNB, unless such breach or failure is a result of the failure by MNB to perform and comply in all material respects with any of its material obligations under this Agreement that are to be performed or complied with by it prior to or on the date required hereunder; or (B) a breach of a representation or warranty of LBI herein that (individually or, together with other such breaches, in the aggregate) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Newco following the consummation of the Merger, and that, in the reasonable opinion of MNB's board of directors, by its nature cannot be cured on or prior to the Termination Date; or (ii) there shall have occurred or been proposed after the date of this Agreement, any change in any Legal Requirement, or after the date of this Agreement there shall have been any Order by any Regulatory Authority that could reasonably be expected to prevent or delay consummation of the Merger beyond the Termination Date;

(e) by LBI by giving written notice of such termination to MNB if: (i) there has been (A) a material breach of any covenant herein (except for breaches of SECTION 6.7 or SECTION 6.10 which are separately addressed in SECTION 11.1(h)) on the part of MNB which has not been cured or adequate assurance of cure given, in either case within thirty
(30) Business Days following notice of such breach from LBI, unless such breach or failure is a result of the failure by LBI to perform and comply in all material respects with any of its material obligations under this Agreement which are to be performed or complied with by it prior to or on the date required hereunder; or (B) a breach of a representation or warranty of MNB herein that (individually or, together with other such breaches, in the aggregate) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Newco, following the consummation of the Merger, and that, in the reasonable opinion of LBI's board of directors, by its nature cannot be cured on or prior to the Termination Date; or (ii) there shall have occurred or been proposed after the date of this Agreement, any change in any Legal Requirement, or after the date of this Agreement there shall have been any Order by any Regulatory Authority that could reasonably be expected to prevent or delay consummation of the Merger beyond the Termination Date;

61

(f) by MNB or LBI, by giving written notice of such termination to the other party or parties, if: (i) the Federal Reserve, the OTS the OCC or any Regulatory Authority the approval of which is required for consummation of the Contemplated Transactions has denied approval of any of the Contemplated Transactions and such denial has become final and nonappealable; (ii) any application, filing or notice for a regulatory approval has been withdrawn at the request or recommendation of the applicable Regulatory Authority and a petition for rehearing shall not have been granted or an amended application shall not have been accepted for filing by the applicable Regulatory Authority within the sixty (60) day period following such withdrawal; or (iii) the Effective Time shall not have occurred at or before 11:59 p.m. on the Termination Date, PROVIDED, HOWEVER (and without limiting the applicability, if any, of the provisions of SECTION 11.2 below, with respect to the occurrence of any event described in clauses
(i) or (ii) above), that the right to terminate this Agreement under this
SECTION 11.1(f) shall not be available to any party to this Agreement whose failure to fulfill any of its obligations (excluding warranties and representations) under this Agreement has been the cause of or resulted in the occurrence of the event described in clause (iii) above;

(g) by MNB, by giving written notice of such termination to LBI, and subject to the special termination fee set forth in
SECTION 11.5(a) if: (i) LBI breaches its obligations under SECTION 7.10; (ii) LBI breaches any of its obligations under SECTION 7.7 to call a stockholders' meeting to vote on, and to recommend to its stockholders to vote to approve, this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger; or
(iii) LBI's stockholders fail to approve this Agreement and the Merger;

(h) by LBI, by giving written notice of such termination to MNB, and subject to the special termination fee set forth in
SECTION 11.5(b) if: (i) MNB breaches its obligations under SECTION 6.10; (ii) MNB breaches any of its obligations under SECTION 6.7 to call a stockholders' meeting to vote on, and to recommend to its stockholders to vote to approve, this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions, including the Merger; or
(iii) MNB's stockholders fail to approve this Agreement and the Merger;

(i) by MNB, by giving written notice of such termination to LBI, and subject to the special termination fee set forth in
SECTION 11.5(A), if MNB receives an Unsolicited MNB Proposal that is determined in good faith by the MNB Board of Directors, after consultation with MNB's financial advisor, is on terms that are more favorable to the stockholders of MNB than the Merger and has a reasonable prospect of being consummated in accordance with its terms (a "SUPERIOR MNB PROPOSAL"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that MNB shall not be permitted to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this SECTION 11.1(i) unless MNB shall have given LBI five (5) Business Days' prior written notice thereof (or, if there are less than five (5) Business Days remaining prior to the Closing, written notice prior to the Closing) of its intent to so terminate this Agreement pursuant to this SECTION 11.1(i), together with a summary of the terms of, and the identity of the Person making, such Superior MNB Proposal;

(j) by LBI, by giving written notice of such termination to MNB, and subject to the special termination fee set forth in
SECTION 11.5(b), if LBI receives an Unsolicited LBI Proposal that is determined in good faith by the LBI Board of Directors, after consultation with

62

LBI's financial advisor, is on terms that are more favorable to the stockholders of LBI than the Merger and has a reasonable prospect of being consummated in accordance with its terms (a "SUPERIOR LBI PROPOSAL"), PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that LBI shall not be permitted to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this SECTION 11.1(j) unless LBI shall have given MNB five (5) Business Days' prior written notice thereof (or, if there are less than five (5) Business Days remaining prior to the Closing, written notice prior to the Closing) of its intent to so terminate this Agreement pursuant to this SECTION 11.1(j), together with a summary of the terms of, and the identity of the Person making, such Superior LBI Proposal;

(k) by MNB, by giving written notice of such termination to LBI, and subject to the special termination fee set forth in
SECTION 11.5(b), if the fairness opinion provided for in SECTION 9.9 shall have been withdrawn prior to the Closing; or

(l) by LBI, by giving written notice of such termination to MNB, and subject to the special termination fee set forth in
SECTION 11.5(a), if the fairness opinion provided for in SECTION 10.9 shall have been withdrawn prior to the Closing.

SECTION 11.2 EFFECT OF TERMINATION OR ABANDONMENT. In the event of the termination of this Agreement and the abandonment of the Merger pursuant to SECTION 11.1, this Agreement shall become null and void, MNB shall bear all MNB Transactional Expenses, LBI shall bear all LBI Transactional Expenses, and there shall be no liability of one party to the other or any restrictions on the future activities on the part of any party to this Agreement, or its respective directors, officers or stockholders, except for the obligations of MNB and LBI concerning confidentiality referred to in
SECTION 6.1 and SECTION 7.1, respectively, and except as provided under
SECTION 11.3, SECTION 11.4 and SECTION 11.5.

SECTION 11.3 PAYMENTS TO LBI. Subject to the further provisions of this Section, if: (a) LBI terminates this Agreement pursuant to SECTION 11.1(h)(iii); or (b) MNB terminates this Agreement pursuant to SECTION 11.1(k), then in any such case, MNB shall pay to LBI, upon its written demand, the LBI Transactional Expenses in an amount not to exceed $350,000. Also subject to the further provisions of this Section, if LBI terminates this Agreement pursuant to SECTION 11.1(e)(i)(a), SECTION 11.1(h)(i) or
SECTION 11.1(h)(ii), then in any such case, MNB shall pay to LBI, upon its written demand, the LBI Transactional Expenses in an amount not to exceed $350,000, and an additional sum equal to $500,000 (the "MNB BASE TERMINATION FEE"). The payment of the sums described in this Section shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as LBI shall designate, such sums shall constitute liquidated damages and the receipt thereof shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of LBI and the LBI Subsidiaries against MNB, the MNB Subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, employees and stockholders for any claims arising from or relating in any way to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing herein shall preclude or bar LBI from asserting or enforcing any such claim against any Person other than MNB, the MNB Subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, employees and stockholders and the foregoing is made expressly subject to the provisions of
SECTION 11.5. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this SECTION 11.3 shall not require MNB to pay to LBI any MNB Base Termination Fee or LBI Transactional Expenses if the Merger is not consummated as a result of the lawful termination of

63

this Agreement by (x) the mutual consent of LBI and MNB pursuant to SECTION 11.1(a), (y) LBI or MNB pursuant to SECTION 11.1(f), or (z) LBI pursuant to
SECTION 11.1(e)(ii).

SECTION 11.4 PAYMENTS TO MNB. Subject to the further provisions of this Section, if: (a) MNB terminates this Agreement pursuant to SECTION 11.1(g)(iii); or (b) LBI terminates this Agreement pursuant to SECTION 11.1(l), then in any such case, LBI shall pay to MNB, upon its written demand, the MNB Transactional Expenses in an amount not to exceed $350,000. Also subject to the further provisions of this Section, if MNB terminates this Agreement pursuant to SECTION 11.1(d)(i)(a), SECTION 11.1(g)(i) or
SECTION 11.1(g)(ii), then in any such case, LBI shall pay to MNB, upon its written demand, the MNB Transactional Expenses in an amount not to exceed $350,000, and an additional sum equal to $500,000 (the "LBI BASE TERMINATION FEE"). The payment of the sums described in this Section shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as MNB shall designate, such sums shall constitute liquidated damages and the receipt thereof shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of MNB and the MNB Subsidiaries against LBI, the LBI Subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, employees and stockholders for any claims arising from or relating in any way to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing herein shall preclude or bar MNB from asserting or enforcing any such claim against any Person other than LBI, the LBI Subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, employees and stockholders and the foregoing is made expressly subject to the provisions of
SECTION 11.5. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this SECTION 11.4 shall not require LBI to pay MNB any LBI Base Termination Fee or MNB Transactional Expenses if the Merger is not consummated as a result of the lawful termination of this Agreement by (x) the mutual consent of LBI and MNB pursuant to SECTION 11.1(a), (y) LBI or MNB pursuant to SECTION 11.1(f), or
(z) MNB pursuant to SECTION 11.1(d)(ii).

SECTION 11.5 SPECIAL TERMINATION FEES. (a) If this Agreement is terminated by MNB pursuant to SECTION 11.1(d)(i)(a) or SECTION 11.1(g) or by LBI pursuant to SECTION 11.1(j) or SECTION 11.1(l), and within twelve (12) months after such termination LBI shall enter into a definitive written agreement with any Person (other than MNB and its Affiliates) with respect to an acquisition of not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding shares of LBI Common Stock or all or substantially all of the assets of LBI or LFSB, LBI shall pay to MNB, within ten (10) Business Days after the execution of such definitive agreement, the amount of $1.0 million by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as MNB shall designate.

(b) If this Agreement is terminated by LBI pursuant to SECTION 11.1(e)(i)a) or SECTION 11.1(h) or by MNB pursuant to SECTION 11.1(i) or
SECTION 11.1(K), and within twelve (12) months after such termination MNB shall enter into a definitive written agreement with any Person (other than LBI and its Affiliates) with respect to an acquisition of not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding shares of MNB Common Stock or all or substantially all of the assets of MNB or SNB, MNB shall pay to LBI, within ten (10) Business Days after the execution of such definitive agreement, the amount of $1.0 million by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as LBI shall designate.

(c) All payments made pursuant to this Section shall constitute liquidated damages and the receipt thereof shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the receiving party against the party

64

making such payment, its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers and stockholders for any claims arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing herein shall preclude or bar the party receiving such payment from asserting or enforcing any such claim against any Person other than the party making such payment, such party's Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and stockholders.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.1 GOVERNING LAW. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement, and the performance of the obligations imposed by this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Kansas applicable to contracts made and wholly to be performed in such state without regard to conflicts of laws, except that the law of the state of Delaware shall apply to all matters of corporate law and except to the extent superseded by federal law.

SECTION 12.2 ASSIGNMENT. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned, in whole or in part, by any of the parties to this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties to this Agreement and any purported assignment in violation hereof shall be void and of no effect.

SECTION 12.3 AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATION. The parties may by written agreement signed by LBI and MNB: (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the parties hereto; (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement; and (c) waive compliance with or modify, amend or supplement any of the conditions, covenants, agreements, representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of any of the parties to this Agreement, which are for the benefit of the waiving party, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such modification, amendment or supplement agreed to after authorization of this Agreement by the stockholders of LBI or LBI shall affect the rights of such respective stockholders in any manner which is materially adverse to such stockholders. The failure of any party to this Agreement to enforce at any time any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision, nor in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof or the right of any party thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

SECTION 12.4 NOTICES. All notices, requests and other communications hereunder shall be in writing (which shall include telecopier communication) and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or by overnight express delivery service, mailed certified or registered mail with first class postage prepaid or telecopied if confirmed immediately thereafter by also mailing a copy of any notice, request or other communication by certified or registered mail with first class postage prepaid:

65

(a) If to LBI or Newco, to:

Landmark Bancshares, Inc. Central and Spruce Streets, P.O. Box 1437 Dodge City, Kansas 67801-1437

Attention:       Larry Schugart, President and CEO
Telephone:       (620) 227-8111
Telecopier:      (620) 227-8681

with copies to:

Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC 1100 New York Avenue, N.W., Suite 340 West Washington, D.C. 20005

Attention:       Samuel J. Malizia, Esq. and
                 Richard Fisch, Esq.
Telephone:       (202) 434-4660
Telecopier:      (202) 434-4661

or to such other Person and place as LBI shall furnish to MNB in writing; or

(b) if to MNB or Newco, to:

MNB Bancshares, Inc. 800 Poyntz Avenue Manhattan, Kansas 66502

Attention:       Patrick L. Alexander, President and CEO
Telephone:       (785) 565-2000
Telecopier:      (785) 537-0619

with copies to:

Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum Perlman & Nagelberg 333 West Wacker, Suite 2700 Chicago, Illinois 60606

Attention:     John E. Freechack, Esq. and
               Dennis R. Wendte, Esq.
Telephone:       (312) 984-3100
Telecopier:      (312) 984-3150

or to such other Person or place as MNB shall furnish to LBI in writing. Except as otherwise provided herein, all such notices, requests or other communications shall be effective: (i) if delivered by hand, when delivered;
(ii) if mailed in the manner provided in this Section, five (5) Business Days after deposit with the United States Postal Service; (iii) if delivered by overnight express delivery service, on the next Business Day after deposit with such service; (iv) if by telecopier, on the next Business Day if also confirmed by mail in the manner provided in this Section.

SECTION 12.5 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and any documents executed by the parties pursuant to this Agreement and referred to herein constitute the entire understanding and

66

agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, written or oral, relating to such subject matter between the parties, except for the Joint Confidentiality Agreement between LBI and MNB dated December 5, 2000. This Agreement and every representation, warranty, covenant, agreement and provision hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

SECTION 12.6 SEVERABILITY. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement unless the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions is adversely affected thereby.

SECTION 12.7 FURTHER INSTRUMENTS. The parties to this Agreement will, at or before the Effective Time, execute and deliver such further instruments as may be reasonably requested by any other party which are necessary to or appropriate with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

SECTION 12.8 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement and any amendments thereto may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 12.9 ALL REASONABLE EFFORTS. Each party represents and warrants that it will use all reasonable efforts to bring about the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as soon as practicable provided that this Section shall not obligate LBI or MNB to remedy any breach of any of its representations, warranties and covenants herein. In the event that any party becomes aware of the occurrence or impending occurrence of any event which would constitute or cause a breach by it of any of the representations or warranties herein, or would have constituted or caused a breach by it of any of the representations or warranties herein, had such an event occurred or been known prior to the date hereof, said party shall immediately give detailed and written notice thereof to the other party.

SECTION 12.10 SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, including in SECTION 8.7 and SECTION 8.8, the covenants, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive only until the Effective Time.

SECTION 12.11 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is not intended to and shall not create any rights in or confer any benefits upon any Person or entity other than the parties hereto and the Persons identified in SECTION 8.8.

67

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement have caused it to be executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first written above.

ATTEST: LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.

By:    /s/ GARY L. WATKINS             By:    /s/ LARRY SCHUGART
       ---------------------------            ---------------------------
       Gary L. Watkins                        Larry Schugart
       Secretary                              President & CEO

ATTEST: MNB BANCSHARES, INC.

By:    /s/ MARK A. HERPICH             By:    /s/ PATRICK L. ALEXANDER
       ---------------------------            ---------------------------
       Mark A. Herpich                        Patrick L. Alexander
       Secretary                              President & CEO

ATTEST: LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY

By:    /s/ MARK A. HERPICH             By:    /s/ LARRY SCHUGART
       ---------------------------            ---------------------------
       Mark A. Herpich                        Larry Schugart
       Secretary                              Chairman

ATTEST: LANDMARK FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

By:    /s/ GARY L. WATKINS             By:    /s/ LARRY SCHUGART
       ---------------------------            ---------------------------
       Gary L. Watkins                        Larry Schugart
       Secretary                              President & CEO

ATTEST: SECURITY NATIONAL BANK

By:    /s/ MARK A. HERPICH             By:    /s/ PATRICK L. ALEXANDER
       ---------------------------            ---------------------------
       Mark A. Herpich                        Patrick L. Alexander
       Secretary                              President & CEO

                                      68

                                                                     APPENDIX B

Form of Fairness Opinion by McConnell, Budd & Downes, Inc.

The Board of Directors
MNB Bancshares, Inc.
800 Poyntz
Manhattan, KS

The Board of Directors:

You have requested our opinion as to the fairness, from a financial point of view, to the shareholders of MNB Bancshares, Inc. ("MNBB") of the exchange ratio in the proposed merger (the "Merger") among MNBB, Landmark Bancshares, Inc. ("LARK") and Landmark Merger Company ("Merger Company"), a corporation formed to facilitate the Merger. Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 19, 2001 (the "Merger Document"), each share of MNBB common stock will be converted into 0.523 shares of Merger Company common stock, and each share of LARK common stock will be converted into one share of Merger Company common stock (collectively, the "Exchange Ratio").

McConnell, Budd & Downes, Inc., as part of its investment banking business, is regularly engaged in the valuation of bank holding companies and banks, thrift holding companies and thrifts and their securities in connection with mergers and acquisitions, negotiated underwritings, private placements, competitive bidding processes, market making as a NASD market maker, secondary distributions of listed securities and valuations for corporate, estate and other purposes. Our experience and familiarity with MNBB includes our participation in the process and negotiations leading up to the proposed merger with LARK. In the course of our role as financial advisor to MNBB in connection with the merger, we have received fees for our services and will receive additional fees contingent on the occurrence of certain defined events. While the payment of all or a significant portion of fees related to financial advisory services provided in connection with arm's-length mergers and other business combination transactions upon consummation of such transactions, as is the case with this transaction, might be viewed as giving such financial advisors a financial interest in the successful completion of such transactions, such compensation arrangements are standard and customary for transactions of the size and type of this transaction.

In arriving at our opinion, we have reviewed the Merger Document. We have also reviewed publicly available business, financial and shareholder information relating to MNBB and its subsidiaries and certain publicly available financial and shareholder information relating to LARK.

In connection with the foregoing, we have (i) reviewed MNBB's Annual Reports to Shareholders, Annual Reports on Form 10-K and related financial information for the four calendar


years ended December 31, 2000 and MNBB's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and related unaudited financial information for the first quarter of 2001; (ii) reviewed LARK's Annual Reports to Shareholders, Annual Reports on Form 10-K and related financial information for the three calendar years ended September 30, 2001 and LARK's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and related unaudited financial information for the first and second quarters of fiscal 2001; (iii) reviewed certain internal financial information and financial forecasts, relating to the business, earnings, cash flows, assets and prospects of MNBB furnished to McConnell, Budd & Downes, Inc. by MNBB; (iv) held discussions with members of the senior management and board of MNBB concerning the past and current results of operations of MNBB, its current financial condition and management's opinion of its future prospects; (v) held discussions with members of senior management of LARK concerning the past and current results of operations of LARK, its current financial condition and management's opinion of its future prospects; (vi) reviewed the historical record of reported prices, trading volume and dividend payments for both MNBB and LARK common stock; (vii) considered the current state of and future prospects for the economy of Michigan generally and the relevant market areas for MNBB and LARK in particular; (viii) reviewed specific merger analysis models employed by McConnell, Budd & Downes, Inc. to evaluate potential business combinations of financial institutions; (ix) reviewed the reported financial terms of selected recent business combinations in the banking industry; and (x) performed such other studies and analyses as McConnell, Budd & Downes, Inc. considered appropriate under the circumstances associated with this particular transaction.

In the course of our review and analysis we considered, among other things, such topics as the historical and projected future contributions of recurring earnings by the parties, the anticipated future earnings per share results for the parties on both a combined and stand-alone basis, the potential to realize significant recurring operating expense reductions and the impact thereof on projected future earnings per share, the relative capitalization and capital adequacy of each of the parties, the relative asset quality and apparent adequacy of the reserve for loan losses for each of the parties. We also considered the composition of deposits and the composition of the loan portfolio of each of MNBB and LARK. In addition, we considered the historical trading range, trading pattern and relative market liquidity of the common shares of each of the parties. In the conduct of our review and analysis we have relied upon and assumed, without independent verification, the accuracy and completeness of the financial information provided to us by MNBB and LARK and or otherwise publicly obtainable. In reaching our opinion we have not assumed any responsibility for the independent verification of such information or any independent valuation or appraisal of any of the assets or the liabilities of either MNBB or LARK, nor have we obtained from any other source, any current appraisals of the assets or liabilities of either MNBB or LARK. We have also relied on the management of MNBB as to the reasonableness of various financial and operating forecasts and of the assumptions on which they are based, which were provided to us for use in our analyses.

In the course of rendering this opinion, which is being rendered prior to the receipt of certain required regulatory approvals necessary before consummation of the merger, we assume that no conditions will be imposed by any regulatory agency in connection with its approval of the merger that will have a material adverse effect on the results of operations, the financial condition or the prospects of LARK following consummation of the merger.

2

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, it is our opinion, that as of the date of this letter, the Exchange Ratio is fair to the shareholders of MNBB from a financial point of view.

Very truly yours,

McConnell, Budd & Downes, Inc.

3

APPENDIX C

KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.
SPECIALISTS IN FINANCIAL SERVICES
211 BRADENTON AVE. DUBLIN, OH 43017

PHONE FAX

614-766-8400 614-766-8406

April 19, 2001
Board of Directors
Landmark Bancshares, Inc.
Central & Spruce Streets
Dodge City, Kansas

Dear Gentlemen:

You have requested our opinion as an independent investment banking firm regarding the fairness, from a financial point of view, to the stockholders of Landmark Bancshares Inc. ("Landmark" or the "Company"), of the relative ownership of Landmark shareholders in the merger (the "Merger") between Landmark and MNB Bancshares, Inc. ("MNB"). We have not been requested to opine as to, and our opinion does not in any manner address, Landmark's underlying business decision to proceed with or effect the Merger.

Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 19, 2001, by and among Landmark and MNB (the "Agreement"), at the effective time of the Merger, Landmark and MNB will merge into Landmark Merger Company ("Newco"). Each share of Landmark Common Stock shall convert into 1.0 share of Newco Common Stock. Each share of MNB Common Stock shall convert into 0.523 shares of Newco Common Stock.. At the close of the Merger, Newco will change its name to Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

In addition, the holders of options awarded pursuant to Landmark's 1994 and 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plans which are outstanding and unexercised will be converted automatically into an option to purchase shares of Newco Common Stock at the current exercise price. The complete terms of the proposed transaction are described in the Agreement, and this summary is qualified in its entirety by reference thereto.

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., as part of its investment banking business, is regularly engaged in the evaluation of businesses and securities in connection with mergers and acquisitions, negotiated underwritings, and distributions of listed and unlisted securities. We are familiar with the market for common stocks of publicly traded banks, savings institutions and bank and savings institution holding companies.

In connection with this opinion we reviewed certain financial and other business data supplied to us by Landmark including (i) the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Landmark, MNB and Newco (ii) Annual Reports, Proxy Statements and Form 10-Ks for the years ended September 30, 1998, 1999, and 2000, Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2000, and other information


Board of Directors
Landmark Bancshares, Inc.
April 19, 2001

Page 2

we deemed relevant. We discussed with senior management and the boards of directors of Landmark and its wholly owned subsidiary, Landmark Federal Savings Bank, the current position and prospective outlook for Landmark. We considered historical quotations and the prices of recorded transactions in Landmark's common stock in recent years. We reviewed financial and stock market data of other savings institutions and banks, particularly in the Midwestern region of the United States, and the financial and structural terms of several other recent transactions involving mergers and acquisitions of savings institutions or proposed changes of control of comparably situated companies.

For MNB, we reviewed Annual Reports, 10K's and Proxy Statements for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999, and 2000 and certain other information deemed relevant. We also discussed with senior management of MNB, the current position and prospective outlook for MNB.

For purposes of this opinion we have relied, without independent verification, on the accuracy and completeness of the material furnished to us by Landmark and MNB and the material otherwise made available to us, including information from published sources, and we have not made any independent effort to verify such data. With respect to the financial information, including forecasts and asset valuations we received from Landmark, we assumed (with your consent) that they had been reasonably prepared reflecting the best currently available estimates and judgment of the Landmark's management. In addition, we have not made or obtained any independent appraisals or evaluations of the assets or liabilities, and potential and/or contingent liabilities of Landmark or MNB. We have further relied on the assurances of management of Landmark and MNB that they are not aware of any facts that would make such information inaccurate or misleading. We express no opinion on matters of a legal, regulatory, tax or accounting nature or the ability of the Merger, as set forth in the Agreement, to be consummated.

In rendering our opinion, we have assumed that in the course of obtaining the necessary approvals for the Merger, no restrictions or conditions will be imposed that would have a material adverse effect on the contemplated benefits of the Merger to Landmark or the ability to consummate the Merger. Our opinion is based on the market, economic and other relevant considerations as they exist and can be evaluated on the date hereof.

Consistent with the engagement letter with you, we have acted as financial advisor to Landmark in connection with the Merger and will receive a fee for such services, a portion of which is contingent upon consummation of the Merger. In addition, Landmark has agreed to indemnify us for certain liabilities arising out of our engagement by Landmark in connection with the Merger.


Board of Directors
Landmark Bancshares, Inc.
April 19, 2001

Page 3

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, as outlined in the foregoing paragraphs and based on such other matters as we considered relevant, it is our opinion that as of the date hereof, the relative consideration to be received by the stockholders of Landmark in the Merger under the terms of the Agreement is fair, from a financial point of view, to the stockholders of Landmark.

This opinion may not, however, be summarized, excerpted from or otherwise publicly referred to without our prior written consent, although this opinion may be included in its entirety in the proxy statement of Landmark used to solicit stockholder approval of the Merger. It is understood that this letter is directed to the Board of Directors of Landmark in its consideration of the Agreement, and is not intended to be and does not constitute a recommendation to any stockholder as to how such stockholder should vote with respect to the Merger.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.


APPENDIX D

SECTION 262 OF THE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
RELATING TO DISSENTERS' RIGHTS

SECTION 262 - APPRAISAL RIGHTS

(a) Any stockholder of a corporation of this State who holds shares of stock on the date of the making of a demand pursuant to subsection (d) of this section with respect to such shares, who continuously holds such shares through the effective date of the merger or consolidation, who has otherwise complied with subsection (d) of this section and who has neither voted in favor of the merger or consolidation nor consented thereto in writing pursuant to ss. 228 of this title shall be entitled to an appraisal by the Court of Chancery of the fair value of the stockholder's shares of stock under the circumstances described in subsections (b) and (c) of this section. As used in this section, the word "stockholder" means a holder of record of stock in a stock corporation and also a member of record of a nonstock corporation; the words "stock" and "share" mean and include what is ordinarily meant by those words and also membership or membership interest of a member of a nonstock corporation; and the words "depository receipt" mean a receipt or other instrument issued by a depository representing an interest in one or more shares, or fractions thereof, solely of stock of a corporation, which stock is deposited with the depository.

(b) Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a constituent corporation in a merger or consolidation to be effected pursuant to Section 251 (other than a merger effected pursuant to Section 251(g) of this title), Section 252, Section 254, Section 257,
Section 258, Section 263 or Section 264 of this title:

(1) Provided, however, that no appraisal rights under this section shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock, which stock, or depository receipts in respect thereof, at the record date fixed to determine the stockholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the meeting of stockholders to act upon the agreement of merger or consolidation, were either (i) listed on a national securities exchange or designated as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or (ii) held of record by more than 2,000 holders; and further provided that no appraisal rights shall be available for any shares of stock of the constituent corporation surviving a merger if the merger did not require for its approval the vote of the stockholders of the surviving corporation as provided in subsection (f) of
Section 251 of this title.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1) of this subsection, appraisal rights under this section shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a constituent corporation if the holders thereof are required by the terms of an agreement of merger or consolidation pursuant to Sections 251, 252, 254, 257, 258, 263 and 264 of this title to accept for such stock anything except:

a. Shares of stock of the corporation surviving or resulting from such merger or consolidation, or depository receipts in respect thereof;


b. Shares of stock of any other corporation, or depository receipts in respect thereof, which shares of stock (or depository receipts in respect thereof) or depository receipts at the effective date of the merger or consolidation will be either listed on a national securities exchange or designated as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or held of record by more than 2,000 holders;

c. Cash in lieu of fractional shares or fractional depository receipts described in the foregoing subparagraphs a. and b. of this paragraph; or

d. Any combination of the shares of stock, depository receipts and cash in lieu of fractional shares or fractional depository receipts described in the foregoing subparagraphs a., b. and c. of this paragraph.

(3) In the event all of the stock of a subsidiary Delaware corporation party to a merger effected under Section 253 of this title is not owned by the parent corporation immediately prior to the merger, appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of the subsidiary Delaware corporation.

(c) Any corporation may provide in its certificate of incorporation that appraisal rights under this section shall be available for the shares of any class or series of its stock as a result of an amendment to its certificate of incorporation, any merger or consolidation in which the corporation is a constituent corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation. If the certificate of incorporation contains such a provision, the procedures of this section, including those set forth in subsections (d) and (e) of this section, shall apply as nearly as is practicable.

(d) Appraisal rights shall be perfected as follows:

(1) If a proposed merger or consolidation for which appraisal rights are provided under this section is to be submitted for approval at a meeting of stockholders, the corporation, not less than 20 days prior to the meeting, shall notify each of its stockholders who was such on the record date for such meeting with respect to shares for which appraisal rights are available pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) hereof that appraisal rights are available for any or all of the shares of the constituent corporations, and shall include in such notice a copy of this section. Each stockholder electing to demand the appraisal of such stockholder's shares shall deliver to the corporation, before the taking of the vote on the merger or consolidation, a written demand for appraisal of such stockholder's shares. Such demand will be sufficient if it reasonably informs the corporation of the identity of the stockholder and that the stockholder intends thereby to demand the appraisal of such stockholder's shares. A proxy or vote against the merger or consolidation shall not constitute such a demand. A stockholder electing to take such action must do so by a separate written demand as herein provided. Within 10 days after the effective date of such merger or consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation shall notify each stockholder of each constituent corporation who has complied with this subsection and has not voted in favor of or consented to the merger or consolidation of the date that the merger or consolidation has become effective; or

2

(2) If the merger or consolidation was approved pursuant to Section 228 or Section 253 of this title, each constituent corporation, either before the effective date of the merger or consolidation or within ten days thereafter, shall notify each of the holders of any class or series of stock of such constituent corporation who are entitled to appraisal rights of the approval of the merger or consolidation and that appraisal rights are available for any or all shares of such class or series of stock of such constituent corporation, and shall include in such notice a copy of this section; provided that, if the notice is given on or after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, such notice shall be given by the surviving or resulting corporation to all such holders of any class or series of stock of a constituent corporation that are entitled to appraisal rights. Such notice may, and, if given on or after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, shall, also notify such stockholders of the effective date of the merger or consolidation. Any stockholder entitled to appraisal rights may, within 20 days after the date of mailing of such notice, demand in writing from the surviving or resulting corporation the appraisal of such holder's shares. Such demand will be sufficient if it reasonably informs the corporation of the identity of the stockholder and that the stockholder intends thereby to demand the appraisal of such holder's shares. If such notice did not notify stockholders of the effective date of the merger or consolidation, either (i) each such constituent corporation shall send a second notice before the effective date of the merger or consolidation notifying each of the holders of any class or series of stock of such constituent corporation that are entitled to appraisal rights of the effective date of the merger or consolidation or (ii) the surviving or resulting corporation shall send such a second notice to all such holders on or within 10 days after such effective date; provided, however, that if such second notice is sent more than 20 days following the sending of the first notice, such second notice need only be sent to each stockholder who is entitled to appraisal rights and who has demanded appraisal of such holder's shares in accordance with this subsection. An affidavit of the secretary or assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that is required to give either notice that such notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to receive either notice, each constituent corporation may fix, in advance, a record date that shall be not more than 10 days prior to the date the notice is given, provided, that if the notice is given on or after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, the record date shall be such effective date. If no record date is fixed and the notice is given prior to the effective date, the record date shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the notice is given.

(e) Within 120 days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation or any stockholder who has complied with subsections (a) and (d) hereof and who is otherwise entitled to appraisal rights, may file a petition in the Court of Chancery demanding a determination of the value of the stock of all such stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time within 60 days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, any stockholder shall have the right to withdraw such stockholder's demand for appraisal and to accept the terms offered upon the merger or consolidation. Within 120 days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, any stockholder who has complied with the requirements of subsections (a) and (d) hereof, upon written request, shall be entitled to receive from the corporation surviving the merger or resulting from the consolidation a statement setting forth the aggregate number of shares not voted in favor of the merger or

3

consolidation and with respect to which demands for appraisal have been received and the aggregate number of holders of such shares. Such written statement shall be mailed to the stockholder within 10 days after such stockholder's written request for such a statement is received by the surviving or resulting corporation or within 10 days after expiration of the period for delivery of demands for appraisal under subsection (d) hereof, whichever is later.

(f) Upon the filing of any such petition by a stockholder, service of a copy thereof shall be made upon the surviving or resulting corporation, which shall within 20 days after such service file in the office of the Register in Chancery in which the petition was filed a duly verified list containing the names and addresses of all stockholders who have demanded payment for their shares and with whom agreements as to the value of their shares have not been reached by the surviving or resulting corporation. If the petition shall be filed by the surviving or resulting corporation, the petition shall be accompanied by such a duly verified list. The Register in Chancery, if so ordered by the Court, shall give notice of the time and place fixed for the hearing of such petition by registered or certified mail to the surviving or resulting corporation and to the stockholders shown on the list at the addresses therein stated. Such notice shall also be given by 1 or more publications at least 1 week before the day of the hearing, in a newspaper of general circulation published in the City of Wilmington, Delaware or such publication as the Court deems advisable. The forms of the notices by mail and by publication shall be approved by the Court, and the costs thereof shall be borne by the surviving or resulting corporation.

(g) At the hearing on such petition, the Court shall determine the stockholders who have complied with this section and who have become entitled to appraisal rights. The Court may require the stockholders who have demanded an appraisal for their shares and who hold stock represented by certificates to submit their certificates of stock to the Register in Chancery for notation thereon of the pendency of the appraisal proceedings; and if any stockholder fails to comply with such direction, the Court may dismiss the proceedings as to such stockholder.

(h) After determining the stockholders entitled to an appraisal, the Court shall appraise the shares, determining their fair value exclusive of any element of value arising from the accomplishment or expectation of the merger or consolidation, together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid upon the amount determined to be the fair value. In determining such fair value, the Court shall take into account all relevant factors. In determining the fair rate of interest, the Court may consider all relevant factors, including the rate of interest which the surviving or resulting corporation would have had to pay to borrow money during the pendency of the proceeding. Upon application by the surviving or resulting corporation or by any stockholder entitled to participate in the appraisal proceeding, the Court may, in its discretion, permit discovery or other pretrial proceedings and may proceed to trial upon the appraisal prior to the final determination of the stockholder entitled to an appraisal. Any stockholder whose name appears on the list filed by the surviving or resulting corporation pursuant to subsection (f) of this section and who has submitted such stockholder's certificates of stock to the Register in Chancery, if such is required, may participate fully in all proceedings until it is finally determined that such stockholder is not entitled to appraisal rights under this section.

4

(i) The Court shall direct the payment of the fair value of the shares, together with interest, if any, by the surviving or resulting corporation to the stockholders entitled thereto. Interest may be simple or compound, as the Court may direct. Payment shall be so made to each such stockholder, in the case of holders of uncertificated stock forthwith, and the case of holders of shares represented by certificates upon the surrender to the corporation of the certificates representing such stock. The Court's decree may be enforced as other decrees in the Court of Chancery may be enforced, whether such surviving or resulting corporation be a corporation of this State or of any state.

(j) The costs of the proceeding may be determined by the Court and taxed upon the parties as the Court deems equitable in the circumstances. Upon application of a stockholder, the Court may order all or a portion of the expenses incurred by any stockholder in connection with the appraisal proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and the fees and expenses of experts, to be charged pro rata against the value of all the shares entitled to an appraisal.

(k) From and after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, no stockholder who has demanded appraisal rights as provided in subsection (d) of this section shall be entitled to vote such stock for any purpose or to receive payment of dividends or other distributions on the stock (except dividends or other distributions payable to stockholders of record at a date which is prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation); provided, however, that if no petition for an appraisal shall be filed within the time provided in subsection (e) of this section, or if such stockholder shall deliver to the surviving or resulting corporation a written withdrawal of such stockholder's demand for an appraisal and an acceptance of the merger or consolidation, either within 60 days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation as provided in subsection (e) of this section or thereafter with the written approval of the corporation, then the right of such stockholder to an appraisal shall cease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no appraisal proceeding in the Court of Chancery shall be dismissed as to any stockholder without the approval of the Court, and such approval may be conditioned upon such terms as the Court deems just.

(l) The shares of the surviving or resulting corporation to which the shares of such objecting stockholders would have been converted had they assented to the merger or consolidation shall have the status of authorized and unissued shares of the surviving or resulting corporation.

5

PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Under Delaware law, a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation or its stockholders (and, if a criminal proceeding, if they had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful) against:
(i) expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Under Delaware law, a Delaware corporation may also indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for his or her expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Indemnification under Delaware law is not exclusive of other rights to indemnification to which a person may be entitled under the corporation's certificate of incorporation, bylaws or any contractual agreement. Unless otherwise specified when authorized or ratified, the indemnification provided for under Delaware law continues as to a person who ceases to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation. If a corporation has paid indemnity or advanced expenses pursuant to the above described provisions, the corporation must report such payment or advancement in writing to the stockholders in or prior to the notice of the next stockholders meeting.

Delaware law permits a corporation to purchase insurance on behalf of its directors, officers, employees and agents (or those holding such positions with another enterprise at the request of the corporation) against liabilities arising out of their positions, whether or not such liabilities would be within the above described indemnification provisions.

MNB Bancshares and Landmark Bancshares have agreed to indemnify the present and former directors, officers, employees and agents of their respective companies and their subsidiaries against certain liabilities arising out of actions or omissions occurring at or prior to the time the merger becomes effective to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware and Kansas law, respectively, their certificate or articles of incorporation and bylaws and any indemnity agreements previously entered with these directors, officers, employees or agents. These obligations will be assumed by Landmark Merger Company upon completion of the merger.

Landmark Merger Company's certificate and bylaws provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers, and of any person serving at the request of Landmark Merger Company as a director, officer or partner of another enterprise, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

II-1


Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling Landmark Merger Company under the provisions described above, Landmark Merger Company has been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore unenforceable.

MNB Bancshares and Landmark Bancshares have agreed to cooperate to obtain after the completion of the merger directors' and officers' liability insurance coverage for the officers and directors of Landmark Merger Company, to the extent economically practicable. They have also agreed to cooperate to try to obtain liability insurance coverage for the directors and officers of MNB Bancshares and Landmark Bancshares for a period of not less than three years after the completion of the merger and with respect to actions taken by such directors and officers prior to this completion.

ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The exhibits filed pursuant to this Item 21 immediately follow the Exhibit Index. The following is a description of the applicable exhibits required for Form S-4 as provided by Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

Exhibit
Number         Description
2.1            Agreement and Plan of Merger, providing for the combination of
               MNB Bancshares and Landmark Bancshares pursuant to their merger
               with and into Landmark Merger Company. This document is filed as
               Appendix A to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus forming a part of
               this Registration Statement.

3.1            Certificate of Incorporation of Landmark Merger Company.

3.2            Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
               Landmark Merger Company.

3.3            Bylaws of Landmark Merger Company.

4.1            Form of Rights Agreement of Landmark Merger Company.

4.2            Form of stock certificate of Landmark Merger Company.

5.1            Opinion of Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum Perlman & Nagelberg
               regarding legality of Landmark Merger Company Common Stock to be
               issued in the Merger.

8.1            Opinion of KPMG LLP regarding certain tax matters.

10.1           Form of employment agreement between Larry Schugart and Landmark
               Merger Company.

10.2           Form of employment agreement between Patrick L. Alexander and
               Landmark Merger Company.

10.3           Form of employment agreement between Mark A. Herpich and Landmark
               Merger Company.

10.4           Form of employment agreement between Michael E. Scheopner and
               Landmark Merger Company.

10.5           Form of employment agreement between Dean R. Thibault and
               Landmark Merger Company.

13.1           Landmark Bancshares, Inc.'s Annual Report to Shareholders on Form
               10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
               December 21, 2001.


                                     II-2

13.2           Landmark Bancshares, Inc.'s Quarterly Report to Shareholders on
               Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
               May 15, 2001.

13.3           MNB Bancshares, Inc.'s Annual Report to Stockholders on Form 10-K
               filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 20,
               2001.

13.4           MNB Bancshares, Inc.'s Quarterly Report to Stockholders on Form
               10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15,
               2001.

23.1           Consent of KPMG LLP.

23.2           Consent of Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.

23.3           Consent of Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum Perlman & Nagelberg
               (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.4           Consent of Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

23.5           Consent of McConnell Budd & Downes, Inc.

24.1           Power of Attorney (contained on the Signature page).

99.1           Form of Proxy to be delivered to the Stockholders of MNB
               Bancshares.

99.2           Form of Proxy to be delivered to the Stockholders of Landmark
               Bancshares.

99.3           Consent of Richard Ball to be named as future director of
               Landmark Merger Company.

99.4           Consent of Brent A. Bowman to be named as future director of
               Landmark Merger Company.

99.5           Consent of Joseph L. Downey to be named as future director of
               Landmark Merger Company.

99.6           Consent of Jim W. Lewis to be named as future director of
               Landmark Merger Company.

99.7           Consent of Jerry R. Pettle to be named as future director of
               Landmark Merger Company.

99.8           Consent of Susan E. Roepke to be named as future director of
               Landmark Merger Company.

99.9           Consent of C. Duane Ross to be named as future director of
               Landmark Merger Company.

99.10          Consent of David H. Snapp to be named as future director of
               Landmark Merger Company.

ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(a) To file during any period in which offers and sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act");

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof), which individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement;

II-3


notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(b) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Act each filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to deliver or cause to be delivered with the prospectus, to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest annual report to security holders that is incorporated by reference in the prospectus and furnished pursuant to, and meeting the requirements of, Rule 14a-3 or Rule 14c-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and, where interim financial information required to be presented by Article 3 of Regulation S-X is not set forth in the prospectus, to deliver, or cause to be delivered to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest quarterly report that is specifically incorporated by reference in the prospectus to provide such interim financial information.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that every prospectus: (i) that is filed pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by

II-4


such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the Proxy Statement/Prospectus pursuant to items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in the documents filed subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in this registration statement when it became effective.

II-5


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Landmark Merger Company has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Manhattan, State of Kansas, this 6th day of June, 2001.

LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY

By:          /s/ PATRICK L. ALEXANDER
     -------------------------------------
     Patrick L. Alexander
     President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned officers and directors of Landmark Merger Company Trust do hereby constitute and appoint Patrick L. Alexander and Larry Schugart and either one of them, as their attorneys-in fact with power and authority to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorneys-in-fact, and either one of them, determine may be necessary or advisable or required to enable said corporation to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules or regulations or requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this Registration Statement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing power and authority, the powers granted include the power and authority to sign the names of the undersigned officers and directors in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement, to any and all amendments, both pre-effective and post-effective, and supplements to this Registration Statement, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in conjunction with this Registration Statement or amendments or supplements thereto, and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorneys-in-fact or any of them shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This Power of Attorney may be signed in several counterparts.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement and Power of Attorney has been signed on June 6, 2001, by the following persons in their capacities indicated.

                  SIGNATURE                                            CAPACITY


           /s/ Larry Schugart                        Chairman of the Board of Directors
------------------------------------------------
         Larry Schugart



           /s/ Patrick L. Alexander                  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
------------------------------------------------
         Patrick L. Alexander



           /s/ Mark A. Herpich                       Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Chief
------------------------------------------------
         Mark A. Herpich                                  Financial Officer

II-6


Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation is: Landmark Merger Company.

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 30 Old Rudnick Lane, Suite 100, in the City of Dover, 19901, County of Kent. The name of the corporation's registered agent at such address is Lexis Document Services Inc.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto.

ARTICLE IV

AUTHORIZED STOCK

The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is three thousand (3,000) shares of Common Stock, par value of $0.01 per share.

ARTICLE V

INCORPORATORS

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is as follows:

Name                                     Mailing Address
----                                     ---------------
Dennis R. Wendte, Esq.                   Barack Ferrazzano ET. AL.
                                         333 W. Wacker Drive
                                         Suite 2700
                                         Chicago, Illinois 60606


ARTICLE VI

BYLAWS

The bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed by the board of directors in the manner provided in the bylaws.

ARTICLE VII

WRITTEN BALLOTS

Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

Each person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation and each person who serves or served at the request of the corporation as a director, officer or partner of another enterprise shall be indemnified by the corporation in accordance with, and to the fullest extent authorized by, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same now exists or may be hereafter amended. No amendment to or repeal of this Article IX shall apply to or have any effect on the rights of any individual referred to in this Article IX for or with respect to acts or omissions of such individual occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE X

PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as the same now exists or may be hereafter amended, a director of the corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to or repeal of this Article X shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to the effective date of such amendment or repeal.

2

ARTICLE XI

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The number of directors constituting the entire board of directors shall not be less than one nor more than nine as fixed from time to time by resolution of a majority of the number of directors which immediately prior to such proposed change had been fixed, in the manner prescribed herein, by the board of directors of the corporation, provided, however, that the number of directors shall not be reduced as to shorten the term of any director at the time in office, and provided further, that the number of directors constituting the entire board of directors shall be two until otherwise fixed as described immediately above.

There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of directors.

ARTICLE XII

INTERESTED PARTIES

A contraction or transaction between the corporation and any other person shall not be affected or invalidated by the fact that (a) any director, officer or security holder of the corporation is also a party to, or has a direct or indirect interest in, such contract or transaction; or (b) any director, officer or security holder of the corporation is in any way connected with such other person or with any of its officers or directors.

Dated:  April 19, 2001.

                                       /s/ Dennis R. Wendte
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Dennis R. Wendte

Being the sole incorporator of the corporation.

3

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF NEWCO

LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

I, Patrick A. Alexander, President of Landmark Merger Company., a corporation organized on April 19, 2001 (the "Corporation"), and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:

1. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation has been amended and restated as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

2. The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, by the written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141(f), 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended.

3. The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, by the written consent of the stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be executed by Patrick A. Alexander, its President, as of this [___] day of
[___________], 2001.

LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY

By:

Patrick A. Alexander President

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.

ARTICLE 1

NAME

The name of the corporation is Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

ARTICLE 2

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 30 Old Rudnick Lane, Suite 100, in the City of Dover, 19901, County of Kent. The name of the corporation's registered agent at such address is Lexis Document Services Inc.

ARTICLE 3

PURPOSE

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto.

ARTICLE 4

AUTHORIZED STOCK

A. CAPITAL STOCK. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Three Million (3,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and Two Hundred Thousand (200,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value of $0.01 per share.

B. PREFERRED STOCK. The shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The board of directors of the corporation shall have authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation, the voting rights, the dividend rate, conversion rights, redemption price and liquidation preference, of any series of shares of Preferred Stock, to fix


the number of shares constituting any such series and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding). In case the number of shares of any such series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution or resolutions originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

C. UNCLAIMED DIVIDENDS. Any and all rights, title, interest and claim in and to any dividends declared by the corporation, whether in cash, stock or otherwise, which are unclaimed by the stockholder entitled thereto for a period of six years after the close of business on the payment date, shall be and be deemed to be extinguished and abandoned, and such unclaimed dividends in the possession of the corporation, its transfer agents or other agents or depositaries, shall at such time become the absolute property of the corporation, free and clear of any and all claims of any persons whatsoever.

ARTICLE 5

BYLAWS

The bylaws of the corporation may be amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the corporation, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such amendment, alteration or repeal is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of stock of the corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. The bylaws may also be amended, altered or repealed by a majority of the directors then in office.

ARTICLE 6

AMENDMENTS

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of stock of the corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or such greater proportion as may otherwise be required pursuant to any specific provision of this certificate of incorporation) shall be required to amend, repeal or adopt any provisions inconsistent with Article 5 (Bylaws), Article 6 (Amendments), Article 7 (Indemnification), Article 8 (Personal Liability of Directors), Article 9 (Board of Directors), Article 10 (Additional Voting Requirements), Article 11 (Stockholders' Action), Article 12 (Special Meetings of Stockholders), Article
14 (Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders) and Article 15 (Stockholder Nominations and Proposals).

ARTICLE 7

INDEMNIFICATION

Each person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation and each person who serves or served at the request of the corporation as a director, officer or partner of another

2

enterprise shall be indemnified by the corporation in accordance with, and to the fullest extent authorized by, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same now exists or may be hereafter amended. No amendment to or repeal of this Article shall apply to or have any effect on the rights of any individual referred to in this Article for or with respect to acts or omissions of such individual occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE 8

PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as the same now exists or may be hereafter amended, a director of the corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to or repeal of this Article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to the effective date of such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE 9

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be under the direction of a board of directors. The number of directors constituting the entire board of directors shall not be less than eight nor more than fifteen as fixed from time to time by resolution of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the number of directors which immediately prior to such proposed change had been fixed, in the manner prescribed herein, by the board of directors of the corporation, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the number of directors shall not be reduced as to shorten the term of any director at the time in office, and PROVIDED FURTHER, that the number of directors constituting the entire board of directors shall be ten until otherwise fixed as described immediately above.

A. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS. The directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the entire board of directors permits with the term of office of one class expiring each year. Directors of Class I shall hold office for an initial term expiring at the 2002 annual meeting, directors of Class II shall hold office for an initial term expiring at the 2003 annual meeting and directors of Class III shall hold office for an initial term expiring at the 2004 annual meeting.

At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose term shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting. In the event of any change in the authorized number of directors, each director then continuing to serve as such shall continue as a director of the class of which he or she is a member until the expiration of his or her current term, or his or her prior resignation, disqualification, disability or removal. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the corporation so provide.

3

B. NEW DIRECTORSHIPS; VACANCIES. Any vacancies on the board of directors for any reason, and any directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, may be filled by only by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Any directors so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors shall have been chosen and until their successors shall be elected and qualified. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease in the number of directors may be allocated to any such class the board of directors selects in its discretion.

C. REMOVAL. A director may be removed only for cause as determined by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) cast at an annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting of the stockholders called expressly for that purpose. Cause for removal shall be deemed to exist only if the director whose removal is proposed has been convicted of a felony by a court of competent jurisdiction or has been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such director's duty to the corporation and such adjudication is no longer subject to direct appeal.

ARTICLE 10

ADDITIONAL VOTING REQUIREMENTS

A. ACTIONS SUBJECT TO REQUIREMENTS. Except as otherwise expressly provided in paragraph C of this Article and notwithstanding any other provision of this certificate of incorporation:

(i) any merger or consolidation of the corporation or of any Subsidiary with or into any other corporation;

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition by the corporation or any Subsidiary of assets constituting all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to or with any other corporation, person or other entity in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

(iii) any issuance or transfer by the corporation or any Subsidiary, of any voting securities of the corporation (except for voting securities issued pursuant to a stock option, purchase, bonus or other plan for natural persons who are directors, employees, consultants and/or agents of the corporation or any Subsidiary) to any other corporation, person or other entity in exchange for cash, assets or securities or a combination thereof;

(iv) the voluntary dissolution of the corporation; and

(v) the amendment, alteration, change or repeal of this Certificate of Incorporation;

4

shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of shares having at least two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of all outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon. Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote or a lesser vote may be required, or that some lesser percentage may be specified by law or otherwise in this certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws of the corporation.

B. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Article, the term "Subsidiary" means any entity in which the corporation beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than 80% of the outstanding voting stock. The phrase "voting security" as used in paragraph A of this Article shall mean any security which is (or upon the happening of any event, would be) entitled to vote for the election of directors, and any security convertible, with or without consideration into such security or carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase such a security.

C. EXCEPTIONS. The provisions of this Article shall not apply to any transaction described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) of paragraph A of this Article: (i) approved at any time prior to its consummation by resolution adopted by not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the number of directors as may be fixed from time to time, in the manner prescribed herein, by the board of directors of the corporation; or (ii) if any transaction described in such paragraph A is with any corporation of which a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of stock is owned of record or beneficially by the corporation; or (iii) which is a merger with another corporation without action by the stockholders of the corporation to the extent and in the manner permitted from time to time by the law of the State of Delaware.

D. CONSTRUCTION. The interpretation, construction and application of any provision or provisions of this Article and the determination of any facts in connection with the application of this Article, shall be made by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the number of directors as may be fixed from time to time, in the manner prescribed herein, by the board of directors of the corporation. Any such interpretation, construction, application or determination, when made in good faith, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Article.

ARTICLE 11

STOCKHOLDERS' ACTION

Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of capital stock of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the holders of capital stock of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders.

ARTICLE 12

SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called by a majority of the directors then in office.

5

ARTICLE 13

NON-STOCKHOLDER INTERESTS

In connection with the exercise of its judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the corporation and its stockholders when evaluating a proposal by another person or persons to make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the corporation or any subsidiary, to merge or consolidate with the corporation or any subsidiary or to purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation or any subsidiary, the board of directors of the corporation may consider all of the following factors and any other factors which it deems relevant: (A) the adequacy of the amount to be paid in connection with any such transaction; (B) the social and economic effects of the transaction on the corporation and its subsidiaries and the other elements of the communities in which the corporation or its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) the business and financial condition and earnings prospects of the acquiring person or persons, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing or likely financial obligations of the acquiring person or persons, and the possible effect of such conditions upon the corporation and its subsidiaries and the other elements of the communities in which the corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (D) the competence, experience, and integrity of the acquiring person or persons and its or their management; and (E) any antitrust or other legal or regulatory issues which may be raised by any such transaction.

ARTICLE 14

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH INTERESTED STOCKHOLDERS

The provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended or as such
Section 203 may hereafter be renumbered or recodified ("Section 203"), will be deemed to apply to the corporation, and the corporation shall be subject to all of the restrictions set forth in such Section 203.

ARTICLE 15

STOCKHOLDER NOMINATIONS AND PROPOSALS

Stockholder nominations of persons for election as directors of the corporation and stockholder proposals with respect to business to be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders must, in order to be voted upon, be made in writing and delivered to the secretary of the corporation on or before thirty
(30) days (or such other period as may be established in the bylaws) in advance of the first anniversary date (month and day) of the previous year's annual meeting.

6

ARTICLE 16

ARRANGEMENTS WITH CREDITORS OR STOCKHOLDERS

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the corporation, as the case may be, and also on the corporation.

7

Exhibit 3.3

LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY

BYLAWS


LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY


BYLAWS


ARTICLE 1

NAME

The name of the corporation is "Landmark Merger Company."

ARTICLE 2

OFFICES

SECTION 2.1 REGISTERED OFFICE. The corporation shall at all times maintain a registered office in the State of Delaware, which, except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors of the corporation (the "Board"), shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent.

SECTION 2.2 PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The principal office of the corporation shall be maintained at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board shall designate.

SECTION 2.3 OTHER OFFICES. The corporation may also have offices at such other places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board shall from time to time designate or the business of the corporation shall require.

ARTICLE 3

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 3.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS . All annual and special meetings of stockholders shall be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may determine.

SECTION 3.2 ANNUAL MEETINGS.

3.2.1 TIME AND PLACE. The regular annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of any other business of the corporation shall be held each year at 2:00 p.m., Manhattan, Kansas, time, on the third Monday of May, if not a legal holiday, or, if a legal holiday, then on the next succeeding day not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, or at such other time, date or place as the Board may determine.

3.2.2 NEW BUSINESS. At the annual meetings, directors shall be elected and any other business properly proposed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation as provided in these Bylaws may be transacted which is within the powers of the stockholders.

1

Any new business to be conducted at the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be stated in writing and filed with the Secretary of the corporation on or before sixty (60) days in advance of the first anniversary date (month and day) of the previous year's annual meeting, and all business so stated, proposed and filed shall, unless prior action thereon is required by the Board, be considered at the annual meeting. Any stockholder may make any other proposal at the annual meeting and the same may be discussed and considered, but unless stated in writing and filed with the Secretary of the corporation on or before sixty (60) days in advance of the first anniversary date (month or day) of the previous year's annual meeting, such proposal may only be voted upon at a meeting held at least thirty (30) days after the annual meeting at which it is presented. No other proposal made by stockholders may be acted upon at the annual meeting. This provision shall not prevent the consideration, approval or disapproval at the annual meeting of the reports of officers and committees, but in connection with such reports, no business shall be acted upon at such annual meeting unless stated and filed as herein provided.

SECTION 3.3 NOTICE. Written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting of the stockholders is called shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty
(60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the corporation as of the record date prescribed in SECTION 3.9.1 and
SECTION 11.1.1 of these Bylaws.

SECTION 3.4 NOMINATIONS FOR DIRECTOR. Nominations of candidates for election as directors at any meeting of stockholders may be made: (a) by, or at the direction of, a majority of the Board; or (b) by any stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting; provided that only persons nominated in accordance with procedures set forth in this SECTION 3.4 shall be eligible for election as directors.

Nominations, other than those made by, or at the direction of, the Board, may only be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the corporation as set forth in this SECTION 3.4. To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by the Secretary of the corporation, for an annual meeting, not less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days in advance of the first anniversary date (month and day) of the previous year's annual meeting, and for a special meeting, not less than sixty
(60) days nor more than ninety (90) days in advance of the date (month and day) of the special meeting, regardless of any postponements or adjournments of that meeting to a later date. Such stockholder notice shall set forth: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director: (i) the name, age, business address and residential address of such person; (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person; (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation's stock which are beneficially owned by such person on the date of such stockholder notice; and (iv) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed on Schedule 13D pursuant to Regulation 13D-G under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), in connection with the

2

acquisition of stock, and pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, in connection with the solicitation of proxies with respect to nominees for election as directors, regardless of whether such person is subject to the provisions of such regulations, including, but not limited to, information required to be disclosed by Item 4(b) and Item 6 of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of such stockholder and the name and principal business or residential address of any other beneficial stockholders known by such stockholder to support such nominees; and (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation's stock which are beneficially owned by such stockholder on the date of such stockholder notice and the number of shares owned beneficially by any other record or beneficial stockholders known by such stockholder to be supporting such nominees on the date of such stockholder notice. At the request of the Board, any person nominated by, or at the request of, the Board for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the corporation that information required to be set forth in a stockholder's notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee.

The Board may reject any nomination by a stockholder not timely made in accordance with the requirements of this SECTION 3.4. If the Board, or a committee designated by the Board, determines that the information provided in a stockholder's notice does not satisfy the informational requirements of this
SECTION 3.4 in any material respect, the Secretary of the corporation shall promptly notify such stockholder of the deficiency in the notice. The stockholder may cure the deficiency by providing additional information to the Secretary within such period of time, not less than five days from the date such deficiency notice is given to the stockholder, as the Board or such committee shall determine. If the deficiency is not cured within such period, or if the Board or such committee determines that the additional information provided by the stockholder, together with information previously provided, does not satisfy the requirements of this SECTION 3.4 in any material respect, then the Board may reject such stockholder's notice and the proposed nominations shall not be accepted if presented at the stockholder meeting to which the notice relates. The Secretary of the corporation shall notify a stockholder in writing whether his or her nomination has been made in accordance with the time and informational requirements of this SECTION 3.4. Notwithstanding the procedure set forth in this SECTION 3.4, if neither the Board nor such committee makes a determination as to the validity of any nominations by a stockholder, the presiding officer of the stockholder's meeting shall determine and declare at the meeting whether a nomination was not made in accordance with the terms of this SECTION 3.4. If the presiding officer determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the terms of this SECTION 3.4, he or she shall so declare at the meeting and the defective nomination shall not be accepted.

SECTION 3.5 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of stockholders for the purpose of taking any action permitted the stockholders by law and the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation may be called at any time by a majority of the directors then in office. Except in special cases where other express provision is made by statute, notice of such special meetings shall be given in the same manner as for annual meetings of stockholders.

3

SECTION 3.6 VOTING LISTS. The officer having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the capital stock of the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, with the address of and the number of shares registered in the name of, each stockholder. Such list shall be subject to inspection by any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, at any time during the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified in the notice of the meeting, at the place where the meeting is to be held. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer books shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

SECTION 3.7 QUORUM. A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of the stockholders. The stockholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

SECTION 3.8 ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF. Any stockholders' meeting, annual or special, whether or not a quorum is present, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares present, whether in person or represented by proxy, but in the absence of a quorum no other business may be transacted at such meeting, except for such adjournment. When any stockholders' meeting, either annual or special, is adjourned for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. Except as provided above, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

SECTION 3.9 VOTING.

3.9.1 RECORD DATE. Unless a record date for voting purposes is fixed as provided in SECTION 11.1.1 of these Bylaws then, subject to the provisions of Section 217 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware General Corporation Law") (relating to voting of shares held by fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners), only persons in whose names shares entitled to vote stand on the stock records of the corporation at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given or, if such notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting of stockholders is held, shall be entitled to vote at such meeting, and such day shall be the record date for such meeting.

3.9.2 METHOD; VOTE REQUIRED. Unless otherwise required by law, voting may be oral or by written ballot; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that all elections for directors must be by

4

ballot if demanded by a stockholder before such voting begins. Except as provided in SECTION 3.7, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of directors.

3.9.3 VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS. Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by any officer, agent or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine. Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator may be voted by him or her, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into his or her name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by the trustee, either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him or her without a transfer of such shares into the trustee's name.

Neither treasury shares of its own stock held by the corporation, nor shares held by another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors of such other corporation are held directly or indirectly by the corporation, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.

SECTION 3.10 CONDUCT OF MEETING. The presiding officer at any meeting of stockholders, either annual or special, shall be the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, the President or, in the absence of both the Chairman of the Board and the President, anyone selected by a majority of the Board. The secretary at such meetings shall be the Secretary of the corporation or, in his or her absence, anyone appointed by the presiding officer. The presiding officer of any meeting of the stockholders, unless prescribed by law or regulation or unless the Board has otherwise determined, shall determine the order of the business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussions as shall be deemed appropriate by him or her in his or her sole discretion.

SECTION 3.11 PROXIES. At all meetings of the stockholders, every stockholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing and complying with the requirements of the Delaware General Corporation Law. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of three (3) years from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only so long as, it is coupled with an interest in the stock of the corporation or in the corporation generally which is sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

SECTION 3.12 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION. In advance of any meeting of stockholders, the Board may appoint any persons other than nominees for office as inspectors of election to act

5

at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, or if any persons so appointed fail to appear or refuse to act, the presiding officer of any such meeting may, and on the request of any stockholder or a stockholder's proxy shall, make such appointment at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If appointed at a meeting on the request of one or more stockholders or proxies, the majority of shares represented in person or by proxy shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed. The duties of such inspectors shall include: (a) determining the number of shares of stock and the voting power of each share, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity and effect of the proxies; (b) receiving votes, ballots or consents; (c) hearing and determining all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote; (d) counting and tabulating all votes or consents; (e) determining the result; and (f) such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

ARTICLE 4

DIRECTORS

SECTION 4.1 POWERS. Subject to any limitations imposed by law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws as to actions which shall be authorized or approved by the stockholders, and subject to the duties of directors as prescribed thereby, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

SECTION 4.2 CLASSIFICATION, NUMBER AND QUALIFICATIONS. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, the exact number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the number of directors that immediately prior to such change had been fixed, in the manner prescribed herein, by the Board.

SECTION 4.3 ELECTION AND VACANCIES. Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation and shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. Thereafter, directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. In the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or of special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or for the removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies on the Board, including vacancies resulting from the removal of directors, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

6

SECTION 4.4 REGULAR MEETINGS. The Board shall meet regularly at the time and place designated in a resolution of the Board or by written consent of all members of the Board, whether within or without the State of Delaware, and no notice of such regular meetings need be given to the directors.

SECTION 4.5 ORGANIZATION MEETING. Following each annual meeting of stockholders, the Board shall hold a regular meeting at the place of said annual meeting or at such other place as shall be fixed by the Board, for the purpose of organization, election of officers and the transaction of other business. No call and notice of such meetings shall be required.

SECTION 4.6 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary, or a majority of directors then in office. Notice of each such meeting shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the person or persons calling the meeting. Such notice shall specify the time and place of the meeting, which may be within or without the State of Delaware, and the general nature of the business to be transacted, and no other business may be transacted at the meeting. Such notice shall be deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, at least four (4) days prior to the meeting, directed to the address of the director on the records of the corporation, or delivered in person or by telephone or telegram, telecopy or other means of electronic transmission to the director at least forty-eight (48) hours before the meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after such meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such director. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

SECTION 4.7 QUORUM; MAJORITY ACTION. A majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board, but if less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time. Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be given in the same manner as prescribed in SECTION 4.6 of these Bylaws. Every act or decision of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present, made or done at a meeting duly held, shall be valid as the act of the Board, unless a greater number is required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

SECTION 4.8 ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board and shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board.

SECTION 4.9 TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Members of the Board may participate in any regular or special meeting, including meetings of committees of the Board, through use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all members

7

participating in such meeting can hear one another. Participation in a meeting pursuant to this section constitutes presence in person at such meeting.

SECTION 4.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION. Fees and compensation of directors and members of committees for their services, and reimbursement for expenses, shall be fixed or determined by a resolution of the Board. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, employee, agent or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

SECTION 4.11 CAUSE FOR REMOVAL. A director may be removed only for cause as determined by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (considered for this purpose as one class) cast at an annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting of the stockholders called expressly for that purpose. Cause for removal shall be deemed to exist only if the director whose removal is proposed has been convicted of a felony by a court of competent jurisdiction or has been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such director's duty to the corporation and such adjudication is no longer subject to direct appeal.

SECTION 4.12 DIRECTORS EMERITUS/ADVISORY DIRECTORS. The Board may by resolution appoint directors emeritus or advisory directors who shall have such authority and receive such compensation and reimbursement as the Board shall provide. Directors emeritus or advisory directors shall not have the authority to participate by vote in the transaction of business.

ARTICLE 5

OFFICERS

SECTION 5.1 OFFICERS. The officers of the corporation shall be the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and any other individual performing functions similar to those performed by the foregoing persons, including any officer designated by the Board as performing such functions.

SECTION 5.2 ELECTION. The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 5.3 or
SECTION 5.5 of this ARTICLE 5 shall be chosen annually by the Board. Each officer shall hold his or her office until he or she shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise disqualified to serve, or his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, and shall perform such duties as are prescribed in the Bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

SECTION 5.3 OTHER OFFICERS. The corporation may have, at the discretion of the Board, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Financial Officers and such other officers as may be appointed by the Board, or by a committee of the Board to which the authority to appoint subordinate officers has been delegated, each of whom shall hold office for such

8

period, have such authority and perform such duties as the Board or such committee may from time to time determine. Any person may hold more than one office.

SECTION 5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board, at any regular or special meeting thereof, or by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board (without prejudice, however, to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment with the corporation).

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board or to the President or to the Secretary of the corporation, without prejudice, however, to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which such officer is a party. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt or at any later time specified therein.

SECTION 5.5 VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled by the Board for the unexpired portion of the term.

SECTION 5.6 COMPENSATION. The Board shall fix the compensation of the officers of the corporation or compensation shall be fixed by an officer of the corporation to whom the authority to fix compensation has been delegated by the Board.

SECTION 5.7 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him or her by the Board or prescribed by these Bylaws.

SECTION 5.8 PRESIDENT. The President shall be the chief executive officer and chief operating officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the corporation. The President shall also have such other general powers and duties of management as are usually vested in the office of the president of a corporation and all other powers and duties as the Board shall from time to time prescribe. Except as otherwise provided by the Board, the President shall have the authority to vote all shares of stock of any other corporation standing in the name of the corporation, at any meeting of the stockholders of such other corporation, or by written consent of the stockholders of such other corporation, and may, on behalf of the corporation, waive any notice of the calling of any such meeting, and may give a written proxy in the name of the corporation to vote any or all shares of stock of such other corporation owned by the corporation at any such meeting.

SECTION 5.9 SECRETARY. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and Board in a book to be provided for that purpose, and shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of meetings of stockholders and directors, and any other notices required by law to be given. The Secretary shall be custodian of the corporate seal, if any, and shall affix the seal to all documents and papers requiring such seal. The Secretary shall have such other powers and duties as the Board from time to time shall prescribe.

9

SECTION 5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, shall receive and keep all the funds of the corporation and shall pay out corporate funds on the check of the corporation, signed in such manner as shall be authorized by the Board. The Chief Financial Officer shall have such other powers and duties as the Board from time to time shall prescribe.

ARTICLE 6

COMMITTEES

SECTION 6.1 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. The Board may, but shall not be required to, by a resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate an executive committee consisting of two or more directors, one of which shall be the Chairman of the Board or the President, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. If an executive committee is designated, it shall have, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these Bylaws, all the authority of the Board, except with respect to:

(a) amending the Certificate of Incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board as provided in Section 151(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation or fix the number of shares of any series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series);

(b) adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation under Sections 251 or 252 of the Delaware General Corporation Law;

(c) recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation's property and assets;

(d) recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution;

(e) amending the Bylaws of the corporation; and

(f) unless the resolution establishing the executive committee, or the corporation's Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

The Board may by resolution fix the regular meeting date of the executive committee, and notice of any such regular meeting date shall be dispensed with. Special meetings of the

10

executive committee may be held at the principal office of the corporation, or at any place which has been designated from time to time by resolution of the executive committee or by written consent of all members thereof and may be called by the President, any Vice President or other officer who is a member of the executive committee or any two members thereof, upon written notice to the members of the executive committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of written notice to members of the Board of the time and place of special meetings of the Board. Vacancies in the membership of the executive committee may be filled by the Board. A majority of the authorized number of members of the executive committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; and transactions of any meeting of the executive committee, however called and noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the members not present signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to holding such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporation's records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the executive committee may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the executive committee shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the executive committee. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of such members of the executive committee. Any certificate or other document filed under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law which relates to action so taken shall state that the action was taken by unanimous written consent of the executive committee without meeting, and that these Bylaws authorize the members of the executive committee to so act.

SECTION 6.2 AUDIT COMMITTEE. The Board shall by a resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors designate an audit committee consisting of a majority of members who are not also officers or employees of the corporation or any subsidiary to serve at the pleasure of the Board. The audit committee shall have, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these Bylaws, the authority to retain the independent auditor for the corporation, and to conduct discussions with such auditor concerning the financial statements, operations, internal controls and other related matters and such other authority as may be provided to the audit committee by the Board.

The Board may, by resolution, fix the regular meeting date of the audit committee, and notice of any such regular meeting date shall be dispensed with. Special meetings of the audit committee may be held at the principal office of the corporation, or at any place which has been designated from time to time by resolution of the audit committee or by written consent of all members thereof and may be called by the chairman of the audit committee, or any members thereof, upon written notice to the members of the audit committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of written notice to members of the Board of the time and place of special meetings of the Board. Vacancies in the membership of the audit committee may be filled by the Board. A majority of the authorized number of members of the audit committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of

11

business; and transactions of any meeting of the audit committee, however called and noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the members not present signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to holding such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporation's records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the audit committee may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the audit committee shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the audit committee. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of such members of the audit committee. Any certificate or other document filed under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law which relates to action so taken shall state that the action was taken by unanimous written consent of the audit committee without meeting, and that these Bylaws authorize the members of the audit committee to so act.

SECTION 6.3 COMPENSATION COMMITTEE. The Board may, by a resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, but shall not be required to, designate a compensation committee consisting of three or more directors to serve at the pleasure of the Board. If an compensation committee is designated, it shall have, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these Bylaws, the authority to establish the compensation, benefits and prerequisites for the executive officers, directors and other employees of the corporation and such other authority as may be provided to the compensation committee by the Board.

The Board may, by resolution, fix the regular meeting date of the compensation committee, and notice of any such regular meeting date shall be dispensed with. Special meetings of the compensation committee may be held at the principal office of the corporation, or at any place which has been designated from time to time by resolution of the compensation committee or by written consent of all members thereof and may be called by the chairman of the compensation committee, or any two members thereof, upon written notice to the members of the compensation committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of written notice to members of the Board of the time and place of special meetings of the Board. Vacancies in the membership of the compensation committee may be filled by the Board. A majority of the authorized number of members of the compensation committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; and transactions of any meeting of the compensation committee, however called and noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the members not present signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to holding such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporation's records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the compensation committee may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the compensation committee shall individually or

12

collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the compensation committee. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of such members of the compensation committee. Any certificate or other document filed under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law which relates to action so taken shall state that the action was taken by unanimous written consent of the compensation committee without meeting, and that these Bylaws authorize the members of the compensation committee to so act.

SECTION 6.4 OTHER COMMITTEES. The Board may, but shall not be required to, designate any other committee consisting of two or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. Any such committee shall possess such powers of the Board as the Board shall by its resolution provide, except that it shall not in any event have authority with respect to any of the transactions which are prohibited to the executive committee by SECTION 6.1 of this ARTICLE 6.

Unless the Board shall otherwise prescribe the manner of proceedings of any other committee, meetings of such committee may be regularly scheduled in advance and may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any two members of the committee; otherwise, the provisions of these Bylaws with respect to notice and conduct of meetings of the Board shall govern.

ARTICLE 7

INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 7.1 INDEMNIFICATION.

7.1.1 ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION. The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of NOLO CONTENDERE or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

13

7.1.2 ACTIONS OR SUITS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION. The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit and any appeal therefrom, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such costs, charges and expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

7.1.3 INDEMNIFICATION FOR COSTS, CHARGES AND EXPENSES OF SUCCESSFUL PARTY. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this SECTION 7.1, to the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in SECTIONS 7.1.1 and 7.1.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against all costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

7.1.4 DETERMINATION OF RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. Any indemnification under SECTIONS 7.1.1 and 7.1.2, (unless ordered by a court) shall be paid by the corporation, if a determination is made (a) by the board of directors by a majority vote of the directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) if such majority of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (c) by the stockholders, that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in SECTIONS 7.1.1 and 7.1.2.

7.1.5 ADVANCE OF COSTS, CHARGES AND EXPENSES. Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by a person referred to in SECTIONS 7.1.1 and 7.1.2 in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the payment of such costs, charges and expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer) in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an

14

undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this ARTICLE 7. Such costs, charges and expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the majority of the directors deems appropriate. The majority of the directors may, in the manner set forth above, and upon approval of such director or officer of the corporation, authorize the corporation's counsel to represent such person, in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

7.1.6 PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION. Any indemnification under SECTIONS 7.1.1, 7.1.2 and 7.1.3, or advance of costs, charges and expenses under
SECTION 7.1.5, shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days, upon the written request of the director, officer, employee or agent. The right to indemnification or advances as granted by this ARTICLE 7 shall be enforceable by the director, officer, employee or agent in any court of competent jurisdiction, if the corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or if no disposition thereof is made within sixty (60) days. Such person's costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of costs, charges and expenses under SECTION 7.1.5, where the required undertaking, if any, has been received by the corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in SECTIONS 7.1.1 and 7.1.2, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in SECTIONS 7.1.1 and 7.1.2, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

7.1.7 SETTLEMENT. The corporation shall not be obligated to reimburse the costs of any settlement to which it has not agreed. If in any action, suit or proceeding, including any appeal, within the scope of SECTIONS 7.1.1 and 7.1.2, the person to be indemnified shall have unreasonably failed to enter into a settlement thereof offered or assented to by the opposing party or parties in such action, suit or proceeding, then, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the indemnification obligation of the corporation to such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding shall not exceed the total of the amount at which settlement could have been made and the expenses incurred by such person prior to the time such settlement could reasonably have been effected.

SECTION 7.2 SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT. No amendment, termination or repeal of this ARTICLE 7 or of relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law shall affect or diminish in any way the rights of any director or officer of the corporation to indemnification under the provisions hereof with respect to any action, suit or

15

proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment, termination or repeal.

SECTION 7.3 OTHER RIGHTS; CONTINUATION OF RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. The indemnification provided by this ARTICLE 7 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a director, officer, employee or agent seeking indemnification may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding office or while employed by or acting as agent for the corporation, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of such person. Nothing contained in this ARTICLE 7 shall be deemed to prohibit, and the corporation is specifically authorized to enter into, agreements with officers and directors providing indemnification rights and procedures different from those set forth herein. All rights to indemnification under this ARTICLE 7 shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director or officer of the corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this ARTICLE 7 is in effect. The corporation shall not consent to any acquisition, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction unless the successor corporation assumes by operation of law or by agreement the obligations set forth in this ARTICLE 7.

SECTION 7.4 INSURANCE. The corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under this ARTICLE 7.

SECTION 7.5 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this ARTICLE 7:

(a) references to "the corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprises, shall stand in the same position under this ARTICLE 7 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued;

(b) references to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans;

(c) references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan;

16

(d) references to "serving at the request of the corporation" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and

(e) a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the corporation," as referred to in this ARTICLE 7.

SECTION 7.6 SAVINGS CLAUSE. If this ARTICLE 7 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director or officer of the corporation as to any costs, charges, expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this ARTICLE 7 that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extant permitted by applicable law.

SECTION 7.7 SUBSEQUENT LEGISLATION. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after the date hereof to further expand the indemnification permitted to directors and officers of the corporation, then the corporation shall indemnify such person to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

ARTICLE 8

RECORDS AND REPORTS

SECTION 8.1 RECORDS. The corporation shall maintain adequate and correct books and records of account of its business and properties.

SECTION 8.2 CHECKS AND DRAFTS. All checks, drafts and other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board.

SECTION 8.3 EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS. The Board may authorize any officer or officers or agent or agents to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized by the Board, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement, or to pledge its credit, or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

SECTION 8.4 FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be a December 31 fiscal year.

17

SECTION 8.5 ANNUAL AUDIT. The corporation shall be subject to an annual audit as of the end of its fiscal year by independent accountants appointed by, and responsible to, the Board and to any audit committee of the Board, as provided in these Bylaws. The appointment of such accountants shall be subject to annual ratification by the stockholders.

ARTICLE 9

DIVIDENDS ON STOCK

Subject to applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the Board may, from time to time, declare, and the corporation may pay, dividends on the outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation.

ARTICLE 10

CERTIFICATES

SECTION 10.1 ISSUANCE. The corporation, as authorized by the Board, may issue any and all forms of certificates of stock not inconsistent with law.

SECTION 10.2 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. Every holder of shares of the stock of the corporation or shares of any other class or series of stock that may be validly authorized and issued by the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed in the name of the corporation by the President, a Vice President or any Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares owned by the stockholder. Any of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

SECTION 10.3 STATEMENTS ON CERTIFICATES. Any certificates for shares of stock shall contain such legend or other statement as may be required by law or applicable rule or regulation, by these Bylaws or by any agreements between the corporation and the issue thereof.

SECTION 10.4 LOST OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. In case any certificate for stock or other security issued by this corporation is lost or destroyed, the Board may authorize the issuance of a new certificate or instrument therefor, on such terms and conditions as it may determine, after proof of such loss or destruction satisfactory to the Board. The Board may require a bond or other security in an adequate amount as indemnity for any such certificate or instrument when, in the Board's judgment, it is proper to do so.

SECTION 10.5 TRANSFER. Stock of the corporation shall be transferable on the books of the corporation by the person named in the certificate, or by the person entitled thereto, on surrender of the certificate for cancellation, accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of

18

record of any stock certificate as owner thereof, and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.1 RECORD DATE.

11.1.1 STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS. So that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or adjournment thereof, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

11.1.2 OTHER ACTIONS. So that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action.

11.1.3 SUBSEQUENT TRANSFERS AND CLOSING TRANSFER BOOKS. When a record date is fixed, only stockholders of record at the close of business on that date are entitled to notice and to vote or to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or by agreement or in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Board may close the books of the corporation against transfers of shares during the whole, or any part, of any such period.

SECTION 11.2 INSPECTION OF CORPORATE RECORDS.

11.2.1 BY STOCKHOLDERS. Any stockholder, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours of business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation's stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person's interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder.

19

11.2.2 BY DIRECTORS. Each director shall have the right at any reasonable time to inspect all books, records, documents of every kind, and the physical properties of the corporation. The inspection may be made in person or by agent or attorney, and the right of inspection includes the right to make extracts and copies thereof.

SECTION 11.3 CORPORATE SEAL. The corporate seal of the corporation, if any, shall be in such form as the Board shall prescribe.

ARTICLE 12

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

These Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the corporation, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such amendment, alteration or repeal is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of stock of the corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. The bylaws may also be amended, altered or repealed by a majority of the directors then in office.

20

EXHIBIT 4.1

[LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY]

AND

----------------------,
AS RIGHTS AGENT

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF ___________, 2001


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                   PAGE
                                                                                   ----
Section 1.      Certain Definitions...................................................1

Section 2.      Appointment of Rights Agent...........................................6

Section 3.      Issue of Right Certificates...........................................6

Section 4.      Form of Right Certificates............................................8

Section 5.      Countersignature and Registration.....................................8

Section 6.      Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right
                Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right
                Certificates..........................................................9

Section 7.      Exercise of Rights, Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights........10

Section 8.      Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates...................11

Section 9.      Availability of Shares of Preferred Stock............................11

Section 10.     Preferred Stock Record Date..........................................12

Section 11.     Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number of Shares and Number
                of Rights............................................................13

Section 12.     Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares...........21

Section 13.     Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or
                Earning Power........................................................21

Section 14.     Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares..............................25

Section 15.     Rights of Action.....................................................26

Section 16.     Agreement of Right Holders...........................................26

Section 17.     Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder....................27

Section 18.     Concerning the Rights Agent..........................................27

Section 19.     Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent............28


Section 20.     Duties of Rights Agent...............................................28

Section 21.     Change of Rights Agent...............................................31

Section 22.     Issuance of New Right Certificates...................................32

Section 23.     Redemption...........................................................32

Section 24.     Exchange.............................................................33

Section 25.     Notice of Certain Events.............................................34

Section 26.     Notices..............................................................35

Section 27.     Supplements and Amendments...........................................35

Section 28.     Successors...........................................................36

Section 29.     Benefits of this Agreement...........................................36

Section 30.     Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors.................36

Section 31.     Severability.........................................................36

Section 32.     Governing Law........................................................37

Section 33.     Counterparts.........................................................37

Section 34.     Descriptive Headings.................................................37


RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of __________, 2001 (this "Agreement"), is between LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and __________, a __________, as Rights Agent (the "Rights Agent").

The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized and declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a "Right") for each share of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company outstanding as of the Close of Business (as defined below) on ___________, 2001 (the "Record Date"), each Right representing the right to purchase one one-thousandth (subject to adjustment) of a share of Preferred Stock (as hereinafter defined), upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, and has further authorized and directed the issuance of one Right (subject to adjustment as provided herein) with respect to each share of Common Stock that shall become outstanding between the Record Date and the earlier of the Distribution Date and the Expiration Date (as such terms are hereinafter defined); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Rights may be issued with respect to shares of Common Stock that shall become outstanding after the Distribution Date and prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with Section 22.

Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meaning indicated:

(a) "Acquiring Person" shall mean any Person (as such term is hereinafter defined) who or which shall be the Beneficial Owner (as such term is hereinafter defined) of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding, but shall not include an Exempt Person (as such term is hereinafter defined); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that a Person who would otherwise be an "Acquiring Person" became the Beneficial Owner of a number of shares of Common Stock such that the Person would otherwise qualify as an "Acquiring Person" inadvertently (including, without limitation, because (A) such Person was unaware that it beneficially owned a percentage of Common Stock that would otherwise cause such Person to be an "Acquiring Person" or (B) such Person was aware of the extent of its Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock but had no actual knowledge of the consequences of such Beneficial Ownership under this Agreement) and without any intention of changing or influencing control of the Company, then such Person shall not be deemed to be or to have become an "Acquiring Person" for any purposes of this Agreement unless and until such Person shall have failed to divest itself, as soon as practicable (as determined, in good faith, by the Board of Directors of the Company), of Beneficial Ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock so that such Person would no longer otherwise qualify as an "Acquiring Person"; (ii) if, as of the date hereof or prior to the first public announcement of the adoption of this Agreement,


any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock outstanding, such Person shall not be deemed to be or to become an "Acquiring Person" unless and until such time as such Person shall, after the first public announcement of the adoption of this Agreement, become the Beneficial Owner of additional shares of Common Stock (other than pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding Common Stock or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock), unless, upon becoming the Beneficial Owner of such additional shares of Common Stock, such Person is not then the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding; and (iii) no Person shall become an "Acquiring Person" as the result of an acquisition of shares of Common Stock by the Company which, by reducing the number of shares outstanding, increases the proportionate number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person to 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if a Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding by reason of such share acquisitions by the Company and shall thereafter become the Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of Common Stock (other than pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding Common Stock or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock), then such Person shall be deemed to be an "Acquiring Person" unless upon becoming the Beneficial Owner of such additional shares of Common Stock such Person does not beneficially own 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding. For all purposes of this Agreement, any calculation of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes of determining the particular percentage of such outstanding shares of Common Stock of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in accordance with the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), as in effect on the date hereof.

(b) "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof.

(c) A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, shall be deemed to have "Beneficial Ownership" of and shall be deemed to "beneficially own" any securities:

(i) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates is deemed to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, within the meaning of Rule l3d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof;

(ii) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group mem-

2

bers with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, (x) securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase, (y) securities which such Person has a right to acquire upon the exercise of Rights at any time prior to the time that any Person becomes an Acquiring Person or (z) securities issuable upon the exercise of Rights from and after the time that any Person becomes an Acquiring Person if such Rights were acquired by such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates prior to the Distribution Date or pursuant to Section 3(a) or Section 22 hereof ("Original Rights") or pursuant to Section 11(i) or Section 11(n) with respect to an adjustment to Original Rights; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security by reason of such agreement, arrangement or understanding if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person and with respect to which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to Section 1(c)(ii)(B)) or disposing of such securities of the Company;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no Person who is an officer, director or employee of an Exempt Person shall be deemed, solely by reason of such Person's status or authority as such, to be the "Beneficial Owner" of, to have "Beneficial Ownership" of or to "beneficially own" any securities that are "beneficially owned" (as defined in this Section l(c)), including, without limitation, in a fiduciary capacity, by an Exempt Person or by any other such officer, director or employee of an Exempt Person.

(d) "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which state or national banking institutions in the State in which the principal office of the Rights Agent is located are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(e) "Close of Business" on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., Manhattan, Kansas, time, on such date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., Manhattan, Kansas, time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

3

(f) "Common Stock" when used with reference to the Company shall mean the Common Stock, presently par value $0.01 per share, of the Company. "Common Stock" when used with reference to any Person other than the Company shall mean the common stock (or, in the case of an unincorporated entity, the equivalent equity interest) with the greatest voting power of such other Person or, if such other Person is a Subsidiary of another Person, the Person or Persons which ultimately control such first-mentioned Person.

(g) "Common Stock Equivalents" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

(h) "Current Value" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

(i) "Distribution Date" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3 hereof.

(j) "Equivalent Preferred Shares" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(b) hereof.

(k) "Exempt Person" shall mean the Company or any Subsidiary (as such term is hereinafter defined) of the Company, in each case including, without limitation, in its fiduciary capacity, or any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any entity or trustee holding Common Stock for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan or for the purpose of funding any such plan or funding other employee benefits for employees of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company.

(l) "Exchange Ratio" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 24 hereof.

(m) "Expiration Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 hereof.

(n) "Final Expiration Date" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7 hereof.

(o) "Flip-In Event" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

(p) "Nasdaq" shall mean The Nasdaq Stock Market.

(q) "New York Stock Exchange" shall mean the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

4

(r) "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) to such entity.

(s) "Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company having the rights and preferences set forth in the Form of Certificate of Designation attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A.

(t) "Principal Party" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(b) hereof.

(u) "Purchase Price" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(b) hereof.

(v) "Redemption Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 hereof.

(w) "Redemption Price" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 23 hereof.

(x) "Right Certificate" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3 hereof.

(y) "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(z) "Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

(aa) "Spread" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

(bb) "Stock Acquisition Date" shall mean the first date of public announcement (which, for purposes of this definition, shall include, without limitation, a report filed pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such, or such earlier date as a majority of the Board of Directors shall become aware of the existence of an Acquiring Person.

(cc) "Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power sufficient to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person, and any corporation or other entity that is otherwise controlled by such Person.

(dd) "Substitution Period" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

5

(ee) "Summary of Rights" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3 hereof.

(ff) "Trading Day" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d)(i) hereof.

(gg) "corporation" shall mean, solely in connection with the appointment of any successor Rights Agent pursuant to Section 21 of this Agreement, a corporation or a bank organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or the laws of any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

SECTION 2. APPOINTMENT OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company and the holders of the Rights (who, in accordance with Section 3 hereof, shall prior to the Distribution Date be the holders of Common Stock) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable.

SECTION 3. ISSUE OF RIGHT CERTIFICATES.

(a) Until the Close of Business on the earlier of (i) the tenth day after the Stock Acquisition Date or (ii) the tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person) after the date of the commencement by any Person (other than an Exempt Person) of, or of the first public announcement of the intention of such Person (other than an Exempt Person) to commence, a tender or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in any Person (other than an Exempt Person) becoming the Beneficial Owner of shares of Common Stock aggregating 15% or more of the Common Stock then outstanding (the earlier of such dates being herein referred to as the "Distribution Date", PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if either of such dates occurs after the date of this Agreement and on or prior to the Record Date, then the Distribution Date shall be the Record Date), (x) the Rights will be evidenced (subject to the provisions of Section 3(b) hereof) by the certificates for Common Stock registered in the names of the holders thereof and not by separate Right Certificates, and (y) the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of Common Stock. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will prepare and execute, the Rights Agent will countersign and the Company will send or cause to be sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested and at the expense of the Company send) by first-class, insured, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date (other than any Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person), at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company, a Right Certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto (a "Right Certificate"), evidencing one Right (subject to adjustment as provided herein) for each share of Common Stock so held. As of the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Right Certificates.

6

(b) On the Record Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Company will send a copy of a Summary of Rights to Purchase Shares of Preferred Stock, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto (the "Summary of Rights"), by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common Stock as of the Close of Business on the Record Date (other than any Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate of any Acquiring Person), at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company. With respect to certificates for Common Stock outstanding as of the Record Date, until the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced by such certificates registered in the names of the holders thereof together with the Summary of Rights. Until the Distribution Date (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date), the surrender for transfer of any certificate for Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date, with or without a copy of the Summary of Rights, shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented thereby.

(c) Rights shall be issued in respect of all shares of Common Stock issued or disposed of (including, without limitation, upon disposition of Common Stock out of treasury stock or issuance or reissuance of Common Stock out of authorized but unissued shares) after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of the Distribution Date and the Expiration Date, or in certain circumstances provided in Section 22 hereof, after the Distribution Date. Certificates issued for Common Stock (including, without limitation, upon transfer of outstanding Common Stock, disposition of Common Stock out of treasury stock or issuance or reissuance of Common Stock out of authorized but unissued shares) after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of the Distribution Date and the Expiration Date, or in certain circumstances provided in Section 22 hereof, after the Distribution Date shall have impressed on, printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to them the following legend:

This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain rights as set forth in a Rights Agreement between
[Landmark Merger Company] (the "Company") and ________, as Rights Agent, dated as of ________, 2001, and as amended from time to time (the "Rights Agreement"), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of the Company. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. The Company will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement without charge after receipt of a written request therefor. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, RIGHTS OWNED BY OR TRANSFERRED TO ANY PERSON WHO IS OR BECOMES AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) AND CERTAIN TRANSFEREES THEREOF WILL BECOME NULL AND VOID AND WILL NO LONGER BE TRANSFERABLE.

7

With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the Distribution Date the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender for transfer of any such certificate, except as otherwise provided herein, shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Stock represented thereby. In the event that the Company purchases or otherwise acquires any Common Stock after the Record Date but prior to the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such Common Stock shall be deemed canceled and retired so that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the Common Stock which are no longer outstanding.

Notwithstanding this paragraph (c), the omission of a legend shall not affect the enforceability of any part of this Agreement or the rights of any holder of the Rights.

SECTION 4. FORM OF RIGHT CERTIFICATES. The Right Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase shares and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange or interdealer quotation system on which the Rights may from time to time be listed or quoted, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Right Certificates shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock as shall be set forth therein at the Purchase Price, but the number of such one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock and the Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.

SECTION 5. COUNTERSIGNATURE AND REGISTRATION.

(a) The Right Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by the President of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature, shall have affixed thereto the Company's seal or a facsimile thereof and shall be attested by the Secretary of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature. The Right Certificates shall be countersigned either manually or by facsimile signature by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Right Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Right Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the Person who signed such Right Certificates had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Right Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any Person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Right Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Right Certificate, although at the date of the execution of this Agreement any such Person was not such an officer.

8

(b) Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at an office or agency designated for such purpose, books for registration and transfer of the Right Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Right Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Right Certificates and the date of each of the Right Certificates.

SECTION 6. TRANSFER, SPLIT UP, COMBINATION AND EXCHANGE OF RIGHT CERTIFICATES; MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN RIGHT CERTIFICATES.

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, at any time after the Distribution Date and prior to the Expiration Date, any Right Certificate or Right Certificates may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock as the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Right Certificate or Right Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Right Certificate or Right Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the office or agency of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose. Thereupon the Rights Agent shall countersign and deliver to the Person entitled thereto a Right Certificate or Right Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Right Certificates.

(b) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, at any time after the Distribution Date and prior to the Expiration Date, upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Right Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to them, and, at the Company's request, reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Right Certificate if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Right Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for delivery to the registered holder in lieu of the Right Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

SECTION 7. EXERCISE OF RIGHTS, PURCHASE PRICE; EXPIRATION DATE OF RIGHTS.

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Rights shall become exercisable on the Distribution Date, and thereafter the registered holder of any Right Certificate may, subject to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof and except as otherwise provided herein, exercise the Rights evidenced thereby in whole or in part upon surrender of the Right Certificate, with the form of election to purchase on the reverse side thereof duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the office or agency of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, together with payment of the aggregate Purchase Price with respect to the total number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock (or other securities,

9

cash or other assets, as the case may be) as to which the Rights are exercised, at any time which is both after the Distribution Date and prior to the time (the "Expiration Date") that is the earliest of (i) the Close of Business on _________, 2011 (the "Final Expiration Date"), (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed as provided in Section 23 hereof (the "Redemption Date") or (iii) the time at which such Rights are exchanged as provided in Section 24 hereof.

(b) The Purchase Price shall be initially $_______ for each one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. The Purchase Price and the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock or other securities or property to be acquired upon exercise of a Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and 13 hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 7.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, upon receipt of a Right Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase duly executed, accompanied by payment of the aggregate Purchase Price for the shares of Preferred Stock to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Right Certificate in accordance with Section 9 hereof, in cash or by certified check, cashier's check or money order payable to the order of the Company, the Rights Agent shall thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the Preferred Stock, or make available if the Rights Agent is the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, certificates for the number of shares of Preferred Stock to be purchased, and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such requests, or (B) requisition from a depositary agent appointed by the Company depositary receipts representing interests in such number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the Preferred Stock represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary agent), and the Company hereby directs any such depositary agent to comply with such request, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof, (iii) promptly after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt, promptly deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate.

(d) Except as otherwise provided herein, in case the registered holder of any Right Certificate shall exercise less than all of the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Right Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the exercisable Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Right Certificate or to his duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to undertake any action with

10

respect to a registered holder of Rights upon the occurrence of any purported transfer or exercise of Rights pursuant to Section 6 hereof or this Section 7 unless such registered holder shall have (i) completed and signed the certificate contained in the form of assignment or form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of the Rights Certificate surrendered for such transfer or exercise and (ii) provided such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) thereof as the Company shall reasonably request.

SECTION 8. CANCELLATION AND DESTRUCTION OF RIGHT CERTIFICATES. All Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in canceled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be canceled by it, and no Right Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any other Right Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver all canceled Right Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of the Company, destroy such canceled Right Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Company.

SECTION 9. AVAILABILITY OF SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock or any shares of Preferred Stock held in its treasury, the number of shares of Preferred Stock that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights.

(b) So long as the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of Rights may be listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, or quoted on Nasdaq, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause, from and after such time as the Rights become exercisable, all shares reserved for such issuance to be listed or admitted to trading on such exchange, or quoted on Nasdaq, upon official notice of issuance upon such exercise.

(c) From and after such time as the Rights become exercisable, the Company shall use its best efforts, if then necessary to permit the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock upon the exercise of Rights, to register and qualify such shares of Preferred Stock under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities or "Blue Sky" laws (to the extent exemptions therefrom are not available), cause such registration statement and qualifications to become effective as soon as possible after such filing and keep such registration and qualifications effective until the earlier of the date as of which the Rights are no longer exercisable for such securities and the Expiration Date. The Company may temporarily suspend, for a period of time not to exceed 90 days, the exercisability of the Rights in order to prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act and permit it to become effective. Upon any such suspension, the

11

Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any jurisdiction unless the requisite qualification in such jurisdiction shall have been obtained and until a registration statement under the Securities Act shall have been declared effective, unless an exemption therefrom is available.

(d) The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all shares of Preferred Stock delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates therefor (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable shares.

(e) The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right Certificates or of any shares of Preferred Stock upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Right Certificates to a Person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Preferred Stock in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Right Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for Preferred Stock upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by that holder of such Right Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company's reasonable satisfaction that no such tax is due.

SECTION 10. PREFERRED STOCK RECORD DATE. Each Person in whose name any certificate for Preferred Stock is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares of Preferred Stock represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable transfer taxes) was made; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company are open. Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Right Certificate shall not be entitled to any rights of a holder of Preferred Stock for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends or other distributions, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided herein.

SECTION 11. ADJUSTMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE, NUMBER AND KIND OF SHARES AND NUMBER OF RIGHTS. The Purchase Price, the number of shares of Preferred Stock or other securities or property purchasable upon exercise of each Right and the number of

12

Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.

(a)(i) In the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Agreement (A) declare and pay a dividend on the Preferred Stock payable in shares of Preferred Stock, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Stock, (C) combine the outstanding Preferred Stock into a smaller number of shares of Preferred Stock or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a), the number and kind of shares of capital stock issuable upon exercise of a Right as of the record date for such dividend or the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised after such time shall be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock which, if such Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date and at a time when the Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company were open, the holder would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification.

(ii) Subject to Section 24 of this Agreement, in the event any Person becomes an Acquiring Person (the first occurrence of such event being referred to hereinafter as the "Flip-In Event"), then (A) the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to the Flip-In Event multiplied by the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such Flip-In Event, whether or not such Right was then exercisable, and (B) each holder of a Right, except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a)(ii) and
Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise thereof at a price equal to the Purchase Price (as so adjusted), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of shares of Preferred Stock, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall equal the result obtained by dividing the Purchase Price (as so adjusted) by 50% of the current per share market price of the Common Stock (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of such Flip-In Event; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Purchase Price (as so adjusted) and the number of shares of Common Stock so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall, following the Flip-In Event, be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in accordance with Section 11(f) hereof. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, however, from and after the Flip-In Event, any Rights that are beneficially owned by (x) any Acquiring Person (or any Affiliate or Associate of any Acquiring Person), (y) a transferee of any Acquiring Person (or any such Affiliate or Associate) who becomes a transferee after the Flip-In Event or (z) a transferee of any Acquiring Person (or any such Affiliate or Associate) who became a transferee prior to or concurrently with the Flip-In Event pursuant to either (I) a transfer from the Acquiring Person to holders of its equity securities or to any Person with whom it has any continuing agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (II) a transfer which the Board of Directors has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has the

13

purpose or effect of avoiding the provisions of this paragraph, and subsequent transferees of such Persons, shall be void without any further action and any holder of such Rights shall thereafter have no rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights under any provision of this Agreement. The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that the provisions of this Section 11(a)(ii) are complied with, but shall have no liability to any holder of Right Certificates or other Person as a result of its failure to make any determinations with respect to an Acquiring Person or its Affiliates, Associates or transferees hereunder. From and after the Flip-In Event, no Right Certificate shall be issued pursuant to Section 3 or Section 6 hereof that represents Rights that are or have become void pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph, and any Right Certificate delivered to the Rights Agent that represents Rights that are or have become void pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall be canceled. From and after the occurrence of an event specified in Section 13(a) hereof, any Rights that theretofore have not been exercised pursuant to this Section 11(a)(ii) shall thereafter be exercisable only in accordance with Section 13 and not pursuant to this Section 11(a)(ii).

(iii) The Company may at its option substitute for a share of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of Rights in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii) a number of shares of Preferred Stock or fraction thereof such that the current per share market price of one share of Preferred Stock multiplied by such number or fraction is equal to the current per share market price of one share of Common Stock. In the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of Common Stock issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii), the Board of Directors shall with respect to such deficiency, to the extent permitted by applicable law and any material agreements then in effect to which the Company is a party (A) determine the excess (such excess, the "Spread") of (1) the value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of a Right in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii) (the "Current Value") over (2) the Purchase Price (as adjusted in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii)), and (B) with respect to each Right (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to the foregoing subparagraph (ii)), make adequate provision to substitute for the shares of Common Stock issuable in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii) upon exercise of the Right and payment of the Purchase Price (as adjusted in accordance therewith), (1) cash, (2) a reduction in such Purchase Price, (3) shares of Preferred Stock or other equity securities of the Company (including, without limitation, shares or fractions of shares of preferred stock which, by virtue of having dividend, voting and liquidation rights substantially comparable to those of the shares of Common Stock, are deemed in good faith by the Board of Directors to have substantially the same value as the shares of Common Stock (such shares of Preferred Stock and shares or fractions of shares of preferred stock are hereinafter referred to as "Common Stock Equivalents")),
(4) debt securities of the Company, (5) other assets, or (6) any combination of the foregoing, having a value which, when added to the value of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of such Right, shall have an aggregate value equal to the Current Value (less the amount of any reduction in such Purchase Price), where such aggregate value has been determined by the Board of Directors upon the advice of a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected in good faith by

14

the Board of Directors; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Company shall not make adequate provision to deliver value pursuant to clause (B) above within thirty
(30) days following the Flip-In Event (the date of the Flip-In Event being the "Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date"), then the Company shall be obligated to deliver, to the extent permitted by applicable law and any material agreements then in effect to which the Company is a party, upon the surrender for exercise of a Right and without requiring payment of such Purchase Price, shares of Common Stock (to the extent available), and then, if necessary, such number or fractions of shares of Preferred Stock (to the extent available) and then, if necessary, cash, which shares and/or cash have an aggregate value equal to the Spread. If, upon the occurrence of the Flip-In Event, the Board of Directors shall determine in good faith that it is likely that sufficient additional shares of Common Stock could be authorized for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights, then, if the Board of Directors so elects, the thirty (30) day period set forth above may be extended to the extent necessary, but not more than ninety (90) days after the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date, in order that the Company may seek stockholder approval for the authorization of such additional shares (such thirty (30) day period, as it may be extended, is herein called the "Substitution Period"). To the extent that the Company determines that some action need be taken pursuant to the second and/or third sentence of this Section 11(a)(iii), the Company (x) shall provide, subject to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof and the last sentence of this Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, that such action shall apply uniformly to all outstanding Rights and (y) may suspend the exercisability of the Rights until the expiration of the Substitution Period in order to seek any authorization of additional shares and/or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to such second sentence and to determine the value thereof. In the event of any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect. For purposes of this Section 11(a)(iii), the value of the shares of Common Stock shall be the current per share market price (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(i)) on the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date and the per share or fractional value of any "Common Stock Equivalent" shall be deemed to equal the current per share market price of the Common Stock. The Board of Directors of the Company may, but shall not be required to, establish procedures to allocate the right to receive shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Rights among holders of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(a)(iii).

(b) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Stock entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Stock (or shares having the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Preferred Stock ("Equivalent Preferred Shares")) or securities convertible into Preferred Stock or Equivalent Preferred Shares at a price per share of Preferred Stock or Equivalent Preferred Shares (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into shares of Preferred Stock or Equivalent Preferred Shares) less than the then current per share market price of the Preferred Stock (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on such record date, the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record

15

date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Preferred Stock and Equivalent Preferred Shares outstanding on such record date plus the number of shares of Preferred Stock and Equivalent Preferred Shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock and/or Equivalent Preferred Shares so to be offered (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible securities so to be offered) would purchase at such current market price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Preferred Stock and Equivalent Preferred Shares outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional shares of Preferred Stock and/or Equivalent Preferred Shares to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. In case such subscription price may be paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent. Shares of Preferred Stock and Equivalent Preferred Shares owned by or held for the account of the Company shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(c) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of the Preferred Stock (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend or a dividend payable in Preferred Stock) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof), the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the then current per share market price of the Preferred Stock (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on such record date, less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the portion of the assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to one share of Preferred Stock, and the denominator of which shall be such current per share market price (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) of the Preferred Stock; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company to be issued upon exercise of one Right. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall again be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

16

(d)(i) Except as otherwise provided herein, for the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current per share market price" of any security (a "Security" for the purpose of this Section 11(d)(i)) on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the 30 consecutive Trading Days (as such term is hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event that the current per share market price of the Security is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of such Security of (A) a dividend or distribution on such Security payable in shares of such Security or securities convertible into such shares, or (B) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Security, and prior to the expiration of 30 Trading Days after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, then, and in each such case, the current per share market price shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the current market price per share equivalent of such Security. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported by the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the American or the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the American or the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by Nasdaq or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the Security is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Security selected by the Board of Directors of the Company. The term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day.

(ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, if the Preferred Stock is publicly traded, the "current per share market price" of the Preferred Stock shall be determined in accordance with the method set forth in
Section 11(d)(i). If the Preferred Stock is not publicly traded but the Common Stock is publicly traded, the "current per share market price" of the Preferred Stock shall be conclusively deemed to be the current per share market price of the Common Stock as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(i) multiplied by the then applicable Adjustment Number (as defined in and determined in accordance with the Certificate of Designation for the Preferred Stock). If neither the Common Stock nor the Preferred Stock is publicly traded, "current per share market price" shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent.

17

(e) No adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Purchase Price; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any adjustments which by reason of this
Section 11(e) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock or one-hundredth of a share of Common Stock or other share or security as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this
Section 11(e), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three years from the date of the transaction which requires such adjustment or (ii) the Expiration Date.

(f) If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Company other than the Preferred Stock, thereafter the Purchase Price and the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Preferred Stock contained in Sections 11(a),
11(b), 11(c), 11(e), 11(h), 11(i) and 11(m) hereof, as applicable, and the provisions of Sections 7, 9, 10, 13 and 14 hereof with respect to the Preferred Stock shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.

(g) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

(h) Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 11(i), upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price as a result of the calculations made in Sections 11(b) and 11(c), each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, that number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock (calculated to the nearest one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock) obtained by (i) multiplying (x) the number of one one-thousandths of a share purchasable upon the exercise of a Right immediately prior to such adjustment by (y) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

(i) The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 11(b) or 11(c) hereof to adjust the number of Rights, in substitution for any adjustment in the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated

18

to the nearest one-hundredth) obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made. Such record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Right Certificates have been issued, shall be at least 10 days later than the date of the public announcement. If Right Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(i), the Company may, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Right Certificates on such record date Right Certificates evidencing, subject to
Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Right Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Right Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Right Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Right Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.

(j) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of a Right, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Purchase Price and the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock which were expressed in the initial Right Certificates issued hereunder.

(k) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below the then par value, if any, of the fraction of Preferred Stock or other shares of capital stock issuable upon exercise of a Right, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Preferred Stock or other such shares at such adjusted Purchase Price.

(l) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event issuing to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date the Preferred Stock and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the Preferred Stock and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

19

(m) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled to make such adjustments in the Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Stock, issuance wholly for cash of any shares of Preferred Stock at less than the current market price, issuance wholly for cash of Preferred Stock or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Stock, dividends on Preferred Stock payable in shares of Preferred Stock or issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to hereinabove in Section 11(b), hereafter made by the Company to holders of its Preferred Stock shall not be taxable to such stockholders.

(n) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that at any time after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Distribution Date, the Company shall (i) declare and pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock or (ii) effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend payable in Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then, in each such case, the number of Rights associated with each share of Common Stock then outstanding, or issued or delivered thereafter, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the number of Rights thereafter associated with each share of Common Stock following any such event shall equal the result obtained by multiplying the number of Rights associated with each share of Common Stock immediately prior to such event by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of the event and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following the occurrence of such event.

(o) The Company agrees that, after the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Stock Acquisition Date, it will not, except as permitted by Sections 23, 24 or 27 hereof, take (or permit any Subsidiary to take) any action if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.

SECTION 12. CERTIFICATE OF ADJUSTED PURCHASE PRICE OR NUMBER OF SHARES. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Section 11 or 13 hereof, the Company shall promptly (a) prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment, and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment,
(b) file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Right Certificate in accordance with Section 25 hereof (if so required under Section 25 hereof). The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustment therein contained and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any such adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate.

20

SECTION 13. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS OR EARNING POWER.

(a) In the event, directly or indirectly, at any time after the Flip-In Event (i) the Company shall consolidate with or shall merge into any other Person, (ii) any Person shall merge with and into the Company and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger and, in connection with such merger, all or part of the Common Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person (or of the Company) or cash or any other property, or (iii) the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one or more transactions, assets or earning power aggregating 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person (other than the Company or one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Company), then upon the first occurrence of such event, proper provision shall be made so that: (A) each holder of a Right
(other than Rights which have become void pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the Purchase Price (as theretofore adjusted in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock of the Company, such number of validly authorized and issued, fully paid, non-assessable and freely tradeable shares of Common Stock of the Principal Party (as such term is hereinafter defined), not subject to any liens, encumbrances, rights of first refusal or other adverse claims, as shall equal the result obtained by dividing the Purchase Price (as theretofore adjusted in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) by 50% of the current per share market price of the Common Stock of such Principal Party (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of consummation of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Purchase Price (as theretofore adjusted in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) and the number of shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in accordance with Section 11(f) hereof to reflect any events occurring in respect of the Common Stock of such Principal Party after the occurrence of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer; (B) such Principal Party shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Agreement; (C) the term "Company" shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party; and (D) such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of its shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section 9 hereof) in connection with such consummation of any such transaction as may be necessary to assure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to the shares of its Common Stock thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights; provided that, upon the subsequent occurrence of any consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets or other extraordinary transaction in respect of such Principal Party, each holder of a Right shall thereupon be entitled to receive, upon exercise of a Right and payment of the Purchase Price as provided in this Section 13(a), such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property which such holder would have been entitled to receive had such holder, at the time of such transaction, owned the Common Stock of the

21

Principal Party receivable upon the exercise of a Right pursuant to this Section
13(a), and such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, reservation of shares of stock) as may be necessary to permit the subsequent exercise of the Rights in accordance with the terms hereof for such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property.

(b) "Principal Party" shall mean:

(i) in the case of any transaction described in (i) or
(ii) of the first sentence of Section 13(a) hereof: (A) the Person that is the issuer of the securities into which the shares of Common Stock are converted in such merger or consolidation, or, if there is more than one such issuer, the issuer the shares of Common Stock of which have the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding, or (B) if no securities are so issued, (x) the Person that is the other party to the merger, if such Person survives said merger, or, if there is more than one such Person, the Person the shares of Common Stock of which have the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding or (y) if the Person that is the other party to the merger does not survive the merger, the Person that does survive the merger (including the Company if it survives) or (z) the Person resulting from the consolidation; and

(ii) in the case of any transaction described in (iii) of the first sentence of Section 13(a) hereof, the Person that is the party receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions, or, if each Person that is a party to such transaction or transactions receives the same portion of the assets or earning power so transferred or if the Person receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power cannot be determined, whichever of such Persons is the issuer of Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in any such case described in the foregoing clause (b)(i) or (b)(ii), if the Common Stock of such Person is not at such time or has not been continuously over the preceding 12-month period registered under
Section 12 of the Exchange Act, then (1) if such Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of another Person the Common Stock of which is and has been so registered, the term "Principal Party" shall refer to such other Person, or (2) if such Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of more than one Person, the Common Stock of all of which is and has been so registered, the term "Principal Party" shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the issuer of Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding, or (3) if such Person is owned, directly or indirectly, by a joint venture formed by two or more Persons that are not owned, directly or indirectly, by the same Person, the rules set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above shall apply to each of the owners having an interest in the venture as if the Person owned by the joint venture was a Subsidiary of both or all of such joint venturers, and the Principal Party in each such case shall bear the obligations set forth in this Section 13 in the same ratio as its interest in such Person bears to the total of such interests.

(c) The Company shall not consummate any consolidation, merger, sale or transfer referred to in Section 13(a) hereof unless prior thereto the Company and the

22

Principal Party involved therein shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent an agreement confirming that the requirements of Sections 13(a) and (b) hereof shall promptly be performed in accordance with their terms and that such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets shall not result in a default by the Principal Party under this Agreement as the same shall have been assumed by the Principal Party pursuant to Sections 13(a) and (b) hereof and providing that, as soon as practicable after executing such agreement pursuant to this
Section 13, the Principal Party will:

(i) prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act, if necessary, with respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate form, use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Securities Act) until the Expiration Date and similarly comply with applicable state securities laws;

(ii) use its best efforts, if the Common Stock of the Principal Party shall be listed or admitted to trading on the American or New York Stock Exchange or on another national securities exchange, to list or admit to trading (or continue the listing of) the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on the American or New York Stock Exchange or such other national securities exchange, or, if the Common Stock of the Principal Party shall not be listed or admitted to trading on the American or New York Stock Exchange or other national securities exchange, to cause the Rights and the securities receivable upon exercise of the Rights to be authorized for quotation on Nasdaq or on such other system then in use;

(iii) deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial statements for the Principal Party which comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form 10 (or any successor form) under the Exchange Act; and

(iv) obtain waivers of any rights of first refusal or preemptive rights in respect of the Common Stock of the Principal Party subject to purchase upon exercise of outstanding Rights.

(d) In case the Principal Party has provision in any of its authorized securities or in its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other instrument governing its affairs, which provision would have the effect of (i) causing such Principal Party to issue (other than to holders of Rights pursuant to this Section 13), in connection with, or as a consequence of, the consummation of a transaction referred to in this Section 13, shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents of such Principal Party at less than the then current market price per share thereof (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) or securities exercisable for, or convertible into, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents of such Principal Party at less than such then current market price, or (ii) providing for any special payment, tax or similar provision in connection with the issuance of the Common Stock of such Principal Party pursuant to the provisions of Section 13, then, in such event, the Company hereby agrees with each

23

holder of Rights that it shall not consummate any such transaction unless prior thereto the Company and such Principal Party shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement providing that the provision in question of such Principal Party shall have been canceled, waived or amended, or that the authorized securities shall be redeemed, so that the applicable provision will have no effect in connection with, or as a consequence of, the consummation of the proposed transaction.

(e) The Company covenants and agrees that it shall not, at any time after the Flip-In Event, enter into any transaction of the type described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 13(a) hereof if (i) at the time of or immediately after such consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or other transaction there are any rights, warrants or other instruments or securities outstanding or agreements in effect which would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights, (ii) prior to, simultaneously with or immediately after such consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or other transaction, the stockholders of the Person who constitutes, or would constitute, the Principal Party for purposes of Section 13(b) hereof shall have received a distribution of Rights previously owned by such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates or (iii) the form or nature of organization of the Principal Party would preclude or limit the exercisability of the Rights.

SECTION 14. FRACTIONAL RIGHTS AND FRACTIONAL SHARES.

(a) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Right Certificates which evidence fractional Rights (except prior to the Distribution Date in accordance with Section 11(n) hereof). In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For the purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable. The closing price for any day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the American or New York Stock Exchange or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on the American or New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Rights are listed or admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by Nasdaq or such other system then in use or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Rights selected by the Board of Directors of the Company. If on any such date no such market maker is making a market in the Rights, the fair

24

value of the Rights on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be used.

(b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Stock (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock) or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Preferred Stock (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock) upon the exercise or exchange of Rights. Interests in fractions of Preferred Stock in integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary selected by it; provided, that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Stock represented by such depositary receipts. In lieu of fractional shares of Preferred Stock that are not integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised or exchanged as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole share of Preferred Stock (as determined in accordance with Section 14(a) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise or exchange.

(c) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or exchange of Rights. In lieu of such fractional shares of Common Stock, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional shares of Common Stock would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole share of Common Stock (as determined in accordance with Section 14(a) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise or exchange.

(d) The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Right expressly waives his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon exercise or exchange of a Right (except as provided above).

SECTION 15. RIGHTS OF ACTION. All rights of action in respect of this Agreement, excepting the rights of action given to the Rights Agent under
Section 18 hereof, are vested in the respective registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of the Common Stock); and any registered holder of any Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), on his own behalf and for his own benefit, may enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, his right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, such Common Stock) in the manner provided therein and in this

25

Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of, the obligations of any Person subject to this Agreement.

SECTION 16. AGREEMENT OF RIGHT HOLDERS. Every holder of a Right, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

(a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the Common Stock;

(b) after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the office or agency of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer; and

(c) the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name the Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Stock certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Right Certificates or the Common Stock certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

SECTION 17. RIGHT CERTIFICATE HOLDER NOT DEEMED A STOCKHOLDER. No holder, as such, of any Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Stock or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise or exchange of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Right Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in this Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate shall have been exercised or exchanged in accordance with the provisions hereof. The costs and expenses of enforcing the right of indemnification shall also be paid by the Company. The indemnification provided for hereunder shall survive the expiration of the Rights and termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 18. CONCERNING THE RIGHTS AGENT.

(a) The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on

26

demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense, incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability arising therefrom, directly or indirectly. The costs and expenses of enforcing this right of indemnification shall also be paid by the Company. The indemnification provided for hereunder shall survive the expiration of the Rights and termination of this Agreement.

(b) The Rights Agent may conclusively rely upon and shall be protected and shall incur no liability for, or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with, its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Right Certificate or certificate for the Preferred Stock or Common Stock or for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons, or otherwise upon the advice of counsel as set forth in Section 20 hereof.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the Rights Agent be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to lost, profits), even if the Rights Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of the action.

SECTION 19. MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OR CHANGE OF NAME OF RIGHTS AGENT.

(a) Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the stock transfer or corporate trust powers of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided, that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of
Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights

27

Agent; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

(b) In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

SECTION 20. DUTIES OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, and no implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Rights Agent, by all of which the Company and the holders of Right Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

(a) Before the Rights Agent acts or refrains from acting, the Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by the President and the Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

(c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Company and any other Person only for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

(d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Right Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

(e) The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Right Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any

28

breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights (including the Rights becoming void pursuant to
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) or any adjustment in the terms of the Rights provided for in Sections 3, 11, 13, 23 and 24, or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such change or adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates after receipt of a certificate furnished pursuant to Section 12, describing such change or adjustment); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Preferred Stock or other securities to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any shares of Preferred Stock or other securities will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(f) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any person reasonably believed by the Rights Agent to be one of the President or the Secretary of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer or for any delay in acting while waiting for those instructions. Any application by the Rights Agent for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Rights Agent, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Rights Agent under this Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Rights Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Rights Agent in accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than five Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to an earlier date) unless, prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Rights Agent shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

(h) The Rights Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

29

(i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.

(j) If, with respect to any Rights Certificate surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate contained in the form of assignment or the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse thereof, as the case may be, has not been completed to certify the holder is not an Acquiring Person (or an Affiliate or Associate thereof), the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first consulting with the Company.

(k) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(l) Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Rights Agent shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have any notice of any fact, event or determination (including, without limitation, any dates or events defined in this Agreement or the designation of any Person as an Acquiring Person, Affiliate or Associate) under this Agreement unless and until the Rights Agent shall be specifically notified in writing by the Company of such fact, event or determination.

SECTION 21. CHANGE OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon 30 days' notice in writing mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock by registered or certified mail, and, following the Distribution Date and at the expense of the Company, to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon 30 days' notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock by registered or certified mail, and, following the Distribution Date, to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his Right Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of any Right Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States

30

or the laws of any state of the United States or the District of Columbia, in good standing, which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust or stock transfer powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock, and, following the Distribution Date, mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Right Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.

SECTION 22. ISSUANCE OF NEW RIGHT CERTIFICATES. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Right Certificates evidencing Rights in such forms as may be approved by its Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Right Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of Common Stock following the Distribution Date and prior to the Expiration Date, the Company may with respect to shares of Common Stock so issued or sold pursuant to (i) the exercise of stock options,
(ii) under any employee plan or arrangement, (iii) upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of securities, notes or debentures issued by the Company or (iv) a contractual obligation of the Company, in each case existing prior to the Distribution Date, issue Rights Certificates representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection with such issuance or sale.

SECTION 23. REDEMPTION.

(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at any time prior to the Flip-In Event, redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $.01 per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring in respect of the Common Stock after the date hereof (the redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Price"). The redemption of the Rights may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish. The Redemption Price shall be payable, at the option of the Company, in cash, shares of Common Stock, or such other form of consideration as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors ordering the redemption of the Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section
23 (or at such later

31

time as the Board of Directors may establish for the effectiveness of such redemption), and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such redemption; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give, or any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption. Within 10 days after such action of the Board of Directors ordering the redemption of the Rights (or such later time as the Board of Directors may establish for the effectiveness of such redemption), the Company shall mail a notice of redemption to all the holders of the then outstanding Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Stock. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption shall state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made.

SECTION 24. EXCHANGE.

(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time after the Flip-In Event, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) for Common Stock at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring in respect of the Common Stock after the date hereof (such amount per Right being hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange Ratio"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after an Acquiring Person shall have become the Beneficial Owner of shares of Common Stock aggregating 50% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding. From and after the occurrence of an event specified in Section 13(a) hereof, any Rights that theretofore have not been exchanged pursuant to this Section 24(a) shall thereafter be exercisable only in accordance with
Section 13 and may not be exchanged pursuant to this Section 24(a). The exchange of the Rights by the Board of Directors may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish.

(b) Immediately upon the effectiveness of the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange Ratio. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such exchange; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange. The Company shall promptly mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of the Rights so exchanged at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the shares of Common Stock

32

for Rights will be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be exchanged. Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) held by each holder of Rights.

(c) The Company may at its option substitute, and, in the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of Common Stock issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit an exchange of Rights for Common Stock as contemplated in accordance with this Section 24, the Company shall substitute to the extent of such insufficiency, for each share of Common Stock that would otherwise be issuable upon exchange of a Right, a number of shares of Preferred Stock or fraction thereof (or Equivalent Preferred Shares, as such term is defined in Section 11(b)) such that the current per share market price (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) of one share of Preferred Stock (or Equivalent Preferred Share) multiplied by such number or fraction is equal to the current per share market price of one share of Common Stock (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) as of the date of such exchange.

SECTION 25. NOTICE OF CERTAIN EVENTS.

(a) In case the Company shall at any time after the earlier of the Distribution Date or the Stock Acquisition Date propose (i) to pay any dividend payable in stock of any class to the holders of its Preferred Stock or to make any other distribution to the holders of its Preferred Stock (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend), (ii) to offer to the holders of its Preferred Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional shares of Preferred Stock or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, (iii) to effect any reclassification of its Preferred Stock (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision or combination of outstanding Preferred Stock), (iv) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or (v) to pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock or to effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of dividends in Common Stock), then, in each such case, the Company shall give to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of such proposed action, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such dividend or distribution or offering of rights or warrants, or the date on which such liquidation, dissolution, winding up, reclassification, subdivision, combination or consolidation is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (i) or (ii) above at least 10 days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Preferred Stock for purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other action, at least 10 days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock, whichever shall be the earlier.

(b) In case any event described in Section 11(a)(ii) or Section 13 shall occur then the Company shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to each holder of a

33

Right Certificate (or if occurring prior to the Distribution Date, the holders of the Common Stock) in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which notice shall describe such event and the consequences of such event to holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) and
Section 13 hereof.

SECTION 26. NOTICES. Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by, first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

[Landmark Merger Company] 800 Poyntz Avenue Manhattan, Kansas 66502-0100 Attention: President

Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by registered or certified mail and shall be deemed given upon receipt, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:




Attention: President

Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Right Certificate shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company.

SECTION 27. SUPPLEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS. Except as provided in the penultimate sentence of this Section 27, for so long as the Rights are then redeemable, the Company may in its sole and absolute discretion, and the Rights Agent shall if the Company so directs and at the expense of the Company, supplement or amend any provision of this Agreement in any respect without the approval of any holders of the Rights. At any time when the Rights are no longer redeemable, except as provided in the penultimate sentence of this Section 27, the Company may, and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs and at the expense of the Company, supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of Rights, provided that no such supplement or amendment may (a) adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights as such (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person),
(b) cause this Agreement again to become amendable other than in accordance with this sentence or (c) cause the Rights again to become redeemable. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no supplement or amendment shall be made which changes the Redemption Price. Upon the delivery of a certificate from an

34

appropriate officer of the Company which states that the supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this Section 27, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment, provided that any supplement or amendment that does not change the rights and duties of the Rights Agent under this Agreement in a manner adverse to the Rights Agent shall become effective against all parties immediately upon execution by the Company, whether or not also executed by the Rights Agent, and provided further, that any supplement or amendment that changes the rights and duties of the Rights Agent under this Agreement in a manner adverse to the Rights Agent shall become effective against the Rights Agent only upon the execution of such supplement or amendment by the Rights Agent.

SECTION 28. SUCCESSORS. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

SECTION 29. BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Stock) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Stock).

SECTION 30. DETERMINATIONS AND ACTIONS BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise the rights and powers specifically granted to the Board of Directors of the Company or to the Company, or as may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the right and power to (i) interpret the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement (including, without limitation, a determination to redeem or not redeem the Rights or to amend or not amend this Agreement). All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations that are done or made by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Rights, as such, and all other parties.

SECTION 31. SEVERABILITY. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

SECTION 32. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and each Right Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such State.

35

SECTION 33. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 34. DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS. Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

[THIS SPACE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

36

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, all as of the day and year first above written.

[LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY]

By:

Name:
Title:

_________________________, as Rights Agent

By:

Name:
Title:

37

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

of

SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

of

[Landmark Merger Company]

Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

[Landmark Merger Company]., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in accordance with the provisions of Section 103 thereof, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

That pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the said Corporation, the said Board of Directors on ____________, 2001, adopted the following resolution creating a series of _________ shares of Preferred Stock designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock":

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors of this Corporation in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, a series of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares thereof and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights of the shares of such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof are as follows:

SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

1. DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT. There shall be a series of Preferred Stock that shall be designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock," and the number of shares constituting such series shall be _________. Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock to less than the number of shares then issued and outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of outstanding securities issued by the Corporation.

A-1

2. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTION.

(A) Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in respect thereof, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first business day of January, April, July and October in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in an amount per one one-thousandth of a share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $0.10 or (b) the Adjustment Number (as defined below) times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and the Adjustment Number times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation (the "Common Stock") since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock. The "Adjustment Number" shall initially be 1,000. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after _________, 2001, (i) declare and pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock,
(ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock).

(C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment

A-2

Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

3. VOTING RIGHTS. The holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

(A) Each share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to a number of votes equal to the Adjustment Number on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.

(B) Except as required by law, by Section 3(C) and by
Section 10 hereof, holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

(C) If, at the time of any annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, the equivalent of six quarterly dividends (whether or not consecutive) payable on any share or shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock are in default, the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Company shall be increased by two. In addition to voting together with the holders of Common Stock for the election of other directors of the Company, the holders of record of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class to the exclusion of the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled at said meeting of stockholders (and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders), unless all dividends in arrears on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock have been paid or declared and set apart for payment prior thereto, to vote for the election of two directors of the Company, the holders of any Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock being entitled to cast a number of votes per share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as is specified in paragraph (A) of this
Section 3. Each such additional director shall serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify, or until his right to hold such office terminates pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3(C). If and when such default shall cease to exist, the holders of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be divested of the foregoing special voting rights, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent like default in payments of dividends. Upon the termination of the foregoing special voting rights, the terms of office of all persons who may have been elected directors pursuant to said special voting rights shall forthwith terminate, and the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be reduced by two. The voting rights granted by this Section 3(C) shall

A-3

be in addition to any other voting rights granted to the holders of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in this Section 3.

4. CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.

(A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

(i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock;

(ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled; or

(iii) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, or to such holders and holders of any such shares ranking on a parity therewith, upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

(B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

5. REACQUIRED SHARES. Any shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their retirement become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to any conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

A-4

6. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP. (A) Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, voluntary or otherwise, no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have received an amount per one thousandth of a share (the "Series A Liquidation Preference") equal to the greater of (i) $_______ plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, or (ii) the Adjustment Number times the per share amount of all cash and other property to be distributed in respect of the Common Stock upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

(B) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation, if any, that rank on a parity with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in respect thereof, then the assets available for such distribution shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and the holders of such parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences.

(C) Neither the merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another corporation nor the merger or consolidation of any other corporation into or with the Corporation shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 6.

7. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the outstanding shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case each share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share equal to the Adjustment Number times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged.

8. NO REDEMPTION. Shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall not be subject to redemption by the Company.

9. RANKING. The Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends and as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise, and shall rank senior to the Common Stock as to such matters.

10. AMENDMENT. At any time that any shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred

A-5

Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

11. FRACTIONAL SHARES. Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share that shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder's fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate this [____] day of [___________], 2001.

[LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY]

By:

Name:
Title:

A-6

EXHIBIT B

Form of Right Certificate

Certificate No. R-______

NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER _____________, 2011, OR EARLIER IF REDEMPTION OR EXCHANGE OCCURS. THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION AT $.01 PER RIGHT AND TO EXCHANGE ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, RIGHTS OWNED BY OR TRANSFERRED TO ANY PERSON WHO IS OR BECOMES AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) AND CERTAIN TRANSFEREES THEREOF WILL BECOME NULL AND VOID AND WILL NO LONGER BE TRANSFERABLE.

RIGHT CERTIFICATE

[LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY]

This certifies that ____________________________ or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of ____________, 2001, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Rights Agreement"), between [Landmark Merger Company], a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and ________, a ______________, as Rights Agent (the "Rights Agent"), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 P.M., Manhattan, Kansas time, on
[___________], 2011, at the office or agency of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, or of its successor as Rights Agent, one one-thousandth of a fully paid non-assessable share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), of the Company at a purchase price of $_______ per one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock (the "Purchase Price"), upon presentation and surrender of this Right Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase duly executed. The number of Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate (and the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock which may be purchased upon exercise hereof) set forth above, and the Purchase Price set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of ______________, 2001, based on the Preferred Stock as constituted at such date. As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price, the number of one one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock (or other securities or property) which may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights and the

B-1

number of Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events.

This Right Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Right Certificates. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive offices of the Company and the above-mentioned office or agency of the Rights Agent. The Company will mail to the holder of this Right Certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement without charge after receipt of a written request therefor.

This Right Certificate, with or without other Right Certificates, upon surrender at the office or agency of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, may be exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of shares of Preferred Stock as the Rights evidenced by the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this Right Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Right Certificate or Right Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised.

Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Rights evidenced by this Certificate (i) may be redeemed by the Company at a redemption price of $.01 per Right or (ii) may be exchanged in whole or in part for shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, or shares of Preferred Stock.

No fractional shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock will be issued upon the exercise or exchange of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby (other than fractions of Preferred Stock which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock, which may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depository receipts), but in lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as provided in the Rights Agreement.

No holder of this Right Certificate, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Stock or of any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise or exchange hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Rights Agreement) or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate shall have been exercised or exchanged as provided in the Rights Agreement.

B-2

This Right Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal. Dated as of , _______________________.

[LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY]

By:

[Title]
ATTEST:


[Title]

Countersigned:

____________________, as Rights Agent

By
[Title]

B-3

Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer the Right Certificate)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED __________________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto



(Please print name and address of transferee)

_______ Rights represented by this Right Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ___________________________ Attorney, to transfer said Rights on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution.

Dated:


Signature

Signature Guaranteed:

Signatures must be guaranteed by a bank, trust company, broker, dealer or other eligible institution participating in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program.

................................................................................


(To be completed)

The undersigned hereby certifies that the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are not beneficially owned by, were not acquired by the undersigned from, and are not being assigned to an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement).


Signature

B-4

Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate - continued

FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

(To be executed if holder desires to exercise Rights represented by the Rights Certificate)

To [LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY]:

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise ________ Rights represented by this Right Certificate to purchase the shares of Preferred Stock (or other securities or property) issuable upon the exercise of such Rights and requests that certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or such other securities) be issued in the name of:


(Please print name and address)

If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate, a new Right Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:

Please insert social security
or other identifying number


(Please print name and address)


Dated:

Signature
(Signature must conform to holder specified on Right Certificate)

Signature Guaranteed:

Signature must be guaranteed by a bank, trust company, broker, dealer or other eligible institution participating in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program.

Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate - continued

B-5


(To be completed)

The undersigned certifies that the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are not beneficially owned by, and were not acquired by the undersigned from, an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement).


Signature

NOTICE

The signature in the Form of Assignment or Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, must conform to the name as written upon the face of this Right Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

In the event the certification set forth above in the Form of Assignment or the Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, is not completed, such Assignment or Election to Purchase will not be honored.

B-6

EXHIBIT C

UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, RIGHTS OWNED BY OR TRANSFERRED TO ANY PERSON WHO IS OR BECOMES AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) AND CERTAIN TRANSFEREES THEREOF WILL BECOME NULL AND VOID AND WILL NO LONGER BE TRANSFERABLE.

SUMMARY OF RIGHTS TO PURCHASE
SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK OF
[LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY]

On ___________, 2001, the Board of Directors of [Landmark Merger Company] (the "Company") declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock"). The dividend is payable on _________, 2001, to the stockholders of record on, __________, 2001 (the "Record Date"). Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the "Preferred Stock") at a price of $___________ per one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock (the "Purchase Price"), subject to adjustment. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement dated as of ___________, 2001, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Rights Agreement"), between the Company and ___________, as Rights Agent (the "Rights Agent").

Until the earlier to occur of (i) 10 days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (with certain exceptions, an "Acquiring Person") has acquired beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or (ii) 10 business days (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors prior to such time as any person or group of affiliated persons becomes an Acquiring Person) following the commencement of, or announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in the beneficial ownership by a person or group of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (the earlier of such dates being called the "Distribution Date"), the Rights will be evidenced, with respect to any of the Common Stock certificates outstanding as of the Record Date, by such Common Stock certificate together with a copy of this Summary of Rights.

The Rights Agreement provides that, until the Distribution Date (or earlier expiration of the Rights), the Rights will be transferred with and only with the Common Stock. Until the Distribution Date (or earlier expiration of the Rights), new Common Stock certificates issued after the Record Date upon transfer or new issuances of Common Stock will contain a notation incorporating the Rights Agreement by reference.

C-1

Until the Distribution Date (or earlier expiration of the Rights), the surrender for transfer of any certificates for shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the Record Date, even without such notation or a copy of this Summary of Rights, will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the shares of Common Stock represented by such certificate. As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, separate certificates evidencing the Rights ("Right Certificates") will be mailed to holders of record of the Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date and such separate Right Certificates alone will evidence the Rights.

The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date. The Rights will expire on _______________, 2011 (the "Final Expiration Date"), unless the Final Expiration Date is advanced or extended or unless the Rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company, in each case as described below.

The Purchase Price payable, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock or other securities or property issuable, upon exercise of the Rights is subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution (i) in the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or reclassification of, the Preferred Stock, (ii) upon the grant to holders of the Preferred Stock of certain rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Stock at a price, or securities convertible into Preferred Stock with a conversion price, less than the then-current market price of the Preferred Stock or (iii) upon the distribution to holders of the Preferred Stock of evidences of indebtedness or assets (excluding regular periodic cash dividends or dividends payable in Preferred Stock) or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred to above).

The number of outstanding Rights is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock or subdivisions, consolidations or combinations of the Common Stock occurring, in any such case, prior to the Distribution Date.

Shares of Preferred Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Rights will not be redeemable. Each share of Preferred Stock will be entitled, when, as and if declared, to a minimum preferential quarterly dividend payment of the greater of (a) $0.10 per one one-thousandth of a share, and (b) an amount equal to 1,000 times the dividend declared per share of Common Stock. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Preferred Stock will be entitled to a minimum preferential payment of the greater of (a) $_______ per one one-thousandth of a share(plus any accrued but unpaid dividends), (b) an amount equal to 1,000 times the payment made per share of Common Stock. Each one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock will have one vote, voting together with the Common Stock. Finally, in the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged, each one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive the same amount received per one share of Common Stock. These rights are protected by customary antidilution provisions.

C-2

Because of the nature of the Preferred Stock's dividend, liquidation and voting rights, the value of the one one-thousandth interest in a share of Preferred Stock purchasable upon exercise of each Right should approximate the value of one share of Common Stock.

In the event that any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right, other than Rights beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which will thereupon become void), will thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise of a Right that number of shares of Common Stock having a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right.

In the event that, after a person or group has become an Acquiring Person, the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of its consolidated assets or earning power are sold, proper provisions will be made so that each holder of a Right (other than Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person which will have become void) will thereafter have the right to receive upon the exercise of a Right that number of shares of common stock of the person with whom the Company has engaged in the foregoing transaction (or its parent) that at the time of such transaction have a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right.

At any time after any person or group becomes an Acquiring Person and prior to the earlier of one of the events described in the previous paragraph or the acquisition by such Acquiring Person of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Board of Directors of the Company may exchange the Rights (other than Rights owned by such Acquiring Person which will have become void), in whole or in part, for shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or a series of the Company's preferred stock having equivalent rights, preferences and privileges), at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock, or a fractional share of Preferred Stock (or other preferred stock) equivalent in value thereto, per Right.

With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Purchase Price will be required until cumulative adjustments require an adjustment of at least 1% in such Purchase Price. No fractional shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock will be issued (other than fractions of Preferred Stock which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock, which may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts), and in lieu thereof an adjustment in cash will be made based on the current market price of the Preferred Stock or the Common Stock.

At any time prior to the time an Acquiring Person becomes such, the Board of Directors of the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $.01 per Right (the "Redemption Price") payable, at the option of the Company, in cash, shares of Common Stock or such other form of consideration as the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine. The redemption of the Rights may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish. Immediately upon any redemption of the Rights, the

C-3

right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the Redemption Price.

For so long as the Rights are then redeemable, the Company may, except with respect to the Redemption Price, amend the Rights Agreement in any manner. After the Rights are no longer redeemable, the Company may, except with respect to the Redemption Price, amend the Rights Agreement in any manner that does not adversely affect the interests of holders of the Rights.

Until a Right is exercised or exchanged, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends.

A copy of the Rights Agreement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to a report on Form 8-K dated
[___________], 2001. A copy of the Rights Agreement is available free of charge from the Company. This summary description of the Rights does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Rights Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

C-4

Exhibit 4.2

COMMON STOCK COMMON STOCK

NUMBER [LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY] SHARES

A Delaware Corporation
SEE REVERSE FOR
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

IS THE OWNER OF

FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER

SHARE, OF

[LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY]
CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of the corporate deal to be hereunto affixed.

/s/ Mark Herpich                  [SEAL]          /s/ Patrick L. Alexander
     SECRETARY                                         PRESIDENT

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER COMPANY
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

BY:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


[LANDMARK MERGER COMPANY]

The shares represented by this certificate are issued subject to all of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of
[Landmark Merger Company] (the "Corporation"), as from time to time amended (copies of which are on file at the principal executive offices of the Corporation).

The Corporation's certificate of incorporation also includes a provision the general effect of which is to require the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding voting shares of the Corporation to approve certain business combinations (as defined in the certificate of incorporation). However, only the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares or such vote as is otherwise required by law (rather than the two-thirds voting requirement) is applicable to a particular transaction if it is approved by a majority of the "disinterested directors" (as defined in the certificate of incorporation) or in the case of business combinations with an interest shareholder (as defined in the certificate of incorporation) the transaction satisfies certain minimum price and procedural requirements.

The Corporation will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of such authorized class or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights, to the extent that the same have been fixed, and of the authority of the board of directors to designate the same with respect to other series. Such request may be made to the Corporation or to its transfer agent and registrar.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

TEN COM -- as tenants in common               KANSAS TRANS MINOR LAW..............Custodian...............
TEN ENT -- as tenants by the entireties                                (Cust)                  (Minor)
JT TEN  -- as joint tenants with right of                        under Kansas Transferors to Minors Law
           survivorship and not as tenants
           in common                               UNIF GIFT MIN ACT...............Custodian..................
                                                                       (Cust)                    (Minor)

                                              Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act................................
                                                                                       (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received,_______________________________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE



PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE


_________________________________________________________________________ Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within certificate and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

_______________________________________________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated________________________________________

       X__________________________________________

       X__________________________________________
NOTICE  THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST
        CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN
        UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN
        EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION,
        ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed

By__________________________________________________

[ILLEGIBLE]


EXHIBIT 5.1

BARACK FERRAZZANO KIRSCHBAUM PERLMAN & NAGELBERG
333 WEST WACKER DRIVE, SUITE 2700
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606
Telephone (312) 984-3100
Facsimile (312) 984-3150

June 6, 2001

Landmark Merger Company
800 Poyntz Avenue
Manhattan, Kansas 66502

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to Landmark Merger Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the merger of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. ("Landmark") and MNB Bancshares, Inc. ("MNB") with and into the Company, as described in the Form S-4 Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on June 4, 2001 (together with all amendments thereto, the "Registration Statement"). Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Registration Statement. You have requested our opinion concerning certain matters in connection with the Registration Statement.

We have made such legal and factual investigation as we deemed necessary for purposes of this opinion. In our investigation, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the proper execution of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies.

In arriving at the opinions expressed below, we have reviewed and examined the following documents:

(a) the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company;

(b) the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Landmark, MNB and the Company, dated April 19, 2001 (the "Merger Agreement");

(c) the Registration Statement, including the proxy statement-prospectus constituting a part thereof (the "Proxy Statement-Prospectus"); and

(d) Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company relating to the merger transaction.


BARACK FERRAZZANO KIRSCHBAUM PERLMAN & NAGELBERG

Landmark Merger Company
June 6, 2001

Page 2

We call your attention to the fact that we are qualified to practice law in the State of Illinois and express no opinion concerning any law other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the laws of the United States of America.

Based upon the foregoing, but assuming no responsibility for the accuracy or the completeness of the data supplied by the Company and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations set forth herein, it is our opinion that:

(a) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) The shares of the Company's common stock, $0.01 par value per share, to be issued to the stockholders of Landmark and MNB as a result of the Merger, when issued by the Company pursuant to the Merger Agreement, in connection with the Merger, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of the Company; provided that the Merger has been consummated in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in the Registration Statement.

(c) Provided that the Merger has been consummated in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Merger will qualify as a merger under the laws of the State of Delaware.

We express no opinion with respect to any specific legal issues other than those explicitly addressed herein. We assume no obligation to advise you of any change in the foregoing subsequent to the date of this opinion (even though the change may affect the legal conclusion stated in this opinion letter).

We hereby consent to the use in the Proxy Statement-Prospectus which forms a part of the Registration Statement of our name, the statements with respect to us as appearing under the heading "Certain Opinions" in the Proxy Statement-Prospectus and to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Barack Ferrazzano Kirschbaum
         Perlman & Nagelberg

BARACK FERRAZZANO KIRSCHBAUM
PERLMAN & NAGELBERG


Exhibit 8.1

June 4, 2001

PRIVATE

Mr. Patrick L. Alexander                    Mr. Larry Schugart
President, MNB Bancshares, Inc.             President, Landmark Bancshares, Inc.
800 Poyntz Avenue                           Central and Spruce Streets
Manhattan, Kansas 66502                     Dodge City, Kansas 62523

Dear Messrs. Alexander and Schugart:

You have requested the opinion of KPMG LLP ("KPMG") regarding certain federal income tax consequences of proposed statutory mergers ("Mergers") of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. ("Landmark") and MNB Bancshares, Inc. ("MNB") with and into Landmark Merger Company ("Newco"), including whether the Mergers qualify as reorganizations under section 368 of the Internal Revenue Code. (1)

STATEMENT OF FACTS

Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

Landmark is a savings and loan holding company organized under the laws of Kansas in 1993, and is registered under the Office of Thrift Supervision pursuant to the Home Owners' Loan Act. Landmark's stock is publicly held and traded on the Nasdaq National Market System. Landmark has authorized 10,000,000 shares of $0.10 par value common stock (of which 1,188,874 shares are held as treasury stock and 1,092,438 shares are outstanding ("Landmark Common Stock")) and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock (of which none are outstanding). Landmark has outstanding options for the acquisition of 205,821 shares of Landmark stock ("Landmark Options").

Landmark is the common parent of an affiliated group that has elected to file a federal consolidated tax return on the basis of a fiscal year ending September
30 ("Landmark Group"). The Landmark Group is composed solely of Landmark and Landmark Federal Savings Bank ("Landmark Sub"). Landmark owns all of the authorized and outstanding stock of Landmark Sub. Landmark Sub conducts a complete range of commercial and personal banking activities.

As of the date of the Mergers, Landmark will have no outstanding debt obligations, and none were repaid in connection with the Mergers.

MNB Bancshares, Inc.

MNB is a bank holding company organized under the laws of Delaware in 1993, and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act. MNB's stock is publicly held and traded on the Nasdaq Small Cap Market. MNB has authorized 3,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value common stock (of which none of the shares are held as treasury stock and 1,563,905 shares are outstanding ("MNB Common Stock") and 200,000 shares of preferred stock (of which none are outstanding). MNB has outstanding options for the acquisition of 74,232 shares of MNB stock ("MNB Options").


(1) All section references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all Treas. Reg. section references are to the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Mr. Patrick L. Alexander
Mr. Larry Schugart
June 4, 2001

Page 2

MNB is the common parent of an affiliated group that has elected to file a federal consolidated tax return on the basis of a calendar year ("MNB Group"). Prior to the close of business on April 11, 2001, the MNB Group was composed solely of MNB, MNB Acquisition Corporation, and Security National Bank ("MNB Sub"). MNB owned all of the authorized and outstanding stock of MNB Acquisition Corporation and MNB Acquisition Corporation owned all of the authorized and outstanding stock of MNB Sub. On April 11, 2001, MNB Acquisition Corporation transferred all of its assets (I.E., the stock of MNB Sub) to MNB in a complete liquidation ("MNB Acquisition Corporation Liquidation"). Following the MNB Acquisition Corporation Liquidation, MNB owned all of the stock of MNB Sub. MNB Sub conducts a complete range of commercial and personal banking activities and offers trust services.

MNB has a line of credit with First National Bank of Omaha ("MNB Note"). The MNB Note is due and payable in full on December 31, 2002. Interest is paid quarterly and is generally assessed at 1/2% less than the reference rates published by the national money center banks. The MNB Note is drawn upon from time to time to meet the needs of MNB and payments of principal occur also from time to time. The MNB Note is secured by the stock of MNB Sub. As of March 31, 2001, the outstanding balance on the MNB Note is $645,000. In addition, MNB is the guarantor of a loan made by Bank of America to MNB's ESOP ("MNB ESOP Note"). The principal and outstanding interest on the MNB ESOP Note are payable monthly with the last payment coming due in December of 2002. The MNB ESOP Note accrues interest at prime and is secured by the unallocated shares of the ESOP. The MNB ESOP Note has an outstanding balance, as of March 31, 2001, of $115,000.

Landmark Merger Company

Newco is a company incorporated under the laws of Delaware on April 19, 2001. Newco has filed an application for approval to become a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act. Newco currently has 3,000 authorized shares of $0.01 par value common stock ("Newco Common Stock"). Newco currently is not authorized to issue preferred stock. Prior to the closing of the Mergers, Newco will have 3,000,000 authorized shares Newco Common Stock and 200,000 authorized shares of $0.01 par value preferred stock.

Following the transactions described below, the Newco Common Stock will be publicly held and traded on the Nasdaq National Market. None of the preferred stock of Newco will be issued in connection with the Mergers.

The First Merger

Landmark will merge with and into Newco pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the State of Kansas ("First Merger"). Newco will be the surviving corporation. Immediately after the First Merger, Newco will change its name to Landmark Bancshares, Inc. In the First Merger, each share of Landmark Common Stock, other than shares held by dissenting shareholders, will be converted into an equal number of shares of Newco Common Stock. All shares of Landmark stock held as treasury stock will be cancelled as a result of the First Merger. Each Landmark Option that is outstanding and unexercised immediately prior to the First Merger will be converted into an option to purchase shares of Newco Common Stock.

The Second Merger

Concurrent with the First Merger, MNB will merge with and into Newco pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware ("Second Merger"). Newco will be the surviving corporation. In the Second Merger, each share of MNB Common Stock, other than shares held by dissenting shareholders, will be converted


Mr. Patrick L. Alexander
Mr. Larry Schugart
June 4, 2001

Page 3

into five hundred twenty three thousandths (0.523) of a share of Newco Common Stock. Newco will issue cash in lieu of fractional shares solely as an administrative convenience to Newco so that Newco does not have to account for fractional share ownership. Each MNB Option that is outstanding and unexercised immediately prior to the Second Merger will be converted into an option to purchase five hundred twenty three thousandths (0.523) of a share of Newco Common Stock.

The Third Merger

Immediately after the First and Second Mergers, Landmark Sub will merge with and into MNB Sub pursuant to the National Bank Act of the United States of America ("Third Merger"). MNB Sub will be the survivor. Immediately after the Third Merger, MNB Sub will change its name to Landmark National Bank. In the Third Merger each share of Landmark Sub stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the merger will be cancelled and all of the shares of MNB Sub stock will become Landmark National Bank stock.

REPRESENTATIONS

Each of Landmark and MNB have reviewed the STATEMENT OF FACTS contained in this letter and have represented those facts to be complete, correct, and accurate. In addition, Landmark and MNB have made the following representations and affirms the reasonableness of the representations:

1. For the two years preceding the First Merger, Landmark was not a party to a reorganization within the meaning of section 368(b).

2. For the two years preceding the Second Merger, MNB was not a party to a reorganization within the meaning of section 368(b).

3. For the two years preceding the First Merger, Landmark Sub was not a party to a reorganization within the meaning of section 368(b).

4. Except as described in the STATEMENT OF FACTS, Landmark, MNB, and Landmark Sub do not have any debt outstanding to third parties, and no debt was repaid or redeemed in connection with the Mergers.

5. The First Merger will be effected pursuant to the corporation laws of Delaware and Kansas.

6. The fair market value of the Newco Common Stock received by each Landmark shareholder will be approximately equal to the fair market value of the Landmark Common Stock surrendered in the First Merger.

7. At least 50% of the value of the shareholders' proprietary interests in Landmark will be preserved as a proprietary interest in Newco received in exchange for Landmark Common Stock. For purposes of this representation, proprietary interests will not be preserved to the extent that, in connection with the First Merger: (i) an extraordinary distribution is made with respect to Landmark Common Stock; (ii) a redemption or acquisition of Landmark Common Stock is made by Landmark or a person related to Landmark; (iii) Newco or a person related to Newco acquires Landmark Common Stock for consideration other than Newco Common Stock; or (iv) Newco or a corporation related to Newco


Mr. Patrick L. Alexander
Mr. Larry Schugart
June 4, 2001

Page 4

redeems or acquires the Newco Common Stock issued in the First Merger. Any reference to Newco or Landmark includes a reference to any successor or predecessor of such corporation. For purposes of this representation, a corporation will be treated as related to another corporation if they are both members of the same affiliated group within the meaning of section 1504 (without regard to the exceptions in section 1504(b)) or they are related as described in section
304(c), in either case whether such relationship exists immediately before or immediately after the First Merger. Each partner of a partnership will be treated as owning or acquiring any stock owned or acquired, as the case may be, by the partnership (and as having paid any consideration paid by the partnership to acquire such stock) in accordance with the partner's interest in the partnership.

8. Newco will acquire at least 90 percent of the fair market value of the net assets and at least 70 percent of the fair market value of the gross assets held by Landmark immediately prior to the First Merger. For purposes of this representation, amounts paid by Landmark to dissenters, amounts paid by Landmark to shareholders who receive cash or other property, amounts used by Landmark to pay its reorganization expenses, and all redemptions and distributions (except for regular, normal dividends) made by Landmark immediately preceding the transfer will be included as assets of Landmark held immediately prior to the First Merger.

9. After the First Merger, the shareholders of Landmark will be in control of Newco within the meaning of section 368(a)(2)(H). For purposes of this representation, control is defined as the ownership of stock possessing at least 50 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, or at least 50 percent of the total value of shares of all classes of stock.

10. Newco has no plan or intention to reacquire its stock issued to the former Landmark shareholders in the First Merger.

11. Newco has no plan or intention to sell or otherwise dispose of the assets of Landmark acquired in the First Merger, except for dispositions made in the ordinary course of business.

12. The liabilities (fixed and contingent) of Landmark assumed by Newco were incurred by Landmark in the ordinary course of its business and are associated with the assets transferred.

13. Following the First Merger, Newco will continue the historical business of Landmark or use a significant portion of Landmark's historical assets in its business. For purposes of this representation, Landmark will be treated as in the business in which its wholly owned subsidiary, Landmark Sub, is engaged.

14. At the time of the First Merger, Newco will not have outstanding any warrants, options, convertible securities, or any other type of right pursuant to which any person could acquire stock in Newco that, if exercised or converted, would affect the Landmark shareholder's retention of control of Newco, as defined in section 304(c). For purposes of this representation, control is defined as the ownership of stock possessing at least 50 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, or at least 50 percent of the total value of shares of all classes of stock.

15. All parties to the First Merger (i.e., Landmark, Newco, and the Landmark shareholders) will pay their respective expenses, if any, incurred in connection with the First Merger.


Mr. Patrick L. Alexander
Mr. Larry Schugart
June 4, 2001

Page 5

16. There is no intercorporate debt between Newco and Landmark that was issued, acquired, or will be settled at a discount.

17. No two parties to the First Merger are non-diversified investment companies as defined in section 368(a)(2)(F)(ii), (iii) and (iv) (generally defined as a regulated investment company, a real estate investment trust, or a corporation 50 percent or more of the value of the total assets of which are stock and securities and 80 percent or more of the value of the total assets of which are held for investment).

18. The fair market value of the assets of Landmark will equal or exceed the sum of the liabilities (fixed and contingent) to be assumed by Newco.

19. The total adjusted basis of the assets of Landmark will equal or exceed the sum of the liabilities (fixed and contingent) to be assumed by Newco.

20. Landmark is not under the jurisdiction of a court in a title 11 or similar case within the meaning of section 368(a)(3)(A).

21. Following the First Merger, Newco will continue to file a federal consolidated tax return.

22. The MNB Acquisition Corporation Liquidation qualified under section 332 as a tax-free liquidation.

23. The Second Merger will be effected pursuant to the corporation laws of Delaware.

24. The fair market value of the Newco Common Stock and other consideration received by each MNB shareholder will be approximately equal to the fair market value of the MNB Common Stock surrendered in the Second Merger.

25. Cash is being distributed to shareholders of MNB in lieu of fractional shares of Newco solely to save Newco the expense and inconvenience of issuing and transferring fractional shares, and such cash does not represent separately bargained for consideration in the Second Merger. The total cash consideration that will be paid to MNB shareholders instead of issuing fractional shares of Newco Common Stock will not exceed one percent of the total consideration that will be issued to MNB shareholders in exchange for their shares of MNB Common Stock. The fractional share interests of each shareholder of MNB will be aggregated, and no MNB shareholder will receive cash in an amount equal to or greater than the value of one full share of Newco Common Stock.

26. At least 50% of the value of the shareholders' proprietary interests in MNB will be preserved as a proprietary interest in Newco received in exchange for MNB Common Stock. For purposes of this representation, proprietary interests will not be preserved to the extent that, in connection with the Second Merger: (i) an extraordinary distribution is made with respect to MNB Common Stock; (ii) a redemption or acquisition of MNB Common Stock is made by MNB or a person related to MNB; (iii) Newco or a person related to Newco acquires MNB Common Stock for consideration other than Newco Common Stock; or (iv) Newco or a corporation related to Newco redeems or acquires the Newco Common Stock issued in the Second Merger. Any reference to Newco or MNB includes a reference to any successor or predecessor of such corporation. For purposes of this representation, a


Mr. Patrick L. Alexander
Mr. Larry Schugart
June 4, 2001

Page 6

corporation will be treated as related to another corporation if they are both members of the same affiliated group within the meaning of section 1504 (without regard to the exceptions in section 1504(b)) or they are related as described in section 304(c), in either case whether such relationship exists immediately before or immediately after the Second Merger. Each partner of a partnership will be treated as owning or acquiring any stock owned or acquired, as the case may be, by the partnership (and as having paid any consideration paid by the partnership to acquire such stock) in accordance with the partner's interest in the partnership.

27. Newco has no plan or intention to reacquire its stock issued to the former MNB shareholders in the Second Merger.

28. Newco has no plan or intention to sell or otherwise dispose of the assets of MNB acquired in the Second Merger, except for dispositions made in the ordinary course of business.

29. The liabilities (fixed and contingent) of MNB assumed by Newco were incurred by MNB in the ordinary course of its business and are associated with the assets transferred.

30. Following the Second Merger, Newco will continue the historical business of MNB or use a significant portion of MNB's historical assets in its business. For purposes of this representation, MNB will be treated as being in the business in which its wholly owned subsidiary, MNB Sub, is engaged.

31. All parties to the Second Merger (i.e., MNB, Newco, and the MNB shareholders) will pay their respective expenses, if any, incurred in connection with the Second Merger.

32. There is no intercorporate debt between Newco and MNB that was issued, acquired, or will be settled at a discount.

33. No two parties to the Second Merger are non-diversified investment companies as defined in section 368(a)(2)(F)(ii), (iii) and (iv) (generally defined as a regulated investment company, a real estate investment trust, or a corporation 50 percent or more of the value of the total assets of which are stock and securities and 80 percent or more of the value of the total assets of which are held for investment).

34. The fair market value of the assets of MNB will equal or exceed the sum of the liabilities (fixed and contingent) to be assumed by Newco.

35. The total adjusted basis of the assets of MNB will equal or exceed the sum of the liabilities (fixed and contingent) to be assumed by Newco.

36. MNB is not under the jurisdiction of a court in a title 11 or similar case within the meaning of section 368(a)(3)(A).

37. There are no intercompany transactions subject to Treas. Reg. section 1.1502-13 in the MNB group.


Mr. Patrick L. Alexander
Mr. Larry Schugart
June 4, 2001

Page 7

SCOPE OF OPINION

The opinions contained in this letter are based on the facts, assumptions, and representations stated in the letter and are limited to the conclusions specifically set forth under the heading OPINION. To our knowledge, our opinion is not based on unreasonable factual or legal assumptions (including assumptions as to factual events) and we have not unreasonably relied upon the representations, statements, findings, or agreements of any member of the Landmark Group, the MNB Group, or any other person.

You represented to us that you have provided us with all facts and circumstances that you know or have reason to know are pertinent to the issuance of this opinion letter. If any of these facts, assumptions, or representations are not entirely complete or accurate, it is imperative that we be informed immediately in writing, as the incompleteness or inaccuracy could cause us to change our opinions.

In various sections of this letter, for ease of understanding and as a stylistic matter, we may use language (such as "will"), which might suggest that we reached a conclusion on an issue at a standard different from "should prevail." Such language should not be so construed. Our conclusions on any issue discussed in this opinion letter do not exceed a "should prevail" standard.

The opinions contained in this letter are given only with respect to the specific matters discussed below, and KPMG expresses no opinion with respect to any other federal, state, local, or foreign tax or legal aspect of the transactions described. No inference should be drawn on any other matter. Specifically, no opinion was requested, and none is expressed, as to the federal tax consequences to holders of the Landmark Options and the MNB Options as a result of the Mergers. In addition, no opinion is expressed as to whether the Third Merger qualifies as a reorganization within the meaning of section 368(a)(1).

In providing our opinions, we are relying upon the relevant provisions of the internal revenue laws, including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the regulations thereunder, and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof -- all as in effect on the date of this letter. These authorities are subject to change or modification retroactively and/or prospectively and any such change could affect the validity or correctness of our opinions. We will not update our advice for subsequent changes or modifications to the law and regulations or to the judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, unless you separately engage us to do so in writing after such subsequent change or modification.

These opinions are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service, any other tax authority, or any court, and no assurance can be given that a position contrary to that expressed in this letter will not be asserted by a tax authority and ultimately sustained by a court.

OPINION

As more fully discussed below, and subject to the conditions and limitations in this letter (including the portion of this letter entitled SCOPE OF OPINION), and based on the facts, representations, and assumptions in this letter, it is the opinion of KPMG that:

1. The First Merger should be a reorganization under section 368(a)(1)(D) and Landmark and Newco should each be "a party to a reorganization" under section 368(b).


Mr. Patrick L. Alexander
Mr. Larry Schugart
June 4, 2001

Page 8

2. No gain or loss should be recognized by Newco on the exchange of its stock for the assets of Landmark in the First Merger under section 1032(a).

3. The basis of each asset received by Newco in the First Merger should equal the basis of that asset in the hands of Landmark immediately before the transfer under section 362(b).

4. The holding period of each asset received by Newco in the First Merger should include the period during which Landmark held that asset under section 1223(2).

5. No gain or loss should be recognized by Landmark on the transfer of its assets in exchange for Newco Common Stock plus the assumption of its liabilities by Newco in the First Merger under sections 361(a) and 357(a).

6. No gain or loss should be recognized by Landmark on its distribution of Newco Common Stock in exchange for the Landmark shareholder's Landmark Common Stock under section 361(c)(1).

7. No gain or loss should be recognized to the Landmark shareholders upon the receipt of the Newco Common Stock in exchange for their Landmark Common Stock under section 354(a)(1).

8. The basis of the Newco Common Stock in the hands of the Landmark shareholders should equal the basis of the Landmark Common Stock surrendered in the First Merger under section 358(a)(1).

9. The holding period of the Newco Common Stock received by the Landmark shareholders should include their holding period of the Landmark Common Stock surrendered in the First Merger, provided the Landmark Common Stock is held as a capital asset on the date of the First Merger under section 1223(l).

10. The Second Merger should be a reorganization under section 368(a)(1)(A) and MNB and Newco should each be "a party to a reorganization" under section 368(b).

11. No gain or loss should be recognized by Newco on the issuance of its stock in exchange for the MNB assets in the Second Merger under section 1032(a).

12. The basis of each asset received by Newco in the Second Merger should equal the basis of that asset in the hands of MNB immediately before the transfer under section 362(b).

13. The holding period of each asset received by Newco in the Second Merger should include the period during which MNB held that asset under section 1223(2).

14. No gain or loss should be recognized by MNB on the transfer of its assets in exchange for Newco Common Stock plus the assumption of its liabilities by Newco in the Second Merger under sections 361(a) and 357(a).

15. No gain or loss should be recognized by MNB on its distribution of Newco Common Stock in exchange for the MNB shareholder's MNB Common Stock under section 361(c)(1).


Mr. Patrick L. Alexander
Mr. Larry Schugart
June 4, 2001

Page 9

16. No gain or loss should be recognized to the MNB shareholders upon the receipt of the Newco Common Stock in exchange for their MNB Common Stock under section 354(a)(1), except to the extent cash is received in lieu of fractional shares. The payment of cash to the MNB shareholders in lieu of fractional shares of Newco should be treated as though the fractional shares were distributed as part of the Second Merger and then redeemed by Newco. The cash payment should be treated as a distribution in full payment for the fractional shares deemed redeemed under section 302(a), with the result that such MNB shareholders should have short-term or long-term capital gain or loss to the extent that the cash distribution differs from the basis allocable to their fractional shares.

17. The basis of the Newco Common Stock in the hands of the MNB shareholders should equal the basis of the MNB Common Stock surrendered in the Second Merger, less the basis allocable to the fractional shares deemed issued in the previous opinion, under section 358(a)(1).

18. The holding period of the Newco Common Stock received by the MNB shareholders should include their holding period of the MNB Common Stock surrendered in the Second Merger, provided the MNB Common Stock is held as a capital asset on the date of the Second Merger under section 1223(l).

* * * *

We consent to the inclusion of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Landmark Merger Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the purpose of registering securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Very Truly Yours,

/s/ Michael J. Koeppen

KPMG LLP
Michael J. Koeppen
Partner


Exhibit 10.1

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT"), is made and entered into between LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("EMPLOYER"), and LARRY SCHUGART ("EXECUTIVE") and shall be effective immediately upon the consummation of the merger of MNB Bancshares, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Landmark Bancshares, Inc., a Kansas corporation, and Landmark Merger Company, a Delaware corporation (the "EFFECTIVE DATE"). RECITALS

A. Employer wishes to employ Executive as the Chairman of Employer, and the Chairman of Security National Bank, a national banking association with its main office located in Manhattan, Kansas, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Employer (the "BANK"), and Executive desires to serve in such capacities.

B. Employer and Executive have made commitments to each other on a variety of important issues concerning Executive's employment, including the compensation that Executive will be paid, how long and under what circumstances Executive will remain employed and the financial details relating to any decision that either Executive or Employer might ever make to terminate this Agreement.

C. Employer and Executive believe that the commitments they have made to each other should be memorialized in writing, and that is the purpose of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, it is covenanted and agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

AGREEMENTS

SECTION 1. POSITION AND DUTIES. Employer hereby employs Executive as the Chairman of Employer, and the Chairman of the Bank. During the period of Executive's employment hereunder, Executive shall perform his duties in accordance with such reasonable standards expected of employees with comparable positions in comparable organizations and as may be established from time to time by the Board of Directors of Employer. Executive agrees to render such administrative and management services as requested by the President of Employer. Except as the context may clearly require otherwise, all references in this Agreement to "EMPLOYER," shall include both Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and the Bank.

SECTION 2. COMPENSATION. As compensation for the services to be provided by Executive hereunder, Executive shall receive the following compensation, expense reimbursement and other benefits:

(a) BASE COMPENSATION. Executive shall receive an aggregate annual minimum base salary at the rate of Thirty-Five Thousand Dollars ($35,000) payable in


installments in accordance with the regular payroll schedule of the Bank, "BASE COMPENSATION"). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Employer shall be entitled in its sole and absolute discretion to allocate between Employer and the Bank the amount of Base Compensation payable to Executive and to cause all or any of such Base Compensation or any other benefits payable or to be provided to Executive under the terms of this Agreement to be paid or provided directly by the Bank to Executive.

(b) VACATIONS. Executive shall be entitled to an annual vacation in accordance with the vacation policy of Employer, which vacation shall be taken at a time or times mutually agreeable to Employer and Executive.

(c) HEALTH INSURANCE BENEFITS. Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Bank's health insurance benefit plan, consistent with the terms under which such health insurance benefit plan is provided to employees of the Bank.

(d) DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENTS. Employer shall continue to maintain the Deferred Compensation Agreements between Executive and Landmark Federal Savings Bank, as such were in existence as of the date of the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and MNB Bancshares, Inc. and Landmark Merger Company.

(e) REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES. Executive shall be reimbursed, upon submission of appropriate vouchers and supporting documentation, for all travel, entertainment and other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in the performance of his duties hereunder.

(f) WITHHOLDING. Employer shall be entitled to withhold from amounts payable to Executive hereunder, any federal, state or local withholding or other taxes or charges which it is from time to time required to withhold. Employer shall be entitled to rely upon the opinion of its legal counsel with regard to any question concerning the amount or requirement of any such withholding.

SECTION 3. CONFIDENTIALITY AND LOYALTY. Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment he may produce and have access to material, records, data, trade secrets and information not generally available to the public regarding Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION"). Accordingly, during and subsequent to termination of this Agreement, Executive agrees to hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly disclose, use, copy or make lists of any Confidential Information, except to the extent that such information is or thereafter becomes lawfully available from public sources, or such disclosure is authorized in writing by Employer, required by a law or any competent administrative agency or judicial authority, or otherwise as reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with performance by Executive of his duties hereunder. All records, files, documents and other materials or copies thereof relating to the respective businesses of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates that Executive shall prepare or use, shall be and remain the sole property of Employer, and other than in connection with

2

performance by Executive of his duties hereunder, shall not be removed from the premises of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates without Employer's written consent, and shall be promptly returned to Employer upon termination of Executive's employment hereunder. Executive agrees to abide by Employer's reasonable policies, as in effect from time to time, respecting avoidance of interests conflicting with those of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. For purposes of this Agreement, an affiliate of Employer shall mean any corporation, partnership, bank, association, limited liability company, trust or other business entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Employer.

SECTION 4. TERM AND TERMINATION.

(a) TERM. Executive's employment hereunder shall be for a term of three (3) years commencing on the Effective Date, unless the Agreement is terminated by either party effective by written notice to that effect delivered to the other not less than (90) days prior to the effective date of such termination.

(b) VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE. If Executive voluntarily terminates his employment under this Agreement, then Employer shall only be required to pay Executive his Base Compensation as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination, and Employer shall not have any further obligations to Executive.

(c) PREMATURE TERMINATION BY EMPLOYER.

(i) In the event of the termination of this Agreement by Employer prior to the last day of the term for any reason other than a termination in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 4(d) (Termination for Just Cause), then notwithstanding any mitigation of damages by Executive, Employer shall pay Executive an amount equal to Executive's Base Compensation at the monthly rate then payable to Executive multiplied by the number of months (counting any partial month as a full month) remaining in the term of this Agreement. In addition, Employer shall continue to provide coverage for Executive and his immediate family under any health insurance programs maintained by Employer for the remaining term of this Agreement. The payment of amounts under this subsection by Employer shall not offset or diminish any compensation or benefits accrued as of the date of termination.

(ii) Payment to Executive will be made on a monthly basis during the remaining term of this Agreement. At the election of Employer, payments may be made in a lump sum discounted to their present value using the prime rate of interest as of the date of termination. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the termination of employment by Employer.

(iii) If either Employer or the Bank is not in compliance with its minimum capital requirements or if the payments required under subsection (i) above would cause the capital of either Employer or the Bank to be reduced below its minimum capital requirements, such payments shall be deferred until such time as both Employer and the Bank are in capital compliance.

3

(d) TERMINATION FOR JUST CAUSE. This Agreement may be terminated for just cause as hereinafter defined. "JUST CAUSE" shall mean: (i) Executive's death; (ii) Executive's personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order; (iii) Executive's material breach of any provision of this Agreement; or (iv) Executive is removed or suspended from banking pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the "FDIA"), or any other applicable state or federal law. Upon a termination of Executive's employment with Employer for Just Cause, then Employer shall only be required to pay Executive his Base Compensation as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination, and Employer shall not have any further obligations to Executive.

(e) PAYMENTS UPON DEATH. In the event payments are due and owing under this Agreement at the death of Executive, payment shall be made to such beneficiary as Executive may designate in writing, or failing such designation, to the executor of his estate, in full settlement and satisfaction of all claims and demands on behalf of Executive. Such payments shall be in full settlement and satisfaction of all payments provided for in this Agreement.

(f) PAYMENTS PERMANENT DISABILITY. Executive shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement for the full term of this Agreement even if Executive is unable to perform his duties due to Executive becoming disabled or incapacitated by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

(g) REGULATORY SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION.

(i) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of Employer or the Bank by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)(3)) or 8(g) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(g)) of the FDIA, Employer's obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, Employer shall: (A) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while their contract obligations were suspended; and (B) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended.

(ii) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of Employer or the Bank by an order issued under Section 8(e) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)) or 8(g) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(g)) of the FDIA, all obligations of Employer under this contract shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

(iii) If either Employer or the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x) (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(x)(1)) of the FDIA, all obligations of Employer under this contract shall terminate as of the date of default, but this subsection shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

4

(iv) All obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the institution by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"), at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of Employer or the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)) of the FDIA, or when Employer or the Bank is determined by the FDIC to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(v) All obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (A) by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC") at the time that the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)) of the FDIA; or (B) by the OCC at the time that the OCC approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the OCC to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(vi) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) (12 U.S.C. Section828(k)) of the FDIA.

SECTION 5. NON-COMPETITION COVENANT.

(a) RESTRICTIVE COVENANT. Employer and Executive have jointly reviewed the customer lists and operations of Employer and the Bank and have agreed that the primary service area of the lending and deposit taking functions of Employer or the Bank in which Employer has participated or is expected to participate extends to an area which encompasses a fifty (50) mile radius from each of the offices of Employer and the Bank (the "RESTRICTIVE AREA"). Therefore, as an essential ingredient of and in consideration of this Agreement and the payment of the amounts described in SECTION 2 (Compensation), Executive hereby agrees that, except with the express prior written consent of Employer, for a period of three (3) years from the Effective Date (the "RESTRICTIVE PERIOD"), he will not directly or indirectly compete with the business of Employer or the Bank, including, but not by way of limitation, by directly or indirectly owning, managing, operating, controlling, financing, or by directly or indirectly serving as an employee, officer or director of or consultant to, or by soliciting or inducing, or attempting to solicit or induce, any employee or agent of Employer or the Bank to terminate employment with Employer and become employed by any person, firm, partnership, corporation, trust or other entity which owns or operates an office of, a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or similar financial institution (a "FINANCIAL INSTITUTION") within the Restrictive Area (the "RESTRICTIVE COVENANT"). If Executive violates the Restrictive Covenant and Employer or the Bank brings legal action for injunctive or other relief, Employer or the Bank shall not, as a result of the time involved in obtaining such relief, be deprived of the benefit of the full period of the Restrictive Covenant. Accordingly, the

5

Restrictive Covenant shall be deemed to have the duration specified in this
Section 5(a) computed from the date the relief is granted but reduced by the time between the period when the Restrictive Period began to run and the date of the first violation of the Restrictive Covenant by Executive. In the event that a successor assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement, this Restrictive Covenant shall continue to apply only to the Restrictive Area as it existed immediately before such assumption and shall not apply to any of the successor's other offices. The foregoing Restrictive Covenant shall not prohibit Executive from owning directly or indirectly capital stock or similar securities which are listed on a securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq which do not represent more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of any Financial Institution.

(b) REMEDIES FOR BREACH OF RESTRICTIVE COVENANT. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in SECTION 3 (Confidentiality and Loyalty) and SECTION 5 (Non-Competition Covenant) of this Agreement are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the legitimate business interests of Employer and the Bank, that any violation of these restrictions would cause substantial injury to Employer and the Bank and such interests, that Employer would not have entered into this Agreement with Executive without receiving the additional consideration offered by Executive in binding himself to these restrictions and that such restrictions were a material inducement to Employer to enter into this Agreement. In the event of any violation or threatened violation of these restrictions, Employer and the Bank, in addition to and not in limitation of, any other rights, remedies or damages available to Employer and the Bank under this Agreement or otherwise at law or in equity, shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent or restrain any such violation by Executive and any and all persons directly or indirectly acting for or with him, as the case may be.

SECTION 6. INTEREST IN ASSETS. Neither Executive nor his estate shall acquire hereunder any rights in funds or assets of Employer or the Bank, otherwise than by and through the actual payment of amounts payable hereunder; nor shall Executive or his estate have any power to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate or otherwise encumber in advance any of said payments; nor shall any of such payments be subject to seizure for the payment of any debt, judgment, alimony, separate maintenance or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise of Executive.

SECTION 7. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

(a) SUCCESSORS; ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive, Employer and his and its respective personal representatives, successors and assigns, and any successor or assign of Employer shall be deemed the "EMPLOYER" hereunder. Employer shall require any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Employer, whether directly or indirectly, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as Employer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary,

6

Executive further agrees that the Bank is an intended beneficiary of Executive's obligations under SECTION 3 (Confidentiality and Loyalty) and SECTION 5 (Non-Competition Covenant) and the same may be enforced by the Bank in the same manner, and to the same extent, as the same is enforceable hereunder by Employer.

(b) ENTIRE AGREEMENT; MODIFICATIONS. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, undertakings, agreements and arrangements with respect thereto, whether written or oral. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by written agreement signed by Executive and Employer.

(c) ENFORCEMENT AND GOVERNING LAW. The provisions of this Agreement shall be regarded as divisible and separate; if any of said provisions should be declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be construed and the legal relations of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Kansas without reference to the law regarding conflicts of law.

(d) ARBITRATION. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Bank's main office, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid through the date of termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

(e) LEGAL FEES. All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Employer or Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the party who or which is not successful on the merits pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

(f) WAIVER. No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party, shall be deemed a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

(g) NOTICES. Notices pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when received; and, if mailed, shall be mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; and if to Employer, addressed to the principal headquarters of Employer, attention: Chairman; or, if to Executive, to the address set forth below Executive's signature on this Agreement, or to such other address as the party to be notified shall have given to the other.

7

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.                     LARRY SCHUGART


By:
     ---------------------------              ---------------------------------
     Name:
          ----------------------              ---------------------------------
     Title:
           ---------------------              ---------------------------------
                                                       (Address)

8

Exhibit 10.2

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT"), is made and entered into between LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("EMPLOYER"), and PATRICK L. ALEXANDER ("EXECUTIVE") and shall be effective immediately upon the consummation of the merger of MNB Bancshares, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Landmark Bancshares, Inc., a Kansas corporation, and Landmark Merger Company, a Delaware corporation (the "EFFECTIVE DATE").

RECITALS

A. Executive currently serves as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Employer, and the President and Chief Executive Officer of Security National Bank, a national banking association with its main office located in Manhattan, Kansas, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Employer (the "BANK"), and Employer desires Executive to continue to serve in such capacities.

B. Employer and Executive have made commitments to each other on a variety of important issues concerning Executive's continued employment, including the performance that will be expected of Executive, the compensation that Executive will be paid, how long and under what circumstances Executive will remain employed and the financial details relating to any decision that either Executive or Employer might ever make to terminate this Agreement.

C. Employer recognizes that circumstances may arise in which a change in control of Employer or the Bank through acquisition or otherwise may occur thereby causing uncertainty of employment without regard to the competence or past contributions of Executive which uncertainty may result in the loss of valuable services of Executive and Employer and Executive wish to provide reasonable security to Executive against changes in the employment relationship in the event of any such change in control.

D. Employer and Executive believe that the commitments they have made to each other should be memorialized in writing, and that is the purpose of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, it is covenanted and agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

AGREEMENTS

SECTION 1. POSITION AND DUTIES. Employer hereby employs Executive as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Employer and the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank. During the period of Executive's employment hereunder, Executive shall devote his best efforts and full business time, energy, skills and attention to the business and affairs of Employer and the Bank. Executive's duties and authority shall consist of and include


all duties and authority customarily performed and held by persons holding equivalent positions with business organizations similar in nature and size to Employer and the Bank, as such duties and authority are reasonably defined, modified and delegated from time to time by the Boards of Directors of Employer and the Bank, as applicable. Executive shall have the powers necessary to perform the duties assigned to him and shall be provided such supporting services, staff, secretarial and other assistance, office space and accoutrements as shall be reasonably necessary and appropriate in the light of such assigned duties. Except as the context may clearly require otherwise, all references in this Agreement to "Employer," shall include both Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and the Bank.

SECTION 2. COMPENSATION. As compensation for the services to be provided by Executive hereunder, Executive shall receive the following compensation, expense reimbursement and other benefits:

(a) BASE COMPENSATION. Executive shall receive an aggregate annual minimum base salary at the rate of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) payable in installments in accordance with the regular payroll schedule of the Bank. Such base salary shall be subject to review annually commencing in the year 2002 and such salary shall be maintained or increased during the term hereof in accordance with Employer's established management compensation policies and plans (as the same may be adjusted, "BASE COMPENSATION"). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Employer shall be entitled in its sole and absolute discretion to allocate between Employer and the Bank the amount of Base Compensation payable to Executive and to cause all or any of such Base Compensation or any other benefits payable or to be provided to Executive under the terms of this Agreement to be paid or provided directly by the Bank to Executive.

(b) PERFORMANCE BONUS. Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual performance bonus, payable within ninety (90) days after the end of the fiscal year of Employer, which shall be based upon performance criteria mutually agreed upon by Executive and the Executive Committee of the Bank's Board of Directors (the "EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE"), and which shall not be deemed earned, in whole or in part, until such time as the amount of such bonus is determined by the Executive Committee. The amount (if any) of and the form of payment (I.E., cash, stock options, stock grants or any combination thereof) shall be determined by the Executive Committee.

(c) AUTOMOBILE. Employer shall provide an automobile for Executive's use in the performance of his duties hereunder and shall pay all expenses for maintenance, repairs and insurance relating to that automobile, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Executive shall pay for all fuel charges and be reimbursed for business-related fuel expenses in accordance with the Employer's policy regarding such reimbursements. Executive shall report his business and personal use of the automobile in conformity with policies adopted by Employer and his personal use shall be reflected annually on the IRS Form W-2 of Executive as additional compensation for income tax purposes.

(d) CLUB MEMBERSHIP. Employer shall pay the Executive's monthly membership dues at his current country club. If Executive changes country clubs,

2

reimbursement hereunder shall be subject to the Executive Committee's prior written approval of the change to a new country club.

(e) VACATIONS. Executive shall be entitled to an annual vacation in accordance with the vacation policy of Employer, which vacation shall be taken at a time or times mutually agreeable to Employer and Executive.

(f) OTHER BENEFITS. Executive shall be entitled to all benefits specifically established for him and, when and to the extent he is eligible therefor, to participate in all plans and benefits generally accorded to senior executives of Employer and the Bank, including, but not limited to, pension, profit-sharing, supplemental retirement, incentive compensation, bonus, disability income, split-dollar life insurance, group life, medical and hospitalization insurance, and similar or comparable plans, and also to perquisites extended to senior executives, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such plans, benefits and perquisites shall be no less than those made available to all other employees of Employer and the Bank.

(g) REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES. Executive shall be reimbursed, upon submission of appropriate vouchers and supporting documentation, for all travel, entertainment and other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in the performance of his duties hereunder, and he shall be entitled to attend seminars, conferences and meetings relating to the business of Employer consistent with Employer's established policies in that regard.

(h) WITHHOLDING. Employer shall be entitled to withhold from amounts payable to Executive hereunder, any federal, state or local withholding or other taxes or charges which it is from time to time required to withhold. Employer shall be entitled to rely upon the opinion of its legal counsel with regard to any question concerning the amount or requirement of any such withholding.

SECTION 3. CONFIDENTIALITY AND LOYALTY. Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment he may produce and have access to material, records, data, trade secrets and information not generally available to the public regarding Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION"). Accordingly, during and subsequent to termination of this Agreement, Executive agrees to hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly disclose, use, copy or make lists of any Confidential Information, except to the extent that such information is or thereafter becomes lawfully available from public sources, or such disclosure is authorized in writing by Employer, required by a law or any competent administrative agency or judicial authority, or otherwise as reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with performance by Executive of his duties hereunder. All records, files, documents and other materials or copies thereof relating to the respective businesses of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates that Executive shall prepare or use, shall be and remain the sole property of Employer, and other than in connection with performance by Executive of his duties hereunder, shall not be removed from the premises of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates without Employer's written consent, and shall be promptly returned to Employer upon termination of Executive's employment hereunder.

3

Executive agrees to abide by Employer's reasonable policies, as in effect from time to time, respecting avoidance of interests conflicting with those of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. For purposes of this Agreement, an affiliate of Employer shall mean any corporation, partnership, bank, association, limited liability company, trust or other business entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Employer.

SECTION 4. TERM AND TERMINATION.

(a) TERM. Executive's employment hereunder shall be for a term of three (3) years commencing the Effective Date, and shall automatically extend for one (1) additional year on each subsequent anniversary of the Effective Date (the "AUTOMATIC EXTENSION"), unless the Automatic Extension is terminated by either party effective by written notice to that effect delivered to the other not less than ninety (90) days prior to such anniversary of the Effective Date. If the Automatic Extension is terminated, then Executive's employment hereunder shall terminate as of the last day of the then current three (3) year period.

(b) VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE. If Executive voluntarily terminates his employment under this Agreement, other than pursuant to SECTION 4(d) (Constructive Termination) or SECTION 4(h) (Change in Control), then Employer shall only be required to pay Executive his Base Compensation as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination, and Employer shall not be obligated to pay any performance bonus with respect to the then current fiscal year of Employer nor shall Employer have any further obligations to Executive.

(c) PREMATURE TERMINATION BY EMPLOYER.

(i) In the event of the termination of this Agreement by Employer prior to the last day of the then current term for any reason other than a termination in accordance with the provisions of Section 4(e) (Termination for Cause), then notwithstanding any mitigation of damages by Executive, Employer shall pay Executive an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of: (A) Executive's Base Compensation at the annual rate then payable to Executive; (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual performance bonuses paid to Executive during the most recent three (3) fiscal years of Employer; and
(C) an amount equal to the contributions made or credited by Employer under all employee retirement plans for the benefit of Executive for the most recently ended fiscal year of Employer. In addition, Employer shall continue to provide coverage for Executive and his immediate family under any health insurance programs maintained by Employer for three (3) years; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the continuation of such health insurance is not permitted under the Employer's then current health insurance policy, then Employer agrees to pay Executive's premiums to continue such coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 ("COBRA") until such coverage terminates under COBRA, the period of health insurance continuation shall be credited against Executive's COBRA continuation rights and he will be required to complete all COBRA election and other forms. The payment of amounts under this subsection by Employer shall not offset or diminish any compensation or benefits accrued as of the date of termination.

4

(ii) Payment to Executive will be made on a monthly basis during the remaining term of this Agreement. At the election of Employer, payments may be made in a lump sum discounted to their present value using the prime rate of interest as of the date of termination. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the termination of employment by Employer.

(iii) If either Employer or the Bank is not in compliance with its minimum capital requirements or if the payments required under subsection (i) above would cause the capital of either Employer or the Bank to be reduced below its minimum capital requirements, such payments shall be deferred until such time as both Employer and the Bank are in capital compliance.

(d) CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION. If at any time during the term of this Agreement, except in connection with a termination pursuant to Section
4(e) (Termination for Cause), Executive is Constructively Discharged (as hereinafter defined), then Executive shall have the right, by written notice given to Employer not later than thirty (30) days after such Constructive Discharge, to terminate his services hereunder, effective as of thirty (30) days after the date of such notice, and Executive shall have no rights or obligations under this Agreement other than as provided in Section 3 (Confidentiality and Loyalty) and Section 5 (Non-Competition Covenant). In such event, Executive shall be entitled to a lump sum payment of compensation and continuation of the health insurance as if such termination of his employment were pursuant to
Section 4(c) (Premature Termination by Employer).

For purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be "CONSTRUCTIVELY DISCHARGED" upon the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(i) Executive is not re-elected or is removed from the positions with Employer or the Bank set forth in Section 1 (Position and Duties), other than as a result of Executive's election or appointment to positions of equal or superior scope and responsibility;

(ii) Executive shall fail to be vested by Employer with the powers, authority and support services of any of said offices; or

(iii) Employer otherwise commits a material breach of its obligations under this Agreement.

(e) TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. This Agreement may be terminated for cause as hereinafter defined. "CAUSE" shall mean: (i) Executive's death;
(ii) Executive's "PERMANENT DISABILITY," which shall mean Executive's inability, as a result of physical or mental incapacity, substantially to perform his duties hereunder for a period of six (6) consecutive months; (iii) a material violation by Executive of any applicable material law or regulation respecting the business of Employer or the Bank; (iv) Executive being found guilty of a felony or an act of dishonesty in connection with the performance of his duties as an officer of Employer or the Bank, or which disqualifies Executive from serving as an officer or director of Employer or the Bank; (v) the willful or negligent failure of Executive to perform his duties hereunder in any material respect; (vi) Executive engages in one or more unsafe or unsound

5

banking practices that have a material adverse effect on the Bank; or (vii) Executive is removed or suspended from banking pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the "FDIA"), or any other applicable state or federal law. Executive shall be entitled to at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice of Employer's intention to terminate his employment for any cause (except Executive's death) specifying the grounds for such termination, a reasonable opportunity to cure any conduct or act, if curable, alleged as grounds for such termination, and a reasonable opportunity to present to the Executive Committee his position regarding any dispute relating to the existence of such cause. In the event of a dispute regarding Executive's Permanent Disability, each of Executive and Employer shall choose a physician who together will choose a third physician to make a final determination thereof. Upon a termination of Executive's employment with Employer for Cause, then Employer shall only be required to pay Executive his Base Compensation as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination, and Employer shall not be obligated to pay any performance bonus with respect to the then current fiscal year of Employer, or have any further obligations to Executive.

(f) PAYMENTS UPON DEATH. In the event payments are due and owing under this Agreement at the death of Executive, payment shall be made to such beneficiary as Executive may designate in writing, or failing such designation, to the executor of his estate, in full settlement and satisfaction of all claims and demands on behalf of Executive. Such payments shall be in addition to any other death benefits of Employer for the benefit of Executive and in full settlement and satisfaction of all payments provided for in this Agreement.

(g) PAYMENTS PRIOR TO PERMANENT DISABILITY. Executive shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement for any period during the term of this Agreement and prior to the establishment of Executive's Permanent Disability. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, until the date specified in a notice of termination relating to Executive's Permanent Disability, Executive shall be entitled to return to his positions with Employer and the Bank as set forth in this Agreement in which event no Permanent Disability of Executive will be deemed to have occurred.

(h) PAYMENTS UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(i) In the event of a Change in Control (as defined below) of Employer and the termination of Executive's employment under either A or B below, Executive shall be entitled to receive in lieu of any other payments provided for in this Agreement a lump sum payment equal to three (3) times the sum of: (A) Executive's Base Compensation at the annual rate then payable to Executive; (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual performance bonuses paid to Executive during the most recent three (3) fiscal years of Employer; and
(C) an amount equal to the contributions made or credited by Employer under all employee retirement plans for the benefit of Executive for the most recently ended fiscal year of Employer; such lump sum amount to be paid within five (5) business days of Executive's termination. In addition, Employer shall continue to provide coverage for Executive and his immediate family under any health insurance programs maintained by Employer for three (3) years; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the continuation of such health insurance is not permitted

6

under the Employer's then current health insurance policy, then Employer agrees to pay Executive's premiums to continue such coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 ("COBRA") until such coverage terminates under COBRA, the period of continuation hereunder shall be credited against Executive's continuation rights, and he will be required to complete all COBRA election and other forms. Payments under this Section shall be subject to the limits of Section 4(h)(iii). The following shall constitute termination of Executive's employment within the meaning of this Section 4(h):

A. Executive terminates his employment under this Agreement by a written notice to that effect delivered to the Board of Directors of the Employer (the "BOARD") within six (6) months after the Change in Control.

B. The Executive is terminated by Employer or its successor after the Change in Control.

(ii) For purposes of this Section, the term "CHANGE IN CONTROL" shall mean the following:

A. The consummation of the acquisition by any person (as such term is defined in Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act")) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of thirty-three percent (33%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Employer;

B. The individuals who, as of the date hereof, are members of the Board cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, unless the election, or nomination for election by the stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of a majority of the Board, and such new director shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be considered as a member of the Board; or

C. Consummation of: (1) a merger or consolidation to which Employer is a party if the stockholders immediately before such merger or consolidation do not, as a result of such merger or consolidation, own, directly or indirectly, more than sixty-seven percent (67%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the entity resulting from such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the combined voting power of Employer's voting securities outstanding immediately before such merger or consolidation; or (2) a complete liquidation or dissolution or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Employer or the Bank.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because thirty-three percent (33%) or more of the combined voting power of Employer's then outstanding securities is acquired by: (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under one or more employee benefit plans maintained for employees of the entity; or (2) any corporation which, immediately prior to such acquisition, is owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders in the same proportion as their ownership of stock immediately prior to such acquisition.

7

(iii) It is the intention of Employer and Executive that no portion of any payment under this Agreement, or payments to or for the benefit of Executive under any other agreement or plan, be deemed to be an "EXCESS PARACHUTE PAYMENT" as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"), or its successors. It is agreed that the present value of and payments to or for the benefit of Executive in the nature of compensation, receipt of which is contingent on the Change in control of Employer, and to which Section 280G of the Code applies (in the aggregate "TOTAL PAYMENTS") shall not exceed an amount equal to one dollar ($1.00) less than the maximum amount which Employer may pay without loss of deduction under Section 280G(a) of the Code. Present value for purposes of this Agreement shall be calculated in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code. Within ninety (90) days following the earlier of the giving of the notice of termination or the giving of notice by Employer to Executive of its belief that there is a payment or benefit due Executive which will result in an excess parachute payment as defined in Section 280G of the Code, Executive and Employer, at Employer's expense, shall obtain the opinion of such legal counsel and certified public accountants as Executive may choose (notwithstanding the fact that such persons have acted or may also be acting as the legal counsel or certified public accountants for Employer), which opinions need not be unqualified, which sets forth (A) the amount of the includable compensation of Executive for the base period, as determined under Section 280G of the Code, (B) the present value of Total Payments and (C) the amount and present value of any excess parachute payments. In the event that such opinions determine that there would be an excess parachute payment, the payment hereunder or any other payment determined by such counsel to be includable in Total Payments shall be modified, reduced or eliminated as specified by Executive in writing delivered to Employer within sixty (60) days of his receipt of such opinions or, if Executive fails to so notify Employer, then as Employer shall reasonably determine, so that under the bases of calculation set forth in such opinions there will be no excess parachute payment. The provisions of this subsection, including the calculations, notices and opinions provided for herein shall be based upon the conclusive presumption that (x) the compensation and benefits provided for in
Section 2 (Compensation) and (y) any other compensation earned by Executive pursuant to Employer's compensation programs which would have been paid in any event, are reasonable compensation for services rendered, even though the timing of such payment is triggered by the Change in Control; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event such legal counsel so requests in connection with the opinion required by this subsection, Executive and Employer shall obtain, at Employer's expense, and the legal counsel may rely on in providing the opinion, the advice of a firm of recognized executive compensation consultants as to the reasonableness of any item of compensation to be received by Executive. In the event that the provisions of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code are repealed without succession, this subsection shall be of no further force or effect.

(i) REGULATORY SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION.

(i) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of Employer or the Bank by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) (12 U.S.C.
Section 1818(e)(3)) or 8(g) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(g)) of the FDIA, Employer's obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, Employer may

8

in its discretion: (A) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while their contract obligations were suspended; and (B) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended.

(ii) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of Employer or the Bank by an order issued under Section 8(e) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)) or
8(g) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(g)) of the FDIA, all obligations of Employer under this contract shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

(iii) If either Employer or the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x) (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(x)(1)) of the FDIA, all obligations of Employer under this contract shall terminate as of the date of default, but this subsection shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(iv) All obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the institution by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"), at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of Employer or the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)) of the FDIA, or when Employer or the Bank is determined by the FDIC to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(v) All obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (A) by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC") at the time that the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)) of the FDIA; or (B) by the OCC at the time that the OCC approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the OCC to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(vi) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) (12 U.S.C. Section 828(k)) of the FDIA.

SECTION 5. NON-COMPETITION COVENANT.

(a) RESTRICTIVE COVENANT. Employer and Executive have jointly reviewed the customer lists and operations of Employer and the Bank and have agreed that the primary service area of the lending and deposit taking functions of Employer or the Bank in which Executive has participated and will continue to actively participate extends to an area which encompasses a fifty (50) mile radius from each of the offices of Employer and the Bank (the "RESTRICTIVE AREA"). Therefore, as an essential ingredient of and in consideration of this

9

Agreement and the payment of the amounts described in SECTION 2 (Compensation), Executive hereby agrees that, except with the express prior written consent of Employer, for a period of one (1) year after the termination of Executive's employment with Employer (the "RESTRICTIVE PERIOD"), he will not directly or indirectly compete with the business of Employer or the Bank, including, but not by way of limitation, by directly or indirectly owning, managing, operating, controlling, financing, or by directly or indirectly serving as an employee, officer or director of or consultant to, or by soliciting or inducing, or attempting to solicit or induce, any employee or agent of Employer or the Bank to terminate employment with Employer and become employed by any person, firm, partnership, corporation, trust or other entity which owns or operates, a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or similar financial institution (a "FINANCIAL INSTITUTION") within the Restrictive Area (the "RESTRICTIVE COVENANT"). If Executive violates the Restrictive Covenant and Employer or the Bank brings legal action for injunctive or other relief, Employer or the Bank shall not, as a result of the time involved in obtaining such relief, be deprived of the benefit of the full period of the Restrictive Covenant. Accordingly, the Restrictive Covenant shall be deemed to have the duration specified in this Section 5(a) computed from the date the relief is granted but reduced by the time between the period when the Restrictive Period began to run and the date of the first violation of the Restrictive Covenant by Executive. In the event that a successor assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement, this Restrictive Covenant shall continue to apply only to the Restrictive Area as it existed immediately before such assumption and shall not apply to any of the successor's other offices. The foregoing Restrictive Covenant shall not prohibit Executive from owning directly or indirectly capital stock or similar securities which are listed on a securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq which do not represent more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of any Financial Institution.

(b) REMEDIES FOR BREACH OF RESTRICTIVE COVENANT. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in SECTION 3 (Confidentiality and Loyalty) and SECTION 5 (Non-Competition Covenant) of this Agreement are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the legitimate business interests of Employer and the Bank, that any violation of these restrictions would cause substantial injury to Employer and the Bank and such interests, that Employer would not have entered into this Agreement with Executive without receiving the additional consideration offered by Executive in binding himself to these restrictions and that such restrictions were a material inducement to Employer to enter into this Agreement. In the event of any violation or threatened violation of these restrictions, Employer and the Bank, in addition to and not in limitation of, any other rights, remedies or damages available to Employer and the Bank under this Agreement or otherwise at law or in equity, shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent or restrain any such violation by Executive and any and all persons directly or indirectly acting for or with him, as the case may be.

SECTION 6. INTERCORPORATE TRANSFERS. If Executive shall be voluntarily transferred to an affiliate of Employer, such transfer shall not be deemed to terminate or modify this Agreement and the employing corporation to which Executive shall have been transferred shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, be construed as standing in the same place and stead as Employer as of the date of such transfer.

10

SECTION 7. INTEREST IN ASSETS. Neither Executive nor his estate shall acquire hereunder any rights in funds or assets of Employer or the Bank, otherwise than by and through the actual payment of amounts payable hereunder; nor shall Executive or his estate have any power to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate or otherwise encumber in advance any of said payments; nor shall any of such payments be subject to seizure for the payment of any debt, judgment, alimony, separate maintenance or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise of Executive.

SECTION 8. INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) INSURANCE. Employer shall provide Executive (including his heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators) for the term of this Agreement with coverage under a standard directors' and officers' liability insurance policy at its expense.

(b) HOLD HARMLESS. In addition to the insurance coverage provided for in this Section, Employer shall hold harmless and indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been an officer of Employer or the Bank (whether or not he continues to be an officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys' fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

(c) ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. In the event Executive becomes a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any action, suit or proceeding for which Employer has agreed to provide insurance coverage or indemnification under this Section, Employer shall, to the full extent permitted under applicable law, advance all expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (collectively "EXPENSES") incurred by Executive in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, subject to receipt by Employer of a written undertaking from Executive: (i) to reimburse Employer for all Expenses actually paid by Employer to or on behalf of Executive in the event it shall be ultimately determined that Executive is not entitled to indemnification by Employer for such Expenses; and (ii) to assign to Employer all rights of Executive to indemnification, under any policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance or otherwise, to the extent of the amount of Expenses actually paid by Employer to or on behalf of Executive.

SECTION 9. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

(a) SUCCESSORS; ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive, Employer and his and its respective personal representatives, successors and assigns, and any successor or assign of Employer shall be deemed the "Employer" hereunder. Employer shall require any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Employer, whether directly or indirectly, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same

11

manner and to the same extent as Employer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Executive further agrees that the Bank is an intended beneficiary of the Executive's obligations under SECTION 3 (Confidentiality and Loyalty) and
SECTION 5 (Non-Competition Covenant) and the same may be enforced by the Bank in the same manner, and to the same extent, as the same is enforceable hereunder by Employer.

(b) ENTIRE AGREEMENT; MODIFICATIONS. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, undertakings, agreements and arrangements with respect thereto, whether written or oral. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by written agreement signed by Executive and Employer.

(c) ENFORCEMENT AND GOVERNING LAW. The provisions of this Agreement shall be regarded as divisible and separate; if any of said provisions should be declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be construed and the legal relations of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Kansas without reference to the law regarding conflicts of law.

(d) ARBITRATION. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Bank's main office, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid through the date of termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

(e) LEGAL FEES. All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Employer or Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the party who or which is not successful on the merits pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

(f) WAIVER. No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party, shall be deemed a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

(g) NOTICES. Notices pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when received; and, if mailed, shall be mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; and if to Employer, addressed to the principal headquarters of Employer, attention: Chairman; or, if to Executive, to the address set forth below Executive's signature on this Agreement, or to such other address as the party to be notified shall have given to the other.

12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.                   PATRICK L. ALEXANDER


By: _________________________________       ____________________________
    Name:  __________________________
    Title: __________________________
                                            ____________________________
                                            ____________________________
                                                      (Address)

13

Exhibit 10.3

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT"), is made and entered into between LANDMARK BANCSHARES, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("EMPLOYER"), and MARK
A. HERPICH ("EXECUTIVE") and shall be effective immediately upon the consummation of the merger of MNB Bancshares, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Landmark Bancshares, Inc., a Kansas corporation, and Landmark Merger Company, a Delaware corporation (the "EFFECTIVE DATE").

RECITALS

A. Executive currently serves as the Secretary, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of Employer, and Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Cashier of Security National Bank, a national banking association with its main office located in Manhattan, Kansas, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Employer (the "BANK"), and Employer desires Executive to continue to serve in such capacities.

B. Employer and Executive have made commitments to each other on a variety of important issues concerning Executive's continued employment, including the performance that will be expected of Executive, the compensation that Executive will be paid, how long and under what circumstances Executive will remain employed and the financial details relating to any decision that either Executive or Employer might ever make to terminate this Agreement.

C. Employer recognizes that circumstances may arise in which a change in control of Employer or the Bank through acquisition or otherwise may occur thereby causing uncertainty of employment without regard to the competence or past contributions of Executive which uncertainty may result in the loss of valuable services of Executive and Employer and Executive wish to provide reasonable security to Executive against changes in the employment relationship in the event of any such change in control.

D. Employer and Executive believe that the commitments they have made to each other should be memorialized in writing, and that is the purpose of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, it is covenanted and agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

AGREEMENTS

SECTION 1. POSITION AND DUTIES. Employer hereby employs Executive as the Secretary, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of Employer, and Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Cashier of the Bank. During the period of Executive's employment hereunder, Executive shall devote his best efforts and full business time, energy, skills and attention to the business and affairs of Employer and the Bank. Executive's duties and authority shall consist of and include all duties and authority customarily performed and


held by persons holding equivalent positions with business organizations similar in nature and size to Employer and the Bank, as such duties and authority are reasonably defined, modified and delegated from time to time by the Boards of Directors of Employer and the Bank, as applicable. Executive shall have the powers necessary to perform the duties assigned to him and shall be provided such supporting services, staff, secretarial and other assistance, office space and accoutrements as shall be reasonably necessary and appropriate in the light of such assigned duties. Except as the context may clearly require otherwise, all references in this Agreement to "Employer," shall include both Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and the Bank.

SECTION 2. COMPENSATION. As compensation for the services to be provided by Executive hereunder, Executive shall receive the following compensation, expense reimbursement and other benefits:

(a) BASE COMPENSATION. Executive shall receive an aggregate annual minimum base salary at the rate of One Hundred and Five Thousand Dollars ($105,000) payable in installments in accordance with the regular payroll schedule of the Bank. Such base salary shall be subject to review annually commencing in the year 2002 and such salary shall be maintained or increased during the term hereof in accordance with Employer's established management compensation policies and plans (as the same may be adjusted, "BASE COMPENSATION"). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Employer shall be entitled in its sole and absolute discretion to allocate between Employer and the Bank the amount of Base Compensation payable to Executive and to cause all or any of such Base Compensation or any other benefits payable or to be provided to Executive under the terms of this Agreement to be paid or provided directly by the Bank to Executive.

(b) PERFORMANCE BONUS. Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual performance bonus, payable within ninety (90) days after the end of the fiscal year of Employer, which shall be based upon performance criteria mutually agreed upon by Executive and the Executive Committee of the Bank's Board of Directors (the "EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE"), and which shall not be deemed earned, in whole or in part, until such time as the amount of such bonus is determined by the Executive Committee. The amount (if any) of and the form of payment (I.E., cash, stock options, stock grants or any combination thereof) shall be determined by the Executive Committee.

(c) AUTOMOBILE. Employer shall provide an automobile for Executive's use in the performance of his duties hereunder and shall pay all expenses for maintenance, repairs and insurance relating to that automobile, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Executive shall pay for all fuel charges and be reimbursed for business-related fuel expenses in accordance with the Employer's policy regarding such reimbursements. Executive shall report his business and personal use of the automobile in conformity with policies adopted by Employer and his personal use shall be reflected annually on the IRS Form W-2 of Executive as additional compensation for income tax purposes.

2

(d) CLUB MEMBERSHIP. Employer shall pay the Executive's monthly membership dues at his current country club. If Executive changes country clubs, reimbursement hereunder shall be subject to the Executive Committee's prior written approval of the change to a new country club.

(e) VACATIONS. Executive shall be entitled to an annual vacation in accordance with the vacation policy of Employer, which vacation shall be taken at a time or times mutually agreeable to Employer and Executive.

(f) OTHER BENEFITS. Executive shall be entitled to all benefits specifically established for him and, when and to the extent he is eligible therefor, to participate in all plans and benefits generally accorded to senior executives of Employer and the Bank, including, but not limited to, pension, profit-sharing, supplemental retirement, incentive compensation, bonus, disability income, split-dollar life insurance, group life, medical and hospitalization insurance, and similar or comparable plans, and also to perquisites extended to senior executives, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such plans, benefits and perquisites shall be no less than those made available to all other employees of Employer and the Bank.

(g) REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES. Executive shall be reimbursed, upon submission of appropriate vouchers and supporting documentation, for all travel, entertainment and other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in the performance of his duties hereunder, and he shall be entitled to attend seminars, conferences and meetings relating to the business of Employer consistent with Employer's established policies in that regard.

(h) WITHHOLDING. Employer shall be entitled to withhold from amounts payable to Executive hereunder, any federal, state or local withholding or other taxes or charges which it is from time to time required to withhold. Employer shall be entitled to rely upon the opinion of its legal counsel with regard to any question concerning the amount or requirement of any such withholding.

SECTION 3. CONFIDENTIALITY AND LOYALTY. Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment he may produce and have access to material, records, data, trade secrets and information not generally available to the public regarding Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION"). Accordingly, during and subsequent to termination of this Agreement, Executive agrees to hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly disclose, use, copy or make lists of any Confidential Information, except to the extent that such information is or thereafter becomes lawfully available from public sources, or such disclosure is authorized in writing by Employer, required by a law or any competent administrative agency or judicial authority, or otherwise as reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with performance by Executive of his duties hereunder. All records, files, documents and other materials or copies thereof relating to the respective businesses of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates that Executive shall prepare or use, shall be and remain the sole property of Employer, and other than in connection with performance by Executive of his duties hereunder, shall not be removed from the premises of

3

Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates without Employer's written consent, and shall be promptly returned to Employer upon termination of Executive's employment hereunder. Executive agrees to abide by Employer's reasonable policies, as in effect from time to time, respecting avoidance of interests conflicting with those of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. For purposes of this Agreement, an affiliate of Employer shall mean any corporation, partnership, bank, association, limited liability company, trust or other business entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Employer.

SECTION 4. TERM AND TERMINATION.

(a) TERM. Executive's employment hereunder shall be for a term of one (1) year commencing the Effective Date, and shall automatically extend for one (1) additional year on each subsequent anniversary of the Effective Date (the "AUTOMATIC EXTENSION"), unless the Automatic Extension is terminated by either party effective by written notice to that effect delivered to the other not less than ninety (90) days prior to such anniversary of the Effective Date. If the Automatic Extension is terminated, then Executive's employment hereunder shall terminate as of the last day of the then current one (1) year period.

(b) VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE. If Executive voluntarily terminates his employment under this Agreement, other than pursuant to SECTION 4(d) (Constructive Termination) or SECTION 4(h) (Change in Control), then Employer shall only be required to pay Executive his Base Compensation as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination, and Employer shall not be obligated to pay any performance bonus with respect to the then current fiscal year of Employer nor shall Employer have any further obligations to Executive.

(c) PREMATURE TERMINATION BY EMPLOYER.

(i) In the event of the termination of this Agreement by Employer prior to the last day of the then current term for any reason other than a termination in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 4(h) (Change in Control) or SECTION 4(e) (Termination for Cause), then notwithstanding any mitigation of damages by Executive, Employer shall pay Executive an amount equal to the sum of: (A) Executive's Base Compensation at the annual rate then payable to Executive; (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual performance bonuses paid to Executive during the most recent three (3) fiscal years of Employer; and (C) an amount equal to the contributions made or credited by Employer under all employee retirement plans for the benefit of Executive for the most recently ended fiscal year of Employer. In addition, Employer shall continue to provide coverage for Executive and his immediate family under any health insurance programs maintained by Employer for one (1) year; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the continuation of such health insurance is not permitted under the Employer's then current health insurance policy, then Employer agrees to pay Executive's premiums to continue such coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 ("COBRA") until the earlier of the date one (1) year from the date of termination, or the date such coverage otherwise terminates

4

under COBRA, the period of health insurance continuation shall be credited against Executive's COBRA continuation rights and he will be required to complete all COBRA election and other forms. The payment of amounts under this subsection by Employer shall not offset or diminish any compensation or benefits accrued as of the date of termination.

(ii) Payment to Executive will be made on a monthly basis during the remaining term of this Agreement. At the election of Employer, payments may be made in a lump sum discounted to their present value using the prime rate of interest as of the date of termination. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the termination of employment by Employer.

(iii) If either Employer or the Bank is not in compliance with its minimum capital requirements or if the payments required under subsection (i) above would cause the capital of either Employer or the Bank to be reduced below its minimum capital requirements, such payments shall be deferred until such time as both Employer and the Bank are in capital compliance.

(d) CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION. If at any time during the term of this Agreement, except in connection with a termination pursuant to SECTION
4(h) (Change in Control) or SECTION 4(e) (Termination for Cause), Executive is Constructively Discharged (as hereinafter defined), then Executive shall have the right, by written notice given to Employer not later than thirty (30) days after such Constructive Discharge, to terminate his services hereunder, effective as of thirty (30) days after the date of such notice, and Executive shall have no rights or obligations under this Agreement other than as provided in SECTION 3 (Confidentiality and Loyalty) and SECTION 5 (Non-Competition Covenant). In such event, Executive shall be entitled to a lump sum payment of compensation and continuation of the health insurance as if such termination of his employment were pursuant to SECTION 4(c) (Premature Termination by Employer).

For purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be "CONSTRUCTIVELY DISCHARGED" upon the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(i) Executive is not re-elected or is removed from the positions with Employer or the Bank set forth in SECTION 1 (Position and Duties), other than as a result of Executive's election or appointment to positions of equal or superior scope and responsibility;

(ii) Executive shall fail to be vested by Employer with the powers, authority and support services of any of said offices; or

(iii) Employer otherwise commits a material breach of its obligations under this Agreement.

(e) TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. This Agreement may be terminated for cause as hereinafter defined. "CAUSE" shall mean: (i) Executive's death;
(ii) Executive's "PERMANENT DISABILITY," which shall mean Executive's inability, as a result of physical or mental incapacity, substantially to perform his duties hereunder for a period of six (6)

5

consecutive months; (iii) a material violation by Executive of any applicable material law or regulation respecting the business of Employer or the Bank; (iv) Executive being found guilty of a felony or an act of dishonesty in connection with the performance of his duties as an officer of Employer or the Bank, or which disqualifies Executive from serving as an officer or director of Employer or the Bank; (v) the willful or negligent failure of Executive to perform his duties hereunder in any material respect; (vi) Executive engages in one or more unsafe or unsound banking practices that have a material adverse effect on the Bank; or (vii) Executive is removed or suspended from banking pursuant to
Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the "FDIA"), or any other applicable state or federal law. Executive shall be entitled to at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice of Employer's intention to terminate his employment for any cause (except Executive's death) specifying the grounds for such termination, a reasonable opportunity to cure any conduct or act, if curable, alleged as grounds for such termination, and a reasonable opportunity to present to the Executive Committee his position regarding any dispute relating to the existence of such cause. In the event of a dispute regarding Executive's Permanent Disability, each of Executive and Employer shall choose a physician who together will choose a third physician to make a final determination thereof. Upon a termination of Executive's employment with Employer for Cause, then Employer shall only be required to pay Executive his Base Compensation as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination, and Employer shall not be obligated to pay any performance bonus with respect to the then current fiscal year of Employer, or have any further obligations to Executive.

(f) PAYMENTS UPON DEATH. In the event payments are due and owing under this Agreement at the death of Executive, payment shall be made to such beneficiary as Executive may designate in writing, or failing such designation, to the executor of his estate, in full settlement and satisfaction of all claims and demands on behalf of Executive. Such payments shall be in addition to any other death benefits of Employer for the benefit of Executive and in full settlement and satisfaction of all payments provided for in this Agreement.

(g) PAYMENTS PRIOR TO PERMANENT DISABILITY. Executive shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement for any period during the term of this Agreement and prior to the establishment of Executive's Permanent Disability. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, until the date specified in a notice of termination relating to Executive's Permanent Disability, Executive shall be entitled to return to his positions with Employer and the Bank as set forth in this Agreement in which event no Permanent Disability of Executive will be deemed to have occurred.

(h) PAYMENTS UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(i) In the event of a Change in Control (as defined below) of Employer and the termination of Executive's employment under either A or B below, Executive shall be entitled to receive in lieu of any other payments provided for in this Agreement a lump sum payment equal to two (2) times the sum of: (A) Executive's Base Compensation at the annual rate then payable to Executive; (B) an amount equal to the average

6

of the annual performance bonuses paid to Executive during the most recent three
(3) fiscal years of Employer; and (C) an amount equal to the contributions made or credited by Employer under all employee retirement plans for the benefit of Executive for the most recently ended fiscal year of Employer; such lump sum amount to be paid within five (5) business days of Executive's termination. In addition, Employer shall continue to provide coverage for Executive and his immediate family under any health insurance programs maintained by Employer for two (2) years; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the continuation of such health insurance is not permitted under the Employer's then current health insurance policy, then Employer agrees to pay Executive's premiums to continue such coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 ("COBRA") until such coverage terminates under COBRA, the period of continuation hereunder shall be credited against Executive's continuation rights, and he will be required to complete all COBRA election and other forms. Payments under this
Section shall be subject to the limits of SECTION 4(h)(iii). The following shall constitute termination of Executive's employment within the meaning of this
SECTION 4(h):

A. Executive terminates his employment under this Agreement by a written notice to that effect delivered to the Board of Directors of the Employer (the "BOARD") within six (6) months after the Change in Control.

B. The Executive is terminated by Employer or its successor without Cause (as defined in SECTION 4(e)) within one (1) year after the Change in Control.

(ii) For purposes of this Section, the term "CHANGE IN CONTROL" shall mean the following:

A. The consummation of the acquisition by any person (as such term is defined in Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 ACT")) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of thirty-three percent (33%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Employer;

B. The individuals who, as of the date hereof, are members of the Board cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, unless the election, or nomination for election by the stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of a majority of the Board, and such new director shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be considered as a member of the Board; or

C. Consummation of: (1) a merger or consolidation to which Employer is a party if the stockholders immediately before such merger or consolidation do not, as a result of such merger or consolidation, own, directly or indirectly, more than sixty-seven percent (67%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the entity resulting from such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the combined voting power of Employer's voting securities outstanding immediately before such merger or consolidation; or (2) a complete liquidation or dissolution or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Employer or the Bank.

7

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because thirty-three percent (33%) or more of the combined voting power of Employer's then outstanding securities is acquired by: (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under one or more employee benefit plans maintained for employees of the entity; or (2) any corporation which, immediately prior to such acquisition, is owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders in the same proportion as their ownership of stock immediately prior to such acquisition.

(iii) It is the intention of Employer and Executive that no portion of any payment under this Agreement, or payments to or for the benefit of Executive under any other agreement or plan, be deemed to be an "EXCESS PARACHUTE PAYMENT" as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"), or its successors. It is agreed that the present value of and payments to or for the benefit of Executive in the nature of compensation, receipt of which is contingent on the Change in Control of Employer, and to which Section 280G of the Code applies (in the aggregate "TOTAL PAYMENTS") shall not exceed an amount equal to one dollar ($1.00) less than the maximum amount which Employer may pay without loss of deduction under Section 280G(a) of the Code. Present value for purposes of this Agreement shall be calculated in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code. Within ninety (90) days following the earlier of the giving of the notice of termination or the giving of notice by Employer to Executive of its belief that there is a payment or benefit due Executive which will result in an excess parachute payment as defined in Section 280G of the Code, Executive and Employer, at Employer's expense, shall obtain the opinion of such legal counsel and certified public accountants as Executive may choose (notwithstanding the fact that such persons have acted or may also be acting as the legal counsel or certified public accountants for Employer), which opinions need not be unqualified, which sets forth (A) the amount of the includable compensation of Executive for the base period, as determined under Section 280G of the Code, (B) the present value of Total Payments and (C) the amount and present value of any excess parachute payments. In the event that such opinions determine that there would be an excess parachute payment, the payment hereunder or any other payment determined by such counsel to be includable in Total Payments shall be modified, reduced or eliminated as specified by Executive in writing delivered to Employer within sixty (60) days of his receipt of such opinions or, if Executive fails to so notify Employer, then as Employer shall reasonably determine, so that under the bases of calculation set forth in such opinions there will be no excess parachute payment. The provisions of this subsection, including the calculations, notices and opinions provided for herein shall be based upon the conclusive presumption that (x) the compensation and benefits provided for in
SECTION 2 (Compensation) and (y) any other compensation earned by Executive pursuant to Employer's compensation programs which would have been paid in any event, are reasonable compensation for services rendered, even though the timing of such payment is triggered by the Change in Control; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event such legal counsel so requests in connection with the opinion required by this subsection, Executive and Employer shall obtain, at Employer's expense, and the legal counsel may rely on in providing the opinion, the advice of a firm of recognized executive compensation consultants as to the reasonableness of any item of compensation to be received by Executive. In the event that the

8

provisions of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code are repealed without succession, this subsection shall be of no further force or effect.

(i) REGULATORY SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION.

(i) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of Employer or the Bank by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)(3)) or 8(g) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(g)) of the FDIA, Employer's obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, Employer may in its discretion: (A) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while their contract obligations were suspended; and (B) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended.

(ii) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of Employer or the Bank by an order issued under Section 8(e) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)) or 8(g) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(g)) of the FDIA, all obligations of Employer under this contract shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

(iii) If either Employer or the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x) (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(x)(1)) of the FDIA, all obligations of Employer under this contract shall terminate as of the date of default, but this subsection shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(iv) All obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the institution by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"), at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of Employer or the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)) of the FDIA, or when Employer or the Bank is determined by the FDIC to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(v) All obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (A) by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC") at the time that the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)) of the FDIA; or (B) by the OCC at the time that the OCC approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the OCC to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

9

(vi) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) (12 U.S.C. Section828(k)) of the FDIA.

SECTION 5. NON-COMPETITION COVENANT.

(a) RESTRICTIVE COVENANT. Employer and Executive have jointly reviewed the customer lists and operations of Employer and the Bank and have agreed that the primary service area of the lending and deposit taking functions of Employer or the Bank in which Executive has participated and will continue to actively participate extends to an area which encompasses a fifty (50) mile radius from each of the offices of Employer and the Bank (the "RESTRICTIVE AREA"). Therefore, as an essential ingredient of and in consideration of this Agreement and the payment of the amounts described in SECTION 2 (Compensation), Executive hereby agrees that, except with the express prior written consent of Employer, for a period of one (1) year after the termination of Executive's employment with Employer (the "RESTRICTIVE PERIOD"), he will not directly or indirectly compete with the business of Employer or the Bank, including, but not by way of limitation, by directly or indirectly owning, managing, operating, controlling, financing, or by directly or indirectly serving as an employee, officer or director of or consultant to, or by soliciting or inducing, or attempting to solicit or induce, any employee or agent of Employer or the Bank to terminate employment with Employer and become employed by any person, firm, partnership, corporation, trust or other entity which owns or operates, a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or similar financial institution (a "FINANCIAL INSTITUTION") within the Restrictive Area (the "RESTRICTIVE COVENANT"). If Executive violates the Restrictive Covenant and Employer or the Bank brings legal action for injunctive or other relief, Employer or the Bank shall not, as a result of the time involved in obtaining such relief, be deprived of the benefit of the full period of the Restrictive Covenant. Accordingly, the Restrictive Covenant shall be deemed to have the duration specified in this Section 5(a) computed from the date the relief is granted but reduced by the time between the period when the Restrictive Period began to run and the date of the first violation of the Restrictive Covenant by Executive. In the event that a successor assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement, this Restrictive Covenant shall continue to apply only to the Restrictive Area as it existed immediately before such assumption and shall not apply to any of the successor's other offices. The foregoing Restrictive Covenant shall not prohibit Executive from owning directly or indirectly capital stock or similar securities which are listed on a securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq which do not represent more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of any Financial Institution.

(b) REMEDIES FOR BREACH OF RESTRICTIVE COVENANT. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in SECTION 3 (Confidentiality and Loyalty) and SECTION 5 (Non-Competition Covenant) of this Agreement are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the legitimate business interests of Employer and the Bank, that any violation of these restrictions would cause substantial injury to Employer and the Bank and such interests, that Employer would not have entered into this Agreement with Executive without receiving the additional consideration offered by Executive in binding himself to these restrictions and that such restrictions were a material inducement to Employer to enter into this Agreement. In

10

the event of any violation or threatened violation of these restrictions, Employer and the Bank, in addition to and not in limitation of, any other rights, remedies or damages available to Employer and the Bank under this Agreement or otherwise at law or in equity, shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent or restrain any such violation by Executive and any and all persons directly or indirectly acting for or with him, as the case may be.

SECTION 6. INTERCORPORATE TRANSFERS. If Executive shall be voluntarily transferred to an affiliate of Employer, such transfer shall not be deemed to terminate or modify this Agreement and the employing corporation to which Executive shall have been transferred shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, be construed as standing in the same place and stead as Employer as of the date of such transfer.

SECTION 7. INTEREST IN ASSETS. Neither Executive nor his estate shall acquire hereunder any rights in funds or assets of Employer or the Bank, otherwise than by and through the actual payment of amounts payable hereunder; nor shall Executive or his estate have any power to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate or otherwise encumber in advance any of said payments; nor shall any of such payments be subject to seizure for the payment of any debt, judgment, alimony, separate maintenance or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise of Executive.

SECTION 8. INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) INSURANCE. Employer shall provide Executive (including his heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators) for the term of this Agreement with coverage under a standard directors' and officers' liability insurance policy at its expense.

(b) HOLD HARMLESS. In addition to the insurance coverage provided for in this Section, Employer shall hold harmless and indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been an officer of Employer or the Bank (whether or not he continues to be an officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys' fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

(c) ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. In the event Executive becomes a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any action, suit or proceeding for which Employer has agreed to provide insurance coverage or indemnification under this Section, Employer shall, to the full extent permitted under applicable law, advance all expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (collectively "EXPENSES") incurred by Executive in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, subject to receipt by Employer of a written undertaking from Executive: (i) to reimburse Employer for all Expenses actually paid by Employer to or on behalf of Executive in the event it shall be ultimately determined that Executive is not entitled to indemnification by Employer for such

11

Expenses; and (ii) to assign to Employer all rights of Executive to indemnification, under any policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance or otherwise, to the extent of the amount of Expenses actually paid by Employer to or on behalf of Executive.

SECTION 9. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

(a) SUCCESSORS; ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive, Employer and his and its respective personal representatives, successors and assigns, and any successor or assign of Employer shall be deemed the "EMPLOYER" hereunder. Employer shall require any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Employer, whether directly or indirectly, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as Employer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Executive further agrees that the Bank is an intended beneficiary of the Executive's obligations under SECTION 3 (Confidentiality and Loyalty) and
SECTION 5 (Non-Competition Covenant) and the same may be enforced by the Bank in the same manner, and to the same extent, as the same is enforceable hereunder by Employer.

(b) ENTIRE AGREEMENT; MODIFICATIONS. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, undertakings, agreements and arrangements with respect thereto, whether written or oral. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by written agreement signed by Executive and Employer.

(c) ENFORCEMENT AND GOVERNING LAW. The provisions of this Agreement shall be regarded as divisible and separate; if any of said provisions should be declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be construed and the legal relations of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Kansas without reference to the law regarding conflicts of law.

(d) ARBITRATION. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Bank's main office, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid through the date of termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

(e) LEGAL FEES. All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Employer or Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the party who or which is not successful on the merits pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

12

(f) WAIVER. No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party, shall be deemed a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

(g) NOTICES. Notices pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when received; and, if mailed, shall be mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; and if to Employer, addressed to the principal headquarters of Employer, attention: Chairman; or, if to Executive, to the address set forth below Executive's signature on this Agreement, or to such other address as the party to be notified shall have given to the other.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.                     MARK A. HERPICH


By:
     ---------------------------              ---------------------------------
     Name:
          ----------------------              ---------------------------------
     Title:
           ---------------------              ---------------------------------
                                                       (Address)

13

Exhibit 10.4

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT"), is made and entered into between LANDMARK BANCSHARES, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("EMPLOYER"), and MICHAEL E. SCHEOPNER ("EXECUTIVE") and shall be effective immediately upon the consummation of the merger of MNB Bancshares, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Landmark Bancshares, Inc., a Kansas corporation, and Landmark Merger Company, a Delaware corporation (the "EFFECTIVE DATE").

RECITALS

A. Executive currently serves as Executive Vice President and Credit Risk Manager of Security National Bank, a national banking association with its main office located in Manhattan, Kansas, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Employer (the "BANK"), and Employer desires Executive to continue to serve in such capacities.

B. Employer and Executive have made commitments to each other on a variety of important issues concerning Executive's continued employment, including the performance that will be expected of Executive, the compensation that Executive will be paid, how long and under what circumstances Executive will remain employed and the financial details relating to any decision that either Executive or Employer might ever make to terminate this Agreement.

C. Employer recognizes that circumstances may arise in which a change in control of Employer or the Bank through acquisition or otherwise may occur thereby causing uncertainty of employment without regard to the competence or past contributions of Executive which uncertainty may result in the loss of valuable services of Executive and Employer and Executive wish to provide reasonable security to Executive against changes in the employment relationship in the event of any such change in control.

D. Employer and Executive believe that the commitments they have made to each other should be memorialized in writing, and that is the purpose of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, it is covenanted and agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

AGREEMENTS

SECTION 1. POSITION AND DUTIES. Employer hereby employs Executive as Executive Vice President and Credit Risk Manager of the Bank. During the period of Executive's employment hereunder, Executive shall devote his best efforts and full business time, energy, skills and attention to the business and affairs of the Bank. Executive's duties and authority shall consist of and include all duties and authority customarily performed and held by persons holding equivalent positions with business organizations similar in nature and size to the Bank, as such duties and authority are reasonably defined, modified and delegated from time to time


by the Boards of Directors of the Bank. Executive shall have the powers necessary to perform the duties assigned to him and shall be provided such supporting services, staff, secretarial and other assistance, office space and accoutrements as shall be reasonably necessary and appropriate in the light of such assigned duties. Except as the context may clearly require otherwise, all references in this Agreement to "Employer," shall include both Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and the Bank.

SECTION 2. COMPENSATION. As compensation for the services to be provided by Executive hereunder, Executive shall receive the following compensation, expense reimbursement and other benefits:

(a) BASE COMPENSATION. Executive shall receive an aggregate annual minimum base salary at the rate of One Hundred and Five Thousand Dollars ($105,000) payable in installments in accordance with the regular payroll schedule of the Bank. Such base salary shall be subject to review annually commencing in the year 2002 and such salary shall be maintained or increased during the term hereof in accordance with Employer's established management compensation policies and plans (as the same may be adjusted, "BASE COMPENSATION"). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Employer shall be entitled in its sole and absolute discretion to allocate between Employer and the Bank the amount of Base Compensation payable to Executive and to cause all or any of such Base Compensation or any other benefits payable or to be provided to Executive under the terms of this Agreement to be paid or provided directly by the Bank to Executive.

(b) PERFORMANCE BONUS. Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual performance bonus, payable within ninety (90) days after the end of the fiscal year of Employer, which shall be based upon performance criteria mutually agreed upon by Executive and the Executive Committee of the Bank's Board of Directors (the "EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE"), and which shall not be deemed earned, in whole or in part, until such time as the amount of such bonus is determined by the Executive Committee. The amount (if any) of and the form of payment (I.E., cash, stock options, stock grants or any combination thereof) shall be determined by the Executive Committee.

(c) AUTOMOBILE. Employer shall provide an automobile for Executive's use in the performance of his duties hereunder and shall pay all expenses for maintenance, repairs and insurance relating to that automobile, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Executive shall pay for all fuel charges and be reimbursed for business-related fuel expenses in accordance with the Employer's policy regarding such reimbursements. Executive shall report his business and personal use of the automobile in conformity with policies adopted by Employer and his personal use shall be reflected annually on the IRS Form W-2 of Executive as additional compensation for income tax purposes.

(d) CLUB MEMBERSHIP. Employer shall pay the Executive's monthly membership dues at his current country club. If Executive changes country clubs, reimbursement hereunder shall be subject to the Executive Committee's prior written approval of the change to a new country club.

2

(e) VACATIONS. Executive shall be entitled to an annual vacation in accordance with the vacation policy of Employer, which vacation shall be taken at a time or times mutually agreeable to Employer and Executive.

(f) OTHER BENEFITS. Executive shall be entitled to all benefits specifically established for him and, when and to the extent he is eligible therefor, to participate in all plans and benefits generally accorded to senior executives of Employer and the Bank, including, but not limited to, pension, profit-sharing, supplemental retirement, incentive compensation, bonus, disability income, split-dollar life insurance, group life, medical and hospitalization insurance, and similar or comparable plans, and also to perquisites extended to senior executives, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such plans, benefits and perquisites shall be no less than those made available to all other employees of Employer and the Bank.

(g) REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES. Executive shall be reimbursed, upon submission of appropriate vouchers and supporting documentation, for all travel, entertainment and other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in the performance of his duties hereunder, and he shall be entitled to attend seminars, conferences and meetings relating to the business of Employer consistent with Employer's established policies in that regard.

(h) WITHHOLDING. Employer shall be entitled to withhold from amounts payable to Executive hereunder, any federal, state or local withholding or other taxes or charges which it is from time to time required to withhold. Employer shall be entitled to rely upon the opinion of its legal counsel with regard to any question concerning the amount or requirement of any such withholding.

SECTION 3. CONFIDENTIALITY AND LOYALTY. Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment he may produce and have access to material, records, data, trade secrets and information not generally available to the public regarding Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION"). Accordingly, during and subsequent to termination of this Agreement, Executive agrees to hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly disclose, use, copy or make lists of any Confidential Information, except to the extent that such information is or thereafter becomes lawfully available from public sources, or such disclosure is authorized in writing by Employer, required by a law or any competent administrative agency or judicial authority, or otherwise as reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with performance by Executive of his duties hereunder. All records, files, documents and other materials or copies thereof relating to the respective businesses of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates that Executive shall prepare or use, shall be and remain the sole property of Employer, and other than in connection with performance by Executive of his duties hereunder, shall not be removed from the premises of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates without Employer's written consent, and shall be promptly returned to Employer upon termination of Executive's employment hereunder. Executive agrees to abide by Employer's reasonable policies, as in effect from time to time, respecting avoidance of interests conflicting with those of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. For purposes of this Agreement, an affiliate of Employer shall mean any

3

corporation, partnership, bank, association, limited liability company, trust or other business entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Employer.

SECTION 4. TERM AND TERMINATION.

(a) TERM. Executive's employment hereunder shall be for a term of one (1) year commencing the Effective Date, and shall automatically extend for one (1) additional year on each subsequent anniversary of the Effective Date (the "AUTOMATIC EXTENSION"), unless the Automatic Extension is terminated by either party effective by written notice to that effect delivered to the other not less than ninety (90) days prior to such anniversary of the Effective Date. If the Automatic Extension is terminated, then Executive's employment hereunder shall terminate as of the last day of the then current one (1) year period.

(b) VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE. If Executive voluntarily terminates his employment under this Agreement, other than pursuant to SECTION 4(d) (Constructive Termination) or SECTION 4(h) (Change in Control), then Employer shall only be required to pay Executive his Base Compensation as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination, and Employer shall not be obligated to pay any performance bonus with respect to the then current fiscal year of Employer nor shall Employer have any further obligations to Executive.

(c) PREMATURE TERMINATION BY EMPLOYER.

(i) In the event of the termination of this Agreement by Employer prior to the last day of the then current term for any reason other than a termination in accordance with the provisions of SECTION
4(h) (Change in Control) or SECTION 4(e) (Termination for Cause), then notwithstanding any mitigation of damages by Executive, Employer shall pay Executive an amount equal to the sum of: (A) Executive's Base Compensation at the annual rate then payable to Executive; (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual performance bonuses paid to Executive during the most recent three
(3) fiscal years of Employer; and (C) an amount equal to the contributions made or credited by Employer under all employee retirement plans for the benefit of Executive for the most recently ended fiscal year of Employer. In addition, Employer shall continue to provide coverage for Executive and his immediate family under any health insurance programs maintained by Employer for one (1) year; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the continuation of such health insurance is not permitted under the Employer's then current health insurance policy, then Employer agrees to pay Executive's premiums to continue such coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 ("COBRA") until the earlier of the date one (1) year from the date of termination, or the date such coverage otherwise terminates under COBRA, the period of health insurance continuation shall be credited against Executive's COBRA continuation rights and he will be required to complete all COBRA election and other forms. The payment of amounts under this subsection by Employer shall not offset or diminish any compensation or benefits accrued as of the date of termination.

4

(ii) Payment to Executive will be made on a monthly basis during the remaining term of this Agreement. At the election of Employer, payments may be made in a lump sum discounted to their present value using the prime rate of interest as of the date of termination. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the termination of employment by Employer.

(iii) If either Employer or the Bank is not in compliance with its minimum capital requirements or if the payments required under subsection (i) above would cause the capital of either Employer or the Bank to be reduced below its minimum capital requirements, such payments shall be deferred until such time as both Employer and the Bank are in capital compliance.

(d) CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION. If at any time during the term of this Agreement, except in connection with a termination pursuant to SECTION
4(h) (Change in Control) or SECTION 4(e) (Termination for Cause), Executive is Constructively Discharged (as hereinafter defined), then Executive shall have the right, by written notice given to Employer not later than thirty (30) days after such Constructive Discharge, to terminate his services hereunder, effective as of thirty (30) days after the date of such notice, and Executive shall have no rights or obligations under this Agreement other than as provided in SECTION 3 (Confidentiality and Loyalty) and SECTION 5 (Non-Competition Covenant). In such event, Executive shall be entitled to a lump sum payment of compensation and continuation of the health insurance as if such termination of his employment were pursuant to SECTION 4(c) (Premature Termination by Employer).

For purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be "CONSTRUCTIVELY DISCHARGED" upon the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(i) Executive is not re-elected or is removed from the positions with the Bank set forth in SECTION 1 (Position and Duties), other than as a result of Executive's election or appointment to positions of equal or superior scope and responsibility;

(ii) Executive shall fail to be vested by Employer with the powers, authority and support services of any of said offices; or

(iii) Employer otherwise commits a material breach of its obligations under this Agreement.

(e) TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. This Agreement may be terminated for cause as hereinafter defined. "CAUSE" shall mean: (i) Executive's death;
(ii) Executive's "PERMANENT DISABILITY," which shall mean Executive's inability, as a result of physical or mental incapacity, substantially to perform his duties hereunder for a period of six (6) consecutive months; (iii) a material violation by Executive of any applicable material law or regulation respecting the business of Employer or the Bank; (iv) Executive being found guilty of a felony or an act of dishonesty in connection with the performance of his duties as an officer of Employer or the Bank, or which disqualifies Executive from serving as an officer or director of Employer or the Bank; (v) the willful or negligent failure of Executive to perform

5

his duties hereunder in any material respect; (vi) Executive engages in one or more unsafe or unsound banking practices that have a material adverse effect on the Bank; or (vii) Executive is removed or suspended from banking pursuant to
Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the "FDIA"), or any other applicable state or federal law. Executive shall be entitled to at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice of Employer's intention to terminate his employment for any cause (except Executive's death) specifying the grounds for such termination, a reasonable opportunity to cure any conduct or act, if curable, alleged as grounds for such termination, and a reasonable opportunity to present to the Executive Committee his position regarding any dispute relating to the existence of such cause. In the event of a dispute regarding Executive's Permanent Disability, each of Executive and Employer shall choose a physician who together will choose a third physician to make a final determination thereof. Upon a termination of Executive's employment with Employer for Cause, then Employer shall only be required to pay Executive his Base Compensation as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination, and Employer shall not be obligated to pay any performance bonus with respect to the then current fiscal year of Employer, or have any further obligations to Executive.

(f) PAYMENTS UPON DEATH. In the event payments are due and owing under this Agreement at the death of Executive, payment shall be made to such beneficiary as Executive may designate in writing, or failing such designation, to the executor of his estate, in full settlement and satisfaction of all claims and demands on behalf of Executive. Such payments shall be in addition to any other death benefits of Employer for the benefit of Executive and in full settlement and satisfaction of all payments provided for in this Agreement.

(g) PAYMENTS PRIOR TO PERMANENT DISABILITY. Executive shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement for any period during the term of this Agreement and prior to the establishment of Executive's Permanent Disability. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, until the date specified in a notice of termination relating to Executive's Permanent Disability, Executive shall be entitled to return to his positions with the Bank as set forth in this Agreement in which event no Permanent Disability of Executive will be deemed to have occurred.

(h) PAYMENTS UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(i) In the event of a Change in Control (as defined below) of Employer and the termination of Executive's employment under either A or B below, Executive shall be entitled to receive in lieu of any other payments provided for in this Agreement a lump sum payment equal to two (2) times the sum of: (A) Executive's Base Compensation at the annual rate then payable to Executive; (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual performance bonuses paid to Executive during the most recent three (3) fiscal years of Employer; and
(C) an amount equal to the contributions made or credited by Employer under all employee retirement plans for the benefit of Executive for the most recently ended fiscal year of Employer; such lump sum amount to be paid within five (5) business days of Executive's termination. In addition, Employer shall continue to provide

6

coverage for Executive and his immediate family under any health insurance programs maintained by Employer for two (2) years; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the continuation of such health insurance is not permitted under the Employer's then current health insurance policy, then Employer agrees to pay Executive's premiums to continue such coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 ("COBRA") until such coverage terminates under COBRA, the period of continuation hereunder shall be credited against Executive's continuation rights, and he will be required to complete all COBRA election and other forms. Payments under this Section shall be subject to the limits of
SECTION 4(h)(iii). The following shall constitute termination of Executive's employment within the meaning of this SECTION 4(h):

A. Executive terminates his employment under this Agreement by a written notice to that effect delivered to the Board of Directors of the Employer (the "BOARD") within six (6) months after the Change in Control.

B. The Executive is terminated by Employer or its successor without Cause (as defined in SECTION 4(e)) within one (1) year after the Change in Control.

(ii) For purposes of this Section, the term "CHANGE IN CONTROL" shall mean the following:

A. The consummation of the acquisition by any person (as such term is defined in Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 ACT")) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of thirty-three percent (33%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Employer;

B. The individuals who, as of the date hereof, are members of the Board cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, unless the election, or nomination for election by the stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of a majority of the Board, and such new director shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be considered as a member of the Board; or

C. Consummation of: (1) a merger or consolidation to which Employer is a party if the stockholders immediately before such merger or consolidation do not, as a result of such merger or consolidation, own, directly or indirectly, more than sixty-seven percent (67%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the entity resulting from such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the combined voting power of Employer's voting securities outstanding immediately before such merger or consolidation; or (2) a complete liquidation or dissolution or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Employer or the Bank.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because thirty-three percent (33%) or more of the combined voting power of Employer's then outstanding securities is acquired by: (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under one or more employee benefit plans maintained for employees of the entity; or (2) any

7

corporation which, immediately prior to such acquisition, is owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders in the same proportion as their ownership of stock immediately prior to such acquisition.

(iii) It is the intention of Employer and Executive that no portion of any payment under this Agreement, or payments to or for the benefit of Executive under any other agreement or plan, be deemed to be an "EXCESS PARACHUTE PAYMENT" as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"), or its successors. It is agreed that the present value of and payments to or for the benefit of Executive in the nature of compensation, receipt of which is contingent on the Change in Control of Employer, and to which Section 280G of the Code applies (in the aggregate "TOTAL PAYMENTS") shall not exceed an amount equal to one dollar ($1.00) less than the maximum amount which Employer may pay without loss of deduction under Section 280G(a) of the Code. Present value for purposes of this Agreement shall be calculated in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code. Within ninety (90) days following the earlier of the giving of the notice of termination or the giving of notice by Employer to Executive of its belief that there is a payment or benefit due Executive which will result in an excess parachute payment as defined in Section 280G of the Code, Executive and Employer, at Employer's expense, shall obtain the opinion of such legal counsel and certified public accountants as Executive may choose (notwithstanding the fact that such persons have acted or may also be acting as the legal counsel or certified public accountants for Employer), which opinions need not be unqualified, which sets forth (A) the amount of the includable compensation of Executive for the base period, as determined under Section 280G of the Code, (B) the present value of Total Payments and (C) the amount and present value of any excess parachute payments. In the event that such opinions determine that there would be an excess parachute payment, the payment hereunder or any other payment determined by such counsel to be includable in Total Payments shall be modified, reduced or eliminated as specified by Executive in writing delivered to Employer within sixty (60) days of his receipt of such opinions or, if Executive fails to so notify Employer, then as Employer shall reasonably determine, so that under the bases of calculation set forth in such opinions there will be no excess parachute payment. The provisions of this subsection, including the calculations, notices and opinions provided for herein shall be based upon the conclusive presumption that (x) the compensation and benefits provided for in
SECTION 2 (Compensation) and (y) any other compensation earned by Executive pursuant to Employer's compensation programs which would have been paid in any event, are reasonable compensation for services rendered, even though the timing of such payment is triggered by the Change in Control; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event such legal counsel so requests in connection with the opinion required by this subsection, Executive and Employer shall obtain, at Employer's expense, and the legal counsel may rely on in providing the opinion, the advice of a firm of recognized executive compensation consultants as to the reasonableness of any item of compensation to be received by Executive. In the event that the provisions of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code are repealed without succession, this subsection shall be of no further force or effect.

8

(i) REGULATORY SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION.

(i) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of Employer or the Bank by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)(3)) or 8(g) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(g)) of the FDIA, Employer's obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, Employer may in its discretion: (A) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while their contract obligations were suspended; and (B) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended.

(ii) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of Employer or the Bank by an order issued under Section 8(e) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)) or 8(g) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(g)) of the FDIA, all obligations of Employer under this contract shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

(iii) If either Employer or the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x) (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(x)(1)) of the FDIA, all obligations of Employer under this contract shall terminate as of the date of default, but this subsection shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(iv) All obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the institution by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"), at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of Employer or the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)) of the FDIA, or when Employer or the Bank is determined by the FDIC to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(v) All obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (A) by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC") at the time that the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)) of the FDIA; or (B) by the OCC at the time that the OCC approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the OCC to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(vi) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) (12 U.S.C. Section828(k)) of the FDIA.

9

SECTION 5. NON-COMPETITION COVENANT.

(a) RESTRICTIVE COVENANT. Employer and Executive have jointly reviewed the customer lists and operations of Employer and the Bank and have agreed that the primary service area of the lending and deposit taking functions of Employer or the Bank in which Executive has participated and will continue to actively participate extends to an area which encompasses a fifty (50) mile radius from each of the offices of Employer and the Bank (the "RESTRICTIVE AREA"). Therefore, as an essential ingredient of and in consideration of this Agreement and the payment of the amounts described in SECTION 2 (Compensation), Executive hereby agrees that, except with the express prior written consent of Employer, for a period of one (1) year after the termination of Executive's employment with Employer (the "RESTRICTIVE PERIOD"), he will not directly or indirectly compete with the business of Employer or the Bank, including, but not by way of limitation, by directly or indirectly owning, managing, operating, controlling, financing, or by directly or indirectly serving as an employee, officer or director of or consultant to, or by soliciting or inducing, or attempting to solicit or induce, any employee or agent of Employer or the Bank to terminate employment with Employer and become employed by any person, firm, partnership, corporation, trust or other entity which owns or operates, a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or similar financial institution (a "FINANCIAL INSTITUTION") within the Restrictive Area (the "RESTRICTIVE COVENANT"). If Executive violates the Restrictive Covenant and Employer or the Bank brings legal action for injunctive or other relief, Employer or the Bank shall not, as a result of the time involved in obtaining such relief, be deprived of the benefit of the full period of the Restrictive Covenant. Accordingly, the Restrictive Covenant shall be deemed to have the duration specified in this Section 5(a) computed from the date the relief is granted but reduced by the time between the period when the Restrictive Period began to run and the date of the first violation of the Restrictive Covenant by Executive. In the event that a successor assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement, this Restrictive Covenant shall continue to apply only to the Restrictive Area as it existed immediately before such assumption and shall not apply to any of the successor's other offices. The foregoing Restrictive Covenant shall not prohibit Executive from owning directly or indirectly capital stock or similar securities which are listed on a securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq which do not represent more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of any Financial Institution.

(b) REMEDIES FOR BREACH OF RESTRICTIVE COVENANT. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in SECTION 3 (Confidentiality and Loyalty) and SECTION 5 (Non-Competition Covenant) of this Agreement are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the legitimate business interests of Employer and the Bank, that any violation of these restrictions would cause substantial injury to Employer and the Bank and such interests, that Employer would not have entered into this Agreement with Executive without receiving the additional consideration offered by Executive in binding himself to these restrictions and that such restrictions were a material inducement to Employer to enter into this Agreement. In the event of any violation or threatened violation of these restrictions, Employer and the Bank, in addition to and not in limitation of, any other rights, remedies or damages available to Employer and the Bank under this Agreement or otherwise at law or in equity, shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent or restrain any such violation by

10

Executive and any and all persons directly or indirectly acting for or with him, as the case may be.

SECTION 6. INTERCORPORATE TRANSFERS. If Executive shall be voluntarily transferred to an affiliate of Employer, such transfer shall not be deemed to terminate or modify this Agreement and the employing corporation to which Executive shall have been transferred shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, be construed as standing in the same place and stead as Employer as of the date of such transfer.

SECTION 7. INTEREST IN ASSETS. Neither Executive nor his estate shall acquire hereunder any rights in funds or assets of Employer or the Bank, otherwise than by and through the actual payment of amounts payable hereunder; nor shall Executive or his estate have any power to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate or otherwise encumber in advance any of said payments; nor shall any of such payments be subject to seizure for the payment of any debt, judgment, alimony, separate maintenance or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise of Executive.

SECTION 8. INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) INSURANCE. Employer shall provide Executive (including his heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators) for the term of this Agreement with coverage under a standard directors' and officers' liability insurance policy at its expense.

(b) HOLD HARMLESS. In addition to the insurance coverage provided for in this Section, Employer shall hold harmless and indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been an officer of Employer or the Bank (whether or not he continues to be an officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys' fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

(c) ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. In the event Executive becomes a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any action, suit or proceeding for which Employer has agreed to provide insurance coverage or indemnification under this Section, Employer shall, to the full extent permitted under applicable law, advance all expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (collectively "EXPENSES") incurred by Executive in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, subject to receipt by Employer of a written undertaking from Executive: (i) to reimburse Employer for all Expenses actually paid by Employer to or on behalf of Executive in the event it shall be ultimately determined that Executive is not entitled to indemnification by Employer for such Expenses; and (ii) to assign to Employer all rights of Executive to indemnification, under any policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance or otherwise, to the extent of the amount of Expenses actually paid by Employer to or on behalf of Executive.

11

SECTION 9. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

(a) SUCCESSORS; ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive, Employer and his and its respective personal representatives, successors and assigns, and any successor or assign of Employer shall be deemed the "EMPLOYER" hereunder. Employer shall require any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Employer, whether directly or indirectly, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as Employer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Executive further agrees that the Bank is an intended beneficiary of the Executive's obligations under SECTION 3 (Confidentiality and Loyalty) and
SECTION 5 (Non-Competition Covenant) and the same may be enforced by the Bank in the same manner, and to the same extent, as the same is enforceable hereunder by Employer.

(b) ENTIRE AGREEMENT; MODIFICATIONS. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, undertakings, agreements and arrangements with respect thereto, whether written or oral. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by written agreement signed by Executive and Employer.

(c) ENFORCEMENT AND GOVERNING LAW. The provisions of this Agreement shall be regarded as divisible and separate; if any of said provisions should be declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be construed and the legal relations of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Kansas without reference to the law regarding conflicts of law.

(d) ARBITRATION. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Bank's main office, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid through the date of termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

(e) LEGAL FEES. All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Employer or Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the party who or which is not successful on the merits pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

12

(f) WAIVER. No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party, shall be deemed a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

(g) NOTICES. Notices pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when received; and, if mailed, shall be mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; and if to Employer, addressed to the principal headquarters of Employer, attention: Chairman; or, if to Executive, to the address set forth below Executive's signature on this Agreement, or to such other address as the party to be notified shall have given to the other.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.                      MICHAEL E. SCHEOPNER


By:
     ---------------------------              ---------------------------------
     Name:
          ----------------------              ---------------------------------
     Title:
           ---------------------              ---------------------------------
                                                         (Address)

13

Exhibit 10.5

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT"), is made and entered into between LANDMARK BANCSHARES, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("EMPLOYER"), and DEAN R. THIBAULT ("EXECUTIVE") and shall be effective immediately upon the consummation of the merger of MNB Bancshares, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Landmark Bancshares, Inc., a Kansas corporation, and Landmark Merger Company, a Delaware corporation (the "EFFECTIVE DATE").

RECITALS

A. Executive currently serves as Executive Vice President and Manhattan Bank Manager of Security National Bank, a national banking association with its main office located in Manhattan, Kansas, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Employer (the "BANK"), and Employer desires Executive to continue to serve in such capacities.

B. Employer and Executive have made commitments to each other on a variety of important issues concerning Executive's continued employment, including the performance that will be expected of Executive, the compensation that Executive will be paid, how long and under what circumstances Executive will remain employed and the financial details relating to any decision that either Executive or Employer might ever make to terminate this Agreement.

C. Employer recognizes that circumstances may arise in which a change in control of Employer or the Bank through acquisition or otherwise may occur thereby causing uncertainty of employment without regard to the competence or past contributions of Executive which uncertainty may result in the loss of valuable services of Executive and Employer and Executive wish to provide reasonable security to Executive against changes in the employment relationship in the event of any such change in control.

D. Employer and Executive believe that the commitments they have made to each other should be memorialized in writing, and that is the purpose of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, it is covenanted and agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

AGREEMENTS

SECTION 1. POSITION AND DUTIES. Employer hereby employs Executive as Executive Vice President and Manhattan Bank Manager of the Bank. During the period of Executive's employment hereunder, Executive shall devote his best efforts and full business time, energy, skills and attention to the business and affairs of the Bank. Executive's duties and authority shall consist of and include all duties and authority customarily performed and held by persons holding equivalent positions with business organizations similar in nature and size to the Bank, as such duties and authority are reasonably defined, modified and delegated from time to time


by the Boards of Directors of the Bank. Executive shall have the powers necessary to perform the duties assigned to him and shall be provided such supporting services, staff, secretarial and other assistance, office space and accoutrements as shall be reasonably necessary and appropriate in the light of such assigned duties. Except as the context may clearly require otherwise, all references in this Agreement to "Employer," shall include both Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and the Bank.

SECTION 2. COMPENSATION. As compensation for the services to be provided by Executive hereunder, Executive shall receive the following compensation, expense reimbursement and other benefits:

(a) BASE COMPENSATION. Executive shall receive an aggregate annual minimum base salary at the rate of Eighty-Five Thousand Dollars ($85,000) payable in installments in accordance with the regular payroll schedule of the Bank. Such base salary shall be subject to review annually commencing in the year 2002 and such salary shall be maintained or increased during the term hereof in accordance with Employer's established management compensation policies and plans (as the same may be adjusted, "BASE COMPENSATION"). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Employer shall be entitled in its sole and absolute discretion to allocate between Employer and the Bank the amount of Base Compensation payable to Executive and to cause all or any of such Base Compensation or any other benefits payable or to be provided to Executive under the terms of this Agreement to be paid or provided directly by the Bank to Executive.

(b) PERFORMANCE BONUS. Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual performance bonus, payable within ninety (90) days after the end of the fiscal year of Employer, which shall be based upon performance criteria mutually agreed upon by Executive and the Executive Committee of the Bank's Board of Directors (the "EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE"), and which shall not be deemed earned, in whole or in part, until such time as the amount of such bonus is determined by the Executive Committee. The amount (if any) of and the form of payment (I.E., cash, stock options, stock grants or any combination thereof) shall be determined by the Executive Committee.

(c) AUTOMOBILE. Employer shall provide an automobile for Executive's use in the performance of his duties hereunder and shall pay all expenses for maintenance, repairs and insurance relating to that automobile, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Executive shall pay for all fuel charges and be reimbursed for business-related fuel expenses in accordance with the Employer's policy regarding such reimbursements. Executive shall report his business and personal use of the automobile in conformity with policies adopted by Employer and his personal use shall be reflected annually on the IRS Form W-2 of Executive as additional compensation for income tax purposes.

(d) CLUB MEMBERSHIP. Employer shall pay the Executive's monthly membership dues at his current country club. If Executive changes country clubs, reimbursement hereunder shall be subject to the Executive Committee's prior written approval of the change to a new country club.

2

(e) VACATIONS. Executive shall be entitled to an annual vacation in accordance with the vacation policy of Employer, which vacation shall be taken at a time or times mutually agreeable to Employer and Executive.

(f) OTHER BENEFITS. Executive shall be entitled to all benefits specifically established for him and, when and to the extent he is eligible therefor, to participate in all plans and benefits generally accorded to senior executives of Employer and the Bank, including, but not limited to, pension, profit-sharing, supplemental retirement, incentive compensation, bonus, disability income, split-dollar life insurance, group life, medical and hospitalization insurance, and similar or comparable plans, and also to perquisites extended to senior executives, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such plans, benefits and perquisites shall be no less than those made available to all other employees of Employer and the Bank.

(g) REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES. Executive shall be reimbursed, upon submission of appropriate vouchers and supporting documentation, for all travel, entertainment and other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in the performance of his duties hereunder, and he shall be entitled to attend seminars, conferences and meetings relating to the business of Employer consistent with Employer's established policies in that regard.

(h) WITHHOLDING. Employer shall be entitled to withhold from amounts payable to Executive hereunder, any federal, state or local withholding or other taxes or charges which it is from time to time required to withhold. Employer shall be entitled to rely upon the opinion of its legal counsel with regard to any question concerning the amount or requirement of any such withholding.

SECTION 3. CONFIDENTIALITY AND LOYALTY. Executive acknowledges that during the course of his employment he may produce and have access to material, records, data, trade secrets and information not generally available to the public regarding Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION"). Accordingly, during and subsequent to termination of this Agreement, Executive agrees to hold in confidence and not directly or indirectly disclose, use, copy or make lists of any Confidential Information, except to the extent that such information is or thereafter becomes lawfully available from public sources, or such disclosure is authorized in writing by Employer, required by a law or any competent administrative agency or judicial authority, or otherwise as reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with performance by Executive of his duties hereunder. All records, files, documents and other materials or copies thereof relating to the respective businesses of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates that Executive shall prepare or use, shall be and remain the sole property of Employer, and other than in connection with performance by Executive of his duties hereunder, shall not be removed from the premises of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates without Employer's written consent, and shall be promptly returned to Employer upon termination of Executive's employment hereunder. Executive agrees to abide by Employer's reasonable policies, as in effect from time to time, respecting avoidance of interests conflicting with those of Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates. For purposes of this Agreement, an affiliate of Employer shall mean any

3

corporation, partnership, bank, association, limited liability company, trust or other business entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Employer.

SECTION 4. TERM AND TERMINATION.

(a) TERM. Executive's employment hereunder shall be for a term of one (1) year commencing the Effective Date, and shall automatically extend for one (1) additional year on each subsequent anniversary of the Effective Date (the "AUTOMATIC EXTENSION"), unless the Automatic Extension is terminated by either party effective by written notice to that effect delivered to the other not less than ninety (90) days prior to such anniversary of the Effective Date. If the Automatic Extension is terminated, then Executive's employment hereunder shall terminate as of the last day of the then current one (1) year period.

(b) VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE. If Executive voluntarily terminates his employment under this Agreement, other than pursuant to SECTION 4(d) (Constructive Termination) or SECTION 4(h) (Change in Control), then Employer shall only be required to pay Executive his Base Compensation as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination, and Employer shall not be obligated to pay any performance bonus with respect to the then current fiscal year of Employer nor shall Employer have any further obligations to Executive.

(c) PREMATURE TERMINATION BY EMPLOYER.

(i) In the event of the termination of this Agreement by Employer prior to the last day of the then current term for any reason other than a termination in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 4(h) (Change in Control) or SECTION 4(e) (Termination for Cause), then notwithstanding any mitigation of damages by Executive, Employer shall pay Executive an amount equal to the sum of: (A) Executive's Base Compensation at the annual rate then payable to Executive; (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual performance bonuses paid to Executive during the most recent three (3) fiscal years of Employer; and (C) an amount equal to the contributions made or credited by Employer under all employee retirement plans for the benefit of Executive for the most recently ended fiscal year of Employer. In addition, Employer shall continue to provide coverage for Executive and his immediate family under any health insurance programs maintained by Employer for one (1) year; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the continuation of such health insurance is not permitted under the Employer's then current health insurance policy, then Employer agrees to pay Executive's premiums to continue such coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 ("COBRA") until the earlier of the date one (1) year from the date of termination, or the date such coverage otherwise terminates under COBRA, the period of health insurance continuation shall be credited against Executive's COBRA continuation rights and he will be required to complete all COBRA election and other forms. The payment of amounts under this subsection by Employer shall not offset or diminish any compensation or benefits accrued as of the date of termination.

4

(ii) Payment to Executive will be made on a monthly basis during the remaining term of this Agreement. At the election of Employer, payments may be made in a lump sum discounted to their present value using the prime rate of interest as of the date of termination. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the termination of employment by Employer.

(iii) If either Employer or the Bank is not in compliance with its minimum capital requirements or if the payments required under subsection (i) above would cause the capital of either Employer or the Bank to be reduced below its minimum capital requirements, such payments shall be deferred until such time as both Employer and the Bank are in capital compliance.

(d) CONSTRUCTIVE TERMINATION. If at any time during the term of this Agreement, except in connection with a termination pursuant to SECTION 4(h) (Change in Control) or SECTION 4(e) (Termination for Cause), Executive is Constructively Discharged (as hereinafter defined), then Executive shall have the right, by written notice given to Employer not later than thirty (30) days after such Constructive Discharge, to terminate his services hereunder, effective as of thirty (30) days after the date of such notice, and Executive shall have no rights or obligations under this Agreement other than as provided in SECTION 3 (Confidentiality and Loyalty) and SECTION 5 (Non-Competition Covenant). In such event, Executive shall be entitled to a lump sum payment of compensation and continuation of the health insurance as if such termination of his employment were pursuant to SECTION 4(c) (Premature Termination by Employer).

For purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be "CONSTRUCTIVELY DISCHARGED" upon the occurrence of any one of the following events:

(i) Executive is not re-elected or is removed from the positions with the Bank set forth in SECTION 1 (Position and Duties), other than as a result of Executive's election or appointment to positions of equal or superior scope and responsibility;

(ii) Executive shall fail to be vested by Employer with the powers, authority and support services of any of said offices; or

(iii) Employer otherwise commits a material breach of its obligations under this Agreement.

(e) TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. This Agreement may be terminated for cause as hereinafter defined. "CAUSE" shall mean: (i) Executive's death; (ii) Executive's "PERMANENT DISABILITY," which shall mean Executive's inability, as a result of physical or mental incapacity, substantially to perform his duties hereunder for a period of six (6) consecutive months; (iii) a material violation by Executive of any applicable material law or regulation respecting the business of Employer or the Bank; (iv) Executive being found guilty of a felony or an act of dishonesty in connection with the performance of his duties as an officer of Employer or the Bank, or which disqualifies Executive from serving as an officer or director of Employer or the Bank; (v) the willful or negligent failure of Executive to perform

5

his duties hereunder in any material respect; (vi) Executive engages in one or more unsafe or unsound banking practices that have a material adverse effect on the Bank; or (vii) Executive is removed or suspended from banking pursuant to
Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (the "FDIA"), or any other applicable state or federal law. Executive shall be entitled to at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice of Employer's intention to terminate his employment for any cause (except Executive's death) specifying the grounds for such termination, a reasonable opportunity to cure any conduct or act, if curable, alleged as grounds for such termination, and a reasonable opportunity to present to the Executive Committee his position regarding any dispute relating to the existence of such cause. In the event of a dispute regarding Executive's Permanent Disability, each of Executive and Employer shall choose a physician who together will choose a third physician to make a final determination thereof. Upon a termination of Executive's employment with Employer for Cause, then Employer shall only be required to pay Executive his Base Compensation as shall have accrued through the effective date of such termination, and Employer shall not be obligated to pay any performance bonus with respect to the then current fiscal year of Employer, or have any further obligations to Executive.

(f) PAYMENTS UPON DEATH. In the event payments are due and owing under this Agreement at the death of Executive, payment shall be made to such beneficiary as Executive may designate in writing, or failing such designation, to the executor of his estate, in full settlement and satisfaction of all claims and demands on behalf of Executive. Such payments shall be in addition to any other death benefits of Employer for the benefit of Executive and in full settlement and satisfaction of all payments provided for in this Agreement.

(g) PAYMENTS PRIOR TO PERMANENT DISABILITY. Executive shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits provided for under this Agreement for any period during the term of this Agreement and prior to the establishment of Executive's Permanent Disability. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, until the date specified in a notice of termination relating to Executive's Permanent Disability, Executive shall be entitled to return to his positions with the Bank as set forth in this Agreement in which event no Permanent Disability of Executive will be deemed to have occurred.

(h) PAYMENTS UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL.

(i) In the event of a Change in Control (as defined below) of Employer and the termination of Executive's employment under either A or B below, Executive shall be entitled to receive in lieu of any other payments provided for in this Agreement a lump sum payment equal to two (2) times the sum of: (A) Executive's Base Compensation at the annual rate then payable to Executive; (B) an amount equal to the average of the annual performance bonuses paid to Executive during the most recent three (3) fiscal years of Employer; and
(C) an amount equal to the contributions made or credited by Employer under all employee retirement plans for the benefit of Executive for the most recently ended fiscal year of Employer; such lump sum amount to be paid within five (5) business days of Executive's termination. In addition, Employer shall continue to provide

6

coverage for Executive and his immediate family under any health insurance programs maintained by Employer for two (2) years; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the continuation of such health insurance is not permitted under the Employer's then current health insurance policy, then Employer agrees to pay Executive's premiums to continue such coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 ("COBRA") until such coverage terminates under COBRA, the period of continuation hereunder shall be credited against Executive's continuation rights, and he will be required to complete all COBRA election and other forms. Payments under this Section shall be subject to the limits of
SECTION 4(h)(iii). The following shall constitute termination of Executive's employment within the meaning of this SECTION 4(h):

A. Executive terminates his employment under this Agreement by a written notice to that effect delivered to the Board of Directors of the Employer (the "BOARD") within six (6) months after the Change in Control.

B. The Executive is terminated by Employer or its successor without Cause (as defined in SECTION 4(e)) within one (1) year after the Change in Control.

(ii) For purposes of this Section, the term "CHANGE IN CONTROL" shall mean the following:

A. The consummation of the acquisition by any person (as such term is defined in Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 ACT")) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of thirty-three percent (33%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Employer;

B. The individuals who, as of the date hereof, are members of the Board cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, unless the election, or nomination for election by the stockholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of a majority of the Board, and such new director shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be considered as a member of the Board; or

C. Consummation of: (1) a merger or consolidation to which Employer is a party if the stockholders immediately before such merger or consolidation do not, as a result of such merger or consolidation, own, directly or indirectly, more than sixty-seven percent (67%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the entity resulting from such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the combined voting power of Employer's voting securities outstanding immediately before such merger or consolidation; or (2) a complete liquidation or dissolution or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Employer or the Bank.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because thirty-three percent (33%) or more of the combined voting power of Employer's then outstanding securities is acquired by: (1) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under one or more employee benefit plans maintained for employees of the entity; or (2) any

7

corporation which, immediately prior to such acquisition, is owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders in the same proportion as their ownership of stock immediately prior to such acquisition.

(iii) It is the intention of Employer and Executive that no portion of any payment under this Agreement, or payments to or for the benefit of Executive under any other agreement or plan, be deemed to be an "EXCESS PARACHUTE PAYMENT" as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"), or its successors. It is agreed that the present value of and payments to or for the benefit of Executive in the nature of compensation, receipt of which is contingent on the Change in Control of Employer, and to which Section 280G of the Code applies (in the aggregate "TOTAL PAYMENTS") shall not exceed an amount equal to one dollar ($1.00) less than the maximum amount which Employer may pay without loss of deduction under Section 280G(a) of the Code. Present value for purposes of this Agreement shall be calculated in accordance with Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code. Within ninety (90) days following the earlier of the giving of the notice of termination or the giving of notice by Employer to Executive of its belief that there is a payment or benefit due Executive which will result in an excess parachute payment as defined in Section 280G of the Code, Executive and Employer, at Employer's expense, shall obtain the opinion of such legal counsel and certified public accountants as Executive may choose (notwithstanding the fact that such persons have acted or may also be acting as the legal counsel or certified public accountants for Employer), which opinions need not be unqualified, which sets forth (A) the amount of the includable compensation of Executive for the base period, as determined under Section 280G of the Code, (B) the present value of Total Payments and (C) the amount and present value of any excess parachute payments. In the event that such opinions determine that there would be an excess parachute payment, the payment hereunder or any other payment determined by such counsel to be includable in Total Payments shall be modified, reduced or eliminated as specified by Executive in writing delivered to Employer within sixty (60) days of his receipt of such opinions or, if Executive fails to so notify Employer, then as Employer shall reasonably determine, so that under the bases of calculation set forth in such opinions there will be no excess parachute payment. The provisions of this subsection, including the calculations, notices and opinions provided for herein shall be based upon the conclusive presumption that (x) the compensation and benefits provided for in
SECTION 2 (Compensation) and (y) any other compensation earned by Executive pursuant to Employer's compensation programs which would have been paid in any event, are reasonable compensation for services rendered, even though the timing of such payment is triggered by the Change in Control; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event such legal counsel so requests in connection with the opinion required by this subsection, Executive and Employer shall obtain, at Employer's expense, and the legal counsel may rely on in providing the opinion, the advice of a firm of recognized executive compensation consultants as to the reasonableness of any item of compensation to be received by Executive. In the event that the provisions of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code are repealed without succession, this subsection shall be of no further force or effect.

8

(i) REGULATORY SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION.

(i) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of Employer or the Bank by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)(3)) or 8(g) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(g)) of the FDIA, Employer's obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, Employer may in its discretion: (A) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while their contract obligations were suspended; and (B) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of the obligations which were suspended.

(ii) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the affairs of Employer or the Bank by an order issued under Section 8(e) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(e)) or 8(g) (12 U.S.C. Section 1818(g)) of the FDIA, all obligations of Employer under this contract shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

(iii) If either Employer or the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x) (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(x)(1)) of the FDIA, all obligations of Employer under this contract shall terminate as of the date of default, but this subsection shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(iv) All obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the institution by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"), at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of Employer or the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)) of the FDIA, or when Employer or the Bank is determined by the FDIC to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(v) All obligations of Employer under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (A) by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC") at the time that the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. Section 1823(c)) of the FDIA; or (B) by the OCC at the time that the OCC approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the OCC to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(vi) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) (12 U.S.C. Section828(k)) of the FDIA.

9

SECTION 5. NON-COMPETITION COVENANT.

(a) RESTRICTIVE COVENANT. Employer and Executive have jointly reviewed the customer lists and operations of Employer and the Bank and have agreed that the primary service area of the lending and deposit taking functions of Employer or the Bank in which Executive has participated and will continue to actively participate extends to an area which encompasses a fifty (50) mile radius from each of the offices of Employer and the Bank (the "RESTRICTIVE AREA"). Therefore, as an essential ingredient of and in consideration of this Agreement and the payment of the amounts described in SECTION 2 (Compensation), Executive hereby agrees that, except with the express prior written consent of Employer, for a period of one (1) year after the termination of Executive's employment with Employer (the "RESTRICTIVE PERIOD"), he will not directly or indirectly compete with the business of Employer or the Bank, including, but not by way of limitation, by directly or indirectly owning, managing, operating, controlling, financing, or by directly or indirectly serving as an employee, officer or director of or consultant to, or by soliciting or inducing, or attempting to solicit or induce, any employee or agent of Employer or the Bank to terminate employment with Employer and become employed by any person, firm, partnership, corporation, trust or other entity which owns or operates, a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or similar financial institution (a "FINANCIAL INSTITUTION") within the Restrictive Area (the "RESTRICTIVE COVENANT"). If Executive violates the Restrictive Covenant and Employer or the Bank brings legal action for injunctive or other relief, Employer or the Bank shall not, as a result of the time involved in obtaining such relief, be deprived of the benefit of the full period of the Restrictive Covenant. Accordingly, the Restrictive Covenant shall be deemed to have the duration specified in this Section 5(a) computed from the date the relief is granted but reduced by the time between the period when the Restrictive Period began to run and the date of the first violation of the Restrictive Covenant by Executive. In the event that a successor assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement, this Restrictive Covenant shall continue to apply only to the Restrictive Area as it existed immediately before such assumption and shall not apply to any of the successor's other offices. The foregoing Restrictive Covenant shall not prohibit Executive from owning directly or indirectly capital stock or similar securities which are listed on a securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq which do not represent more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of any Financial Institution.

(b) REMEDIES FOR BREACH OF RESTRICTIVE COVENANT. Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in SECTION 3 (Confidentiality and Loyalty) and SECTION 5 (Non-Competition Covenant) of this Agreement are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the legitimate business interests of Employer and the Bank, that any violation of these restrictions would cause substantial injury to Employer and the Bank and such interests, that Employer would not have entered into this Agreement with Executive without receiving the additional consideration offered by Executive in binding himself to these restrictions and that such restrictions were a material inducement to Employer to enter into this Agreement. In the event of any violation or threatened violation of these restrictions, Employer and the Bank, in addition to and not in limitation of, any other rights, remedies or damages available to Employer and the Bank under this Agreement or otherwise at law or in equity, shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent or restrain any such violation by

10

Executive and any and all persons directly or indirectly acting for or with him, as the case may be.

SECTION 6. INTERCORPORATE TRANSFERS. If Executive shall be voluntarily transferred to an affiliate of Employer, such transfer shall not be deemed to terminate or modify this Agreement and the employing corporation to which Executive shall have been transferred shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, be construed as standing in the same place and stead as Employer as of the date of such transfer.

SECTION 7. INTEREST IN ASSETS. Neither Executive nor his estate shall acquire hereunder any rights in funds or assets of Employer or the Bank, otherwise than by and through the actual payment of amounts payable hereunder; nor shall Executive or his estate have any power to transfer, assign, anticipate, hypothecate or otherwise encumber in advance any of said payments; nor shall any of such payments be subject to seizure for the payment of any debt, judgment, alimony, separate maintenance or be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy, insolvency or otherwise of Executive.

SECTION 8. INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) INSURANCE. Employer shall provide Executive (including his heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators) for the term of this Agreement with coverage under a standard directors' and officers' liability insurance policy at its expense.

(b) HOLD HARMLESS. In addition to the insurance coverage provided for in this Section, Employer shall hold harmless and indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been an officer of Employer or the Bank (whether or not he continues to be an officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys' fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

(c) ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. In the event Executive becomes a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any action, suit or proceeding for which Employer has agreed to provide insurance coverage or indemnification under this Section, Employer shall, to the full extent permitted under applicable law, advance all expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (collectively "EXPENSES") incurred by Executive in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, subject to receipt by Employer of a written undertaking from Executive: (i) to reimburse Employer for all Expenses actually paid by Employer to or on behalf of Executive in the event it shall be ultimately determined that Executive is not entitled to indemnification by Employer for such Expenses; and (ii) to assign to Employer all rights of Executive to indemnification, under any policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance or otherwise, to the extent of the amount of Expenses actually paid by Employer to or on behalf of Executive.

11

SECTION 9. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

(a) SUCCESSORS; ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive, Employer and his and its respective personal representatives, successors and assigns, and any successor or assign of Employer shall be deemed the "EMPLOYER" hereunder. Employer shall require any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of Employer, whether directly or indirectly, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as Employer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Executive further agrees that the Bank is an intended beneficiary of the Executive's obligations under SECTION 3 (Confidentiality and Loyalty) and
SECTION 5 (Non-Competition Covenant) and the same may be enforced by the Bank in the same manner, and to the same extent, as the same is enforceable hereunder by Employer.

(b) ENTIRE AGREEMENT; MODIFICATIONS. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, undertakings, agreements and arrangements with respect thereto, whether written or oral. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by written agreement signed by Executive and Employer.

(c) ENFORCEMENT AND GOVERNING LAW. The provisions of this Agreement shall be regarded as divisible and separate; if any of said provisions should be declared invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be construed and the legal relations of the parties hereto shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Kansas without reference to the law regarding conflicts of law.

(d) ARBITRATION. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the location of the Bank's main office, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid through the date of termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

(e) LEGAL FEES. All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Employer or Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the party who or which is not successful on the merits pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement.

12

(f) WAIVER. No waiver by either party at any time of any breach by the other party of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party, shall be deemed a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same time or any prior or subsequent time.

(g) NOTICES. Notices pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when received; and, if mailed, shall be mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; and if to Employer, addressed to the principal headquarters of Employer, attention: Chairman; or, if to Executive, to the address set forth below Executive's signature on this Agreement, or to such other address as the party to be notified shall have given to the other.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.                     DEAN R. THIBAULT


By:
     ---------------------------              ---------------------------------
     Name:
          ----------------------              ---------------------------------
     Title:
           ---------------------              ---------------------------------
                                                         (Address)

13

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2000

- OR -

|_| TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File Number: 0-23164

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

                  Kansas                                         48-1142260
--------------------------------------------              ----------------------
       (State or Other Jurisdiction of                         (I.R.S. Employer
      of Incorporation or Organization)                      Identification No.)

Central and Spruce Streets, Dodge City, Kansas                    67801
----------------------------------------------            ----------------------
   (Address of Principal Executive Offices)                     (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:              (316) 227-8111
                                                           ---------------------

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share
(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the past 12 months (or for such shorter period that Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

Issuer's voting stock trades on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol "LARK". The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the closing price of such stock as quoted on Nasdaq's National Market on December 15, 2000, was $15.3 million.

As of December 15, 2000, the issuer had 1,102,438 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

1. Part II -- Portions of the issuer's Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2000.

2. Part III -- Portions of issuer's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in January 2000.


PART I

Landmark Bancshares, Inc. (the "Registrant" or the "Company") may from time to time make written or oral "forward-looking statements", including statements contained in the Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (including this annual report on Form 10-K and the exhibits thereto), in its reports to stockholders and in other communications by the Company, which are made in good faith by the Company pursuant to the "safe harbor" provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of the Company's plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions, that are subject to change based on various important factors (some of which are beyond the Company's control). The following factors, among others, could cause the Company's financial performance to differ materially from the plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions expressed in such forward-looking statements: the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which the Company conducts operations; the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations; the timely development of and acceptance of new products and services of the Company and the perceived overall value of these products and services by users, including the features, pricing and quality compared to competitors' products and services; the willingness of users to substitute competitors' products and services for the Company's products and services; the success of the Company in gaining regulatory approval of its products and services, when required; the impact of changes in financial services' laws and regulations (including laws concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance); technological changes; changes in consumer spending and saving habits; and the success of the Company at managing these risks.

The Company cautions that this list of important factors is not exclusive. The Company does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company.

Item 1. Business

General

The Company is a unitary savings and loan holding company that was incorporated in November 1994 under the laws of the State of Kansas for the purpose of acquiring all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Landmark Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank"). This acquisition occurred in March of 1994. At that time the Bank simultaneously converted from a mutual to stock institution and sold all of its outstanding capital stock to the Company, and the Company made its initial public offering of common stock. As of September 30, 2000, the Company had total assets of $250.7 million, total deposits of $165.3 million, and stockholders' equity of $23.7 million or 9.4% of total assets under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). The Company's only subsidiary is the Bank.

2

The Bank is a federally chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Dodge City, Kansas and originally founded in 1920. The Bank's deposits are federally insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF"), as administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC").

The Company's primary activity is directing and planning the activities of the Bank, the Company's primary asset. At September 30, 2000, the remainder of the assets of the Company were maintained as deposits in the Bank or in the form of common stock of other banks. The Company engages in no other significant activities. As a result, references to the Company or Registrant generally refer to the Bank, unless the context indicates otherwise. In the discussion of regulation, except for the discussion of the regulation of the Company, all regulations apply to the Bank rather than the Company.

Registrant is primarily engaged in attracting deposits from the general public and using those funds to originate and sell real estate loans on one-to-four family residences and, to a lesser extent, to originate consumer and construction loans for its portfolio. Registrant also purchases one- to four-family residential loans. Registrant has offices in Garden City, Dodge City, Great Bend, LaCrosse, and Hoisington, Kansas, which are located in its primary market area of Ford, Finney, Barton, and Rush Counties in the State of Kansas. Registrant also has a loan origination office in the Kansas City area. In addition, Registrant invests in mortgage-related securities and investment securities. Registrant offers its customers fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans, as well as FHA/VA loans, commercial and consumer loans, including home equity and savings account loans. Adjustable-rate mortgage loans and 20-year fixed-rate mortgage loans are originated for retention in Registrant's portfolio while 30-year fixed-rate mortgage loans are sold into the secondary market. All consumer loans are retained in Registrant's portfolio.

The principal sources of funds for Registrant's lending activities are deposits and the amortization, repayment, and maturity of loans, mortgage-related securities, and investment securities. Principal sources of income are interest and fees on loans, mortgage-related securities, investment securities, and deposits held in other financial institutions. Registrant's principal expense is interest paid on deposits.

Market Area

The Kansas counties of Ford, Finney, Barton, and Rush are Registrant's primary market area. This area was founded on agriculture, which continues to play a major role in the economy. Predominant activities involve the wheat crop and feed lot operations. Dodge City, the location of Registrant's main office is known as the "Cowboy Capital of the World" and maintains a significant tourism industry. In the central part of Kansas, where Registrant has most of its branch offices, the oil industry is prevalent. The largest employment sector in Registrant's market area is agriculture. The market area of Registrant is largely dependent upon the agricultural, beef packing, and oil and gas industries. A downturn in any of these industries could have a negative impact on the results of operations of Registrant.

Lending Activities

General. Registrant's loan portfolio consists primarily of fixed and adjustable-rate mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residences and, to a lesser extent, consumer loans and construction loans. The portfolio also includes commercial real estate loans.

3

Analysis of Loan Portfolio. Set forth below is selected data relating to the composition of Registrant's loan portfolio by type of loan on the dates indicated:

                                                                        At September 30,
                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   2000                  1999                   1998                  1997               1996
                          ---------------------  ------------------  ----------------------  -------------------  ------------------
                               $          %           $        %           $          %           $         %          $         %
                              ---        ---         ---      ---         ---        ---         ---       ---        ---       ---
                                                                    (Dollars in Thousands)
Type of Loan: (1)
------------
Real estate loans
  Construction............$    857       0.45%   $  1,848     1.04%   $  1,386       0.79%   $  1,937      1.22%  $  1,130     0.87%
  Residential............. 156,370      81.66     138,613    77.94     132,077      75.59     125,961     79.64    105,195    80.98
  Commercial..............   9,331       4.87       9,050     5.09       4,937       2.83       2,666      1.69      1,852     1.43
  Second mortgage.........  10,403       5.43       9,716     5.46      10,072       5.76       9,986      6.31      8,140     6.27
Commercial business.......   7,034       3.67       6,531     3.67       8,579       4.91       4,050      2.56      3,601     2.77
Consumer:
  Savings account.........     488       0.25         660     0.37         588       0.34         574      0.36        555     0.43
  Home improvement........      --         --          --       --           -          -          --        --         --       --
  Automobile..............   8,074       4.22      12,269     6.90      17,623      10.08      13,310      8.42      9,784     7.53
  Other...................     488       0.25         650     0.37         837       0.48         968      0.61        643     0.49
                           -------     ------     -------   ------     -------     ------     -------    ------    -------   ------
  Gross loans............. 193,045     100.80     179,337   100.84     176,099     100.78     159,452    100.81    130,900   100.77
Less:
  Unamortized premiums
     (discounts) on
     loan purchases.......      30       0.02          35     0.02          31       0.02          30      0.02         47     0.04
  Loans in process........      --         --          --       --          24       0.01          (2)       --         --       --
  Deferred loan
     origination
     fees and costs.......    (184)     (0.10)       (214)   (0.12)       (284)     (0.16)       (348)    (0.22)      (304)   (0.23)
  Allowance for loan
     losses...............  (1,377)     (0.72)     (1,318)   (0.74)     (1,137)     (0.65)       (969)    (0.61)      (740)   (0.58)
                           -------     ------     -------   ------     -------     ------     -------   -------    -------   ------
  Total loans, net........$191,514     100.00%   $177,840   100.00%   $174,733     100.00%   $158,163    100.00%  $129,903   100.00%
                           =======     ======     =======   ======     =======     ======     =======   =======    =======   ======

(1) Includes loans classified as held for sale.

4

Loan Maturity. The following table sets forth the maturity of Registrant's loan portfolio at September 30, 2000. The table does not include prepayments or scheduled principal repayments. Prepayments and scheduled principal repayments on loans totaled $56.8 million, $74.1 million, and $68.3 million for the three years ended September 30, 2000, 1999, and 1998, respectively. Adjustable-rate mortgage loans are shown as maturing based on contractual maturities.

                                1-4 Family Other
                             Real Estate Residential
                             Mortgage   Commercial   Construction Consumer(1)     Total
                             --------   ----------   ------------ --------        -----
                                                   (In Thousands)
Amounts Due:
Within 1 year ..........   $     209    $   3,468    $     590    $   2,193    $   6,460
                           ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------

After 1 year:
  1 to 3 years .........         430        3,594           --        6,025       10,049
  3 to 5 years .........         663          915           --        5,373        6,951
  5 to 10 years ........      11,818        4,074           --        5,328       21,220
  10 to 20 years .......      63,060        6,092          108          535       69,795
  Over 20 years ........      78,411           --          159           --       78,570
                           ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
Total due after one year     154,382       14,675          267       17,261      186,585
                           ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
Total amount due .......   $ 154,591    $  18,143    $     857    $  19,454    $ 193,045

Less:
Unamortized premium
on loan purchases ......          30           --           --           --           30
Allowance for loan loss         (668)        (180)          --         (529)      (1,377)
Loans in process .......          --           --           --           --           --
Deferred loan fees .....        (182)          --           (2)          --         (184)
                           ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
  Loans receivable, net    $ 153,771    $  17,963    $     855    $  18,925    $ 191,514
                           =========    =========    =========    =========    =========


(1) Includes $10,403 of loans classified as second mortgage loans.

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans due after September 30, 2001, which have predetermined interest rates and which have floating or adjustable interest rates.

                                                   Floating or
                                  Fixed Rates    Adjustable Rates       Total
                                  -----------    ----------------      ------
                                                  (In Thousands)
One-to-four family...........       $69,305          $85,077         $154,382
Commercial...................         5,891            8,784           14,675
Construction.................           267               --              267
Consumer.....................        17,186               75           17,261
                                    -------          -------         --------
  Total......................       $92,649          $93,936         $186,585
                                    =======          =======         ========

5

Residential Loans. Registrant's primary lending activity consists of the origination of one-to-four family, owner-occupied, residential mortgage loans secured by property located in its primary market area. Registrant also originates a small number of residential real estate loans secured by multi-family dwellings.

Registrant offers adjustable-rate mortgages ("ARMs") that adjust every one, three, and five years and have terms from 1 to 30 years, and fixed-rate mortgage loans with terms of 1 to 30 years. The interest rates on ARMs are based on treasury note rates and the national cost of funds. Registrant considers the market factors and competitive rates on loans as well as its own cost of funds when determining the rates on the loans that it offers. Registrant also has a small network of correspondents from whom Registrant may be referred both fixed- and adjustable-rate real estate mortgage loans. Registrant retains the adjustable-rate loans for its own loan portfolio and sells most of the fixed rate loans into the secondary market, primarily to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"). Registrant generally sells its 30-year fixed rate loans in the secondary market and holds its 15-year and 20-year fixed rate mortgage loans to maturity. Registrant also offers Federal Housing Administration and Veterans Administration ("FHA/VA") loans. Fixed-rate mortgage loans are generally originated to FHLMC standards. Although Registrant originates adjustable-rate mortgage loans for its own portfolio, these loans are underwritten to FHLMC standards, so they are saleable in the secondary market. FHA/VA loans are originated in accordance with FHA/VA guidelines, most of which are sold to various private investors.

Generally, during periods of rising interest rates, the risk of default on an ARM is considered to be greater than the risk of default on a fixed-rate loan due to the upward adjustment of interest costs to the borrower. To help reduce such risk, Registrant qualifies the loan at the fully indexed accrual rate, as opposed to the original interest rate. ARMs may be made up to 95% of the loan to value ratio. Registrant does not originate ARMs with negative amortization.

Regulations limit the amount which a savings association may lend in relationship to the appraised value of the real estate securing the loan, as determined by an appraisal at the time of loan origination. Such regulations permit a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 100% for residential property and 90% for all other real estate loans. Registrant's lending policies, however, generally limit the maximum loan-to-value ratio to 80% of the appraised value of the property, based on an independent or staff appraisal. When Registrant makes a loan in excess of 80% of the appraised value or purchase price, private mortgage insurance is generally required for at least the amount of the loan in excess of 80% of the appraised value. Registrant generally does not make non-owner occupied one- to four-family loans in excess of 80%.

The loan-to-value ratio, maturity, and other provisions of the residential real estate loans made by Registrant reflect the policy of making loans generally below the maximum limits permitted under applicable regulations. Registrant requires an independent or staff appraisal, title insurance or an attorney's opinion or with an abstract, flood hazard insurance (if applicable), and fire and casualty insurance on all properties securing real estate loans made by Registrant. Registrant reserves the right to approve the selection of which title insurance companies' policies are acceptable to insure the real estate in the loan transactions.

While one- to four-family residential real estate loans are normally originated with 15-30 year terms, such loans typically remain outstanding for substantially shorter periods. This is because borrowers often prepay their loans in full upon sale of the property pledged as security or upon refinancing the original loan. In addition, substantially all of the fixed-interest rate loans in Registrant's loan portfolio contain due-on-sale clauses providing Registrant may declare the unpaid amount due and payable upon

6

the sale of the property securing the loan. Registrant enforces these due-on-sale clauses to the extent permitted by law. Thus, average loan maturity is a function of, among other factors, the level of purchase and sale activity in the real estate market, prevailing interest rates, and the interest rates payable on outstanding loans.

Second Mortgage Loans. Registrant makes loans on real estate secured by secondary, or junior, mortgages. Second mortgage loans possess somewhat greater risk than primary mortgage loans because the security underlying the second mortgage loan must first be used to satisfy the obligation under the primary mortgage loan. Registrant's lending policies for second mortgage loans secured by one- to four- family residences are similar to those used for residential loans, including the required loan-to-value ratio. Registrant does not currently originate any second mortgage loans outside its primary market area.

Multi-Family Loans. Registrant also makes fixed-rate and adjustable-rate multi-family loans, including loans on apartment complexes. The largest group of multi-family real estate loans on a single complex had a balance of approximately $1.2 million at September 30, 2000, on an apartment complex located within the Registrant's primary market area.

Multi-family loans generally provide higher origination fees and interest rates, as well as shorter terms to maturity and repricing, than can be obtained from single-family mortgage loans. Multi-family lending, however, entails significant additional risks compared with one- to four-family residential lending. For example, multi-family loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers, the payment experience on such loans typically is dependent on the successful operation of the real estate project, and these risks can be significantly impacted by supply and demand conditions in the market for multi-family residential units and commercial office, retail, and warehouse space.

Consumer Loans. Registrant views consumer lending as an important component of its business operations because consumer loans generally have shorter terms and higher yields, thus reducing exposure to changes in interest rates. In addition, Registrant believes that offering consumer loans helps to expand and create stronger ties to its customer base. Consequently, Registrant intends to continue its consumer lending. Regulations permit federally-chartered savings banks to make certain secured and unsecured consumer loans up to 35% of assets. In addition, Registrant has lending authority above the 35% limit for certain consumer loans, such as home improvement, credit card, and education loans, and loans secured by savings accounts.

Consumer loans consist of personal unsecured loans, home improvement loans, automobile loans, and savings account loans, all at fixed rates.

The underwriting standards employed by Registrant for consumer loans include a determination of the applicant's payment history on other debts and an assessment of the applicant's ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. In addition, the stability of the applicant's monthly income from primary employment is considered during the underwriting process. Credit worthiness of the applicant is of primary consideration. The underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the security in relation to the proposed loan amount.

Consumer loans entail greater credit risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans which are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as

7

automobiles, mobile homes, boats, and recreational vehicles. In such cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and the remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. In particular, amounts realizable on the sale of repossessed automobiles may be significantly reduced based upon the condition of the automobiles and the lack of demand for used automobiles. Registrant adds a general provision to its consumer loan loss allowance, based on general economic conditions, prior loss experience, and management's periodic evaluation.

Commercial Real Estate Loans. Secured commercial real estate loans are originated in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value of the property. Such appraised value is determined by an independent appraiser previously approved by Registrant. Registrant's commercial real estate loans are permanent loans secured by improved property such as small office buildings, retail stores, small strip plazas, and other non-residential buildings. Registrant originates commercial real estate loans with amortization periods of 1 to 20 years, primarily as adjustable rate mortgages.

Loans secured by commercial real estate generally involve a greater degree of risk than residential mortgage loans and carry larger loan balances. This increased credit risk is a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic conditions on income producing properties and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by commercial real estate is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower's ability to repay the loan may be impaired. At September 30, 2000, the largest commercial real estate loan had a balance of approximately $775,000.

Construction Loans. Registrant does not actively seek to make construction loans. Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of risk of loss than long-term financing on improved, occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan is dependent largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property's value at completion of construction or development and the estimated cost (including interest) of construction. During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays and cost overruns. If the estimate of construction costs proves to be inaccurate, Registrant may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion of the development. If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, Registrant may be confronted, at or prior to the maturity of the loan, with a project having a value which is insufficient to assure full repayment.

Commercial Business Loans. Regulations authorize Registrant to make secured or unsecured loans for commercial, corporate, business, and agricultural purposes. The aggregate amount of such loans outstanding may not exceed 10% of Registrant's assets. In addition, another 10% of total assets may be invested in commercial equipment leasing. Most of Registrant's commercial business loans are secured by real estate or other assets such as automobiles. The Registrant had an outstanding commercial line of credit of $1.1 million at September 30, 2000. The commercial portfolio includes additional loans with large aggregate dollar balances.

It is the policy of Registrant to annually request financial statements from commercial loan borrowers. The financial statements are reviewed as received by management to detect any conditions or trends, including cash flows of the project, that may affect the ability of the borrower to repay the debt.

8

Because of the large dollar amounts outstanding on some of the loans in the portfolio, the failure of only one of these borrowers to repay a loan could have a material impact on the Registrant.

Loan Solicitation and Processing. Registrant's sources of mortgage loan applications are referrals from existing or past customers, local realtors, builders, loan correspondents, and walk-in customers and also as the result of advertising. The Bank actively solicits local realtors and believes they provide a substantial number of customers that originate loans with Registrant. Registrant also solicits loans from a small network of correspondent lenders in Kansas City, Kansas and Albuquerque, New Mexico as well as various communities in central and western Kansas. These correspondents, selected by management, are located in markets Registrant does not otherwise serve.

The loan approval process is segmented by the type of loan and size of loan. Consumer loans are approved by certain loan officers within designated limits. One or more signatures of members of senior management are also required for larger consumer loans. The Board of Directors ratifies all loans that have been approved by officers or committees.

All commercial real estate loans are submitted to the Board of Directors for approval upon the recommendation of senior management.

The real estate loan committee consists of various officers. Any two of those individuals may collectively approve one- to four-family residential real estate loans up to $100,000. Loans in amounts greater than $100,000 and up to the current FHLMC maximum loan amount must be approved by no less than three members of the loan committee. Real estate loans over the current FHLMC limit require the approval of the Board of Directors.

Registrant uses fee appraisers or staff appraisers on all real estate related transactions that are originated in the main office or branch offices of Registrant. It is Registrant's policy to obtain title insurance on all properties securing real estate loans and to obtain fire and casualty insurance on all loans that require security. On occasion, when originating loans, abstracts or attorney opinions may be utilized in lieu of title insurance.

Origination, Purchase, and Sale of Loans

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2000, Registrant originated $61.3 million in loans, purchased $15.4 million in loans (all secured by one- to four-family residences), and sold $8.9 million in loans.

Loan Sales. Registrant generally retains servicing on all loans sold with the exception of fixed rate FHA/VA loans which are sold with servicing released. All such loans were sold without recourse.

Loan Commitments. Registrant issues written, formal commitments to prospective borrowers on all real estate approved loans. The commitments generally requires acceptance within 60 days of the date of issuance. For commercial real estate loans or commercial loans in general, the commitment is issued for approximately 60 days and must be closed within 60 days of issuance. Commitments for consumer loans expire 30 days after issuance. At September 30, 2000, Registrant had $3.7 million of commitments to originate loans and $4.6 million of unfunded commitments under lines of credit.

9

Loan Processing and Servicing Fees. In addition to interest earned on loans, the Company recognizes fees and service charges which consist primarily of fees on loans serviced for others and late charges. The Company recognized net loan servicing fees of $158,000, $165,000, and $157,000 for the years ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. As of September 30, 2000, loans serviced for others totaled $58.1 million.

Loans to One Borrower. Savings associations are subject to the same limits as those applicable to national banks, which under current regulations generally limit loans-to-one borrower to an amount equal to 15% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. This is calculated as the sum of the Bank's core and supplementary capital included in total capital, plus the balance of the general valuation allowances for loan and lease losses not included in supplementary capital, plus investments in subsidiaries that are not included in calculating core capital, or $500,000, whichever is greater. An additional amount equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus may be included if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral (generally, financial instruments, not real estate). Under this general restriction, the Bank's maximum loan to one borrower limit at September 30, 2000 was approximately $3.2 million.

Registrant's largest amount of loans to one borrower was approximately $2.8 million as of September 30, 2000. These loans are secured primarily by interests in automobiles. These loans were current at September 30, 2000.

Loan Delinquencies. Registrant's collection procedures provide that when a mortgage loan is 15 days past due, a computer printed delinquency notice is sent. If payment is still delinquent after 15 days, a telephone call is made to the borrower. If the delinquency continues, subsequent efforts are made to eliminate the delinquency. If the loan continues in a delinquent status for 60 days or more, the Board of Directors of Registrant generally approves the initiation of foreclosure proceedings unless other repayment arrangements are made. Collection procedures for non-mortgage loans generally begin after a loan is 10 days delinquent.

Loans are reviewed on a regular basis and are generally placed on a non-accrual status when the loan becomes more than 90 days delinquent and, in the opinion of management, the collection of additional interest is doubtful. Interest accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on non-accrual status is charged against interest income. Subsequent interest payments, if any, are either applied to the outstanding principal balance or recorded as interest income, depending on the assessment of the ultimate collectibility of the loan.

10

The following table sets forth information regarding non-accrual loans, real estate owned ("REO") and other repossessed assets, and loans that are 90 days or more delinquent but on which Registrant was accruing interest at the dates indicated. At such dates, Registrant had no restructured loans within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 15.

                                                               At September 30,
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                2000      1999      1998      1997      1996
                                               ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                              (Dollars in thousands)
Loans accounted for on a non- accrual basis:
Mortgage loans:
  Permanent loan secured by 1-4
     dwelling units ........................   $  418    $  128    $  185    $   78    $   51
  All other mortgage loans .................       --        --        91        --        --
Non-Mortgage loans:
  Consumer loans ...........................       73       185       230       294        76
                                               ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Total ......................................   $  491    $  313    $  506    $  372    $  127
                                               ======    ======    ======    ======    ======

Accruing loans that are contractually past
  due 90 days or more:
Mortgage loans:
  Permanent loans secured by
    1-4 dwelling units .....................   $  634    $  180    $  182    $   50    $  146
  All other mortgage loans .................       --        --        --        --        44
                                               ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Total ......................................   $  634    $  180    $  182    $   50    $  190
                                               ======    ======    ======    ======    ======
Total non-accrual and 90-day
  past due accrual loans ...................   $1,125    $  493    $  688    $  422    $  317
                                               ======    ======    ======    ======    ======
Real estate owned ..........................   $  171    $  147    $   71    $  252    $   --
                                               ======    ======    ======    ======    ======
Total non-performing
  assets ...................................   $1,296    $  640    $  759    $  674    $  317
                                               ======    ======    ======    ======    ======
Total non-accrual and 90-day
  past due accrual loans to net
  loans ....................................     0.59%     0.28%     0.39%     0.27%     0.24%
                                               ======    ======    ======    ======    ======
Total non-accrual and 90-day
  past due accrual loans to total
  assets ...................................     0.45%     0.20%     0.31%     0.19%     0.15%
                                               ======    ======    ======    ======    ======
Total non-performing
  assets to total assets ...................     0.52%     0.26%     0.34%     0.30%     0.15%
                                               ======    ======    ======    ======    ======

Interest income that would have been recorded on renegotiated loans and loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis under the original terms of such loans was $48,000 for the year ended September 30, 2000. Amounts foregone and not included in Registrant's interest income for the year ended September 30, 2000 totaled $23,000.

11

Classified Assets. Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") regulations provide for a classification system for problem assets of insured institutions that covers all problem assets. Under this classification system, problem assets of insured institutions are classified as "substandard," "doubtful," or "loss." An asset is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those characterized by the "distinct possibility" that the insured institution will sustain "some loss" if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make "collection or liquidation in full," on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, "highly questionable and improbable." Assets classified as loss are those considered "uncollectible" and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets designated special mention by management are assets included on Registrant's internal watch list because of potential weakness but which do not currently warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories.

When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances for loan losses in an amount deemed prudent by management. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as loss, it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge off such amount. An institution's determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the OTS, which may order the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances. A portion of general loss allowances established to cover possible losses related to assets classified as substandard or doubtful may be included in determining an institution's regulatory capital, while specific valuation allowances for loan losses generally do not qualify as regulatory capital. At September 30, 2000, Registrant had a general loss allowance for loans and REO of $1,377,000.

                                                          At
                                                     September 30,
                                                         2000
                                                        -----
                                                    (In Thousands)

Special mention assets........................          $  108
                                                        ======
Classified assets
  Substandard.................................          $1,870
                                                        ------

  Doubtful....................................              --
  Loss........................................              --
                                                        ------
    Total.....................................          $1,870
                                                        ======

Foreclosed Assets. Assets owned or acquired by Registrant as a result of foreclosure, judgment, or by a deed in lieu of foreclosure are classified as foreclosed assets until they are sold. When property is acquired it is recorded at fair value as of the date of foreclosure or transfer less estimated disposal costs. Valuations are periodically performed by management and subsequent charges to general loan reserves are taken when it is determined that the carrying value of the property exceeds the fair value less estimated

12

costs to sell. It is subsequently carried at the lower of the new basis (fair value at foreclosure or transfer) or fair value. Registrant had $171,000 in foreclosed assets as of September 30, 2000.

Allowance for Loan and Real Estate Losses. It is management's policy to provide for losses on unidentified loans in its loan portfolio and foreclosed real estate. A provision for loan losses is charged to operations based on management's evaluation of the potential losses that may be incurred in Registrant's loan portfolio. Such evaluation, which includes a review of all loans of which full collectibility of interest and principal may not be reasonably assured, considers, among other matters, the estimated net realizable value of the underlying collateral. During the years ended September 30, 2000, 1999, and 1998, Registrant charged $267,000, $785,000 and $265,000, respectively, to the provision for loan losses and $0, $0 and $0, respectively, to the provision for losses on foreclosed assets.

Management will continue to review the entire loan portfolio to determine the extent, if any, to which further additional loss provisions may be deemed necessary. There can be no assurance that the allowance for losses will be adequate to cover losses which may in fact be realized in the future and that additional provisions for losses will not be required.

13

The amount and percent of loans in each category to total loans for the distribution of Registrant's allowance for losses on loans at the dates indicated is summarized as follows:

                                                              At September 30,
                           -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 2000            1999              1998            1997             1996
                                ------          ------            ------          ------           -----
                              $       %       $        %       $        %       $        %      $         %
                             ---     ---     ---      ---     ---      ---     ---      ---    ---       ---
                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
Residential real estate   $  668    86.84% $  689    83.74% $  689    81.51% $  603    86.47% $  523    87.44%
Commercial real estate       103     4.83      70     5.05      22     2.80      12     1.67       9     1.42
Commercial business ...       77     3.64      50     3.64      38     4.87      76     2.54      51     2.75
Consumer ..............      529     4.69     509     7.57     388    10.82     278     9.32     157     8.39
                          ------   ------  ------   ------  ------   ------  ------   ------  ------   ------
Total .................   $1,377   100.00% $1,318   100.00% $1,137   100.00% $  969   100.00% $  740   100.00%
                          ======   ======  ======   ======  ======   ======  ======   ======  ======   ======

14

The following table sets forth information with respect to Registrant's allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated:

                                                        At September 30,
                               -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                 2000          1999          1998          1997          1996
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)

Total loans outstanding ....   $ 191,514     $ 177,840     $ 174,733     $ 158,163     $ 129,903
                               =========     =========     =========     =========     =========

Average loans outstanding ..   $ 184,269     $ 176,318     $ 167,490     $ 145,395     $ 110,084
                               =========     =========     =========     =========     =========

Allowance balances
  (at beginning of period) .       1,318         1,137           969           740           644
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
Provision (credit):
  Real estate-mortgage .....          --            --            75            88            20
  Consumer .................         207           725           130           220           115
  Commercial ...............          60            60            60            --            --
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
                                     267           785           265           308           135
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
Charge-offs:
  Real estate-mortgage .....         (21)           --            (2)          (17)          (19)
  Consumer .................        (331)         (658)         (105)          (75)          (20)
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
                                    (352)         (658)         (107)          (92)          (39)
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
Recoveries:
  Real estate-mortgage .....          --            --             1            13            --
  Consumer .................         144            54             9            --            --
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
                                     144            54            10            13            --
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
Net (charge-offs) recoveries        (208)         (604)          (97)          (79)          (39)
                               =========     =========     =========     =========     =========

Allowance balance
  (at end of period) .......   $   1,377     $   1,318     $   1,137     $     969     $     740
                               =========     =========     =========     =========     =========

Allowance for loan losses as
  a percent of total loans
  outstanding ..............        0.72%         0.74%         0.65%         0.61%         0.57%
                               =========     =========     =========     =========     =========
Net loans charged off as a
  percent of average loans
  outstanding ..............        0.11%         0.34%         0.06%         0.06%         0.04%
                               =========     =========     =========     =========     =========

15

The following table sets forth information with respect to Registrant's allowance for losses on real estate owned and in judgment at the dates indicated:

                                               At September 30,
                                 --------------------------------------------
                                   2000     1999     1998      1997    1996
                                 -------  -------  -------  --------  -------
                                             (Dollars in Thousands)

Total real estate owned and in
  judgment, net ..............   $   171  $   147  $    71  $    252  $   --
                                 =======  =======  =======  ========  ======
Allowance balances -
  beginning ..................   $    --  $    --  $    --  $     --  $   --
Provision ....................        --       --       --        --      --
Net charge-offs ..............        --       --       --        --      --
                                 -------  -------  -------  --------  ------
Allowance balances - ending ..   $    --  $    --  $    --  $     --  $   --
                                 =======  =======  =======  ========  ======
Allowance for losses on real
  estate owned and in judgment
  to net real estate owned and
  in judgment ................        --%      --%      --%       --%     --%
                                 =======  =======  =======  ========  ======

Interest Bearing Accounts Held at Other Financial Institutions

As of September 30, 2000, the Company had a balance of $3,755,000 on its interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions, principally with the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") of Topeka (including up to $100,000 at the other financial institutions covered by FDIC deposit insurance and held in time deposits). The Company maintains these accounts in order to maintain liquidity and improve the interest-rate sensitivity of its assets.

Investment Activities

Registrant is required under federal regulations to maintain a minimum amount of liquid assets that may be invested in specified short-term securities and certain other investments. Registrant has generally maintained a liquidity portfolio well in excess of regulatory requirements. Liquidity levels may be increased or decreased depending upon the yields on investment alternatives and upon management's judgment as to the attractiveness of the yields then available in relation to other opportunities and its expectation of future yield levels, as well as management's projections as to the short-term demand for funds to be used in Registrant's loan origination and other activities.

As of September 30, 2000, Registrant had an investment portfolio of approximately $38.3 million, consisting primarily of U.S. Government agency obligations, U.S. Treasury securities, investment grade corporate debt securities, municipal obligations, and FHLB stock as permitted by the OTS regulations. Of this portfolio, approximately $3.6 million consists of investments in common stock of other issuers. Registrant has also invested in mortgage-related securities principally in Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") ARMs and FHLMC ARMs, and to a lesser extent, Collateralized Mortgage Obligations ("CMOs"). Registrant anticipates having the ability to fund all of its investing activities from funds held on deposit at FHLB of Topeka. Registrant will continue to seek high quality investments with short to intermediate maturities and duration from one to five years.

16

Investment Portfolio

The following table sets forth the carrying value of Registrant's investment securities portfolio, short-term investments, mutual funds, and FHLB stock, at the dates indicated. None of the investment securities held as of September 30, 2000 was issued by an individual issuer in excess of 10% of Registrant's capital, excluding the securities of U.S. Government and U.S. Government Agencies and Corporations. As of September 30, 2000, the market value of Registrant's total investment portfolio was $36.9 million.

                                                   At September 30,
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                          2000           1999             1998
                                        --------       --------        ---------
                                                    (In thousands)
Investments Held to Maturity:
  U.S. Government Securities............$     --       $     --        $    --
  U.S. Agency Securities................  27,482         27,465         10,000
  Corporate Notes and Bonds.............      --             --             --
  Municipal Obligations.................   1,185          1,385          1,575
                                        --------       --------        -------
  Total Investments Held to
    Maturity............................  28,667         28,850         11,575
                                        --------       --------        -------
Investments Available-for-Sale:
  U.S. Agency Securities                   1,952          4,000             --
  Common Stock..........................   3,644          4,378          5,800
  FHLB Stock............................   3,800          3,441          3,211
  Other Equity Securities...............      10             10             10
  Corporate Notes and Bonds.............     182            193            200
                                        --------       --------        -------
  Total Investments Available
   -for-Sale............................   9,588         12,022          9,221
                                        --------       --------        -------
  Total Investments.....................$ 38,255       $ 40,872       $ 20,796
                                        ========       ========       ========

Registrant classifies its investments in accordance with SFAS No. 115. See the discussion of SFAS No. 115 under "-- Mortgage-Backed Securities." See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference into this document.

The Registrant adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 133. "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" as of October 1, 2000. As permitted by SFAS No. 133, on October 1, 2000, the Company transferred all of its securities from the held-to-maturity portfolio to the available-for-sale and trading portfolios. See Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference into this document.

17

Investment Portfolio Maturities

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the carrying values, weighted average yields, and maturities of the Company's investment securities portfolio as of September 30, 2000. Yields on tax exempt obligations have not been computed on a tax equivalent basis.

                                                       As of September 30, 2000
                      -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               More than              Total
                      One Year or Less  One to Five Years Five to Ten Years    Ten Years       Investment Securities
                      ----------------  ----------------- ----------------- ----------------  -----------------------
                      Carrying Average  Carrying Average  Carrying Average  Carrying Average  Carrying Average Market
                       Value   Yield     Value   Yield     Value   Yield     Value   Yield     Value   Yield   Value
                       -----   -----     -----   -----     -----   -----     -----   -----     -----   -----   -----
                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
Investment
Securities:
  U.S.
    Government
    Obligations......  $ --        --%   $   --       --%  $    --     --%   $   --      --%   $    --     --%  $   --
  U.S.
    Agency
    Obligations......    --        --     3,000     6.37    21,482   6.53     4,952    7.23     29,434   6.63   28,034
  Municipal
    Obligations......   200      4.90       400     5.21       585   4.81        --      --      1,185   4.96    1,182
  Corporate
    Notes and
    Bonds............    --        --       141    12.00        --     --        41    9.00        182  11.25      182
                       ----     ----     ------     ----   -------   ----    ------    ----    -------   ----  -------
    Total............  $200     4.90%    $3,541     6.50%  $22,067   6.49%   $4,993    7.25%   $30,801   6.18% $29,398
                       ====     ====     ======     ====   =======   ====    ======    ====    =======   ====  =======

18

Mortgage-Backed Securities

To supplement lending activities, Registrant invests in residential mortgage-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities can serve as collateral for borrowings and, through repayments, as a source of liquidity (see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference into this document).

Registrant classifies its investments in accordance with SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. This statement addresses the accounting and reporting for investments in equity securities that have readily determinable fair values and for all investments in debt securities. SFAS No. 115 requires classification of investments into three categories. Debt securities that Registrant has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity must be reported at amortized cost. Debt and equity securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term must be reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. All other debt and equity securities must be considered available for sale and must be reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings but reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity (net of tax effects).

At September 30, 2000, the mortgage-backed securities portfolio had a fair value of $10.0 million and an amortized cost of $10.1 million. That part of the mortgage-backed securities portfolio classified as held to maturity is recorded at amortized cost. That part of the mortgage-backed securities classified as available for sale is recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings but reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity (net of tax effects). As of September 30, 2000, there were no mortgage-backed securities that were classified as available for sale.

Mortgage-backed securities represent a participation interest in a pool of single-family mortgages, the principal and interest payments on which are passed from the mortgage originators, through intermediaries (generally quasi-governmental agencies) that pool and repackage the participation interests in the form of securities, to investors such as the Bank. Such quasi-governmental agencies, which guarantee the payment of principal and interest to investors, primarily include the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC"), Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), and Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA").

FHLMC is a publicly-owned corporation chartered by the United States Government. FHLMC issues participation certificates backed principally by conventional mortgage loans. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and the ultimate return of principal within one year. FHLMC securities are indirect obligations of the United States Government. FNMA is a private corporation chartered by Congress with a mandate to establish a secondary market for conventional mortgage loans. FNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest, and FNMA securities are indirect obligations of the United States Government. GNMA is a government agency within the Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD") which is intended to help finance government assisted housing programs. GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest, and GNMA securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. Because FHLMC, FNMA, and GNMA were established to provide support for low- and middle-income housing, there are limits to the maximum size of loans that qualify for these programs. To accommodate larger-sized loans, and loans that, for other

19

reasons, do not conform to the agency programs, a number of private institutions have established their own home-loan origination and securitization programs.

Mortgage-backed securities typically are issued with stated principal amounts, and the securities are backed by pools of mortgages that have loans with interest rates that are within a range and have varying maturities. The underlying pool of mortgages can be composed of either fixed rate mortgages or adjustable rate mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are generally referred to as mortgage participation certificates or pass-through certificates. As a result, the interest rate risk characteristics of the underlying pool of mortgages, (i.e., fixed rate or adjustable rate) as well as prepayment risk, are passed on to the certificate holder. The life of a mortgage-backed pass-through security is equal to the life of the underlying mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLMC, FNMA, and GNMA make up a majority of the pass-through certificates market.

The collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs") (in the form of real estate mortgage investment conduits) held by Registrant at September 30, 2000 totaled $3.3 million and consisted of CMOs issued by FHLMC, FNMA and private issuers. The aggregate book value of CMOs issued by any one private issuer did not exceed 10% of stockholders' equity at September 30, 2000, 1999, or 1998. The portfolio of CMOs held in Registrant's mortgage-backed securities portfolio at September 30, 2000 did not include any residual interests in CMOs. Further, at September 30, 2000, Registrant's mortgage-backed securities portfolio did not include any "stripped" CMOs (i.e., CMOs that pay interest only and do not repay principal or CMOs that repay principal only and do not pay interest).

The following table sets forth the carrying value of Registrant's mortgage-backed securities portfolio at the dates indicated.

                                             Weighted
                                          Average Rate At
                                         September 30, 2000       2000        1999          1998
                                         ------------------      ------      ------        ------
                                                           (Dollars in Thousands)
Held for Investment:
GNMA ARMs............................             --%          $    --      $    --      $    --
FNMA ARMs............................           7.22             4,986        5,901        8,842
FHLMC ARMs...........................           7.88             1,461        1,901        2,815
FHLMC Fixed Rate.....................           8.15                50           80          128
GNMA Fixed Rate......................           8.00                44          103          230
FNMA Fixed Rate......................           5.50               305          344          448
CMOs.................................           5.73             3,266        5,160        9,261
                                                ----             -----      -------      -------
   Total Held for Investment                    6.79%           10,112       13,489       21,724
                                                ====           -------      -------      -------
Held for Sale........................                               --           --           --
                                                               -------      -------      -------
Total mortgage-backed
       securities....................                          $10,112      $13,489      $21,724
                                                               =======      =======      =======

As permitted by SFAS No. 133 the registrant transferred all of its securities from held-to maturity to the available for sale category on October 1, 2000. See the discussion of SFAS No. 133 under "Investment Portfolio." See Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference into this document.

20

Mortgage-Backed Securities Maturity. The following table sets forth the contractual maturity of Registrant's mortgage-backed securities portfolio at September 30, 2000. The table does not include scheduled principal payments and estimated prepayments.

                                                  Contractual
                                                 Maturities Due
                                                 --------------
                                                 (In Thousands)
Less than 1 year..............................      $    10
1 to 3 years..................................          308
3 to 5 years..................................           39
5 to 10 years.................................        1,224
10 to 20 years................................        2,489
Over 20 years.................................        6,042
                                                    -------
Total mortgage-backed securities..............      $10,112
                                                    =======

Sources of Funds

General. Deposits are the major source of Registrant's funds for lending and other investment purposes. Registrant derives funds from amortization and prepayment of loans and mortgage-backed securities, maturities of investment securities and operations. Scheduled loan principal repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are significantly influenced by general interest rates and market conditions. Registrant may also borrow funds from the FHLB of Topeka as a source of funds.

Deposits. Consumer and commercial deposits are attracted principally from within Registrant's primary market area through the offering of a broad selection of deposit instruments including regular savings, demand and negotiable order of withdrawal ("NOW") accounts, and term certificate accounts (including negotiated jumbo certificates in denominations of $100,000 or more). Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance required, the time period the funds must remain on deposit, and the interest rate, among other factors.

NOW accounts constituted $20.6 million, or12.4% of Registrant's deposit portfolio at September 30, 2000. Non-interest bearing demand accounts constituted $4.4 million, or 2.7% of the deposit portfolio at September 30, 2000. Savings deposits constituted $8.1 million, or 4.9% of the deposit portfolio at September 30, 2000. Certificates of deposit constituted $136.7 million or 82.7% of the deposit portfolio, including certificates of deposit with principal amounts of $100,000 or more which constituted $46.9 million or 28.4% of the deposit portfolio at September 30, 2000. As of September 30, 2000, Registrant had no brokered deposits.

To supplement lending activities in periods of deposit growth and/or declining loan demand, Registrant has increased its investments in residential mortgage-backed securities during recent years. Although such securities are held for investment, they can serve as collateral for borrowings and, through repayments, as a source of liquidity. At September 30, 2000, $29.5 million in investment securities and $8.6 million in mortgage-backed securities were pledged as collateral for public funds.

21

Jumbo Certificates of Deposit

The following table indicates the amount of Registrant's certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of September 30, 2000.

                                                     September 30,
                                                         2000
                                                     -------------
                                                         (In
                                                      Thousands)
Maturity Period

Within three months..............................      $ 24,954
Over three through six months....................        13,077
Over six through twelve months...................         6,593
Over twelve months...............................         2,310
                                                       --------
    Total........................................      $ 46,934
                                                       ========

Borrowings

Deposits are the primary source of funds of Registrant's lending and investment activities and for its general business purposes. Registrant may obtain advances from the FHLB of Topeka to supplement its supply of lendable funds, and Registrant has utilized this funding source. Advances from the FHLB of Topeka would typically be secured by a pledge of Registrant's stock in the FHLB of Topeka and a portion of Registrant's first mortgage loans and certain other assets. Registrant, if the need arises, may also access the Federal Reserve Bank discount window to supplement its supply of lendable funds and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements. At September 30, 2000, Registrant had $57.0 million outstanding from the FHLB of Topeka and no borrowings of any other kind.

Personnel

As of September 30, 2000 Registrant had 57 full-time and 4 part-time employees. None of Registrant's employees are represented by a collective bargaining group.

Competition

Registrant encounters strong competition both in the attraction of deposits and origination of loans. Competition comes primarily from savings institutions, commercial banks, and credit unions that operate in counties where Registrant's offices are located. Registrant competes for savings accounts by offering depositors competitive interest rates and a high level of personal service. Registrant competes for loans primarily through the interest rates and loan fees it charges and the efficiency and quality of services it provides borrowers, real estate brokers, and contractors.

Regulation of the Company

General. The Company is a unitary savings and loan holding company subject to regulatory oversight by the OTS. As such, the Company is required to register and file reports with the OTS and is subject to regulation and examination by the OTS. In addition, the OTS has enforcement authority over

22

the Company and its non-savings association subsidiaries, should such subsidiaries be formed, which also permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings association. This regulation and oversight is intended primarily for the protection of the depositors of the Bank and not for the benefit of stockholders of the Company.

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2000, federal law was amended to effectively prohibit the Company from affiliating in any way with a non-financial company. In connection with the amendment to federal law, the Company may now affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies. These changes to federal law do not impact the current business of the Company. Unlike savings and loan holding companies that may be created in the future, the Company generally is not restricted in the types of business in which it may engage, provided that the Bank maintains a specified amount of its assets in housing related investments.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. As a unitary savings and loan holding company, the Company generally is not subject to activity restrictions, provided the Bank satisfies the Qualified Thrift Lender ("QTL") test. If the Company acquires control of another savings association as a separate subsidiary, it would become a multiple savings and loan holding company, and the activities of the Company and any of its subsidiaries (other than the Bank or any other SAIF-insured savings association) would become subject to restrictions applicable to bank holding companies unless such other associations each also qualify as a QTL and were acquired in a supervisory acquisition. See "-- Regulation of the Bank -- Qualified Thrift Lender Test."

Regulation of the Bank

General. Set forth below is a brief description of certain laws that relate to the regulation of the Bank. The description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable laws and regulations. As a federally chartered, SAIF-insured savings association, the Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the OTS and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"). Lending activities and other investments must comply with various federal statutory and regulatory requirements. The Bank is also subject to certain reserve requirements promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.

The OTS, in conjunction with the FDIC, regularly examines the Bank and prepares reports for the consideration of the Bank's Board of Directors on any deficiencies that are found in the Bank's operations. The Bank's relationship with its depositors and borrowers is also regulated to a great extent by federal and state law, especially in such matters as the ownership of savings accounts and the form and content of the Bank's mortgage documents.

The Bank must file reports with the OTS and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition, in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with or acquisitions of other savings institutions. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the SAIF and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan

23

loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such regulations, whether by the OTS, the FDIC, or the Congress could have a material adverse impact on the Company, the Bank, and their operations.

Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Bank's deposit accounts are insured by the SAIF to a maximum of $100,000 for each insured member (as defined by law and regulation). Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the institution's primary regulator.

As a member of the SAIF, the Bank pays an insurance premium to the FDIC. The FDIC also maintains another insurance fund, the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF"), which primarily insures commercial bank deposits. The FDIC has set the deposit insurance assessment rates for SAIF-member institutions at 0% to .027% of insured deposits on an annualized basis, with the assessment rate for most savings institutions set at 0%.

Regulatory Capital Requirements. OTS capital regulations require savings associations to meet two capital standards: (1) a leverage ratio (core capital) requirement of 4% of total adjusted assets and (2) a risk-based capital requirement equal to 8% of total risk-weighted assets. Additional regulatory requirements are discussed in Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference into this document. These additional capital requirements effectively require higher levels of capital.

As shown below, the Bank's regulatory capital exceeded all minimum regulatory capital requirements applicable to it as of September 30, 2000:

                                                          Percent of
                                                           Adjusted
                                         Amount             Assets
                                        --------          ----------
                                           (Dollars in Thousands)

Core Capital:
Regulatory requirement.............     $ 9,896               4.0%
Regulatory capital.................      19,809               8.0
                                        -------              ----
  Excess...........................     $ 9,913               4.0%
                                        =======              ====

Risk-Based Capital:
Regulatory requirement.............     $ 9,920               8.0%
Regulatory capital.................      21,185              17.1
                                        -------              ----
  Excess...........................     $11,265               9.1%
                                        =======              ====

Dividend and Other Capital Distribution Limitations. The OTS imposes various restrictions or requirements on the ability of savings institutions to make capital distributions, including cash dividends.

A savings association that is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, such as the Bank, must file an application or a notice with the OTS at least 30 days before making a capital distribution. Savings associations are not required to file an application for permission to make a capital distribution and

24

need only file a notice if the following conditions are met: (1) they are eligible for expedited treatment under OTS regulations, (2) they would remain adequately capitalized after the distribution, (3) the annual amount of capital distribution does not exceed net income for that year to date added to retained net income for the two preceding years, and (4) the capital distribution would not violate any agreements between the OTS and the savings association or any OTS regulations. Any other situation would require an application to the OTS.

In addition, the OTS could prohibit a proposed capital distribution by any institution, which would otherwise be permitted by the regulation, if the OTS determines that the distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

A federal savings institution is prohibited from making a capital distribution if, after making the distribution, the savings institution would be unable to meet any one of its minimum regulatory capital requirements. Further, a federal savings institution cannot distribute regulatory capital that is needed for its liquidation account.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. Savings institutions must meet a qualified thrift lender ("QTL") test pursuant to OTS regulations or they become subject to certain operating restrictions. If the Bank maintains an appropriate level of certain specified investments (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-related securities) and otherwise qualifies as a QTL, it will continue to enjoy full borrowing privileges from the FHLB of Topeka. The required percentage of investments under the QTL test is 65% of assets while the Code requires investments of 60% of assets. An association must be in compliance with the QTL test on a monthly basis in nine out of every 12 months. As of September 30, 2000, the Bank was in compliance with its QTL requirement.

Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Board requires all depository institutions to maintain non-interest bearing reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts (primarily checking, NOW, and Super NOW checking accounts) and non-personal time deposits. The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Board may be used to satisfy the liquidity requirements that are imposed by the OTS. At September 30, 2000, the Bank was in compliance with this requirement.

Proposed Regulation. The OTS has announced that it will consider amending its capital standards so as to more closely conform its requirements to those of the other federal banking agencies. The impact of this possible change is not expected to materially impact the Bank. The impact on the Company cannot yet be determined.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Stephen H. Sundberg, age 53, has served as a Senior Vice President and as Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank since May, 2000. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Sundberg was General Manager and an owner of a professional employment organization. Prior to that he was a stockholder in corporations providing transportation and services to packing plants in the central United States. Mr. Sundberg is a CPA and a member of the AICPA and Kansas Society of CPAs. He is past president of Finney County Big Brothers/Big Sisters, served as a school Board member of USD 457 and has served as a member of various city boards for the City of Garden City, Kansas.

25

Gary L. Watkins, age 45, has been employed by the Bank since 1985 and is currently a Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, and Secretary of the Company and Bank. He is also a member of the Kiwanis and the Board of Directors of Trinity Association. Mr. Watkins is a past Vice President of the Dodge City Area Chamber of Commerce.

Item 2. Properties

Registrant owns its main office and four branch offices and leases one additional branch office and one loan origination office. Registrant also leases a parking lot for its main office.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

There are various claims and lawsuits in which Registrant is periodically involved, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on properties in which Registrant holds security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans, and other issues incident to Registrant's business.

In the opinion of management, no material loss is expected from any of the pending claims or lawsuits.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No matter was submitted to a vote of securities holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

The information contained under the section captioned "Stock Price Information" in the Company's Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2000 (the "Annual Report"), is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The information contained under the section captioned "Five-Year Financial Summary" in the Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The information contained under the section captioned "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in the Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.

26

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The information contained under the section captioned "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Asset/Liability Management" in the Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Registrant's financial statements listed under Item 14 are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

The information contained under the sections captioned "Proposal I -- Election of Directors" and "Section 16(A) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in Registrant's definitive proxy statement for Registrant's Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in January 2001 (the "Proxy Statement") is incorporated herein by reference. Additional information regarding Registrant's executive officers is contain in Part I of this document. See "Item 1. Description of Business -- Executive Officers of the Registrant."

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information contained under the section captioned "Director and Executive Compensation" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

(a) Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned "Voting Securities and Principal Holders Thereof" in the Proxy Statement.

(b) Security Ownership of Management

Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned "Voting Securities and Principal Holders Thereof" and to the first table under "Proposal I -- Election of Directors" in the Proxy Statement.

(c) Management of Registrant knows of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person of securities of Registrant, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of Registrant.

27

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" in the Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Exhibits, Lists and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

1. The following financial statements and the report of independent accountants of Registrant included in Registrant's Annual Report to Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference and also in Item 8 hereof.

Independent Auditor's Report.

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of
September 30, 2000 and 1999.

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years
Ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended September 30, 2000, 1999, and 1998.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2. Except for Exhibit 27 below, Financial Statement Schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

3. The following exhibits are included in this Report or incorporated herein by reference:

(a) List of Exhibits:

 3(i)    Articles of Incorporation of Landmark Bancshares, Inc.*

3(ii)    Bylaws of Landmark Bancshares, Inc.*

10.1     1994 Stock Option Plan of Landmark Bancshares, Inc.**

10.2     Management Stock Bonus Plan and Trust Agreements**

28

10.3     1991 Deferred Compensation Agreement with Larry Schugart*

10.4     1998 Deferred Compensation Agreement with Larry Schugart***

10.5     Directors Change in Control Severance Plan***

10.6     1996 Stock Option Agreement with Richard Ball****

10.7     Employment Agreement with Larry Schugart

10.8     Employment Agreement with Gary Watkins

10.9     Employment Agreement with Stephen Sundberg

10.10    1998 Stock Option Agreement with Richard Ball***

10.11    Stock Option Agreement with Larry Schugart*****

10.12    Stock Option Agreement with Gary Watkins*****

10.13    Stock Option Agreement with Stephen Sundberg

13       Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended September 30,
         2000

21       Subsidiaries of Registrant******

23       Consent of Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.

27       Financial Data Schedule (electronic filing only)

---------------------
*                 Incorporated by reference to the identically numbered
                  exhibit of the registration statement on Form S-1
                  (File No. 33-72562) declared effective by the SEC on
                  February 9, 1994.

**                Incorporated by reference to the exhibits to the
                  proxy statement for a special meeting of stockholders
                  held on June 22, 1994 and filed with the SEC on May
                  24, 1994 (File No. 0-23164).

***               Incorporated by reference to the identically numbered
                  exhibit of the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the
                  fiscal year ended September 30, 1998 (File No.
                  0-23164), filed with the SEC.

****              Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the
                  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
                  September 30, 1996 (File No. 0-23164), filed with the
                  SEC.

                              29

*****             Incorporated by reference to the identically numbered
                  exhibits of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                  fiscal year ended September 30, 1999 (File No. 0-
                  23164), filed with the SEC.

******            Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.4 of the
                  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
                  September 30, 1994 (File No. 0-23164), filed with the
                  SEC.

                  (b)      No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the
                           last quarter of the period covered by this
                           report.

30

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed as of December 20, 2000 on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

By: /s/ Larry Schugart
    -----------------------------------------
         Larry Schugart
         President and Chief
         Executive Officer
         (Duly Authorized Representative)

Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated as of December 20, 2000.

/s/ Stephen H. Sundberg                      /s/ Larry Schugart
-------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
Stephen H. Sundberg                          Larry Schugart
Senior Vice President and                    President, Chief Executive Officer,
Chief Financial Officer                      and Director
(Principal Financial and Accounting          (Principal Executive Officer)
Officer)


/s/ Gary L. Watkins                          /s/ Richard A. Ball
-------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
Gary L. Watkins                              Richard A. Ball
Senior Vice President, Chief Operating       Director
Officer, and Secretary


/s/ David H. Snapp                           /s/ C. Duane Ross
-------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
David H. Snapp                               C. Duane Ross
Director                                     Director


/s/ Jim W. Lewis
-------------------------------------------
Jim W. Lewis
Director


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

as amended and restated

THIS AGREEMENT entered into this 23rd day of August, 2000 ("Effective Date"), by and between Landmark Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") and Larry L. Schugart (the "Employee").

WHEREAS, the Employee has heretofore been employed by the Bank as President and Chief Executive Officer; and is experienced in all phases of the business of the Bank; and

WHEREAS, the parties have previously entered into an Employment Agreement dated September 30, 1994, as subsequently amended and renewed; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing employment relationship of the Bank and the Employee.

NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

1. Employment. The Employee is employed in the capacity as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank. The Employee shall render such administrative and management services to the Bank and Landmark Bancshares, Inc. ("Parent") as are currently rendered and as are customarily performed by persons situated in a similar executive capacity. The Employee shall also promote, by entertainment or otherwise, as and to the extent permitted by law, the business of the Bank and Parent. The Employee's other duties shall be such as the Board of Directors for the Bank (the "Board of Directors" or "Board") may from time to time reasonably direct, including normal duties as an officer of the Bank.

2. Base Compensation. The Bank agrees to pay the Employee during the term of this Agreement a salary at the rate of $ 145,000 per annum, payable in cash not less frequently than monthly; provided, that the rate of such salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors not less often than annually, and Employee shall be entitled to receive annually an increase at such percentage or in such an amount as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may decide at such time.

3. Discretionary Bonus. The Bank will continue to periodically consider the payment of cash bonuses in accordance with past business practices, based upon the performance of the Employee and the results of operations of the Bank. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in an equitable manner with all other senior management employees of the Bank in discretionary bonuses that may be authorized and declared by the Board of Directors to its senior management employees from time to time. No other compensation provided for in this Agreement shall be deemed a

1

substitute for the Employee's right to participate in such discretionary bonuses when and as declared by the Board of Directors.

4.(a) Participation in Retirement, Medical and Other Plans. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in any plan of the Bank relating to pension, profit-sharing, or other retirement benefits and medical coverage or reimbursement plans that the Bank may adopt for the benefit of its employees. Additionally, Employee's dependent family shall be eligible to participate in medical and dental insurance plans sponsored by the Bank or Parent with the cost of such premiums paid by the Bank. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in any stock benefit programs, tax-qualified or non-tax-qualified deferred compensation plans or any other fringe benefits instituted by the Bank.

(b) Employee Benefits; Expenses. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in any fringe benefits which may be or may become applicable to the Bank's senior management employees, including by example, participation in any stock option or incentive plans adopted by the Board of Directors of Bank or Parent, club memberships, a reasonable expense account, and any other benefits which are commensurate with the responsibilities and functions to be performed by the Employee under this Agreement. The Bank shall reimburse Employee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses which Employee shall incur in connection with his service for the Bank.

5. Term. The term of employment of Employee under this Agreement shall be for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending thirty-six (36) months thereafter ("Term"). Additionally, on each annual anniversary date from the Effective Date, the term of employment under this Agreement shall be extended for an additional one year period beyond the then effective expiration date upon a determination and resolution of the Board of Directors that the performance of the Employee has met the requirements and standards of the Board, and that the term of such Agreement shall be extended.

6. Loyalty; Noncompetition.

(a) The Employee shall devote his full time and attention to the performance of his employment under this Agreement. During the term of Employee's employment under this Agreement, the Employee shall not engage in any business or activity contrary to the business affairs or interests of the Bank or Parent.

(b) Nothing contained in this Paragraph 6 shall be deemed to prevent or limit the right of Employee to invest in the capital stock or other securities of any business dissimilar from that of the Bank or Parent, or, solely as a passive or minority investor, in any business.

2

7. Standards. The Employee shall perform his duties under this Agreement in accordance with such reasonable standards expected of employees with comparable positions in comparable organizations and as may be established from time to time by the Board of Directors.

8. Vacation and Sick Leave. At such reasonable times as the Board of Directors shall in its discretion permit, the Employee shall be entitled, without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the performance of his employment under this Agreement, with all such voluntary absences to count as vacation time; provided that:

(a) The Employee shall be entitled to annual vacation leave in accordance with the policies as are periodically established by the Board of Directors for senior management employees of the Bank.

(b) The Employee shall not be entitled to receive any additional compensation from the Bank on account of his failure to take vacation leave and Employee shall not be entitled to accumulate unused vacation from one fiscal year to the next, except in either case to the extent authorized by the Board of Directors for senior management employees of the Bank.

(c) In addition to the aforesaid paid vacations, the Employee shall be entitled without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the performance of his employment with the Bank for such additional periods of time and for such valid, and legitimate reasons as the Board of Directors in its discretion may determine. Further, the Board of Directors shall be entitled to grant to the Employee a leave or leaves of absence with or without pay at such time or times and upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors in its discretion may determine.

(d) In addition, the Employee shall be entitled to an annual sick leave benefit as established by the Board of Directors for senior management employees of the Bank. In the event that any sick leave benefit shall not have been used during any year, such leave shall accrue to subsequent years only to the extent authorized by the Board of Directors for employees of the Bank.

9. Termination and Termination Pay.

The Employee's employment under this Agreement shall be terminated upon any of the following occurrences:

(a) The death of the Employee during the term of this Agreement, in which event the Employee's estate shall be entitled to receive the compensation due the Employee through the last day of the calendar month which is six (6) months after the Employee's death.

(b) The Board of Directors may terminate the Employee's employment at any time, but any termination by the Board of Directors other than termination for Just Cause, shall not prejudice the Employee's right to compensation or other benefits under the Agreement. The Employee shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for

3

any period after termination for Just Cause. Termination for "Just Cause" shall include termination because of the Employee's personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of the Agreement.

(c) Except as provided pursuant to Section 12 herein, in the event Employee's employment under this Agreement is terminated by the Board of Directors without Just Cause, the Bank shall be obligated to continue to pay the Employee the salary provided pursuant to Section 2 herein, up to the date of termination of the term (including any renewal term) of this Agreement and the cost of Employee obtaining all health, life, disability, and other benefits which the Employee would be eligible to participate in through such date based upon the benefit levels substantially equal to those being provided Employee at the date of termination of employment, but in no event shall such salary or benefits continuation be for a period of less than one year from the date of termination of employment.

(d) If the Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under Sections 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA") (12 U.S.C. 181 8(e)(4) and (g)(1 )), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but the vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

(e) If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of FDIA) all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(f) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("Director of OTS"), or his or her designee, at the time that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in
Section 13(c) of FDIA; or (ii) by the Director of the OTS, or his or her designee, at the time that the Director of the OTS, or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director of the OTS to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(g) The voluntary termination by the Employee during the term of this Agreement with the delivery of no less than 60 days written notice to the Board of Directors, other than pursuant to Section 12(b), in which case the Employee shall be entitled to receive only the compensation, vested rights, and all employee benefits up to the date of such termination.

4

(h) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement, or otherwise, shall be subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 USC ss.1828(k) and any regulations promulgated there under.

10. Suspension of Employment. If the Employee is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by a notice served under Section 8 (e) (3) or (g) (1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1818 (e) (3) and (g) (1)), the Bank's obligations under the Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank shall, (i) pay the Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate any of its obligations which were suspended.

11. Disability. If the Employee shall become disabled or incapacitated to the extent that he is unable to perform his duties hereunder, by reason of medically determinable physical or mental impairment, as determined by a doctor engaged by the Board of Directors, Employee shall nevertheless continue to receive the compensation and benefits which may be payable to Employee under the provisions of disability insurance coverage in effect for Bank employees. Upon returning to active full-time employment, the Employee's full compensation as set forth in this Agreement shall be reinstated as of the date of commencement of such activities. In the event that the Employee returns to active employment on other than a full-time basis, then his compensation (as set forth in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement) shall be reduced in proportion to the time spent in said employment, or as shall otherwise be agreed to by the parties.

12. Change in Control.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in the event of the involuntary termination of Employee's employment under this Agreement, in connection with, or within 12 months after, any change in control of the Bank or Parent, Employee shall be paid an amount equal to the product of 2.99 times the Employee's "base amount" as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and regulations promulgated thereunder. Said sum shall be paid, at the option of Employee, either in one (1) lump sum within thirty (30) days of such termination discounted to the present value of such payment using as the discount rate the interest rate payable on one year U.S. Treasury obligations as published in the Wall Street Journal Eastern Edition as of the date of such payment, or in periodic payments over the next 36 months or the remaining term of this Agreement whichever is less, as if Employee's employment had not been terminated, and such payments shall be in lieu of any other future payments which the Employee would be otherwise entitled to receive under Section 9 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all sums payable hereunder shall be reduced in such manner and to such extent so that no such payments made hereunder when aggregated with all other payments to be made to the Employee by the Bank or the Parent shall be deemed an "excess parachute payment" in accordance with Section 280G of the Code

5

and be subject to the excise tax provided at Section 4999(a) of the code. The term "control" shall refer to the ownership, holding or power to vote more than 25% of the Parent's or Bank's voting stock, the control of the election of a majority of the Parent's or Bank's directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Parent or Bank by any person or by persons acting as a group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The term "person" means an individual other than the Employee, or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Employee may voluntary terminate his employment under this Agreement following a change in control of the Bank or Parent, and Employee shall thereupon be entitled to receive the payment described in Section 12(a) of this Agreement, upon the occurrence, or within one year thereafter, of any of the following events, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in writing: (i) if Employee would be required to move his personal residence or perform his principal executive functions more than thirty-five (35) miles from the Employee's primary office as of the signing of this Agreement; (ii) if in the organizational structure of the Bank or Parent, Employee would be required to report to a person or persons other than the President and Board of the Bank or Parent; (iii) if the Bank or Parent should fail to maintain existing employee benefits plans, including material fringe benefits, stock option and retirement plans; (iv) if Employee would be assigned duties and responsibilities other than those normally associated with his position as referenced at Section 1, herein; or (v) if Employee would not be elected or reelected to the Board of Directors of the Bank; or (vi) if Employee's responsibilities or authority have in any way been materially diminished or reduced.

(c) Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the rules then in effect of the district office of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") nearest to the home office of the Bank, and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except to the extend that the parties may otherwise reach a mutual settlement of such issue. The Bank shall incur the cost of all fees and expenses associated with filing a request for arbitration with the AAA, whether such filing is made on behalf of the Bank or the Employee, and the costs and administrative fees associated with employing the arbitrator and related administrative expenses assessed by the AAA. The Bank shall reimburse Employee for all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising from such dispute, proceedings or actions, notwithstanding the ultimate outcome thereof. Such reimbursement, which shall not exceed the Employee's compensation for the remaining term of this Agreement, shall be paid within ten (10) days of Employee furnishing to the Bank or Parent evidence, which may be in the form, among other things, of a canceled check or receipt, of any costs or expenses incurred by Employee. Any such request for reimbursement by Employee shall be made no more

6

frequently than at sixty (60) day intervals.

13. Successors and Assigns.

(a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any corporate or other successor of the Bank or Parent which shall acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank or Parent.

(b) Since the Bank is contracting for the unique and personal skills of the Employee, the Employee shall be precluded from assigning or delegating his rights or duties hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank.

14. Amendments. No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto unless made in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise specifically provided.

15. Applicable Law. This agreement shall be governed by all respects whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise, by the laws of the State of Kansas, except to the extent that Federal law shall be deemed to apply.

16. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

17. Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with any understanding or modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto.

18. Indemnification; Insurance

(a) Indemnification. The Bank agrees to indemnify the Employee and his heirs, executors, and administrators to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law and regulations, including, without limitation 12 U.S.C. Section 1828 (k), against any and all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by the Employee in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Employee may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries, whether or not the Employee is a director or officer at the time of incurring any such expenses or liabilities. Such expenses and liabilities shall include, but shall not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorney's fees and the cost of reasonable settlements. The Employee shall be entitled to indemnification in respect of a settlement only if the Board of Directors of the Bank has approved such settlement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) indemnification for expenses shall not extend to matters for which the Employee has

7

been terminated for, and (ii) the obligations of this Section 18 shall survive this. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to provide indemnification prohibited by applicable law or regulation.

(b) Insurance. During the term of the Agreement, the Bank shall provide the Employee (and his heirs, executors, and administrators) with coverage under a directors' and officers' liability policy at the Bank's expense, at least equivalent to such coverage otherwise provided to the other directors and senior officers of the Bank.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and first hereinabove written.

8

EXHIBIT 10.8


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

as amended and restated

THIS AGREEMENT entered into this 23rd day of August, 2000 ("Effective Date"), by and between Landmark Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") and Gary L. Watkins (the "Employee").

WHEREAS, the Employee has heretofore been employed by the Bank as Senior Vice President; and is experienced in all phases of the business of the Bank; and

WHEREAS, the parties have previously entered into an Employment Agreement dated September 30, 1994, as subsequently amended and renewed; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing employment relationship of the Bank and the Employee.

NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

1. Employment. The Employee is employed in the capacity as the Senior Vice President of the Bank. The Employee shall render such administrative and management services to the Bank and Landmark Bancshares, Inc. ("Parent") as are currently rendered and as are customarily performed by persons situated in a similar executive capacity. The Employee shall also promote, by entertainment or otherwise, as and to the extent permitted by law, the business of the Bank and Parent. The Employee's other duties shall be such as the Board of Directors for the Bank (the "Board of Directors" or "Board") may from time to time reasonably direct, including normal duties as an officer of the Bank.

2. Base Compensation. The Bank agrees to pay the Employee during the term of this Agreement a salary at the rate of $ 90,000 per annum, payable in cash not less frequently than monthly; provided, that the rate of such salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors not less often than annually, and Employee shall be entitled to receive annually an increase at such percentage or in such an amount as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may decide at such time.

3. Discretionary Bonus. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in an equitable manner with all other senior management employees of the Bank in discretionary bonuses that may be authorized and declared by the Board of Directors to its senior management employees from time to time. No other compensation provided for in this Agreement shall be deemed a substitute for the Employee's right to participate in such discretionary bonuses when and as declared by the Board of Directors.

1

4.(a) Participation in Retirement and Medical Plans. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in any plan of the Bank relating to pension, profit-sharing, or other retirement benefits and medical coverage or reimbursement plans that the Bank may adopt for the benefit of its employees.

(b) Employee Benefits; Expenses. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in any fringe benefits which may be or may become applicable to the Bank's senior management employees, including by example, participation in any stock option or incentive plans adopted by the Board of Directors of Bank or Parent, club memberships, a reasonable expense account, and any other benefits which are commensurate with the responsibilities and functions to be performed by the Employee under this Agreement. The Bank shall reimburse Employee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses which Employee shall incur in connection with his service for the Bank.

5. Term. The term of employment of Employee under this Agreement shall be for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending twelve (12) months thereafter ("Term"). Additionally, on each annual anniversary date from the Effective Date, the term of employment under this Agreement shall be extended for an additional one year period beyond the then effective expiration date upon a determination and resolution of the Board of Directors that the performance of the Employee has met the requirements and standards of the Board, and that the term of such Agreement shall be extended.

6. Loyalty; Noncompetition.

(a) The Employee shall devote his full time and attention to the performance of his employment under this Agreement. During the term of Employee's employment under this Agreement, the Employee shall not engage in any business or activity contrary to the business affairs or interests of the Bank or Parent.

(b) Nothing contained in this Paragraph 6 shall be deemed to prevent or limit the right of Employee to invest in the capital stock or other securities of any business dissimilar from that of the Bank or Parent, or, solely as a passive or minority investor, in any business.

7. Standards. The Employee shall perform his duties under this Agreement in accordance with such reasonable standards expected of employees with comparable positions in comparable organizations and as may be established from time to time by the Board of Directors.

8. Vacation and Sick Leave. At such reasonable times as the Board of Directors shall in its discretion permit, the Employee shall be entitled, without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the performance of his employment under this Agreement, with all such voluntary absences to count as vacation time; provided that:

2

(a) The Employee shall be entitled to annual vacation leave in accordance with the policies as are periodically established by the Board of Directors for senior management employees of the Bank.

(b) The Employee shall not be entitled to receive any additional compensation from the Bank on account of his failure to take vacation leave and Employee shall not be entitled to accumulate unused vacation from one fiscal year to the next, except in either case to the extent authorized by the Board of Directors for senior management employees of the Bank.

(c) In addition to the aforesaid paid vacations, the Employee shall be entitled without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the performance of his employment with the Bank for such additional periods of time and for such valid, and legitimate reasons as the Board of Directors in its discretion may determine. Further, the Board of Directors shall be entitled to grant to the Employee a leave or leaves of absence with or without pay at such time or times and upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors in its discretion may determine.

(d) In addition, the Employee shall be entitled to an annual sick leave benefit as established by the Board of Directors for senior management employees of the Bank. In the event that any sick leave benefit shall not have been used during any year, such leave shall accrue to subsequent years only to the extent authorized by the Board of Directors for employees of the Bank.

9. Termination and Termination Pay.

The Employee's employment under this Agreement shall be terminated upon any of the following occurrences:

(a) The death of the Employee during the term of this Agreement, in which event the Employee's estate shall be entitled to receive the compensation due the Employee through the last day of the calendar month which is three (3) months after the Employee's death.

(b) The Board of Directors may terminate the Employee's employment at any time, but any termination by the Board of Directors other than termination for Just Cause, shall not prejudice the Employee's right to compensation or other benefits under the Agreement. The Employee shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Just Cause. Termination for "Just Cause" shall include termination because of the Employee's personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of the Agreement.

3

(c) Except as provided pursuant to Section 12 herein, in the event Employee's employment under this Agreement is terminated by the Board of Directors without Just Cause, the Bank shall be obligated to continue to pay the Employee the salary provided pursuant to Section 2 herein, up to the date of termination of the term (including any renewal term) of this Agreement and the cost of Employee obtaining all health, life, disability, and other benefits which the Employee would be eligible to participate in through such date based upon the benefit levels substantially equal to those being provided Employee at the date of termination of employment.

(d) If the Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under Sections 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA") (12 U.S.C. 181 8(e)(4) and (g)(1 )), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but the vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

(e) If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of FDIA) all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(f) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("Director of OTS"), or his or her designee, at the time that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in
Section 13(c) of FDIA; or (ii) by the Director of the OTS, or his or her designee, at the time that the Director of the OTS, or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director of the OTS to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(g) The voluntary termination by the Employee during the term of this Agreement with the delivery of no less than 60 days written notice to the Board of Directors, other than pursuant to Section 12(b), in which case the Employee shall be entitled to receive only the compensation, vested rights, and all employee benefits up to the date of such termination.

(h) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement, or otherwise, shall be subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 USC ss.1828(k) and any regulations promulgated there under.

10. Suspension of Employment. If the Employee is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by a notice served under Section 8 (e) (3) or (g) (1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1818 (e) (3) and (g) (1)), the Bank's obligations under the Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed

4

by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank shall, (i) pay the Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate any of its obligations which were suspended.

11. Disability. If the Employee shall become disabled or incapacitated to the extent that he is unable to perform his duties hereunder, by reason of medically determinable physical or mental impairment, as determined by a doctor engaged by the Board of Directors, Employee shall nevertheless continue to receive the compensation and benefits which may be payable to Employee under the provisions of disability insurance coverage in effect for Bank employees. Upon returning to active full-time employment, the Employee's full compensation as set forth in this Agreement shall be reinstated as of the date of commencement of such activities. In the event that the Employee returns to active employment on other than a full-time basis, then his compensation (as set forth in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement) shall be reduced in proportion to the time spent in said employment, or as shall otherwise be agreed to by the parties.

12. Change in Control.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in the event of the involuntary termination of Employee's employment under this Agreement, in connection with, or within twelve (12) months after, any change in control of the Bank or Parent, Employee shall be paid an amount equal to the product of 1.50 times the Employee's "base amount" as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and regulations promulgated thereunder. Said sum shall be paid, at the option of Employee, either in one (1) lump sum within thirty (30) days of such termination discounted to the present value of such payment using as the discount rate the interest rate payable on one year U.S. Treasury obligations as published in the Wall Street Journal Eastern Edition as of the date of such payment, or in periodic payments over the remaining term of this Agreement, as if Employee's employment had not been terminated, and such payments shall be in lieu of any other future payments which the Employee would be otherwise entitled to receive under Section 9 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, all sums payable hereunder shall be reduced in such manner and to such extent so that no such payments made hereunder when aggregated with all other payments to be made to the Employee by the Bank or the Parent shall be deemed an "excess parachute payment" in accordance with Section 280G of the Code and be subject to the excise tax provided at Section 4999(a) of the Code. The term "control" shall refer to the ownership, holding or power to vote more than 25% of the Parent's or Bank's voting stock, the control of the election of a majority of the Parent's or Bank's directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Parent or Bank by any person or by persons acting as a group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The term "person" means an individual other than the Employee, or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

5

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Employee may voluntary terminate his employment under this Agreement within twelve (12) months following a change in control of the Bank or Parent, and Employee shall thereupon be entitled to receive the payment described in
Section 12(a) of this Agreement, upon the occurrence, or within one year thereafter, of any of the following events, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in writing: (i) if Employee would be required to move his personal residence or perform his principal executive functions more than thirty-five (35) miles from the Employee's primary office as of the signing of this Agreement; (ii) if in the organizational structure of the Bank or Parent, Employee would be required to report to a person or persons other than the President and Board of the Bank or Parent; (iii) if the Bank or Parent should fail to maintain existing employee benefits plans, including material fringe benefits, stock option and retirement plans; (iv) if Employee would be assigned duties and responsibilities other than those normally associated with his position as referenced at Section 1, herein; or (v) if Employee's responsibilities or authority have in any way been materially diminished or reduced.

(c) Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the rules then in effect of the district office of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") nearest to the home office of the Bank, and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except to the extend that the parties may otherwise reach a mutual settlement of such issue. The Bank shall incur the cost of all fees and expenses associated with filing a request for arbitration with the AAA, whether such filing is made on behalf of the Bank or the Employee, and the costs and administrative fees associated with employing the arbitrator and related administrative expenses assessed by the AAA.

13. Successors and Assigns.

(a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any corporate or other successor of the Bank or Parent which shall acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank or Parent.

(b) Since the Bank is contracting for the unique and personal skills of the Employee, the Employee shall be precluded from assigning or delegating his rights or duties hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank.

14. Amendments. No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto unless made in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise specifically provided.

6

15. Applicable Law. This agreement shall be governed by all respects whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise, by the laws of the State of Kansas, except to the extent that Federal law shall be deemed to apply.

16. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

17. Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with any understanding or modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and first hereinabove written.

7

EXHIBIT 10.9


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

as amended and restated

THIS AGREEMENT entered into this 23rd day of August, 2000 ("Effective Date"), by and between Landmark Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") and Stephen H. Sundberg (the "Employee").

WHEREAS, the Employee has heretofore been employed by the Bank as Senior Vice President; and is experienced in all phases of the business of the Bank; and

WHEREAS, the parties have previously entered into an Employment Agreement dated May 1, 2000, as subsequently amended and renewed; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing employment relationship of the Bank and the Employee.

NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

1. Employment. The Employee is employed in the capacity as the Senior Vice President of the Bank. The Employee shall render such administrative and management services to the Bank and Landmark Bancshares, Inc. ("Parent") as are currently rendered and as are customarily performed by persons situated in a similar executive capacity. The Employee shall also promote, by entertainment or otherwise, as and to the extent permitted by law, the business of the Bank and Parent. The Employee's other duties shall be such as the Board of Directors for the Bank (the "Board of Directors" or "Board") may from time to time reasonably direct, including normal duties as an officer of the Bank.

2. Base Compensation. The Bank agrees to pay the Employee during the term of this Agreement a salary at the rate of $ 80,000 per annum, payable in cash not less frequently than monthly; provided, that the rate of such salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors not less often than annually, and Employee shall be entitled to receive annually an increase at such percentage or in such an amount as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may decide at such time.

3. Discretionary Bonus. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in an equitable manner with all other senior management employees of the Bank in discretionary bonuses that may be authorized and declared by the Board of Directors to its senior management employees from time to time. No other compensation provided for in this Agreement shall be deemed a substitute for the Employee's right to participate in such discretionary bonuses when and as declared by the Board of Directors.

1

4.(a) Participation in Retirement and Medical Plans. The Employee shall be entitled to participate in any plan of the Bank relating to pension, profit-sharing, or other retirement benefits and medical coverage or reimbursement plans that the Bank may adopt for the benefit of its employees.

(b) Employee Benefits; Expenses. The Employee shall be eligible to participate in any fringe benefits which may be or may become applicable to the Bank's senior management employees, including by example, participation in any stock option or incentive plans adopted by the Board of Directors of Bank or Parent, club memberships, a reasonable expense account, and any other benefits which are commensurate with the responsibilities and functions to be performed by the Employee under this Agreement. The Bank shall reimburse Employee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses which Employee shall incur in connection with his service for the Bank.

5. Term. The term of employment of Employee under this Agreement shall be for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending twelve (12) months thereafter ("Term"). Additionally, on each annual anniversary date from the Effective Date, the term of employment under this Agreement shall be extended for an additional one year period beyond the then effective expiration date upon a determination and resolution of the Board of Directors that the performance of the Employee has met the requirements and standards of the Board, and that the term of such Agreement shall be extended.

6. Loyalty; Noncompetition.

(a) The Employee shall devote his full time and attention to the performance of his employment under this Agreement. During the term of Employee's employment under this Agreement, the Employee shall not engage in any business or activity contrary to the business affairs or interests of the Bank or Parent.

(b) Nothing contained in this Paragraph 6 shall be deemed to prevent or limit the right of Employee to invest in the capital stock or other securities of any business dissimilar from that of the Bank or Parent, or, solely as a passive or minority investor, in any business.

7. Standards. The Employee shall perform his duties under this Agreement in ccordance with such reasonable standards expected of employees with comparable positions in comparable organizations and as may be established from time to time by the Board of Directors.

8. Vacation and Sick Leave. At such reasonable times as the Board of Directors shall in its discretion permit, the Employee shall be entitled, without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the performance of his employment under this Agreement, with all such voluntary absences to count as vacation time; provided that:

2

(a) The Employee shall be entitled to annual vacation leave in accordance with the policies as are periodically established by the Board of Directors for senior management employees of the Bank.

(b) The Employee shall not be entitled to receive any additional compensation from the Bank on account of his failure to take vacation leave and Employee shall not be entitled to accumulate unused vacation from one fiscal year to the next, except in either case to the extent authorized by the Board of Directors for senior management employees of the Bank.

(c) In addition to the aforesaid paid vacations, the Employee shall be entitled without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the performance of his employment with the Bank for such additional periods of time and for such valid, and legitimate reasons as the Board of Directors in its discretion may determine. Further, the Board of Directors shall be entitled to grant to the Employee a leave or leaves of absence with or without pay at such time or times and upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors in its discretion may determine.

(d) In addition, the Employee shall be entitled to an annual sick leave benefit as established by the Board of Directors for senior management employees of the Bank. In the event that any sick leave benefit shall not have been used during any year, such leave shall accrue to subsequent years only to the extent authorized by the Board of Directors for employees of the Bank.

9. Termination and Termination Pay.

The Employee's employment under this Agreement shall be terminated upon any of the following occurrences:

(a) The death of the Employee during the term of this Agreement, in which event the Employee's estate shall be entitled to receive the compensation due the Employee through the last day of the calendar month which is three (3) months after the Employee's death.

(b) The Board of Directors may terminate the Employee's employment at any time, but any termination by the Board of Directors other than termination for Just Cause, shall not prejudice the Employee's right to compensation or other benefits under the Agreement. The Employee shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Just Cause. Termination for "Just Cause" shall include termination because of the Employee's personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of the Agreement.

3

(c) Except as provided pursuant to Section 12 herein, in the event Employee's employment under this Agreement is terminated by the Board of Directors without Just Cause, the Bank shall be obligated to continue to pay the Employee the salary provided pursuant to Section 2 herein, up to the date of termination of the term (including any renewal term) of this Agreement and the cost of Employee obtaining all health, life, disability, and other benefits which the Employee would be eligible to participate in through such date based upon the benefit levels substantially equal to those being provided Employee at the date of termination of employment.

(d) If the Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under Sections 8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA") (12 U.S.C. 181 8(e)(4) and (g)(1 )), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but the vested rights of the parties shall not be affected.

(e) If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of FDIA) all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

(f) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("Director of OTS"), or his or her designee, at the time that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in
Section 13(c) of FDIA; or (ii) by the Director of the OTS, or his or her designee, at the time that the Director of the OTS, or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director of the OTS to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.

(g) The voluntary termination by the Employee during the term of this Agreement with the delivery of no less than 60 days written notice to the Board of Directors, other than pursuant to Section 12(b), in which case the Employee shall be entitled to receive only the compensation, vested rights, and all employee benefits up to the date of such termination.

(h) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement, or otherwise, shall be subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 USC ss.1828(k) and any regulations promulgated there under.

10. Suspension of Employment. If the Employee is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by a notice served under Section 8 (e) (3) or (g) (1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1818 (e) (3) and (g) (1)), the Bank's obligations under the Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed

4

by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank shall, (i) pay the Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate any of its obligations which were suspended.

11. Disability. If the Employee shall become disabled or incapacitated to the extent that he is unable to perform his duties hereunder, by reason of medically determinable physical or mental impairment, as determined by a doctor engaged by the Board of Directors, Employee shall nevertheless continue to receive the compensation and benefits which may be payable to Employee under the provisions of disability insurance coverage in effect for Bank employees. Upon returning to active full-time employment, the Employee's full compensation as set forth in this Agreement shall be reinstated as of the date of commencement of such activities. In the event that the Employee returns to active employment on other than a full-time basis, then his compensation (as set forth in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement) shall be reduced in proportion to the time spent in said employment, or as shall otherwise be agreed to by the parties.

12. Change in Control.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, in the event of the involuntary termination of Employee's employment under this Agreement, in connection with, or within twelve (12) months after, any change in control of the Bank or Parent, Employee shall be paid an amount equal to the product of 1.50 times the Employee's "base amount" as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and regulations promulgated thereunder. Said sum shall be paid, at the option of Employee, either in one (1) lump sum within thirty (30) days of such termination discounted to the present value of such payment using as the discount rate the interest rate payable on one year U.S. Treasury obligations as published in the Wall Street Journal Eastern Edition as of the date of such payment, or in periodic payments over the remaining term of this Agreement, as if Employee's employment had not been terminated, and such payments shall be in lieu of any other future payments which the Employee would be otherwise entitled to receive under Section 9 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, all sums payable hereunder shall be reduced in such manner and to such extent so that no such payments made hereunder when aggregated with all other payments to be made to the Employee by the Bank or the Parent shall be deemed an "excess parachute payment" in accordance with Section 280G of the Code and be subject to the excise tax provided at Section 4999(a) of the Code. The term "control" shall refer to the ownership, holding or power to vote more than 25% of the Parent's or Bank's voting stock, the control of the election of a majority of the Parent's or Bank's directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Parent or Bank by any person or by persons acting as a group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The term "person" means an individual other than the Employee, or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

5

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Employee may voluntary terminate his employment under this Agreement within twelve (12) months following a change in control of the Bank or Parent, and Employee shall thereupon be entitled to receive the payment described in
Section 12(a) of this Agreement, upon the occurrence, or within one year thereafter, of any of the following events, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in writing: (i) if Employee would be required to move his personal residence or perform his principal executive functions more than thirty-five (35) miles from the Employee's primary office as of the signing of this Agreement; (ii) if in the organizational structure of the Bank or Parent, Employee would be required to report to a person or persons other than the President and Board of the Bank or Parent; (iii) if the Bank or Parent should fail to maintain existing employee benefits plans, including material fringe benefits, stock option and retirement plans; (iv) if Employee would be assigned duties and responsibilities other than those normally associated with his position as referenced at Section 1, herein; or (v) if Employee's responsibilities or authority have in any way been materially diminished or reduced.

(c) Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the rules then in effect of the district office of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") nearest to the home office of the Bank, and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except to the extend that the parties may otherwise reach a mutual settlement of such issue. The Bank shall incur the cost of all fees and expenses associated with filing a request for arbitration with the AAA, whether such filing is made on behalf of the Bank or the Employee, and the costs and administrative fees associated with employing the arbitrator and related administrative expenses assessed by the AAA.

13. Successors and Assigns.

(a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any corporate or other successor of the Bank or Parent which shall acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank or Parent.

(b) Since the Bank is contracting for the unique and personal skills of the Employee, the Employee shall be precluded from assigning or delegating his rights or duties hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the Bank.

14. Amendments. No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto unless made in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise specifically provided.

6

15. Applicable Law. This agreement shall be governed by all respects whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise, by the laws of the State of Kansas, except to the extent that Federal law shall be deemed to apply.

16. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

17. Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with any understanding or modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and first hereinabove written.

7

EXHIBIT 10.13


LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This Agreement constitutes the award of STOCK OPTIONS for a total of 2,500 shares of Common Stock, par value $.10 per share, of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. (the "Corporation"), to Stephen H. Sundberg (the "Participant") on such terms and conditions as are set forth hereinafter.

1. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply.

"Award" means the grant by the Board of the Corporation of a Stock Option as detailed hereinafter.

"Bank" shall mean Landmark Federal Savings Bank, or any predecessor corporation thereto.

"Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any successor or parent corporation thereto.

"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Committee" shall mean the Board or the Stock Option Committee which may be appointed by the Board from time to time.

"Common Stock" shall mean common stock, par value $.010 per share, of the Corporation, or any successor or parent corporation thereto.

"Corporation" shall mean Landmark Bancshares, Inc., the parent corporation for the Bank, or any predecessor or parent thereof.

"Director" shall mean a member of the Board of the Corporation, or any successor or parent corporation thereto.

"Director Emeritus" shall mean a person serving as a director emeritus, advisory director, consulting director or other similar position as may be appointed by the Board of Directors of the Bank of the Corporation from time to time.

"Disability" means any physical or mental impairment which renders the Participant incapable of continuing in the employment or service of the Bank or the Parent in his then current capacity as determined by the Committee.

"Date of Grant" shall mean April 27, 2000.

1

"Employee" shall mean a person employed by the Corporation or any present or future Parent or Subsidiary of the Corporation.

"Fair Market Value" shall mean: (i) if the Common Stock is traded otherwise than on a national securities exchange, then the Fair Market Value per Share shall be equal to the mean between the last bid and ask price of such Common Stock on such date or, if there is no bid and ask price on said date, then on the immediately prior business day on which there was a bid and ask price. If no such bid and ask price is available, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith; or (ii) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, then the Fair Market Value per Share shall be not less than the average of the highest and lowest selling price of such Common Stock on such exchange on such date, or if there were no sales on said date, then the Fair Market Value shall be not less than the mean between the last bid and ask price on such date.

"Option" or "Stock Option" shall mean an option to purchase Shares awarded herein which option is not intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

"Optioned Stock" shall mean Common Stock subject to an Option granted pursuant to the Agreement.

"Parent" shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a "parent corporation" as defined in Subsections 424(e) and (g) of the Code.

"Participant" means Stephen H. Sundberg .

"Share" shall mean one share of Common Stock.

"Subsidiary" shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a "subsidiary corporation" as defined in Subsections 424(f) and (g) of the Code.

2. Option Price. The Option exercise price is $ 15.125 for each Share, representing 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant as determined by the Board of the Corporation.

3. Exerciseability of Options.

(a) Schedule of Exercise. This Option shall be immediately exercisable as of the Date of Grant for a period of not more than ten years thereafter, as noted herein.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by a written notice which shall:

(i) State the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which it is being exercised, the person in whose name the stock certificate or certificates for such Shares of common Stock is to be

2

registered, his address and Social Security Number (or if more than one, the names, addresses and Social Security Numbers of such person);

(ii) Contain such representations and agreements as to the Participant's investment intent with respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be satisfactory to the corporation's counsel;

(iii) Be signed by the person or persons entitled to exercise the Option and, if the Option is being exercised by any person or persons other than the Participant, be accompanied by proof, satisfactory to counsel for the Corporation, of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option; and

(iv) Be in writing and delivered in person or by certified mail to the Treasurer of the Corporation.

Payment of the purchase price of any Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised shall be by certified or bank cashier's or teller's check. The Certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock as to which the Option shall be exercised shall be registered in the name of the person or persons exercising the Option.

(c) Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or valid regulation. As a condition to the Participant's exercise of this Option, the Corporation may require the person exercising this Option to make any representation and warranty to the Corporation as may be required by any applicable law or regulation.

4. Non-transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executor, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Participant.

5. Six Month Holding Period. A total of six months must elapse between the Date of Grant of an Option and the date of the sale of Common Stock received through the exercise of an Option.

6. Recapitalization, Merger, Consolidation, Change in Control and Similar Transactions.

(a) Adjustment. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Corporation, within the sole discretion of the Committee, the aggregate number of Shares of Common Stock for which Options may be granted hereunder, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option, and the exercise price per Share of Common Stock of each such Option, shall all be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued and outstanding Shares of Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares (whether by reason of

3

merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, split-up, combination of shares, or otherwise) or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the Common Stock ) or any other increase or decrease in the number of such Shares of Common Stock effected without the receipt of consideration by the Corporation (other than Shares held by dissenting stockholders).

(b) Change in Control. In the event of such a change in control or imminent change in control, the Participant shall, at the discretion of the Committee, be entitled to receive cash in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock subject to any Stock Option over the Option Price of such Shares, In exchange for the surrender of such Options by the Participant on that date in the event of a change in control or imminent change in control of the Corporation. For purposes of the Agreement, "change in control" shall mean: (i) the execution of an agreement for the sale of all or a material portion, of the assets of the Corporation; (ii) the execution of an agreement for a merger or recapitalization of the Corporation or any merger or recapitalization whereby the Corporation is not the surviving entity; (iii) a change of control of the Corporation, as otherwise defined or determined by the Office of Thrift Supervision or regulations promulgated by it; or (iv) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of the beneficial ownership
(within the meaning of that term as it is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation by any person, trust, entity or group. This limitation shall not apply to the purchase of shares by underwriters in connection with a public offering of Corporation stock, or the purchase of shares of up to 25% of any class of securities of the Corporation by a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan which is exempt from the approval requirements, set forth under 12 C.F.R. 574.3(c)(1)(vi) as now in effect or as may hereafter be amended. The term "person" refers to an individual or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein. For purposes of the Agreement, "imminent change in control" shall refer to any offer or announcement, oral or written, by any person or persons acting as a group, to acquire control of the Corporation. The decision of the Committee as to whether a change in control or imminent change in control has occurred shall be conclusive and binding.

(c) ExtraordinaryCorporate Action. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Corporation, in the event of any change in control, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange of Shares, spin-off, reorganization, tender offer, partial or complete liquidation or other extraordinary corporate action or event, the committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power, prior or subsequent to such action or event to:

(i) appropriately adjust the number of Shares of Common Stock subject to each Option, the exercise price per Share of Common Stock, and the

4

consideration to be given or received by the Corporation upon the exercise of any outstanding Option;

(ii) cancel any or all previously granted Options, provided that appropriate consideration is paid to the Participant in connection therewith; and/or

(iii)make such other adjustments in connection with the Agreement as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary, desirable, appropriate or advisable.

7. Related Matters.

(a) Payment. Full payment for each Share of Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of any Stock Option granted herein shall be made at the time of exercise of each such Stock Option and shall be paid in cash (in United States Dollars), Common Stock or a combination of cash and Common Stock. Common Stock utilized in full or partial payment of the exercise price shall be valued at its fair market value at the date of exercise. The Corporation shall accept full or partial payment in Common Stock only to the extent permitted by applicable law. No Shares of Common Stock shall be issued until full payment therefore has been received by the Corporation, and no Participant shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the Corporation until Share of Common Stock are issued to him.

(b) Cashless Exercise. A Participant who has held a Stock Option for at least six months may engage in the "cashless exercise" of the Option. In a cashless exercise, a Participant gives the Corporation written notice of the exercise of the Option together with an order to a registered broker-dealer or equivalent third party, to sell part or all of the Optioned Stock and to deliver enough of the proceeds to the Corporation to pay the Option price and any applicable withholding taxes. If the Participant does not sell the Optioned Stock through a registered broker-dealer or equivalent third party, he can give the Corporation written notice of the exercise of the Option and the third party purchaser of the Optioned Stock shall pay the Option price plus any applicable withholding taxes to the Corporation.

(c) Transferability. Any Stock Option granted pursuant to the Agreement shall be exercised during a Participant's lifetime only by the Participant to whom it was granted and shall not be assignable or transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

(d) Effect of Termination of Employment or Service. Upon the termination of a Participant's employment or service with the Corporation or the Bank as a Director, Director Emeritus or Employee, the Participant may continue to exercise such Options for a period of six months from the date of termination of employment or service by the Participant, but not later than the date on which the Option would otherwise expire. Such Options of a deceased Participant may be exercised within two years from the date of his or her death, but not later than the date on which the Option would otherwise expire.

5

(e) Change in Applicable Law. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement, in the event of a change in any federal or state law, rule or regulation which would make the exercise of all or part of any previously granted Stock Option unlawful or subject the Corporation to any penalty, the Committee may restrict any such exercise without the consent of the Participant or other holder thereof in order to comply with any such law, rule or regulation or to avoid any such penalty.

(f) Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares shall not be issued with respect to any Option granted under the Agreement unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with all relevant provision of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, any applicable state securities law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed.

The inability of the Corporation to obtain from any regulatory body or authority deemed by the Corporation's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder shall relieve the Corporation of any liability in respect of the non-issuance or sale of such Shares.

As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Corporation may require the person exercising the Option to make such representations and warranties as may be necessary to assure the availability of an exemption from the registration requirements of federal or state securities law.

(g) Withholding Tax. The Corporation shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid in cash with respect to the cashless exercise of Options under the Agreement any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such cash payments. Where a Participant or other person is entitled to receive Shares pursuant to the Exercise of an Option pursuant to the Agreement, the Corporation shall have the right to require the Participant or such other person to pay the Corporation the amount of any taxes which the Corporation is required to withhold with respect to such Shares, or, in lieu thereof, to retain, or to sell without notice, a number of such Shares sufficient to cover the amount required to be withheld.

(h) Governing Law. The Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Kansas, except to the extent that federal law shall be deemed to apply.

(i) Administration. All decisions, determinations and interpretation of the Committee shall be final and conclusive on all persons affected thereby.

8. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon any corporate or other successor of the Bank or Parent which shall


acquire, directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, all or substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank or Parent.

9. Amendments. No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto unless made in writing and signed by both parties, except as herein otherwise specifically provided.

10. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not effect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with any understanding or modifications thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties, shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto.

This Agreement is hereby executed between the parties as of April 27 , 2000.

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.

By: ------------------------------------------------------

Larry Schugart

Attest:
Gary L. Watkins

(SEAL)

Accepted:
Stephen H. Sundberg (Participant)

7

EXHIBIT 13

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.

2000

ANNUAL REPORT


Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONTENTS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Message to our Stockholders ................................................  1


Corporate Profile and Stock Price Information...............................  2


Five-Year Financial Summary.................................................  3


Management's Discussion and Analysis........................................  5


Report of Independent Accountants...........................................F-1


Consolidated Financial Statements...........................................F-2


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .................................F-8


Corporate Information....................................................... 16


MESSAGE TO OUR STOCKHOLDERS:

Management, your Board of Directors and I are proud to issue this 7th annual report for Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Landmark Federal Savings Bank. This past year could best be characterized as one focused on rising interest rates.

Net interest income for the current year was essentially the same as the prior year despite significant increases in interest rates that translated into higher costs to fund our origination of loans. Management was able to reduce non-interest expenses $135,000 from the prior year. In addition, the provision for loan losses was $518,000 less during 2000 as compared to the prior year, reflecting increased recoveries, fewer charge offs and Management's evaluation of the loan portfolio. Non-interest income decreased $659,000 for the year, as management concluded investment market prices were not reflective of investment values, and therefore, reduced the number of security sales transactions accordingly. Landmark repurchased 60,148 shares of its stock, which reduced potential earnings on the $1,082,534 used to fund the repurchases.
Notwithstanding, I am pleased to report our net income increased for the year by $27,795, to $2,383,365.

The continuance of our stock repurchase program has increased the basic earnings per share on your stock from $2.06 last year to $2.19 per share this year and diluted earnings from $1.87 to $2.04 per share. Return on average equity increased from 10.09% to 10.23%. Since 1998 the average return on equity has increased from 7.52% to 10.23%, an increase of 2.71%, which represents an increase in the return of equity of 36% over the two year period. Return on average assets was 0.97%, down 0.04% from last year's 1.01%. Our stock repurchase program continues into the new fiscal year with the announcement in September 2000 of our 10th buyback program.

As discussed in last year's message, the financial sector remained out of favor in the market for much of this year and this was reflected in the price of your stock. I am excited to report that your stock has increased in price from $15.75 at September 30, 1999 to $18.25 at September 30, 2000. This is due to an overall increase in financial sector stock prices and the efforts of Management and the Board of Directors. As always, Management and the Board of Directors are ever mindful of focusing their efforts on enhancing shareholder value.

Landmark Bancshares, Inc. declared its 26th consecutive quarterly dividend in October 2000. Our dividends for the 2000 fiscal year were $0.15 per quarter. This equates to an approximate annual yield of 3.29% based upon the closing price of your stock on September 30, 2000.

Capital requirements and financial soundness are symbolized by Bauer Financial awarding Landmark Federal Savings Bank its 39th consecutive annual "FIVE STAR" rating and Veribanc, Inc. presenting its highest rating, "GREEN 3 STARS" to the Bank. Bauer Financial and Veribanc, Inc. are independent companies that rate financial institutions.

Management and your Board of Directors thank you, our shareholders and customers, for your continued trust. We look forward to the 21st century with clear vision, filled with energy and confidence. With a promise of continued financial strength, security and stability, Landmark Bancshares, Inc. pledges its dedication to seeking new opportunities for sound growth and customer service.

Respectfully submitted,

/s/Larry Schugart

Larry Schugart
President and
Chief Executive Officer

-1-


Corporate Profile and Related Information

Landmark Bancshares, Inc. (the "Company") is the parent company for Landmark Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank"). The Company was formed as a Kansas corporation in November 1993 at the direction of the Bank in connection with the Bank's conversion from a mutual to stock form of ownership (the "Conversion"). The Company acquired all of the capital stock that the Bank issued upon its conversion. On March 28, 1994, the Bank completed its conversion in connection with a $22.8 million initial public offering. The Company is a unitary savings and loan holding company. Changes to federal law that occurred during the 2000 fiscal year prohibit the acquisition of the Company by any non-financial company. This restriction does not impact the current business of the Company and the Company generally is not restricted in the types of business activities in which it may engage provided that the Bank retains a specified amount of its assets in housing-related investments. At the present time, since the Company does not conduct any active business, the Company does not intend to employ any persons other than officers but utilizes the support staff and facilities of the Bank from time to time.

Landmark Federal Savings Bank is a federally chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Dodge City, Kansas. The Bank was founded in 1920 with a charter from the state of Kansas under the name "Dodge City Savings and Loan Association" which later became a federal association under the name "First Federal Savings and Loan of Dodge City." First Federal Savings and Loan of Dodge City became known as "Landmark Federal Savings Association" in 1983 when it changed its name at the time it merged with Peoples Savings and Loan of Sterling, Kansas. The Bank's deposits have been federally insured since 1943 and are currently insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") under the Savings Association Insurance Fund (the "SAIF"). The Bank conducts its business from its main office in Dodge City, Kansas and five branch offices located in Barton, Finney, Ford and Rush Counties in Kansas. The Bank also has a loan origination office located in Overland Park, Kansas.

Stock Market Information

There were 1,107,374 shares (net of treasury stock) of common stock of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. outstanding on September 30, 2000, held by approximately 301 stockholders of record (not including the number of persons or entities holding the stock in nominee or street name through various brokerage firms). Since its issuance in March 1994, the Company's common stock has been traded on the Nasdaq National Market. The daily stock quotation for Landmark Bancshares, Inc. is listed in the Nasdaq National Market section published in The Wall Street Journal and other leading newspapers under the trading symbol "LARK". The following table reflects stock price information based on sales as published by the Nasdaq National Market statistical report for each quarter for fiscal years 2000 and 1999.

                                 Year Ended September 30,
                   ---------------------------------------------------
                             2000                    1999
                   ---------------------   -----------------------
                      HIGH        LOW         HIGH           LOW
                   -----------  --------   ------------  -------------
First Quarter        21 1/2      15 1/4        24          19 1/2
Second Quarter       20          13 1/4        24          20 1/8
Third Quarter        18          14            21          17 3/4
Fourth Quarter       19 1/2      15 1/4        19          15

The following table sets forth, for each quarter the dividends declared on the common stock for the indicated fiscal years ended September 30. The Company's ability to pay dividends to shareholders is largely dependent upon the dividends it receives from the Bank. The Bank is subject to regulatory limitations on the amount of cash dividends it may pay.

                             Year Ended September 30,
                         ---------------------------------
Dividends per share          2000                1999
-------------------      -------------       -------------

 First Quarter              $ 0.15              $ 0.15
 Second Quarter               0.15                0.25
 Third Quarter                0.15                0.15
 Fourth Quarter               0.15                0.15

On October 18, 2000 the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.15 per share to shareholders of record on November 15, 2000.

-2-

=============================================================================================================================
FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY**

Selected Financial Condition Data (Dollars in Thousands)
=============================================================================================================================
At September 30,                                       2000            1999            1998            1997            1996
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                                       $ 250,676       $ 244,116       $ 225,368       $ 227,850       $ 213,734
Loans receivable, net (1)                            191,514         177,840         174,733         158,163         129,903
Investments held-to-maturity                          28,667          28,850          11,575          18,838          29,399
Investments available-for-sale                         9,588          12,022           9,221           7,123           4,138
Mortgaged-backed securities
   held-to-maturity                                   10,112          13,489          21,724          36,690          45,877
Cash and cash equivalents                              5,090           5,976           2,844           2,741             474
Deposits                                             165,325         158,936         154,793         144,735         143,815
FHLB borrowings                                       57,000          58,000          41,700          46,200          33,467
Stockholders' equity                                  23,662          22,404          25,024          32,245          32,389

Summary of Operations (Dollars in Thousands)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year Ended September 30,                               2000            1999            1998            1997            1996
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Interest income                                     $ 18,230        $ 17,059        $ 17,207        $ 16,695        $ 14,575
Interest expense                                      11,229          10,029          10,216           9,768           8,678
                                              --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
  Net interest income                                  7,001           7,030           6,991           6,927           5,897
Provision for loan losses                                267             785             265             308             135
                                              --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
  Net interest income after provision
   for losses on loans                                 6,734           6,245           6,726           6,619           5,762
Non-interest income                                      977           1,636           1,226           1,026             745
Non-interest expense (2)                               4,056           4,191           4,134           3,581           4,323
                                              --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
Income before income taxes                             3,655           3,690           3,818           4,064           2,184
Provision for income taxes                             1,272           1,334           1,454           1,550             780
                                              --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
Net income                                           $ 2,383         $ 2,356         $ 2,364         $ 2,514         $ 1,404
                                              =============== =============== =============== =============== ===============
Basic earnings per share                              $ 2.19          $ 2.06          $ 1.56          $ 1.52          $ 0.78
                                              =============== =============== =============== =============== ===============
Diluted earnings per share                            $ 2.04          $ 1.87          $ 1.42          $ 1.42          $ 0.74
                                              =============== =============== =============== =============== ===============
Dividends per share                                   $ 0.60          $ 0.70          $ 0.60          $ 0.40          $ 0.40
                                              =============== =============== =============== =============== ===============
Book value per common share
   outstanding at September 30                       $ 21.37         $ 19.80         $ 18.84         $ 19.10         $ 17.48
                                              =============== =============== =============== =============== ===============

** The selected consolidated financial data of the Company should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, including the related notes.
(1) Includes loans held for sale totaling $8,854, $604, $2,409, $490 and $1,890 at September 30, 2000, 1999, 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.
(2) Includes one-time SAIF special assessment of $973 for the year ended September 30, 1996.

-3-

================================================================================================================================
FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

Selected Ratios and Other Data
================================================================================================================================
At or For the Year Ended September 30,                2000            1999           1998            1997            1996
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Return on average assets                                  0.97  %         1.01  %        1.03  %         1.12  %        0.70  %
Return on average equity                                 10.23           10.09           7.52            7.79           4.14
Average equity to average assets                          9.48           10.02          13.71           14.44          17.00
Equity to assets at period end                            9.44            9.18          11.10           14.15          15.15
Net interest spread                                       2.48            2.64           2.41            2.41           2.11
Net yield on average interest-earning assets              2.93            3.10           3.12            3.16           3.01
Non-performing assets to total assets                     0.52            0.26           0.34            0.30           0.15
Non-performing loans to net loans                         0.59            0.28           0.39            0.27           0.24
Allowance for loan losses to total loans                  0.72            0.74           0.65            0.61           0.57
Dividend payout                                          27.31           34.18          39.31           26.95          53.58
Number of:
  Loans outstanding                                      5,996           6,262          6,741           6,210          5,439
  Deposit accounts                                      11,649          12,461         12,878          12,888         13,443
  Full service offices                                       6               6              6               5              5

[OBJECT OMITTED] [OBJECT OMITTED]

[OBJECT OMITTED] [OBJECT OMITTED]

-4-


Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

The following is a discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its subsidiary, Landmark Federal Savings Bank, and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.

General

The Bank is primarily engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and using those deposits, together with other funds, to originate mortgage loans for the purchase and refinancing of residential properties located in central and southwestern Kansas. In addition, the Bank offers and purchases loans through correspondent lending relationships in Kansas and in other states. The Bank also makes commercial, automobile, second mortgage, equity and deposit loans. The Bank's market has historically provided an excess of savings deposits over loan demand. Accordingly, in addition to originating loans in its market, the Bank also purchases mortgage-backed securities and investment securities.

The Company's operations, as with those of the entire banking industry, are significantly affected by prevailing economic conditions, competition, and the monetary and fiscal policies of governmental agencies. Lending activities are influenced by the demand for loans, competition among lenders, the prevailing market rates of interest, primarily on competing investments, account maturities, and the levels of personal income and savings in the market area.

The earnings of the Bank depend primarily on its level of net interest income, which is the difference between interest income and interest expense. The Bank's net interest income is a function of its interest rate spread, which is determined by the difference between rates of interest earned on interest-earning assets, and rates of interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The Bank's earnings are also affected by its provision for losses on loans, as well as the amount of non-interest income and non-interest expense, such as compensation and related expenses, occupancy expense, data processing costs and income taxes.

The Company's strategy for growth emphasizes both internal and external growth. Operations focus on increasing deposits, making loans and providing customers with a high level of customer service. As part of the Bank's emphasis on external growth, the Bank has expanded its operations within its market areas. During fiscal 1998, the Bank opened a branch office in Dodge City and a loan origination office in the Kansas City area. As part of the Bank's strategy for internal growth, during fiscal 1997, the Bank established a commercial loan department and has been active in increasing its market share of the commercial lending market.

This management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations contains, or incorporates by reference, forward-looking statements that involve inherent risks and uncertainties. The Company cautions readers that a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. Those factors include fluctuations in interest rates, inflation, government regulations, economic conditions, adequacy of allowance for loan losses, technology changes and competition in the geographic and business areas in which the Company conducts its operations. These statements are based on management's current expectations. Actual results in future periods may differ from those currently expected because of changes in the factors referred to above and various risks and uncertainties.

The Company does not undertake, and specifically disclaims, any obligation to publicly release the results of any revisions that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

-5-

Financial Condition

Consolidated total assets increased $6,559,991 or 2.69% from $244,115,984 at September 30, 1999 to $250,675,975 at September 30, 2000. The principal factors contributing to the growth in assets was the increase in loans receivable during the year.

Cash and due from banks:
Cash and due from banks decreased $885,759 or 14.82%, from $5,975,730 at September 30, 1999 to $5,089,971 at September 30, 2000. This slight decrease in cash and due from banks results from normal fluctuations in operating activities.

Loans receivable:
Net loans receivable held-for-investment increased $5,423,451 or 3.06%, from $177,236,196 at September 30, 1999 to $182,659,647 at September 30, 2000. This growth in the loan portfolio is attributed primarily to increased residential real estate lending throughout the year. Residential real estate loans increased $9,505,897 or 6.89%, from $138,008,961 at September 30, 1999 to $147,514,858 at September 30, 2000. This increase includes the purchase of $15,431,149 in residential mortgage loans during fiscal year 2000. The Bank increased its investment in purchased loans in order to enhance the yield on investable funds during periods when such amounts exceed loan demand in the Bank's primary lending area.

Loans held-for-sale increased $8,250,098, from $604,395 at September 30, 1999 to $8,854,493 at September 30, 2000. This significant increase in loans held-for sale was a result of management's decision, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2000, to reevaluate the Bank's interest rate risk position, as discussed in the "Asset/Liability Management" section. Management decided to reclassify certain loans originated and previously classified as held for investment to held-for-sale. During fiscal 2000 the Bank originated $9,787,423 of loans held-for-sale and also transferred $7,221,401 of loans held for investment to held-for- sale.

The allowance for loan losses was increased $59,031, from $1,317,676 at September 30, 1999 to $1,376,707 at September 30, 2000. The continued increase in loan loss reserves is based on management's evaluation of the Bank's loan portfolio, discussed further in the "Results of Operations" section.

The Bank had impaired loans of $505,276 and $353,790 at September 30, 2000 and 1999, respectively. A loan is impaired when, based on management's evaluation of current and historical information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected. Loans that are classified as impaired are typically collateral dependent; therefore, impairment is measured based upon the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell. Impairment is recognized by creating a valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to provision for loss on loans.

Management, as part of the monitoring and evaluation of non-performing loans, classifies loans and repossessed assets in accordance with regulatory provisions as loss, doubtful or substandard. Total assets classified as of September 30, 2000 and 1999, amounted to $1,870,000 and $1,338,000, respectively. Those loans classified that are not recognized as impaired include loans that are currently past due 90 days or more, or have a past history of delinquency. Classified loans increased $532,000 during fiscal 2000. The increase was largely the result of a small number of delinquent residential loans in the Kansas City market area. Management believes the increase in classified loans is short-term and is aggressively working with borrowers to remedy past due accounts. At September 30, 2000, the Bank's ratio of total non-performing assets to total assets was 0.52%, lower than the industry average. The Bank will continue with its aggressive collection policies to keep non-performing assets to a minimum, but no assurance can be given that negotiations with borrowers will continue to be successful. Classified loans have been considered by management in the evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan loss.

Investment securities:
Investment securities held-to-maturity decreased $182,968 or 0.63%, from $28,849,853 at September 30, 1999 to $28,666,885 at September 30, 2000. Investment securities available-for-sale decreased $2,434,923 or 20.25%, from $12,022,530 at September 30, 1999 to $9,587,607 at September 30, 2000. Proceeds of $3,328,452 from the sale of investment securities available for sale were used to reduce borrowings and increase the loan portfolio. The Company purchased $825,000 in investment securities during fiscal 2000 compared to $26,865,659 during fiscal 1999. The yield on investment securities at September 30, 2000 was 6.53% compared to 6.29% at September 30, 1999.

-6-

As permitted by the Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, on October 1, 2000, the Company transferred all of its held-to-maturity investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolios to available-for-sale and trading portfolios. See Notes 1 and 23 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Mortgage-backed securities:
Mortgage-backed securities decreased $3,377,156 or 25.04%, from $13,489,174 at September 30, 1999 to $10,112,018 at September 30, 2000. The Company did not have any mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale at September 30, 2000 or 1999. Mortgage-backed securities decreased due to funds from repayments on mortgage-backed securities being used to fund the increase in loans receivable and reduce borrowings. The yield on mortgage-backed securities at September 30, 2000 was 6.79% compared to 5.95% at September 30, 1999.

Foreclosed assets:
The balance of foreclosed assets at September 30, 2000 and 1999 was $170,724 and $146,883, respectively. The September 30, 2000 balance in foreclosed assets consisted of two single-family residences. This foreclosed asset balance continues to be substantially lower than that experienced by the Bank in prior years.

Deposits:
Deposits increased $6,389,148, or 4.02%, from $158,936,292 at September 30, 1999 to $165,325,440 at September 30, 2000. This increase relates primarily to the increase in certificates of deposit accounts of $10,604,087 from $126,091,137 at September 30, 1999 to $136,695,224 at September 30, 2000. The increase in certificates of deposit accounts relates primarily to an increase in public funds. Public funds on deposit totaled $37,411,681 at September 30, 2000 compared to $20,885,226, an increase of $16,526,455 or 79.13%. This growth in deposits is a result of the Bank's continued effort to offer rates competitive with other financial institutions in the area. The cost on savings deposits and certificates of deposit increased 72 basis points from 4.93% at September 30, 1999 to 5.65% at September 30, 2000. The cost on demand deposits decreased 30 basis points from 2.55% at September 30, 1999 to 2.25% at September 30,2000.

Of the $136,695,224 in certificates of deposit held by the Bank at September 30, 2000, $117,992,165 of these deposits will mature during the year ending September 30, 2001. The majority of the Bank's time deposits consist of regular deposits from customers and institutional investors from the Bank's surrounding community rather than brokered deposit accounts. As a result, most of these local accounts are expected to remain with the Bank upon renewal.

Advances and other borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank:
The Bank has continued to utilize advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") as a source of funds. Fixed term advances from the FHLB totaled $57,000,000 and $35,000,000 at September 30, 2000 and 1999, respectively. The Bank also has a line of credit with the FHLB. The Bank had an outstanding balance on the line of credit of $0 and $23,000,000 at September 30, 2000 and 1999, respectively. The funds provided by these borrowings were used primarily to fund lending activity throughout the year. The weighted average cost of these borrowings from the FHLB was 6.31% and 5.39% as of September 30, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Of the advances and other borrowings outstanding at September 30, 2000, $30,000,000 matures during the year ending September 30, 2001.

Stockholders' equity:
Stockholders' equity increased $1,257,857, or 5.61%, from $22,404,147 at September 30, 1999 to $23,662,004 at September 30, 2000. As of September 30, 2000 the Company had repurchased 1,173,938 shares, or 51.46% of its outstanding common stock to enhance stockholder value. Total stock repurchases for the year ended September 30, 2000 amounted to 60,148 shares at a cost of $1,082,534.

Asset/Liability Management

The Bank has established an Asset/Liability Management Committee ("ALCO") for the purpose of monitoring and managing interest rate risk. The Bank is subject to the risk of interest rate fluctuations to the extent that there is a difference, or mismatch, between the amount of the Bank's interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that mature or reprice within specified time periods. Consequently, when interest rates change, to the extent the Bank's interest-earning assets have longer maturities or effective repricing periods than its interest-bearing liabilities, the interest income realized

-7-

on the Bank's interest-earning assets will adjust more slowly than the interest expense on its interest-bearing liabilities. This mismatch in the maturity and interest rate sensitivity of assets and liabilities is commonly referred to as the "gap." A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets maturing, or repricing, during a specified period exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing, or repricing during such period, and is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing or repricing during a specified period exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets maturing or repricing during such period. Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap would adversely affect net interest income while a positive gap would result in an increase in net interest income, and during a period of declining interest rates, a negative gap would result in an increase in net interest income while a positive gap would adversely affect net interest income. The Bank utilizes internally generated gap reports and externally prepared interest rate sensitivity of net portfolio value reports to monitor and manage its interest rate risk.

Quarterly, the OTS prepares a report on the interest rate sensitivity of the net portfolio value ("NPV") from information provided by Bank. The IRR component is a dollar amount that will be deducted from total capital for the purpose of calculating an institution's risk-based capital requirement and is measured in terms of the sensitivity of its NPV to changes in interest rates. The NPV is the difference between incoming and outgoing discounted cash flows from assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet contracts. An institution's IRR is measured as the change to its NPV as the result of a hypothetical 200 basis point change in market interest rates. A resulting change in NPV of more than 2% of the estimated market value of its assets will require the institution to deduct from its capital 50% of that excess change. The rule provides that the OTS will calculate the IRR component quarterly for each institution.

The following tables present the Bank's NPV as well as other data as of September 30, 2000, as calculated by the OTS, based on information provided to the OTS by the Bank.

Change in Interest
Rates in Basis
Points (Rate Shock)               Net Portfolio Value                NPV as % of Present Value of Assets
-------------------  -------------------------------------------    -------------------------------------

                       $ Amount       $ Change         % Change           NPV Ratio          Change
                     ----------- ---------------    --------------  ------------------    ---------------
                        (Dollars in Thousands)

     +300 bp           $  3,994         (17,385)          (81)  %            1.75   %         (686) bp
     +200 bp (1)       $  9,994         (11,384)          (53)  %            4.25   %         (436) bp
     +100 bp           $ 15,880          (5,498)          (26)  %            6.57   %         (205) bp
       0 bp            $ 21,378                                              8.62   %
     -100 bp           $ 25,514           4,135            19   %           10.08   %          146  bp
     -200 bp           $ 27,198           5,820            27   %           10.63   %          201  bp
     -300 bp           $ 28,834           7,456            35   %           11.16   %          254  bp

(1) Denotes rate shock used to compute interest rate risk capital component.

                                                                     September 30, 2000
                                                                    ----------------------
Risk  Measures (200 Basis Point Rate Shock):

        Pre-Shock NPV Ratio:  NPV as % of Present Value of Assets            8.62%
        Exposure Measure:  Post-Shock NPV Ratio                              4.25%
        Sensitivity Measure:  Change in NPV Ratio                            4.36%

Utilizing the data above, the Bank, at September 30, 2000, would have been considered by the OTS to have been subject to "above normal" interest rate risk. Accordingly, a deduction from risk-based capital would have been required. However, even with this deduction, the capital of the Bank would continue to exceed all regulatory requirements.

-8-

Set forth below is a breakout, by basis points of the Bank's NPV as of September 30, 2000 by assets, liabilities, and off balance sheet items.

                                                                     No
Net Portfolio Value         -300 bp      -200 bp       -100 bp      Change       +100 bp       +200 bp     +300 bp
----------------------  ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------
Assets                     $258,470      $255,863     $253,214     $ 248,147     $241,760     $235,009     $228,160
-Liabilities                229,755       228,748      227,751       226,775      225,816      224,872      223,939
+Off Balance Sheet              119            83           51             6          (64)        (143)        (227)
                        ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------
Net Portfolio Value        $ 28,834      $ 27,198     $ 25,514      $ 21,378     $ 15,880      $ 9,994      $ 3,994
                        ============ ============= ============ ============= ============ ============ ============

Certain assumptions utilized by the OTS in assessing the interest rate risk of savings associations were employed in preparing the previous table. These assumptions relate to interest rates, loan prepayment rates, deposit decay rates and the market values of certain assets under the various interest rate scenarios. It was also assumed that delinquency rates would not change as a result of changes in interest rates, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case. Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there can be no assurance that the Bank's assets and liabilities would perform as set forth above.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the preceding NPV tables because the data reflect hypothetical changes in NPV based upon assumptions used by the OTS to evaluate the Bank as well as other institutions. However, net interest income should decline with instantaneous increases in interest rates while net interest income should increase with instantaneous declines in interest rates. Generally, during periods of increasing interest rates, the Bank's interest rate sensitive liabilities would reprice faster than its interest rate sensitive assets causing a decline in the Bank's interest rate spread and margin. This would result from an increase in the Bank's cost of funds that would not be immediately offset by an increase in its yield on earning assets. An increase in the cost of funds, without an equivalent increase in the yield of earning assets, would tend to reduce net interest income.

In times of decreasing interest rates, fixed rate assets could increase in value and the lag in repricing of interest rate sensitive assets could be expected to have a positive effect on the Bank's net interest income. However, changes in only certain rates, such as shorter term interest rate declines without longer term interest rate declines, could reduce or reverse the expected benefit from decreasing interest rates.

The Company has historically invested in interest-earning assets that have a longer duration than its interest-bearing liabilities. The mismatch in duration of the interest-sensitive liabilities indicates that the Bank is exposed to interest rate risk. In a rising rate environment, in addition to reducing the market value of long-term interest-earning assets, liabilities will reprice faster than assets; therefore, decreasing net interest income. To mitigate this risk, the Bank has placed a greater emphasis on shorter-term higher yielding assets that reprice more frequently in reaction to interest rate movements. In addition, the Bank has continued to include in total assets a concentration of adjustable-rate assets. This will benefit the one-year cumulative gap as such adjustable-rate assets reprice and are more responsive to the sensitivity of more frequently repricing interest-bearing liabilities.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2000, management evaluated the Company's interest rate risk position and concluded that it was necessary to reduce the current level of interest rate risk. As a result of this evaluation, management implemented a plan to reduce interest rate risk by reclassifying loans previously held for investment to loans held-for-sale. The Bank has reclassified $7,221,401 of loans held for investment to held-for-sale at September 30, 2000. The Bank has historically sold its 30-year fixed rate loans in the secondary market and held its 15-year and 20-year fixed rate mortgage loans to maturity. However, with the implementation of the interest rate risk plan, management plans to sell some loans from the 15-year and 20-year fixed rate portfolios. At September 30, 2000, management was also evaluating the possibility of selling a portion of the Bank's Federal Housing Administration and Veterans Administration ("FHA/VA") loans. Management pursued the sale of loans previously classified as held for investment to improve the Bank's liquidity and reduce borrowings and other liabilities. The completion of the sale of these loans and the resulting application of the proceeds is intended to have a positive affect on the Bank's level of interest rate risk.

-9-

Average Balances, Interest and Average Yields and Rates

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company's average balance sheet and reflects the average yield on assets and average cost of liabilities for the periods indicated and the average yields earned and rates paid. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods presented. Average balances are derived from daily balances.

                                                                       For Year Ended September 30,
                             At       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         September 30,
                            2000                   2000                            1999                          1998
                        ------------- ------------------------------- ------------------------------ -------------------------------
                                                            Average                        Average                         Average
                             Yield/     Average              Yield/     Average             Yield/     Average              Yield/
                              Cost      Balance  Interest     Cost      Balance  Interest    Cost      Balance  Interest     Cost
                        ------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- --------- ----------
                                                                          (Dollars in Thousands)
Interest-earning
assets:
  Loans receivable           8.11 %   $ 184,269  $ 14,783    8.02 %   $ 176,318  $14,102    8.00 %   $ 167,490   $13,741    8.20 %
  Mortgage-backed
    securities               6.79 %      11,752       765    6.51 %      17,555    1,108    6.31 %      29,724     1,927    6.48 %
  Investment
    securities               6.41 %      38,349     2,504    6.53 %      29,384    1,728    5.88 %      23,366     1,374    5.88 %
  Other interest-
    earning assets           5.97 %       4,558       178    3.91 %       3,548      121    3.41 %       3,169       165    5.21 %
                         ------------ ---------- --------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- --------- ----------
     Total interest-
       earning assets        7.75 %   $ 238,928  $ 18,230    7.63 %   $ 226,805  $17,059    7.52 %   $ 223,749   $17,207    7.69 %
                         ============ ========== ========= ========== ========== ======== ========== ========== ========= ==========
Non-interest earning
  assets:                                 6,898                           6,231                          5,580
                                      ----------                      ----------                     ----------
     Total assets                     $ 245,826                       $ 233,036                      $ 229,329
                                      ==========                      ==========                     ==========
Interest-bearing
liabilities:
  Demand deposits            2.25 %    $ 23,608     $ 630    2.67 %    $ 22,941    $ 597    2.60 %    $ 21,586     $ 669    3.10 %
  Savings deposits
    and certificates
    of deposit               5.65 %     130,047     6,710    5.16 %     133,729    6,918    5.17 %     127,290     6,917    5.43 %
  Other liabilities          6.31 %      64,253     3,889    6.05 %      48,671    2,513    5.16 %      44,763     2,631    5.88 %
                         ------------ ---------- --------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- --------- ----------
     Total interest-
       bearing
       liabilities           5.50 %   $ 217,908  $ 11,229    5.15 %   $ 205,341  $10,028    4.88 %   $ 193,639   $10,217    5.28 %
                         ============ ========== ========= ========== ========== ======== ========== ========== ========= ==========
Non-interest bearing
  liabilities                             4,618                           4,348                          4,242
                                      ----------                      ----------                     ----------
     Total liabilities                $ 222,526                       $ 209,689                      $ 197,881
                                      ==========                      ==========                     ==========
Stockholder's equity                     23,300                          23,347                         31,448
                                      ----------                      ----------                     ----------
     Total liabilities
       and
       stockholders'
       equity                         $ 245,826                       $ 233,036                      $ 229,329
                                      ==========                      ==========                     ==========
Net interest income                               $ 7,001                        $ 7,031                         $ 6,990
                                                 =========                       ========                       =========
Interest rate spread         2.25 %                          2.48 %                         2.64 %                          2.41 %
                         ============                      ==========                     ==========                      ==========
Net yield on interest-
  earning assets                                             2.93 %                         3.10 %                          3.12 %
                                                           ==========                     ==========                      ==========
Ratio of interest-
  earning assets
  to interest-
  bearing liabilities                                      109.65 %                       110.45 %                        115.55 %
                                                           ==========                     ==========                      ==========

-10-

The following Rate/Volume Analysis table presents, for the periods indicated, information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense (in thousands) of the Company. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on the changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (changes in average daily balances of the portfolio multiplied by the prior year rate), (ii) changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior year volume), and (iii) changes in rate/volume (changes in rate multiplied by the change in average volume).

                                                                     Years Ended September 30,
                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    2000 vs. 1999                                 1999 vs. 1998
                                     -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
                                              Increase (Decrease) Due to                   Increase (Decrease) Due to
                                     -------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
                                                               Rate/                                         Rate/
                                        Volume       Rate      Volume       Net       Volume       Rate      Volume       Net
                                     ----------  ---------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------  ----------
                                                                                     (In Thousands)
Interest income:
   Loans receivable                      $ 642       $  36      $  3      $  681       $ 723      $ (336)    $ (26)      $ 361
   Mortgage-backed securities             (366)         35       (12)       (343)       (790)        (52)       23        (819)
   Investment securities                   527         191        58         776         354           -         -         354
   Other interest-earning assets            35          18         4          57          19         (58)       (5)        (44)
                                     ----------  ---------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------  ----------

     Total interest-earning assets       $ 838       $ 280      $ 53      $1,171       $ 306      $ (446)    $  (8)      $(148)
                                     ==========  ========== ========= =========== =========== =========== =========  ==========

Interest expense:
   Demand deposits                       $  17       $  16      $  -      $   33       $  42      $ (108)     $ (6)      $ (72)
   Savings deposits and
     certificates of deposits             (195)        (13)        -        (208)        350        (331)      (18)          1
   Other liabilities                       804         433       139       1,376         230        (322)      (26)       (118)
                                     ----------  ---------- --------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------  ----------

     Total interest-bearing liabilities  $ 626       $ 436      $139      $1,201       $ 622      $ (761)    $ (50)      $(189)
                                     ==========  ========== ========= =========== =========== =========== =========  ==========

Change in net interest income            $ 212      $ (156)     $(86)      $ (30)     $ (316)      $ 315      $ 42        $ 41
                                     ==========  ========== ========= =========== =========== =========== =========  ==========

Results of Operations

General:
Net income increased $27,795, or 1.18%, from $2,355,570 for the year ended September 30, 1999 to $2,383,365 for the year ended September 30, 2000. This resulted in diluted earnings per share of $2.04 ($2.19 per basic share) for fiscal year 2000 compared to $1.87 per diluted share ($2.06 per basic share) for fiscal year 1999. This slight increase in net income relates primarily to a reduction in the provision for losses on loans offset by a decrease in other non-interest income.

Net income decreased slightly from $2,363,798 for the year ended September 30, 1998 to $2,355,570 for the year ended September 30, 1999, a decrease of $8,228. The decrease in net income relates primarily to an increase in the provision for losses on loans offset by an increase in the gain on sale of investments.

Net interest income:
The operating results of the Company depend to a great degree on its net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, primarily loans, mortgage-backed securities and investment securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, primarily deposits and borrowings.

Total interest income increased $1,171,556, or 6.87%, to $18,230,608 for the year ended September 30, 2000, from $17,059,052 for the year ended September 30, 1999. This increase resulted partly from the average yield on interest-earning assets increasing to 7.63% for the year ended September 30, 2000 compared to 7.52% for the year

-11-

ended September 30, 1999. Additionally, the increase was the result of an increase in the size of the loan and investment portfolios. The change in interest income due to the volume of loans receivable was an increase of $642,000 during fiscal year 2000 from fiscal year 1999. The change in interest income due to the volume of investment securities was an increase of $527,000 during fiscal year 20000 from fiscal year 1999. Income resulting from the increase in loan and investment volume was partially offset by decreases in the volume of mortgage-backed securities.

Interest expense for the year ended September 30, 2000 increased $1,200,765, or 11.97%, to $11,229,360 from $10,028,595 at September 30, 1999. This increase is primarily due to an increase in the volume of borrowed funds. The Bank's rate/volume analysis reflects approximately $626,0000 of the increase in interest expense resulting from changes in volume.

Net interest income decreased $29,209, from $7,030,457 for the year ended September 30, 1999 to $7,001,248 for the year ended September 30, 2000. Based on the portfolios of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at the end of the last three fiscal years, interest rate spreads were 2.25%, 2.89% and 2.51% at September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The decrease in net interest income is attributable to the overall increase in interest rates during fiscal 2000. As interest rates increase, the Bank's interest rate sensitive liabilities reprice faster than its interest rate sensitive assets causing a decline in the Bank's interest rate spread and margin. This has resulted from an increase in the Bank's cost of funds that could not be immediately offset by an increase in its yield on earning assets. This has been partially offset by an increase in net interest income attributable to volume of $212,000 resulting from a shift in the composition of interest-earning assets from generally lower yielding mortgage-backed securities to loans and investment securities. The risks related to interest rate movement are managed and continuously reviewed by management.
See "Asset/Liability Management."

Interest income was $17,059,052 for the year ended September 30, 1999 compared to $17,207,440 for the year ended September 30, 1998, a decrease of $148,388. This decrease was the result a decrease due to the rate of interest-earning assets of $446,000 offset by an increase due to volume of interest-earning assets of $306,000.

Interest expense for the year ended September 30, 1999 decreased 187,968, or 1.84%, to $10,028,595 from $10,216,563 at September 30, 1998. This decrease was due to a decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Although the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities increased from $193,639,000 for fiscal year 1998 to $205,341,000 for fiscal year 1999, the average cost for the periods decreased from 5.28% to 4.88%, respectively. The rate/volume analysis reflects this change, resulting in a decrease in the rate/volume of interest-bearing liabilities of $50,000.

Net interest income increased $39,580, from $6,990,877 for the year ended September 30, 1998 to $7,030,457 for the year ended September 30, 1999. The average net interest spread of the Bank increased from 2.41% for the year ended September 30, 1998 to 2.64% for the year ended September 30, 1999, an increase of 23 basis points. This increase in interest spread related to the significant increase in origination and purchases of mortgage loans at yields in excess of yields on maturing investments and mortgage-backed securities.

Provision for losses on loans:
The Bank maintains, and the Board of Directors monitors, allowances for possible losses on loans. These allowances are established based upon management's periodic evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, review of significant individual loans and collateral, review of delinquent loans, past loss experience, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers' ability to repay, current and expected market conditions, and other factors management deems important. Determining the appropriate level of reserves involves a high degree of management judgment and is based upon historical and projected losses in the loan portfolio and the collateral value of specifically identified problem loans. Additionally, allowance strategies and policies are subject to periodic review and revision in response to current market conditions, actual loss experience and management's expectations.

The allowance for loss on loans was $1,376,707 at September 30, 2000 and $1,317,676 at September 30, 1999. The provision for losses on loans decreased $518,030, or 65.99% from $785,000 for the year ended September 30, 1999 to $266,970 for the year ended September 30, 2000. The provision for losses on loans is the method by which the allowance for losses is adjusted during the period.

-12-

During fiscal 1999 the bank became aware that a large number of consumer loans at one branch had not been properly underwritten. Throughout fiscal 1999 the bank realized the degree of the problem and began to adjust the allowance accordingly. The Bank also took additional steps to ensure that proper underwriting guidelines would be followed in the future. Management is now keenly aware of the need to closely monitor the consumer loan underwriting process and has made every effort to identify and address any substandard consumer loans. The Bank continues to rely on the origination of consumer loans and it intends to enforce proper underwriting guidelines prior to loan origination. The Bank increased the allowance for loan losses during fiscal 2000 and 1999 in response to the identified loans.

The Bank had loan chargeoff's, net of recoveries, of $207,939 and $604,077 for fiscal years 2000 and 1999, respectively. Although the Bank has experienced an increase in consumer loan losses during fiscal 2000 and 1999, the Bank continues to experience loan losses below industry averages. Historical non-performing loan ratios are presented with the five-year financial summary information. While management maintains its allowance for loan losses at levels which it considers adequate to provide for potential losses, there can be no assurance that additions will not be made to the allowance in future years and that such losses will not exceed the estimated amounts.

The allowance for loan losses was $1,317,676 and $1,136,753 at September 30, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The provision for losses on loans was $785,000 for the year ended September 30, 1999 compared to $265,000 for the year ended September 30, 1998, an increase of $520,000 or 196.23%. The increase in the allowance for the year ended September 30, 1999 was based on management's evaluation of the allowance in relation to the increase in the Bank's loan portfolio, including increases in non-mortgage lending, and the increase in non-performing loans discussed above.

Non-interest income:
Non-interest income decreased $658,581, or 40.25%, from $1,636,061 for the year ended September 30, 1999 to $977,480 for the year ended September 30, 2000. This was primarily due to the decrease in the net gain on the sale of investments to $50,768 for fiscal year 2000 compared to $500,123 for fiscal 1999, a $449,355 decrease, or 89.85% and the decrease in the net gain on the sale of loans to $180,979 for fiscal year 2000 compared to $462,813 for fiscal 1999, a $281,834 decrease, or 60.90%.

Non-interest income increased $410,103 or 33.45%, from $1,225,958 for the year ended September 30, 1998 to $1,636,061 for the year ended September 30, 1999. The primary reason for this increase was due to the net gain on sale of investments of $500,123, consisting of sales of corporate equity securities. The net gain on sale of investments increased $297,824, or 147.22% from $202,299 during fiscal 1998. Additionally, service charges and late charges increased by $58,263, or 17.16%, and other income increased $56,118, or 103.46%, from fiscal 1998 to fiscal 1999.

Non-interest expense:
Non-interest expense decreased $134,949, or 3.22% from $4,191,395 for the year ended September 30, 1999 to $4,056,446 for the year ended September 30, 2000. The Bank experienced a $161,450 decrease in compensation and related expenses due to vacant employee positions and reduced costs of employee benefit plans.

Non-interest expense increased $56,957 or 1.38% from $4,134,438 for the year ended September 30, 1998 to $4,191,395 for the year ended September 30, 1999. This increase related primarily to increases in normal costs of doing business. The Company also experienced continued increases in equipment expense and depreciation incurred to become Year 2000 compliant.

Income taxes:
Income tax expense decreased $62,606, or 4.69%, from $1,334,553 for the year ended September 30, 1999 to $1,271,947 for the year ended September 30, 2000. This decrease in income tax resulted primarily from a decrease in state income tax expense and the benefit of non-taxable income.

The Company's income tax expense decreased $119,046 or 8.19%, from $1,453,599 for the year ended September 30, 1998 to $1,334,553 for the year ended September 30, 1999. The slight decrease in income tax resulted from a decrease in pre-tax income.

-13-

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is measured by a financial institution's ability to raise funds through (i) deposits, (ii) principal repayments on loans, mortgage-backed securities and investment securities, (iii) advances from the FHLB, (iv) the sale available-for-sale securities and (v) cash generated from operations.

During fiscal 2000, cash and cash equivalents decreased $885,759. The Company had net cash used by investing activities of $6,754,825 which consisted primarily of loans purchased for investment. This was offset by net cash provided by operating and financing activities of $1,666,682 and $4,202,384, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities consisted of normal operating activities. Cash and cash equivalents provided by financing activities resulted primarily from the net increase in deposits. Amounts provided or used by investing activities tend to fluctuate from period to period primarily as a result of (i) principal repayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, (ii) the purchase and origination of loans, mortgage-backed securities and investment securities and (iii) proceeds from maturities and sales of investment securities.

During fiscal 1999, cash and cash equivalents increased by $3,131,352, primarily as a result of an increase in net borrowings from FHLB advances and other borrowings, resulting in total funds provided by financing activities of $15,638,016. Advances from the FHLB have been the primary source to balance the Company's funding needs during each of the fiscal years presented. The Company also had net cash provided by operating activities of $5,916,102. The cash provided by financing and operating activities was offset by cash used by investing activities of $18,422,766

The Company's principal asset is its investment in the capital stock of the Bank, and because it does not generate any significant revenues independent of the Bank, the Company's liquidity is dependent on the extent to which it receives dividends from the Bank. The Bank's ability to pay dividends to the Company is dependent on its ability to generate earnings and is subject to a number of regulatory restrictions, the liquidation account and tax considerations. The Bank must give the OTS 30 days advance notice of any proposed declaration of dividends to the Company, and the OTS has the authority under its supervisory powers to prohibit the payment of dividends to the Company. In addition, the Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend on its capital stock if the dividend would (1) reduce the regulatory capital of the Bank below the amount required for the liquidation account established in connection with the conversion from mutual to stock form or (2) reduce the amount of capital of the Bank below the amounts required in accordance with other OTS regulations. In contrast, the Company has fewer restrictions on dividends. Future dividend distributions by the Bank in excess of Bank earnings could result in recapture of income tax bad debt deductions resulting in income tax on the amounts recaptured. See Notes 11, 12 and 20 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on capital levels and compliance, tax bad debt reserves and the liquidation account.

Cash dividends paid by the parent company to its common stock shareholders totaled $650,889, $805,072 and $929,243 during the fiscal years 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. The payment of dividends on the common stock is subject to the direction of the Board of Directors of the Company and depends on a variety of factors, including operating results and financial condition, liquidity, regulatory capital limitations and other factors. It is the intention of the Bank to continue to pay dividends to the parent company, subject to regulatory, income tax and liquidation account considerations, to cover cash dividends on common stock when and as declared by the parent company.

The Bank is required under applicable federal regulations to maintain specified levels of "liquid" investments in qualifying types of U.S. Government, federal agency and other investments having maturities of five years or less. Current OTS regulations require that a savings bank maintain liquid assets of not less than 4% of its average daily balance of net withdrawable deposit accounts. At September 30, 2000, the Bank met its liquidity requirement and expects to meet this requirement in the future. Liquidity levels will vary depending upon savings flows, future loan fundings, cash operating needs, collateral requirements and general prevailing economic conditions. The Bank adjusts liquidity as appropriate to meet its asset/liability objectives and does not foresee any difficulty in meeting its liquidity requirements.

OTS has also set minimum capital requirements for institutions such as the Bank. The capital standards require the maintenance of regulatory capital sufficient to meet a tangible capital requirement, a core capital requirement and a

-14-

risk-based capital requirement. At September 30, 2000 the Bank exceeded all of the minimum capital requirements as currently required. Please refer to Note 12 of the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding the Bank's regulatory capital position at September 30, 2000.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant effect on a financial institution's performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods and services.

Implementation of New Accounting Pronouncements

The Company will implement two new accounting standards during fiscal year 2001. See Notes 1 and 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the new accounting pronouncements and their effect on the Company.

-15-

Report of Independent Auditors

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Landmark Bancshares, Inc.
Dodge City, Kansas

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiary as of September 30, 2000 and 1999, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2000. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiary as of September 30, 2000 and 1999, and the results of their operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2000 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                                 /s/Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.

October 26, 2000
Wichita, Kansas

F-1

Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition September 30, 2000 and 1999

ASSETS                                                                2000            1999
                                                                  ------------    -------------
Cash and due from banks:
    Non-interest bearing                                         $   1,335,431    $   1,598,533
    Interest bearing                                                 3,754,540        4,377,197
                                                                 -------------    -------------
          Total cash and due from banks                              5,089,971        5,975,730
Time deposits in other financial institutions                          281,771          289,864
Investment securities held-to-maturity (estimated market
    value of $27,263,608 and $27,969,640 at September 30,
    2000 and 1999, respectively)                                    28,666,885       28,849,853
Investment securities available-for-sale                             9,587,607       12,022,530
Mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity (estimated
    market value of $10,035,853 and $13,471,716 at
    September 30, 2000 and 1999, respectively)                      10,112,018       13,489,174
Loans receivable, net                                              182,659,647      177,236,196
Loans held-for-sale                                                  8,854,493          604,395
Accrued income receivable                                            1,641,904        1,547,901
Foreclosed assets, net                                                 170,724          146,883
Office properties and equipment, net                                 1,635,170        1,759,770
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                    1,666,882        1,949,751
Income taxes receivable, current                                        99,217          154,072
Deferred income taxes                                                  209,686           89,865
                                                                 -------------    -------------
          Total assets                                           $ 250,675,975    $ 244,115,984
                                                                 =============    =============


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
    Deposits                                                     $ 165,325,440    $ 158,936,292
    Advances and other borrowings from
       Federal Home Loan Bank                                       57,000,000       58,000,000
    Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance                  2,337,045        2,143,805
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities                           2,351,486        2,631,740
                                                                 -------------    -------------
          Total liabilities                                        227,013,971      221,711,837
                                                                 -------------    -------------

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders' equity:
    Preferred stock, no par value; 5,000,000 shares
      authorized; none issued
    Common stock, $0.10 par value; 10,000,000 shares
      authorized; 2,281,312 shares issued and outstanding              228,131          228,131
    Additional paid-in capital                                      22,475,208       22,706,378
    Retained income, substantially restricted                       24,022,616       22,290,140
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)                     (110,594)        (120,493)
    Unamortized stock acquired by Employee Stock
      Ownership Plan                                                  (418,963)        (555,841)
    Treasury stock, at cost, 1,173,938 and 1,149,748 shares at
      September 30, 2000 and 1999, respectively                    (22,534,394)     (22,144,168)
                                                                 -------------    -------------
          Total stockholders' equity                                23,662,004       22,404,147
                                                                 -------------    -------------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity             $ 250,675,975    $ 244,115,984
                                                                 =============    =============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-2

Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998

                                                                    2000                  1999                  1998
                                                          -------------------    ------------------    ------------------
Interest and dividend income:
    Loans, including fees                                       $ 14,782,605           $14,101,667           $13,741,660
    Debt securities:
        Taxable                                                    2,198,067             1,414,098             1,096,020
        Tax-exempt                                                    62,683                71,563                72,925
    Dividends                                                        422,436               363,280               369,990
    Mortgage-backed securities                                       764,817             1,108,444             1,926,845
                                                          -------------------    ------------------    ------------------
         Total interest and dividend income                       18,230,608            17,059,052            17,207,440
                                                          -------------------    ------------------    ------------------
Interest expense:
    Deposits                                                       7,340,453             7,515,201             7,585,688
    Borrowed funds                                                 3,888,907             2,513,394             2,630,875
                                                          -------------------    ------------------    ------------------
         Total interest expense                                   11,229,360            10,028,595            10,216,563
                                                          -------------------    ------------------    ------------------
         Net interest income                                       7,001,248             7,030,457             6,990,877

Provision for losses on loans                                        266,970               785,000               265,000
                                                          -------------------    ------------------    ------------------
    Net interest income, after provision for losses                6,734,278             6,245,457             6,725,877
                                                          -------------------    ------------------    ------------------
Non-interest income:
    Service charges and late charges                                 455,021               397,741               339,478
    Net gain on sale of available-for-sale securities                 50,768               500,123               202,299
    Net gain on sale of loans                                        180,979               462,813               472,908
    Service fees on loans sold                                       157,891               165,025               157,032
    Other                                                            132,821               110,359                54,241
                                                          -------------------    ------------------    ------------------
         Total non-interest income                                   977,480             1,636,061             1,225,958
                                                          -------------------    ------------------    ------------------
Non-interest expenses:
    Compensation and related expenses                              2,338,671             2,500,121             2,494,710
    Occupancy expense                                                259,201               252,790               243,633
    Federal insurance premium                                        106,075               149,201               156,064
    Data processing                                                  164,622               189,011               207,733
    Other expense                                                  1,187,877             1,100,272             1,032,298
                                                          -------------------    ------------------    ------------------
         Total non-interest expenses                               4,056,446             4,191,395             4,134,438
                                                          -------------------    ------------------    ------------------
         Income before income taxes                                3,655,312             3,690,123             3,817,397
                                                          -------------------    ------------------    ------------------
Income taxes:
    Currently payable                                              1,399,631             1,377,937             1,529,953
    Deferred tax expense (benefit)                                  (127,684)              (43,384)              (76,354)
                                                          -------------------    ------------------    ------------------
                                                                   1,271,947             1,334,553             1,453,599
                                                          -------------------    ------------------    ------------------
         Net income                                              $ 2,383,365           $ 2,355,570           $ 2,363,798
                                                          ===================    ==================    ==================
Earnings per share:
    Basic                                                        $      2.19           $      2.06           $      1.56
                                                          ===================    ==================    ==================
    Diluted                                                      $      2.04           $      1.87           $      1.42
                                                          ===================    ==================    ==================

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income For the Years Ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998

                                                                         2000                1999                 1998
                                                               -------------------  ------------------   ------------------
Net income                                                           $  2,383,365        $  2,355,570         $  2,363,798
                                                               -------------------  ------------------   ------------------

Othercomprehensive income (loss), net of tax: Unrealized gains (losses) on
     securities:
         Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising
            during period                                                  40,944             (73,748)            (505,531)

         Less:  reclassification adjustment for
            gains included in net income                                  (31,045)           (330,081)            (133,517)
                                                               -------------------  ------------------   ------------------
     Total other comprehensive income (loss)                                9,899            (403,829)            (639,048)
                                                               -------------------  ------------------   ------------------
Comprehensive income                                                 $  2,393,264        $  1,951,741         $  1,724,750
                                                               ===================  ==================   ==================

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity For the Years Ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998

                                                                               Unamortized
                                                                Accumulated       Common     Unamortized
                                    Additional                     Other          Stock      ompensation                   Total
                         Common       Paid-in     Retained     Comprehensive   Acquired by   Related to     Treasury   Stockholders'
                         Stock        Capital      Income         Income           ESOP         MSBP         Stock        Equity
                        ---------  ------------- ------------- ------------  --------------  ----------- -------------- ------------
Balance,
  September 30, 1997    $228,131   $ 22,173,827  $ 19,305,087    $ 922,384      $ (844,597)  $ (289,567)  $ (9,249,935) $32,245,330
Allocation of shares
  by Employees' Stock
  Ownership Plan                        175,691                                    151,878                                  327,569
Amortization of
  compensation related
  to Management Stock
  Bonus Plan                            108,968                                                 193,045                     302,013
Compensation related to
  stock options granted                   7,658                                                                               7,658
Net income for the
  year ended
  September 30, 1998                                2,363,798                                                             2,363,798
Cash dividend paid
  ($0.60 per share)                                  (929,243)                                                             (929,243)
Net change in unrealized
  gain on available-
  for-sale investment
  securities                                                      (639,048)                                                (639,048)
Purchase of 360,707
  treasury shares                                                                                           (8,654,310)  (8,654,310)
                        --------   ------------  ------------    ---------      ----------   ----------   ------------  -----------
Balance,
  September 30, 1998     228,131     22,466,144    20,739,642      283,336        (692,719)     (96,522)   (17,904,245)  25,023,767
Allocation of shares
  by Employees' Stock
  Ownership Plan                         98,672                                    136,878                                  235,550
Amortization of
  compensation related
  to Management Stock
  Bonus Plan                            104,809                                                  96,522                     201,331
Compensation related to
  stock options granted                  36,753                                                                              36,753
Net income for the
  year ended
  September 30, 1999                                2,355,570                                                             2,355,570
Cash dividend paid
  ($0.70 per share)                                  (805,072)                                                             (805,072)
Net change in
  unrealized gain
  on available-for-sale
  investment securities                                           (403,829)                                                (403,829)
Purchase of 196,370
  treasury shares                                                                                           (4,239,923)  (4,239,923)
                        --------   ------------  ------------    ---------      ----------   ---------    ------------  -----------
Balance,
  September 30, 1999     228,131     22,706,378    22,290,140     (120,493)       (555,841)          -     (22,144,168)  22,404,147
Allocation of shares by
  Employees' Stock
  Ownership Plan                         59,134                                    136,878                                  196,012
Compensation related to
  stock options granted                  48,585                                                                              48,585
Exercise of stock options,
  35,958 treasury shares               (338,889)                                                               692,308      353,419
Net income for the
  year ended
  September 30, 2000                                2,383,365                                                             2,383,365
Cash dividend paid
  ($0.60 per share)                                  (650,889)                                                             (650,889)
Net change in unrealized
  gain on available-
  for-sale investment
  securities                                                         9,899                                                    9,899
Purchase of 60,148
  treasury shares                                                                                           (1,082,534)  (1,082,534)
                        --------   ------------  ------------    ---------      ----------   ---------     ------------  -----------
Balance,
  September 30, 2000    $228,131   $ 22,475,208  $ 24,022,616    $(110,594)     $ (418,963)  $       -    $(22,534,394) $23,662,004
                        ========   ============  ============    =========      ==========   =========    ============  ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998

                                                                             2000                1999                1998
                                                                   ------------------  ------------------  -----------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
     Net income                                                         $  2,383,365        $  2,355,570        $ 2,363,798
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
         provided (used) by operating activities:
            Depreciation                                                     231,345             208,330            157,885
            Realized gain on sale of investment securities
              available-for-sale                                             (50,768)           (500,123)          (202,299)
            (Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable               (94,003)           (104,054)             2,758
            Decrease in income taxes                                         (72,828)           (169,974)           (38,272)
            Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and
               accrued expenses                                             (280,254)            894,660           (567,513)
            Amortization of premiums and discounts
              on investments and loans, net                                  (60,664)           (116,723)           (85,099)
            Amortization of mortgage servicing rights                         89,036              90,636             50,692
            Provision for losses on loans                                    266,970             785,000            265,000
            Sale of loans held-for-sale                                    8,939,705          23,698,249         22,831,874
            Gain on sale of loans held-for-sale                             (180,979)           (462,813)          (472,908)
            Origination of loans held-for-sale                            (9,787,423)        (20,482,876)       (20,450,773)
            Purchase of loans held-for-sale                                                     (671,690)        (1,033,045)
            Amortization related to MSBP and ESOP                            136,878             233,400            344,923
            Other non-cash items, net                                        146,302             158,510            105,714
                                                                   ------------------  ------------------  -----------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                                  1,666,682           5,916,102          3,272,735
                                                                   ------------------  ------------------  -----------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
     Loan originations and principal collections, net                      2,267,263           8,318,338         (1,076,137)
     Loans purchased for investment                                      (15,431,149)        (14,529,810)       (16,852,563)
     Principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities                    3,371,577           8,988,926         14,943,744
     Acquisition of mortgage-backed securities
       held-to-maturity                                                                         (763,809)
     Acquisition of investment securities held-to-maturity                                   (22,425,730)       (10,885,469)
     Acquisition of investment securities available-for-sale                (825,000)         (4,439,929)        (3,588,429)
     Acquisition of equity investment                                                                              (250,000)
     Proceeds on disposition of equity investment                            165,525
     Proceeds from sale of investment securities
       available-for-sale                                                  3,328,452           1,478,042            647,553
     Proceeds from maturities and calls of investment
       securities held-to-maturity                                           200,000           5,191,000         18,150,000
     Net (increase) decrease in time deposits                                  8,093             (39,997)          (139,287)
     Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets                                 281,826             231,838            488,420
     Acquisition of fixed assets                                            (106,745)           (249,886)          (698,917)
     Other investing activity, net                                           (14,667)           (181,749)          (114,061)
                                                                   ------------------  ------------------  -----------------
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities                          (6,754,825)        (18,422,766)           624,854
                                                                   ------------------  ------------------  -----------------

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued) For the Years Ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998

                                                                              2000                 1999                1998
                                                                   -------------------  -------------------  ------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    Net increase in deposits                                            $   6,389,148        $   4,143,376       $  10,058,177
    Net increase in escrow accounts                                           193,240              239,635             231,113
    Proceeds from FHLB advances and other borrowings                      405,500,000           91,800,000          31,700,000
    Repayment of FHLB advances and other borrowings                      (406,500,000)         (75,500,000)        (36,200,000)
    Purchase of treasury stock                                             (1,082,534)          (4,239,923)         (8,654,310)
    Proceeds from exercise of stock options                                   359,580
    Dividends paid                                                           (650,889)            (805,072)           (929,243)
    Other financing activity, net                                              (6,161)
                                                                   -------------------  -------------------  ------------------
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities                            4,202,384           15,638,016          (3,794,263)
                                                                   -------------------  -------------------  ------------------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents                         (885,759)           3,131,352             103,326

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                              5,975,730            2,844,378           2,741,052
                                                                   -------------------  -------------------  ------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                $   5,089,971        $   5,975,730       $   2,844,378
                                                                   ===================  ===================  ==================

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES Cash paid during the year for:
      Interest on deposits, advances and other
        borrowings                                                       $ 11,409,059         $ 10,228,772         $ 9,899,846

      Income taxes                                                          1,296,189            1,399,718           1,382,903

    Transfers from loans to foreclosed assets                                 601,429              685,585             377,107

    Loans to facilitate the sale of foreclosed assets                         115,863               15,606             325,814

    Net transfer of loans held for investment to held-for-sale              7,221,401            1,325,297           2,827,880

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of operations:
Landmark Bancshares, Inc. (the Company) is a Kansas corporation and is the parent company of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Landmark Federal Savings Bank (the Bank). At the present time, the Company does not conduct any active business other than operation of the Bank.

Landmark Federal Savings Bank is primarily engaged in attracting deposits from the general public and using those deposits, together with other funds, to originate real estate loans on one- to four- family residences, commercial and consumer loans. The Bank conducts its business from its main office in Dodge City and also has five branch offices located in Dodge City, Garden City, Great Bend, Hoisington and LaCrosse, Kansas. The Bank also has a loan origination office in the Kansas City area. In addition, the Bank invests in mortgage-backed securities and investment securities. The Bank offers its customers fixed rate and adjustable rate mortgage loans, as well as other loans, including commercial, auto, home equity and savings account loans.

Basis of presentation and consolidation:
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Landmark Federal Savings Bank. Significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates:
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of assets acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans. In connection with the determination of the allowances for loan losses and the valuation of assets acquired by foreclosure, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.

Management believes that the allowances for losses on loans and valuations of assets acquired by foreclosure are adequate and appropriate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans and assets acquired by foreclosure, future losses may be accrued based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank's allowances for losses on loans and valuations of assets acquired by foreclosure. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additional losses based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination.

Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash and cash equivalents include unrestricted cash on hand, demand deposits maintained in depository institutions and other readily convertible investments with original maturities when purchased of three months or less. All time deposits in other depository institutions are treated as non-cash equivalents.

Investment and mortgage-backed securities:
Regulations require the Bank to maintain liquidity for maturities of deposits and other short-term borrowings in cash, U.S. Government and other approved securities.

Investments, including mortgage-backed securities, are classified as held-to-maturity, trading or available-for-sale. Held-to-maturity securities are securities for which the Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity and are reported at amortized cost. Trading securities are securities held principally for resale and are reported at fair

F-8

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

value, with unrealized changes in value reported in the bank's income statement as part of earnings. Available-for-sale securities are securities not classified as trading or as held-to-maturity securities and are also reported at fair value, but any unrealized appreciation or depreciation, net of tax effects, are reported as a separate component of equity.

Premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the period to maturity.

Gains and losses on the sale of investment and mortgage-backed securities are determined using the specific-identification method. All sales are made without recourse.

Loans receivable:
Loans receivable that management has intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding principal balances, net of undisbursed loan proceeds, the allowance for loan losses, any deferred fees or costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Premiums and discounts on purchased residential real estate loans are amortized to income using the interest method over the estimated remaining period to maturity. Loan origination fees and certain direct costs are capitalized and recognized as an adjustment of the yield of the related loan.

The allowance for loan losses is increased by charges to income and decreased by charge-offs (net of recoveries). Management's periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the Bank's past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, the current level of non-performing assets and current economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Corporation does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures.

The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Consumer loans are typically charged off no later than 180 days past due. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

F-9

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Loans held-for-sale:
Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income.

Foreclosed assets:
Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are to be sold and are initially recorded at fair value at the date of foreclosure establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations, and an allowance for losses is established by a charge to operations if the carrying value of a property exceeds the fair value less estimated costs to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets. The historical average holding period for such property is approximately six months.

Mortgage servicing rights:
Servicing assets are recognized as separate assets when rights are acquired through purchase or through sale of financial assets. Capitalized servicing rights are reported in other assets and are amortized into non-interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying financial assets. Servicing assets are evaluated for impairment based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights by predominant characteristics, such as interest rates and terms. Fair value is determined using prices for similar assets with similar characteristics, when available, or based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual stratum, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount for the stratum.

Derivative financial instruments:
All derivative financial instruments previously held or issued by the Company were held or issued for purposes other than trading. The Company did not hold or issue any derivative financial instruments during the years ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998.

Credit related financial instruments:
In the ordinary course of business the Bank has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commitments under credit card arrangements, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received.

Office properties and equipment:
Office properties and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated deprecation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis or accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of five to fifty years for buildings and improvements and three to twenty years for furniture, fixtures, equipment and automobiles.

Transfers of financial assets:
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Income taxes:
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws.

F-10

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Advertising costs:
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in other non-interest expense. Advertising expenses totaled $91,411, $64,152 and $74,274 for the years ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

Stock-based compensation:
The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, which establishes a fair-value-based method of accounting for stock compensation plans with employees and others. It applies to all arrangements under which employees receive shares of stock or other equity instruments of the employer, or the employer incurs liabilities to employees in amounts based on the price of the employer's stock. The Company's stock options are recognized and measured in accordance with the fair-value-based method of accounting.

Earnings per share:
Basic earnings per share represents income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options and management stock bonus plan (MSBP) shares, and are determined using the treasury stock method.

Earnings per common share have been computed based on the following:

                                                              Years Ended September 30,
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                              2000                 1999                1998
                                                        -----------------    -----------------   ------------------
Net income                                                    $2,383,365           $2,355,570           $2,363,798
                                                        =================    =================   ==================

Average number of common shares
     outstanding                                               1,086,528            1,142,222            1,518,482
Effect of dilutive stock options                                  81,318              119,494              140,102
Effect of dilutive MSBP shares                                                            748                6,366
                                                        -----------------    -----------------   ------------------
Average number of common shares
     outstanding used to calculate diluted
     earnings per common share                                 1,167,846            1,262,464            1,664,950
                                                        =================    =================   ==================

Comprehensive income:
The Company adopted SFAS 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, as of October 1, 1998. Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income are components of comprehensive income. The adoption of SFAS 130 had no effect on the Company's net income or stockholders' equity.

F-11

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The components of other comprehensive income and related tax effects are as follows:

                                                              Years Ended September 30,
                                                        -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                              2000                 1999                1998
                                                        -----------------    -----------------   ------------------
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on
     available-for sale securities                              $ 68,528           $ (160,267)         $  (842,750)
Reclassification adjustment for losses
     (gains) realized in income                                  (50,768)            (500,123)            (202,299)
                                                        -----------------    -----------------   ------------------
Net unrealized gains (losses)                                     17,760             (660,390)          (1,045,049)
Tax effect                                                        (7,861)             256,561              406,001
                                                        -----------------    -----------------   ------------------
Net-of-tax amount                                                $ 9,899           $ (403,829)         $  (639,048)
                                                        =================    =================   ==================

Impact of new accounting standards:
As discussed at Note 23, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as of October 1, 2000.

In September 2000, FASB issued SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. The new Statement replaces Statement 125, issued in June 1996. This Statement revises the standards for accounting for securitizations and other transfers of financial assets and collateral and requires certain disclosures, but it carries over most of Statement 125's provisions without reconsideration. SFAS 140 is effective for transfers occurring after March 31, 2001 and for disclosures relating to securitization transactions and collateral for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2000. SFAS 140 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

Financial statement presentation:
Certain items in prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2000 presentation.

2. Investment Securities

The amortized cost and estimated market values of investment securities at September 30 are summarized as follows:

                                                       September 30, 2000
                                    -------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Gross         Gross        Estimated
                                       Amortized    Unrealized    Unrealized      Market
                                         Cost         Gains         Losses        Value
                                      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Held-to-maturity:
  Government Agency Securities        $27,481,885   $         -   $ 1,399,854   $26,082,031
  Municipal Obligations                 1,185,000        12,797        16,220     1,181,577
                                      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                      $28,666,885   $    12,797   $ 1,416,074   $27,263,608
                                      ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Available-for-sale:
  Debt Securities
       Government Agency Securities   $ 2,000,000   $         -   $    47,813   $ 1,952,187
       Corporate Bonds                    200,000                      18,187       181,813
  Common Stock                          3,756,890       493,186       606,469     3,643,607
  Stock in FHLB, at cost                3,800,000                                 3,800,000
  Other                                    10,000                                    10,000
                                      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                      $ 9,766,890   $   493,186   $   672,469   $ 9,587,607
                                      ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

F-12

2. Investment Securities (Continued)

                                                        September 30, 1999
                                       ----------------------------------------------------
                                                       Gross        Gross       Estimated
                                       Amortized     Unrealized   Unrealized      Market
                                          Cost         Gains        Losses        Value
                                      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Held-to-maturity:
  Government Agency Securities        $27,464,853   $             $   887,041   $26,577,812
  Municipal Obligations                 1,385,000        16,453         9,625     1,391,828
                                      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                      $28,849,853   $    16,453   $   896,666   $27,969,640
                                      ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Available-for-sale:
  Debt Securities
       Government Agency Securities   $ 4,000,000   $         -   $             $ 4,000,000
       Corporate Bonds                    200,000         2,000         9,000       193,000
  Common Stock                          4,568,574       537,790       727,834     4,378,530
  Stock in FHLB, at cost                3,441,000                                 3,441,000
  Other                                    10,000                                    10,000
                                      -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                      $12,219,574   $   539,790   $   736,834   $12,022,530
                                      ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

Government agency securities above include bonds and notes issued by various government agencies. Those agencies include the following:
Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Federal Home Loan Bank. Federal Home Loan Bank members are required to maintain an investment in stock at an amount equal to a percentage of outstanding home loans. For disclosure purposes such stock, which is carried at cost, is assumed to have a market value that is equal to cost.

The amortized cost and estimated market value of debt securities by contractual maturity as of September 30, 2000 are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

                                                         September 30, 2000
                                         ------------------------------------------------------
                                             Held-to-Maturity           Available-for-Sale
                                         --------------------------  --------------------------
                                          Amortized     Estimated     Amortized     Estimated
                                            Cost       Market Value     Cost       Market Value
                                         -----------   ------------  -----------   ------------
Due in one year or less                  $   200,000   $   200,000   $             $         -
Due after one year through five years      3,400,000     3,340,016       150,000       141,375
Due after five years through ten years    22,066,885    20,947,655
Due after ten years                        3,000,000     2,775,937     2,050,000     1,992,625
                                         -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                         $28,666,885   $27,263,608   $ 2,200,000   $ 2,134,000
                                         ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

Gross realized gains and (losses) on sales of investment securities and related tax benefit (provision) during the years ended September 30 are as follows:

                                    2000         1999         1998
                                 ---------    ---------    ---------
Available-for-sale securities:
     Realized gains              $  92,516    $ 509,255    $ 202,299
     Realized losses               (41,748)      (9,132)           -
                                 ---------    ---------    ---------
                                 $  50,768    $ 500,123    $ 202,299
                                 =========    =========    =========
Tax benefit (provision)          $ (19,723)   $(194,298)   $ (78,593)
                                 =========    =========    =========

Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities were $3,328,452, $1,478,042 and $647,553 for the years ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. During the year ended September 30, 2000 sales consisted of common stock of unrelated financial corporations, stock in FHLB and government agency securities. During the

F-13

2. Investment Securities (Continued)

years ended September 30, 1999 and 1998, sales consisted of common stock of unrelated financial corporations. Investment securities with a carrying amount of $29,454,380 and $19,500,000 as of September 30, 2000 and 1999, respectively, were pledged as collateral for public funds as discussed in Note 9.

3. Mortgage-Backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities, all of which were classified as held-to-maturity at September 30, 2000 and 1999, consist of the following:

                                                         September 30, 2000
                                        -----------------------------------------------------
                                                        Gross            Gross     Estimated
                                         Amortized    Unrealized       Unrealized   Market
                                            Cost        Gains            Losses      Value
                                        -----------   -----------      --------    ----------

GNMA - fixed rate                       $    43,616   $       224      $      -    $   43,840
FNMA - ARMs                               4,985,758        13,077        54,396     4,944,439
FHLMC - ARMs                              1,461,099        11,859         3,016     1,469,942
FHLMC - fixed rate                           49,505           256           289        49,472
FNMA - fixed rate                           305,495         5,230                     310,725
Collateralized mortgage obligations -
  government agency issue                 2,363,257         7,578        43,183     2,327,652
Collateralized mortgage
  obligations-private issues                903,288                      13,505       889,783
                                        -----------   -----------      --------    ----------
                                        $10,112,018   $    38,224      $114,389   $10,035,853
                                        ===========   ===========      ========   ===========

                                                           September 30, 1999
                                        -----------------------------------------------------
                                                        Gross            Gross     Estimated
                                         Amortized    Unrealized       Unrealized   Market
                                            Cost        Gains            Losses     Value
                                        -----------   -----------      --------   -----------
GNMA - fixed rate                       $   103,124   $     1,693      $      -   $   104,817
FNMA - ARMs                               5,901,429        27,530        47,602     5,881,357
FHLMC - ARMs                              1,900,940        19,066         3,134     1,916,872
FHLMC - fixed rate                           79,967         1,165           119        81,013
FNMA - fixed rate                           343,808         7,188                     350,996
Collateralized mortgage obligations -
  government agency issue                 3,862,807        15,579        32,719     3,845,667
Collateralized mortgage
  obligations-private issues              1,297,099         2,109         8,214     1,290,994
                                        -----------   -----------      --------   -----------
                                        $13,489,174   $    74,330      $ 91,788   $13,471,716
                                        ===========   ===========      ========   ===========

Collateralized mortgage obligations consist of floating rate and fixed rate notes with varying contractual principal maturities. The Bank has no principal only, interest only, or residual collateralized mortgage obligations.

There were no mortgage-backed securities classified as available-for-sale for years ended September 30, 2000, 1999 or 1998, respectively.

Mortgage-backed securities with a carrying amount of $8,604,843 and $6,171,483 at September 30, 2000 and 1999, respectively, were pledged as collateral for public funds as discussed in Note 9.

F-14

4. Loans Receivable

Loans receivable at September 30, are summarized as follows:

                                                                September 30,
                                                        ------------------------------
                                                             2000             1999
                                                        -------------    -------------
Real estate loans:
      Residential                                       $ 147,514,858    $ 138,008,961
      Construction                                            857,486        1,847,609
      Commercial                                            9,331,198        9,050,225
      Second mortgage                                      10,403,434        9,716,029
Commercial business                                         7,033,573        6,531,200
Consumer                                                    9,050,233       13,578,547
                                                        -------------    -------------
Gross loans                                               184,190,782      178,732,571

Less:  Net deferred loan fees, premiums and discounts        (154,428)        (178,699)
          Allowance for loan losses                        (1,376,707)      (1,317,676)
                                                        -------------    -------------
Total loans, net                                        $ 182,659,647    $ 177,236,196
                                                        =============    =============

The following is an analysis of the change in the allowance for loss on loans:

                                      2000           1999           1998
                                  -----------    -----------    -----------
Balance, beginning                $ 1,317,676    $ 1,136,753    $   968,623
Provision charged to operations       266,970        785,000        265,000
Loans charged off                    (352,390)      (657,712)      (107,070)
Recoveries                            144,451         53,635         10,200
                                  -----------    -----------    -----------
Balance, ending                   $ 1,376,707    $ 1,317,676    $ 1,136,753
                                  ===========    ===========    ===========

Impairment of loans having recorded investments of $505,276 at September 30, 2000 and $353,790 at September 30, 1999 have been recognized in conformity with FASB Statement No. 114, as amended by FASB Statement No.
118. The average recorded investment in impaired loans during the years ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998 was $429,533, $429,669 and $438,658, respectively. Allowances for loss on these loans are included in the above analysis of the overall allowance for loss on loans. There are no specific loss provisions associated with impaired loans as of September 30, 2000 and 1999. Interest income on impaired loans of $25,858, $27,139 and $31,803 was recognized for cash payments received for the year ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

It is Bank policy not to modify interest rates below the then current market rate on loans associated with troubled debt restructuring. The Bank is not committed to lend additional funds to debtors whose loans have been modified.

See Note 18 for disclosure of loans to related parties.

5. Mortgage Servicing Rights

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying statements of financial condition. The unpaid principal balances of these loans at September 30 are summarized as follows:

                             2000          1999          1998
                          -----------   -----------   -----------
FHLMC                     $55,384,983   $60,153,338   $58,336,823
Other investors             2,727,416     1,790,728     1,809,812
                          -----------   -----------   -----------
                          $58,112,399   $61,944,066   $60,146,635
                          ===========   ===========   ===========

F-15

5. Mortgage Servicing Rights (Continued)

Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with the foregoing loan servicing and included in demand deposits, were approximately $44,540 and $59,955 at September 30, 2000 and 1999.

The following is an analysis of the changes in mortgage servicing rights during the year ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998:

                                 2000         1999         1998
                              ---------    ---------    ---------

Balance, beginning            $ 318,543    $ 225,835    $  96,199
Additions                        34,015      183,344      180,311
Amortization                    (89,036)     (90,636)     (50,675)
                              ---------    ---------    ---------

Balance, ending               $ 263,522    $ 318,543    $ 225,835
                              =========    =========    =========

The fair value of servicing rights as of September 30, 2000 and 1999 was determined to approximate book value, based on values of FHLMC servicing of comparable stratification, including prepayment speeds. No valuation allowance was recorded against mortgage servicing rights at September 30, 2000 and 1999.

6. Accrued Income Receivable

Accrued interest receivable at September 30 is summarized as follows:

                                2000         1999
                             ----------   ----------

Mortgage-backed securities   $   66,678   $   83,235
Loans receivable              1,121,751    1,030,071
Investments                     453,475      434,595
                             ----------   ----------

                              $1,641,904 $1,547,901
                             ==========   ==========

7. Foreclosed Assets

Real estate owned or in judgment and other repossessed assets consist of the following:

                                                    September 30,
                                                 -------------------
                                                   2000       1999
                                                 --------   --------

Real estate acquired by foreclosure              $130,000   $      -
Real estate loans in judgment
  and subject to redemption                        40,724     70,081
Other foreclosed assets                                       76,802
                                                 --------   --------
                                                 $170,724   $146,883
                                                 ========   ========

There was no activity in the allowance for loss account for the years ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998.

Income (loss) from foreclosed assets, included in other non-interest income, for the years ended September 30 are as follows:

                                             2000        1999        1998
                                           --------    --------    --------

Net gain on sale of foreclosed assets      $  4,792    $  3,711    $ 24,677
Operating expenses, net of rental income    (38,877)    (20,773)    (13,142)
                                           --------    --------    --------
Balance, ending                            $(34,085)   $(17,062)   $ 11,535
                                           ========    ========    ========

F-16

8. Office Properties and Equipment

Office properties and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation as follows:

                                                September 30,
                                           -----------------------
                                              2000         1999
                                           ----------   ----------

Land                                       $  298,366   $  298,366
Office building and improvements            1,958,977    1,955,675
Furniture, fixtures and equipment           1,241,367    1,138,044
Automobiles                                    11,544       11,544
                                           ----------   ----------
                                            3,510,254    3,403,629
Less accumulated depreciation               1,875,084    1,643,859
                                           ----------   ----------
                                           $1,635,170   $1,759,770
                                           ==========   ==========
Depreciation expense ($157,885 for 1998)   $  231,345   $  208,330
                                           ==========   ==========

9. Deposits

Deposits at September 30 are summarized as follows:

                                     2000           1999
                                 ------------   ------------
Demand  accounts:
     Interest-bearing            $ 16,132,399   $ 21,323,449
     Non-interest bearing           4,445,472      3,960,610
                                 ------------   ------------

         Total demand accounts     20,577,871     25,284,059
Savings deposits                    8,052,345      7,561,096
Certificates of deposit           136,695,224    126,091,137
                                 ------------   ------------
                                 $165,325,440   $158,936,292
                                 ============   ============

The aggregate amount of jumbo certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100,000 as of September 30, 2000 and 1999 was approximately $46,933,583 and $26,987,714, respectively. Deposit accounts as of September 30, 2000 included public funds of $37,411,681. Public funds were collateralized by investment securities and mortgage-backed securities as discussed in Notes 2 and 3. Public funds were also guaranteed by letters of credit totaling $5,000,000 issued by the FHLB.

At September 30, 2000, scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows:

       Year Ending September 30,
----------------------------------------

                 2000                              $117,992,165
                 2001                                14,209,738
                 2002                                 3,349,042
                 2003                                   776,821
                 2004                                   355,458
              Thereafter                                 12,000
                                           ---------------------
                                                   $136,695,224
                                           =====================

F-17

10. Advances and other Borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank

Advances and other borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank at September 30 are summarized as follows:

                            2000          1999
                        -----------   -----------
Advances                $57,000,000   $35,000,000
Line of credit                         23,000,000
                        -----------   -----------
                        $57,000,000   $58,000,000
                        ===========   ===========

Advances and other borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank at September 30 consist of the following:

   Fiscal                            2000                                    1999
                 -----------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
    Year                                       Weighted                                 Weighted
  Maturity                Amount             Average Rate           Amount            Average Rate
--------------   --------------------   ------------------  ------------------   ------------------
    2000                $                              %         $ 37,000,000               5.76 %
    2001                  30,000,000              6.62
    2002
    2003
    2004                   8,000,000              6.01              8,000,000               4.93
    2005                  10,000,000              6.10
 Thereafter                9,000,000              5.75             13,000,000               4.64
                 --------------------   ------------------  ------------------   ------------------
                        $ 57,000,000              6.31 %         $ 58,000,000               5.39 %
                 ====================   ==================  ==================   ==================

At September 30, 2000 the Company had $0 outstanding under a line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank. There is no stated limit on the line of credit, the FHLB evaluates the credit limitations based on various criteria. The line of credit matures on February 2, 2001 and bears interest at the line of credit rate established by the Federal Home Loan Bank. This rate is adjusted from time to time. The rate as of September 30, 2000 was 6.90%. At September 30, 1999 the Company had $23,000,000 outstanding under a $30,000,000 line of credit, due February 4, 1999.

The advances and line of credit are collateralized as of September 30, 2000 and 1999 by a blanket pledge agreement, including all stock in Federal Home Loan Bank, qualifying first mortgage loans, certain mortgage-related securities and other investment securities.

11. Income Taxes

The Company and subsidiary file consolidated income tax returns. Allocation of federal and state income taxes between current and deferred portions is as follows:

                                            Years ended September 30,
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                      2000             1999             1998
                                  -----------      -----------      -----------
Current tax provision:
      Federal                     $ 1,240,908      $ 1,212,852      $ 1,289,824
      State                           158,723          165,085          240,129
                                  -----------      -----------      -----------
                                    1,399,631        1,377,937        1,529,953
                                  -----------      -----------      -----------
Deferred tax provision:
      Federal                        (112,745)         (38,308)         (67,421)
      State                           (14,939)          (5,076)          (8,933)
                                  -----------      -----------      -----------
                                     (127,684)         (43,384)         (76,354)
                                  -----------      -----------      -----------
                                  $ 1,271,947      $ 1,334,553      $ 1,453,599
                                  ===========      ===========      ===========

F-18

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

The Company's effective income tax rate was different than the statutory federal income tax rate for the following reasons:

                                                     2000              1999              1998
                                               ----------------  ----------------  ---------------

Statuatory federal income tax                           34.0 %           34.0 %            34.0 %
Increase (reductions) resulting from:
     State taxes, net of federal tax benefit             2.3              2.9               3.6
     Other                                              (1.5)             0.7               0.5
                                               ----------------  ----------------  ---------------
                                                        34.8 %           37.6 %            38.1 %
                                               ================  ================  ===============

The components of net deferred tax asset (liability) at September 30, 2000 and 1999 are as follows:

                                                                2000         1999
                                                              ---------    ---------
Deferred tax asset:
      Deferred loan fees and costs                            $  11,382    $  15,833
      Allowance for loan losses                                 507,180      485,433
      Deferred compensation and accrued salaries                192,508      182,874
      Equity investment in partnership                                        11,129
      Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities           68,690       76,551
      State net operating loss                                    9,101
      Accumulated depreciation                                      690
                                                              ---------    ---------
                                                                789,551      771,820
                                                              ---------    ---------
Deferred tax liabilities:
      Accumulated depreciation                                                  (244)
      Special bad debt deduction                               (115,060)    (172,590)
      FHLB stock dividends                                     (452,664)    (496,980)
      Investment basis                                          (12,141)     (12,141)
                                                              ---------    ---------
                                                               (579,865)    (681,955)
                                                              ---------    ---------
                                                              $ 209,686    $  89,865
                                                              =========    =========

No valuation allowance was recorded against deferred tax assets at September 30, 2000 or 1999.

Effective with the tax year beginning October 1, 1996, the Bank was no longer able to use the percentage of taxable income method and began to recapture tax bad debt reserves of $936,968 over a six year period. The reserves to be recaptured consist of bad debt deductions after December 31, 1987. If the amounts deducted prior to December 31, 1987 are used for purposes other than for loan losses, such as in a distribution in liquidation or otherwise, the amounts deducted would be subject to federal income tax at the then current corporate tax rate. The Bank had recorded a deferred tax asset related to the allowance for loan losses reported for financial reporting purposes and a deferred tax liability for special bad debt deductions after December 31, 1987. The Bank, in accordance with SFAS No. 109, has not recorded a deferred tax liability of approximately $1,900,000 related to approximately $5,585,000 of cumulative special bad debt deductions prior to December 31, 1987.

F-19

12. Regulatory Matters

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory--and possibly additional discretionary--actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of core and tangible capital (as defined in the regulations) to assets (as defined) and core and total capital to risk weight assets (as defined). Management believes, as of September 30, 2000, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As of September 30, 2000, the most recent notification from the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's category.

The Bank's actual capital amounts (in thousands) and ratios are also presented in the following table:

                                                                                              To Be Well
                                                                                           Capitalized Under
                                                                      For Capital          Prompt Corrective
                                               Actual              Adequacy Purposes:      Action Provisions:
                                     ---------------------------  ---------------------  -----------------------
                                         Amount          Ratio      Amount      Ratio      Amount       Ratio
                                     ----------------   --------  ------------  -------  ------------  ---------
As of September 30, 2000:
Total (Risk-Based) Capital
     (to Risk Weighted Assets)              $ 21,185      17.1%       $ 9,920     8.0%       $12,400      10.0%
Core (Tier I) Capital
     (to Risk Weighted Assets)                19,809      16.0%           N/A                  7,440       6.0%
Core (Tier I) Capital - leverage
     (to Assets)                              19,809       8.0%         9,896     4.0%        12,370       5.0%

As of September 30, 1999:
Total (Risk-Based) Capital
     (to Risk Weighted Assets)              $ 19,615      16.1%       $ 9,739     8.0%       $12,173      10.0%
Core (Tier I) Capital
     (to Risk Weighted Assets)                18,297      15.0%           N/A                  7,304       6.0%
Core (Tier I) Capital - leverage
     (to Assets)                              18,297       7.6%         9,652     4.0%        12,065       5.0%

F-20

12. Regulatory Matters (Continued)

The following is a reconciliation of net worth to regulatory capital as reported in the September 30, 2000 and 1999 reports to the Office of Thrift Supervision:

                                                       September 30,
                                              ------------------------------
                                                   2000             1999
                                              -------------    -------------

Bank net worth per report to OTS              $  19,835,000    $  18,615,000
Rounding                                                356              328
                                              -------------    -------------
Net worth as reported in accompanying
     financial statements (bank only)            19,835,356       18,615,328
Adjustments to arrive at Core (Tier I)
     and Tangible Capital:
Disallowed servicing assets                         (26,000)        (318,000)
                                              -------------    -------------
Core (Tier I) and Tangible Capital               19,809,356       18,297,328
Adjustments to arrive at Total Capital:
     Allowable portion of general allowance
          for loan losses                         1,376,000        1,318,000
                                              -------------    -------------
Total Risk-Based Capital                      $  21,185,356    $  19,615,328
                                              =============    =============
Risk weight assets                            $ 124,000,000    $ 121,734,000
                                              =============    =============

13. Contingencies

The Company is at times a defendant in certain claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, the ultimate disposition of such matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company.

14. Employee Benefit Plans

Employee Retirement Plan:
The Bank has adopted a 401(k) defined contribution savings plan. Substantially all employees are covered under the contributory plan. Pension costs attributable to the years ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998 were $37,556, $36,286 and $29,847, respectively, including all current service costs.

Deferred Compensation Agreements:
The Bank has entered into deferred compensation agreements with certain key employees that provide for cash payments to be made after their retirement. The liabilities under the agreements have been recorded at the present values of accrued benefits using a 7% interest rate. The balance of estimated accrued benefits was $235,447 and $246,285 at September 30, 2000 and 1999, respectively. In connection with the deferred compensation agreements, the Bank has purchased life insurance policies on covered employees in which the Bank is the beneficiary to assist in funding benefits. At September 30, 2000 and 1999, the cash surrender values on the policies were $421,759 and $529,842, respectively.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan:
Upon conversion from mutual to stock form, the Bank established an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP). The original acquisition of 136,878 shares of Company stock by the plan was funded by a loan from the Company to the ESOP, in the amount of $1,368,780. The loan, together with interest, is to be repaid over a ten year period through annual contributions by the Bank. The debt, which is accounted for as a liability of the Bank and a receivable for the Company, has been eliminated in consolidation.

The Bank makes annual contributions to the ESOP equal to the ESOP's debt service less dividends received by the ESOP. All dividends received by the ESOP are used to pay debt service. The ESOP shares initially were pledged as collateral for its debt. As the debt is repaid, shares are released from the collateral and will be allocated to active employees, based on the proportion of debt service paid in the year. The Bank accounts for its ESOP shares in

F-21

14. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

accordance with Statement of Position No. 93-6. Accordingly, the debt of the ESOP is recorded as debt of the Bank and the shares pledged as collateral are reported as unearned ESOP shares in the Statement of Financial Condition. As of September 30, 2000, the balance of indebtedness from the ESOP to the Company was $418,963, which is shown as a deduction from stockholders' equity on the consolidated balance sheet. The debt, which is accounted for as a liability of the Bank and a receivable for the Company, has been eliminated in consolidation. As shares are released from collateral, the Company reports compensation expense equal to the current market price of the shares, and the shares become outstanding for earnings per share (EPS) computations. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares are recorded as a reduction of retained earnings, dividends on unallocated ESOP shares are recorded as compensation expense. ESOP compensation expense was $154,481, $191,188 and $298,320 for the years ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. As of September 30, 2000, of the 120,120 shares acquired by the ESOP, 78,224 shares were allocated and 41,896 shares were unallocated. The 41,896 unallocated shares had an estimated market value of $764,602 at September 30, 2000.

Management Stock Bonus Plan:
In connection with the stock conversion, the Bank adopted three Management Stock Bonus Plans (collectively the MSBP), the objective of which is to enable the Bank to retain personnel of experience and ability in key positions of responsibility. All employees of the Bank are eligible to receive benefits under the MSBP. Benefits may be granted at the sole discretion of a committee appointed by the Board of Directors. The MSBP is managed by trustees who are non-employee directors and who have the responsibility to invest all funds contributed by the Bank to the trusts created for the MSBP.

The MSBP has purchased 91,252 shares of the Company's stock for $965,224. These shares were granted in the form of restricted stock payable over a five-year period at the rate of one-fifth of such shares per year following the date of grant of the award. Compensation expense, in the amount of the fair market value of the common stock at the date of the grant to the employee, was recognized pro rata over the five years during which the shares were payable. All awards were fully amortized as of March 1999. A recipient of such restricted stock will be entitled to all voting and other stockholder rights, except that the shares, while restricted, may not be sold, pledged or otherwise disposed of and are required to be held in escrow. If a holder of such restricted stock terminates employment for reasons other than death, disability or retirement, the employee forfeits all rights to the allocated shares under restriction. If the participant's service terminates as a result of death, disability, retirement or a change in control of the Bank, all restrictions expire and all shares allocated become unrestricted. The Board of Directors can terminate the MSBP at any time, and if it does so, any shares not allocated will revert to the Company.

15. Stock Option Plan

In connection with the stock conversion, the Bank's Board of Directors adopted the 1994 Stock Option Plan (the Option Plan). Pursuant to the initial Option Plan, 228,131 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance by the Company upon exercise of stock options granted to officers, directors and employees of the Bank from time to time under the Option Plan. The purpose of the option plans is to provide additional incentive to certain officers, directors and key employees by facilitating their purchase of a stock interest in the Company. Stock option plans provide for the granting of incentive and non-incentive stock options with a duration of ten years, after which no awards may be made, unless earlier terminated by the Board of Directors pursuant to the option plans. Stock to be offered under the plans may be authorized but unissued common stock, or previously issued shares that have been reacquired by the Company and held as treasury shares.

Option plans are administered by a committee of at least three non-employee directors designated by the Board of Directors (the Option Committee). The Option Committee will select the employees to whom options are to be granted and the number of shares to be granted. The option price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares on the date of the grant, and no option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the grant date. In the case of any employee who owns more than 10% of the outstanding common stock at the time the option is granted, the option price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the shares on the date of the grant, and the option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the grant date. The exercise price may be paid in cash, shares of the common stock, or a combination of both.

F-22

15. Stock Option Plan (Continued)

As of the date of conversion, the Option Committee granted 228,131 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $10 per share, contingent upon stockholder approval of the Option Plan which was ratified June 22, 1994. In addition, options for 18,479 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $16.50 per share, were awarded on November 20, 1996; options for 2,053 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $23.625 per share, were awarded on January 15, 1998; options for 10,000 shares were awarded on November 18, 1998 and options for 2,500 shares were awarded on April 27, 2000, at an exercise price of $15.125. All such options are exercisable immediately. As of September 30, 2000, 42,803 options have been exercised and 2,000 options have expired resulting in 216,360 options outstanding.

The Company accounts for the fair value of its grants issued under the plans subsequent to October 1, 1996 in accordance with FASB Statement
123. The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the plans was $0, $36,753 and $7,658 for the years ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively. In accordance with SFAS No. 123, the fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions used for grants during the years ended September 30, 2000 and 1999: dividend yield of 2.54 percent, expected volatility of 25.00 percent, risk-free interest rate of 5.5 percent and expected life of two years. Common stock options granted during the year ended September 30, 2000 had an exercise price of $15.125 per share and an estimated fair value of $0. Common stock options granted during the year ended September 30, 1999 had an exercise price of $23.25 per share and an estimated fair value of $3.675 per share.

Certain information for the years ended September 30, 2000 and 1999 relative to stock options is as follows:

                                                                            September 30,
                                                ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             2000                               1999
                                                -------------------------------     ------------------------------
                                                                  Weighted-Average                     Weighted-Average
Fixed Options                                       Shares        Exercise Price        Shares         Exercise Price
-------------                                   --------------   --------------     --------------    ------------
Outstanding at beginning of year                      258,663          $ 11.18            248,663         $ 10.70
    Granted                                             2,500            15.13             10,000           23.13
    Canceled                                           (2,000)          (23.25)
    Exercised                                         (42,803)          (11.04)
                                                --------------   --------------     --------------    ------------
Outstanding at end of year                            216,360          $ 11.14            258,663         $ 11.18
                                                ==============   ==============     ==============    ============
Exercisable at end of year                            216,360                             258,663
                                                ==============                      ==============
Number of shares available for future grant:
    Beginning of year                                       0                                   0
                                                ==============                      ==============
    End of year                                             0                                   0
                                                ==============                      ==============

16. Off-Balance Sheet Activities

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and commitments to sell loans. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Statement of Financial Condition. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

At September 30, 2000, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans receivable of $3,667,019. The commitments outstanding at September 30, 2000 consisted of $3,587,019 in real estate loans. Of the commitments

F-23

16. Off-Balance Sheet Activities (Continued)

outstanding at September 30, 2000, 1,241,719 were for fixed rate loans with rates of 8.00% to 10.50% and $2,425,300 were for adjustable rate loans with initial rates of 7.125% to 8.50%.

At September 30, 2000, the Bank had unfunded commitments under lines of credit of $4,612,594. Unfunded commitments under commercial lines of credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. The Bank uses the same credit policies in extending lines of credit as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

At September 30, 2000, the Bank had commercial letters of credit of $109,200. Commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. Essentially all letters of credit issued have expiration dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank generally holds collateral supporting those commitments if deemed necessary.

Loan commitments are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit is based on management's credit evaluation of the counter-party. Collateral held is primarily residential real estate, but may include autos, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment.

The Bank had no outstanding commitments from mortgage banking concerns to purchase loans yet to be originated at September 30, 2000.

The Bank had outstanding commitments with mortgage banking concerns to sell loans of $658,387 at September 30, 2000, the outstanding commitments expire on October 27, 2000.

The Bank had no commitments to purchase mortgage-backed securities or investments at September 30, 2000.

At September 30, 2000, loans with a carrying value of $8,854,493 have been classified by management as held-for-sale. The carrying value of these loans is at the lower of cost or market value as of September 30, 2000.

17. Significant Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Bank grants mortgage, consumer and business loans primarily to customers within the state. Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its customers' ability to honor their contracts is dependent upon the agribusiness and energy sectors of the economy. The Bank's net investment in loans is subject to a significant concentration of credit risk given that the investment is primarily within a specific geographic area.

As of September 30, 2000 the Bank had a net investment of $191,514,140 in loans receivable. These loans possess an inherent credit risk given the uncertainty regarding the borrower's compliance with the terms of the loan agreement. To reduce credit risk, the loans are secured by varying forms of collateral, including first mortgages on real estate, liens on personal property, savings accounts, etc. It is generally Bank policy to file liens on titled property taken as collateral on loans, such as real estate and autos. In the event of default, the Bank's policy is to foreclose or repossess collateral on which it has filed liens.

In the event that any borrower completely failed to comply with the terms of the loan agreement and the related collateral proved worthless, the Bank would incur a loss equal to the loan balance.

F-24

18. Related Party Transactions

Directors and primary officers of the Company were customers of, and had transactions with, the Bank in the ordinary course of business during the two years ended September 30, 2000 and 1999, and similar transactions are expected in the future. All loans included in such transactions were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and did not involve more than normal risk of loss or present other unfavorable features.

The following analysis is of loans made to principal officers, directors and principal holders of equity securities that individually exceeded $60,000 in aggregate during the year ended September 30, 2000:

Balance, September 30, 1999                    $ 2,544,918

New loans                                        1,294,239
Repayments                                      (1,019,505)
                                               -----------
Balance, September 30, 2000                    $ 2,819,652
                                               ===========

The Bank has made several commercial loans to a director that at times have approached the loans to one borrower limitations. The Bank evaluates the loan limitations and sells the loans if they would exceed the loans to one borrower limitation.

19. Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

Cash:
For those short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Time deposits in financial institutions:
The fair value of fixed maturity certificate of deposits are estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Investment securities and mortgage-backed securities: For securities held for investment purposes, fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

Loans receivable:
The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Deposit liabilities:
The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit are estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Advances and other borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank: The fair value of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank are estimated using the rates offered for similar borrowings.

F-25

19. Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

Commitments to extend credit:
The fair value of commitments is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates.

The estimated fair values of the Bank's financial instruments are as follows:

                                                            September 30, 2000                  September 30, 1999
                                                       ------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                                           Carrying          Fair           Carrying           Fair
                                                            Amount           Value           Amount           Value
                                                       --------------  --------------   --------------   -------------
                                                                (In Thousands)                 (In Thousands)
Financial assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents:
         Interest-bearing                                    $ 3,755         $ 3,755          $ 4,377         $ 4,377
         Non-interest bearing                                  1,335           1,335            1,598           1,598
     Time deposits in other financial institutions               282             282              290             290
     Investment securities held-to-maturity                   28,667          27,264           28,850          27,970
     Investment securities available-for-sale                  9,588           9,588           12,022          12,022
     Mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity              10,112          10,036           13,489          13,472
     Loans receivable                                        182,660         181,588          177,236         177,317
     Loans held-for-sale                                       8,854           8,912              604             604

Financial liabilities:
     Deposits                                                165,325         164,723          158,936         158,317
     Advances and other borrowings from
         the Federal Home Loan Bank                           57,000          56,879           58,000          57,067

                                                              Par             Fair             Par             Fair
                                                             Value           Value            Value            Value
                                                       --------------  --------------   --------------   -------------
     Unrecognized financial instruments:
         Commitments to extend credit                        $ 3,667         $ 3,672          $ 3,292         $ 3,329

         Commitments to sell loans                               658             664              678             690

20. Restrictions on Retained Earnings

The Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend to the Company if the effect would cause the net worth of the Bank to be reduced below either the amount required for the "liquidation account" or the net worth requirement imposed by the OTS. If all capital requirements continue to be met, the Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend in an amount in excess of the Bank's net earnings for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared plus one-half of the surplus over the capital requirements, without prior approval of the OTS.

Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require that upon conversion from mutual to stock form of ownership, a liquidation account be established by restricting a portion of net worth for the benefit of eligible savings account holders who maintain their savings accounts with the Bank after conversion. In the event of complete liquidation (and only in such event) each savings account holder who continues to maintain their savings account shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account after payment to all creditors but before any liquidation distribution with respect to common stock. The initial liquidation account was established at $15,489,000. This account may be proportionately reduced for any subsequent reduction in the eligible holder's savings accounts.

F-26

21. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

Following is a summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations for the year ended September 30, 2000:

                                                                       Quarter Ended
                                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          December 31           March 31             June 30          September 30
                                        -----------------   -----------------    -----------------  -----------------

Interest income                               $4,479,222          $4,457,181           $4,559,143         $4,735,062
Interest expense                               2,590,072           2,722,718            2,856,578          3,059,992
                                        -----------------   -----------------    -----------------  -----------------
Net interest income                            1,889,150           1,734,463            1,702,565          1,675,070
Provision for losses on loans                    135,000              95,000              135,000            (98,030)
                                        -----------------   -----------------    -----------------  -----------------
Net interest income, after provision
     for losses                                1,754,150           1,639,463            1,567,565          1,773,100
Non-interest income                              226,877             223,930              251,351            275,322
Non-interest expenses                         (1,025,123)         (1,001,996)            (966,849)        (1,062,478)
                                        -----------------   -----------------    -----------------  -----------------
Income before income taxes                       955,904             861,397              852,067            985,944
Provision for income taxes                      (369,300)           (357,000)            (340,600)          (205,047)
                                        -----------------   -----------------    -----------------  -----------------
Net income                                     $ 586,604           $ 504,397            $ 511,467          $ 780,897
                                        =================   =================    =================  =================
Earnings per common share:
     Basic                                        $ 0.55              $ 0.47               $ 0.46             $ 0.71
     Diluted                                        0.50                0.43                 0.44               0.67

Dividends declared per share                      $ 0.15              $ 0.15               $ 0.15             $ 0.15

F-27

22. Parent Company Financial Information

Condensed financial statements of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. (Parent Company) are shown below. The Parent Company has no significant operating activities.

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition As of September 30, 2000 and 1999


(In Thousands)

                                                                  2000        1999
                                                                --------    --------
ASSETS
     Cash and cash equivalents                                  $    192    $    778
     Time deposits in other financial institutions                   282         290
     Investment securities available-for-sale                      3,825       4,571
     Investment in subsidiary                                     19,835      18,615
     Loans receivable                                                419         556
     Other assets                                                    439         491
                                                                --------    --------
         Total assets                                           $ 24,992    $ 25,301
                                                                ========    ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
     Liabilities:
         Borrowings from subsidiary                             $  1,254    $  2,800
         Accrued expenses and other liabilities                       76          97
                                                                --------    --------
              Total liabilities                                    1,330       2,897
                                                                --------    --------
     Stockholders' equity:
         Common stock                                                228         228
         Additional paid-in capital                               22,475      22,706
         Retained income                                          24,023      22,290
         Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities       (111)       (120)
         Unamortized amounts related to ESOP and MSBP               (419)       (556)
                                                                --------    --------
                                                                  46,196      44,548
         Treasury stock, at cost                                 (22,534)    (22,144)
                                                                --------    --------
              Total stockholders' equity                          23,662      22,404
                                                                --------    --------
         Total liabilities and stockholders' equity             $ 24,992    $ 25,301
                                                                ========    ========

Condensed Statements of Operations For the Years Ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998


(In Thousands)

                                   2000       1999      1998
                                  -------    -------   -------
Equity earnings of subsidiary     $ 2,332    $ 2,079   $ 2,267
Interest and dividend income          236        224       248
Net gain on sale of investments        51        500       202
Other                                  26          5       (77)
                                  -------    -------   -------
    Total income                    2,645      2,808     2,640
                                  -------    -------   -------
Operating expenses                    302        360       235
                                  -------    -------   -------
    Income before income taxes      2,343      2,448     2,405
Income tax expense (benefit)          (40)        93        41
                                  -------    -------   -------
    Net income                    $ 2,383    $ 2,355   $ 2,364
                                  =======    =======   =======

F-28

22. Parent Company Financial Information (Continued)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows For the Years Ended September 30, 2000, 1999 and 1998


(In Thousands)

                                                                  2000       1999       1998
                                                                -------    -------    -------
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
     Net income                                                 $ 2,383    $ 2,355    $ 2,364
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
       provided by operating activities:
         Equity in net income of subsidiary                      (2,332)    (2,079)    (2,267)
         Gain on sale of investments                                (51)      (500)      (202)
         (Increase) decrease in other assets                       (140)        57       (165)
         Increase (decrease) in other liabilities                   (21)        48        (17)
         Other                                                       21         52        164
                                                                -------    -------    -------
         Net cash used by operating activities                     (140)       (67)      (123)
                                                                -------    -------    -------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
     Dividends from subsidiary                                    1,300      5,700      8,000
     Acquisition of investment securities available-for-sale,
        including deposits                                                    (287)    (3,765)
     Proceeds from sale of investment securities
        available-for-sale                                          870      1,516        669
     Decrease in loans to subsidiary and ESOP, net                  137        137        152
     Proceeds from sale of equity investment                        166
     Other loans, net                                                          245        (95)
                                                                -------    -------    -------
         Net cash provided by investing activities                2,473      7,311      4,961
                                                                -------    -------    -------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
     Proceeds from subsidiary note payable                        1,454      4,942      8,200
     Repayment of net payable to subsidiary                      (3,000)    (6,842)    (3,500)
     Purchase of treasury stock                                  (1,083)    (4,240)    (8,654)
     Proceeds from exercise of stock options                        360
     Cash dividends paid                                           (650)      (805)      (929)
                                                                -------    -------    -------
         Net cash used by financing activities                   (2,919)    (6,945)    (4,883)
                                                                -------    -------    -------
         Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents          (586)       299        (45)
         Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year             778        479        524
                                                                -------    -------    -------
         Cash and cash equivalents at end of year               $   192    $   778    $   479
                                                                =======    =======    =======

F-29

23. Subsequent Event - Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activity

In June 1998, FASB issued SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This statement requires the recognition of all derivative financial instruments as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measurement of those instruments at fair value. The accounting for gains and losses associated with changes in the fair value of a derivative and the effect on the consolidated financial statements will depend on its hedge designation and whether the hedge is highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the asset or liability hedged. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 133, the method that will be used for assessing the effectiveness of a hedging derivative, as well as the measurement approach for determining the ineffective aspects of the hedge, must be established at the inception of the hedge. The methods must be consistent with the entity's approach to managing risk. SFAS No. 137 was issued in June 1999 to modify SFAS No. 133 regarding recognition in the balance sheet of embedded derivatives that are to be separated from the host contract. SFAS No. 138 was issued in June 2000 to amend SFAS No. 133 before its effective date to address a limited number of issues causing implementation difficulties for a large number of entities.

As issued, SFAS No. 133 is effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 1999. SFAS No. 137 also amended SFAS 133 by postponing the mandatory effective date to all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000, with initial application as of the beginning of an entity's fiscal quarter; on that date, hedging relationships must be designated anew and documented pursuant to the provisions of this Statement. Earlier application is encouraged, but is permitted only as of the beginning of any fiscal quarter beginning after June 15, 2000. Retroactive application to financial statements of prior periods is prohibited. Management of the Company will adopt the provisions of this statement beginning October 1, 2000.

As permitted by SFAS No. 133, on October 1, 2000, the Company transferred all of its securities from the held-to-maturity portfolio to the available-for-sale and trading portfolios as follows:

                                                              Securities Transferred
                                -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Available
                                     Trading             for Sale               Total                Total
Security                         (at fair value)      (at fair value)      (at fair value)      (at book value)
--------                        ------------------   ------------------   ------------------  ---------------------
Investment securities                 $ 9,642,188          $17,621,420         $ 27,263,608           $ 28,666,885
Mortgage-backed-securities                                  10,035,853           10,035,853             10,112,018
                                ------------------   ------------------   ------------------  ---------------------
             Total                    $ 9,642,188          $27,657,273         $ 37,299,461           $ 38,778,903
                                ==================   ==================   ==================  =====================

As of October 1, 2000, the effect of the transfer of these securities was reported as a cumulative adjustment from a change in accounting principle, net of tax benefits, impacting earnings and other comprehensive income as follows:

                                             Adjustment to
                               Adjustment        Other
                                   to        Comprehensive       Total
                                Earnings        Income        Adjustments
                               ------------  -------------  --------------
Investment securities           $ (339,697)   $(1,063,580)   $ (1,403,277)
Mortgage-backed securities                        (76,165)        (76,165)
                               ------------  -------------  --------------
    Pre-tax loss                  (339,697)    (1,139,745)     (1,479,442)
Income tax benefit                 125,144        419,882         545,026
                               ------------  -------------  --------------
    Net loss                    $ (214,553)   $  (719,863)   $   (934,416)
                               ============  =============  ==============

The impact to earnings resulted in a loss of $214,553 that was recorded against current operations as of October 1, 2000, as a cumulative adjustment from a change in accounting principle, net of tax benefits. Future changes in fair value for any remaining securities in the trading portfolio will be reflected through current operation. Changes in fair value for any securities in the available-for-sale portfolio will be adjusted through other comprehensive income.

F-30

OFFICE LOCATION

CORPORATE OFFICE
Landmark Bancshares, Inc.
Central and Spruce
Dodge City, Kansas 67801
(316) 227-8111

                 Board of Directors of Landmark Bancshares, Inc.
         C. Duane Ross                                               Larry Schugart
         Chairman of the Board                                       President and Chief Executive Officer
         President, High Plains Publishers, Inc.

         David H. Snapp                                              Richard Ball
         Partner, Waite, Snapp & Doll, Attorneys at Law              CPA/Shareholder, Adams, Brown
                                                                         Beran & Ball, Chtd.

         Jim W. Lewis
         Owner, Auto Dealerships

                 Executive Officers of Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

         Larry Schugart                                              Gary L. Watkins
         President and Chief Executive Officer                       Secretary and Chief Operating Officer

         Stephen H. Sundberg
         Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Corporate Counsel:                                                  Independent Auditors:
    Waite, Snapp & Doll, Attorneys at Law                               Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.
    Military Plaza                                                      300 West Douglas
    Dodge City, Kansas  67801                                           Suite 100
                                                                        Wichita, Kansas  67202

    Special Counsel:                                                    Transfer Agent and Registrar:
    Malizia Spidi & Fisch, PC                                           Computer Share Trust Co., Inc.
    1100 New York Avenue, Suite 340 West                                12039 W. Alameda Parkway,
    Washington, D.C. 20005                                              Suite Z-2
                                                                        Lakewood, Colorado  80228

The Company's Annual Report for the year ended September 30, 2000 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-K is available without charge upon written request. For a copy of the Form 10-K or any other investor information, please write or call: Corporate Secretary, Landmark Bancshares, Inc., Central and Spruce, Dodge City, Kansas 67801. The annual meeting of stockholders will be held on January 17, 2001 at 1:30 p.m. at the Dodge City Country Club, North Avenue C, Dodge City, Kansas 67801.

-16-

[LOGO]
LANDMARK
BANCSHARES, INC.

Landmark Federal Savings Bank Central & Spruce Streets P.O. Box 1437 Dodge City, KS 67801-1437 (316) 227-8111

2500 N. 14th Street               16th & Stone              1007 N. Main Street
Dodge City, KS 67801          Great Bend, KS 67530         Garden City, KS 67846
  (316) 225-1745                 (316) 792-2196               (316) 275-2166


                623 N. Main Street                   816 Main
               Hoisington, KS 67544             LaCrosse, KS 67548
                  (316) 653-2783                  (785) 222-3546


EXHIBIT 23


INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration statement No. 33-95072 of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. on Form S-8 of our report dated October 26, 2000 incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. for the year ended September 30, 2000.

                                     /s/Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.
                                     ----------------------------------
                                     Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.



December 21, 2000
Wichita, Kansas


EX-27

ARTICLE

LEGEND
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL INFORMATION.
/LEGEND

MULTIPLIER 1000

PERIOD-TYPE                                12-MOS
FISCAL-YEAR-END                       SEP-30-2000
PERIOD-END                            SEP-30-2000
CASH                                        5,090
INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS                          282
FED-FUNDS-SOLD                                  0
TRADING-ASSETS                                  0
INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE                   9,588
INVESTMENTS-CARRYING                       38,779
INVESTMENTS-MARKET                         37,299
LOANS                                     191,514
ALLOWANCE                                   1,577
TOTAL-ASSETS                              250,676
DEPOSITS                                  165,325
SHORT-TERM                                 57,000
LIABILITIES-OTHER                           4,689
LONG-TERM                                       0
PREFERRED-MANDATORY                             0
PREFERRED                                       0
COMMON                                        228
OTHER-SE                                   23,434
TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY              250,676
INTEREST-LOAN                              14,783
INTEREST-INVEST                             3,448
INTEREST-OTHER                                  0
INTEREST-TOTAL                             18,231
INTEREST-DEPOSIT                            7,340
INTEREST-EXPENSE                            3,889
INTEREST-INCOME-NET                         7,001
LOAN-LOSSES                                   267
SECURITIES-GAINS                                0
EXPENSE-OTHER                               4,056
INCOME-PRETAX                               3,655
INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY                        0
EXTRAORDINARY                                   0
CHANGES                                         0
NET-INCOME                                  2,383
EPS-BASIC                                    2.19
EPS-DILUTED                                  2.04
YIELD-ACTUAL                                 2.93
LOANS-NON                                     737
LOANS-PAST                                    314
LOANS-TROUBLED                                531
LOANS-PROBLEM                               1,978
ALLOWANCE-OPEN                              1,318
CHARGE-OFFS                                    91
RECOVERIES                                     19
ALLOWANCE-CLOSE                             1,577
ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC                          1,577
ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN                               0
ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED                           0

                            MALIZIA SPIDI & FISCH, PC
                                ATTORNEYS AT LAW

1100 NEW YEAR AVENUE, N.W.                                      637 KENNARD ROAD
SUITE 340 WEST                                 STATE COLLEGE, PENNSYLVANIA 16801
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20005                                            (814) 466-6625
(202) 434-4660                                         FACSIMILE: (814) 466-6703
FACSIMILE: (202) 434-4661

TIFFANY A. HENRICKS WRITER'S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER

(202) 434-8389

VIA EDGAR

December 21, 2000

Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

Re: Landmark Bancshares, Inc. File No. 0-23164
Form 10-K

Dear Sir or Madam:

Transmitted with this letter for filing on behalf of the above-referenced registrant is the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the registrant for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2000.

Sincerely,

/s/  Tiffany A. Henricks

Tiffany A. Henricks

Enclosure

cc: The Nasdaq Stock Market (via EDGAR) Mr. Larry Schugart, President
Mr. Albert Denny, Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P. John J. Spidi, Esq.


UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)
[X] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934 for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2001

OR

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _______________________ to ______________________

Commission File Number 0-23164

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         Kansas                             48-1142260
(State or other jurisdiction              I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)       Identification Number

CENTRAL AND SPRUCE STREETS, DODGE CITY, KANSAS 67801 (Address and
Zip Code of principal executive offices)

(620) 227-8111
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

N/A

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes [X] No [ ]

The number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's classes of common stock, as of May 4, 2001:

$.10 par value common stock 1,092,438 shares
(Class) (Outstanding)


LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.

INDEX

                                                                                                                Page
                                                                                                                Number

PART I.                 FINANCIAL INFORMATION

            Item 1.     Financial Statements

                        Statements of Financial Condition as of
                        March 31, 2001 (unaudited) and September 30, 2000                                           1

                        Statements of Income for the Three and Six Months Ended
                        March 31, 2001 and 2000 (unaudited)                                                         2

                        Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Three and
                        And Six Months Ended March 31, 2001 and 2000 (unaudited)                                    4

                        Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended
                        March 31, 2001 and 2000 (unaudited)                                                        5 - 6

                        Notes to Financial Statements                                                              7 - 11

            Item 2.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                        Financial Condition and Results of Operations                                             12 - 18

            Item 3.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk                                19 - 21


PART II     OTHER INFORMATION

            Item 1.     Legal Proceedings                                                                           22

            Item 2.     Changes in Securities and Use of Proceeds                                                   22

            Item 3.     Default Upon Senior Securities                                                              22

            Item 4.     Submission of Matter to a Vote of Security Holders                                          22

            Item 5.     Other Information                                                                           22

            Item 6.     Exhibits and Report on Form 8-K                                                             22


SIGNATURES                                                                                                          23


LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

                                                                                         March 31, 2001       September 30, 2000
                                                                                         (Unaudited)
                                                                                     --------------------     --------------------
ASSETS Cash and due from banks:
Non-interest bearing                                                                       $   1,290,153            $   1,335,431
Interest bearing                                                                               5,569,777                3,754,540
                                                                                     --------------------     --------------------
Total cash and due from banks                                                                  6,859,930                5,089,971
Time deposits in other financial institutions                                                    259,342                  281,771
Investment securities held-to-maturity                                                                 0               28,666,885
Investment securities available-for-sale                                                      27,474,107                9,587,607
Mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity                                                            0               10,112,018
Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale                                                 24,068,306                        0
Loans receivable, net                                                                        157,930,559              182,659,647
Loans held-for-sale                                                                            1,526,908                8,854,493
Accrued income receivable                                                                      1,338,682                1,641,904
Foreclosed assets, net                                                                           383,473                  170,724
Office properties and equipment, net                                                           1,528,876                1,635,170
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                                              1,845,300                1,666,882
Income taxes receivable, current                                                                       0                   99,217
Deferred income taxes                                                                                  0                  209,686
                                                                                     --------------------     --------------------
TOTAL ASSETS                                                                              $  223,215,483           $  250,675,975
                                                                                     ====================     ====================

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
Deposits                                                                                     151,822,692              165,325,440
Advances and other borrowings from
  Federal Home Loan Bank                                                                      42,000,000               57,000,000
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance                                                1,316,824                2,337,045
Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                                         3,068,503                2,351,486
Income taxes:
    Current                                                                                       23,542                        0
    Deferred                                                                                     241,980                        0
                                                                                     --------------------     --------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                                         $  198,473,541           $  227,013,971
                                                                                     --------------------     --------------------

Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred Stock, no par value;  5,000,000 shares
  authorized;  none issued
Common Stock, $0.10 par value; 10,000,000 shares
  authorized; 2,281,312 shares issued                                                            228,131                  228,131
Additional paid-in capital                                                                    22,388,208               22,475,208
Retained income, substantially restricted                                                     24,724,757               24,022,616
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)                                                    624,857                 (110,594)
Unamortized stock acquired by Employee Stock
  Ownership Plan                                                                                (418,963)                (418,963)
Treasury Stock, at cost, 1,188,874 shares at March 31, 2001
  and 1,173,938 shares at September 30, 2000                                                 (22,805,048)             (22,534,394)
                                                                                     --------------------     --------------------
Total Stockholders' Equity                                                                 $  24,741,942            $  23,662,004
                                                                                     --------------------     --------------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                $  223,215,483           $  250,675,975
                                                                                     ====================     ====================

1

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Income

                                                                    Three Months Ended March 31        Six Months Ended March 31
                                                                       2001             2000             2001             2000
                                                                            (unaudited)                       (unaudited)
                                                                   ------------------------------    ------------------------------
INTEREST INCOME
Interest on loans                                                   $ 3,636,346      $ 3,611,972      $ 7,385,425      $ 7,176,709
Interest and dividends on investment securities                         468,278          650,927        1,037,944        1,362,253
Interest on mortgage-backed securities                                  163,922          194,282          329,812          397,442
                                                                   -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------
Total interest income                                                 4,268,546        4,457,181        8,753,181        8,936,404
                                                                   -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------

INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits                                                              2,001,198        1,854,420        4,117,459        3,651,861
Borrowed funds                                                          641,909          868,298        1,403,754        1,660,929
                                                                   -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------
Total interest expense                                                2,643,107        2,722,718        5,521,213        5,312,790
                                                                   -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------

Net interest income                                                   1,625,439        1,734,463        3,231,968        3,623,614

PROVISION FOR LOSSES ON LOANS                                            45,000           95,000           90,000          230,000

                                                                   -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------
Net interest income after provision for losses                        1,580,439        1,639,463        3,141,968        3,393,614
                                                                   -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------

NON-INTEREST INCOME
Service charges and late fees                                           112,930          111,745          232,879          218,290
Net gain on sale of trading investments                                       0                0           43,618                0
Net gain on sale of available-for-sale investments                      147,163           32,695          170,412           43,286
Net gain on sale of loans                                                60,041           41,481          378,770           92,213
Service fees on loans sold                                                4,243           20,316           15,812           41,048
Other income                                                             24,834           17,693           51,452           55,968
                                                                   -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------
                                                                        349,211          223,930          892,943          450,805
                                                                   -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
Compensation and related expenses                                       637,699          531,840        1,264,946        1,139,880
Occupancy expense                                                        62,765           61,352          132,686          124,799
Advertising                                                              18,106           34,851           38,941           54,534
Federal insurance premium                                                27,222           33,261           49,296           70,980
Loss (gain) from real estate operations                                   2,675            (414)            7,916            5,514
Data processing                                                          44,096           62,713           76,103          100,258
Other expense                                                           261,813          278,393          499,132          531,153
                                                                   -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------
                                                                      1,054,376        1,001,996        2,069,020        2,027,118
                                                                   -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------
Income before income taxes and cumulative
effect on prior years of accounting change                              875,274          861,397        1,965,891        1,817,301

INCOME TAXES EXPENSES                                                   322,400          357,000          732,544          726,300
                                                                   -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------
Net income before cumulative effect
on prior years of accounting change                                     552,874          504,397        1,233,347        1,091,001

CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING
FOR DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS,
NET OF INCOME TAX BENEFIT OF $125,144                                         0                0        (214,553)                0
                                                                   -------------    -------------    -------------    -------------

Net income                                                           $  552,874       $  504,397      $ 1,018,794      $ 1,091,001
                                                                   =============    =============    =============    =============

2

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Income
Continued

                                                                  Three Months Ended March 31      Six Months Ended March 31
                                                                    2001             2000            2001             2000
                                                                         (unaudited)                      (unaudited)
                                                                ------------------------------    -----------------------------
Basic earnings per share
------------------------
Earnings before cumulative effect of change in
  accounting for derivative financial instruments                       $0.52           $0.47           $1.16            $1.01
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for
  derivative financial instruments                                      $0.00           $0.00          ($0.20)           $0.00
                                                                --------------   -------------    ------------    -------------
              Net income                                                $0.52           $0.47           $0.96            $1.01
                                                                ==============   =============    ============    =============

Diluted earnings per share
--------------------------
Earnings before cumulative effect of change in
  accounting for derivative financial instruments                       $0.49           $0.43           $1.08            $0.94
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for
  derivative financial instruments                                      $0.00           $0.00          ($0.18)           $0.00
                                                                --------------   -------------    ------------    -------------
              Net income                                                $0.49           $0.43           $0.90            $0.94
                                                                ==============   =============    ============    =============

Dividends per share                                                     $0.15           $0.15           $0.30            $0.30
-------------------

3

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

                                                                       Three Months Ended                   Six Months Ended
                                                                            March 31                            March 31
                                                                    2001               2000              2001             2000
                                                                 (Unaudited)        (Unaudited)       (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)
                                                                --------------     --------------    --------------   --------------
Net income                                                         $  552,874         $  504,397       $ 1,018,794      $ 1,091,001
                                                                --------------     --------------    --------------   --------------

Other comprehensive income, net of tax: Unrealized gains (losses) on securities:
          Cumulative effect of change in accounting for
            financial instruments                                           0                  0          (719,863)               0
          Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the
            period                                                    831,442           (178,744)        1,562,673         (323,006)
          Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included
            in net income                                             (92,713)           (19,617)         (107,360)         (25,972)
                                                                --------------     --------------    --------------   --------------

Total other comprehensive income                                      738,729          (198,361)           735,450        (348,978)
                                                                --------------     --------------    --------------   --------------

Comprehensive income                                              $ 1,291,603         $  306,036       $ 1,754,244       $  742,023
                                                                ==============     ==============    ==============   ==============

4

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

                                                                                  Six Months Ended  March 31
                                                                                     2001             2000
                                                                                  (unaudited)      (unaudited)
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
     Net income                                                                  $  1,018,794    $  1,091,001
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
        provided (used) by operating activities:
          Cumulative effect of change in accounting for financial instruments         214,553               0
          Amortization of mortgage servicing rights                                  (241,367)              0
          Depreciation                                                                109,509         116,559
          Realized gain on sale of investment securities available-for-sale          (170,412)        (43,286)
          Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable                          293,408         (87,297)
          Increase (decrease) in income taxes                                         306,380          35,280
          Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses                726,830        (845,372)
          Amortization of premiums and discounts on investments and loans, net        (14,141)        (11,614)
          Provision for losses on loans and investments                                90,000         230,000
          Net change in trading securities                                          9,642,188               0
          Other non-cash items, net                                                   138,025        (259,355)
          Sale of loans held-for-sale                                              19,198,821       4,720,329
          Gain on sale of loans held-for-sale                                        (378,770)        (92,213)
          Origination of loans held-for-sale                                      (11,479,355)     (3,674,878)
          Purchase of loans held-for-sale                                             (23,000)       (557,900)
                                                                                 ------------    ------------

Net cash provided by operating activities                                        $ 19,431,463    $    621,254
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
     Loan originations and principal collections, net                            $  4,708,903    $  2,915,038
     Loans purchased for investment                                                 1,632,950      (9,846,025)
     Principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities                                     0       1,849,115
     Principal repayments on available-for-sale mortgage-backed securities          1,451,517               0
     Acquisition of investment securities available-for-sale                       (1,260,000)       (300,000)
     Proceeds from sale of investment securities available-for-sale                 5,621,456       3,046,914
     Proceeds from maturities or calls of investment
       securities held to maturity                                                          0         200,000
     Net (increase) decrease in time deposits                                          29,079               0
     Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets                                          272,102         228,245
     Acquisition of fixed assets                                                       (3,214)        (71,730)
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities                                 $ 12,452,793    $ (1,978,443)
                                                                                 ------------    ------------

5

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Continued)

                                                                                    Six Months  Ended   March 31
                                                                                       2001               2000
                                                                                   (unaudited)        (unaudited)
                                                                                  ---------------    --------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
     Net increase (decrease) in deposits                                            $ (13,502,748)   $    (457,549)
     Net increase (decrease) in escrow accounts                                        (1,024,242)        (769,361)
     Proceeds from FHLB advances and other borrowings                                 196,000,000       36,000,000
     Repayment of FHLB advances and other borrowings                                 (211,000,000)     (33,500,000)
     Purchase of treasury stock                                                          (270,654)         312,378
     Dividends paid                                                                      (316,653)        (322,231)
                                                                                    -------------    -------------
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities                                      (30,114,297)       1,263,237
                                                                                    -------------    -------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                                    1,769,959          (93,952)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                        5,089,971        5,975,730
                                                                                    -------------    -------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                          $   6,859,930    $   5,881,778
                                                                                    =============    =============

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES Cash paid during the year for:
         Interest on deposits, advances, and other borrowings                       $   5,787,795    $   5,722,342
         Income taxes                                                                     704,240          489,590
     Transfers from loans to real estate acquired through foreclosure                     430,333          467,009
     Exchanged loans receivable for mortgage-backed securities                         17,945,036                0

     Cumulative effect of change in accounting for financial investments:
        Transfer of held-to-maturity securities to trading investments                  9,642,188                0
        Transfer of held-to-maturity securities to available-for-sale investments      27,657,273                0

6

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1. - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying unaudited financial statements were prepared in accordance with the requirements for interim financial statements contained in SEC regulation S-X and, accordingly, do not include all information and disclosures necessary to present financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. (the "Company") and its wholly-owned subsidiary Landmark Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. However, all normal recurring adjustments have been made which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for the fair presentation of the financial statements.

The results of operation for the six months ended March 31, 2001 are not necessarily indicative of the results which may be expected for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2001.

2. LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT

On March 28, 1994, the Bank segregated and restricted $15,144,357 of retained earnings in a liquidation account for the benefit of eligible savings account holders who continue to maintain their accounts at the bank after the conversion of the bank from mutual to stock form. In the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank, and only in such event, each eligible account holder will be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account in an amount proportionate to the current adjusted balances of all qualifying deposits then held. The liquidation account will be reduced annually at September 30th to the extent that eligible account holders have reduced their qualifying deposits.

3. INVESTMENTS AND MORTGAGE - BACKED SECURITIES

A summary of the Bank's carrying values of investments and mortgage - backed securities as of March 31, 2001 and September 30, 2000, is as follows:

                                                     March 31, 2001           September 30,2000
                                                   --------------------      --------------------
Investment Securities:
     Held to maturity:
     Government Agency Securities                  $                 0        $       27,481,885
     Municipal Obligations                                           0                 1,185,000
     Other                                                           0                         0
                                                   --------------------      --------------------
                                                   $                 0        $       28,666,885
                                                   ====================      ====================
        Available for sale:
     Common Stock                                            4,921,358                 3,643,607
     Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank                         3,800,000                 3,800,000
     Government Agency Securities                           17,481,615                         0
     Municipal Obligations                                   1,115,134                         0
     Other                                                     156,000                 2,144,000
                                                   --------------------      --------------------
                                                   $        27,474,107       $         9,587,607
                                                   ====================      ====================
Mortgage - Backed Securities:
        Held to Maturity:
     FNMA - Arms                                                     0                 4,985,758
     FHLMC - Arms                                                    0                 1,461,099
     FHLMC - Fixed Rate                                              0                    49,505
     CMO Government Agency                                           0                 2,363,257
     CMO Private Issue                                               0                   903,288
     FNMA - Fixed Rate                                               0                   305,495
     GNMA - Fixed Rate                                               0                    43,616
                                                   --------------------      --------------------
                                                   $                 0       $        10,112,018
                                                   ====================      ====================

7

INVESTMENTS AND MORTGAGE - BACKED SECURITIES -- CONTINUED

                              March 31, 2001        September 30, 2000
                             ----------------      --------------------
   Available for sale:
FNMA - Arms                        4,349,612                         0
FHLMC - Arms                       1,385,928                         0
FHLMC - Fixed Rate                15,339,825                         0
CMO Government Agency              1,998,418                         0
CMO Private Issue                    689,407                         0
FNMA - Fixed Rate                    280,367                         0
GNMA - Fixed Rate                     24,749                         0
                             ----------------      --------------------
                             $    24,068,306       $                 0
                             ================      ====================

4. LOAN RECEIVABLE, NET

A summary of the Bank's loans receivable at March 31, 2001 and September 30, 2000, is as follows:

                                                        March  31, 2001        September 30, 2000
                                                     -------------------      -------------------
Real Estate loans:
          Residential                                   $   121,619,893         $   147,514,858
          Construction                                        2,333,866                 857,486
          Commercial                                         10,327,344               9,331,198
          Second mortgage                                    10,339,942              10,403,434
Commercial business                                           6,831,259               7,033,573
Consumer                                                      7,931,470               9,050,233
                                                     ------------------       ----------------
          Gross loans                                       159,383,774             184,190,782
          Less:  Net deferred loan fees, premiums
            and discounts                                       (42,624)               (154,428)
          Allowance for Loan Losses                          (1,410,591)             (1,376,707)
                                                     ------------------       -----------------
          Total loans, net                              $   157,930,559         $   182,659,647
                                                     ==================       =================

A summary of the Bank's allowance for loan losses for the three and six months ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, is as follows:

                                                   Three Months Ended                     Six Months Ended
                                                        March 31                              March 31
                                                 2001              2000               2001               2000
                                            ----------------  ----------------   ----------------  -----------------
Balance Beginning                              $  1,378,720      $  1,400,104       $  1,376,707       $  1,317,676
Provisions Charged to Operations                     45,000            95,000             90,000            230,000
Loans Charged Off Net of Recoveries                 (13,129)          (70,899)           (56,116)          (123,471)
                                            ----------------  ----------------   ----------------  -----------------
Balance Ending                                 $  1,410,591      $  1,424,205       $  1,410,591       $  1,424,205
                                            ================  ================   ================  =================

8

5. FORECLOSED ASSETS - NET

Real Estate owned or in judgment and other repossessed property:

                                               March 31, 2001       September 30, 2000
                                           -------------------      ------------------
Real Estate Acquired by Foreclosure             $           0           $     130,000
Real Estate Loans in Judgement and
  Subject to Redemption                               377,893                  40,724
Other Repossessed Assets                                5,580                       0
                                           -------------------      ------------------
Total Foreclosed Assets - Net                   $     383,473           $     170,724
                                           ===================      ==================

6. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. The financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and commitments to sell loans. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the statement of financial condition. The contract, or notional amounts of those instruments, reflects the extent of involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments is represented by the contractual or notional amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

On March 31, 2001, the Bank had outstanding commitments to fund real estate loans of $1,845,106. Of the commitments outstanding, $1,648,731 were for fixed rate loans at rates of 6.850% to 9.500%. Commitments for adjustable rate loans amounted to $196,375 with initial rates of 6.875% to 7.125%. Outstanding loan commitments to sell as of March 31, 2001 were $1,721,566. The Bank had outstanding commercial loan commitments of $2,430,000 with initial rates of 8.000% to 9.000%, at March 31, 2001.

9

7. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share (EPS) is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock (potential common stock) were exercised or converted to common stock. For periods presented potential common stock includes outstanding stock options and nonvested stock awarded under the management stock bonus plan.

Earnings per share for the six months ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, were determined as follows:

STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE

                                                           Basic          Earnings        Per           Share
                                                            Three months ended              Six months ended
                                                                 March 31                       March 31
                                                            2001           2000           2001           2000
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Weighted average common shares outstanding
  net of treasury shares                                  1,092,438      1,131,302      1,097,511      1,130,412
Average unallocated ESOP shares                             (38,436)       (52,124)       (40,148)       (53,836)
                                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Weighted Average Shares for Basic EPS                     1,054,002      1,079,178      1,057,363      1,076,576
                                                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Net Income before cumulative effect
  of accounting change                                  $   552,874    $   504,397    $ 1,233,347    $ 1,091,001
                                                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Net Income                                              $   552,874    $   504,397    $ 1,018,794    $ 1,091,001
                                                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
Earnings per share amount before cumulative effect of
  change in accounting for financial instruments        $      0.52    $      0.47    $      1.16    $      1.01
                                                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========

Earnings Per Share                                      $      0.52    $      0.47    $      0.96    $      1.01
                                                        ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========

                                                         Diluted     Earnings       Per          Share
                                                            Three months ended        Six months ended
                                                                 March 31                March 31
                                                            2001         2000        2001         2000
                                                        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Weighted average shares for Basic EPS                    1,054,002    1,079,178    1,057,363    1,076,576
Dilutive stock options                                      78,706       84,352       81,681       88,750
                                                        ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Weighted Average Shares for Diluted EPS                  1,132,708    1,163,530    1,139,044    1,165,326
                                                        ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========

Net Income before cumulative effect
  of accounting change                                  $  552,874   $  504,397   $1,233,347   $1,091,001
                                                        ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========

Net Income                                              $  552,874   $  504,397   $1,018,794   $1,091,001
                                                        ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========

Earnings per share amount before cumulative effect
  of change in accounting for financial instruments     $     0.49   $     0.43   $     1.08   $     0.94
                                                        ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========

Earnings Per Share                                      $     0.49   $     0.43   $     0.90   $     0.94
                                                        ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========

10

8. DIVIDENDS

At the Company's January 17, 2001 board meeting, the Directors of the Company declared a $0.15 per share dividend. The dividend was paid February 15, 2001 to all stockholders of record as of February 1, 2001.

9. CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITY

In June 1998, FASB issued SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This statement requires the recognition of all derivative financial instruments as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measurement of those instruments at fair value. The accounting for gains and losses associated with changes in the fair value of a derivative and the effect on the consolidated financial statements will depend on its hedge designation and whether the hedge is highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the asset or liability hedged. Management of the Company adopted the provisions of this statement beginning October 1, 2000.

As permitted by SFAS No. 133, on October 1, 2000, the Company transferred all of its securities from the held-to-maturity portfolio to the available-for-sale and trading portfolios as follows:

                                                           Securities Transferred
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Available
                                       Trading           For Sale            Total               Total
                                   (at fair value)    (at fair value)    (at fair value)    (at book value)
                                   ----------------   ----------------   ---------------    ----------------
Security
--------
Investment securities                  $ 9,642,188       $ 17,621,420      $ 27,263,608        $ 28,666,885

Mortgage-backed-securities                                 10,035,853        10,035,853          10,112,018
                                   ----------------   ----------------   ---------------    ----------------

 Total                                 $ 9,642,188       $ 27,657,273      $ 37,299,461        $ 38,778,903
                                   ================   ================   ===============    ================

As of October 1, 2000, the effect of the transfer of these securities was reported as a cumulative adjustment from a change in accounting principle, net of tax benefits, impacting earnings and other comprehensive income as follows:

                                                                      Adjustment to
                                                  Adjustment              Other
                                                      to              Comprehensive             Total
                                                   Earnings               Income             Adjustments
                                               ------------------    -----------------    ------------------
Investment securities                               $  (339,697)        $ (1,063,580)         $ (1,403,277)
Mortgage-backed securities                                                   (76,165)              (76,165)
                                               ------------------    -----------------    ------------------
  Pre-tax loss                                         (339,697)          (1,139,745)           (1,479,442)
Income tax benefit                                      125,144              419,882               545,026
                                               ------------------    -----------------    ------------------
  Net loss                                          $  (214,553)        $   (719,863)         $   (934,416)
                                               ==================    =================    ==================

The impact to earnings resulted in a loss of $214,553 that was recorded against current operations as of October 1, 2000, as a cumulative adjustment from a change in accounting principle, net of tax benefits. Future changes in fair value for any remaining securities in the trading portfolio will be reflected through current operations. Changes in fair value for any securities in the available-for-sale portfolio will be adjusted through other comprehensive income.

11

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 2. - MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Landmark Bancshares, Inc. (the "Registrant" or the "Company") may from time to time make written or oral "forward-looking statements", including statements contained in the Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (including the reports on Form 10-K, and 10-Q and the exhibits thereto), in its reports to stockholders and in other communications by the Company, which are made in good faith by the Company pursuant to the "Safe harbor" provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of the Company's plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions, that are subject to change based on various important factors (some of which are beyond the Company's control). The following factors, among others, could cause the Company's financial performance to differ materially from the plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions expressed in such forward-looking statements: the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which the Company conducts operations; the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations; the timely development of and acceptance of new products and services of the Company and the perceived overall value of these products and services by users, including the features, pricing and quality compared to competitors' products and services; the success of the Company in gaining regulatory approval of its products and services, when required; the impact of changes in financial services' laws and regulations (including laws concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance); technological changes; changes in consumer spending and savings habits; and the success of the Company at managing these risks.

The Company cautions that this list of important factors is not exclusive. The company does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company.

This commentary is based on the assumption the reader of the form 10-Q has read, or has access to Managements' Discussion and Analysis, MD&A, for the preceding fiscal year-end September 30, 2000 filed in form 10-K. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2001 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the final year ending September 30, 2001 or any other period.

General:

Landmark Bancshares, Inc. ("Company") is the holding company for Landmark Federal Savings Bank ("Bank"). Apart from the operations of the Bank, the Company did not engage in any significant operations during the quarter ended March 31, 2001. The Bank is engaged in the business of accepting deposit accounts from the general public. These funds are used to originate mortgage loans for the purchase and refinancing of single-family homes located in Central and Southwestern Kansas, and the purchase of mortgage-backed and investment securities. In addition, the Bank offers and purchases loans through correspondent lending relationships. The Bank also has a Loan Origination Office located in Overland Park, Kansas. To a lesser extent, the Bank will purchase adjustable rate mortgage loans to manage its interest rate risk as deemed necessary. The Bank also makes automobile loans, second mortgage loans, home equity loans, savings deposit loans, and small business loans.

12

Changes in financial condition between March 31, 2001 and September 30, 2000:

On October 1, 2000, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 133 (SFAS 133). As permitted by SFAS 133, the Company transferred all of its securities from the held-to-maturity portfolio to the available-for-sale and trading portfolios as follows:

                                                           Securities Transferred
                                   -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Available
                                       Trading           For Sale            Total               Total
                                   (at fair value)    (at fair value)    (at fair value)  at book value)
                                   ----------------   ----------------   ---------------    ----------------
Security
--------
Investment securities                  $ 9,642,188       $ 17,621,420      $ 27,263,608        $ 28,666,885
Mortgage-backed-securities                                 10,035,853        10,035,853          10,112,018
                                   ----------------   ----------------   ---------------    ----------------
 Total                                 $ 9,642,188       $ 27,657,273      $ 37,299,461        $ 38,778,903
                                   ================   ================   ===============    ================

As of October 1, 2000, the effect of the transfer of these securities was reported as a cumulative adjustment from a change in accounting principle, net of tax benefits, impacting earnings and other comprehensive income as follows:

                                                                      Adjustment to
                                                  Adjustment              Other
                                                      to              Comprehensive             Total
                                                   Earnings               Income             Adjustments
                                               ------------------    -----------------    ------------------
Investment securities                               $  (339,697)        $ (1,063,580)         $ (1,403,277)
Mortgage-backed securities                                                   (76,165)              (76,165)
                                               ------------------    -----------------    ------------------
  Pre-tax loss                                         (339,697)          (1,139,745)           (1,479,442)
Income tax benefit                                      125,144              419,882               545,026
                                               ------------------    -----------------    ------------------
  Net loss                                          $  (214,553)         $  (719,863)          $  (934,416)
                                               ==================    =================    ==================

The impact to earnings resulted in a loss of $214,553 that was recorded against current operations as of October 1, 2000, as a cumulative adjustment from a change in accounting principle, net of tax benefits.

All securities, $9,642,188, transferred to the trading portfolio were sold between October 1 and December 31, 2000. The pretax profit was $43,618. The proceeds were used to repay borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank and fund current operations.

During the quarter ended December 31, 2000 the Company sold approximately $16,148,425 of longer term fixed rate loans at a pretax profit of $318,730. The proceeds were used to repay borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank and fund current operations.

The sales of the investments and fixed rate loans noted above, were elements of the Company's Interest Rate Risk Reduction Plan. The Interest Rate Risk Reduction Plan is designed to lessen the affects of changing interest rates on the Company's assets and liabilities.

13

Total assets decreased $5 million, or approximately 2% between December 31, 2000 and March 31, 2001. Components of this change are:

                                                                      (In Millions)
                                                   March 31            December 31            Change
                                               -----------------    ------------------   ------------------
Investment securities
    Held-to-maturity                           $              0     $               0    $              0
    Available-for-sale                                       27                    28                  (1)
                                               -----------------    ------------------   ----------------
                                                             27                    28                  (1)
                                               -----------------    ------------------   ----------------
Mortgaged-backed securities
    Held-to-maturity                                          0                     0                   0
    Available-for-sale                                       24                     9                  13
                                               -----------------    ------------------   ----------------
                                                             24                     9                  13
                                               -----------------    ------------------   ----------------

Loans receivable, net                                       158                   179                 (21)
Loans held-for-sale                                           2                     0                  (2)
                                               -----------------    ------------------   ----------------
                                                            160                   179                 (19)
                                               -----------------    ------------------   ----------------

Total cash and due from banks                                 7                     6                   1
                                               -----------------    ------------------   ----------------
Other                                                         1                     0                   1
                                               -----------------    ------------------   ----------------
                                                                                         $             (5)
                                                                                         ================

Improved market conditions permitted the Company to dispose of some available-for sale assets during the quarter.

During the quarter $17,945,036 of loans receivable were exchanged for a like dollar amount of mortgage-backed securities issued by Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, commonly known as, "Freddie Mac." The participation certificates are traded daily. This allows management to take advantage of changes in the market more quickly as opposed to selling loans directly to the market. Other changes to Loans Receivable reflect repayment of loans in the normal course of business.

Mortgaged-backed securities increased $17,945,036 as noted in the preceding paragraph. Approximately $3,000,000 of these securities were sold during the quarter. The proceeds were used to repay borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank and fund current operations. The additional decreases reflect principal payments in the normal course of business.

Liabilities decreased from December 31, 2000 to March 31, 2001 by $7 million. Components of this change are:

                                                 (In Millions)
                              March 31            December 30       Change
                             --------------    ------------------   ------------
Deposits                         $     152             $     155       $     (3)
 Advances - FHLB                        42                    46             (4)
                                                                    ------------
             Decrease                                                  $     (7)
                                                                    ============

Deposits decreased primarily due to maturing deposits being withdrawn by public entities.

Advances from FHLB (Federal Home Loan Bank) decreased from December 31, 2000 to March 31, 2001, from repayments funded by sales of mortgage-backed securities.

14

Results of operations: comparison between the three and six months ended March 31, 2001 and 2000:

Three months ended March 31, 2001 and 2000:

Total interest income decreased $188,635, or 4%. Interest and dividends on investment securities decreased $182,649, or 28%, due to the sales of investment securities previously discussed.

Total interest expense decreased $79,611, or 3%. Interest expense on deposits increased $146,778, or 8%. The increase is due primarily to higher interest rates paid to depositors. The higher interest rates paid were required to attract and retain deposits in the local market. Although interest rates have decreased the first quarter of calendar 2001, the effect of the decrease is not available to reduce expense until maturing deposits are reinvested with the Bank at current lower interest rates. Interest expense on borrowed funds decreased $226,389, or 26% due to repayment of principal on loans to Federal Home Loan Bank previously discussed and declining interest rates on short-term borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank.

Provision for loan losses decreased $50,000, or 53%. At September 30, 2000 management conducted a complete review of its reserves for losses and concluded reserves were adequate in relation to loan balances. Management believes current additions to the reserves of $45,000 for the quarter is adequate. Management continues to closely monitor the loan portfolios for potential write-downs.

Net interest income after provision for losses decreased $59,204, or 4%. Components of the decrease for the three months ended March 31, are:

                                                          (In Thousands)
                                                     2001       2000     Change
                                                   -------    -------   -------
Interest income                                    $ 4,269    $ 4,457   $  (188)
 Interest expense                                    2,644      2,723       (79)

 Provision for losses on loans                          45         95       (50)
                                                                        -------
                    Decrease                                            $   (59)
                                                                        =======

Non-interest income increased $125,281, or 56%. The increase is due primarily to the gain on sales of available-for-sale investments. Components of the increase are:

                                                           (In Thousands)
                                                      2001       2000     Change
                                                    -------    -------   -------
Net gain on sales of available-for-sale investments $   147    $   33    $  114

 Net gain on sales of loans                              60        41        19
 Other                                                                       (8)
                                                                         ------
                    Increase                                             $  125
                                                                         ======

Non-interest expense increased $52,380, or 5%. The increase is due primarily to increased compensation expenses incurred as a result of filling positions open at March 31, 2000 and annual increases given employees in the quarter ended March 31, 2001. Components of the increase are:

                                                         (In Thousands)
                                                      2001     2000   Change
                                                     ------   ------  -------
Compensation and related expenses                    $ 638    $ 532   $ 106
 Advertising                                            18       35     (17)
 Data processing                                        44       63     (19)
 Other expenses                                        262      278     (16)
 Other changes                                                           (2)
                                                                      -----
                    Increase                                          $  52
                                                                      =====

15

Net income increased $48,477, or 10%. Components of the increase are:

                                                       (In Thousands)
                                                      2001     2000     Change
                                                     ------   ------   -------
Net interest income after provision for losses       $1,580   $1,639   $  (59)
 Non-interest income                                    349      224      125
 Non-interest expense                                 1,054    1,001      (53)
 Income taxes                                           322      357       35
                                                     ------   ------   ------
Net income                                           $  553   $  505       48
                                                     ======   ======   ======

Six months ended March 31, 2001 and 2000:

Refer to note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements that discusses a change in accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities.

Total interest income decreased $183,223, or 2%. Interest on loans increased $208,716, or 3%, primarily due to higher loan balances prior to sales of loans and exchange of loans previously discussed. Interest and dividends on investment securities decreased $324,309, or 24%, due to the sales of investment securities previously discussed.

Total interest expense increased $208,423, or 4%. Interest expense on deposits increased $465,598, or 13%. The increase is due primarily to higher interest rates paid to depositors. The higher interest rates paid were required to attract and retain deposits in the local market. Although interest rates have decreased the first quarter of calendar 2001, the effect of the decrease is not available to reduce expense until maturing deposits are reinvested with the Bank at current lower interest rates. Interest expense on borrowed funds decreased $257,175, or 15% due to repayment of principal on loans to Federal Home Loan Bank previously discussed and declining interest rates on short-term borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank.

Provision for loan losses decreased $140,000, or 61%. At September 30, 2000 management conducted a complete review of its reserves for losses and concluded reserves were adequate in relation to loan balances. Management believes current additions to the reserves of $90,000 for the six months is adequate. Management continues to closely monitor the loan portfolios for potential write-downs.

Net interest income after provision for losses decreased $251,646, or 7%. Components of the decrease for the six months ended March 31, are:

                                                     (In Thousands)
                                                 2001      2000      Change
                                               -------    -------   --------
Interest income                                $ 8,753    $ 8,936   $  (183)
 Interest expense                                5,521      5,313       208
 Provision for losses on loans                      90        230      (140)
                                                                    -------
                    Decrease                                        $  (251)
                                                                    =======

Non-interest income increased $442,138, or 98%. The increase is due primarily to the gain on sales of available-for-sale investments and loans. Components of the increase are:

                                                             (In Thousands)
                                                           2001   2000   Change
                                                           ----   ----   ------
Net gain on sales of available-for-sale investments        $170   $ 43   $127
 Net gain on sales of loans                                 378     92    286
 Other                                                                     29
                                                                         ----
                    Increase                                             $442
                                                                         ====

16

Non-interest expense increased $41,902, or 2%. The increase is due primarily to increased compensation expenses incurred as a result of filling positions open at March 31, 2000 and annual increases given employees in the quarter ended March 31, 2001. Components of the increase are:

                                                         (In Thousands)
                                                     2001     2000     Change
                                                    ------   ------   -------
Compensation and related expenses                   $1,265   $1,140   $  125
 Advertising                                            39       55      (16)
 Federal insurance premium                              49       71      (22)
 Data processing                                        76      100      (24)
 Other expense                                         499      531      (32)
 Other charges                                                            11
                                                                      ------
                    Increase                                          $   42
                                                                      ======

Net income decreased $72,207, or 7%. Components of the decrease are:

                                                        (In Thousands)
                                                   2001       2000      Change
                                                 -------    -------    -------
Net interest income after provision for losses   $ 3,142    $ 3,394    $  (252)
 Non-interest income                                 893        451        442
 Non-interest expense                              2,069      2,027         42
 Income taxes                                        733        727          6

 Cumulative effect of change in accounting
   for derivative financial instruments net of
   income tax benefit of $125,144                   (214)                 (214)
                                                 -------    -------    -------
Net income                                       $ 1,019    $ 1,091    $   (72)
                                                 =======    =======    =======

Liquidity and Capital Resources:

The Bank is required by the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") to maintain liquid assets sufficient to ensure its safety and soundness. The Bank manages its liquidity to meet its funding needs, including: deposit outflows, disbursement of payments collected from borrowers for taxes and insurance, and loan principal disbursements. The Bank also manages its liquidity to meet its asset/liability management objectives.

In addition to funds provided from operations, the Bank's primary sources of funds are: savings deposits, principal repayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, and matured or called investment securities. In addition, the Bank may borrow funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka.

Scheduled loan repayments and maturing investment securities are a relatively predictable source of funds. However, savings deposit flows and prepayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities are significantly influenced by changes in market interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The Bank strives to manage the pricing of its deposits to maintain a balanced stream of cash flows commensurate with its loan commitments.

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of core and tangible capital (as defined in regulations) to assets (as defined) and core and total capital to risk weight assets (as defined). Management believes, as of March 31, 2001, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

17

The Bank's actual capital amounts (in thousands) and ratios as of March 31, 2001 are presented in the following table:

                                                                                   To Be Well
                                                                                Capitalized Under
                                                               For Capital      Prompt Corrective
                                           Actual           Adequacy Purposes:  Action Provisions:
                                      Amount    Ratio       Amount     Ratio      Amount    Ratio
                                     -------    -----      -------     -----     -------    -----
As of March 31, 2001:
Total (Risk-Based) Capital           $19,430    17.80%     $ 8,709     8.00%     $10,886    10.00%
    (to Risk Weighted Assets)
Core (Tier 1) Capital                $18,069    16.60%         n/a       n/a     $ 6,532     6.00%
    (to Risk Weighted Assets)
Core (Tier 1) Capital - leverage     $18,069     8.30%     $ 8,683     4.00%     $10,854     5.00%
    (to Assets)

18

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 3. - QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The Bank has established an Asset/Liability Management Committee ("ALCO") for the purpose of monitoring and managing interest rate risk. The Bank is subject to the risk of interest rate fluctuations to the extent that there is a difference, or mismatch, between the amount of the Bank's interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, which mature or reprice in specified periods. Consequently, when interest rates change, to the extent the Bank's interest-earning assets have longer maturities or effective repricing periods than its interest-bearing liabilities, the interest income realized on the Bank's interest-earning assets will adjust more slowly than the interest expense on its interest-bearing liabilities. This mismatch in the maturity and interest rate sensitivity of assets and liabilities is commonly referred to as the "gap." A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets maturing or repricing during a specified period exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing or repricing during such period, and is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities maturing or repricing during a specified period exceeds the amount of interest rate assets maturing or repricing during such period. Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap would adversely affect net interest income while a positive gap would result in an increase in net interest income, and during a period of declining interest rates, a negative gap would result in an increase in net interest income while a positive gap would adversely affect net interest income. The Bank utilizes externally prepared interest rate sensitivity of the net portfolio value reports furnished by the OTS to monitor and manage its interest rate risk.

The Bank has historically invested in interest-earning assets that have a longer duration than its interest-bearing liabilities. The mismatch in duration of the interest-sensitive liabilities indicates that the Bank is exposed to interest rate risk. In a rising rate environment, in addition to reducing the market value of long-term interest-earning assets, liabilities will reprice faster than assets; therefore, decreasing net interest income. To mitigate this risk, the Bank has placed a greater emphasis on shorter-term, higher yielding assets that reprice more frequently in reaction to interest rate movements. In addition, the Bank has continued to include in total assets a concentration of adjustable-rate assets to benefit the one-year cumulative gap as such adjustable-rate assets reprice and are more responsive to the sensitivity of more frequently repricing interest-bearing liabilities.

The OTS prepares a report quarterly on the interest rate sensitivity of the net portfolio value ("NPV") from information provided by the Bank. The OTS adopted a rule in August 1993 incorporating an interest rate risk ("IRR") component into the risk-based capital rules. Implementation of the rule has been delayed until the OTS has tested the process under which institutions may appeal such capital deductions. The IRR component is a dollar amount that will be deducted from total capital for the purpose of calculating an institution's risk-based capital requirement and is measured in terms of the sensitivity of its NPV to changes in interest rates. The NPV is the difference between incoming and outgoing discounted cash flows from assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet contracts. An institution's IRR is measured as the change to its NPV as the result of a hypothetical 200 basis point change in market interest rates. A resulting change in NPV of more than 2% of the estimated market value of its assets will require the institution to deduct from its capital 50% of that excess change. The rule provides that the OTS will calculate the IRR component quarterly for each institution.

19

The following tables present the Bank's NPV as well as other data as of December 31, 2000 (latest information available) as calculated by the OTS, based on information provided to the OTS by the Bank.

Change in Interest
Rates in Basis
Points (Rate Shock)              Net Portfolio Value                   NPV as % of Present Value of Assets
                          $ Amount     $ Change   % Change                  NPV Ratio         Change
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             (Dollars in Thousands)
      +300 bp               10,525      (13,168)        (56%)                   4.92%          (541 bp)
      +200 bp (1)           15,240       (8,453)        (36%)                   6.95%          (338 bp)
      +100 bp               19,631       (4,062)        (17%)                   8.74%          (159 bp)
         0 bp               23,693                                             10.33%
      -100 bp               35,681       11,988           8%                   11.05%            72 bp
      -200 bp               26,975        3,282          14%                   11.50%           117 bp
      -300 bp               28,699        5,006          21%                   12.10%           177 bp

(1) Denotes rate shock used to compute interest rate risk capital component.

                                                                       December 31, 2000
                                                                       -----------------
Risk Measures (200 Basis Point Rate Shock):
         Pre-Shock NPV Ratio: NPV as % of Present Value of Assets          10.33%
         Exposure Measure: Post-Shock NPV Ratio                             6.95%
         Sensitivity Measure: Decline in NPV Ratio                          3.38%

Utilizing the data above, the Bank, at December 31, 2000, would have been considered by the OTS to have been subject to "above normal" interest rate risk. Accordingly, a deduction from risk-based capital would have been required. However, even with this deduction, the capital of the Bank would continue to exceed all regulatory requirements.

Set forth below is a breakout, by basis points of the Bank's NPV as of December 31, 2000 (latest information available) by assets, liabilities, and off balance sheet items.

                                                                          No
Net Portfolio Value      -300 bp    -200 bp    -100 bp   Change      +100 bp     +200 bp    +300 bp
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets                  $237,138   $234,509   $232,325   $229,457   $224,542    $219,324   $213,793
-Liabilities             208,556    207,615    206,694    205,785    204,891     204,014    203,144
+Off Balance Sheet           117         81         50         21        (20)        (70)      (124)
                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net Portfolio Value     $ 28,699   $ 26,975   $ 25,681   $ 23,693   $ 19,631    $ 15,240   $ 10,525
                      ==============================================================================

Certain assumptions utilized by the OTS in assessing the interest rate risk of savings associations were employed in preparing the previous table. These assumptions related to interest rates, loan prepayment rates, deposit decay rates and the market values of certain assets under the various interest rate scenarios. It was also assumed that delinquency rates would not change as a result of changes in interest rates although there can be no assurance that this will be the case. Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there can be no assurance that the Bank's assets and liabilities would perform as set forth above.

20

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the preceding NPV tables because the data reflect hypothetical changes in NPV based upon assumptions used by the OTS to evaluate the Bank as well as other institutions. However, net interest income should decline with instantaneous increases in interest rates while net interest income should increase with instantaneous declines in interest rates. Generally, during periods of increasing interest rates, the Bank's interest rate sensitive liabilities would reprice faster than its interest rate sensitive assets causing a decline in the Bank's interest rate spread and margin. This would result from an increase in the Bank's cost of funds that would not be immediately offset by an increase in its yield on earning assets. An increase in the cost of funds without an equivalent increase in the yield of earning assets would tend to reduce net interest income.

In times of decreasing interest rates, fixed rate assets could increase in value and the lag in repricing of interest rate sensitive assets could be expected to have a positive effect on the Bank's net interest income. However, changes in only certain rates, such as shorter term interest rate declines without longer term interest rate declines, could reduce or reverse the expected benefit from decreasing interest rates.

21

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings
None
Item 2. Changes in Securities and Use of Proceeds None
Item 3. Default Upon Senior Securities None
Item 4. Submission of Matter to a Vote of Security Holders None
Item 5. Other Information

Events Subsequent to March 31, 2001:

April 21, 2001 the Bank's Hoisington Branch Office was damaged by a tornado. The estimated costs to repair the building are $40,000 to $50,000. The building is valued at $80,000. Costs to repair the building are covered by insurance less a $250 deductible. The Bank is also insured for loss of income and related costs incurred by the Bank during the time period the branch is being repaired. The Bank has another branch located approximately 10 miles from the Hoisington Branch. This branch has assumed responsibility for the day-to-day operations of the Hoisington Branch. Repairs are estimated to be completed June 15, 2001. Management does not believe this event will have a material effect upon the earnings of the Bank, or the Company.

On April 19, 2001 the Company filed a current report on Form 8-K with the Securities Exchange Commission. The purpose of the filing was to disclose the possible merger of equals between the Company and MNB Bancshares, Inc.

Item 6. Exhibits and Report on Form 8-K
None

22

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

Date     May 11, 2001            LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
     -----------------------


                                 By  /S/  Larry Schugart
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                          LARRY SCHUGART
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer
                                          (Duly Authorized Representative)




                                 By  /S/  Stephen H. Sundberg
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                          STEPHEN H. SUNDBERG
                                          Senior Vice President and
                                          Chief Financial Officer
                                          (Duly Authorized Representative)


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 21549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED)
For fiscal year ended December 31, 2000
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED)
For transition period from to

Commission File Number 0-21878

MNB BANCSHARES, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware 48-1120026
(State or other jurisdiction (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
of incorporation or organization)

800 Poyntz Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas 66505


(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(785) 565-2000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                         Name of Each Exchange
Title of Each Class                      on which Registered
       None                                        None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:


Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share


(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No ___

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this 10-K or any amendment to this form 10-K. [X]

The aggregate market value of voting common stock of Registrant held by non-affiliates as of March 15, 2001 was $7,623,944.* At March 15, 2001, the total number of shares of common stock outstanding was 1,563,905.

Documents incorporated by Reference:

Portions of the 2000 Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, are incorporated by reference into Parts I and II hereof, to the extent indicated herein. Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 23, 2001, are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof, to the extent indicated herein.

* Based on the last reported price of actual transactions in Registrant's common stock on March 15, 2001, and reports of beneficial ownership prepared by all directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Registrant; however, such determination of shares owned by affiliates does not constitute an admission of affiliate status or beneficial interest in shares of common stock of Registrant.

MNB BANCSHARES, INC.

2000 Form 10-K Annual Report

                                Table of Contents

                                     PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS......................................      1

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES....................................     20

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.............................     20

ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY
           HOLDERS.......................................     20

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AND

           RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS...................     20

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.......................     21

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
           CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS...........     21

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA....     21

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
           ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE...........     21

ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 21

ITEM 11.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION........................     22

ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
           AND MANAGEMENT................................     22

ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS     23

ITEM 14.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND
           REPORTS ON FORM 8-K...........................     23

SIGNATURES ..............................................     25

PART I.

ITEM 1.....BUSINESS

REGISTRANT AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

MNB Bancshares, Inc. (the "Company") is a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Currently, the Company's business consists solely of the ownership of Security National Bank, Manhattan, Kansas (the "Bank"). The Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and is the successor-in-interest to Manhattan National Bank, formerly Manhattan Federal Savings and Loan Association (the "Association"), which, on January 5, 1993, converted concurrently from a federal mutual savings association to a federal stock savings association (the "Stock Conversion") and from a federal stock savings association to a national bank (the "Bank Conversion") (collectively, the "Conversion"). The term "Bank", as used in this Form 10-K, sometimes refers to the Association during the period prior to the Conversion.

The Company was organized on August 27, 1992, at the direction of the Board of Directors of the Association to acquire all of the stock issued by the Association upon consummation of the Stock Conversion. On January 5, 1993, in connection with the Stock Conversion, the Company issued and sold 925,750 shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share, in a Subscription and Community Offering to the Company's employee stock ownership plan, the Association's members and the general public. Total net proceeds of the Subscription and Community Offering, after Conversion expenses of approximately $600,000, were approximately $4 million. The Company utilized $2 million of the net proceeds to acquire all of the common stock, par value


$1.00 per share, issued by the Association in connection with the Stock Conversion. The remaining net proceeds were then invested by the Company in interest bearing deposit accounts at the Bank and in other investment securities.

On April 1, 1995, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding stock of Auburn Security Bancshares, Inc. ("Auburn"), which had consolidated assets of approximately $20 million. Auburn was a one-bank holding company which owned 99% of the outstanding stock of Security State Bank, Auburn, Kansas. Subsequent to the acquisition, the Company acquired all of the remaining stock of Security State Bank. On December 31, 1995, the Company merged and consolidated Manhattan National Bank and Security State Bank into Security National Bank. In May, 1997, a de novo branch was opened in Topeka, Kansas. On December 31, 1997, the Company acquired Freedom Bancshares, Inc., Osage City, Kansas ("Freedom"), the holding company for Citizens State Bank, Osage City, Kansas ("Citizens"), with a branch in Beloit, Kansas. Consolidated assets acquired in this transaction were approximately $43 million. On June 5, 1998, the Company sold the Beloit, Kansas branch. On January 6, 2000, the Company opened an in-store supermarket branch in Manhattan, Kansas. On July 21, 2000, the Company completed the purchase of the Wamego and Osage City, Kansas branches of Commercial Federal Bank, which had total deposits of approximately $14 million and total loans approximating $1 million.

As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve"). The Company is also subject to various reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC").

Pursuant to the Conversion, the Bank succeeded to all of the assets and liabilities of the Association. The Association was organized as a Kansas-chartered mutual building and loan association in 1885, and converted to a federally chartered mutual savings and loan association in 1938. The Bank is principally engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and using such deposits, together with borrowings and other funds, to originate consumer, commercial, multi-family, and one-to-four family residential mortgage loans in the Bank's principal lending areas, consisting primarily of Auburn, Manhattan, Topeka, Osage City and Wamego, Kansas and the surrounding communities in Riley, Pottawatomie, Shawnee and Osage Counties in Kansas. Since Conversion, the Bank has focused on originating greater numbers and amounts of consumer, commercial, and agricultural loans. Additionally, greater emphasis has been placed on diversification of the deposit mix through expansion of core deposit accounts such as checking, savings, and money market accounts. The Bank has also diversified its geographical markets with the acquisitions of Auburn, Osage City and Wamego and the establishment of the branch facility in Topeka. The Company continues to explore opportunities to expand its banking markets through mergers and acquisitions, as well as branching opportunities.

The results of operations of the Bank are dependent primarily upon net interest income and, to a lesser extent, upon other income derived from loan servicing fees and customer deposit services. Additional expenses of the Bank include general and administrative expenses such as salaries, employee benefits, federal deposit insurance premiums, data processing, occupancy and related expenses.


Certain deposits of the Manhattan, Wamego and Osage City branches of the Bank are insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund (the "SAIF") of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") up to the maximum amount allowable under applicable federal laws and regulations. Deposits of the remaining branches of the Bank are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund (the "BIF"). The Bank is regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC"), as the chartering authority for national banks, and the FDIC, as the administrator of the SAIF and the BIF. The Bank is also subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve with respect to reserves required to be maintained against deposits and certain other matters. The Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City and the Federal Home Loan Bank (the "FHLB") of Topeka.

The Company's executive office is located at 800 Poyntz Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas 66502. Its telephone number is (785) 565-2000.

Market Area

The Bank's home office is located at 800 Poyntz Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas, with branches located at 1741 N. Washington, Auburn, Kansas; 1000 Westloop, Manhattan, Kansas; 102 S 6th, Osage City, Kansas; 6100 SW 21st Street, Topeka, Kansas, and 530 Lincoln, Wamego, Kansas. Manhattan is located in east central Kansas, approximately 45 miles west of Topeka. Manhattan is the county seat and largest city in Riley County. Over the past decade, Riley County has experienced household growth at an annual rate is slightly higher than the growth rates for Kansas in general. Auburn is located ten miles southwest of Topeka and in an area experiencing the growth and expansion of the metropolitan Topeka area. Topeka is the state capital. Osage City is approximately 30 miles south of Topeka and has a population of 2,700. Wamego is approximately 10 miles east of Manhattan with a population of 3,600.

The Bank's primary deposit gathering and lending market consists of Riley, Osage, Pottawatomie, and Shawnee Counties, Kansas. Riley County's economy is significantly influenced by employment at Fort Riley Military Base and Kansas State University, the second largest university in Kansas, which is located in Manhattan. Shawnee County's economy is strongly influenced by the City of Topeka and several major private firms and public institutions. Osage County is primarily agricultural with small private industries and business firms.

Other sources of employment in the Manhattan market area are derived from a variety of service, trade and manufacturing employers located in southern Riley County and western Pottawatomie County, including the Unified School District, the Kansas Farm Bureau and the McCall Pattern Company. Northern Riley County and eastern Pottawatomie County are primarily rural, agricultural areas. Other sources of employment in the Auburn, Osage City, and Topeka market areas are numerous manufacturing, distribution, and retail centers located in Shawnee County. These include Goodyear Tire & Rubber; Blue Cross/Blue Shield; Volume Shoe Corporation; and Washburn University. Others in the Topeka area include Frito-Lay, Inc.; Southwestern Bell Corporation; the Veteran's Administration; and Hill's Pet Food. Major employers in Osage City are Kan-Build, Inc., a firm which specializes in manufactured housing, and Mussatto Brothers, Inc., a wholesale beverage distributor.


Competition

The Bank faces strong competition both in attracting deposits and making real estate and other loans. Its most direct competition for deposits comes from commercial banks and other savings institutions located in its principal market areas of Riley, Osage, Pottawatomie and Shawnee Counties, including many large financial institutions which have greater financial and marketing resources available to them. The ability of the Bank to attract and retain deposits generally depends on its ability to provide a rate of return, liquidity and risk comparable to that offered by competing investment opportunities. The Bank competes for loans principally through the interest rates and loan fees it charges and the efficiency and quality of services it provides borrowers. Additionally, competition may increase as a result of the continuing reduction on restrictions on the interstate operations of financial institutions. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, effective March 11, 2000, securities firms and insurance companies that elect to become financial holding companies may acquire banks and other financial institutions. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act may significantly change the competitive environment in which the Company and the Bank conduct business. The financial services industry is also likely to become more competitive as further technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services. These technological advances may diminish the importance of depository institutions and other financial intermediaries in the transfer of funds between parties.

Employees

At December 31, 2000, the Bank had a total of 66 employees (62 full time equivalent employees). The Company has no direct employees. Employees are provided with a comprehensive benefits program, including basic and major medical insurance, life and disability insurance, sick leave, an employee stock ownership plan and a 401(k) profit sharing plan. Employees are not represented by any union or collective bargaining group and the Bank considers its employee relations to be good.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

Financial institutions and their holding companies are extensively regulated under federal and state law. As a result, the growth and earnings performance of the Company can be affected not only by management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the requirements of applicable state and federal statutes and regulations and the policies of various governmental regulatory authorities, including the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC"), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve"), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"), the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities and the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). The effect of applicable statutes, regulations and regulatory policies can be significant, and cannot be predicted with a high degree of certainty.

Federal and state laws and regulations generally applicable to financial institutions, such as the Company and its subsidiaries, regulate, among other things, the scope of business, investments, reserves against deposits, capital levels relative to operations, the nature and amount of collateral


for loans, the establishment of branches, mergers, consolidations and dividends. The system of supervision and regulation applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries establishes a comprehensive framework for their respective operations and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC's deposit insurance funds and the depositors, rather than the shareholders, of financial institutions.

The following is a summary of the material elements of the regulatory framework that applies to the Company and its subsidiaries. It does not describe all of the statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that apply to the Company and its subsidiaries, nor does it restate all of the requirements of the statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that are described. As such, the following is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable statutes, regulations and regulatory policies. Any change in applicable law, regulations or regulatory policies may have a material effect on the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.

The Company

General. The Company, as the sole shareholder of the Bank, is a bank holding company. As a bank holding company, the Company is registered with, and is subject to regulation by, the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act, as amended (the "BHCA"). In accordance with Federal Reserve policy, the Company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank in circumstances where the Company might not otherwise do so. Under the BHCA, the Company is subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve. The Company is also required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports of the Company's operations and such additional information regarding the Company and its subsidiaries as the Federal Reserve may require.

Investments and Activities. Under the BHCA, a bank holding company must obtain Federal Reserve approval before: (i) acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after the acquisition, it would own or control more than 5% of the shares of the other bank or bank holding company (unless it already owns or controls the majority of such shares); (ii) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank; or (iii) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company. Subject to certain conditions (including certain deposit concentration limits established by the BHCA), the Federal Reserve may allow a bank holding company to acquire banks located in any state of the United States without regard to whether the acquisition is prohibited by the law of the state in which the target bank is located. In approving interstate acquisitions, however, the Federal Reserve is required to give effect to applicable state law limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may be held by the acquiring bank holding company and its insured depository institution affiliates in the state in which the target bank is located (provided that those limits do not discriminate against out-of-state depository institutions or their holding companies) and state laws which require that the target bank have been in existence for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years) before being acquired by an out-of-state bank holding company.

The BHCA also generally prohibits the Company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any


company which is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries. This general prohibition is subject to a number of exceptions. The principal exception allows bank holding companies that have not received approval to operate as financial holding companies to engage in, and to own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by the Federal Reserve to be "so closely related to banking ... as to be a proper incident thereto." Under current regulations of the Federal Reserve, this authority would permit the Company to engage in a variety of banking-related businesses, including the operation of a thrift, sales and consumer finance, equipment leasing, the operation of a computer service bureau (including software development), and mortgage banking and brokerage. Eligible bank holding companies that elect to operate as financial holding companies may engage in, or own shares in companies engaged in, a wider range of nonbanking activities, including securities and insurance activities and any other activity that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines by regulation or order is financial in nature, incidental to any such financial activity or complementary to any such financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. The BHCA generally does not place territorial restrictions on the domestic activities of non-bank subsidiaries of bank or financial holding companies. As of the date of this filing, the Company has not applied for nor received approval to operate as a financial holding company.

Federal law also prohibits any person or company from acquiring "control" of a bank or bank holding company without prior notice to the appropriate federal bank regulator. "Control" is defined in certain cases as the acquisition of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of a bank or bank holding company.

Capital Requirements. Bank holding companies are required to maintain minimum levels of capital in accordance with Federal Reserve capital adequacy guidelines. If capital falls below minimum guideline levels, a bank holding company, among other things, may be denied approval to acquire or establish additional banks or non-bank businesses.

The Federal Reserve's capital guidelines establish the following minimum regulatory capital requirements for bank holding companies: (i) a risk-based requirement expressed as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets; and (ii) a leverage requirement expressed as a percentage of total assets. The risk-based requirement consists of a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8%, at least one-half of which must be Tier 1 capital. The leverage requirement consists of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3% for the most highly rated companies, with a minimum requirement of 4% for all others. For purposes of these capital standards, Tier 1 capital consists primarily of permanent stockholders' equity less intangible assets (other than certain mortgage servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships). Total capital consists primarily of Tier 1 capital plus certain other debt and equity instruments which do not qualify as Tier 1 capital and a portion of the company's allowance for loan and lease losses.

The risk-based and leverage standards described above are minimum requirements. Higher capital levels will be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual banking


organizations. For example, the Federal Reserve's capital guidelines contemplate that additional capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk, or the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities. Further, any banking organization experiencing or anticipating significant growth would be expected to maintain capital ratios, including tangible capital positions (i.e., Tier 1 capital less all intangible assets), well above the minimum levels.

As of December 31, 2000, the Company had regulatory capital in excess of the Federal Reserve's minimum requirements, with a risk-based capital ratio of 13.2% and a leverage ratio of 7.9%.

Dividends. The Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") allows the Company to pay dividends only out of its surplus (as defined and computed in accordance with the provisions of the DGCL) or if the Company has no such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. Additionally, the Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement with regard to the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies. The policy statement provides that a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends which exceed its net income or which can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company's financial health, such as by borrowing. The Federal Reserve also possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies.

Federal Securities Regulation. The Company's common stock is registered with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Consequently, the Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading and other restrictions and requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

The Bank

General. The Bank is a national bank, chartered by the OCC under the National Bank Act. The Bank is a member of the FDIC's Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") (but a portion of its deposits are deemed to be insured by the FDIC's Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF")). The Bank is also a member of the Federal Reserve System. As a federally-insured national bank, the Bank is subject to the examination, supervision, reporting and enforcement requirements of the OCC, as the chartering authority for national banks, and the FDIC, as administrator of the BIF and the SAIF. The Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions.

Deposit Insurance. As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system under which all insured depository institutions are placed into one of nine categories and assessed insurance premiums based upon their respective levels of capital and results of supervisory evaluations. Institutions classified as well-capitalized (as defined by the FDIC) and considered healthy pay the lowest premium while institutions that are less than adequately capitalized (as defined by the FDIC) and considered of substantial supervisory concern pay the highest


premium. Risk classification of all insured institutions is made by the FDIC for each semi-annual assessment period.

During the year ended December 31, 2000, BIF and SAIF assessments ranged from 0% of deposits to 0.27% of deposits. For the semi-annual assessment period beginning January 1, 2001, BIF and SAIF assessment rates will continue to range from 0% of deposits to 0.27% of deposits.

The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if the FDIC determines, after a hearing, that the institution: (i) has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices; (ii) is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations; or (iii) has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or any condition imposed in writing by, or written agreement with, the FDIC. The FDIC may also suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for a permanent termination of insurance if the institution has no tangible capital. Management of the Bank is not aware of any activity or condition that could result in termination of the deposit insurance of the Bank.

FICO Assessments. Since 1987, a portion of the deposit insurance assessments paid by SAIF members has been used to cover interest payments due on the outstanding obligations of the Financing Corporation ("FICO"). FICO was created in 1987 to finance the recapitalization of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation, the SAIF's predecessor insurance fund. As a result of federal legislation enacted in 1996, beginning as of January 1, 1997, both BIF members and SAIF members became subject to assessments to cover the interest payments on outstanding FICO obligations. These FICO assessments are in addition to amounts assessed by the FDIC for deposit insurance. Between January 1, 2000, and the final maturity of the outstanding FICO obligations in 2019, BIF members and SAIF members will share the cost of the interest on the FICO bonds on a pro rata basis. During the year ended December 31, 2000, the FICO assessment rate for BIF and SAIF members was approximately 0.02% of deposits.

Supervisory Assessments. All national banks are required to pay supervisory assessments to the OCC to fund the operations of the OCC. The amount of the assessment is calculated using a formula which takes into account the bank's size and its supervisory condition (as determined by the composite rating assigned to the bank as a result of its most recent OCC examination). During the year ended December 31, 2000, the Bank paid supervisory assessments to the OCC totaling $48,000.

Capital Requirements. The OCC has established the following minimum capital standards for national banks, such as the Bank: (i) a leverage requirement consisting of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3% for the most highly-rated banks with a minimum requirement of at least 4% for all others; and (ii) a risk-based capital requirement consisting of a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8%, at least one-half of which must be Tier 1 capital. For purposes of these capital standards, Tier 1 capital and total capital consist of substantially the same components as Tier 1 capital and total capital under the Federal Reserve's capital guidelines for bank holding companies (see "--The Company--Capital Requirements").

The capital requirements described above are minimum requirements. Higher capital levels will be required if warranted by the particular


circumstances or risk profiles of individual institutions. For example, the regulations of the OCC provide that additional capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk or the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities.

During the year ended December 31, 2000, the Bank was not required by the OCC to increase its capital to an amount in excess of the minimum regulatory requirement. As of December 31, 2000, the Bank exceeded its minimum regulatory capital requirements with a leverage ratio of 8.5% and a risk-based capital ratio of 14.1%.

Federal law provides the federal banking regulators with broad power to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. The extent of the regulators' powers depends on whether the institution in question is "well capitalized," "adequately capitalized," "undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized" or "critically undercapitalized," in each case as defined by regulation. Depending upon the capital category to which an institution is assigned, the regulators' corrective powers include: (i) requiring the institution to submit a capital restoration plan; (ii) limiting the institution's asset growth and restricting its activities; (iii) requiring the institution to issue additional capital stock (including additional voting stock) or to be acquired; (iv) restricting transactions between the institution and its affiliates; (v) restricting the interest rate the institution may pay on deposits; (vi) ordering a new election of directors of the institution; (vii) requiring that senior executive officers or directors be dismissed; (viii) prohibiting the institution from accepting deposits from correspondent banks; (ix) requiring the institution to divest certain subsidiaries; (x) prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; and (xi) ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution. As of December 31, 2000, the Bank was well capitalized, as defined by OCC regulations.

Dividends. The National Bank Act imposes limitations on the amount of dividends that may be paid by a national bank, such as the Bank. Generally, a national bank may pay dividends out of its undivided profits, in such amounts and at such times as the bank's board of directors deems prudent. Without prior OCC approval, however, a national bank may not pay dividends in any calendar year which, in the aggregate, exceed the bank's year-to-date net income plus the bank's retained net income for the two preceding years.

The payment of dividends by any financial institution or its holding company is affected by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to applicable capital adequacy guidelines and regulations, and a financial institution generally is prohibited from paying any dividends if, following payment thereof, the institution would be undercapitalized. As described above, the Bank exceeded its minimum capital requirements under applicable guidelines as of December 31, 2000. Further, the Bank may not pay dividends in an amount which would reduce its capital below the amount required for the liquidation account established in connection with the Bank's conversion from the mutual to the stock form of ownership in 1993. As of December 31, 2000, approximately $311,000 was available to be paid as dividends to the Company by the Bank. Notwithstanding the availability of funds for dividends, however, the OCC may prohibit the payment of any dividends by the Bank if the OCC determines such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.


Insider Transactions. The Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on extensions of credit to the Company and its subsidiaries, on investments in the stock or other securities of the Company and its subsidiaries and the acceptance of the stock or other securities of the Company or its subsidiaries as collateral for loans. Certain limitations and reporting requirements are also placed on extensions of credit by the Bank to its directors and officers, to directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, to principal stockholders of the Company, and to "related interests" of such directors, officers and principal stockholders. In addition, federal law and regulations may affect the terms upon which any person becoming a director or officer of the Company or one of its subsidiaries or a principal stockholder of the Company may obtain credit from banks with which the Bank maintains a correspondent relationship.

Safety and Soundness Standards. The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines which establish operational and managerial standards to promote the safety and soundness of federally insured depository institutions. The guidelines set forth standards for internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, asset quality and earnings.

In general, the safety and soundness guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each institution is responsible for establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution fails to comply with any of the standards set forth in the guidelines, the institution's primary federal regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving and maintaining compliance. If an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or fails in any material respect to implement a compliance plan that has been accepted by its primary federal regulator, the regulator is required to issue an order directing the institution to cure the deficiency. Until the deficiency cited in the regulator's order is cured, the regulator may restrict the institution's rate of growth, require the institution to increase its capital, restrict the rates the institution pays on deposits or require the institution to take any action the regulator deems appropriate under the circumstances. Noncompliance with the standards established by the safety and soundness guidelines may also constitute grounds for other enforcement action by the federal banking regulators, including cease and desist orders and civil money penalty assessments.

Branching Authority. National banks headquartered in Kansas, such as the Bank, have the same branching rights in Kansas as banks chartered under Kansas law. Kansas law grants Kansas-chartered banks the authority to establish branches anywhere in the State of Kansas, subject to receipt of all required regulatory approvals.

Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the "Riegle-Neal Act"), both state and national banks are allowed to establish interstate branch networks through acquisitions of other banks, subject to certain conditions, including certain limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may be held by the surviving bank and all of its insured depository institution affiliates. The establishment of new interstate branches or the acquisition of individual branches of a bank in another state (rather than the acquisition of an out-of-state bank in its entirety) is allowed by the Riegle-Neal Act only if specifically authorized


by state law. The legislation allowed individual states to "opt-out" of certain provisions of the Riegle-Neal Act by enacting appropriate legislation prior to June 1, 1997. Kansas banks have the authority to engage in interstate mergers to the extent permitted by the Riegle-Neal Act.

Financial Subsidiaries. Eligible national banks are authorized to engage, through "financial subsidiaries," in certain activities that are permissible for financial holding companies (as described above) and certain activities that the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Federal Reserve, determines is financial in nature or incidental to any such financial activity. As of the date of this filing, the Bank has not applied for nor received approval to establish any financial subsidiaries.

Federal Reserve System. Federal Reserve regulations, as presently in effect, require depository institutions to maintain non-interest earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts), as follows: for transaction accounts aggregating $42.8 million or less, the reserve requirement is 3% of total transaction accounts; and for transaction accounts aggregating in excess of $42.8 million, the reserve requirement is $1.284 million plus 10% of the aggregate amount of total transaction accounts in excess of $42.8 million. The first $5.5 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempted from the reserve requirements. These reserve requirements are subject to annual adjustment by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is in compliance with the foregoing requirements.

I. Distribution of Assets, Liabilities, and Stockholders' Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differentials

The average balance sheets are incorporated by reference from the Company's 2000 Annual Report to Stockholders (attached as Exhibit 13.1). The following table describes the extent to which changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities affected the Bank's interest income and expense during the periods indicated. The table distinguishes between (i) changes attributable to rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume), (ii) changes attributable to volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate), and (iii) net change (the sum of the previous columns). The net changes attributable to the combined effect of volume and rate, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.

                           December 2000 vs 1999             December 1999 vs 1998
                            Increase/(Decrease)              Increase/(Decrease)
                              Attributable to                   Attributable to
                           ---------------------             ---------------------

                         Volume     Rate      Net      Volume     Rate       Net
                         ------     ----      ---      ------     ----       ---
                           (Dollars in thousands)       (Dollars in thousands)
Interest income:

  Investment securities   $(492)     $ 474    $  (18)   $(113)     $(144)    $(257)
  Loans                   1,044        307     1,351      (70)      (411)     (481)
                          -----      -----     -----     -----      -----     -----
    Total                   552        781     1,333     (183)      (555)     (738)
                          -----      -----     -----     -----      -----     -----

Interest expense:
  Deposits              $   374      $ 604    $  978   $ (296)     $(454)    $(750)
  Other borrowings           11         58        69      198        (53)      145
                          -----     -----      -----     -----      -----     -----
    Total                   385        662     1,047      (98)      (507)     (605)
                          -----      -----     -----     -----      -----     -----
Net interest income     $   167     $  119    $  286    $ (85)     $ (48)    $(133)
                          =====      =====     =====     =====      =====     =====

II. Investment Portfolio

Investments

Investment Securities. The following table sets forth the carrying value of the investment securities portfolio at the dates indicated.

                                                   At December 31,
                                               2000      1999     1998
                                               ----      ----     ----
                                                (Dollars in thousands)
Investment securities:
  U.S. government and agency obligations      $16,568    $18,622   $18,062
  Mortgage-backed securities                   15,500     16,088    21,121
  Municipal bonds                              13,537      8,861     8,690
  Bankers' acceptances                              -          -     1,140
  FHLB, Federal Reserve, and Bankers Bank of
    Kansas stock and certificates of deposit    2,044      1,434     1,638
                                              -------     -------   -------
        Total                                 $47,649     $45,005   $50,651
                                              =======     =======   =======

As of December 31, 2000, the carrying value, maturities and the weighted average yields of investment securities were as follows:

                                     After One      After Five
                                       Year           Years

                      One Year or     Through       Through Ten         Total
                         Less        Five Years        Years
                     -------------  -------------  -------------    ------------
                     Amount Yield   Amount Yield   Amount Yield     Amount Yield
                     ------ -----   ------ -----   ------ -----     ------ -----
                                      (Dollars in thousands)
U.S. government and
  agency securities   $  2,553  6.24% $ 13,225  6.76%  $  790 7.01% $ 16,568 6.66%

Mortgage-backed
 securities              4,586  6.31%    8,319  6.54%   2,595 6.75%   15,500 6.50%
Municipal bonds          2,979  4.51%    6,120  5.42%   4,438 4.80%   13,537 4.71%
FHLB, Federal Reserve,
 and Bankers Bank of
 Kansas stock and
 certificates of
 deposit                   585  6.65%        -     -    1,459 7.25%    2,044 7.25%
                      --------        --------        -------       --------
  Total               $ 10,703  5.83% $ 27,664  6.43% $ 9,282 5.89% $ 47,649 6.16%
                      ========        ========        =======       ========

With the exception of U.S. government and federal agency obligations, there were no investment securities of any single issuer the book value of which exceeded 10% of consolidated stockholders' equity at December 31, 2000.

III. Loan Portfolio Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of the loan portfolio by type of loan at the dates indicated.

                                                 At December 31,
                                 2000                1999                 1998
                          -----------------     ----------------  ----------------
                                    Percent              Percent           Percent
                                      of                   of                of
                             Amount Total       Amount   Total    Amount   Total
                                       (Dollars in thousands)
Real estate loans:
   Residential
     one-to-four family (1)  $28,920   30.7%   $27,877     31.8% $25,814  34.4%
   Construction                5,420    5.8      3,807      4.3    3,569   4.7
   Multi-family                5,984    6.4      8,185      9.3    4,355   5.8
   Commercial real estate     20,647   22.0     19,643     22.4   17,549  23.4
                              ------   ----     ------     ----   ------  ----
      Total real estate loans 60,971   64.8     59,512     67.8   51,287  68.3
Consumer loans                 8,686    9.2      7,169      8.2    5,818   7.8
Commercial non-real estate    24,326   25.9     20,483     23.4   17,131  22.8
Student loans                  1,501    1.6      1,877      2.1    2,388   3.2
Less:
    Unearned fees, discounts
      and premiums                78    0.1         67      0.1       88   0.1

    Undisbursed loan funds        72    0.1          5      0.0      191   0.3
    Allowance for loan losses  1,277    1.4      1,249      1.4    1,292   1.7
                              ------  -----     ------    -----   ------ -----
      Total loans            $94,057  100.0%   $87,720    100.0% $75,053 100.0%
                              ======  =====     ======    =====   ====== =====

(1) Includes loans held for sale totaling $380,000, $751,000 and $756,000 at December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

The following table sets forth the contractual maturities of loans at December 31, 2000. The table does not include unscheduled prepayments.

                                       At December 31, 2000
                                  Up to   After 1   After 5
                                    1      to 5     years      Total
                                  year    years
                                 ------   -------   -------    -------

                                        (Dollars in thousands)

Real estate loans
    Residential 1-4 family      $ 3,421  $ 3,742   $ 21,757  $ 28,920
    Construction                  5,420        0          0     5,420
    Commercial                    2,809    4,094     19,728    26,631
Other loans                     $11,260  $19,827   $  3,426  $ 34,513
                                -------  -------   --------  --------
Total                           $22,910  $27,663   $ 44,911  $ 95,484
                                -------  -------   --------  --------
Less:
    Undisbursed loan funds                                         78
    Unearned discounts and
       deferred  loan fees                                         72
    Allowance for loan losses                                   1,277
                                                               ------
Loans, net                                                   $ 94,057
                                                               ======

The following table sets forth, at December 31, 2000, the dollar amount of all loans due after December 31, 2001 and whether such loans had fixed interest rates or adjustable interest rates:

                           Fixed     Adjustable    Total
                              (Dollars in thousands)

Real estate loans
   Residential 1-4 family  $ 10,443    $ 15,056    $ 25,499
   Commercial real            6,598      17,224      23,822

Other loans                  14,355       8,898      23,253
                           --------    --------    --------

    Total                  $ 31,396    $ 41,178    $ 72,574
                           ========    ========    ========

Nonperforming Assets. The following table sets forth information with respect to nonperforming assets, including non-accrual loans and real estate acquired through foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure ("real estate owned"). Under the original terms of the Bank's non-accrual loans at December 31, 2000, interest earned on such loans during the year ended December 31, 2000 would not have been significantly different than reported.

                                          At December 31,
                           --------------------------------------------
                             2000    1999      1998     1997     1996
                             ----    ----      ----     ----     ----
                                      (Dollars in thousands)
Total non-accrual loans     $  406    $  466   $ 144    $ 172    $  140
Accruing loans over 90          26         -       -        -         -
  days past due
Real estate owned ("REO")      408        60       -      125        27
                              ----      ----    ----     ----      ----
Total nonperforming assets  $  840    $  526   $ 144    $ 297    $  167
                              ====      ====    ====     ====      ====
Nonperforming assets
  to total
  adjusted loans               0.9%      0.6%    0.2%     0.3%      0.3%
Nonperforming assets
  to total assets              0.5%      0.4%    0.1%     0.2%      0.2%
Allowance for loan losses
  to non-performing assets   152.0%    237.5%  897.2%   448.9%    490.9%

IV. Summary of Loan Loss Experience

Allowance for Losses on Loans. The following table sets forth an analysis of the allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated.


                                                    At December 31,
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                     2000      1999     1998     1997      1996
                                     ----      ----     ----     ----      ----
                                        (Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year        $ 1,249   $ 1,292  $ 1,335   $ 820    $ 826
Provision for loan losses:
    Real estate loans                     -         -       17      18        4
    Non-real estate loans                85        15       73      42       11
                                      -----     -----    -----    ----     ----
Total provision for loan losses          85        15       90      60       15
                                      -----     -----    -----    ----     ----
Allowance for loans of acquired bank:
  Allowance for real estate
    loans of acquired bank                -         -        -      92        -
  Allowance for non-real estate loans
    of acquired bank                      -         -        -     369        -
                                      -----     -----    -----    ----     ----
Total of allowance for loans of
  acquired bank                           -         -        -     461        -
                                      -----     -----    -----    ----     ----
Recoveries:
    Real estate loans                     2        29       15       1        -
    Non-real estate loans                14        27       23      10        6
                                      -----     -----    -----    ----     ----
Total recoveries                         16        56       38      11        6
                                      -----     -----    -----    ----     ----
Charge-offs:
    Real estate loans                    11        26        9       -        1
    Non-real estate loans                62        88      162      17       26
                                      -----     -----    -----   -----    -----
Total charge-offs                        73       114      171      17       27
                                      -----     -----    -----   -----    -----
Balance at end of year              $ 1,277   $ 1,249  $ 1,292 $ 1,335   $  820
                                      =====     =====    =====   =====    =====
Ratio of allowance for loan
  losses to total outstanding
    loans (gross)                       1.3%      1.4%     1.7%     1.5%    1.3%

Ratio of net charge-offs during
  the year to average loans
    outstanding during the year         0.1%      0.1%     0.2%     0.0%    0.0%

Ratio of allowance for loan
  losses to total
    non-performing loans              314.6%    268.0%   897.2%   773.9%  584.9%

The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated by category of loans. This allocation reflects management's judgment as to risks inherent in the types of loans indicated, but the general reserves included in the table are not restricted and are


available to absorb all loan losses. The amount allocated in the following table to any category should not be interpreted as an indication of expected actual charge-offs in that category.

                                   At December 31,
                     2000                1999               1998
               -----------------   -----------------  -----------------
                 % of               % of               % of
                 Loans              Loans              Loans
                 in Each            in Each            in Each
                 Category           Category           Category
                 to Total           to Total           to Total
                 Amount   Loans     Amount    Loans    Amount    Loans
                 ------   -----     ------    -----    ------    -----
                             (Dollars in thousands)
Allocated to:
Real estate      $  503    39%    $  512        41%    $ 509       39%
Non-real
estate loans        774    61        737        59       783       61
                 ------   ----    ------       ----    ------     ----
Total            $1,277   100%    $1,249       100%    $1,292     100%
                 ======   ====    ======       ====    ======     ====

V. Average Deposits by Classification

The following table sets forth the amounts of deposits by type of account at the dates indicated.

                                          At December 31,
                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            2000                1999                1998
                 ---------------------    --------------------    -----------------------
                         Percent                  Percent                 Percent
                 Average of      Average  Average of      Average Average of      Average
                 Balance Total   Rate     Balance Total   Rate    Balance Total   Rate
                 ------- -----   ----     ------- -----   ----    ------- -----   ----
                                  (Dollars in thousands)
Non-interest
  demand         $ 10,251     8.5%  0.00%   $ 9,950    8.9%  0.00%  $ 10,677    8.9%  0.00%
Money market
  deposits         14,028    11.6%  3.60%    16,311   14.6%  3.62%    17,866   15.0%  3.63%

Checking/NOW       26,227    21.7%  4.06%    20,851   18.6%  2.73%    23,217   19.5%  3.73%
Savings            10,885     9.0%  3.62%    10,561    9.4%  3.21%     9,357    7.8%  3.11%
Certificates
 of deposit        59,390    49.2%  5.56%    54,334   48.5%  5.13%    58,261   48.8%  5.54%
                   ------    ----          --------                 --------  ------

Total deposits   $120,781   100.0%  4.36%  $112,007  100.0%  3.83%  $119,378  100.0%  4.22%
                 ========   ======         ========  ======         ========  ======

As of December 31, 2000, the aggregate amount outstanding of jumbo certificates of deposit (amounts of $100,000 or more) was $10.3 million. The following table presents the maturities of these time certificates of deposit at such date:

         (Dollars in thousands)
3 months or less                     $   3,862
Over 3 months through 6 months           2,229
Over 6 months through 12 months          3,384
Over 12 months                             789
                                     ---------
Total                                $  10,264
                                     =========

VI. Return on Equity and Assets

                                         At or for the years ended December 31,
                                        2000      1999       1998        1997      1996
                                        ----      ----       ----        ----      ----
Return on average assets                .73%      .65%       .69%       1.03%      .70%
Cash return on average assets           .88       .80        .85        1.10       .78
Return on average equity               7.95      6.82       7.73        9.18      6.54
Cash return on average equity          9.52      8.37       9.45        9.84      7.29
Equity to total assets                 9.60      9.28       9.75        8.48     10.96
Dividend payout ratio                 35.71     40.98      35.71       31.00     27.43
Net earnings per share, basic (1)     $ .71     $ .60      $ .66       $ .72     $ .48
Net earnings per share, diluted (1)     .70       .58        .63         .70       .47
Net cash earnings per share,
diluted (1) (2)                         .83       .71        .77         .75       .52


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The following table sets forth information concerning the offices of the Bank.

                     Year Opened
Address              or Acquired      Square Footage      Title


800 Poyntz Avenue
Manhattan, KS 66505      1974            12,000            Owned

1741 N. Washington
Auburn, KS 66402         1991             8,000            Owned

6100 SW 21st Street
Topeka, KS 66667         1997             3,500           Leased

102 S 6th
Osage City, KS  66523    1997             8,000            Owned

1000 Westloop
Manhattan, KS 66502      2000               400           Leased

530 Lincoln
Wamego, KS 66547         2000             5,400           Leased

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no pending legal proceedings to which the Company or the Bank is a party, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the Bank's business.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None.

PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER


MATTERS

The Company incorporates by reference the information called for by Item 5 on this Form 10-K from the section captioned "Stock Price Information" of the Company's 2000 Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (attached as Exhibit 13.1).

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The Company incorporates by reference the information called for by Item 6 of this Form 10-K from the sections entitled "Selected Financial and Other Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of the Company's 2000 Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (attached as Exhibit 13.1).

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Company incorporates by reference the information called for by Item 7 of this Form 10-K from the section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" of the Company's 2000 Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (attached as Exhibit 13.1).

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

The Company incorporates by reference the information called for by Item 8 of this Form 10-K from the Financial Statements set forth in the Company's 2000 Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (attached as Exhibit 13.1).

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Directors

The Company incorporates by reference the information called for by Item 10 of this Form 10-K regarding directors of the Company from the section entitled "Election of Directors" of the Company's Proxy Statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to be held May 23, 2001 (the "2001 Proxy Statement") (attached as Exhibit 99.1).

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires that the Company's executive officers, directors and persons who own more than 10% of their Company's Common Stock file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission and with the exchange on which the


Company's shares of Common Stock are traded. Such persons are also required to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely on the Company's review of the copies of such forms, the Company is not aware that any of its directors and executive officers or 10% stockholders failed to comply with the filing requirements of Section 16(a) during 2000.

Executive Officers

The executive officers of the Company, each of whom is also currently an executive officer of the Bank and both of whom serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors, are identified below:

Name                     Age       Positions with the Company


Patrick L. Alexander      48       President and Chief Executive Officer

Mark A. Herpich           33       Vice  President, Secretary, Chief  Financial
                                   Officer and Treasurer

The executive officers of the Bank are identified below:

Name                     Age       Positions with the Bank

Patrick L. Alexander      48       President and Chief Executive Officer

Mark A. Herpich           33       Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
                                    Officer

Michael E. Scheopner      39       Executive Vice President, Credit Risk
                                    Manager

Dean R. Thibault          49       Executive Vice President

Dennis D. Wohler          58       Senior Vice President

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The Company incorporates by reference the information called for by Item 11 of this Form 10-K from the section entitled "Executive Compensation" of the 2001 Proxy Statement, except for information contained under the headings "Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation" and "Performance Graph".

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The Company incorporates by reference the information called for by Item 12 of this Form 10-K from the section entitled "Security Ownership of Certain


Beneficial Owners" of the 2001 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The Company incorporates by reference the information called for by Item 13 of this Form 10-K from the section entitled "Transactions with Directors, Officers and Associates" of the 2001 Proxy Statement.

PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

ITEM 14(a)1 and 2. Financial Statements and Schedules

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
LIST OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and related notes and auditors' report are incorporated by reference from the Company's 2000 Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (attached as Exhibit 13.1).

Report of Independent Public Accountants

Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2000 and 1999

Consolidated Statements of Earnings - Years Ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity - Years Ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years Ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

All schedules are omitted because they are not required or are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements incorporated by reference or notes thereto.

Item 14(a)3. Exhibits

The exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K are included with this Form 10-K and are listed on the "Index to Exhibits" immediately following the signature page.

Item 14(b). Reports on Form 8-K

A report on Form 8-K was filed on January 26, 2001 to report the issuance of a press release announcing the Company' earnings for the quarter and year ended December 31, 2000 and the declaration of a cash dividend to


stockholders.

***
Upon written request to the President of the Company, P.O. Box 308, Manhattan, Kansas 66505-0308, copies of the exhibits listed above are available to stockholders of the Company by specifically identifying each exhibit desired in the request. A fee of $.20 per page of exhibit will be charged to stockholders requesting copies to cover copying and mailing costs. The Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission are also available via the Internet at www.sec.gov.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

MNB BANCSHARES, INC.
(Registrant)

By: /s/ Patrick L. Alexander              By: /s/ Mark A. Herpich
    Patrick L. Alexander                      Mark A. Herpich
    President and Chief Executive Officer     Principal Financial and
                                               Accounting Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

SIGNATURE                                      TITLE


/s/Patrick L. Alexander      March 16, 2001    President, Chief
                                               Executive  Officer  and Director
--------------------------   --------------
Patrick L. Alexander             Date

/s/ Brent A. Bowman          March 16, 2001    Chairman of the Board
--------------------------   --------------
Brent A. Bowman                  Date

/s/ Joseph L. Downey         March 16, 2001    Director
--------------------------   --------------
Joseph L. Downey                 Date

/s/ Charles D. Green         March 16, 2001    Director
--------------------------   --------------
Charles D. Green                 Date

/s/ Vernon C. Larson         March 16, 2001    Director
--------------------------   --------------

Vernon C. Larson                 Date

/s/ Jerry R. Pettle          March 16, 2001    Director
--------------------------   --------------
Jerry R. Pettle                  Date

/s/ Susan E. Roepke          March 16, 2001    Director
--------------------------   --------------
Susan E. Roepke                  Date

/s/ Donald J. Wissman        March 16, 2001    Director
--------------------------  --------------
Donald J. Wissman                Date

                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number               Description


3.1                  Articles of Incorporation of the Company - Incorporated by
                     reference from Exhibit 3.1 of the Form S-1 of the Company,
                     as amended, filed on September 3, 1992 (Registration No.
                     33-51710)

3.2                  Bylaws of the Company - Incorporated by reference from
                     Exhibit 3.2 of the Form S-1 of the Company, as amended,
                     filed on September 3, 1992 (Registration No. 33-51710)

4.1                  Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Company -
                     Incorporated by Reference from Exhibit 4.1 of the Form S-1
                     of the Company, as amended, filed on September 3, 1994
                     (Registration No. 33-51710)

10.1                 MNB Bancshares, Inc. 1992 Stock Option
                     Plan - Incorporated by reference from Exhibit A to the
                     Company's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of
                     Stockholders held May 17, 1994

10.2                 Stock Option Agreement between the Company
                     and Patrick L. Alexander - Incorporated by
                     reference from Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-K dated
                     March 26, 1994

10.3                 Stock Option Agreement between the Company
                     and Vernon C. Larson - Incorporated by

                     reference from Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-K dated
                     March 26, 1994

10.4                 Stock Option Agreement between the Company
                     and Brent A. Bowman - Incorporated by
                     reference from Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-K dated
                     March 26, 1994

10.5                 Stock Option Agreement between the Company
                     and Charles D. Green - Incorporated by
                     reference from Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10-K dated
                     March 26, 1994

10.6                 Stock Option Agreement between the Company
                     and Jerry R. Pettle - Incorporated by
                     reference from Exhibit 10.9 to Form 10-K dated
                     March 26, 1994

10.7                 MNB Bancshares, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan -
                     Incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 of the
                     Form S-8 of the Company filed on December 4, 1998.

10.8                 Employment Agreement among the Company,
                     Security National Bank and Patrick L.
                     Alexander - Incorporated by reference from
                     Exhibit 10.15 to Form 10-K dated March 26,
                     1994

10.9                 Security National Bank Deferred Compensation
                     Plan, dated December 21, 1994 - Incorporated
                     by reference from Exhibit 10.20 to Form 10-K
                     dated March 26, 1994

13.1                 2000 Annual Report to Stockholders of the Company
                     for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000

21.1                 Subsidiaries of the Company

23.1                 Consent of KPMG LLP

99.1                 Form of Proxy Statement of the Company for the Annual
                     Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 23, 2001

EXHIBIT 13.1

CORPORATE PROFILE

MNB Bancshares, Inc. is a bank holding company which is headquartered in Manhattan, Kansas. Its wholly-owned subsidiary, Security National Bank, also has its home office in Manhattan, Kansas, with branch offices operating in


Auburn, Manhattan, Osage City, Topeka and Wamego, Kansas. Security National Bank is dedicated to providing quality services to its local communities and continues to originate commercial real estate and non real estate loans, small business loans, residential mortgage loans, consumer loans, home equity loans, and student loans.

MNB Bancshares was first listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market Small-Cap Market System in 1993 (symbol "MNBB", with a newspaper abbreviation of "MNB Bn"). The Company was formed in 1992 to become the holding company for Security National Bank, which was converted from a federal mutual savings association.

Since our listing on Nasdaq, MNB Bancshares has nearly doubled in size and has entered numerous markets outside of Manhattan through a series of acquisitions and start-up branches. Our continuing focus is to concentrate on being the premier community banking organization in the markets we currently serve and we are continuing to explore and evaluate opportunities to expand and provide services to new complimentary markets, through strategic acquisitions and establishing de novo branches where appropriate, in an effort to enhance our asset base, long-term earnings and resources.

TO OUR STOCKHOLDERS, CUSTOMERS AND FRIENDS

Growth is the word that best describes the performance of MNB Bancshares, Inc. in 2000. Growth in profits allowed us to report record earnings of $1,080,000 and basic earnings per share of $.71. Cash earnings in 2000 were a record $1,293,000, or $.83 per diluted share. Total assets grew to $153 million while net loans grew to $94.1 million. Your company also opened two new banking facilities, one in the Dillons supermarket in west Manhattan and one as a result of our acquisition of the Commercial Federal Bank branch in Wamego, Kansas. Our deposit products expanded to include Internet banking and Overdraft Privilege, which contributed to our improvement in fees and service charges to a record level of $1.1 million. We are very excited about the outstanding success your company experienced in 2000. This success has further strengthened the solid infrastructure platform from which we can continue the growth and profitability improvements of this past year. In the space below I will expand upon our major accomplishments and share with you my optimism for the future.

Net loans outstanding at year-end 2000 totaled $94.1 million versus $87.7 million at year-end 1999. Commercial loans grew from $20.5 million to $24.3 million during the last twelve months, an increase of 19 percent. Consumer loans grew from $7.2 million at year-end 1999 to $8.7 million at year-end 2000, an increase of 21 percent. These increases highlight the success our lending team continues to experience in building personal relationships within our communities. These relationships ultimately result in obtaining the opportunity to establish profitable banking relationships based upon trust and the level of service which your company provides. This growth in loans has been accomplished while at the same time keeping criticized loans and delinquency rates at very acceptable levels.

The prospects for loans we expect to record going into 2001 remains active and indicates continued growth. We fully expect the outstanding loan growth we have experienced over the last two years to continue to support the


improved earnings fundamentals of your company. However, a slowing economy could have a negative impact on our expectations for loan growth in 2001. Furthermore, it could have an adverse impact on the outstanding asset quality we have enjoyed the past several years. Your management team continues to apply rigorous credit underwriting standards to minimize any adverse implications that our loan portfolio might experience as a result of an economic downturn.

Total non-interest income grew from $1.0 million in 1999 to $1.2 million in 2000, an increase of 21 percent. This significant growth in non-interest income was fueled by a $295 thousand increase in fees and service charges. The primary contributor to this increase was the introduction of our new Overdraft Privilege checking account service which gives our customers increased peace of mind and flexibility in meeting their cash management needs. Net overdraft fee income increased from $326 thousand in 1999 to $591 thousand in 2000. Also contributing to the increase in non-interest income was a $52 thousand increase in loan fees and service charges as loan activity in the consumer and commercial categories continues to increase. Changes made in our mortgage lending area in 2000 should further contribute to non-interest income growth. We have enhanced our mortgage loan origination management team and revised our compensation structure. We expect these steps to increase our gains on sale of loans as increased loan originations are sold into the secondary real estate market, creating additional income and reversing a two-year downward trend in this area. Finally, our Internet banking service continues to grow in customer acceptance and utilization. While this service is in its infancy, we expect that it will ultimately be a contributor to our non-interest income sources and deposit growth.

Deposit growth continues to be a top priority for your company. Deposits are the raw materials that allow us to continue our loan growth and the expansion of banking relationships across the spectrum of our customers and prospective customers. The continued development and growth of core deposit transaction accounts provide us with a cost effective funding source to fund the expansion of our asset base and corporate profitability. Not only is the growth of core deposits a top priority for your company, it is a key issue for the entire banking industry. The unprecedented growth in the equity and mutual funds markets over the last decade have provided fierce competition for the traditional sources of bank deposits. Cross-selling deposit products and further capitalizing on our loan relationships has long been a priority for your company and a key contributor to our growth in core deposit transaction accounts. However, we must continue to refine our skills in this area and do a better job of capturing our customer's total banking relationship. Additionally, we must remain alert and innovative to new products, services, and strategies which will allow us to grow deposits in a cost effective manner. I do not expect that this challenge will be solved in the near future. However, it will continue to command management's utmost attention to find cost effective approaches as expeditiously as possible.

In January, 2000 we opened our first supermarket branch in the Westloop Dillons store in west Manhattan. Additionally, in July, 2000 we acquired the Commercial Federal Bank branch in Wamego, Kansas. Our Dillons branch provides us with outstanding exposure, as we are located in an ideal area within the community's leading supermarket. A significant number of Wamego residents work and shop in either Manhattan or Topeka and appreciate the convenience our facilities provide. These two facilities, in addition to the July, 2000 acquisition of the Commercial Federal Bank branch and subsequent assimilation


into our existing facility in Osage City, not only provide us with an enhanced banking presence in these respective markets, but have been instrumental in our deposit growth over the past year. We fully expect that the Dillons and Wamego banks will continue to grow and play an instrumental role in our efforts to grow deposits.

Your management team is cognizant of the fact that we must achieve growth in assets and income while at the same time containing non-interest expense. We are pleased that we were able to add two new banking facilities and Internet banking in 2000 and experience an increase in non-interest expense of only $238 thousand, or 6 percent. As our two new banking facilities grow, we should be able to further leverage our operating expenses. We will continue to focus on expense containment while at the same time striving to improve the levels of service we deliver. As you can see, investments we have made in the past few years in both our management team and our technology are beginning to pay significant dividends toward your company's profitability.

Growth and leverage of corporate resources has been a key strategy over the years as we have worked to enhance shareholder value. I expect that strategy to continue in 2001. We will continue to focus on the internal growth of our existing balance sheet and resources. We expect that this will translate into increased market share, loans, deposits, and profitability. We will also continue to be alert to opportunities for external growth. These opportunities may present themselves as branch acquisitions, acquisitions of smaller community banks, or mergers with other community financial institutions. We are enthusiastic about our model of community banking where local decision makers deliver banking services to customers located within their communities. As financial institutions strive to spread increasing fixed costs over a larger asset base in a highly competitive environment, we expect opportunities for bank consolidation to increase. We expect that our community banking values will be a very attractive alternative to those community bank owners looking to join forces with another organization dedicated to the delivery of quality banking services to the communities which they serve.

In summary, 2000 was an outstanding year for MNB Bancshares, Inc. Your management team is optimistic about the company's prospects for 2001 and beyond. We are dedicated to the continued growth of the organization's capabilities, asset base, and profitability. I would like to thank you, our stockholders, for your continued support. We will continue to strive to maintain your trust and meet your expectations. I would also like to thank my associates for their continuous efforts and dedication to the achievement of our goals. Without their efforts our success would not be possible. I truly believe that we have assembled an outstanding financial institution of which we can all be proud. I am confident that your organization has the tools and the resources to continue our record of growth and increasing profitability as we strive to enhance shareholder value. We look forward to the challenges and opportunities that lie ahead.

Sincerely,

Patrick L. Alexander
President and Chief Executive Officer


      SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA OF MNB BANCSHARES, INC.


                                    At or for the years ended December 31,
                                      2000     1999     1998      1997     1996
                                         (Dollars in thousands, except per
                                           share amounts and percentages)

Selected Financial Data:
Total assets                           $152,897  $143,262  $135,830  $144,752  $103,420
Loans (1)                                94,057    87,720    75,053    88,724    62,549
Investment securities                    47,649    45,005    50,651    42,079    33,239
Deposits                                130,186   112,336   115,062   122,209    86,710
Borrowings                                6,498    16,699     6,530     9,099     3,615
Stockholders' equity                     14,676    13,290    13,242    12,276    11,334
Book value per share (2)                   9.56      8.73      8.78      8.28      7.71

Selected Operating Data:
Total interest income                  $ 10,884  $  9,551  $ 10,289    $7,929     7,670
Total interest expense                    6,035     4,988     5,593     4,038     4,049
Net interest income                       4,849     4,563     4,696     3,891     3,621
Provision for loan losses                    85        15        90        60        15
Net interest income after
  provision for loan losses               4,764     4,548     4,606     3,831     3,606
Gains on sales of loans                      95       141       384        99        75
Other noninterest income                  1,118       861       828       591       608
Total noninterest income                  1,213     1,002     1,212       690       683
Total noninterest expense                 4,421     4,183     4,358     2,977     3,233
Income tax expense                          476       463       478       471       339
Net earnings                           $  1,080 $     904  $    982    $1,073  $    717
Net earnings per share (2):
    Basic                              $    .71 $     .60  $    .66    $  .72  $    .48
    Diluted (3)                             .70       .58       .63       .70       .47
    Cash diluted (4)                        .83       .71       .77       .75       .52
Dividends per share (2)                     .25       .24       .23       .22       .12

Other Data:
Return on average assets                    .73%      .65%      .69%     1.03%      .70%
Cash return on average assets               .88       .80       .85      1.10       .78
Return on average equity                   7.95      6.82      7.73      9.18      6.54
Cash return on average equity              9.52      8.37      9.45      9.84      7.29
Equity to total assets                     9.60      9.28      9.75      8.48     10.96
Net interest rate spread (5)               2.87      2.92      2.93      3.11      2.95
Net yield on average
  interest-earning assets (6)              3.47      3.49      3.52      3.89      3.67
Average interest-earning assets to
  average interest-bearing liabilities   114.01    114.85    114.17    119.29    117.37
Other expenses to average assets           2.99      3.03      3.07      2.86      3.15
Nonperforming loans to total loans         0.46      0.53      0.19      0.19      0.22
Net charge-offs to average loans           0.06      0.07      0.16      0.01      0.03

Nonperforming assets to total assets       0.55      0.37      0.11      0.21      0.16
Dividend payout ratio                     35.71     40.98     35.71     31.00     27.43
Number of full service banking offices        6         4         4         5         2

(1) Loans are presented after adjustments for undisbursed loan funds, unearned fees and discounts, and the allowance for loan losses.
(2) All per share amounts have been adjusted to give effect to the 5% stock dividends paid by the Company annually since 1994 and the February, 1998 two-for-one stock split.
(3) Diluted net earnings per share, before FDIC special assessment (net of tax) was $0.69 in 1996.
(4) Cash earnings exclude the after-tax effect of amortization of intangibles.
(5) Represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(6) Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

MNB Bancshares, Inc. is a one-bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and is engaged in the banking business through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Security National Bank. In January 2000, we opened an in-store supermarket branch in Manhattan, Kansas. We also completed the purchase of the Wamego and Osage City, Kansas branches of Commercial Federal Bank in July 2000, which had total deposits of $14 million and total loans of $1 million.

We achieved record net earnings of $1,080,000 in 2000, an increase of $176,000, or 19.4%, over 1999. The 2000 earnings improvement reflects the continued strengthening of management and systems directed at enhancing core earnings for continued growth, profitability and financial strength. The return on average assets was .73% compared to .65% in 1999. Return on average equity was 7.95% and diluted net earnings per share was $.70. The cash return on average equity was 9.52% and cash diluted earnings per share was $.83. Consistent with 1999, the board of directors declared cash dividends of twenty-five cents per share and a five percent stock dividend in 2000. On March 16, 2000, we announced the approval of a stock repurchase program enabling us to repurchase up to 72,465 shares of our outstanding stock in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. During 2000, we acquired 5,681 shares of our common stock at an average per share price of $8.00.

The tradition of quality assets continues and management's ongoing strategy to diversify the deposit and loan portfolios in order to increase profitability in the future has been successful. Focusing on customers' needs and the development of full service banking relationships has been instrumental to our success. We believe that our strong capital position puts us on solid ground and provides an excellent base for further growth and expansion.

Security National Bank is principally engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and using such deposits, together with


borrowings and other funds, to originate commercial and consumer loans, multi-family residential mortgage loans and one-to-four family residential mortgage loans.

Deposits are insured by both the Savings Association Insurance Fund and the Bank Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the maximum amount allowed by applicable federal law and regulation. Our primary regulator is the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Additionally, we are subject to regulation by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as administrator of the two insurance funds and by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System with respect to reserves required to be maintained against deposits and certain other matters. We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka and the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City.

As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board. We are also subject to various reporting and other requirements under the federal securities laws and the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Currently, our business consists of ownership of Security National Bank, with its main office in Manhattan and branch offices in Auburn, Manhattan, Osage City, Topeka and Wamego, Kansas. We plan to continue exploring and evaluating opportunities to expand and enter complementary markets in an effort to enhance its asset base, long-term earnings and resources.

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000 AND 1999

SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE. Net earnings for 2000 increased 19.4% to $1,080,000 compared to $904,000 for 1999. Diluted earnings per share for 2000 equaled $.70 compared to $.58 for 1999, while cash diluted earnings per share for 2000 equaled $.83 compared to $.71 for 1999. Cash earnings exclude the after-tax effect of amortization of intangibles. Net interest income increased $286,000, or 6.3%, from $4.6 million to $4.8 million. This improvement in net earnings and net interest income was generally attributable to growth in the commercial, commercial real estate and retail loan portfolios resulting in an increase of $6.3 million in net loans outstanding during 2000. New fee and service charge initiatives overcame a $47,000 decrease in gains on sale of loans and a $30,000 loss on sale of investments and resulted in an increase in noninterest income of $211,000, or 21.0%, as compared to 1999. Noninterest expense increased $238,000, or 5.7%, related primarily to the opening during January 2000 of our first supermarket branch in west Manhattan and the Wamego and Osage City branch acquisitions during July 2000.

Interest Income. Interest income increased by $1.3 million, or 14.0%, to $10.9 million in 2000. Average interest-earning assets increased from $130.6 million in 1999 to $140.0 million in 2000. The average yield on interest-earning assets improved from 7.3% in 1999 to 7.8% in 2000. Interest income on loans increased $1.4 million, or 19.7%, to $8.2 million. Interest earned on securities and other investments remained consistent at $2.7 million. The increase in interest income was due to an increase in average loans, coupled with the increase in rates experienced as interest-earning assets repriced during 2000. Despite a $2.9 million decrease in average investment securities and other investments, the improvement in the investment portfolio yields allowed interest earned on securities and other


investments to remain consistent at $2.7 million.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased from $5.0 million in 1999 to $6.0 million in 2000, or 21.0%. Deposit interest expense increased 22.8% to $5.3 million compared to $4.3 million for 1999. Interest expense on borrowings, consisting of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka and funds borrowed for the acquisitions, increased $70,000 or 9.9% during this time period. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $8.7 million from $113.7 million in 1999 to $122.4 million in 2000, while the respective average cost increased from 4.4% in 1999 to 4.9% in 2000. The rise in interest expense resulted from an increase in deposits, an increase in interest rates and additional borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank, offset partially by principal repayments on our note payable. Most of the increase in deposits resulted from the July, 2000 branch acquisitions.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income represents the difference between income derived from interest-earning assets and the expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is affected by both (a) the difference between the rates of interest earned on interest-earnings assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities ("interest rate spread") and (b) the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

Net interest income increased to $4.8 million in 2000 compared to $4.6 million in 1999. This was the result of the average balance of interest-earning assets increasing $8.9 million during 2000. The yield on interest-earning assets also improved from 7.3% in 1999 to 7.8% in 2000, while the cost of interest-bearing liabilities increased from 4.4% in 1999 to 4.9% in 2000. Our ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities decreased slightly from 114.9% in 1999 to 114.0% in 2000, which ultimately resulted in the net interest margin remaining stable at 3.5% in 2000 and 1999.

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses increased to $85,000 during 2000 compared to $15,000 in 1999. While the loan portfolio quality remains strong, our review of the portfolio, coupled with loan growth during 1999 and 2000, prompted an increased provision. At December 31, 2000, the allowance for loan losses was $1.3 million, or 1.3% of gross loans outstanding, compared to $1.2 million, or 1.4%, at December 31, 1999.

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income increased $211,000, or 21.0%, to $1.2 million in 2000. Fees and service charge income increased from $806,000 to $1.1 million, or by 36.6%, relating to new products and services initiated during 2000. Partially offsetting this increase was a decline in gains on sale of loans by $47,000, or 33.2% to $95,000, as loan originations declined due to the increase in home mortgage interest rates during 2000. Losses on sale of investment securities available for sale were realized in the amount of $30,000 in 2000, compared to realized gains on sale of investment securities available for sale of $7,000 in 1999. The loss on sale of investment securities in 2000 resulted from restructuring the investment portfolio to obtain higher yielding investments.


Noninterest income (000's):    2000       1999      1998
                               ----       ----      ----
Fees and service charges     $1,100       $806      $736
Gains on sales of loans          95        141       384
Other                            18         55        92
                              -----      -----     -----
Total noninterest income:    $1,213     $1,002    $1,212

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased 5.7% to $4.4 million for 2000, resulting from increased expenses for compensation and benefits, and occupancy and equipment. These increased expense categories, related primarily to opening and operating expenses of our new Dillons supermarket branch which opened in January 2000, and our Wamego and Osage City branch acquisitions during July 2000, were partially offset by reductions in professional fees and federal deposit insurance premiums. Amortization of intangibles increased 5.2% from $226,000 to $238,000 as a result of the July 2000 branch acquisitions.

AVERAGE ASSETS/LIABILITIES. The following table sets forth information relating to average balances of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998. This table reflects the average yields on assets and average costs of liabilities for the periods indicated (derived by dividing income or expense by the monthly average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively) as well as the "net interest margin" (which reflects the effect of the net earnings balance) for the periods shown.

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS-AVERAGE YIELDS AND RATES

                                 Year Ended December 31, 2000   Year Ended December 31, 1999   Year Ended December 31, 1998
                                 Average          Average       Average          Average       Average          Average
                                 Balance Interest Yield/Rate    Balance Interest Yield/Rate    Balance Interest Yield/Rate
                                 =========================      =======================        ========================

                                                              (dollars in thousands)
ASSETS:

  Interest-earning assets
    Investment securities (1)    $47,760 $2,687  5.63%          $50,613 $2,705   5.34%           $52,686 $2,962  5.62%
    Loans receivable, net (2)     91,793  8,197  8.93            80,019  6,846   8.56             80,788  7,327  9.07
                                  ------  -----                  ------  -----                    ------  ----
  Total interest-earning assets  139,553 10,884  7.80%          130,632  9,551   7.31%           133,474 10,289  7.71%
                                 ------- ------                 -------  -----                   ------- ------
  Non interest-earning assets      8,091                          7,552                            8,402

                                   -----                          -----                            -----
    Total                       $147,644                       $138,184                         $141,876
                                 =======                        =======                          =======
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

  Interest-bearing liabilities:
    Certificates of deposit      $59,390 $3,300  5.56%         $ 54,334 $2,788   5.13%          $ 58,261 $3,230  5.54%
    Money market deposits         14,028    505  3.60            16,311    590   3.62             17,866    648  3.63
    Other deposits                37,112  1,459  3.93            31,413    908   2.89             32,574  1,158  3.55
    FHLB advances and other
      borrowings                  11,871    771  6.49            11,684    702   6.01              8,212    557  6.78
                                  ------  -----                  ------  -----                    ------  -----
  Total interest-bearing
    liabilities                  122,401  6,035  4.93%          113,742  4,988   4.39%           116,913  5,593  4.78%
                                 -------  -----                 -------  -----                   -------  -----
  Non interest-bearing
    liabilities                   11,666                         11,193                           12,254
  Stockholders' equity            13,576                         13,249                           12,709
                                  ------                         ------                           ------

    Total                       $147,643                       $138,184                         $141,876
                                 =======                        =======                          =======

Net interest income                       $4,849                         $4,563                           $4,696
                                           =====                          =====                            =====
Interest rate spread (3)                          2.87%                          2.93%                           2.93%
Net interest margin (4)                           3.47%                          3.49%                           3.52%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets
  to interest-bearing liabilities        114.01%                        114.85%                          114.17%
                                         ======                         ======                           ======

(1) Income on investment securities includes all securities, interest bearing deposits in other financial institutions and stock owned in the Federal Home Loan Bank and the Federal Reserve Bank.
(2) Includes non-accrual loans.
(3) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

COMPARISON OF OPERATING RESULTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998

GENERAL. Net earnings for 1999 decreased 7.9% to $904,000 compared to $982,000 for 1998. This decrease in net earnings is the result of a decrease in average loans outstanding. Gains on sale of loans also decreased as a result of reduced refinancing of mortgage loans, but was offset by fee and service charge initiatives and non-interest expense savings related to the assimilation of Freedom. Net interest income after provision for loan losses decreased $58,000, or 1.3%, to $4.5 million. Gains on sale of loans decreased 63.2%, or $243,000, to $141,000, fees and service charges increased


$70,000 or 9.5%, to $806,000, and non-interest expense decreased $175,000 or 4.0%, to $4.2 million.

Interest Income. Interest income decreased by $738,000, or 7.2%, to $9.6 million in 1999. Average interest-earning assets decreased from $133.5 million in 1998 to $130.6 million in 1999. The average yield on interest-earning assets decreased from 7.7% in 1998 to 7.3% in 1999. Interest income on loans decreased $481,000, or 6.6%, to 6.8 million. Interest earned on securities and other investments decreased $257,000, or 8.7%, to $2.7 million. The decrease in interest income was due to a decrease in average loans and investments, which was coupled with the decline in rates experienced as interest-earning assets repriced during 1999. We experienced a significant 31.3%, or $11.4 million, decline in one-to-four family loans during 1998 as a result of borrowers taking advantage of declining mortgage loan interest rates. In accordance with our interest rate risk guidelines, the majority of the long-term fixed rate mortgage loans originated in 1998 were sold to secondary market investors. While we were able to fund other types of loans as the loans on one-to-four family residences were refinanced, the volume of refinancings was so great that a significant amount of the funds available for investment were invested in relatively short term investment securities, which typically carry lower interest rates than can be obtained on commercial and consumer loans. 1998's decline in loans was countered during 1999 by increasing commercial, commercial real estate and consumer loans by $10.9 million. This growth was a result of successful relationships developed by our management team. Interest income on other investments decreased substantially as a result of a decrease in funds available for short-term overnight interest bearing deposits.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased from $5.6 million in 1998 to $5.0 million in 1999, or 10.8%. Deposit interest expense decreased 14.9% to $4.3 million compared to $5.0 million for 1998. Interest expense on borrowings, consisting of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka and funds borrowed for the acquisition of Freedom Bancshares increased $145,000, or 25.9% during this time period. Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased $3.2 million from $116.9 million in 1998 to $113.7 million in 1999, while the respective average cost declined from 4.8% in 1998 to 4.4% in 1999. The decreased expense on deposits was due to lower average balances and the reduction in interest rates. Interest on borrowed funds increased as a result of borrowing to fund the loan growth.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income represents the difference between income derived from interest-earning assets and the expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is affected by both (a) the difference between the rates of interest earned on interest-earnings assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities ("interest rate spread") and (b) the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

Net interest income decreased to $4.6 million in 1999 compared to $4.7 million in 1998. This was the result of the average balance of interest-earning assets decreasing $2.8 million during 1999. The yield on interest-earning assets declined from 7.7% in 1998 to 7.3% in 1999, while the cost of interest-bearing liabilities also declined from 4.8% in 1998 to 4.4% in 1999. The ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities increased slightly from 114.2% in 1998 to 114.9% in 1999, which ultimately resulted in the net interest margin remaining flat at 3.5% in 1999


and 1998.

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses decreased to $15,000 during 1999 compared to $90,000 in 1998. The decreased provision resulted from the decrease in the one-to-four family residential loan portfolio as a result of the significant refinancing experienced in 1998. At December 31, 1999, the allowance for loan losses was $1.2 million, or 1.4% of gross loans outstanding, compared to $1.3 million, or 1.7%, at December 31, 1998.

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income decreased $210,000, or 17.3%, to $1.0 million in 1999. Fees and service charge income increased from $736,000 to 806,000, or by 9.5%. Gains on sale of loans decreased $243,000, or 63.2% to $141,000. Gains on sale of investment securities available for sale were realized in the amount of $11,000 in 1998 and $7,000 in 1999 as we sought to reposition the investment securities portfolio. The gains on sale of loans were a result of decreased loan originations due to refinancing because of higher interest rates. The increase in fees and service charge income was primarily a result of analyzing our products and services offered.

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense decreased 4.0% to $4.2 million for 1999. This decrease was due in part to the continued assimilation of the Freedom Bancshares acquisition. Amortization of intangibles decreased 8.1% from $246,000 to $226,000 resulting from core deposit amortization. Professional fees decreased $73,000 from $212,000 to $139,000 as a result of expenses incurred in 1998 which were not encountered in 1999 relating to the acquisition, expenses related to Year 2000 issues and fees incurred for professional services used for acquiring new personnel during 1998. Other operating expense decreased 7.3% to $1.0 million due primarily to cost savings associated with the acquisition.

CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

Asset Quality and Distribution. Our total assets were $152.9 million at December 31, 2000 compared to $143.3 million at December 31, 1999. This increase was primarily attributable to the 7.2% increase in loans experienced during 2000 and a 5.8% increase in investment securities, which was funded by branch acquisition proceeds and deposit growth. Our primary ongoing sources of funds are deposits, proceeds from principal and interest payments on loans and investment securities and proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans and investment securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans are a predictable source of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, competition, and the restructuring of the financial services industry.

Our primary investing activities are the origination of loans and the purchase of investment securities. During the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, we purchased investment securities aggregating $18.0 million, $15.9 million and $27.1 million, respectively. These purchases were funded primarily by deposits, proceeds from the sale of fixed rate mortgage loans and investment securities and maturing investment securities. Generally, we originate fixed rate mortgage loans for immediate sale and do not originate and warehouse those loans for resale in order to speculate on interest rates. During the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999 and 1998, we originated loans for sale of approximately $8.2 million, $12.3 million and $33.0 million, respectively. The decline in loans originated for sale is attributable to


the increase in home mortgage interest rates.

LOAN PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION COMPARISON (000's):


                       Balance   Balance
Type                   12/31/00  12/31/99 % Change
----                   --------  -------- --------
1-4 family residence   $28,540    $27,126      5.2%
Commercial real estate  32,050     31,635      1.3%
Consumer & commercial
  non-mortgage          34,514     29,529     16.9%
                        ------     ------
                       $95,104    $88,290
                        ======     ======

We believe that the quality of the loan portfolio continues to be strong as evidenced by the small number and amount of loans past due one month or more. As of December 31, 2000, twenty-two real estate loans were more than 30 days past due, with a total balance of $1.2 million, which was 1.3% of total loans outstanding. Six of these loans totaling $351,000 were on non-accrual status as of December 31, 2000. Excluding guaranteed student loans, there were twenty-seven consumer loans in the amount of $250,000, or 0.3% of the total loan portfolio, over 30 days past due and two of these loans with a balance of $26,000 were on non-accrual status. Additionally, three commercial loans totaling $144,000, or 0.2% of the total loan portfolio, were past due over 30 days. One of these commercial loans with a balance of $8,000 was on non-accrual status.

Liability Distribution. At December 31, 2000, total deposits increased $3.4 million from December 31, 1999, excluding the deposits acquired in the July 2000 branch acquisitions totaling $14 million. Borrowings decreased $10.0 million as the increased deposit balances allowed us to fund the loan growth experienced in 2000 and reduce our borrowing levels. In addition, $125,000 was paid on borrowings for the Freedom Bancshares acquisition.

The deposit base has remained relatively consistent with the prior year. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits and NOW accounts at the end of 2000 totaled $42.6 million, or 32.7% of deposits, compared to $30.9 million, or 27.5% of deposits at December 31, 1999. Money market deposit accounts were 9.6% of the portfolio and totaled $12.5 million, compared to $16.3 million at December 31, 1999 and savings accounts totaled $12.0 million compared to $10.0 million at December 31, 1999. Certificates of deposit were $63.1 million, or 48.5% of the portfolio compared to $55.1 million, or 49.1% at December 31, 1999.

Certificates of deposit at December 31, 2000, which were scheduled to mature in one year or less, totaled $51.8 million. Historically, maturing deposits have generally remained with our bank and we believe that a


significant portion of the deposits maturing in one year or less will remain with us upon maturity.

DEPOSIT PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION COMPARISON (000's):

                  Balance      Balance
Type              12/31/00     12/31/99    % Change
----              --------     --------    --------
DDA                $10,721      $10,125      5.9%
NOW                 31,848       20,819     53.0%
MMDA                12,543       16,254    (22.8%)
Savings             11,963       10,017     19.4%
Certificates        63,111       55,121     14.5%
                    ------       ------
                  $130,186     $112,336
                   =======      =======

CASH FLOWS. Cash flows provided by operating activities equaled $1.9 million for 2000, compared to $1.7 million in 1999. This increase in cash flows provided by operating activities resulted from the stabilization of loans held for sale and improved earnings.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $4.7 million in 2000 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $8.5 million in 1999. Net loans increased approximately $6.4 million in 2000 versus an increase of $12.8 million in 1999. Proceeds from sales of investment securities available-for-sale were $2.3 million in 2000 versus $5.9 million in 1999. No purchases of investment securities held-to-maturity were made in 2000 or 1999. Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale in 2000 were $18.0 million compared to $15.9 million in 1999. We received $13.1 million in cash from the July 2000 branch acquisitions.

Net cash used in financing activities was $7.1 million in 2000 compared to $7.2 million provided in 1999. Deposits increased $3.4 million in 2000 compared to a decrease of $2.7 million in 1999 and Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased $10.0 million in 2000 compared to an increase of $11.0 million in 1999. In addition, $125,000 was paid on the line of credit utilized to finance the purchase of Freedom Bancshares and $45,000 was utilized to purchase shares of our stock.

Liquidity. Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents and investment securities available for sale. The level of these assets are dependent on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2000 and 1999, these liquid assets totaled $50.6 million and $47.7 million, respectively. During periods in which we are not able to originate a sufficient amount of loans and/or periods of high principal prepayments, we increase our liquid assets by investing in short-term U.S. Government and agency securities or high-grade municipal securities.


Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of our strategy. Excess funds are generally invested in short-term investments. In the event we require funds beyond our ability to generate them internally, additional funds are available through the use of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, a line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank or through sales of securities. At December 31, 2000, we had outstanding Federal Home Loan Bank advances of $3.9 million and $1.7 million outstanding on our line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank. At December 31, 2000, our total borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank was $26.4 million. Additionally, we have guaranteed a loan made to our Employee Stock Ownership Plan, with an outstanding balance of $120,000 at December 31, 2000, to fund the Employee Stock Ownership Plan's purchase of shares in our 1993 common stock offering. Our total borrowings were $6.5 million at December 31, 2000, which included $745,000 borrowed for the acquisition of Freedom Bancshares, compared to $870,000 at December 31, 1999.

At December 31, 2000, we had outstanding loan commitments of $14.7 million. We anticipate that sufficient funds will be available to meet current loan commitments. These commitments consist of letters of credit, unfunded lines of credit and commitments to finance real estate loans.

CAPITAL. The Federal Reserve Board has established capital requirements for bank holding companies which generally parallel the capital requirements for national banks under the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency regulations. The regulations provide that such standards will generally be applied on a consolidated (rather than a bank-only) basis in the case of a bank holding company with more than $150 million in total consolidated assets.

At December 31, 2000, we continued to maintain a sound Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.9% and a risk based capital ratio of 13.2%. As shown by the following table, our capital exceeded the minimum capital requirements: (dollars in thousands)

                            Amount     Percent   Required
                           -------     ------    -------
Tier 1 leverage capital    $11,614       7.9%     4.00%
Risk based capital         $12,828      13.2%     8.00%

Banks and bank holding companies are generally expected to operate at or above the minimum capital requirements. The above ratios are well in excess of regulatory minimums and should allow us to operate without capital adequacy concerns. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 establishes a bank rating system based on the capital levels of banks. We are rated "well capitalized", which is the highest rating available under this capital-based rating system.

DIVIDENDS

During 2000, dividends of $.25 per share were paid to the stockholders and a 5% stock dividend was paid during August 2000. The cash and stock dividends are consistent with those paid during 1999.

The payment of dividends by any financial institution or its holding company is affected by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to applicable capital adequacy guidelines and regulations. As described above, Security National Bank exceeded its minimum capital requirements under


applicable guidelines as of December 31, 2000. The National Bank Act imposes limitations on the amount of dividends that a national bank may pay without prior regulatory approval. Generally, the amount is limited to the bank's current year's net earnings plus the adjusted retained earnings for the two preceding years. As of December 31, 2000, approximately $311,000 was available to be paid as dividends to MNB Bancshares by Security National Bank without prior regulatory approval.

RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS

The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities", in June 1998. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments at fair value. This statement, as amended by SFAS No. 138, is effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal beginning after December 15, 2000. We believe adoption of SFAS Nos. 133 and 138 will not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations, nor will adoption require additional capital resources.

EFFECTS OF INFLATION

Our financial statements and accompanying footnotes have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America), which generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration for changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation can be found in the increased cost of our operations because our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary and interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of inflation.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our assets and liabilities are principally financial in nature and the resulting net interest income thereon is subject to changes in market interest rates and the mix of various assets and liabilities. Interest rates in the financial markets affect our decision on pricing our assets and liabilities which impacts our net interest income, a significant cash flow source for us. As a result, a substantial portion of our risk management activities relates to managing interest rate risk.

Our Asset/Liability Management Committee monitors the interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet using earnings simulation models and interest sensitivity GAP analysis. We have set policy limits of interest rate risk to be assumed in the normal course of business and monitor such limits through our simulation process.

We have been successful in meeting the interest rate sensitivity objectives set forth in our policy. Simulation models are prepared to determine the impact on net interest income for the coming twelve months, including one using rates at December 31, 2000 and forecasting volumes for


the twelve month projection. This position is then subjected to a shift in interest rates of 200 basis points rising and 200 basis points falling with an impact to our net interest income on a one year horizon as follows:

                            $ change in net     % of net
Scenario                    interest income    int. income
----------------------      ---------------    -----------
200 basis point rising      $(316,000)         (6.19%)
200 basis point falling     $ 384,000           7.52%

We believe we are appropriately positioned for future interest rate movements, although we may experience some fluctuations in net interest income due to short term timing differences between the repricing of assets and liabilities.

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

Since the mid 1980s, we have emphasized the origination of adjustable rate mortgages for portfolio retention along with shorter-term consumer and commercial loans to reduce the sensitivity of its earnings to interest rate fluctuations. Interest rate "gap" analysis is a common, though imperfect, measure of interest rate risk which measures the relative dollar amounts of interest-earning assets and interest bearing liabilities which reprice within a specific time period, either through maturity or rate adjustment. The "gap" is the difference between the amounts of such assets and liabilities that are subject to such repricing. A "positive" gap for a given period means that the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or otherwise repricing within that period exceeds the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or otherwise repricing during that same period. In a rising interest rate environment, an institution with a positive gap would generally be expected, absent the effects of other factors, to experience a greater increase in the yield of its assets relative to the cost of its liabilities. Conversely, the cost of funds for an institution with a positive gap would generally be expected to decline less quickly than the yield on its assets in a falling interest rate environment. Changes in interest rates generally have the opposite effect on an institution with a "negative" gap.

Following is our "static gap" schedule. One-to-four family and consumer loans included prepayment assumptions, while all other loans assume no prepayments. The mortgage-backed securities included published prepayment assumptions, while all other investments assume no prepayments. All assets are reflected at amortized cost.

Certificates of deposit reflect contractual maturities only. Money market accounts are rate sensitive and accordingly, a higher percentage of the accounts have been included as repricing immediately in the first period. Savings and NOW accounts are not as rate sensitive as money market accounts and for that reason a significant percentage of the accounts are reflected in the 2 to 5 years category.


We have been successful in meeting the interest sensitivity objectives set forth in our policy. This has been accomplished primarily by managing the assets and liabilities while maintaining our traditional high credit standards.

We believe we are appropriately positioned for future interest rate movements, although we may experience some fluctuations in net interest income due to short term timing differences between the repricing of assets and liabilities.

INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS AND INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES REPRICING SCHEDULE
("GAP" TABLE)

                                             At December 31, 2000
                                             --------------------
                                            (dollars in thousands)

                                             More     More
                                  3 months   than 3   than 1
                                   or less   to 12     to 5   Over 5
                                    months   months   years    years   Total
                                   --------  ------   ------   ------  -----
Interest-earning assets:
    Overnight investments           $2,251   $    -   $    -   $   -   $ 2,251
    Investment securities            3,280     9,064   29,514   5,445   47,303
    Loans                           29,776    36,901   23,679   4,748   95,104
                                    ------    ------   ------   -----   ------
      Total
      interest-earning
      assets                       $35,307   $45,965  $53,193 $10,193 $144,658
                                    ======    ======   ======  ======  =======

Interest-bearing
liabilities:
    Certificates of
    deposit                        $15,160  $36,602  $11,349   $   -   $63,111
    Money market deposit             6,847        -    5,695       -    12,542
    Savings and NOW                 21,475        -   22,336       -    43,811
    Borrowed money                   2,605        -    3,893       -     6,498
                                    ------   ------   ------     ----   ------
        Total
        interest-bearing
        liabilities                $46,087  $36,602  $43,273   $   -  $125,962
                                    ======   ======   ======     ====  =======


Interest sensitivity gap
  per period                      $(10,780)  $9,363   $9,920   $10,193 $18,696
Cumulative interest

  sensitivity gap                 $(10,780)  $(1,417) $8,503   $18,696
Cumulative gap as a
  percent of total
  interest-earning assets           (7.45%)   (0.98%)  5.88%    12.92%

Cumulative interest
  sensitive assets
  as a percent of cumulative
  interest sensitive liabilities    76.61%    98.29% 106.75%   114.84%

Safe Harbor Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

This report contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Report Act of 1995, and is including this statement for purposes of these safe harbor provisions. Forward-looking statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe our future plans, strategies and expectations, are generally identifiable by use of the words "believe," "expect," "intend," "anticipate," "estimate," "project," or similar expressions. Our ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and future prospects include, but are not limited to, changes in: interest rates, general economic conditions, legislative/regulatory changes, monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board, the quality or composition of the loan or investment portfolios, demand for loan products, deposit flows, competition, demand for financial services in our market area, our implementation of new technologies, our ability to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems and accounting principles, policies and guidelines. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Further information concerning the company and our business including additional factors that could materially affect our financial results, is included in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Independent Auditors' Report

The Board of Directors
MNB Bancshares, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MNB Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2000 and 1999, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2000. These


consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2000 and 1999, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2000, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

                               /s/ KPMG LLP


February 2, 2001

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANHATTAN, KANSAS

Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2000 and 1999

             Assets                      2000             1999
                                    ----------------- -----------------
Cash and cash equivalents:
  Cash                             $      1,582,255         2,952,527
  Interest-bearing deposits in
    other financial institutions          2,251,438         1,362,486
                                    ------------------ ----------------

         Total cash and cash
           equivalents                    3,833,693         4,315,013

Investment securities:
  Held-to-maturity                          914,309         1,603,268
  Available-for-sale                     46,734,252        43,402,200
Loans, net                               93,676,854        86,969,008
Loans held for sale                         380,250           751,193
Premises and equipment, net of            2,253,729         2,288,028

Accrued interest and other assets         5,103,766         3,933,590
                                    ------------------ ----------------

         Total assets              $    152,896,853       143,262,300
                                    ================== ================

  Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Liabilities:
  Deposits:
    Noninterest bearing demand     $     10,721,389        10,124,653
    Money market and NOW                 44,390,474        37,073,098
    Savings                              11,962,879        10,017,267
    Time, $100,000 and greater           10,264,383        10,897,718
    Time, other                          52,846,935        44,223,593
                                    ------------------ ----------------

         Total deposits                 130,186,060       112,336,329

Federal Home Loan Bank
  borrowings                              5,632,870        15,655,010
Other borrowings                            864,870         1,043,847
Accrued interest and expenses,
  taxes, and other liabilities            1,537,127           936,730
                                    ------------------- ---------------

         Total liabilities              138,220,927       129,971,916
                                    ------------------ ----------------

Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, $.01 par;
    3,000,000 shares authorized;
    1,534,828 and 1,449,303
    shares issued and outstanding
    at 2000 and 1999                         15,348            14,493
  Additional paid-in capital              9,634,291         9,011,899
  Retained earnings                       4,931,576         4,821,937
  Unearned employee benefits               (119,870)         (173,847)
  Accumulated other
    comprehensive income (loss)             214,581          (384,098)
                                    ------------------ ----------------

         Total stockholders' equity      14,675,926        13,290,384

Commitments and contingencies                     -                 -
                                    ------------------- ---------------

         Total liabilities and
           stockholders' equity    $    152,896,853       143,262,300
                                    ================== ================


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANHATTAN, KANSAS

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

Years ended December 31, 2000, 1999, and 1998

                                                 2000      1999       1998
                                              ---------- ---------- -----------
Interest income:
  Loans                                      $  8,197,519  6,846,202  7,326,727
  Investment securities                         2,633,427  2,691,003  2,714,558
  Other                                            53,944     13,329    248,150
                                              ------------ ---------- ----------

            Total interest income              10,884,890  9,550,534 10,289,435
                                              ------------ --------- ----------

Interest expense:
  Deposits                                      5,264,385  4,285,924  5,035,706
  Other borrowings                                771,022    701,778    557,267
                                              ------------- --------- ----------

            Total interest expense              6,035,407  4,987,702  5,592,973
                                              ------------ ---------- ----------

            Net interest income                 4,849,483  4,562,832  4,696,462

Provision for loan losses                          85,000     15,000     90,000
                                              ----------- ---------- -----------

            Net interest income after
              provision for loan losses         4,764,483  4,547,832  4,606,462
                                              -----------  ---------  ----------

Noninterest income:
  Fees and service charges                      1,100,427    805,616    735,459
  Gains on sales of loans                          94,551    141,501    384,427
  Other                                            17,554     55,392     92,402
                                              ------------ --------- -----------

            Total noninterest income            1,212,532  1,002,509  1,212,288
                                              ------------ ---------- ----------

Noninterest expense:
  Compensation and benefits                     2,190,673  2,083,502  2,043,450
  Occupancy and equipment                         685,613    597,807    632,727
  Amortization                                    237,919    226,113    245,958
  Professional fees                               121,170    138,716    212,424
  Data processing                                 136,390    131,479    139,714
  Other                                         1,049,256  1,005,168  1,084,307
                                              ------------ ---------- ----------

            Total noninterest expense           4,421,021  4,182,785  4,358,580
                                              ----------- ----------- ---------

            Earnings before income taxes        1,555,994  1,367,556  1,460,170

Income taxes                                      476,059    463,317    478,142
                                              ----------- ---------- -----------

            Net earnings                     $  1,079,935  904,239    982,028
                                              =========== ========== ===========

Earnings per share:
  Basic                                      $   0.71      0.60       0.66
  Diluted                                        0.70      0.58       0.63
                                              =========== ========== ===========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANHATTAN, KANSAS

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income

Years ended December 31, 2000, 1999, and 1998

                                                                            Accumulated
                                     Additional                   Unearned  other
                             Common  paid-in    Retained Treasury employee  comprehensive
                              stock  capital    earnings  stock   benefits  income (loss)  Total
                             ------- --------- --------  ------- ---------  -------------  -----
Balance at December 31,      $12,845 7,122,795 5,341,952       - (271,187)  69,444         12,275,849
                             ------- --------- --------- ------- ---------  ------        ----------

Comprehensive income:
  Net earnings                    -         -    982,028       -        -        -            982,028
  Change in fair value of
   securities
   available-for-sale,
   net of tax                     -         -          -       -        -  159,828            159,828
                             ------- ---------  -------- ------- --------- -------         ----------

       Total comprehensive
         income                   -         -    982,028       -        -  159,828          1,141,856
                             ------- ---------  -------- ------- --------- --------         ----------

Dividends paid ($.23 per
  share)                          -         -   (333,891)      -        -        -           (333,891)
Reduction of unearned employee
  benefits                        -         -          -       -   48,836        -             48,836
Issuance of 18,672 shares under
  stock compensation plans      187   108,836          -       -        -        -            109,023
5% stock dividend (64,844
  shares)                       648   967,894   (968,542)      -        -        -                  -
                             ------- --------   --------- ------- -------- --------        -----------

Balance at December 31, 1998 13,680 8,199,525  5,021,547        - (222,351) 229,272         13,241,673

Comprehensive income:
  Net earnings                    -         -    904,239        -        -        -            904,239
  Change in fair value of
   securities
   available-for-sale,
   net of tax                     -         -         -         -        -  (613,370)         (613,370)
                             ------- --------  -------- --------- --------- ---------      -----------

       Total comprehensive
       income (loss)              -         -    904,239        -        -  (613,370)          290,869
                             ------- --------   ---------  ------- -------- ---------      -----------

Dividends paid ($.24 per
  share)                          -         -   (353,544)       -        -          -         (353,544)
Reduction of unearned employee
  benefits                        -         -          -        -   48,504          -           48,504
Issuance of 12,419 shares under
  stock compensation plans      124    62,758          -        -        -          -           62,882
5% stock dividend (68,908
  shares)                       689   749,616   (750,305)       -        -          -                -
                             ------- --------   --------- ------- --------   ---------      ----------

Balance at December 31, 1999 14,493 9,011,899  4,821,937        - (173,847)  (384,098)      13,290,384

Comprehensive income:
  Net earnings                    -         -  1,079,935        -        -          -        1,079,935
  Change in fair value of
   securities
   available-for-sale,
   net of tax                     -         -          -        -        -    598,679          598,679
                             ------- -------- ----------   ------ --------   --------      -----------

       Total comprehensive
         income                   -         - 1,079,935         -        -    598,679        1,678,614
                             ------- -------- ---------    ------ --------   --------    --------------

Dividends paid ($.25 per
  share)                          -         - (371,238)         -        -          -         (371,238)
Reduction of unearned employee
  benefits                        -         -        -          -   53,977          -           53,977
Issuance of 19,112 shares under
  stock compensation plans      191    69,446        -          -        -          -           69,637
Purchase of treasury shares
  (5,681 shares)                  -         -        -    (45,448)       -          -          (45,448)

5% stock dividend (72,094
  shares)                       664   552,946 (599,058)    45,448        -          -                -
                             ------- -------- ---------   ------- --------    --------   --------------

Balance at December 31, 2000 $15,348 9,634,291 4,931,576        - (119,870)    214,581       14,675,926
                             ======= ========= ========   ======= =========    =======       ==========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANHATTAN, KANSAS

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2000, 1999, and 1998

                                               2000       1999         1998
                                           -------------------------------------
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net earnings                             $   1,079,935    904,239      982,028
 Adjustments to reconcile net
   earnings provided by operating
   activities:
    Provision for loan losses                    85,000     15,000       90,000
    Depreciation and amortization               549,538    509,395      561,196
    Amortization of loan fees                   (13,706)   (35,343)     (55,232)
    Deferred income taxes                        26,600     47,400     (129,400)
    Net (gain) loss on sales of investment
     securities available-for-sale,
     premises and equipment, and
     other real estate                           30,368      (7,147)     (11,068)
    Net gain on sales of loans                  (94,551)   (141,501)    (384,427)
    Proceeds from sale of loans               8,674,665  12,397,598   33,323,344
    Origination of loans for sale            (8,209,171)(12,251,543) (32,950,902)
    Accretion of discounts and
     amortization of premiums on
     investment securities, net                  38,140      78,119       43,173
    Changes in assets and
     liabilities:
    Accrued interest and other
     assets                                    (347,658)    (81,103)      94,175
    Accrued expenses, taxes, and

     other liabilities                          118,318     268,232    (121,929)
                                           -------------  -----------  -------------

       Net cash provided by
       operating activities                   1,937,478   1,703,346    1,440,958
                                           ------------  -----------  -----------

Cash flows from investing activities:
 Net (increase) decrease in loans            (6,407,724)(12,756,422)  10,368,287
 Maturities and prepayments of investment
   securities held-to-maturity                  684,328     552,959    4,344,489
 Proceeds from sale of investment
   securities held-to-maturity                        -     102,317            -
 Proceeds from sale of branch                         -           -      973,284
 Maturities and prepayments of investment
   securities available-for-sale             13,248,519  13,920,118   13,864,202
 Purchases of investment
   securities available-for-sale            (17,959,385)(15,895,185) (27,114,772)
 Proceeds from sale of investment
   available-for-sale                         2,280,547   5,904,906      560,024
 Proceeds from sales of foreclosed
   assets                                        29,636      50,000      142,879
 Purchases of premises and equipment, net      (273,973)   (339,460)    (260,359)
 Improvements of other real estate               (8,659)     (4,600)           -
 Net cash received in branch
   acquisitions                              13,063,585           -            -
                                           ------------ ------------ ------------

       Net cash provided by (used
         in) investing activities         $   4,656,874  (8,465,367)   2,878,034
                                           ------------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
 Net increase (decrease) in
   deposits                               $   3,418,517  (2,725,693)  (4,396,004)
 Net decrease in securities sold
   under agreements to repurchase                     -           -     (549,615)
 Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
   (repayments), net                        (10,022,140) 11,047,860     (821,427)
 Repayments on note payable                    (125,000)   (830,000)  (1,150,000)
 Issuance of common stock under stock
   option plan                                   69,637      62,882      109,023
 Payment of dividends                          (371,238)   (353,544)    (333,891)
 Purchase of treasury stock                     (45,448)          -            -
                                           ------------- ------------ ------------

       Net cash provided by (used
         in) financing activities            (7,075,672)  7,201,505   (7,141,914)
                                           -------------  ---------- --------------

       Net increase (decrease) in
         cash and cash equivalents             (481,320)    439,484   (2,822,922)

Cash and cash equivalents at
  beginning of year                           4,315,013   3,875,529    6,698,451
                                           ------------- ----------- -------------

Cash and cash equivalents at end
  of year                                 $   3,833,693   4,315,013    3,875,529
                                           ============= =========== =============

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for
  income taxes                            $     424,000     240,000      702,000
                                           ============ ============ =============

 Cash paid during the year for
   interest                               $   5,957,000   4,978,000    5,623,000
                                           ============ ============ =============

Supplemental schedule of noncash
investing and
 financing activities:
   Transfer of loans to real
   estate owned                           $     369,000     105,000       39,000
   Branch acquisitions:
    Liabilities assumed                      13,827,000           -            -
    Fair value of assets acquired               764,000           -            -
                                           ============ =========== ==============

   Branch sale:
    Liabilities sold                      $           -          -     2,769,000
    Assets sold                                       -          -     3,742,000
                                           ============ =========== =============

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANHATTAN, KANSAS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2000, 1999, and 1998

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a)Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MNB Bancshares, Inc. (the Company) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, principally Security National Bank (the Bank). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


(b)Investment Securities

The Company classifies its investment securities portfolio as held-to-maturity, which are recorded at amortized cost, or available-for-sale, which are recorded at fair value with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in a separate component of stockholders' equity until realized. Premiums and discounts are amortized over the estimated lives of the securities using a method which approximates the interest method. Gains and losses on sales are calculated using the specific identification method.

(c)Loans and Related Earnings

Management determines at the time of origination whether loans will be held for the portfolio or sold in the secondary market. Generally, fixed rate mortgage loans are originated and underwritten for resale in the secondary mortgage market. That decision depends on a number of factors, including the yield on the loan and the term of the loan, market conditions, and the current gap position.

Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are recorded at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated fair value. Fees received on such loans are deferred and recognized in income as part of the gain or loss on sale. Net unrealized losses are recognized in a valuation allowance by charges to income. Fees received on other loans in excess of amounts representing the estimated costs of origination are deferred and credited to interest income using the interest method.

Accrual of interest on nonperforming loans is suspended when, in the opinion of management, the collection of such interest or the related principal is less than probable. Any interest received on nonaccrual loans is credited to principal.

(d)Allowance for Loan Losses

Provisions for losses on loans are based upon management's estimate of the amount required to maintain an adequate allowance for losses, relative to the risk in the loan portfolio. The estimate is based on reviews of the loan portfolio, including assessment of the estimated net realizable value of the related underlying collateral, and upon consideration of past loss experience, current economic conditions, and such other factors which, in the opinion of management, deserve current recognition. Amounts are charged off as soon as probability of loss is established, taking into consideration such factors as the borrower's financial condition, underlying collateral, and guarantees. Loans are also subject to periodic examination by regulatory agencies. Such agencies may require charge-offs or additions to the allowance based upon their judgments about information available at the time of their examination.

(e)Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) and the


Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) systems. As a FHLB member, the Bank is required to purchase and hold stock in the FHLB of Topeka in an amount equal to the greater of (a) 1% of unpaid residential loans, (b) 5% of outstanding FHLB advances, or (c) 0.3% of total assets. FHLB and FRB stock are included in available-for-sale securities.

(f)Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives, ranging from 3 to 31.5 years, of the assets. Major replacements and betterments are capitalized while maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred. Gains or losses on dispositions are reflected in current operations.

(g)Intangible Assets

The Company's core deposit intangible asset and goodwill is being amortized over ten (accelerated) and fifteen (straight-line) years, respectively. When facts and circumstances indicate potential impairment, the Company evaluates the recoverability of asset carrying values, including intangible assets, using estimates of undiscounted future cash flows over remaining asset lives. When impairment is indicated, any impairment loss is measured by the excess of carrying values over fair values. No impairment losses have been recorded during 2000, 1999, or 1998.

Goodwill and core deposit amortization was $237,919, $226,113, and $245,958 in 2000, 1999, and 1998, respectively. The remaining unamortized balances of such assets at December 31, 2000 and 1999 aggregated $2,847,836 and $2,298,997, respectively.

(h)Income Taxes

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return with its subsidiaries, and records deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

(i)Use of Estimates

Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


(j)Comprehensive Income

The Company's only component of other comprehensive income is the unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities as shown below:

                                                      For the years ended
                                                          December 31
                                                   -----------------------
                                                    2000     1999      1998
                                                  -------  -------    ------
Unrealized holding gains (losses)                 $935,242  (982,160) 268,694
Less reclassification adjustment for gains
  (losses)included in net income                   (30,368)    7,147   10,795
                                                    -------  -------   ------

        Net unrealized gains (losses) on
          securities                               965,610  (989,307) 257,899

Income tax expense (benefit)                       366,931  (375,937)  98,071
                                                   -------   -------   ------

        Other comprehensive income                $598,679  (613,370) 159,828
                                                   =======   =======  ======

(k)Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share have been computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year. Diluted earnings per share include the effect of all potential common shares outstanding during each year. Earnings per share for all periods presented have been adjusted to give effect to the 5% stock dividends paid by the Company annually since 1994, and the two-for-one stock split declared on January 21, 1998.

The shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted income per share, which have been restated for the annual 5% stock dividends and the 1998 stock split, are shown below:

                                               For the years ended
                                                    December 31

                                          ------------------------------
                                           2000       1999        1998
                                          -----       -----       -----
Weighted average common
   shares outstanding                   1,517,815   1,516,880   1,501,863
Stock options                              35,950      41,972      58,109
                                          -------     -------    --------
                                        1,553,765   1,558,852   1,559,972
                                        =========   =========   =========

(2) Acquisitions

On July 31, 2000, the Company acquired two branches from Commercial Federal Savings Bank in Osage City and Wamego, Kansas. The Company acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities of the branches, which consisted mainly of deposit accounts. The Company received $13.1 million cash in the transaction because the liabilities assumed exceeded the assets received. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and resulted in goodwill of approximately $787,000.

The Company sold a branch in Beloit, Kansas in 1998. The sale of the branch included approximately $3.3 million of loans and $2.8 million of deposits. A premium of approximately $120,000, net of tax, was received from the buyer and offset against previously recorded goodwill.

(3) Investment Securities

A summary of investment securities information is as follows:

                                                     December 31, 2000
                                 -----------------------------------------------------
                                                 Gross          Gross
                                   Amortized   unrealized     unrealized   Estimated
                                     cost         gains        losses      fair value
                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------

Held-to-maturity:
   Municipal obligations         $   830,186         1,336           697       830,825
   Mortgage-backed securities         84,123           958          --          85,081
                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------

        Total                    $   914,309         2,294           697       915,906
                                 ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

Available-for-sale:

   U. S. government and agency
    obligations                  $16,328,869       252,065        12,994    16,567,940
   Municipal obligations          12,567,754       158,727        20,049    12,706,432
   Mortgage-backed securities     15,447,731        66,407        98,058    15,416,080
   FHLB stock                      1,136,100          --            --       1,136,100
   Other investments                 907,700          --            --         907,700
                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------

        Total                    $46,388,154       477,199       131,101    46,734,252
                                 ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

                                                              December 31, 1999
                                           -----------------------------------------------------

                                                            Gross         Gross
                                            Amortized     unrealized    unrealized    Estimated
                                               cost         gains         losses      fair value
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Held-to-maturity:
   Municipal obligations                   $ 1,506,837         1,503         3,952     1,504,388
   Mortgage-backed securities                   96,431         1,265          --          97,696
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------

        Total                              $ 1,603,268         2,768         3,952     1,602,084
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

Available-for-sale:
   U. S. government and agency
    obligations                            $18,811,540         4,400       193,295    18,622,645
   Municipal obligations                     7,453,267           810       100,178     7,353,899
   Mortgage-backed securities 16,323,006         1,396       332,646    15,991,756
   FHLB stock                                1,111,200          --            --       1,111,200
   Other investments                           322,700          --            --         322,700
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------

        Total                              $44,021,713         6,606       626,119    43,402,200
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

Maturities of investment securities at December 31, 2000 are as follows:

                                                          Amortized      Estimated
                                                            cost        fair value
                                                         -----------   -----------

Held-to-maturity:
   Due in less than one year                             $   473,380   $   473,181
   Due after one year but within five years                  356,806       357,644
   Mortgage-backed securities                                 84,123        85,081
                                                         -----------   -----------

        Total                                            $   914,309   $   915,906
                                                         ===========   ===========

Available-for-sale:
   Due in less than one year                             $ 5,068,555     $5,059,11
   Due after one year but within five years 18,728,798    18,988,303
   Due after five years                                    5,099,269     5,226,956
   Mortgage-backed securities and other
     investments                                          17,491,532    17,459,880
                                                         -----------   -----------

        Total                                            $46,388,154   $46,734,252
                                                         ===========   ===========

Except for U.S. government and agency obligations, no investment in a single issuer exceeded 10% of stockholders' equity.

At December 31, 2000 and 1999, securities pledged to secure public funds on deposit had a carrying value of approximately $32 million and $30 million, respectively.

(4) Loans

Loans consist of the following at December 31:

                                                   2000         1999
                                                  -------      ------

Real estate loans:
   One-to-four family residential               $28,539,735  27,125,681
   Commercial                                    32,050,399  31,635,398
Commercial loans                                 24,326,775  20,482,825
Consumer loans                                    8,686,434   7,168,702
Student loans                                     1,500,635   1,876,948
                                                  ---------  ----------

        Total                                    95,103,978  88,289,554

Less:
   Loans in process                                  77,672       5,159
   Deferred loan fees                                72,194      66,629
   Allowance for loan losses                      1,277,258   1,248,758
                                                  ---------   ---------

        Loans, net                              $93,676,854  86,969,008
                                                 ==========  ==========


The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet customer financing needs. These financial instruments consist principally of commitments to extend credit. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. In the normal course of business, there are various commitments and contingent liabilities, such as guarantees, commitments to extend credit, letters of credit, and lines of credit, which are properly not recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company generally requires collateral or other security on unfunded loan commitments and irrevocable letters of credit. Commitments to extend credit and lines of credit aggregated approximately $14.7 million and $16.4 million at December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

The Company is exposed to varying risks associated with concentrations of credit relating primarily to lending activities in specific geographic areas. The Company's principal lending area consists of the cities of Manhattan, Auburn, Topeka, Wamego, and Osage City, Kansas and the surrounding communities, and substantially all of the Company's loans are to residents of or secured by properties located in its principal lending area. Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of the Company's loan portfolio is dependent upon market conditions in those areas. These geographic concentrations are considered in management's establishment of the allowance for loan losses.

A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses is as follows:

                                   2000           1999          1998
                                  -------        -------       --------

Balance at beginning of year   $ 1,248,758      1,291,901      1,335,024
Provision                           85,000         15,000         90,000
Charge-offs                        (72,310)      (114,101)      (170,977)
Recoveries                          15,810         55,958         37,854
                               -----------    -----------    -----------

Balance at end of year         $ 1,277,258      1,248,758      1,291,901
                               ===========    ===========    ===========

At December 31, 2000 and 1999, impaired loans, including nonaccrual loans, aggregated approximately $406,000 and $466,000, respectively.

The Bank serviced loans for others of $13.3 million and $15.2 million at December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Because the Bank sold substantially all loans originated for sale on a servicing released basis, no additional gains on sales or related mortgage servicing assets were recorded during 2000, 1999, or 1998.


The Bank had loans to directors and officers at December 31, 2000, which carry terms similar to those for other loans. A summary of such loans is as follows:

Balance at beginning              $1,756,916
New loans                            354,422
Payments                            (169,357)
                                    --------
Balance at end of year           $ 1,941,981
                                   =========

(5) Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment consist of the following at December 31:

                                                   2000          1999
                                                 --------      --------

Land                                         $   353,412       353,412
Office buildings and improvements              2,175,737     2,131,167
Furniture and equipment                        2,076,769     1,877,026
Automobiles                                      186,565       171,760
                                                --------      --------

        Total                                  4,792,483     4,533,365

Less accumulated depreciation                  2,538,754     2,245,337
                                               ---------     ---------

        Total                                 $2,253,729     2,288,028
                                               =========     =========

The Company has multiyear operating lease agreements for several of its branch locations. The Company's minimum lease commitments in future years are:



Year ending
December 31,   Amount
------------   ------

  2001       $ 95,184
  2002         95,184
  2003         95,184
  2004         95,184
  2005         54,332
             --------
  Total     $ 435,068
            =========

Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2000, 1999, and 1998 was $85,797, $42,601, and $42,540, respectively.

(6) Time Deposits

Maturities of time deposits are as follows at December 31, 2000:

Year     Amount
------  ---------
2001   $51,761,295
2002     6,811,066
2003     2,379,004
2004     1,859,066
2005       300,887
       -----------
Total  $63,111,318
       ===========

(7) Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

There were no short-term advances outstanding at December 31, 2000. Short-term advances from the FHLB at December 31, 1999 were $7,440,000, with rates ranging from 5.40% to 5.97%. Long-term advances from the FHLB at December 31, 2000 and 1999 amount to $3,892,870 and $7,250,010, respectively. Maturities of such advances at December 31, 2000 are summarized as follows:

Year ending
December 31,   Amount     Rates
-------------  ------- ------------

2002     $ 2,285,720      6.24% - 6.95%
2003         607,150      6.83% - 7.23%
2004       1,000,000      6.44%
            -------
         $ 3,892,870
           =========

The Bank has a line of credit, renewable annually in September, with the FHLB under which there were outstanding borrowings of $1,740,000 and $965,000 at December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Interest on any outstanding balances on the line of credit accrues at the federal funds rate plus .15% (6.90% at December 31, 2000).

Although no loans are specifically pledged, the FHLB requires the Bank to maintain eligible collateral (qualifying loans and investment securities) that has a lending value at least equal to its required collateral. At December 31, 2000, the Bank's total borrowing capacity with the FHLB was approximately $26.4 million.

(8) Other Borrowings

Other borrowings include a note payable relating to the Company's Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the ESOP) (see note 10) with an unrelated financial institution and a $2,500,000 line of credit with another unrelated financial institution. The ESOP loan of $119,870 and $173,847 at December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively, bears interest at the prime rate (9.50% at December 31, 2000), is due in 2002, and is secured by the 21,923 unallocated shares of Company common stock held by the ESOP. The Company's line of credit had outstanding balances of $745,000 and $870,000 at December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively, bears interest at the prime rate less .5%, is due December 31, 2002, and is secured by all of the Bank stock owned by the Company.

(9) Income Taxes

Total income tax expense for 2000, 1999, and 1998 is allocated as follows:

                          2000       1999       1998
                       --------   --------    --------
Operations             $476,059    463,317     478,142
Stockholders' equity    366,931   (375,937)     98,071
                       --------   --------    --------
                       $842,990     87,380     576,213
                       ========   ========    ========


The components of income tax expense allocated to earnings are as follows:

             2000       1999       1998
           --------   --------   --------
Current    $449,459    415,917    607,542
Deferred     26,600     47,400   (129,400)
           --------   --------   --------

           $476,059    463,317    478,142
           ========   ========   ========

Federal    $401,059    392,917    429,736
State        75,000     70,400     48,406
           --------   --------   --------

           $476,059    463,317    478,142
           ========   ========   ========

The reasons for the difference between actual income tax expense and expected income tax expense allocated to earnings before extraordinary loss at the 34% statutory federal income tax rate are as follows:

                                                   2000         1999         1998
                                                ---------    ---------    ---------
Expected income tax expense at statutory rate   $ 529,038      464,969      496,458
Tax-exempt interest                              (135,182)    (108,974)     (63,000)
Nondeductible amortization                         40,182       40,182       59,565
State income taxes                                 49,500       46,464       31,947
Tax credit                                        (28,700)     (15,900)        --
Other, net                                         21,221       36,576      (46,828)
                                                ---------    ---------    ---------

                                                $ 476,059      463,317      478,142
                                                =========    =========    =========

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2000 and 1999 are as follows:


                                                          2000     1999
                                                        -------  -------
       Deferred tax assets:
         Unrealized loss on investment securities
           available-for-sale                           $      -  235,400
         Allowance for loan losses                       384,000  376,000
         State taxes                                         800        -
         Other                                             8,300   23,000
                                                         -------  -------

        Total deferred tax assets                        393,100  634,400
                                                         -------  -------

Deferred tax liabilities:
   Unrealized gain on investment securities
    available-for-sale                                   131,500       -
   Core deposit intangible                                32,000   47,000
   FHLB stock dividends                                  255,000  255,000
   Premises and equipment                                 27,000   15,500
   State taxes                                                 -    4,000
   Other                                                  70,500   95,500
                                                         -------  -------

        Total deferred tax liabilities                   516,000  417,000
                                                         -------  -------

        Net deferred tax asset(liability)              $(122,900) 217,400
                                                         =======  =======

A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was not necessary at December 31, 2000 or 1999.

(10) Employee Benefit Plans

Qualified employees of the Company and the Bank may participate in an employee stock ownership plan. The ESOP borrowed under a bank loan agreement (note 8) with the proceeds used to acquire the Company's common stock. At December 31, 2000, the ESOP held 112,703 shares of Company common stock. Contributions, along with dividends on unallocated shares of common stock, are used by the ESOP to make payments of principal and interest on the bank loan. Because the Company has guaranteed the ESOP's borrowing, the outstanding note payable balance is recorded as unearned compensation, which is presented as a reduction of stockholders' equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Unearned compensation is reduced as the related note payable is reduced. ESOP contributions by the Bank charged to compensation and benefits expense in 2000, 1999, and 1998 were approximately $46,000, $45,000, and $55,000, respectively.


The Company has a stock option plan for directors and selected officers and employees. The exercise price of options granted under the plan is at least equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. The options vest over varying periods of time and are exercisable for up to ten years. Information with respect to option activity (as adjusted for stock dividends and split) is as follows:

                                           Number   Weighted average
                                           of       exercise price
                                           shares   per share
                                           -------  --------------
Outstanding at December 31, 1997            86,200   $ 4.65

Effect of 5% stock dividend                  3,635        -
Issued                                       4,071    13.13
Exercised                                  (17,192)    5.20
                                            -------

Outstanding at December 31, 1998            76,714     4.75

Effect of 5% stock dividend                  3,223        -
Issued                                         250    13.00
Exercised                                  (12,419)    5.06
                                           -------

Outstanding at December 31, 1999            67,768     4.50

Effect of 5% stock dividend                  4,854        -
Issued                                      29,400     8.38
Exercised                                  (18,713)    3.55
                                           -------

Outstanding at December 31, 2000            83,309     5.84
                                           =======  ========

Options exercisable at December 31, 2000    52,047   $ 4.34
                                            ======= ========

Options outstanding at December 31, 2000 were exercisable at prices ranging from $3.55 to $11.90.

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, the Company has chosen not to apply the accounting provision of SFAS No. 123 in its consolidated financial statements but rather to disclose pro forma amounts. The fair value of the options granted in 1998, 1999, and 2000 were estimated utilizing the following assumptions: dividend yields of 1.8%, 1.9%, and 1.9%; volatility of 17.2%, 17.2%, and 17.2%; risk-free interest rate of


6.5%, 7.0%, and 7.0%; and expected lives of five years, respectively. Pro forma net earnings and diluted net earnings per share for 2000, applying the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, would have been approximately $1,059,000 and $.68. Pro forma net earnings and earnings per share for 1999 and 1998, applying the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, would be the same as those amounts reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of earnings.

The Company has adopted an incentive program whereby bonuses are awarded if certain annual profitability thresholds are achieved. The incentive program also allows for discretionary bonuses. The Company recorded bonuses under the incentive programs of approximately $7,000, $31,000, and $6,000 in 2000, 1999, and 1998, respectively. In 2000 and 1998, accrued bonuses payable were used to purchase 399 shares and 1,480 shares of common stock from the Company for $3,142 and $19,703, respectively.

(11) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value estimates of the Company's financial instruments as of December 31, 2000 and 1999, including methods and assumptions utilized, are set forth below:

                                   2000                 1999
                            -------------------       --------------------
                            Carrying  Estimated        Carrying    Estimated
                            amount    fair value       amount      fair value
                            --------- ---------        ---------    ---------

Investment securities    $ 47,648,561     47,650,000    45,005,468   45,004,000
                          ===========    ===========    ==========   ==========

Loans, net of unearned fees
   and allowance for loan
   losses                $ 93,676,854     92,474,000    86,969,008   83,182,000
                          ===========    ===========    ==========   ==========

Noninterest bearing demand
   deposits              $ 10,721,389     10,721,000    10,124,653   10,125,000
Money market and NOW
   deposits                44,390,474     44,390,000    37,073,098   37,073,000
Savings deposits           11,962,879     11,963,000    10,017,267   10,017,000
Time deposits              63,111,318     62,855,000    55,121,311   54,981,000
                          -----------    -----------   -----------  -----------

        Total deposits   $130,186,060    129,929,000   112,336,329  112,196,000
                          ===========    ===========   ===========  ===========

FHLB advances            $  5,632,870      5,687,000    15,655,010   15,456,000
                          ===========    ===========   ===========  ===========

Other borrowings         $    864,870        865,000     1,043,847    1,044,000
                          ===========    ===========   ===========  ===========


Methods and Assumptions Utilized

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, loans held for sale, federal funds sold, and accrued interest receivable and payable are considered to approximate fair value.

The estimated fair value of investment securities, except certain obligations of states and political subdivisions, is based on bid prices published in financial newspapers or bid quotations received from securities dealers. The fair value of certain obligations of states and political subdivisions is not readily available through market sources other than dealer quotations, so fair value estimates are based upon quoted market prices of similar instruments, adjusted for differences between the quoted instruments and the instruments being valued.

The estimated fair value of the Company's loan portfolio is based on the segregation of loans by collateral type, interest terms, and maturities. In estimating the fair value of each category of loans, the carrying amount of the loan is reduced by an allocation of the allowance for loan losses. Such allocation is based on management's loan classification system which is designed to measure the credit risk inherent in each classification category. The estimated fair value of performing variable rate loans is the carrying value of such loans, reduced by an allocation of the allowance for loan losses. The estimated fair value of performing fixed rate loans is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the interest rate risk inherent in the loan, reduced by an allocation of the allowance for loan losses. The estimate of maturity is based on the Company's historical experience with repayments for each loan classification, modified, as required, by an estimate of the effect of current economic and lending conditions. The fair value for significant nonperforming loans is the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral based on recent external appraisals or other available information, which generally approximates carrying value, reduced by an allocation of the allowance for loan losses.

The estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as noninterest bearing demand deposits, savings, money market accounts, and NOW accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of interest-bearing time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows of such deposits. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

The carrying amounts of FHLB advances and other borrowings approximate fair value because such borrowings have relatively short terms or adjustable interest rates.

Limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instruments. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that


could result from offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company's financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. Fair value estimates are based on existing balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments.

(12) Regulatory Capital Requirements

Current regulatory capital regulations require financial institutions to meet three different regulatory capital requirements. Institutions are required to have minimum leverage capital equal to 4% of total average assets, minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital equal to 4% of total risk-weighted assets, and total qualifying capital equal to 8% of total risk-weighted assets in order to be considered "adequately capitalized." Management believes that, as of December 31, 2000, the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. The following is a comparison of the Company's regulatory capital to minimum capital requirements at December 31, 2000 (dollars in thousands):

                                                                              To be well-
                                                  For capital             capitalized under
                                                   adequacy               prompt corrective
                                 Actual            purposes               action provisions
                              -------------      --------------           -----------------
                              Amount  Ratio      Amount   Ratio           Amount   Ratio
                             ------- -----      -------   -----           -------  -----
As of December 31, 2000:
   Total capital
    (to risk-weighted assets) 12,828  13.21%  $=> 7,771    => 8.00%         $=> 9,714  => 10.00%
   Tier 1 capital
    (to risk-weighted assets) 11,614  11.96    => 3,885    => 4.00           => 5,828  =>  6.00
   Tier 1 capital
    (to average assets)       11,614   7.90    => 5,883    => 4.00           => 7,354  =>  5.00
                             =======  =====    =======       =====            =======     =====
As of December 31, 1999:
   Total capital
    (to risk-weighted assets) 12,515  13.72%  $=> 7,297    => 8.00%        $=> 9,122  => 10.00%
   Tier 1 capital
    (to risk-weighted assets) 11,375  12.47    => 3,649    => 4.00          => 5,473  =>  6.00
   Tier 1 capital
    (to average assets)       11,375   8.15    => 5,583    => 4.00          => 6,979  =>  5.00
                              ======  =====    ========      =====           =======     =====


(13) Parent Company Condensed Financial Statements

Following is condensed financial information of the Company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999:

                            Condensed Balance Sheets
                             December 31, 2000 and 1999

                   Assets                             2000       1999
                                                   ---------   --------
Cash                                           $      8,014      25,293
Investment securities                                17,500      17,500
Investment in subsidiary                         15,532,720  14,310,313
                                                 ----------  ----------
        Total assets                           $ 15,558,234  14,353,106
                                                 ==========  ==========

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

Borrowed funds                                  $   864,870   1,043,847
Other                                                17,438      18,875
Stockholders' equity                             14,675,926  13,290,384
                                                -----------  ----------

  Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 15,558,234  14,353,106
                                                ===========  ==========

Condensed Statements of Earnings Years ended December 31, 2000, 1999, and 1998

                                                   2000           1999          1998
                                              -----------    -----------    -----------
Dividends from subsidiary                     $   552,298      1,111,352      1,357,335
Interest income                                     1,119          3,187         10,400
Interest expense                                  (82,004)       (86,048)      (209,485)
Other expense, net                                (80,112)      (102,180)       (98,998)
                                              -----------    -----------    -----------

  Income before equity in undistributed
    earnings of subsidiary                        391,301        926,311      1,059,252

Increase (decrease) in undistributed equity
   of subsidiary                                  623,728        (89,243)      (224,227)
                                              -----------    -----------    -----------

        Earnings before income taxes            1,015,029        837,068        835,025

Income tax benefit                                 64,906         67,171        147,003
                                              -----------    -----------    -----------

        Net earnings                          $ 1,079,935        904,239        982,028
                                              ===========    ===========    ===========

                        Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
                   Years ended December 31, 2000, 1999, and 1998

                                                         2000          1999           1998
                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net earnings                                     $ 1,079,935        904,239        982,028
   (Increase) decrease in undistributed equity
    of subsidiary                                      (623,728)        89,243        224,227
   Other                                                 (1,437)        75,371         (8,683)
                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------

        Net cash provided by operating activities       454,770      1,068,853      1,197,572
                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Maturity of investment securities                       --             --          150,000
   Investment in subsidiary                                --             --          (25,589)
                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------

        Net cash provided by investing activities          --             --          124,411
                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Issuance of shares under stock option plan            69,637         62,882        109,023
   Repayments on note payable                          (125,000)      (830,000)    (1,150,000)
   Purchase of treasury stock                           (45,448)          --             --
   Payment of dividends                                (371,238)      (353,544)      (333,891)
                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------

        Net cash used in financing activities          (472,049)    (1,120,662)    (1,374,868)
                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------

        Net decrease in cash                            (17,279)       (51,809)       (52,885)

Cash at beginning of year                                25,293         77,102        129,987
                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------

Cash at end of year                                 $     8,014         25,293         77,102
                                                    ===========    ===========    ===========

Dividends paid by the Company are provided through subsidiary Bank dividends. At December 31, 2000, the Bank could distribute dividends of up to $311,000 without prior regulatory approvals.

CORPORATE INFORMATION

DIRECTORS OF MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SECURITY NATIONAL BANK

Brent A. Bowman, Chairman
President
Brent A. Bowman and
Associates Architects, P.A.

Patrick L. Alexander
President and Chief Executive Officer
MNB Bancshares, Inc. and Security National Bank

William F. Caton*
Broker, Senior Vice President
Chapman Securities, Inc.

Joseph L. Downey
Retired Senior Consultant, Director and Executive Dow Chemical Company

Charles D. Green
Retired Attorney
Arthur-Green LLP

Vernon C. Larson
Retired Assistant Provost and
Director of International Programs
Kansas State University

Jerry R. Pettle
Retired Dentist
Dental Associates of Manhattan, P.A.

Susan E. Roepke
Retired Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer, MNB Bancshares, Inc. Retired Senior Vice President/Secretary/Cashier, Security National Bank

Donald J. Wissman
Retired President, Grain Industry Alliance


*Bank Director only

EXCUTIVE OFFICERS OF MNB BANCSHARES, INC.

Patrick L. Alexander
President and Chief Executive Officer

Mark A. Herpich
Chief Financial Officer
Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF SECURITY NATIONAL BANK

Patrick L. Alexander
President and Chief Executive Officer

Mark A. Herpich
Senior Vice President, Secretary and Cashier

Michael E. Scheopner
Executive Vice President, Credit Risk Manager

Dean R. Thibault
Executive Vice President

Dennis D. Wohler
Senior Vice President

STOCK PRICE INFORMATION

Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Small-Cap Market tier of the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol "MNBB". At December 31, 2000, we had approximately 440 stockholders of record. Set forth below are the reported high and low bid prices of the common stock and dividends paid during the past two years. Information presented below has been restated to give effect to the 5% stock dividends paid in 2000 and 1999.

2000                     High      Low  Dividends
First Quarter           $8.63    $7.75    $0.0625
Second Quarter           8.25     7.63     0.0625
Third Quarter            9.00     7.56     0.0625
Fourth Quarter           9.75     7.88     0.0625

1999                     High      Low  Dividends
First Quarter          $12.50   $11.00    $0.0595
Second Quarter          12.38     8.75     0.0595
Third Quarter           10.50     9.06     0.0595
Fourth Quarter           9.50     8.25     0.0595


CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
800 Poyntz Avenue
Manhattan, Kansas 66502

ANNUAL MEETING
The annual meeting of stockholders will be held at the Kansas State University Student Union, Bluemont Room, Manhattan, Kansas 66506, on Wednesday, May 23, 2001 at 2:00 PM.

FORM 10-K
A copy of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission may be obtained by stockholders without charge on written request to Patrick L. Alexander, President and Chief Executive Officer, MNB Bancshares, Inc., PO Box 308, Manhattan, Kansas 66505-0308

REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT Registrar and Transfer Company 10 Commerce Drive Cranford, NJ 07016-3572

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
KPMG LLP
1000 Walnut, Suite 1600
Kansas City, Missouri 64199

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF MNB BANCSHARES, INC.

The only subsidiaries of the Company are Security National Bank, a national banking association with its main office located in Manhattan, Kansas, and with branch offices located in Auburn, Manhattan, Osage City, Topeka and Wamego, Kansas and MNB Acquisition Corporation, Inc., a Kansas Corporation.


EXHIBIT 23.1

Independent Accountants' Consent

The Board of Directors
MNB Bancshares, Inc.:

We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 33-51710) on Form S-8 of MNB Bancshares, Inc. of our report, dated February 2, 2001, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of MNB Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2000 and 1999, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2000, which report appears in the December 31, 2000 Annual Report on Form 10-K of MNB Bancshares, Inc.

                                    /s/ KPMG LLP


Kansas City, Missouri
March 16, 2001

EXHIBIT 99.1

MNB BANCSHARES, INC.

800 Poyntz Avenue
Manhattan, Kansas 66505
(785) 565-2000

April 20, 2001

Dear Stockholder:

On behalf of the board of directors and management of MNB Bancshares, Inc., we cordially invite you to attend our annual meeting of stockholders, to be held at 2:00 p.m. on Wednesday, May 23, 2001, at the Kansas State University Student Union, 17th and Anderson Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas. The accompanying notice of annual meeting of stockholders and proxy statement discuss the business to be conducted at the meeting. At the meeting we shall report on our operations and the outlook for the year ahead.

Your board of directors has nominated three persons to serve as Class III directors, each of whom are incumbent directors. Your board of directors has selected and recommends that you ratify the appointment of KPMG LLP to continue as our independent public accountants for the year ending December 31, 2001.

We recommend that you vote your shares for the director nominees and in favor of the proposal.

We encourage you to attend the meeting in person. Whether or


not you plan to attend, however, please complete, sign and date the enclosed proxy and return it in the accompanying postpaid return envelope as promptly as possible. This will ensure that your shares are represented at the meeting.

We look forward with pleasure to seeing and visiting with you at the meeting.

Very truly yours,

MNB BANCSHARES, INC.

Patrick L. Alexander
President and Chief Executive Officer

800 Poyntz Avenue
Manhattan, Kansas 66505
(785) 565-2000

NOTICE OF
ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
TO BE HELD MAY 23, 2001

To the stockholders of

MNB BANCSHARES, INC.

The annual meeting of the stockholders of MNB Bancshares, Inc., a Delaware corporation, will be held at the Kansas State University Student Union, 17th and Anderson Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas, 66506, on Wednesday, May 23, 2001, at 2:00
p.m., local time, for the following purposes:

1. to elect three Class III directors for a term of three years.

2. to approve the appointment of KPMG LLP as our independent public accountants for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2001.

3. to transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting and any adjournments or postponements of the meeting.

The board of directors has fixed the close of business on April 6, 2001, as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the meeting. In the event there are not sufficient votes for a quorum or to approve or ratify any of the foregoing proposals at the time of the meeting, the meeting may be adjourned or postponed in order to permit further solicitation of proxies.

By order of the Board of Directors


Patrick L. Alexander President and Chief Executive Officer

Manhattan, Kansas
April 20, 2001

PROXY STATEMENT

This proxy statement is furnished in connection with the solicitation by the board of directors of MNB Bancshares, Inc. of proxies to be voted at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held at the Kansas State University Student Union, 17th and Anderson Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas, 66506, on Wednesday, May 23, 2001, at 2:00 p.m., local time, and at any adjournments or postponements of the meeting.

The board of directors would like to have all stockholders represented at the meeting. If you do not expect to be present, please sign and return your proxy card in the enclosed self-addressed, stamped envelope. You may revoke your proxy at any time before it is voted, by:

- giving written notice to the corporate secretary of MNB Bancshares, provided such written notice is received prior to the annual meeting or any adjournments or postponements of the meeting;

- submitting a later dated proxy; or

- by attending the annual meeting and choosing to vote in person.

The giving of a proxy will not affect your right to vote in person if you attend the meeting.

Our principal executive office is located at 800 Poyntz Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas and its mailing address is P.O. Box 308, Manhattan, Kansas 66505. This proxy statement and the accompanying proxy card are being mailed to stockholders on or about April 20, 2001. Our 2000 annual report, which includes consolidated financial statements of MNB Bancshares and our subsidiary, is enclosed.

We are the holding company for Security National Bank, Manhattan, Kansas. In addition to its main office in Manhattan, Security National Bank also has branch offices in Auburn, Manhattan, Osage City, Topeka and Wamego.

Only holders of record of our common stock at the close of


business on April 6, 2001, will be entitled to vote at the annual meeting or any adjournments or postponements of the meeting. On April 6, 2001, we had 1,563,905 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and outstanding. In the election of directors, and for all other matters to be voted upon at the annual meeting, each issued and outstanding share is entitled to one vote.

All shares of common stock represented at the annual meeting by properly executed proxies received prior to or at the annual meeting, and not revoked, will be voted at the annual meeting in accordance with the instructions thereon. If no instructions are indicated, properly executed proxies will be voted for the nominees and for adoption of the proposal set forth in this proxy statement.

A majority of the shares of the common stock, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for purposes of the annual meeting. Abstentions and broker non-votes will be counted for purposes of determining a quorum. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote. In all other matters, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares required to constitute a quorum and voting on the subject matter shall be required to constitute stockholder approval. Abstentions will be counted as votes against a proposal and broker non-votes will have no effect on the vote.

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

At the annual meeting of the stockholders to be held on May 23, 2001, the stockholders will be entitled to elect three Class III directors for a term expiring in 2004. The directors are divided into three classes having staggered terms of three years. The nominees for election as Class III directors are incumbent directors. We have no knowledge that any of the nominees will refuse or be unable to serve, but if any of the nominees becomes unavailable for election, the holders of the proxies reserve the right to substitute another person of their choice as a nominee when voting at the meeting.

Set forth below is information concerning the nominees for election and for the other persons whose terms of office will continue after the meeting, including the age, year first elected a director and business experience during the previous five years as of April 6, 2001. The nominees, if elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, will serve as Class III directors for three year terms expiring in 2004. We unanimously recommend that you vote FOR each of the nominees for director.

                               NOMINEES

                          Position with MNB Bancshares              Director
Name                Age   and Security National Bank                Since
-----               ---   ----------------------------              --------
CLASS III

(Term Expires 2004)
Brent A. Bowman      51   Chairman of the Board of MNB
                          Bancshares and Security National Bank     1987

Charles D. Green     75   Director of MNB Bancshares and
                          Security National Bank                    1957

Vernon C. Larson     78   Director of MNB Bancshares and
                          Security National Bank                    1974

                         CONTINUING DIRECTORS

                          Position with MNB Bancshares              Director
Name                Age   and Security National Bank                Since
-----               ---   ----------------------------              --------

CLASS I
(Term Expires 2002)
Patrick L.           48   President, Chief Executive Officer
                          and Director MNB Bancshares and
                          Security National Bank                    1990

Joseph L. Downey     64   Director of MNB Bancshares and
                          Security National Bank                    1996

Jerry R. Pettle      62   Director of MNB Bancshares and
                          Security National Bank                    1978

CLASS II
(Term Expires 2003)
Susan E. Roepke      61   Director of MNB Bancshares and
                          Security National Bank                    1997

Donald J. Wissman    63   Director of MNB Bancshares and
                          Security National Bank                    1994

All of our directors will hold office for the terms indicated, or until their earlier death, resignation, removal or disqualification, and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified, and all executive officers hold office for a term of one year. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of the directors, executive officers or any other person pursuant to which any of our directors or executive officers have been selected for their respective positions, except that MNB Bancshares and Security National Bank have entered into an employment contract with Mr. Alexander. No director is related to any other director or executive officer of MNB Bancshares or its subsidiary by blood, marriage or adoption.

The business experience of each nominee and continuing director for the past five years is as follows:

Patrick L. Alexander became president and chief executive officer of the Manhattan Federal Savings and Loan Association (the


predecessor-in-interest to Security National Bank) in 1990, and became the president and chief executive officer of MNB Bancshares and Security National Bank in 1992 and 1993, respectively. From 1986 to 1990, Mr. Alexander served as president of the Kansas State Bank of Manhattan, Manhattan, Kansas. Mr. Alexander serves as a member of the board of directors of the Big Lakes Foundation, Inc. and serves on the economic development committee of the Manhattan Chamber of Commerce.

Brent A. Bowman has been president of Brent Bowman and Associates Architects, P.A., an architectural firm in Manhattan, Kansas, since 1979. He serves on the Big Lakes Developmental Center Board.

Joseph L. Downey served as a director of Dow Chemical Co. for ten years until his retirement from the board in 1999. He was a Dow Senior Consultant from 1995 until 1999, after having served in a variety of executive positions with that company, including senior vice president from 1991 to 1994.

Charles D. Green is a former partner in the Manhattan, Kansas law firm of Arthur-Green LLP from 1950 to 1993. Mr. Green formerly served as a director of the Commerce Bank, N.A., a wholly-owned subsidiary of CBI-Central Kansas, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Commerce Bancshares, Inc., Kansas City, Missouri.

Vernon C. Larson was the assistant provost and director of International Programs at Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas from 1962 until his retirement in 1991.

Jerry R. Pettle is a dentist who practiced with Dental Associates of Manhattan, P.A., in Manhattan, Kansas, from 1965 until his retirement in 1999. Dr. Pettle is a member of the Manhattan Medical Center board of directors and is an examiner for the Kansas Dental Board.

Susan E. Roepke is a former vice president of MNB Bancshares, serving in that capacity from its inception in 1992 until she retired as an officer of MNB Bancshares and Security National Bank at the end of 1998. She also served in a number of senior management positions with Security National Bank since 1970, including senior vice president, secretary and cashier since 1993.

Donald J. Wissman is the former chairman of DPRA Incorporated, an environmental/economic research and consulting firm headquartered in Manhattan, Kansas. He served in that capacity from 1987 to 1998. Dr. Wissman began his service with the firm in 1965 and served as vice president and senior vice president involved in economic and environmental regulatory consulting assignments. He is the founder and served as president of the Grain Industry Alliance from 1996-1998. He served as chairman and director of the Manhattan Chamber of Commerce and on the board of directors of the Kansas State University Research Foundation.

Board Committees and Meetings


Presently, there are two committees of the board of directors: a stock option committee, which administers our stock option plan, and an audit committee. The full board of directors considers nominations to the board, and will consider nominations made by stockholders if such nominations are in writing and otherwise comply with our bylaws. The board of directors of Security National Bank has an executive committee and a directors' loan committee.

The executive committee consists of directors Bowman (Chairman), Alexander, Roepke, Wissman and Mr. William F. Caton, a director of Security National Bank. The executive committee has authority to perform policy reviews, oversee and direct compensation and personnel functions, monitor marketing and CRA activities, review and approve the budget and asset/liability position and undertake other organizational issues and planning discussions as deemed appropriate. The committee meets monthly on a regularly scheduled basis and more frequently if necessary. During 2000 the committee met eleven times.

The director' loan committee consists of directors Green (Chairman), Alexander, Downey, Larson and Pettle. The directors' loan committee is responsible for policy review and oversight of the loan and investment functions. It has the authority to approve loans in excess of the officers' loan committee lending authority up to legal lending limits, subject to certain exceptions which apply to certain levels of unsecured and insider loans which must be approved by the entire board of directors. The committee reviews the allowance for loan losses for adequacy and reviews in detail lending and investment activities. The committee meets monthly on a regularly scheduled basis and more frequently if necessary. During 2000 the committee met twelve times.

The audit committee consists of directors Pettle (Chairman), Bowman, Larson, Wissman and Mr. Caton, a director of Security National Bank. The audit committee is responsible for overseeing the internal and external audit functions. It approves internal audit staffing, salaries and programs. The internal auditor reports directly to the committee on audit and compliance matters. The committee also reviews and approves the scope of the annual external audit and consults with the independent auditors regarding the results of their auditing procedures. The committee normally meets quarterly. During 2000 the committee met four times. A copy of the audit committee charter is attached to this proxy statement as Exhibit A.

The stock option committee consists of directors Bowman (Chairman), Alexander, Roepke, Wissman and Mr. Caton, a director of Security National Bank. The stock option committee administers the stock option plan and has the authority, among other things, to select the employees to whom options will be granted, to determine the terms of each option, to interpret the provisions of the stock option plan and to make all determinations that it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the stock option plan. During 2000 the committee met twice. Mr. Alexander did not participate in any discussions pertaining to his option grants.


A total of twelve regularly scheduled and special meetings were held by the board of directors of MNB Bancshares during 2000. During 2000, all directors attended at least 75 percent of the meetings of the board and the committees on which they serve.

Directors receive no fees for attendance at regularly scheduled meetings of the board of directors and they receive $100 for attendance at special meetings. Directors of Security National Bank receive fees of $400 per month plus $100 per meeting for attendance at regularly scheduled meetings of the board of directors and $100 per month for attendance at regularly scheduled meetings of committees, except that Mr. Alexander does not receive additional amounts for attendance at committee meetings.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid or granted to our chief executive officer for the past three fiscal years. None of the remaining executive officers of MNB Bancshares or Security National Bank had an aggregate salary and bonus which exceeded $100,000.


                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                Long Term
                                 Annual       Compensation
                              Compensation       Awards
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      (a)           (b)        (c)       (d)         (g)               (i)
                                                  Securities        All Other
    Name and     Year Ended                       Underlying       Compensation
   Principal     December    Salary($)  Bonus($)  Options/SARs(#)     ($)(2)
    Position        31st
  =============================================================================
Patrick L.          2000     $ 161,442     ---        ---             $9,000
Alexander           1999       155,313   $5,000       ---              8,590
President and       1998       145,315     ---        ---              8,516
Chief Executive
Officer

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------

(1) Includes amounts deferred.

(2) Represents contributions made to our employee stock ownership


plan. The contribution to the employee stock ownership plan is expected to be approximately $9,000 for 2000.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the number and value of stock options at December 31, 2000 held by the chief executive officer.

==========================================================================================
      AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FY-END
                                OPTION/SAR VALUES
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Number of
                                            Securities                  Value of
                                            Underlying                 Unexercised
                                           Unexercised                In-the-Money
                                         Options/SARs at             Options/SARs at
                                            FY-End (#)                 FY-End ($)
                                               (d)                         (e)
                                    ------------------------------------------------------
                 Shares    Value
     Name       Acquired  Realized
     (a)           on       ($)     Exercisable  Unexercisable  Exercisable  Unexercisable
                Exercise    (c)
                  (#)
                  (b)
==========================================================================================
  Patrick L.      ---       ---      29,077(1)       ---         $180,178       $---
   Alexander

==========================================================================================
----------------------------

(1) Includes options resulting from stock dividends paid by MNB Bancshares. Mr. Alexander exercised these reported options in February, 2001.

Employment Agreement

In January, 1993, MNB Bancshares and Security National Bank entered into an employment agreement with Patrick L. Alexander. The employment agreement initially provided for an initial base salary of $94,605, which may be increased but not decreased, and an initial term of three years, with one year extensions thereafter unless the agreement has been terminated by us or Mr. Alexander. The term of the agreement will be extended three additional years upon any change in control of MNB Bancshares or Security National Bank, as defined in the agreement. The employment agreement will terminate


upon the death or disability of Mr. Alexander, in the event of certain regulatory actions or upon notice by either us or Mr. Alexander, with or without cause. The employment agreement will be suspended in the event of a regulatory suspension of Mr. Alexander's employment. In the event of termination of Mr. Alexander's employment due to disability or without cause, we will be obligated to pay or to provide to him, as applicable, continued salary and benefits until the earlier of the expiration of the term of the agreement or his death. In the event Mr. Alexander's employment discontinues following a change in control of MNB Bancshares or Security National Bank, the successor to is obligated to make a lump sum payment to him equal to three times his then annual salary and to continue benefits until the earlier of three years or his death. For purposes of the employment agreement, Mr. Alexander's employment will be considered terminated following a change in control in the event his right to retain his position with Security National Bank or to exercise fully the authority, duties and responsibilities of such position is changed or terminated. The employment agreement includes a covenant which will limit the ability of Mr. Alexander to compete with Security National Bank in an area encompassing a fifty mile radius from the main office for a period of one year following the termination of his employment with Security National Bank. The geographic area covered by this provision constitutes a portion of Security National Bank's primary service area.

Executive Committee Report on Executive Compensation

The executive committee has furnished the following report on executive compensation. The incorporation by reference of this proxy statement into any document filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by MNB Bancshares shall not be deemed to include the report unless the report is specifically stated to be incorporated by reference into such document.

The executive committee of the board of directors of Security National Bank is comprised of five directors and is responsible for recommendations to the board of directors of MNB Bancshares for compensation of executive officers of Security National Bank and MNB Bancshares. At this time no separate salary is paid to the officers of MNB Bancshares. In determining compensation, the following factors are generally taken into consideration:

o the performance of the executive officers in achieving the short and long term goals of MNB Bancshares;

o payment of compensation commensurate with the ability and expertise of the executive officers; and

o we attempt to structure compensation packages so that they are competitive with similar companies.

The committee considers the foregoing factors, as well as others, in determining compensation. There is no assigned weight given to any of these factors.

Additionally, the executive committee considers various


benefits, such as the employee stock ownership plan and the stock option plan, together with perquisites in determining compensation. The committee believes that the benefits provided through the stock based plans more closely tie the compensation of the officers to the interests of the stockholders and provide significant additional performance incentives for the officers which directly benefit the stockholders through an increase in the stock value.

The executive committee felt it would be beneficial to shareholders to have executive officers take a portion of incentive pay in the form of shares of our stock. As a result of this thought process, the committee changed the incentive program, beginning in 1999, to enable officers to have the ability to take a portion or all of their after-tax incentive compensation in the form of our common stock.

Annually, the executive committee evaluates four primary areas of performance in determining Mr. Alexander's level of compensation. These areas are:

o long-range strategic planning and implementation;

o our financial performance;

o our compliance with regulatory requirements and relations with regulatory agencies; and

o effectiveness of managing relationships with stockholders and the board of directors.

When evaluating our financial performance, the committee considers profitability, asset growth and risk management. The primary evaluation criteria are considered to be essential to the long-term viability and are generally given equal weight in the evaluation. Finally, the committee reviews compensation packages of peer institutions to ensure that Mr. Alexander's compensation is competitive and commensurate with his level of performance.

The 2000 compensation of Mr. Alexander was based upon the factors described above and his substantial experience and length of service with the organization. During 2000, Mr. Alexander successfully headed our acquisition program, which included planning, analysis, and contacting a number of financial institutions. Mr. Alexander did not participate in any decisions pertaining to his compensation.

Members of the executive committee are:

Brent A. Bowman, Chairman Patrick L. Alexander
William F. Caton
Susan E. Roepke
Donald J. Wissman

Performance Graph


The incorporation by reference of this proxy statement into any document filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by MNB Bancshares shall not be deemed to include the following performance graph and related information unless the graph and related information are specifically stated to be incorporated by reference into the document.

The following graph shows a five year comparison of cumulative total returns for MNB Bancshares, The Nasdaq Stock Market (U.S. Companies) and the Nasdaq Bank Stocks Index. The graph assumes that $100 was invested in our common stock and in each index on December 31, 1994. This graph was prepared, at our request, by Research Data Group, Inc., San Francisco, California.

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON DECEMBER 31, 1994

[To be inserted]

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          12/31/95  12/31/96  12/31/97  12/31/98  12/31/99  12/31/00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  MNB   Bancshares, Inc.    $100       $         $         $        $          $
  Nasdaq  Market  -  U.S.   $100       $         $         $        $          $
  Nasdaq Bank Stock         $100       $         $         $        $          $
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our common stock beneficially owned on March 15, 2001 with respect to all persons known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our common stock, each director and nominee, each executive officer named in the summary compensation table above and all directors and executive officers of as a group.

Name of Individual and        Amount and Nature       Percent
Number  of  Persons  in            of                 of Class
Group                         Beneficial
                              Ownership(1)

-----------------------       -----------------       --------
5% Stockholders
First Manhattan Co.                102,643(2)         6.56%
437 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022

MNB Bancshares, Inc.               112,703(3)         7.21%
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
800 Poyntz Avenue
Manhattan, Kansas 66505

Jack Goldstein                     107,339(4)         6.86%
555 Poyntz Avenue
Manhattan, Kansas 66502

Patrick L. Alexander               123,688(5)         7.88%
2801 Brad Lane
Manhattan, Kansas 66502

Rolla Goodyear                     127,653(6)         8.16%
4009 Saltburn Drive
Plano, Texas 75093

Susan E. Roepke                    119,712(7)         7.65%
PMB 351 1228 Westloop
Manhattan, Kansas 66502-2840

Other Directors
Brent A. Bowman                      5,744              *
Joseph L. Downey                    14,693(8)           *
Charles D. Green                    31,072(9)         1.98%
Vernon C. Larson                    10,491(10)          *
Jerry R. Pettle                     17,002(11)        1.09%
Donald J. Wissman                    5,371(12)          *
All directors and executive
  officers as a group              413,749(13)       25.78%
  (12 persons)


*Less than 1%

(1) The information contained in this column is based upon information furnished to us by the persons named above and the members of the designated group. The nature of beneficial ownership for shares shown in this column is sole voting and investment power, except as set forth in the footnotes below. Inclusion of shares in this table shall not be deemed to be an admission of beneficial ownership of such shares. Amounts shown include shares issued pursuant to a stock dividend paid by us in August, 2000. Amounts shown reflect the 2 for 1 stock split effected in February, 1998.

(2) Pursuant to an Amendment dated February 7, 2001, to a Schedule 13G/A filed by First Manhattan Co.

(3) Includes 90,780 shares which have been allocated to participants' accounts under our employee stock ownership plan.


(4) Pursuant to a Schedule 13D dated August 31, 2000.

(5) Includes 5,211 shares held in an individual retirement account of which the power to vote such shares is shared with the individual retirement account administrator and 46,004 shares over which voting and investment power is shared with his spouse.

(6) Includes 2,462 shares held by Mr. Goodyear's spouse, over which shares Mr. Goodyear has no voting or investment power.

(7) Ms. Roepke is a retired vice president and the chief financial officer of MNB Bancshares. She currently is a member of the board of directors. This includes 22,681 shares held in an individual retirement account, of which the power to vote such shares is shared with the individual retirement account administrator, 3,504 shares held in her spouse's individual retirement account and over which Ms. Roepke has shared voting and investment power, 49,063 shares held in a living trust of which Ms. Roepke is a co-trustee and over which Ms. Roepke has shared voting and investment power and 31,832 shares held in her spouse's living trust and over which Ms. Roepke has shared voting and investment power.

(8) Represents 14,693 shares held jointly with his spouse and over which Mr. Downey has shared voting and investment power.

(9) Includes 2,934 shares presently obtainable through the exercise of options granted under our stock option plan, over which shares Mr. Green has no voting and sole investment power.

(10) Represents 10,491 shares held jointly with his spouse and over which Mr. Larson has shared voting and investment power.

(11) Includes 7,031 shares held in Dental Associates Profit Sharing Plan and over which Mr. Pettle has full voting and investment power.

(12) Includes 1,689 shares held by his spouse and over which Mr. Wissman has shared voting and investment power.

(13) Includes an aggregate of 41,015 shares presently obtainable through the exercise of options granted under our stock option plan.

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires that our executive officers, directors and persons who own more than 10% of our common stock file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission and with the exchange on which our shares of common stock are traded. These persons are also required to furnish us with copies of all
Section 16(a) forms they file. Based solely on our review of the copies of these forms, we are not aware that any of our directors, executive officers or 10% stockholders failed to comply with the filing requirements of Section 16(a) during 2000.

TRANSACTIONS WITH MANAGEMENT

Our directors and officers and their associates were customers of and had transactions with MNB Bancshares and Security National Bank during 2000. Additional transactions are expected to take place in the future. All out-


standing loans, commitments to loan, and certificates of deposit and depository relationships, in the opinion of management, were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

The incorporation by reference of this proxy statement into any document filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by MNB Bancshares shall not be deemed to include the following report unless the report is specifically stated to be incorporated by reference into such document.

The audit committee assists the board in carrying out its oversight responsibilities for our financial reporting process, audit process and internal controls. The audit committee also reviews the audited financial statements and recommends to the board that they be included in our annual report on Form 10-K. The committee is comprised solely of independent directors.

The audit committee has reviewed and discussed our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 with our management and KPMG LLP, our independent auditors. The committee has also discussed with KPMG LLP the matters required to be discussed by SAS 61 (Codification for Statements on Auditing Standards) as well as having received and discussed the written disclosures and the letter from KPMG LLP required by Independence Standards Board Statement No. 1 (Independence Discussions with Audit Committees). Based on the review and discussions with management and KPMG LLP, the committee has recommended to the board that the audited financial statements be included in our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Jerry R. Pettle, Chairman Brent A. Bowman William F. Caton Vernon C. Larson Donald J. Wissman

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

Stockholders will be asked to approve the appointment of KPMG LLP as our independent public accountants for the year ending December 31, 2001. A proposal will be presented at the annual meeting to ratify the appointment of KPMG LLP. If the appointment of KPMG LLP is not ratified, the matter of the appointment of independent public accountants will be considered by the board of directors. Representatives of KPMG LLP are expected to be present at the meeting and will be given the opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so and will be available to respond to appropriate questions.

We unanimously recommend that you vote FOR this appointment.

Audit Fees

Our independent auditor during 2000 was KPMG LLP. The aggregate fees


and expenses billed by KPMG LLP in connection with the audit of our annual financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2000 and for the required review of our financial information included in our Form 10-Q filings for the year 2000 was $45,500.

Financial Information Systems Design and Implementation Fees

There were no fees incurred for these services for the year 2000.

All Other Fees

The aggregate fees and expenses billed by KPMG LLP for all other services rendered to us for 2000 was $18,555.

The audit committee, after consideration of the matter, does not believe that the rendering of these services by KPMG LLP to be incompatible with maintaining its independence as the our principal accountant.

SUBMISSION OF STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

Any proposal which a stockholder wishes to have included in our proxy materials relating to the next annual meeting of stockholders, which is scheduled to be held in May 2002, must be received at our principal executive offices located at 800 Poyntz Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas 66505, Attention: Mr. Patrick L. Alexander, President, no later than December 21, 2001, and must otherwise comply with the notice and other provisions of our bylaws.

GENERAL

Your proxy is solicited by the board of directors and we will bear the cost of solicitation of proxies. In addition to the solicitation of proxies by use of the mails, officers, directors and regular employees of MNB Bancshares or Security National Bank, acting on our behalf, may solicit proxies by telephone, telegraph or personal interview. We will, at our expense, upon the receipt of a request from brokers and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries, forward proxy soliciting material to the beneficial owners of shares held of record by individuals.

OTHER BUSINESS

It is not anticipated that any action will be asked of the stockholders other than that set forth above, but if other matters properly are brought before the meeting, the persons named in the proxy will vote in accordance with their best judgment.

FAILURE TO INDICATE CHOICE

If any stockholder fails to indicate a choice in items (1) and (2) on the proxy card, the shares of such stockholder shall be voted (FOR) in each instance.

REPORT ON FORM 10-K

WE WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH PERSON REPRESENTING THAT HE OR SHE WAS A


BENEFICIAL OWNER OF OUR COMMON STOCK AS OF THE RECORD DATE FOR THE MEETING, UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, A COPY OF OUR ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K. SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST SHOULD BE SENT TO MR. PATRICK L. ALEXANDER, MNB BANCSHARES, INC., P.O. BOX 308, MANHATTAN, KANSAS 66502. OUR FILINGS WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ARE ALSO AVAILABLE VIA THE INTERNET AT "WWW.SEC.GOV".

By order of the Board of Directors

Patrick L. Alexander
President and Chief
Executive Officer

Manhattan, Kansas
April 20, 2001

ALL STOCKHOLDERS ARE URGED TO SIGN
AND MAIL THEIR PROXIES PROMPTLY

EXHIBIT A

Charter of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors

I. Audit Committee Purpose
The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board of Directors to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities. The Audit Committee's primary duties and responsibilities are to:
o Monitor the integrity of the Company's financial reporting process and systems of internal controls regarding finance, accounting, and legal compliance.
o Monitor the independence and performance of the Company's independent auditors and internal auditing department.
o Provide an avenue of communication among the independent auditors, management, the internal auditing department, and the Board of Directors.

The Audit Committee has the authority to conduct any investigation appropriate to fulfilling its responsibilities, and it has direct access to the independent auditors as well as anyone in the organization. The Audit Committee has the ability to retain, at the Company's expense, special legal, accounting, or other consultants or experts it deems necessary in the performance of its duties.

II. Audit Committee Composition and Meetings

Audit Committee members shall meet the requirements of the National associ- ation of Securities Dealers (NASD). The Audit Committee shall be comprised of three or more directors as determined by the Board, each of whom shall be independent nonexecutive directors, free from any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of his or her independent judgment. All


members of the Committee shall have a basic understanding of finance and accounting and be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, and at least one member of the Committee shall have accounting or related financial management expertise.

Audit Committee members shall be appointed by the Board on recommendation of the Board. If an audit committee Chair is not designated or present, the members of the Committee may designate a Chair by majority vote of the Committee membership. The Committee shall meet at least four times annually, or more frequently as circumstances dictate. The Audit Committee Chair shall prepare and/or approve an agenda in advance of each meeting. The Committee should meet privately in executive session at each Committee meeting and at least annually with management, the director of the internal auditing department, the independent auditors, and as a committee to discuss any matters that the Committee or each of these groups believe should be discussed. The Committee may ask members of management or others to attend meetings and provide pertinent information as necessary. In addition, the Committee, or at least its Chair, should communicate with management and the independent auditors quarterly to review the Company's financial statements and significant findings based upon the auditors limited review procedures.

III. Audit Committee Responsibilities and Duties

Review Procedures

1. Review and reassess the adequacy of this Charter at least annually. Submit the charter to the Board of Directors for approval and have the document published at least every three years in accordance with SEC regulations.
2. Review the Company's annual audited financial statements prior to filing or distribution. Review should include discussion with management and independent auditors of significant issues regarding accounting principles, practices, and judgments.
3. In consultation with the management, the independent auditors, and the internal auditors, consider the integrity of the Company's financial reporting processes and controls. Discuss significant financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor, control, and report such exposures. Review significant findings prepared by the independent auditors and the internal auditing department together with management's responses.
4. Consider reviewing with financial management and the independent auditors the company's quarterly financial results prior to the release of earnings and/or the company's quarterly financial statements prior to filing or distribution. Discuss any significant changes to the Company's accounting principles and any items required to be communicated by the independent auditors in accordance with SAS 61 (see item 9). The Chair of the Committee may represent the entire Audit Committee for purposes of this review.

Independent Auditors

5. The independent auditors are ultimately accountable to the Audit Committee and the Board of Directors. The Audit Committee shall


review the independence and performance of the auditors and annually recommend to the Board of Directors the appointment of the independent auditors or approve any discharge of auditors when circumstances warrant.
6. Approve the fees and other significant compensation to be paid to the independent auditors.
7. On an annual basis, the Committee should review and discuss with the independent auditors all significant relationships they have with the Company that could impair the auditors' independence.
8. Review the independent auditors audit plan and engagement letter - discuss scope, staffing, locations, reliance upon management, and internal audit and general audit approach.
9. Prior to releasing the year-end earnings, discuss the results of the audit with the independent auditors. Discuss certain matters required to be communicated to audit committees in accordance with AICPA SAS 61.
10. Consider the independent auditors' judgments about the quality and appropriateness of the Company's accounting principles as applied in its financial reporting.

Internal Audit Department and Legal Compliance

11. Review the budget, plan, changes in plan, activities, organiza- tional structure, and qualifications of the internal audit department, as needed. The internal audit department shall be responsible to senior management, but have a direct reporting responsibility to the Board of Directors through the Committee. Changes in the senior internal auditor shall be subject to committee approval.
12. Review the appointment, performance, and replacement of the senior internal auditor.
13. Review significant reports prepared by the internal audit department together with management's response and follow-up to these reports.
14. On at least an annual basis, review with the Company's counsel, any legal matters that could have a significant impact on the organization's financial statements, the Company's compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and inquiries received from regulators or governmental agencies. Review all reports concerning any significant fraud or regulatory noncompliance that occurs at the Company. This review should include consideration of the internal controls that should be strengthened to reduce the risk of a similar event in the future.

Other Audit Committee Responsibilities

15. Annually prepare a report to shareholders as required by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The report should be included in the Company's annual proxy statement.
16. Perform any other activities consistent with this Charter, the Company's by-laws, and governing law, as the Committee or the Board deems necessary or appropriate.
17. Maintain minutes of meetings and periodically report to the Board of Directors on significant results of the foregoing activities.


PROXY FOR COMMON SHARES ON BEHALF OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS
FOR THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE STOCKHOLDERS OF
MNB BANCSHARES, INC. TO BE HELD MAY 23, 2001

The undersigned hereby appoints Patrick L. Alexander and Brent A. Bowman, or either of them acting in the absence of the other, with power of substitu- tion, attorneys and proxies, for and in the name and place of the undersigned, to vote the number of shares of common stock that the undersigned would be entitled to vote if then personally present at the annual meeting of the stockholders of MNB Bancshares, Inc., to be held at the Kansas State University Student Union, 17th and Anderson Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas 66506, on Wednesday, May 23, 2001, at 2:00 p.m., local time, or any adjournments or postponements of the meeting, upon the matters set forth in the notice of annual meeting and proxy statement, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, as follows:

1. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS:

FOR all nominees listed below          WITHHOLD AUTHORITY
(except as marked to the contrary      to vote for all nominees listed
below)                                 below

Class III (term expires 2004): Brent A. Bowman, Charles D. Green and Vernon C. Larson

(INSTRUCTIONS: TO WITHHOLD AUTHORITY TO VOTE FOR ANY INDIVIDUAL NOMINEE, STRIKE
A LINE THROUGH THE NOMINEE'S NAME IN THE LIST ABOVE.)

2. APPROVE THE APPOINTMENT OF KPMG LLP AS OUR INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2001:

For Against Abstain

3. In accordance with their discretion, upon all other matters that may properly come before the meeting and any adjournments or postponements of the meeting.

THIS PROXY WHEN PROPERLY EXECUTED WILL BE VOTED IN THE MANNER DIRECTED HEREIN BY THE UNDERSIGNED STOCKHOLDER. IF NO DIRECTION IS MADE, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR THE NOMINEES LISTED UNDER PROPOSAL 1 AND FOR PROPOSAL 2.

Dated ____________________________ , 2001

Signature(s) ____________________________


NOTE: PLEASE DATE PROXY AND SIGN IT EXACTLY AS NAME OR NAMES APPEAR ABOVE.


ALL JOINT OWNERS OF SHARES SHOULD SIGN. STATE FULL TITLE WHEN SIGNING AS EXECUTOR, ADMINISTRATOR, TRUSTEE, GUARDIAN, ETC. PLEASE RETURN SIGNED PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

1 QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO
SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2001

OR

0 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO
SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For transition period from ________ to ________

Commission File Number 0-20878

MNB BANCSHARES, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

            Delaware                         48-1120026
 (State or other jurisdiction            (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)      Identification Number)

800 Poyntz Avenue, Manhattan, Kansas 66502


(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(785) 565-2000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No __

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant's classes of common stock as of the latest practicable date: As of May 9, 2001, the Registrant had outstanding 1,563,905 shares of its common stock, $.01 par value per share.


MNB BANCSHARES, INC.
Form 10-Q Quarterly Report

Table of Contents


PART I

                                                                     Page Number

Item 1.           Financial Statements and Related Notes                 2 - 5
Item 2.           Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                  Financial Condition and Results of Operations         6 - 12
Item 3.           Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about
                    Market Risk                                             12


PART II

Item 1.           Legal Proceedings                                         14
Item 2.           Changes in Securities                                     14
Item 3.           Defaults Upon Senior Securities                           14
Item 4.           Submission of Matters to a Vote of
                    Security Holders                                        14
Item 5.           Other Information                                         14
Item 6.           Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K                          14


Form 10-Q Signature Page                                                    15

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                                        March 31,         December 31,
                                                          2001               2000
ASSETS
                                                               (Unaudited)
  Cash and cash equivalents                            $ 5,541,157        $ 3,833,693



Investment securities:


  Held-to-maturity at amortized cost                     907,023              914,309
  (estimated fair value of $914,000 and
   $916,000 respectively)


  Available-for-sale at estimated fair value          43,135,228           45,275,452
Loans, net                                            97,097,863           94,057,104
Premises and equipment, net                            2,237,599            2,253,729
Other assets                                           6,561,400            6,562,566

     Total assets                                  $ 155,480,270        $ 152,896,853


LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS'
EQUITY

Liabilities:


  Deposits                                         $ 132,101,025        $ 130,186,060
  Other borrowings                                     5,881,246            6,497,740
  Accrued expenses, taxes and other liabilities        2,099,423            1,537,127
     Total liabilities                               140,081,694          138,220,927


Stockholders' equity:


  Common stock, $.01 par, 3,000,000 shares
  authorized,

  1,563,905 and 1,534,828 shares issued and
  outstanding at 2001 and 2000, respectively              15,639               15,348
  Additional paid in capital                           9,737,322            9,634,291
  Retained earnings                                    5,111,615            4,931,576
  Accumulated other comprehensive income                 648,804              214,581
  Unearned employee benefits                            (114,804)            (119,870)
     Total stockholders' equity                       15,398,576           14,675,926

     Total liabilities and
     stockholders' equity                          $ 155,480,270   $ 152,896,853

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
(Unaudited)

                                                        For the Three Months
                                                          Ended March 31,

                                                         2001         2000
Interest income:
  Loans                                              $ 2,159,988  $ 1,905,825
  Investment securities                                  638,977      607,929
  Other                                                   33,963       32,760
     Total interest income                             2,832,928    2,546,514

Interest expense:

  Deposits                                             1,470,997   1,148,036
  Borrowed funds                                          08,708     223,562
     Total interest expense                            1,579,705   1,371,598

     Net interest income                               1,253,223   1,174,916

Provision for loan losses                                 25,000      15,000

     Net interest income after
     provision for loan losses                         1,228,223   1,159,916

Noninterest income:
  Fees and service charges                               266,958     213,806
  Gains on sale of loans                                  48,011      14,318
  Other                                                   11,700      17,018
     Total noninterest income                            326,668     245,142

Noninterest expense:
  Compensation and benefits                              580,481     555,898
  Occupancy and equipment                                183,003     161,719
  Amortization                                            66,605      55,558

  Data processing                                         35,990      35,061
  Other                                                  301,482     271,817
     Total noninterest expense                         1,167,561   1,080,083

     Earnings before income taxes                        387,330     324,975

Income tax expense                                       111,365     104,264

     Net earnings                                      $ 275,965   $ 220,711

Earnings per share:

      Basic                                            $   0.18    $    0.15
      Diluted                                          $   0.18    $    0.14

Dividends per share                                    $ 0.0625    $  0.0595

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

MNB BANCSHAES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)

                                      For the Three Months
                                        Ended March 31,
                                           2001  2000
Net cash provided by
operating activities                  $  331,602      $  986,095

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

  Net increase in loans               (2,723,388)     (1,135,009)
  Maturities and prepayments
  of investments held to maturity          7,292         102,970
  Maturities and prepayments
  of investments available for sale    3,045,155       3,334,737
  Purchase of investments
  available for sale                    (201,000)     (4,171,956)
  Improvements of real estate
   owned                                  (1,022)         (8,659)
  Purchases of premises and
equipment, net                           (62,108)        (70,328)
     Net cash provided by (used
     in) investing activities             64,929      (1,948,245)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Net increase (decrease) in
  deposits                             1,914,965      (1,444,566)
  Federal Home Loan Bank
  borrowings                          20,725,000      27,510,000
  Federal Home Loan Bank
  repayments                         (21,236,428)    (29,486,428)

  Proceeds (repayments) on
  note payable                          (100,000)       (100,000)
  Purchase of treasury stock                   -         (45,448)
  Issuance of common stock
  under stock option plan                103,332           3,142
  Payment of dividends                   (95,926)        (90,582)
     Net cash provided by (used
     in) financing activities          1,310,933        (564,750)
  Net increase (decrease) in cash      1,707,464      (1,526,900)
  Cash at beginning of period          3,833,693       4,315,013
  Cash at end of  period           $   5,541,157   $   2,788,113

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

   Cash paid during period for
   interest                        $   1,567,000   $   1,344,000
   Cash paid during period for
   taxes                           $           -   $           -

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing activities:

 Transfer of loans to real
 estate owned                      $      50,000   $      98,000

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Interim Financial Statements

The condensed consolidated financial statements of MNB Bancshares, Inc. (the "Company") and subsidiaries have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q. To the extent that information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America for complete financial statements are contained in or consistent with the consolidated audited financial statements incorporated by reference in the Company's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, such information and footnotes have not been duplicated herein. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, considered necessary for a fair presentation of financial statements have been reflected herein. The December 31, 2000 condensed consolidated balance sheet has been derived from the audited consolidated balance sheet as of that date. The results of the interim period ended March 31, 2001 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the year ending December 31, 2001.


2. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share have been computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year. Diluted earnings per share include the effect of all potential common shares outstanding during each year. Earnings per share for all periods presented have been adjusted to give effect to the 5% stock dividends paid by the Company annually since 1994.

The shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted income per share, which have been restated for the annual 5% stock dividends are shown below:

                             For the quarters ended March 31,
                                   2001          2000
Weighted average common
shares outstanding (basic)      1,553,890     1,520,840
Stock options                      21,341        32,686
Weighted average common
shares (diluted)                1,575,231     1,553,526

3. Comprehensive Income

The Company's only component of other comprehensive income is the unrealized holding gains and losses on available for sale securities.

                                  For the three months
                                     ended March 31,
                                  2001              2000
Net income                      $275,965         $220,711
Unrealized holding
gains (losses)                   700,362         (116,670)
 Less reclassification
 adjustment for gain (loss)
 included on net income                -                -
      Net unrealized gain
      (losses) on securities     700,362         (116,670)
Income tax expense (benefit)     266,139          (44,335)
Total comprehensive income      $710,188         $148,376

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS

General. MNB Bancshares, Inc. is a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and is engaged in the banking business through its


wholly-owned subsidiary, Security National Bank. The home office for the Bank is Manhattan, Kansas, with additional branch locations in Auburn, Manhattan, Osage City, Topeka and Wamego, Kansas. On January 6, 2000, we opened an in-store supermarket branch in Manhattan. We also completed the purchase of the Wamego and Osage City branches of Commercial Federal Bank on July 21, 2000, which had total deposits of $14 million and total loans of $1 million. The acquisition and related costs of the acquisition resulted in a premium of approximately $787,000, which is being amortized over 15 (straight-line) years.

We announced on April 19, 2001, an agreement to enter into a merger of equals with Landmark Bancshares, Inc. Landmark Bancshares is the holding company for Landmark Federal Savings Bank based in Dodge City, Kansas. It had total assets of $223 million at March 31, 2001 with branches in Dodge City, Garden City, Great Bend, Hoisington and La Crosse, Kansas and a loan production office in Overland Park, Kansas. Pursuant to the agreement to merge, Landmark and MNB will merge into a newly-formed corporation, Landmark Merger Company, which at the closing of the merger will change its name to Landmark Bancshares, Inc. As a result of the merger, each issued and outstanding share of Landmark common stock will be converted into the right to receive 1.0 shares of the new company common stock and each issued and outstanding share of MNB common stock will be converted into the right to receive .523 shares of the new company common stock. At the closing of the merger, Landmark Federal Savings Bank will merge with and into Security National Bank which will change its name to Landmark National Bank. After the merger, it is expected that the combined company's common stock will be traded on the Nasdaq National Market System. We expect the closing date of this merger transaction to occur late in the third quarter or in the fourth quarter of this year, subject to stockholder and regulatory approvals.

Our results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income from interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Our operations are also affected by non-interest income, such as service charges, loan fees and gains and losses from the sale of newly originated loans and investments. Our principal operating expenses, aside from interest expense, consist of compensation and employee benefits, occupancy costs, federal deposit insurance costs, data processing expenses and provision for loan losses.

Net earnings for the first three months of 2001 increased $55,000, or 25%, to $276,000 as compared to the first three months of 2000. Net interest income increased $78,000, or 7%, from $1.2 million, to $1.3 million. This


improvement in net earnings and net interest income was generally attributable to growth in the commercial, commercial real estate and retail loan portfolios resulting in an increase of approximately $8.6 million in net loans outstanding from March 31, 2000. Noninterest income increased $82,000, or 33%, from $245,000 to $327,000, as new fee and service charge initiatives resulted in a $53,000 increase and gains on sale of loans increased $34,000 compared to the prior year. Noninterest expense increased $87,000 or 8%, relating primarily to operating expenses associated with our Wamego and Osage City branch acquisitions during July 2000.

The first three months of 2001 resulted in diluted earnings per share of $0.18 compared to $0.14 for the same period in 2000. Return on average assets was 0.73% for the period compared to

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS (Continued)

0.62% for the same period in 2000. Return on average stockholders' equity was 7.56% for the period compared to 6.67% for the same period in 2000. Return on average tangible equity capital for the period equaled 9.35% compared to 8.05% for the same period in 2000.

The tradition of quality assets continues and management's ongoing strategy to diversify the deposit and loan portfolios in order to increase profitability in the future has been successful. Focusing on customers' needs and the development of full service banking relationships has been instrumental to our success. We believe that our strong capital position puts us on solid ground and provides an excellent base for further growth and expansion.

Cash Earnings. In addition to the traditional measurement of net income, we also calculate cash earnings which exclude the after-tax effect of purchase accounting adjustments and the effect such expenses had on net earnings. We believe the reporting of cash earnings along with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America earnings provides further insight into our operating performance. Cash earnings per share, cash return on average assets and cash return on average equity capital are detailed as follows:

                                       For the three months ended March 31, 2001
                                                     Other
                                         Reported    Goodwill       Intangibles    Cash
                                         Earnings    Amortization   Amortization   Earnings

Earnings before income tax             $  387,330      43,015         23,590        453,935
Income tax expense                        111,365          -           9,053        120,418
Net earnings                           $  275,965      43,015         14,537        333,517

Diluted earnings per share             $     0.18                                 $    0.21
Return on average assets (1)                 0.73%                                     0.88%
Return on average equity (1)                 7.56%                                     9.14%
Return on average tangible equity (1)        9.35%                                    11.30%

(1) The ratio has been annualized and is not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire year.

Summary of Results. Our net income for the quarter ended March 31, 2001, was $276,000, an increase of $55,000 over the same period for 2000. The primary reason for the 25% increase in net income was our continued earning asset growth resulting in an increase of net interest income. The following table summarizes net income and key performance measures for the two periods presented.

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS (Continued)

                             For the three months ended March 31,
                                    2001            2000
Net Income                       $275,965        $220,711
Basic earnings per share             $.18            $.15
Diluted earnings per share           $.18            $.14

Earnings ratios:
Return on average assets (1)          .73%  .          62%
Return on average equity (1)         7.56%           6.67%
Average equity to average assets     9.67%           9.30%
Dividend payout ratio               34.72%           42.5%
Efficiency ratio                    68.28%          70.97%
Net interest margin (1)              3.56%           3.49%

(1) The ratio has been annualized and is not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire year.

Interest Income. Interest income increased $286,000, or 11%, to $2.8 million from $2.5 million in the first three months of 2000. This increase was primarily related to the strong growth in the loan portfolio, along with increased yields on our investment portfolio. Average loans for the first three months of 2001 were $96.3 million, compared to $88.6 million for the first three months of 2000.

Interest Expense. As compared to the same period a year earlier, interest expense during the first three months of 2001 increased by $208,000, or 15%. Interest expense on deposits increased $323,000, or 28% while interest expense on borrowings, consisting of advances from the Federal


Home Loan Bank of Topeka and funds borrowed for acquisitions, decreased $115,000, or 51% during this time period. This increase in interest expense resulted from an increase in deposits, offset partially by reduced borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank and principal repayments on our note payable. Most of the increase in deposits resulted from the July 2000 branch acquisitions.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income for the first quarter of 2001 totaled $1.3 million, a 7% increase as compared to $1.2 million from the comparable period in 2000. The improvement was reflective of our overall growth. Average earning assets during the first quarter of 2001 totaled $142.8 million, versus $135.3 million during the same quarter of 2000. Net interest margin on earning assets was 3.56% for the 2001 quarter, up from 3.49% in the first quarter of 2000. The increase in net interest margin reflected the continued growth in non- residential mortgage loans and the repositioning of our investment portfolio during 2000. The increase was offset partically by a reduction of 1.50% in the prime rate during the first quarter, which followed Federal Reserve Board rate reductions. Our balance of variable rate loans which will reprice immediately exceeds our ability to immediately reduce liability costs in a similar fashion. However, our balance sheet is liability sensitive on a 1 year horizon and therefore, we anticipate that a couple of months following market interest rate reductions, our liability repricing should exceed corresponding reductions in our asset yields.

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS (Continued)

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses for the first quarter of 2001 was $25,000, compared to a provision of $15,000 during the first quarter of 2000. While the loan portfolio quality remains strong, management's review of the portfolio, coupled with the increase in loans during the past two years has prompted an increased provision. At March 31, 2001 and December 31, 2000, the allowance for loan losses was $1.3 million, or 1.3% of gross loans outstanding.

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income increased $82,000, or 33%, for the first three months of 2001 to $327,000 compared to the same period in 2000. Fees and service charges increased from $214,000 to $267,000, of which approximately $59,000 was attributable to an increase in overdraft fee income. Also contributing to this increase was an improvement of 235% in gains on sale of loans from $14,000 to $48,000, as residential mortgage financing activity increased due to the decline in home mortgage rates over the past six months. Higher mortgage


refinancing activity is expected to continue as long as interest rates remain favorable for mortgage originations.

                              March 31 Noninterest income:
                                    2001            2000
Fees and service charges         $266,957        $213,806
Gains on sales of loans            48,011          14,318
Other                              11,700          17,018
Total noninterest income         $326,668        $245,142

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $87,000, or 8%, to $1.2 million for the first three months of 2001 over the same period in 2000, resulting from increased expenses for compensation and benefits, amortization and occupancy and equipment. These increased expense categories, related primarily to operating expenses associated with our Wamego and Osage City branch acquisitions during July 2000.

Asset Quality and Distribution. Total assets increased to $155.5 million at March 31, 2001 compared to $152.9 million at December 31, 2000. Our primary ongoing sources of funds are deposits, proceeds from principal and interest payments on loans and investment securities and proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans and investment securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans are a predictable source of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, competition, and the restructuring of the financial services industry.

Our primary investing activities are the origination of mortgage, consumer, and commercial loans and the purchase of investment and mortgage backed securities. Generally, long term fixed rate residential mortgage loans are originated for immediate sale and we do not warehouse loans to speculate on interest rates.

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS (Continued)

Management believes that the quality of the loan portfolio continues to be strong as evidenced by the small number and amount of loans past due one month or more. As of March 31, 2001, twenty real estate loans were more than one month past due with a total balance of $870,000, which was 0.9% of total loans outstanding. Nine of these loans, totaling $326,000, were on non-accrual status as of March 31, 2001. With the exception of guaranteed student loans,


twenty-six consumer loans totaling $283,000, or 0.3%, were over one month past due as of March 31, 2001 and five of these loans with a combined balance of $57,000 were on non-accrual. Additionally, eight commercial loans totaling $448,000 were over one month past due.

Along with the other financial institutions, management shares a concern for the possible continued softening of the economy in 2001. Should the economic climate continue to deteriorate, borrowers may experience difficulty, and the level of non-performing loans, charge- offs, and delinquencies could rise and require further increases in the provision.

During the three months ended March 31, 2001, net loans, excluding loans held for sale, increased $2.7 million. This was funded primarily by maturities of investment securities totalling $3.1 million, along with deposit growth.

Liability Distribution. At March 31, 2001, total deposits increased $1.9 million from December 31, 2000, while borrowings decreased $616,000.

The deposit base has remained relatively consistent since year end 2000. Noninterest bearing demand accounts at the end of the first quarter of 2001 totaled $10.6 million, or 8% of deposits, compared to approximately $10.7 million or 8%, at December 31, 2000. Certificates of deposit decreased to $62.7 million at March 31, 2001 from $63.1 million, or 1% from December 31, 2000. Money market and NOW accounts increased 15% from December 31, 2000 to $46.7 million from $44.4 million, and were 35% of total deposits, while savings accounts increased from $12.0 million to $12.1 million.

Certificates of deposit at March 31, 2001, which were scheduled to mature in one year or less, totaled $52.8 million. Historically, maturing deposits have generally remained with our bank and we believe that a significant portion of the deposits maturing in one year or less will remain with us upon maturity.

Liquidity. Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents and investment securities available for sale. The level of these assets are dependent on the operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At March 31, 2001, and December 31, 2000 respectively, these liquid assets totaled $48.7 million and $49.1 million. During periods in which we are not able to originate a sufficient amount of loans and/or periods of high principal prepayments, we increase our liquid assets by investing in short-term U. S. Government and agency securities.

Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of the management strategy. Excess funds


are generally invested in short-term investments. In the event funds are required beyond the ability to generate them internally, additional funds are generally available through the use of

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS (Continued)

Federal Home Loan Bank advances, a line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank or through sales of securities. At March 31, 2001, we had outstanding Federal Home Loan Bank advances of $5.1 million and had no borrowings outstanding on our line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank. At March 31, 2001, our total borrowings capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank was $23.5 million. Additionally, we have guaranteed a loan made to our Employee Stock Ownership Plan with an outstanding balance of $115,000 at March 31, 2001, to fund the plan's purchase of shares in our common stock offering in 1993. Our total borrowings were $5.9 million at March 31, 2001, which included $645,000 borrowed for the acquisition of Freedom Bancshares.

At March 31, 2001, we had outstanding loan commitments of $17.7 million. We anticipate that sufficient funds will be available to meet current loan commitments. These commitments consist of letters of credit, unfunded lines of credit and commitments to finance real estate loans.

Capital. The Federal Reserve Board has established capital requirements for bank holding companies which generally parallel the capital requirements for national banks under the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency regulations. The regulations provide that such standards will generally be applied on a consolidated (rather than a bank-only) basis in the case of a bank holding company with more than $150 million in total consolidated assets.

At March 31, 2001, we continued to maintain a sound leverage ratio of 7.8% and a total risk based capital ratio of 13.1%. As shown by the following table, our capital exceeded the minimum capital requirements at March 31, 2001 (dollars in thousands):

                                    Actual      Actual Required     Required
                                    Amount         Percent           Percent          Amount
Leverage                           $11,969         7.8%                4.0%          $6,121
Tier 1 Capital                     $11,969        11.9%                4.0%          $4,039
Total Capital                      $13,231        13.1%                8.0%          $8,077

Banks and bank holding companies are generally


expected to operate at or above the minimum capital requirements. The above ratios are well in excess of regulatory minimums and should allow us to operate without capital adequacy concerns. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 establishes a bank rating system based on the capital levels of banks. As of March 31, we are rated "well capitalized", which is the highest rating available under this capital-based rating system.

Recent Accounting Developments. The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statements of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," in June 1998. SFAS No. 133 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. It requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure those instruments at fair value. This statement, as amended by SFAS No. 138, is effective for all

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS (Continued)

fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2000. The adoption of SFAS Nos. 133 and 138 did not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations, and did not require additional capital resources.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. Our assets and liabilities are principally financial in nature and the resulting net interest income thereon is subject to changes in market interest rates and the mix of various assets and liabilities. Interest rates in the financial markets affect our decision on pricing our assets and liabilities which impacts net interest income, a significant cash flow source for us. As a result, a substantial portion of our risk management activities relates to managing interest rate risk.

Our Asset/Liability Management Committee monitors the interest rate sensitivity of our balance sheet using earnings simulation models and interest sensitivity GAP analysis. We have set policy limits of interest rate risk to be assumed in the normal course of business and monitor such limits through our simulation process.

We have been successful in meeting the interest rate sensitivity objectives set forth in our policy. Simulation models are prepared to determine the impact on net interest income for the coming twelve months, including one using rates at March 31, 2001 and forecasting volumes for the


twelve-month projection. This position is then subjected to a shift in interest rates of 200 basis points rising and 200 basis points falling with an impact to our net interest income on a one year horizon as follows:

Scenario $ change in net interest income % of net interest income

200 basis point rising ($338,000) (6.7%) 200 basis point falling 396,000 7.8%

We believe that no significant changes in our interest rate sensitivity position have occurred since March 31, 2001. We also believe we are appropriately positioned for future interest rate movements, although we may experience some fluctuations in net interest income due to short term timing differences between the repricing of assets and liabilities

Safe Harbor Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This quarterly report contains certain forward looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Reform Act of 1995, and is including this statement for purposes of these safe harbor provisions. Forward-looking statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe future plans, strategies and expectations are generally identifiable by use of the words "believe," "expect," "intend," "anticipate," "estimate," "project" or similar expressions. Our ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors which could have a material adverse affect on the operations and future prospects of the Company and the subsidiary include, but are not limited to, changes in: interest rates, general economic conditions, legislative/regulatory changes, monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board, the quality or composition of the loan or investment portfolios, demand for loan products, deposit flows, competition, demand for financial services in our market area, our implementation of new technologies, our ability to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems and accounting principles, policies and guidelines. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Further information concerning us and our business, including additional factors that could materially affect our financial results, is included in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

MNB BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

PART II

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

There are no material pending legal proceedings to which the Company or its


subsidiaries is a party other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to their respective businesses.

ITEM 2. CHANGES IN SECURITIES.

None

ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR
SECURITIES.

None

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO VOTE
OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

None

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION.

None

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

A. Exhibits

None

B. Reports on Form 8-K

A report on Form 8-K was filed on March 21, 2001, to report under Item 5 that the Company had issued a press release announcing the adoption of a stockholders' rights plan.

A report on Form 8-K was filed on April 19, 2001, to report under Item 5 that the Company had issued a press release announcing a proposed merger with Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

A report on Form 8-K was filed on April 25, 2001, to report under Item 5 that the Company had issued a press release announcing earnings for the quarter ended March 31, 2001 and the declaration of a cash dividend


to stockholders.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

MNB BANCSHARES, INC.

Date:  May 14, 2001                       /s/ Patrick L. Alexander
                                         -----------------------------
                                         Patrick L. Alexander
                                         President and Chief Executive Officer



Date:  May 14, 2001                       /s/ Mark A. Herpich
                                         -----------------------------
                                         Mark A. Herpich
                                         Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer


                                           and Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT 23.1

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' CONSENT

The Board of Directors
MNB Bancshares, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Landmark Merger Company of our report, dated February 2, 2001, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of MNB Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2000 and 1999, and the related statements of earnings, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2000, which report appears in the December 31, 2000 Annual Report on Form 10-K of MNB Bancshares, Inc., and to the reference to our Firm under the heading of "Experts" in the related prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Kansas City, Missouri
June 4, 2001


Exhibit 23.2

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' CONSENT

To the Board of Directors
Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of Landmark Merger Company of our report, dated October 26, 2000, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiary as of September 30, 2000 and 1999, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2000, which report appears in the September 30, 2000 annual report on Form 10-K of Landmark Bancshares, Inc., and to the reference to our firm under the heading of "Experts" in the related prospectus.

/s/ Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.

June 6, 2001
Wichita, Kansas


Exhibit 23.4

CONSENT OF KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.

We consent to the inclusion in the Prospectus/Proxy Statement of MNB Bancshares, Inc. and Landmark Bancshares, Inc. of the use of the form of our opinion dated April 19, 2001, and to the summarization of our opinion in the Prospectus/Proxy Statement under the caption "Opinion of LBI's Financial Advisor." Further, we consent to all references to our firm in such Prospectus/Proxy Statement.

                                      /s/ Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

                                      Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

Dublin, Ohio


June 6, 2001


Exhibit 23.5

CONSENT OF FINANCIAL ADVISOR

We hereby consent to the use of the form of our opinion letter to the Board of Directors of MNB Bancshsares included as Appendix B to the Prospectus/Proxy Statement which is part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the proposed merger between MNB Bancshares, Inc. and Landmark Bancshares, Inc., and to the references to such opinion in such Prospectus/Proxy Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, nor do we thereby admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such Registration Statement within the meaning of the term "expert" as used in the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

/s/ McConnell, Budd & Downes, Inc.


McConnell, Budd & Downes, Inc.
June 4, 2001


EXHIBIT 99.1

FORM OF
REVOCABLE PROXY

MNB BANCSHARES, INC.
SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

The undersigned hereby appoints ________ and __________, or any or all of them, of MNB Bancshares, Inc. ("MNB"), with full power of substitution, to act as attorneys and proxies for the undersigned to vote all shares of common stock of MNB that the undersigned is entitled to vote at MNB's Special Meeting of Stockholders (the "Meeting"), to be held on ______, 2001, at __________, __________, Manhattan, Kansas, at __:00 _.m., local time, and any and all adjournments and postponements thereof, as follows:

The approval and adoption of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 19, 2001 (the "Merger Agreement"), between Landmark Bancshares, Inc., MNB Bancshares, Inc. and Landmark Merger Agreement

/ / FOR / / AGAINST / / ABSTAIN

The Board of Directors recommends a vote "FOR" adoption of the Merger Agreement.

The approval to adjourn the Meeting in the event that an insufficient number of shares is present in person or by proxy to approve the Merger Agreement to permit further solicitation.

/ / FOR / / AGAINST / / ABSTAIN


THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO INSTRUCTIONS ARE SPECIFIED, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR ADOPTION OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT. IF ANY OTHER BUSINESS IS PRESENTED AT THE MEETING, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED BY THOSE NAMED IN THIS PROXY IN THEIR BEST JUDGMENT. AT THE PRESENT TIME, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS KNOWS OF NO OTHER BUSINESS TO BE PRESENTED AT THE MEETING.


EXHIBIT 99.1

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

This proxy may be revoked at any time before it is voted by: (i) filing with the Secretary of MNB at or before the Meeting a written notice of revocation bearing a later date than this proxy; (ii) duly executing a subsequent proxy relating to the same shares and delivering it to the Secretary of MNB at or before the Meeting; or (iii) attending the Meeting and voting in person (although attendance at the Meeting will not in and of itself constitute revocation of this proxy). If this proxy is properly revoked as described above, then the power of such attorneys and proxies shall be deemed terminated and of no further force and effect.

The undersigned acknowledges receipt from MNB, prior to the execution of this proxy, of Notice of the Special Meeting and a Prospectus and Proxy Statement.

Date:______________________, 2001           ____________________________________
                                            PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER


                                            ____________________________________
                                            SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER


                                            ____________________________________
                                            PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER


                                            ____________________________________
                                            SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER

                                           Please sign exactly as your name
                                           appears on this card. When signing
                                           as attorney, executor, administrator,
                                           trustee or guardian, please give your
                                           full title. If shares are held
                                           jointly, each holder should sign.


PLEASE PROMPTLY COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND MAIL
THIS PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE



EXHIBIT 99.2

FORM OF
REVOCABLE PROXY

LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

The undersigned hereby appoints ________ and __________, or any or all of them, of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. ("Landmark"), with full power of substitution, to act as attorneys and proxies for the undersigned to vote all shares of common stock of Landmark that the undersigned is entitled to vote at Landmark's Special Meeting of Stockholders (the "Meeting"), to be held on ______, 2001, at __________, __________, _______, Kansas, at __:00 _.m., local time, and any and all adjournments and postponements thereof, as follows:

The approval and adoption of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 19, 2001 (the "Merger Agreement"), between Landmark Bancshares, Inc., MNB Bancshares, Inc. and Landmark Merger Agreement

/ / FOR / / AGAINST / / ABSTAIN

The Board of Directors recommends a vote "FOR" adoption of the Merger Agreement.

The approval to adjourn the Meeting in the event that an insufficient number of shares is present in person or by proxy to approve the Merger Agreement to permit further solicitation.

/ / FOR / / AGAINST / / ABSTAIN


THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO INSTRUCTIONS ARE SPECIFIED, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR ADOPTION OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT. IF ANY OTHER BUSINESS IS PRESENTED AT THE MEETING, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED BY THOSE NAMED IN THIS PROXY IN THEIR BEST JUDGMENT. AT THE PRESENT TIME, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS KNOWS OF NO OTHER BUSINESS TO BE PRESENTED AT THE MEETING.


EXHIBIT 99.2

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

This proxy may be revoked at any time before it is voted by: (i) filing with the Secretary of Landmark at or before the Meeting a written notice of revocation bearing a later date than this proxy; (ii) duly executing a subsequent proxy relating to the same shares and delivering it to the Secretary of Landmark at or before the Meeting; or (iii) attending the Meeting and voting in person (although attendance at the Meeting will not in and of itself constitute revocation of this proxy). If this proxy is properly revoked as described above, then the power of such attorneys and proxies shall be deemed terminated and of no further force and effect.

The undersigned acknowledges receipt from Landmark, prior to the execution of this proxy, of Notice of the Special Meeting and a Prospectus and Proxy Statement.

Date:______________________, 2001           ____________________________________
                                            PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER


                                            ____________________________________
                                            SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER


                                            ____________________________________
                                            PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER


                                            ____________________________________
                                            SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER

                                           Please sign exactly as your name
                                           appears on this card. When signing
                                           as attorney, executor, administrator,
                                           trustee or guardian, please give your
                                           full title. If shares are held
                                           jointly, each holder should sign.


PLEASE PROMPTLY COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND MAIL
THIS PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE



Exhibit 99.3

CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

Pursuant to Section 230.438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to his being named in the Proxy Statement-Prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the proposed merger of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and MNB Bancshares, Inc. with and into Landmark Merger Company, as a person who is expected to become a director of Landmark Merger Company, upon the consummation of such merger. As of the effective time of the Registration Statement, the undersigned will not be a member of the Board of Directors of Landmark Merger Company and will not be required to sign the Registration Statement.

May 30, 2001                                    /s/ Richard Ball
                                      -------------------------------------
                                                  Richard Ball


Exhibit 99.4

CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

Pursuant to Section 230.438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to his being named in the Proxy Statement-Prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the proposed merger of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and MNB Bancshares, Inc. with and into Landmark Merger Company, as a person who is expected to become a director of Landmark Merger Company, upon the consummation of such merger. As of the effective time of the Registration Statement, the undersigned will not be a member of the Board of Directors of Landmark Merger Company and will not be required to sign the Registration Statement.

May 23, 2001                                  /s/ Brent A. Bowman
                                      -------------------------------------
                                                 Brent A. Bowman


Exhibit 99.5

CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

Pursuant to Section 230.438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to his being named in the Proxy Statement-Prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the proposed merger of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and MNB Bancshares, Inc. with and into Landmark Merger Company, as a person who is expected to become a director of Landmark Merger Company, upon the consummation of such merger. As of the effective time of the Registration Statement, the undersigned will not be a member of the Board of Directors of Landmark Merger Company and will not be required to sign the Registration Statement.

May 23, 2001                                  /s/ Joseph L. Downey
                                      -------------------------------------
                                                Joseph L. Downey


Exhibit 99.6

CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

Pursuant to Section 230.438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to his being named in the Proxy Statement-Prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the proposed merger of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and MNB Bancshares, Inc. with and into Landmark Merger Company, as a person who is expected to become a director of Landmark Merger Company, upon the consummation of such merger. As of the effective time of the Registration Statement, the undersigned will not be a member of the Board of Directors of Landmark Merger Company and will not be required to sign the Registration Statement.

May 30, 2001                                    /s/ Jim W. Lewis
                                      -------------------------------------
                                                  Jim W. Lewis


Exhibit 99.7

CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

Pursuant to Section 230.438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to his being named in the Proxy Statement-Prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the proposed merger of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and MNB Bancshares, Inc. with and into Landmark Merger Company, as a person who is expected to become a director of Landmark Merger Company, upon the consummation of such merger. As of the effective time of the Registration Statement, the undersigned will not be a member of the Board of Directors of Landmark Merger Company and will not be required to sign the Registration Statement.

May 23, 2001                                   /s/ Jerry R. Pettle
                                      -------------------------------------
                                                 Jerry R. Pettle


Exhibit 99.8

CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

Pursuant to Section 230.438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to her being named in the Proxy Statement-Prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the proposed merger of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and MNB Bancshares, Inc. with and into Landmark Merger Company, as a person who is expected to become a director of Landmark Merger Company, upon the consummation of such merger. As of the effective time of the Registration Statement, the undersigned will not be a member of the Board of Directors of Landmark Merger Company and will not be required to sign the Registration Statement.

May 23, 2001                                  /s/ Susan E. Roepke
                                      -------------------------------------
                                               Susan E. Roepke


Exhibit 99.9

CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

Pursuant to Section 230.438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to his being named in the Proxy Statement-Prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the proposed merger of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and MNB Bancshares, Inc. with and into Landmark Merger Company, as a person who is expected to become a director of Landmark Merger Company, upon the consummation of such merger. As of the effective time of the Registration Statement, the undersigned will not be a member of the Board of Directors of Landmark Merger Company and will not be required to sign the Registration Statement.

May 30, 2001                                  /s/ C. Duane Ross
                                      -------------------------------------
                                                C. Duane Ross


Exhibit 99.10

CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

Pursuant to Section 230.438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to his being named in the Proxy Statement-Prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the proposed merger of Landmark Bancshares, Inc. and MNB Bancshares, Inc. with and into Landmark Merger Company, as a person who is expected to become a director of Landmark Merger Company, upon the consummation of such merger. As of the effective time of the Registration Statement, the undersigned will not be a member of the Board of Directors of Landmark Merger Company and will not be required to sign the Registration Statement.

May 30, 2001                                    /s/ David H. Snapp
                                      -------------------------------------
                                                 David H. Snapp